This is a modern-English version of The New Gresham Encyclopedia. Amiel to Atrauli: Vol. 1 Part 2, originally written by Various. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Transcriber's note: A few typographical errors have been corrected. They appear in the text like this, and the explanation will appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the marked passage.

THE

NEW . GRESHAM

ENCYCLOPEDIA

VOLUME . I . PART . 2

Publishers Mark

The GRESHAM . PUBLISHING
COMPANY . Limited

66 CHANDOS STREET . STRAND
LONDON W.C.2.
1922




 

 

 

LIST OF PLATES AND MAPS




VOLUME I PART 2




PLATES

Dishes

Page
Anatomy (Human Skeleton and Muscles) 153
Archaeology (Antiquities of the Stone, Bronze, and Iron Ages) 220
Architecture 224

MAPS IN COLOUR

Colored Maps

Asia 274




 

 

 

KEY TO PRONUNCIATION




The method of marking pronunciations here employed is either (1) by marking the syllable on which the accent falls, or (2) by a simple system of transliteration, to which the following is the Key:—

The way of indicating pronunciations used here is either (1) by marking the syllable that has the accent, or (2) by a straightforward system of transliteration, which the following is the Key:—

VOWELS

ā, as in fate, or in bare.

ā, as in fate, or in bare.

ä, as in alms, Fr. âme, Ger. Bahn = á of Indian names.

ä, as in alms, Fr. âme, Ger. Bahn = á of Indian names.

a˙, the same sound short or medium, as in Fr. bal, Ger. Mann.

a˙, the same sound short or medium, as in Fr. bal, Ger. Mann.

a, as in fat.

a, as in fat.

a¨, as in fall.

a, as in fall.

a, obscure, as in rural, similar to u in but, ė in her: common in Indian names.

a, obscure, like rura, similar to u in but, ė in her: often found in Indian names.

ē, as in me = i in machine.

ē, as in me = i in machine.

e, as in met.

e, as in met.

ė, as in her.

ė, as in her.

ī, as in pine, or as ei in Ger. mein.

ī, as in pine, or as ei in Ger. mein.

i, as in pin, also used for the short sound corresponding to ē, as in French and Italian words.

i, like in pin, is also used for the short sound that corresponds to ē, similar to what you find in French and Italian words.

eu, a long sound as in Fr. jne = Ger. long ö, as in Söhne, Göthe (Goethe).

eu, a long sound like in French jne = German long ö, as in Söhne, Göthe (Goethe).

eu, corresponding sound short or medium, as in Fr. peu = Ger. ö short.

eu, corresponding sound short or medium, as in Fr. peu = Ger. ö short.

ō, as in note, moan.

ō, as in note, moan.

o, as in not, soft—that is, short or medium.

o, as in not, soft—that is, short or medium.

ö, as in move, two.

ö, as in move, two.

ū as in tube.

ū as in tube.

u, as in tub: similar to ė and also to a.

u, as in tub: similar to ė and also to a.

u¨, as in bull.

u, as in bull.

ü, as in Sc. abune = Fr. û as in dû, Ger. ü long as in grün, Bühne.

ü, as in Sc. abune = Fr. û as in dû, Ger. ü long as in grün, Bühne.

u˙, the corresponding short or medium sound, as in Fr. but, Ger. Müller.

u˙, the corresponding short or medium sound, as in Fr. but, Ger. Müller.

oi, as in oil.

oi, as in oil.

ou, as in pound; or as au in Ger. Haus.

ou, as in pound; or as au in Ger. Haus.

CONSONANTS

Of the consonants, b, d, f, h, j, k, l, m, n, ng, p, sh, t, v, z, always have their common English sounds, when used to transliterate foreign words. The letter c is not used by itself in re-writing for pronunciation, s or k being used instead. The only consonantal symbols, therefore, that require explanation are the following:—

Of the consonants, b, d, f, h, j, k, l, m, n, ng, p, sh, t, v, z always have their standard English sounds when transliterating foreign words. The letter c is not used alone for pronunciation; s or k takes its place instead. The only consonantal symbols that need clarification are the following:—

ch is always as in rich.

ch is always as in rich.

d, nearly as th in this = Sp. d in Madrid, &c.

d, almost like th in this = Sp. d in Madrid, &c.

g is always hard, as in go.

g is always hard, as in go.

h represents the guttural in Scotch loch, Ger. nach, also other similar gutturals.

h stands for the throaty sound in Scotch loch, Ger. nach, and other similar gutturals.

n˙, Fr. nasal n as in bon.

n, Fr. nasal n as in bon.

r represents both English r, and r in foreign words, which is generally much more strongly trilled.

r represents both the English r and the r found in foreign words, which is usually trilled much more strongly.

s, always as in so.

s, always as in so.

th, as th in thin.

th, as th in thin.

th, as th in this.

, as in is.

w always consonantal, as in we.

w always consonantal, as in we.

x = ks, which are used instead.

x = ks, which are used instead.

y always consonantal, as in yea (Fr. ligne would be re-written lēny).

y always consonantal, as in yea (Fr. ligne would be re-written lēny).

zh, as s in pleasure = Fr. j.

zh, as s in pleasure = Fr. j.




[143]

[143]

Amiel´, Henri Frédéric, French-Swiss philosophical writer and poet, born at Geneva, 1821, died there 1881. Educated at Geneva, he resided a considerable time abroad, especially in Germany, and was much influenced by German thought and science. On his return he first held the chair of æsthetics, and then that of philosophy. He published several volumes of poetry as well as other works, but he is best known by his Journal Intime, published after his death, and translated into English (1885), with a critical study by Mrs. Humphry Ward. It shows great critical and philosophical power, but is pessimistic.

Amiel, Henri Frédéric, a French-Swiss philosophical writer and poet, was born in Geneva in 1821 and died there in 1881. He received his education in Geneva but spent a significant amount of time living abroad, especially in Germany, where he was heavily influenced by German thought and science. Upon his return, he initially held the chair of aesthetics and then that of philosophy. He published several volumes of poetry and other works, but he is best known for his Journal Intime, which was published posthumously and translated into English in 1885, with a critical study by Mrs. Humphry Ward. The journal demonstrates significant critical and philosophical insight, though it carries a pessimistic tone.

Amiens (a˙-mē-an˙), a town of France, capital of the department of Somme, on the railway from Boulogne to Paris. It has a citadel, wide and regular streets, and several large open areas; a cathedral, one of the largest and finest Gothic buildings in Europe, founded in 1220 by Bishop Evrard, after designs made by the architect Robert de Luzarches. Having water communication with the sea by the Somme, which is navigable for small vessels, it has a large trade and numerous important manufactures, especially cotton and woollen goods. It was taken by the Germans in 1870, and again in 1914, by General von Kluck. Pop. (1911) 93,207.—The Peace of Amiens, concluded between Great Britain, France, Spain, and the Batavian Republic, 27th March, 1802, put an end for a time to the great war which had lasted since 1793.

Amiens (a˙-mē-an˙), a town in France, is the capital of the department of Somme, located on the railway between Boulogne and Paris. It features a citadel, wide and organized streets, and several large open spaces; a cathedral, one of the largest and most impressive Gothic buildings in Europe, founded in 1220 by Bishop Evrard, based on designs by the architect Robert de Luzarches. With water access to the sea via the navigable Somme river for small vessels, it supports a significant trade and has many important industries, particularly in cotton and woolen products. It was taken by the Germans in 1870, and again in 1914, by General von Kluck. Pop. (1911) 93,207.—The Peace of Amiens, signed on March 27, 1802, between Great Britain, France, Spain, and the Batavian Republic, temporarily ended the major war that had been ongoing since 1793.

Amir. See Emir.

Amir. See Emir.

Amirante Islands (a˙-mē-ra˙n´tā), a group of eleven small islands in the Indian Ocean, lying south-west of the Seychelles, and forming a dependency of Mauritius.

Amirante Islands (a˙-mē-ra˙n´tā), a collection of eleven small islands in the Indian Ocean, located southwest of the Seychelles, and considered a dependency of Mauritius.

Amlwch (am´löh), a seaport in North Wales, Island of Anglesey. Pop. (1921), 2694 (urb. dist.).

Amlwch (am´löh), a seaport in North Wales, Island of Anglesey. Pop. (1921), 2,694 (urban district).

Ammana´ti, Bartolomeo, a sculptor and architect, born at Florence in 1511, died 1592; executed the Leda at Florence, a gigantic Neptune for St. Mark's Place at Venice, a colossal Hercules at Padua, and after the inundation in 1557, which destroyed all the bridges of the Arno, built the celebrated Trinity Bridge at Florence, finished in 1570. He was an imitator of Michael Angelo without his inspiration and genius.

Ammana´ti, Bartolomeo, a sculptor and architect, was born in Florence in 1511 and died in 1592. He created the Leda in Florence, a gigantic Neptune for St. Mark's Square in Venice, and a colossal Hercules in Padua. After the flood in 1557, which destroyed all the bridges over the Arno River, he built the famous Trinity Bridge in Florence, completed in 1570. He was an imitator of Michelangelo, but lacked his inspiration and genius.

Ammergau (a˙m´er-gou), a district in Upper Bavaria, having its centre in the villages of Ober and Unter Ammergau. The former village is famous on account of the Passion Play which is performed there, at intervals usually of ten years.

Ammergau (a˙m´er-gou), a district in Upper Bavaria, is centered around the villages of Ober and Unter Ammergau. The former village is well-known for the Passion Play that takes place there, typically every ten years.

Ammeter Ammeter.—Front removed to show details.

A. Large magnet. B. Soft-iron keeper magnetized by magnet and acting as resistance. D. Cylinder turning within B, and actuated by current entering at C1, and flowing through spiral wire (not shown) at base of D, and through coil on cylinder to terminal C2. E. Hair-spring regulating pointer. F. Pointer stops.

A. Large magnet. B. Soft iron keeper magnetized by the magnet and acting as resistance. D. Cylinder rotating within B, powered by current coming in at C1, flowing through a spiral wire (not shown) at the base of D, and through a coil on the cylinder to terminal C2. E. Hair-spring regulating pointer. F. Pointer stops.

Am´meter (short for ampere-meter), an instrument used for the measurement of electric currents. For commercial use the scale is marked so as to read amperes directly, but for experimental purposes it is usual to have a scale with divisions numbered in tens, in which case the reading multiplied by a suitable constant gives the value of the current in amperes. By employing suitable shunts this admits of the one instrument being used for a number of ranges.

Ammeter (short for ampere-meter), an instrument used to measure electric currents. For commercial purposes, the scale is marked to read amperes directly, but for experimental use, it's common to have a scale with divisions numbered in tens. In this case, the reading multiplied by a suitable constant gives the value of the current in amperes. By using appropriate shunts, this allows one instrument to be used for multiple ranges.

The types of ammeter and the principles upon which they work are as follows: (a) Soft-iron type, the action of a magnetic field on a piece of soft iron; (b) moving-coil type and dynamometer type, the action of a magnetic field on a current-carrying coil; (c) hot-wire type, the expansion of a conductor due to the heating produced by the current; (d) induction type, the action of a magnetic field on the eddy currents produced in a metal disc.

The types of ammeters and the principles they operate on are as follows: (a) Soft-iron type, which relies on the effect of a magnetic field on a piece of soft iron; (b) Moving-coil type and dynamometer type, which depend on the effect of a magnetic field on a coil that carries current; (c) Hot-wire type, which uses the expansion of a conductor due to heating caused by the current; (d) Induction type, which involves the effect of a magnetic field on the eddy currents generated in a metal disc.

The "soft-iron" ammeter can be used for both direct and alternating currents, is inexpensive, and is sufficiently accurate for commercial use.

The "soft-iron" ammeter works for both direct and alternating currents, is affordable, and is accurate enough for commercial use.

For direct-current measurements where a high degree of accuracy is of first importance, a "moving-coil" ammeter is invariably used.

For direct current measurements where high accuracy is crucial, a "moving-coil" ammeter is always used.

In alternating-current circuits its place is taken by the dynamometer type, which reads both direct and alternating currents.

In alternating current circuits, it’s replaced by the dynamometer type, which measures both direct and alternating currents.

In cases where absence of inductance in the instrument is important, e.g. in the measurements in wireless-telegraph and telephone circuits, the "hot-wire" ammeter is used. It measures both direct and alternating currents, and, when properly used, has a high degree of accuracy.

In situations where the lack of inductance in the instrument is crucial, such as in measurements in wireless telegraph and telephone circuits, the "hot-wire" ammeter is used. It measures both direct and alternating currents, and when used correctly, it offers a high level of accuracy.

The "induction" type cannot be used for direct currents, and has the limitation that with alternating currents it will read correctly only at the frequency for which it is calibrated.

The "induction" type can’t be used for direct currents and has the limitation that with alternating currents, it will only read accurately at the frequency it’s calibrated for.

Almost invariably an ammeter gives its full-scale reading when a small current, say of the order of one-tenth of an ampere, is passing through the instrument itself. In order to read larger currents a device is employed whereby a definite fraction of the current to be measured [144]passes through the instrument.—Bibliography: J. A. Fleming, A Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and Testing Room (2 vols.); G. D. Aspinall Parr, Electrical Measuring Instruments.

Almost always, an ammeter shows its full-scale reading when a small current, around one-tenth of an ampere, flows through the instrument itself. To measure larger currents, a device is used so that a specific fraction of the current being measured [144]passes through the instrument.—References: J. A. Fleming, A Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and Testing Room (2 vols.); G. D. Aspinall Parr, Electrical Measuring Instruments.

Ammia´nus Marcelli´nus, a Roman historian, born at Antioch in Syria about 320, died about 390. He wrote in 31 books (of which the first 13 are lost) a history of the Cæsars, from Nerva to Valens, which was highly thought of by Gibbon for its fidelity. His MS. was printed for the first time at Rome in 1474.

Ammianus Marcellinus, a Roman historian, was born in Antioch, Syria, around 320 and died around 390. He wrote a history of the Caesars, from Nerva to Valens, in 31 books (of which the first 13 are lost), which Gibbon admired for its accuracy. His manuscript was first printed in Rome in 1474.

Ammon Ammon.

Am´mon (often called Ammon-Ra, i.e. Ammon-Sun), an ancient Egyptian deity, one of the chief gods of the country, identified by the Greeks with their supreme god Zeus, while the Romans regarded him as the representative of Jupiter; represented as a ram, as a human being with a ram's head, ornamented with the solar disc, or simply with the horns of a ram. There was a celebrated temple of Ammon in the Oasis of Siwah in the Libyan desert.

Ammon (often called Ammon-Ra, meaning Ammon-Sun), was an ancient Egyptian god and one of the main deities of the region. The Greeks identified him with their top god Zeus, while the Romans saw him as the equivalent of Jupiter. He was depicted as a ram, as a human with a ram's head adorned with a solar disc, or just with ram's horns. There was a famous temple of Ammon in the Siwah Oasis in the Libyan desert.

Ammon, Oasis of. See Siwah.

Ammon, Oasis of. See Siwah.

Ammo´nia, an alkaline substance, which differs from the other alkalies by being gaseous, and is hence sometimes called the volatile alkali. It is a colourless pungent gas, composed of nitrogen and hydrogen; formula, NH3. It was first prepared by Priestley, who termed it alkaline air. He obtained it from sal-ammoniac by the action of lime, by which method it is yet generally prepared. It is used for many purposes, both in medicine and scientific chemistry; not, however, in the gaseous state, but frequently in solution in water, under the names of liquid ammonia, aqueous ammonia, or spirits of hartshorn. It is generally prepared from the ammoniacal liquor obtained as a by-product on distilling coal. Combined with acids, ammonia forms salts which are of immense value to agriculture. The well-known odour of farmyard manure is very largely due to the formation of ammonia during the rotting of the dung. Many animal substances, such as bones, clippings and shavings of horn, hoof, &c., and certain vegetable matters yield ammonia when heated. Sal-ammoniac is ammonium chloride.

Ammonia is an alkaline substance that stands out from other alkalis because it's in a gaseous form, which is why it’s sometimes referred to as the volatile alkali. It's a colorless, sharp-smelling gas made up of nitrogen and hydrogen, with the chemical formula NH3. It was first created by Priestley, who called it alkaline air. He produced it from sal-ammoniac using lime, which is still the most common method for its preparation today. Ammonia is used for a variety of purposes in both medicine and scientific chemistry; however, it’s usually found in solution in water under names like liquid ammonia, aqueous ammonia, or spirits of hartshorn. It is typically derived from the ammoniacal liquor that results as a by-product when coal is distilled. When combined with acids, ammonia creates salts that are extremely valuable for agriculture. The familiar smell of farmyard manure is largely due to the production of ammonia during the decomposition of dung. Many animal materials, like bones, horn and hoof trimmings, and certain plant materials, release ammonia when heated. Sal-ammoniac is ammonium chloride.

Ammoni´ăcum, a gum-resinous exudation from an umbelliferous plant, the Dorēma ammoniăcum. It has a fetid smell, is inflammable, soluble in water and spirit of wine; used as an antispasmodic, stimulant, and expectorant in chronic catarrh, bronchitic affections, and asthma; also used for plasters.

Ammoniacum is a gum-resin that comes from an umbelliferous plant called Dorēma ammoniăcum. It has a strong odor, is flammable, and can dissolve in water and alcohol. It's used as an antispasmodic, stimulant, and expectorant for chronic catarrh, bronchitis, and asthma; it's also used in plasters.

Ammo´niaphone, an instrument, consisting of a metallic tube containing some substance saturated with ammonia, peroxide of hydrogen, and a few flavouring compounds, fitted with a mouthpiece to breathe through, which is said to render the voice strong, clear, rich, and ringing by the inhalation of the ammoniacal vapour. It was invented by Dr. Carter Moffat, and was suggested by the presence of ammonia in some quantity in the atmosphere of Italy—the country of fine singers.

Ammo´niaphone is a device made up of a metal tube filled with a substance infused with ammonia, hydrogen peroxide, and some flavoring agents. It has a mouthpiece for inhaling, which is said to enhance the voice, making it stronger, clearer, richer, and more resonant by inhaling the ammonia vapor. It was created by Dr. Carter Moffat, inspired by the amount of ammonia found in the atmosphere of Italy—the home of great singers.

Ammonites Ammonites obtusus. Ammonites varians

Am´monites, a group of fossil cephalopods, now divided into a large number of genera, ranging from the Coal Measures (Texas) to the uppermost cretaceous strata. The ammonites differ from the nautili in having the tube connecting the chambers placed on the outer margin of the coiled shell, while the calcareous neck where it passes through the partitions is directed forwards. The partitions are much folded, producing markings like the fronds of ferns where they meet the inner wall of the shell. The name arises from confusion with a coiled gastropod, which was held to resemble the horns of the Egyptian deity Jupiter Ammon.

Ammonites, a group of fossil cephalopods, are now classified into many different genera, found from the Coal Measures (Texas) to the uppermost Cretaceous layers. Ammonites differ from nautiluses in that the tube connecting the chambers is positioned on the outer edge of the coiled shell, while the calcareous neck, where it passes through the partitions, is angled forward. The partitions are heavily folded, creating patterns that resemble fern fronds where they touch the inner wall of the shell. The name comes from a mix-up with a coiled gastropod, which was thought to look like the horns of the Egyptian god Jupiter Ammon.

Am´monites, a Semitic race frequently mentioned in Scripture, descended from Ben-Ammi, the son of Lot (Gen. xix, 38), often spoken of in conjunction with the Moabites. A predatory and Bedouin race, they inhabited the desert country east of Gad, their chief city being Rabbath-Ammon (Philadelphia). Wars between the Israelites and the Ammonites were frequent; they were overcome by Jephthah, Saul, David, Uzziah, Jotham, &c. They appear to have existed as a distinct people in the time of Justin Martyr, but have subsequently become merged in the aggregate of nameless Arab tribes.

Ammonites, a Semitic people often referenced in the Bible, descended from Ben-Ammi, the son of Lot (Gen. xix, 38), and are frequently mentioned alongside the Moabites. They were a nomadic and Bedouin group that lived in the desert region east of Gad, with their main city being Rabbath-Ammon (Philadelphia). There were many conflicts between the Israelites and the Ammonites; they were defeated by Jephthah, Saul, David, Uzziah, Jotham, and others. They seem to have existed as a distinct community during the time of Justin Martyr, but over time, they have blended into the larger mass of unnamed Arab tribes.

Ammo´nium, the name given to the hypothetical radicle (formula, NH4) of ammonium salts. It functionates as a metal, has not been isolated, but it is believed to exist in an amalgam with mercury.

Ammonium is the name given to the hypothetical radical (formula, NH4) of ammonium salts. It acts like a metal, hasn't been isolated, but is believed to exist in an amalgam with mercury.

Ammo´nius Sac´cas, a Greek philosopher who lived about A.D. 175-240. Originally a porter in Alexandria, he derived his epithet from the carrying of sacks of corn. The son of Christian parents, he abandoned their faith for the polytheistic philosophy of Greece. His teaching was historically a transition stage between Platonism and Neo-Platonism. Among his disciples were Plotinus, Longinus, Origen, &c. The books often attributed to him are by a Christian philosopher of the same name. [145]

Ammonius Saccas, a Greek philosopher who lived around CE 175-240. He started as a porter in Alexandria, earning his nickname from carrying sacks of grain. The son of Christian parents, he left their faith to embrace the polytheistic philosophy of Greece. His teachings marked a historical transition between Platonism and Neo-Platonism. Notable disciples included Plotinus, Longinus, Origen, and others. The works often credited to him are actually by a Christian philosopher with the same name. [145]

Ammuni´tion, another form of the word munition, with a more restricted meaning. It is now taken to include cartridges of all sorts for guns, howitzers, rifles, and all fire-arms. Ammunition comprises both cartridges in which explosive and missiles are combined to form one compact article, and also other forms of projectiles of which the explosive agent forms one portion and the actual missile the other. Bombs, grenades, shells, powder, and bullets are all included in the generic term ammunition. As a qualifying word used adjectivally it is found in ammunition-wagon, ammunition-carrier, ammunition-mules, ammunition-column, &c. In the British service the Royal Army Ordnance Corps is entrusted with the provision of supplies of ammunition generally, while the actual distribution in the field is the duty of the ammunition-column, a Royal Artillery organization.

Ammunition, a variation of the word munition, has a more specific meaning now. It refers to cartridges of all types for guns, howitzers, rifles, and all firearms. Ammunition includes both cartridges that combine explosives and projectiles into a single unit, as well as other types of projectiles where the explosive component and the actual missile are separate. Bombs, grenades, shells, powder, and bullets all fall under the general term ammunition. As an adjective, it appears in terms like ammunition-wagon, ammunition-carrier, ammunition-mules, ammunition-column, etc. In the British military, the Royal Army Ordnance Corps is responsible for supplying ammunition, while the distribution in the field is handled by the ammunition-column, which is a part of the Royal Artillery.

Am´nesty (Gr. amnestia, forgetfulness), the releasing of a number of persons who have been guilty of political offences from the consequence of these offences. The earliest recorded amnesty in history is that of Thrasybulus at Athens, and the last act of amnesty passed in Britain was that of 1747, after the second Jacobite rebellion.

Amnesty (Gr. amnestia, forgetfulness) is the release of several individuals who have committed political offenses from the consequences of those offenses. The earliest recorded amnesty in history is that of Thrasybulus in Athens, and the last act of amnesty passed in Britain was in 1747, following the second Jacobite rebellion.

Am´nion, the innermost membrane surrounding the fetus of mammals, birds, and reptiles.—In botany, a gelatinous fluid in which the embryo of a seed is suspended, and by which it is supposed to be nourished.

Amnion, the innermost membrane surrounding the fetus of mammals, birds, and reptiles.—In botany, a gelatinous fluid in which the embryo of a seed is suspended, and by which it is believed to be nourished.

Amo´aful, village near Kumassi, West Africa, at which the Ashanti were defeated by British troops under Wolseley, 31st Jan., 1874.

Amo´aful, a village near Kumassi, West Africa, where the Ashanti were defeated by British troops led by Wolseley on January 31, 1874.

Amoeba Amœba proteus.

Amœ´ba, a microscopic genus of rhizopodous Protozoa, of which A. difflŭens, common in freshwater ponds and ditches, is the type. It exists as a mass of protoplasm, and pushes its body out into finger-like processes or pseudopodia, and by means of these moves about or grasps particles of food. There is no distinct mouth, and food is engulfed within any portion of the soft sarcode body. Reproduction takes place by fission, or by a single pseudopodium detaching itself from the parent body and developing into a separate amœba.

Amœba is a tiny genus of rhizopod Protozoa, with A. difflŭens being the most common type found in freshwater ponds and ditches. It exists as a blob of protoplasm and extends its body out into finger-like extensions called pseudopodia, using these to move around or grab food particles. There isn't a distinct mouth, so food is consumed by being enveloped by any part of its soft, gel-like body. Reproduction occurs through fission, or by a single pseudopodium breaking off from the main body and developing into a new amœba.

Amœbe´an Poetry, poetry in which persons are represented as speaking alternately, as in some of Virgil's Eclogues.

Amoebean Poetry, poetry where characters take turns speaking, like in some of Virgil's Eclogues.

Amol´, a town of Northern Persia, 76 miles N.E. of Teheran. Extensive ruins tell of former greatness, the most prominent being the mausoleum of Seyed Quam-u-deen, who died in 1378. Pop. in winter estimated at about 40,000.

Amol, a town in Northern Persia, 76 miles Northeast of Tehran. Large ruins indicate its past significance, with the most notable being the mausoleum of Seyed Quam-u-deen, who died in 1378. The population in winter is estimated to be around 40,000.

Amo´mum, a genus of plants of the nat. ord. Zinziberaceæ (ginger, &c.), natives of warm climates, and remarkable for the pungency and aromatic properties of their seeds. Some of the species yield Cardamoms, others Grains of Paradise.

Amo´mum is a genus of plants from the natural order Zinziberaceæ (ginger, etc.), found in warm climates, known for the spiciness and aromatic qualities of their seeds. Some species produce Cardamoms, while others yield Grains of Paradise.

Amontilla´do, a dry kind of sherry wine of a light colour, highly esteemed.

Amontillado, a dry type of sherry wine that's light in color, is highly regarded.

Amoor. See Amur.

Amur. See Amur.

A´mor, the god of love among the Romans, equivalent to the Gr. Erōs.

A'mor, the Roman god of love, equivalent to the Greek Eros.

Amor´go (ancient Amorgos), an island in the Grecian Archipelago, one of the Eastern Cyclades, 22 miles long, 5 miles broad; area, 106 sq. miles; it has a town of the same name, with a castle and a large harbour. Pop. 3561.

Amorgos (ancient Amorgos), an island in the Greek Archipelago, part of the Eastern Cyclades, is 22 miles long and 5 miles wide; it covers an area of 106 square miles. The island has a town with the same name, which includes a castle and a large harbor. Population: 3,561.

Am´orites, a powerful Canaanitish tribe at the time of the occupation of the country by the Israelites; occupied the whole of Gilead and Bashan, and formed two powerful kingdoms—a northern, under Og, who is called King of Bashan; and a southern, under Sihon, called King of the Amorites; first attacked and overthrown by Joshua; subsequently subdued, and made tributary or driven to mingle with the Philistines and other remnants of the Canaanitish nations.

Amorites, a strong Canaanite tribe during the time the Israelites settled in the region; they controlled all of Gilead and Bashan and established two powerful kingdoms—a northern one led by Og, known as King of Bashan, and a southern one led by Sihon, referred to as King of the Amorites; they were first attacked and defeated by Joshua; later, they were subdued, made to pay tribute, or forced to merge with the Philistines and other remaining Canaanite groups.

Amorphous Rocks or Minerals, those having no regular structure, or without crystallization, even in the minutest particles.

Amorphous Rocks or Minerals, those that lack a regular structure or are not crystallized, even in the tiniest particles.

Amorphozo´a, a term applied to some of the lower groups of animals, as the sponges and their allies, which have no regular symmetrical structure.

Amorphozo´a refers to certain lower groups of animals, like sponges and similar creatures, that lack a regular symmetrical structure.

Amortiza´tion, in law, the alienation of real property to corporations (that is, in mortmain), prohibited by several English statutes.

Amortization, in legal terms, refers to the transfer of real property to corporations (that is, in mortmain), which is banned by several English laws.

A´mos, one of the minor prophets; flourished under the Kings Uzziah of Judah and Jeroboam II of Israel (810 to 784 B.C. by the common chronology). Though engaged in the occupations of a peasant he must have had a considerable amount of culture, and his book of prophecies has high literary merits. It contains denunciations of Israel and the surrounding nations, with promises of the Messiah.

A´mos, one of the minor prophets, lived during the reigns of Kings Uzziah of Judah and Jeroboam II of Israel (810 to 784 BCE by the common chronology). Although he worked as a peasant, he likely had a significant level of education, and his book of prophecies has considerable literary value. It includes criticisms of Israel and the neighboring nations, along with promises of the Messiah.

Amoy´, an important Chinese trading port, on a small island off the south-east coast opposite Formosa; has a safe and commodious harbour, and its merchants are among the wealthiest and most enterprising in China; one of the five ports opened to foreign commerce by the treaty of Nanking in 1842. The privilege was confirmed and extended by the treaty of Tien-tsin in 1858, and the port is now open to all countries. Pop. 114,000.

Amoy, a key Chinese trading port located on a small island off the southeast coast across from Taiwan, has a safe and spacious harbor. Its merchants are among the richest and most ambitious in China. It was one of the five ports opened to foreign trade by the Treaty of Nanking in 1842. This privilege was confirmed and expanded by the Treaty of Tien-tsin in 1858, and the port is now open to all countries. Population: 114,000.

Ampel´idæ. See Chatterers.

Ampelidæ. See Chatterers.

Ampère (a˙n˙-pār), André-Marie, a celebrated French mathematician and philosopher, founder of the science of electro-dynamics, born at Lyons in 1775, died at Marseilles in 1836; professor of [146]mathematical analysis at the Polytechnic School, Paris, and of physics at the College of France. What is known as Ampère's Theory is that magnetism consists in the existence of electric currents circulating round the particles of magnetic bodies, being in different directions round different particles when the bodies are unmagnetized, but all in the same direction when they are magnetized.

Ampère (a˙n˙-pair), André-Marie, a renowned French mathematician and philosopher, the founder of electro-dynamics, was born in Lyons in 1775 and passed away in Marseilles in 1836. He served as a professor of [146]mathematical analysis at the Polytechnic School in Paris and of physics at the College of France. What is referred to as Ampère's Theory suggests that magnetism arises from electric currents circulating around the particles of magnetic materials, flowing in different directions around different particles when the materials are unmagnetized, but all in the same direction when they are magnetized.

Ampère, Jean-Jacques-Joseph-Antoine, historian and professor of French literature in the College of France; the only son of André-Marie Ampère; born at Lyons 1800, died 1864; chief works: Histoire Littéraire de la France avant le 12e siècle (1839); Introduction à l'Histoire de la Littérature française au moyen âge (1841); Littérature, Voyages et Poésies (1833); La Grèce, Rome et Dante, Études Littéraires d'après Nature; l'Histoire romaine à Rome (4 vols. 8vo, 1856-64); Promenades en Amérique (1855); César, Scènes historiques (1859), full of hostile allusions to the French Empire.

Ampère, Jean-Jacques-Joseph-Antoine, historian and professor of French literature at the College of France; the only son of André-Marie Ampère; born in Lyons in 1800, died in 1864; major works: Histoire Littéraire de la France avant le 12e siècle (1839); Introduction à l'Histoire de la Littérature française au moyen âge (1841); Littérature, Voyages et Poésies (1833); La Grèce, Rome et Dante, Études Littéraires d'après Nature; l'Histoire romaine à Rome (4 vols. 8vo, 1856-64); Promenades en Amérique (1855); César, Scènes historiques (1859), filled with critical references to the French Empire.

Ampere (am´pār), in electricity, the unit employed in measuring the strength or intensity of an electric current, being equivalent to the current produced by the electro-motive force of one volt in a wire having the resistance of one ohm. The name (cf. Farad, Coulomb, Watt, &c.) is derived from that of the well-known physicist, Ampère. An ampere-meter or ammeter is an instrument by which the strength of an electric current is given in amperes.

Ampere (am´pār), in electricity, is the unit used to measure the strength or intensity of an electric current. It is equivalent to the current produced by a voltage of one volt in a wire with a resistance of one ohm. The name comes from the famous physicist, Ampère (see also Farad, Coulomb, Watt, etc.). An ampere-meter or ammeter is a device that measures the strength of an electric current in amperes.

Amphib´ia, a class of vertebrate animals, which in their early life breathe by gills or branchiæ, and afterwards partly or entirely by lungs. The Frog, breathing in its tadpole state by gills and afterwards throwing off these organs and breathing entirely by lungs in its adult state, is an example of the latter phase of amphibian existence. The Proteus of the underground caves of Central Europe exemplifies forms in which the gills of early life are retained throughout life, and in which lungs are developed in addition to the gills. A second character of this group consists in the presence of two occipital 'condyles', or processes by means of which the skull articulates with the spine or vertebral column; Reptiles possessing one condyle only. The class is divided into four orders: the Ophiomorpha (or serpentiform), represented by the Blindworms, in which limbs are wanting and the body is snake-like; the Urodela or 'Tailed' Amphibians, including the Newts, Proteus, Siren, &c.; the Anoura, or Tailless Amphibia, represented by the Frogs and Toads; and the Labyrinthodontia, which includes the extinct forms known as Labyrinthodons. The term Amphibia was originally employed by Linnæus in his Systema Naturæ, and adopted by Cuvier in his Tableau Elémentaire. See Batrachia.

Amphibia is a class of vertebrate animals that, in their early life, breathe using gills or branchiae, and later either partly or fully breathe using lungs. An example of this transition is the Frog, which breathes with gills in its tadpole stage and then loses these organs to breathe completely with lungs as an adult. The Proteus, found in the underground caves of Central Europe, shows a form where the gills from early life are retained throughout life, and lungs develop alongside the gills. Another characteristic of this group is the presence of two occipital 'condyles' or processes that allow the skull to connect with the spine; reptiles only have one condyle. This class is divided into four orders: Ophiomorpha (or serpentiform), represented by the Blindworms, which lack limbs and have a snake-like body; Urodela or 'Tailed' Amphibians, which includes Newts, Proteus, Siren, etc.; Anoura, or Tailless Amphibia, which includes Frogs and Toads; and Labyrinthodontia, which encompasses the extinct Labyrinthodons. The term Amphibia was originally used by Linnæus in his Systema Naturæ and later adopted by Cuvier in his Tableau Élémentaire. See Batrachia.

Amphibol´ogy, in logic, an equivocal phrase or sentence, not from the double sense of any of the words, but from its admitting a double construction, as 'The duke yet lives that Henry shall depose'.

Ambiguity, in logic, is a phrase or sentence that can be interpreted in more than one way, not because of the double meaning of any individual words, but because it can be understood in two different ways, like 'The duke still lives that Henry will depose.'

Amphic´tyonic League (or Council), in ancient Greece, a confederation of tribes for the protection of religious worship, but which also discussed questions of international law, and matters affecting their political union. The most important was that of the twelve northern tribes which met alternately at Delphi and Thermopylæ. The tribes sent two deputies each, who assembled with great solemnity; composed the public dissensions, and the quarrels of individual cities, by force or persuasion; punished civil and criminal offences, and particularly transgressions of the law of nations, and violations of the temple of Delphi. Its calling on the States to punish the Phocians for plundering Delphi caused the Sacred Wars, 595-586, 448-447, 357-346 B.C.

Amphic´tyonic League (or Council), in ancient Greece, was a group of tribes formed to protect religious practices, but it also dealt with issues of international law and political unity. The most significant group was the twelve northern tribes that met alternately at Delphi and Thermopylae. Each tribe sent two representatives who gathered with great seriousness; they resolved public disputes and conflicts between individual cities through force or negotiation; they punished civil and criminal offenses, especially violations of international law and infractions concerning the temple of Delphi. Their request for the states to punish the Phocians for looting Delphi led to the Sacred Wars, 595-586, 448-447, 357-346 BCE

Amphi´on, in Greek mythology, son of Zeus and Antiŏpē, and husband of Niŏbē. He had miraculous skill in music, being taught by Mercury, or, according to others, by Apollo. In poetic legend he is said to have availed himself of his skill when building the walls of Thebes—the stones moving and arranging themselves in proper position at the sound of his lyre. See Zethus.

Amphion, in Greek mythology, was the son of Zeus and Antiŏpē, and the husband of Niŏbē. He had a miraculous talent for music, taught by Mercury, or according to some, by Apollo. In poetic legend, it's said he used his musical talent when building the walls of Thebes—having the stones move and arrange themselves in place at the sound of his lyre. See Zethus.

Amphioxus. See Lancelet.

Amphioxus. See Lancelet.

Amphipoda Amphipoda

1. Shore-jumper (Orchestia littoralis), 2. Portion showing the respiratory organs a a a.

1. Shore-jumper (Orchestia littoralis), 2. Part showing the breathing organs a a a.

Amphip´oda, an order of sessile-eyed malacostracan crustaceans, with feet directed partly forward and partly backward. Many species are found in springs and rivulets, others in salt water. The sand-hopper and shore-jumper are examples.

Amphipoda, a group of crustaceans with fixed eyes, has legs that point both forwards and backwards. Many species live in freshwater springs and streams, while others are found in saltwater. Examples include the sand-hopper and shore-jumper.

Amphip´rostyle, in architecture, said of a structure having the form of an ancient Greek or Roman oblong rectangular temple, with a prostyle or portico on each of its ends or fronts, but with no columns on its sides or flanks.

Amphiprostyle, in architecture, refers to a structure that resembles an ancient Greek or Roman rectangular temple, featuring a portico on both ends, but lacking columns on its sides.

Amphisbæ´na (Gr., from amphis, both ways, and bainein, to go), a genus of serpentiform, limbless, lacertilian reptiles; body cylindrical, destitute of scales, and divided into numerous annular segments; the tail obtuse, and scarcely to be distinguished from the head, whence the belief that it moved equally well with either end foremost. There are several species, found in tropical America. They feed on ants and earthworms, and were formerly, but erroneously, deemed poisonous. In Greek mythology the [147]amphisbæna was a serpent believed to possess two heads.

Amphisbæna (Greek, from amphis, meaning both ways, and bainein, meaning to go) is a genus of limbless, snake-like reptiles. Their bodies are cylindrical, lack scales, and are divided into many ring-like segments. The tail is blunt and barely distinguishable from the head, which led to the belief that it could move equally well in either direction. Several species are found in tropical America. They feed on ants and earthworms and were once incorrectly thought to be poisonous. In Greek mythology, the [147]amphisbæna was a serpent believed to have two heads.

Amphis´cii (Gr. amphi, on both sides, and skia, shadow), a term sometimes applied to the inhabitants of the intertropical regions, whose shadows at noon in one part of the year are cast to the north and in the other to the south, according as the sun is in the southern or northern signs.

Amphiscii (Gr. amphi, on both sides, and skia, shadow), a term sometimes used for the people living in the intertropical regions, whose shadows at noon during part of the year point to the north and at other times to the south, depending on whether the sun is in the southern or northern signs.

Amphitheatre at Pompeii Amphitheatre at Pompeii

Amphithe´atre, an ancient Roman building of an oval form without a roof, having a central area (the arena) encompassed with rows of seats, rising higher as they receded from the centre, on which people used to sit to view the combats of gladiators and of wild beasts, and other sports. The first amphitheatre at Rome was that constructed by C. Scribonius Curio, 59 B.C. The Colosseum at Rome is the largest of all the ancient amphitheatres, being capable of containing 100,000 persons, 87,000 of whom occupied numbered and reserved seats. That at Verona is one of the best examples remaining. Its dimensions are 502 feet by 401, and it is 98 feet high. The name means 'both-ways theatre', or 'theatre all round', the theatre forming only a semicircular building.

Amphitheater, an ancient Roman building with an oval shape and no roof, featuring a central area (the arena) surrounded by rows of seats that rise higher as they move away from the center. People would sit there to watch gladiator fights, wild animal clashes, and other events. The first amphitheater in Rome was built by C. Scribonius Curio in 59 B.C. The Colosseum in Rome is the largest of all ancient amphitheaters, able to hold 100,000 people, with 87,000 in numbered and reserved seats. The one in Verona is one of the best-preserved examples. Its dimensions are 502 feet by 401 feet, and it stands 98 feet high. The name means 'theater that goes both ways' or 'theater all around,' as the theater only forms a semicircular structure.

Amphitri´tē, in Greek mythology, daughter of Oceănus and Tethys, or of Nereus and Doris, and wife of Poseidon (or Neptune), represented as drawn in a chariot of shells by Tritons, with a trident in her hand. In the Homeric poems she is the personification of the Sea, and her marriage to Poseidon is alluded to in a number of scenes depicted on ancient monuments. Such are a bas-relief in the glyptothek at Munich and a mosaic in the museum at Naples.

Amphitrite, in Greek mythology, is the daughter of Oceanus and Tethys, or of Nereus and Doris, and the wife of Poseidon (or Neptune). She is often depicted riding in a chariot made of shells, pulled by Tritons, with a trident in her hand. In the Homeric poems, she symbolizes the Sea, and her marriage to Poseidon is referenced in various scenes shown on ancient monuments, like a bas-relief in the glyptothek at Munich and a mosaic in the museum at Naples.

Amphit´ryon, in Greek legend, King of Thebes, son of Alcæus, and husband of Alcmena. Plautus, and after him Molière, have made an amour of Jupiter with Alcmena the subject of amusing comedies.

Amphitryon, in Greek mythology, King of Thebes, son of Alcæus, and husband of Alcmena. Plautus, followed by Molière, turned the story of Jupiter's affair with Alcmena into entertaining comedies.

Amphiu´ma, a genus of amphibians which frequent the lakes and stagnant waters of North America. The adults retain the clefts at which the gills of the tadpole projected.

Amphiuma, a genus of amphibians that live in the lakes and stagnant waters of North America. The adults keep the slits where the tadpole's gills used to be.

Amphora Amphora
From a Roman specimen in the British Museum

Am´phŏra, a vessel used by the Greeks and Romans for holding liquids; commonly tall and narrow, with two handles and a pointed end which fitted into a stand or was stuck in the ground to enable it to stand upright; used also as a cinerary urn, and as a liquid measure—Greek = 9 gallons; Roman = 6 gallons.

Amphora, a container used by the Greeks and Romans for holding liquids; typically tall and narrow, with two handles and a pointed end that fit into a stand or could be stuck in the ground to keep it upright; also used as a funeral urn and as a liquid measure—Greek = 9 gallons; Roman = 6 gallons.

Amplex´icaul, in botany, said of a leaf that embraces and nearly surrounds the stem.

Amplexicaul, in botany, refers to a leaf that hugs and almost encircles the stem.

Am´plitude, in astronomy, the distance of any celestial body (when referred by a secondary circle to the horizon) from the east or west points.

Amplitude, in astronomy, is the distance of any celestial body (when measured by a secondary circle to the horizon) from the east or west points.

Ampthill, a market-town of England, Bedfordshire, about 7 miles south-west of Bedford. Pop. (1921), 2269.

Ampthill, a market town in England, Bedfordshire, located about 7 miles southwest of Bedford. Population (1921), 2269.

Ampul´la, the Latin name for a vessel bellying out like a jug, which contained unguents for the bath; also a vessel for drinking at table. The ampulla has also been employed for ceremonial purposes, such as holding the oil or chrism used in various Church rites and for anointing monarchs at their coronation. The ampulla of the English sovereigns now in use is an eagle, weighing about 10 oz., of the purest chased gold, which passed through various hands to the Black Prince. The ampulla of the French kings, kept at Rheims in the tomb of St. Remy, was destroyed in 1793.

Ampulla, the Latin term for a vessel that bulges like a jug, which held oils for bathing; it was also used as a drinking vessel at the table. The ampulla has been used for ceremonial purposes, such as containing the oil or chrism used in different Church rites and for anointing kings during their coronation. The current ampulla used for English sovereigns is in the shape of an eagle, weighing about 10 oz., made of pure chased gold, which has passed through several hands to reach the Black Prince. The ampulla of the French kings, stored at Rheims in St. Remy's tomb, was destroyed in 1793.

Amputa´tion, in surgery, that operation by which a member is separated from the body. [148]

Amputation, in surgery, is the procedure in which a limb is detached from the body. [148]

Amra´oti, a town of British India in Berár; it is celebrated for its cotton, and is a place of good trade. Pop. 35,000. The district has an area of 4733 sq. miles. Pop. 876,000.

Amraoti is a town in British India located in Berár; it's known for its cotton and has a strong trading presence. Population: 35,000. The district covers an area of 4,733 square miles. Population: 876,000.

Am´ritsir, or Amritsar ('the pool of immortality'), a flourishing commercial town of India, capital of a district of the same name, in the Punjab, the centre of the Sikh religion since the end of the sixteenth century. It has considerable manufactures of shawls and silks; and receives its name from the sacred pond constructed by Ram Das, the apostle of the Sikhs, in which the Sikhs and other Hindus immerse themselves that they may be purified from all sin. Pop. 152,756.—The district of Amritsir has an area of 1601 sq. miles. Pop. 900,000.

Amritsar ('the pool of immortality') is a thriving commercial town in India and the capital of a district with the same name in Punjab. It has been the center of the Sikh religion since the late sixteenth century. The town is known for its production of shawls and silks and gets its name from the sacred pond built by Ram Das, a Sikh apostle, where Sikhs and other Hindus bathe to purify themselves from sin. Population: 152,756. — The district of Amritsar covers an area of 1,601 square miles. Population: 900,000.

Am´ru, originally an opponent, and subsequently a zealous supporter of Mahomet, and one of the ablest of the Mahommedan warriors. He brought Egypt under the power of the Caliph Omar in 638, and governed it wisely till his death in 663. The burning of the famous Alexandrian Library has been generally attributed to him, though only on the authority of a writer who lived six centuries later.

Am´ru, who started as an opponent but later became a passionate supporter of Muhammad, was one of the most skilled warriors in the Muslim army. He brought Egypt under the control of Caliph Omar in 638 and governed it wisely until his death in 663. The destruction of the famous Alexandrian Library is often blamed on him, although this claim comes from a writer who lived six centuries later.

Am´sterdam (that is, 'the dam of the Amstel'), one of the chief commercial cities of Europe, capital of Holland (but not the residence of the sovereign), situated at the confluence of the Amstel with the Y or Ij, an arm of the Zuider-Zee. On account of the lowness of the site of the city the greater part of it is built on piles. It is divided by numerous canals into about 90 islands, which are connected by nearly 300 bridges. Many of the streets have a canal in the middle with broad brick-paved quays on either side, planted with rows of trees; the houses are generally of brick, many of them six or seven stories high, with pointed gables turned to the streets. Among the public buildings are the old stadthouse, the work of Jacob van Kempen, commenced in 1648 and finished in 1655, which is now a royal palace, the interior being decorated by the Dutch painters and sculptors of the seventeenth century with their masterpieces; the justiciary hall, an imitation of a Greek temple; the town hall (fourteenth century); the exchange, a handsome building, constructed in 1836 on the site of the old bourse built in 1608; the Palace of National Industry; the national museum; and the central railway station. The old church is a structure of the fourteenth century with stained-glass windows painted by Digman in the fifteenth century. The chief educational institutions of the kingdom are here, including the city university, a free university, gymnasiums and other secondary schools, the national picture gallery or museum, containing many masterpieces of Dutch artists, &c. Among its numerous industries may be mentioned as a speciality the cutting and polishing of diamonds. It has also factories and workshops dealing with wool, cotton, silk, tobacco, leather, machinery, and metal goods, glass, liqueurs, cocoa, &c. The harbour, formed by the Y, lies along the whole of the north side of the city, and is surrounded by various docks and basins. The trade is very great, being much facilitated by the great ship-canal (15 miles long, opened 1876, admitting the largest vessels) connecting the Y directly with the North Sea at Y-Muiden, where the entrance is between two long piers projecting into the sea. Another canal of much less importance, the North Holland Canal (46 miles long, 20 feet deep), connects Amsterdam with the Helder. Between the harbour and the Zuider Zee the Y is now crossed by a great dam in which are locks to admit vessels and regulate the amount of water in the North Sea Canal. The oversea trade of Amsterdam has immensely increased since the opening of the great canal, and the foreign trade of the kingdom practically centres in Amsterdam and Rotterdam. There is also a large trade with the interior by railway, river, and canal. In the beginning of the thirteenth century Amsterdam was but a fishing village. In the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries it had attained some importance, especially through the Baltic trade. The ruin of Antwerp through the troubles with Spain was greatly to its advantage, and during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Amsterdam was one of the wealthiest and most flourishing cities in the world. Its forced alliance with France ruined its trade, but since 1813 its commerce has revived. Amsterdam is the birthplace of Spinoza and of the painters van de Velde and van der Neer. Pop. (1919), 647,120.

Amsterdam (meaning 'the dam of the Amstel') is one of the main commercial cities in Europe and the capital of Holland (although not the residence of the monarch). It's located where the Amstel River meets the Y or IJ, which is a part of the Zuider-Zee. Because the city is low-lying, most of it is built on piles. It's divided by numerous canals into about 90 islands, connected by almost 300 bridges. Many streets have a canal in the middle, with wide brick-paved quays on either side lined with trees. The houses are mostly made of brick, many six or seven stories tall, featuring pointed gables facing the streets. Among the public buildings are the old city hall, designed by Jacob van Kempen, started in 1648 and completed in 1655, which now serves as a royal palace, its interior adorned with masterpieces by Dutch painters and sculptors from the seventeenth century; the justice hall, resembling a Greek temple; the town hall (from the fourteenth century); the exchange, an attractive building constructed in 1836 on the site of the old bourse built in 1608; the Palace of National Industry; the national museum; and the central railway station. The old church, a fourteenth-century structure, has stained-glass windows painted by Digman in the fifteenth century. The main educational institutions in the kingdom, including the city university, a free university, gymnasiums, and other secondary schools, along with the national picture gallery or museum featuring many masterpieces by Dutch artists, are found here. Among its many industries, a notable specialty is diamond cutting and polishing. It also has factories and workshops for wool, cotton, silk, tobacco, leather, machinery, metal goods, glass, liqueurs, cocoa, and more. The harbor, formed by the Y, runs along the entire north side of the city and is surrounded by various docks and basins. The trade here is substantial, facilitated by the large ship canal (15 miles long, opened in 1876, allowing access for the largest vessels) that connects the Y directly to the North Sea at Y-Muiden, where the entrance is between two long piers extending into the sea. Another less significant canal, the North Holland Canal (46 miles long, 20 feet deep), links Amsterdam with the Helder. A major dam now crosses the Y between the harbor and the Zuider Zee, featuring locks to allow vessels through and control the water level in the North Sea Canal. The overseas trade of Amsterdam has significantly increased since the great canal opened, and the kingdom's foreign trade primarily focuses on Amsterdam and Rotterdam. There is also substantial trade with the interior via railway, river, and canal. In the early thirteenth century, Amsterdam was just a fishing village. By the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, it had gained some importance, especially due to Baltic trade. The decline of Antwerp due to conflicts with Spain greatly benefited it, and during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, Amsterdam was one of the richest and most prosperous cities in the world. Its enforced alliance with France damaged its trade, but since 1813, its commerce has rebounded. Amsterdam is the birthplace of Spinoza and painters van de Velde and van der Neer. Pop. (1919), 647,120.

Amsterdam, a town of New York State, United States, on the Mohawk River and the Erie Canal, 33 miles N.W. of Albany; a busy manufacturing town. Pop. (1920), 33,524.

Amsterdam, a city in New York State, United States, located on the Mohawk River and the Erie Canal, 33 miles N.W. of Albany; a bustling manufacturing city. Population (1920), 33,524.

Amsterdam, New, a town in British Guiana, on the east side of the River Berbice, near the sea, with some trade as a seaport. Pop. 8903.

Amsterdam, New, a town in Guyana, located on the east side of the Berbice River, close to the sea, with some trade as a seaport. Population: 8,903.

Amsterdam Island, a small and almost inaccessible island in the Indian Ocean, about halfway in a direct line between the Cape of Good Hope and Tasmania. It is sparsely provided with vegetation, and inhabited only by sea-birds, but it was taken possession of by France in 1893, along with the neighbouring St. Paul. It was discovered by the Dutch in 1633.

Amsterdam Island is a small, nearly unreachable island in the Indian Ocean, located roughly halfway between the Cape of Good Hope and Tasmania. It has limited vegetation and is only home to seabirds, but France claimed it in 1893, along with the nearby St. Paul. The island was discovered by the Dutch in 1633.

Amstetten, a town in Lower Austria, on the Ybbs, and on the railway from Vienna to Linz. In 1805 a victory was gained here by the French under Murat over the Russians under Bagration. Pop. 3760.

Amstetten is a town in Lower Austria, located on the Ybbs River and along the railway from Vienna to Linz. In 1805, the French forces led by Murat achieved a victory here against the Russians under Bagration. Population: 3,760.

Amuck´, or Amuk, to run, a phrase applied to natives of the Eastern Archipelago, who are [149]occasionally seen to rush out in a frantic state of temporary mental derangement, making indiscriminate and murderous assaults on all that come in their way.

Amuck, or Amuk, means to run, a term used for people from the Eastern Archipelago, who are occasionally observed to suddenly rush out in a frenzied state of temporary mental disturbance, attacking anyone and anything that crosses their path.

Amu-Darya. See Oxus.

Amu-Darya. See Oxus.

Amu-Darya, district. See Turkestan.

Amu-Darya district. See Turkestan.

Am´ulet, a piece of stone, metal, &c., marked with certain figures or characters, which people in some countries wear about them, superstitiously deeming them a protection against diseases, enchantments, witchcraft, &c. According to Pliny the elder, the bulla, or amulet, was first hung by Tarquinius Priscus on the neck of his son. Articles that archæologists have decided to be amulets have been found dating from prehistoric times, and they were commonly worn in ancient times by the Jews, Greeks, and Romans, as they still are by Persians, Arabs, and many other peoples. See Charms.

Amulet, a piece of stone, metal, etc., marked with specific symbols or characters, which people in some cultures wear as a superstitious belief that it offers protection against diseases, spells, witchcraft, etc. According to Pliny the Elder, the bulla, or amulet, was first hung around the neck of his son by Tarquinius Priscus. Archaeologists have discovered items they identify as amulets that date back to prehistoric times, and these were commonly worn in ancient times by Jews, Greeks, and Romans, just as they still are by Persians, Arabs, and many other cultures. See Charms.

Amundsen, Captain Roald, Norwegian polar explorer, born at Borge, Norway, 16th July, 1872. He was first-lieutenant on the Belgica during the Belgian south polar expedition, 1897-9. He then planned an expedition to the area of the north magnetic pole and a north-west passage by water. On 17th June, 1903, he embarked from Christiania on the small sailing vessel the Gjöa, with a company of six men, and reached King William Land, where the vessel remained for two years. Here he made his headquarters, and by numerous excursions was able to prove that the north magnetic pole has no stationary position, but is in continual movement. On 11th July, 1906, his vessel reached the Behring Strait, and on 30th August entered the Pacific. After his return Amundsen began his preparations for an Antarctic expedition, and on 9th August, 1910, he sailed from Norway on Nansen's ship, the Fram, and reached the South Pole on 7th March, 1912. He published an account of his North-West Passage expedition, entitled Sydpolen. Den norske Sydpolsfaerd med Fram 1910-12. An English translation was published in 1913. Amundsen started on a North Polar Expedition in 1918.

Amundsen, Captain Roald, Norwegian polar explorer, born in Borge, Norway, on July 16, 1872. He served as first lieutenant on the Belgica during the Belgian South Polar Expedition from 1897 to 1899. He then planned an expedition to the North Magnetic Pole and a Northwest Passage by water. On June 17, 1903, he set sail from Christiania on the small sailing vessel Gjöa, accompanied by six men, and reached King William Land, where the ship stayed for two years. This became his headquarters, and through numerous excursions, he demonstrated that the North Magnetic Pole does not have a fixed position but is constantly moving. On July 11, 1906, his vessel reached the Bering Strait and entered the Pacific on August 30. After his return, Amundsen began preparing for an Antarctic expedition, and on August 9, 1910, he sailed from Norway on Nansen's ship, the Fram, reaching the South Pole on March 7, 1912. He published a record of his Northwest Passage expedition titled Sydpolen. Den norske Sydpolsfaerd med Fram 1910-12. An English translation came out in 1913. Amundsen started a North Polar Expedition in 1918.

Amur´, or Amoor´, one of the largest rivers of Eastern Asia, formed by the junction of the Rivers Shilka and Argun; flows first in a south-eastern and then in a north-eastern direction till it falls into an arm of the Sea of Okhotsk, opposite the Island of Sakhalin, after a course of 1500 miles. It forms, for a large portion of its course, part of the boundary-line between the Russian and the Chinese dominions, and is navigable throughout for four months in the year.—Amoor Territory. In 1858 Russia acquired from China the territory on the left bank of the Upper and Middle Amoor, together with that on both banks of the Lower Amoor. The western portion of the territory was organized as a separate province, with the name of the Amoor (area, 154,795 sq. miles. Pop. 261,500). The eastern portion was joined to the Maritime Province of Eastern Siberia.

Amur, or Amoor, is one of the largest rivers in Eastern Asia, formed by the confluence of the Shilka and Argun Rivers. It flows southeast at first and then northeast until it empties into an arm of the Sea of Okhotsk, opposite Sakhalin Island, after traveling 1,500 miles. For a significant part of its length, it serves as part of the border between Russia and China and is navigable for four months each year.—Amoor Territory. In 1858, Russia obtained from China the land on the left bank of the Upper and Middle Amur, along with the territories on both banks of the Lower Amur. The western part of this land was organized as a separate province called Amoor (area: 154,795 sq. miles; population: 261,500). The eastern part was incorporated into the Maritime Province of Eastern Siberia.

Am´urath, or Murad, the name of several Ottoman sultans. See Ottoman Empire.

Am´urath, or Murad, the name of several Ottoman sultans. See Ottoman Empire.

Amyclæ (a-mī´klē), a town of ancient Greece, the chief seat of the Achæans in Laconia, a short distance from Sparta, by which it was conquered about 800 B.C.

Amyclæ (a-mī´klē), an ancient Greek town, the main settlement of the Achæans in Laconia, located not far from Sparta, which conquered it around 800 BCE

Amyg´daloid (Gr. amygdalē, an almond), meaning 'almond-shaped', a term used in anatomy and geology.

Amygdaloid (Gr. amygdalē, an almond), meaning 'shaped like an almond', a term used in anatomy and geology.

Amyg´dalus, the genus to which the almond belongs.

Amygdalus, the genus that includes the almond.

Am´yl, in chemistry, a hypothetic radicle believed to exist in many compounds, especially the fusel-oil series, and having the formula C5H11.—Amyl Nitrite, or Nitrite of Amyl, an amber-coloured fluid, smelling and tasting like essence of pears, which has been employed as an anæsthetic and also in relieving cardiac distress, as in angina pectoris.

Amyl, in chemistry, a hypothetical radical thought to be present in many compounds, especially in the fusel oil series, with the formula C5H11.—Amyl Nitrite, or Nitrite of Amyl, is an amber-colored liquid that smells and tastes like pear essence. It has been used as an anesthetic and also to relieve heart pain, such as in angina pectoris.

Am´ylene (C5H10), an ethereal liquid with an aromatic odour, prepared from fusel-oil. It possesses anæsthetic properties, and has been tried as a substitute for chloroform, but is very dangerous.

Amylene (C5H10) is a fragrant liquid made from fusel oil. It has anesthetic qualities and has been tested as an alternative to chloroform, but it is very hazardous.

Amyl´ic Alcohol, one of the products of the fermentation of grain, &c., commonly known by the name of fusel-oil (q.v.).

Amyl Alcohol, one of the products of grain fermentation, etc., commonly referred to as fusel oil (see q.v.).

Amyot (ä-mi-ō), Jacques, French writer and scholar, whose translations from the Greek have themselves become classics, was born in 1513, and died Bishop of Auxerre in 1593, having been for twelve years a professor of classics at Bourges, and having enjoyed the patronage of Margaret of Navarre and Henry II. His chief translations are those of Plutarch's Lives and his Morals, the Aethiopica of Heliodorus, and the Daphnis and Chloe of Longus. Sir Thomas North's English translation of Plutarch (1575), of which Shakespeare made much use, was derived from that of Amyot.

Amyot (ä-mi-ō), Jacques, was a French writer and scholar whose translations from Greek have become classics in their own right. He was born in 1513 and passed away as the Bishop of Auxerre in 1593. He spent twelve years as a professor of classics at Bourges and enjoyed the support of Margaret of Navarre and Henry II. His most significant translations include Plutarch's Lives and Morals, Heliodorus's Aethiopica, and Longus's Daphnis and Chloe. Sir Thomas North's English translation of Plutarch (1575), which Shakespeare heavily relied on, was based on Amyot's work.

Amyrida´ceæ, a nat. ord. of plants, consisting of tropical trees or shrubs, the leaves, bark, and fruit of which abound in fragrant resinous and balsamic juices. Myrrh, frankincense, and the gum-elemi of commerce are among their products. Among the chief genera of the order are Amyris, Balsamodendron, Boswellia, and Canarium.

Amyrida´ceæ, a natural order of plants, includes tropical trees or shrubs that have leaves, bark, and fruit rich in fragrant resinous and balsamic substances. Myrrh, frankincense, and commercial gum-elemi are some of their products. The main genera of this order are Amyris, Balsamodendron, Boswellia, and Canarium.

A´na, the neuter plural termination of Latin adjectives in -ānus, often forming an affix with the names of eminent men to denote a collection of their memorable sayings—thus Scaligeriana, Johnsoniana, the sayings of Scaliger, of Johnson; or to denote a collection of anecdotes, or gossipy matter, as in boxiana. Hence, as an independent noun, books recording such sayings; the sayings themselves. [150]

A´na is the neuter plural ending of Latin adjectives in -ānus, commonly used as a suffix with the names of famous individuals to indicate a collection of their notable quotes—like Scaligeriana or Johnsoniana, referring to the sayings of Scaliger and Johnson; or to indicate a collection of stories or gossip, as in boxiana. Thus, it can also refer to books that document such sayings or the sayings themselves. [150]

Anabap´tists (from the Gr. anabaptizein, to rebaptize), a name given to a Christian sect by their adversaries, because, as they objected to infant baptism, they rebaptized those who joined their body. Their doctrine is based upon the words of Christ in St. Mark, xvi, 16. The founder of the sect appears to have been Nicolas Storch, a disciple of Luther's, who seems to have aimed also at the reorganization of society based on civil and political equality. Gathering round him a number of fiery spirits, among whom was Thomas Münzer, he incited the peasantry of Suabia and Franconia to insurrection—the doctrine of a community of goods being now added to their creed. This insurrection was quelled in 1525, when Münzer was put to the torture and beheaded. After the death of Münzer the sectaries dispersed in all directions, spreading their doctrines wherever they went. In 1534 the town of Münster in Westphalia became their centre of action. Under the leadership of Bockhold and Matthias their numbers increased daily, and being joined by the restless spirits of the adjoining towns, they soon made themselves masters of the town and expelled their adversaries. Matthias became their prophet, but he fell in a sally against the Bishop of Münster, Count Waldeck, who had laid siege to the city. Bockhold then became leader, assuming the name of John of Leyden, King of the New Jerusalem, and Münster became a theatre of all the excesses of fanaticism, lust, and cruelty. The town was eventually taken (June, 1535), and Bockhold and a great many of his partisans suffered death. This was the last time that the movement assumed anything like political importance. In the meantime some of the apostles, who were sent out by Bockhold to extend the limits of his kingdom, had been successful in various places, and many independent teachers, who preached the same doctrines, continued active in the work of founding a new empire of pure Christians. It is true that they rejected the practice of polygamy, community of goods, and intolerance towards those of different opinions which had prevailed in Münster; but they enjoined upon their adherents the other doctrines of the early Anabaptists, and certain heretical opinions in regard to the humanity of Christ, occasioned by the controversies of that day about the sacrament. The most celebrated of those Anabaptist prophets were Melchior Hoffmann, the founder of the Hoffmannists or Millenarians; Galenus Abrahamssohn, from whom the sect of the Galenists were called; and Simon Menno, founder of various sects known as Mennonites. Menno's principles are contained in his Principles of the True Christian Faith (1556), a work which is held as authoritative on points of doctrine and worship among the Baptist communities at the present day. The application of the term Anabaptist to the general body of Baptists throughout the world is unwarranted, because these sects have nothing in common with the bodies which sprung up in various countries of Europe during the Reformation, except the practice of adult baptism. The Baptists themselves repudiate the name Anabaptist, as they claim to baptize according to the original institution of the rite, and never repeat baptism in the case of those who in their opinion have been so baptized. It is under the designation of Mennonites that they exist to-day, principally in Holland, Germany, and the United States.

Anabaptists (from the Gr. anabaptizein, to rebaptize), a name given to a Christian sect by their opponents, because they rejected infant baptism and rebaptized those who joined their group. Their beliefs are based on the words of Christ in St. Mark, xvi, 16. The founder of the sect seems to have been Nicolas Storch, a follower of Luther, who aimed at reorganizing society based on civil and political equality. Gathering around him a group of passionate individuals, including Thomas Münzer, he incited the peasants of Swabia and Franconia to revolt, adding the doctrine of communal ownership of goods to their beliefs. This uprising was suppressed in 1525, when Münzer was tortured and executed. After Münzer's death, the followers dispersed widely, spreading their beliefs wherever they went. In 1534, the town of Münster in Westphalia became their center of activity. Under the leadership of Bockhold and Matthias, their numbers grew daily, and joined by the restless spirits from nearby towns, they soon took control of the city and expelled their opponents. Matthias became their prophet but was killed during a raid against the Bishop of Münster, Count Waldeck, who had besieged the city. Bockhold then took leadership, adopting the name John of Leyden, King of the New Jerusalem, and Münster became a stage for extreme fanaticism, lust, and cruelty. The town was eventually captured (June, 1535), and Bockhold along with many of his supporters faced execution. This marked the last time the movement gained any political significance. Meanwhile, some apostles sent out by Bockhold to expand his kingdom found success in various areas, and many independent teachers preaching similar beliefs remained active in establishing a new empire of true Christians. While they rejected practices like polygamy, communal ownership, and intolerance towards differing opinions that had existed in Münster, they upheld other doctrines of the early Anabaptists, along with some heretical views regarding the humanity of Christ, influenced by debates of that time about the sacrament. The most prominent Anabaptist prophets were Melchior Hoffmann, the founder of the Hoffmannists or Millenarians; Galenus Abrahamssohn, from whom the Galenists got their name; and Simon Menno, founder of various groups known as Mennonites. Menno's principles are outlined in his Principles of the True Christian Faith (1556), a work regarded as authoritative on doctrine and worship among Baptist communities today. The use of the term Anabaptist to describe the wider body of Baptists around the world is inaccurate, as these groups share little in common with those that emerged in various European countries during the Reformation, except for the practice of adult baptism. The Baptists themselves reject the label Anabaptist, as they claim to baptize following the original institution of the rite and never repeat baptism for those they believe have already been baptized. Today, they exist primarily under the name Mennonites, mainly in Holland, Germany, and the United States.

An´abas. See Climbing-perch.

Anabas. See Climbing perch.

Anab´asis (Gr. anabasis, a march up country), the title of Xenophon's celebrated account of the expedition of Cyrus the Younger against his brother Artaxerxes, King of Persia. The title is also given to Arrian's work which records the campaigns of Alexander the Great.

Anabasis (Gr. anabasis, a march inland), the title of Xenophon's famous account of the expedition of Cyrus the Younger against his brother Artaxerxes, King of Persia. The title is also used for Arrian's work that chronicles the campaigns of Alexander the Great.

An´ableps, a genus of fishes of the perch family, found in the rivers of Guiana, consisting of but one species, remarkable for a peculiar structure of the eyes, in which there is a division of the iris and cornea, by transverse ligaments forming two pupils, and making the whole eye appear double. The young are brought forth alive.

Anableps, a type of fish from the perch family, is found in the rivers of Guiana. It consists of only one species, notable for its unique eye structure, where the iris and cornea are divided by horizontal ligaments, creating two pupils and giving the whole eye a double appearance. The young are born alive.

Anabolism (Gr. ana, up, and bolé, a throw), a biological term suggested by Michael Foster, and used by Gaskell in 1886, and meaning the building-up of organic life, or the process by which a substance is transformed into another which is more complex. Anabolism is the constructive phase of metabolism (q.v.).

Anabolism (from Greek ana, meaning up, and bolé, meaning a throw) is a biological term introduced by Michael Foster and used by Gaskell in 1886. It refers to the process of building up organic life or transforming a substance into a more complex one. Anabolism is the constructive phase of metabolism (see that entry).

Anacanthi´ni (Gr. neg. prefix an, and akantha, a spine), an order of osseous fishes, including the cod, plaice, &c., with spineless fins, cycloid or ctenoid scales, the ventral fins either absent or below the pectorals, and ductless swim-bladder.

Anacanthi´ni (Greek negative prefix an, and akantha, a spine), is a group of bony fish that includes cod, plaice, etc. They have spineless fins, cycloid or ctenoid scales, with ventral fins either absent or positioned below the pectorals, and a swim bladder without ducts.

Anacardia´ceæ, a nat. ord. of plants, consisting of tropical trees and shrubs which secrete an acrid resinous juice, which is often used as a varnish. Mastic, Japan lacquer, and Martaban varnish are some of their products. The cashoo or cashew (genus Anacardium), the pistacia, sumach, mango, &c., are members of the order.

Anacardiaceae, a natural order of plants, includes tropical trees and shrubs that produce a pungent resinous sap, commonly used as varnish. Products derived from them include mastic, Japan lacquer, and Martaban varnish. Notable members of this order are the cashew (genus Anacardium), pistachio, sumac, mango, etc.

Anach´aris, a genus of plants, nat. ord. Hydrocharidaceæ, the species of which grow in ponds and streams of fresh water; water-thyme or water-weed. It appeared in Britain in the nineteenth century. A. Alsinastrum has been introduced from North America into European rivers, canals, and ponds, and by its rapid growth in dense tangled masses tends to choke them so as materially to impede navigation. The plants in our canals perfect no seed, their spread being due to vegetative vigour only.

Anacharis is a genus of plants in the family Hydrocharitaceae. This species grows in freshwater ponds and streams and is commonly known as water-thyme or water-weed. It appeared in Britain in the nineteenth century. A. Alsinastrum was introduced from North America into European rivers, canals, and ponds, and its rapid growth in dense, tangled masses tends to choke these water bodies, significantly hindering navigation. The plants in our canals do not produce seeds; their spread is solely due to vegetative reproduction.

Anach´ronism, an error of chronology by [151]which things are represented as coexisting which did not coexist; applied also to anything foreign to or out of keeping with a specified time. Thus it is an anachronism when Shakespeare, in Troilus and Cressida, makes Hector quote Aristotle. There are anachronisms in the Cid and the Nibelungenlied, and also in Dante's Inferno, when the poet introduces pagan mythology into the Christian hell.

Anachronism is a chronological mistake where things are shown as happening at the same time when they didn’t; it also refers to anything that doesn't fit with a particular time period. For example, it’s an anachronism when Shakespeare, in Troilus and Cressida, has Hector quote Aristotle. There are also anachronisms in the Cid and the Nibelungenlied, as well as in Dante's Inferno, when the poet includes pagan mythology in the Christian hell.

Anacolu´thon, a want of grammatical and logical sequence in the structure of a sentence.

Anacoluthon, a lack of grammatical and logical flow in the structure of a sentence.

Anaconda Anaconda (Python tigris)

Anacon´da, the popular name of two of the largest species of the serpent tribe, viz. a Ceylonese species of the genus Python (P. tigris), said to have been met with 33 feet long; and Eunectes murīnus, a native of tropical America, allied to the boa-constrictor, and the largest of the serpent tribe, attaining the length of 40 feet. They frequent swamps and rivers, are without poison fangs, and kill their victims by constriction.

Anaconda is the common name for two of the largest types of snakes: one is a species from Ceylon in the genus Python (P. tigris), which is reported to reach lengths of up to 33 feet; the other is Eunectes murīnus, native to tropical America and related to the boa constrictor, known to be the largest snake species, growing as long as 40 feet. They inhabit swamps and rivers, do not have venomous fangs, and kill their prey by squeezing them tightly.

Anaconda, a town of the United States, Montana, with the largest copper-smelting works in the world. Pop. (1920), 11,668.

Anaconda is a town in the United States, located in Montana, known for having the largest copper-smelting facility in the world. Population (1920): 11,668.

Anac´reon, an amatory lyric Greek poet of the sixth century B.C., native of Teos, in Ionia. Only a few fragments of his works have come down to us; the collection of odes that usually passes under the name of Anacreon is mostly the production of a later time, the poetry of the real Anacreon being much less frivolous.

Anacreon, a Greek poet from the sixth century B.C. known for his love poetry, was originally from Teos, in Ionia. Only a few fragments of his works survive today; the collection of odes commonly attributed to Anacreon is mainly the work of a later period, as the actual poetry of the real Anacreon is much less lighthearted.

Anadyom´ĕnē (Gr., 'she who comes forth'), a name given to Aphroditē (Venus) when she was represented as rising from the sea, as in the celebrated painting by Apelles, painted for the temple of Æsculapius at Cos, and afterwards in the temple of Julius Caesar at Rome.

Anadyomēnē (Gr., 'she who comes forth'), a name given to Aphrodite (Venus) when she was shown as rising from the sea, like in the famous painting by Apelles, created for the temple of Asclepius at Cos, and later in the temple of Julius Caesar in Rome.

Anadyr (a˙-nä´dēr), the most easterly of the larger rivers of Siberia and of all Asia; rises in the Stanovoi Mountains, and falls into the Gulf of Anadyr; length, 600 miles.

Anadyr (a˙-nä´dēr), the most eastern of the major rivers in Siberia and all of Asia; starts in the Stanovoi Mountains and flows into the Gulf of Anadyr; length, 600 miles.

Anæ´mia (Gr., 'want of blood'), a medical term applied to an unhealthy condition of the body, in which there is a diminution of the red corpuscles which the blood should contain. The principal symptoms are paleness and general want of colour in the skin, languor, emaciation, want of appetite, fainting, palpitation, &c.

Anemia (Gr., 'lack of blood'), a medical term used to describe an unhealthy condition of the body characterized by a decrease in the red blood cells that the blood should have. The main symptoms include paleness and a general lack of color in the skin, fatigue, weight loss, loss of appetite, fainting, heart palpitations, etc.

Anæsthe´sia, or Anæsthe´sis, a state of insensibility to pain, produced by inhaling chloroform, or by the application of other anæsthetic agents.

Anesthesia, or Anesthesia, is a state of insensitivity to pain caused by inhaling chloroform or by using other anesthetic agents.

Anæsthet´ics are medical agents chiefly used in surgical operations for the abolition of pain. They are divided into (1) general anæsthetics, those in which complete unconsciousness is produced; (2) local anæsthetics, those which act upon the nerves of a limited area alone.

Anesthetics are medical agents primarily used in surgical procedures to eliminate pain. They are categorized into (1) general anesthetics, which induce complete unconsciousness; and (2) local anesthetics, which target the nerves of a specific area only.

The earliest record of attempts to produce anæsthesia is to be found in the thirteenth century. Since then many agents have been tried. The first scientific effort was in 1800, when Sir Humphry Davy experimented with nitrous oxide, but without practical result. In 1844 Wells, an American dentist, used nitrous oxide, also without result. In 1846 Morton, another American dentist, used ether, and from that time it was increasingly used in America. In the same year the first operation under ether was performed in University College Hospital, London. In 1847 Sir James Simpson (Edinburgh) introduced chloroform. Through his influence it was soon largely used throughout England and Scotland, and continued to be the chief anæsthetic till about the end of the nineteenth century, when ether again became popular in England. To-day, in England, as always in the United States, ether is the most widely-used anæsthetic. Much controversy exists regarding the respective merits of ether and chloroform. The general opinion is, that ether is on the whole safer, but more liable, in the British climate, to be followed by bronchitis; while there are various conditions when chloroform is still preferable. They are frequently combined in use. Nitrous-oxide gas (laughing gas) is much used in dentistry. Lately, nitrous oxide has been used with ether; while ether and oxygen together were [152]much used with the British Expeditionary Force in France during the European War (1914-8). The administration of all anæsthetics is helped when the patient is given a hypodermic injection of morphia shortly before. Twilight sleep, increasingly used in childbirth, is the production of a partial anæsthesia by the administration of scopolamin morphine. Local anæsthetics are much used in minor surgery, and with proper technique act effectively. Cocaine was the first of these, and is still widely used. Of later developments, eucaine and novocaine are best known. Spinal anæsthesia is the injection of stovaine or similar substance into the spinal cord, producing anæsthesia of a large part of the body, varying according to the site of the injection.

The earliest records of attempts to create anesthesia date back to the thirteenth century. Since then, many substances have been tested. The first scientific effort occurred in 1800, when Sir Humphry Davy experimented with nitrous oxide, but it didn’t lead to practical results. In 1844, Wells, an American dentist, used nitrous oxide, also without success. In 1846, another American dentist, Morton, used ether, and from that point on, it began to be used more frequently in America. That same year, the first operation under ether was performed at University College Hospital, London. In 1847, Sir James Simpson from Edinburgh introduced chloroform. Due to his influence, it quickly became widely used across England and Scotland, remaining the primary anesthetic until around the end of the nineteenth century when ether regained popularity in England. Today, ether is the most commonly used anesthetic in England, as it always has been in the United States. There’s significant debate about the advantages of ether versus chloroform. The general consensus is that ether is generally safer but is more prone to causing bronchitis in the British climate, while there are still circumstances where chloroform is the better choice. They are often used together. Nitrous oxide (laughing gas) is frequently utilized in dentistry. Recently, nitrous oxide has been used alongside ether, while a combination of ether and oxygen was widely used by the British Expeditionary Force in France during the European War (1914-1918). The administration of all anesthetics is enhanced when patients receive a hypodermic injection of morphine shortly beforehand. Twilight sleep, which is increasingly common in childbirth, involves inducing partial anesthesia through the use of scopolamine and morphine. Local anesthetics are widely applied in minor surgeries and can be very effective with the right technique. Cocaine was the first of these, and it’s still commonly used. Among the newer options, eucaine and novocaine are the most well-known. Spinal anesthesia involves injecting stovaine or a similar substance into the spinal cord, producing anesthesia over a large area of the body, depending on where the injection is made.

Anagal´lis, a genus of the nat. ord. Primulaceæ, to which belongs the Pimpernel, the 'poor man's weather-glass'. See Pimpernel.

Anagal´lis, a genus in the natural order Primulaceæ, which includes the Pimpernel, known as the 'poor man's weather-glass'. See Pimpernel.

Anagni (a˙-nän´yē), a town of Italy, province of Rome; the seat of a bishopric erected in 487. Pop. 10,400.

Anagni (a˙-nahn-ee), a town in Italy, located in the province of Rome; it's the seat of a bishopric established in 487. Population 10,400.

An´agram, the transposition of the letters of a word or words so as to form a new word or phrase, a connection in meaning being frequently preserved; thus, evil, vile; Horatio Nelson, Honor est a Nilo (honour is from the Nile). The seventeenth century was the golden age of the anagram, but it was employed by the Hebrews and the Greeks.

Anagram, the rearrangement of the letters of a word or words to create a new word or phrase, often keeping a connection in meaning; for example, evil, vile; Horatio Nelson, Honor est a Nilo (honor is from the Nile). The seventeenth century was the peak of the anagram's popularity, though it was also used by the Hebrews and the Greeks.

Anahuac (a˙-na˙-wa˙k´; Mex., 'near the water'), an old Mexican name applied to the plateau of the city of Mexico, from the lakes situated there, generally elevated from 6000 to 9000 feet above the sea.

Anahuac (a˙-na˙-wa˙k´; Mex., 'near the water'), an ancient Mexican term for the plateau of Mexico City, named for the lakes in the area, typically located between 6000 and 9000 feet above sea level.

An´akim, the posterity of Anak, the son of Arba, noted in sacred history for their fierceness and loftiness of stature. Their stronghold was Kirjath-arba or Hebron, which was taken and destroyed by Caleb and the tribe of Judah.

An'akim, the descendants of Anak, the son of Arba, are known in religious history for their fierceness and tall stature. Their stronghold was Kirjath-arba, or Hebron, which was captured and destroyed by Caleb and the tribe of Judah.

Anakolu´thon. See Anacoluthon.

Anacoluthon. See Anacoluthon.

Analep´tic, a restorative or invigorating medicine or diet.

Analep'tic, a medicine or diet that restores or boosts energy.

An´alogue, in comparative anatomy an organ in one species or group having the same function as an organ of different structure in another species or group, as the wing of a bird and that of an insect, both serving for flight. Organs in different animals having a similar anatomical structure, development, and relative position, independent of function or form, such as the arm of a man and the wing of a bird, are termed homologues.

Analogue, in comparative anatomy, is an organ in one species or group that has the same function as an organ with a different structure in another species or group, like the wing of a bird and the wing of an insect, both used for flying. Organs in different animals that have a similar anatomical structure, development, and relative position, regardless of function or form, such as the arm of a human and the wing of a bird, are called homologues.

Anal´ogy is the mode of reasoning from resemblance to resemblance. When we find on attentive examination resemblances in objects apparently diverse, and in which at first no such resemblances were discovered, a presumption arises that other resemblances may be found by further examination in these or other objects likewise apparently diverse. It is on the belief in a unity in nature that all inferences from analogy rest. The general inference from analogy is always perfectly valid. Wherever there is resemblance, similarity or identity of cause somewhere may be justly inferred; but to infer the particular cause without particular proof is always to reason falsely. Analogy is of great use and constant application in science, in philosophy, and in the common business of life.

Analogy is a way of reasoning based on similarities. When we closely examine objects that seem different and find unexpected similarities, it suggests that there may be other similarities to discover with further investigation in these or other seemingly different objects. The belief in a unity in nature supports all conclusions made through analogy. General conclusions drawn from analogy are always valid. Whenever there's a resemblance, we can reasonably infer that there may be a similar cause involved; however, to assume a specific cause without direct evidence is always incorrect reasoning. Analogy is very useful and constantly applied in science, philosophy, and everyday life.

Anal´ysis, the resolution of an object, whether of the senses or the intellect, into its component elements. The word was introduced by Boyle in the seventeenth century. In philosophy it is the mode of resolving a compound idea into its simple parts, in order to consider them more distinctly, and arrive at a more precise knowledge of the whole. It is opposed to synthesis, by which we combine and class our perceptions, and contrive expressions for our thoughts, so as to represent their several divisions, classes, and relations.

Analysis is the process of breaking down an object, whether it’s something we sense or something we understand, into its basic components. The term was introduced by Boyle in the seventeenth century. In philosophy, it’s a way of deconstructing a complex idea into its simpler parts to examine them more clearly and gain a more accurate understanding of the whole. It contrasts with synthesis, which is when we bring together and categorize our perceptions, and create expressions for our thoughts to represent their various divisions, categories, and relationships.

Analysis, in mathematics, is, in the widest sense, the expression and development of the functions of quantities by calculation; in a narrower sense the resolving of problems by algebraic equations. The analysis of the ancients was exhibited only in geometry, and made use only of geometrical assistance, whereby it is distinguished from the analysis of the moderns, which extends to all measurable objects, and expresses in equations the mutual dependence of magnitudes. Analysis is divided into lower and higher, the lower comprising, besides arithmetic and algebra, the doctrines of functions, of series, combinations, logarithms, and curves, the higher comprising the differential and integral calculus, and the calculus of variations.

Analysis in mathematics is, in the broadest sense, the expression and development of functions of quantities through calculations; in a more specific sense, it refers to solving problems using algebraic equations. Ancient analysis was only presented in geometry and relied solely on geometric methods, distinguishing it from modern analysis, which applies to all measurable objects and expresses the interdependence of magnitudes in equations. Analysis is divided into lower and higher levels, with the lower level including arithmetic, algebra, function theory, series, combinations, logarithms, and curves, while the higher level includes differential and integral calculus, as well as the calculus of variations.

In chemistry, analysis is the process of decomposing a compound substance with a view to determine either (a) what elements it contains (qualitative analysis), or (b) how much of each element is present (quantitative analysis). Thus by the first process we learn that water is a compound of hydrogen and oxygen, and by the second that it consists of one part of hydrogen by weight to eight parts of oxygen. As a means of testing soils and feeding-stuffs, analysis has given important results; it has enabled Liebig to solve the problem of plant-nutrition.

In chemistry, analysis is the process of breaking down a compound to find out either (a) what elements it contains (qualitative analysis) or (b) how much of each element is present (quantitative analysis). So, with the first process, we learn that water is made up of hydrogen and oxygen, and with the second, we discover that it has one part hydrogen by weight to eight parts oxygen. Analysis has provided significant insights for testing soils and feeding materials; it helped Liebig solve the problem of plant nutrition.

Anam. See Annam.

Anam. See Annam.

Anamor´phosis, a term denoting a drawing executed in such a manner as to present a distorted image of the object represented, but which, when viewed from a certain point, or reflected by a curved mirror or through a polyhedron, shows the object in its true proportions.

Anamorphosis is a term that refers to a drawing created in a way that presents a distorted image of the object depicted. However, when viewed from a specific angle, or reflected in a curved mirror or through a polyhedron, it reveals the object in its actual proportions.

An´ănas. See Pine-apple.

Pineapple. See Pine-apple.

Anapa´, a seaport of Russia in province Kuban, on the Black Sea, 50 miles south-east of Kertsh, constructed by the Turks in 1781, and formerly fortified. Pop. about 7000.

Anapa, a seaport in Russia’s Kuban region, located on the Black Sea, 50 miles southeast of Kerch, was built by the Turks in 1781 and used to be fortified. Population: about 7,000.

[153]

[153]

An´apæst, in prosody, a foot consisting of two short and one long syllable, or two unaccented and one accented syllable, e.g.

Anapäst, in prosody, is a foot made up of two short syllables followed by one long syllable, or two unaccented syllables followed by one accented syllable, e.g.

The Assyrian came down like the wolf on the fold

The Assyrian came down like the wolf on the fold

An´aplasty, a surgical operation to repair superficial lesions, or make up for lost parts, by the employment of adjacent healthy structure or tissue. Artificial noses, &c., are thus made.

Anaplasty, a surgical procedure to repair superficial injuries or replace lost tissue using nearby healthy structures or tissues. Artificial noses, etc., are created this way.

Anarajapoo´ra, or Anuradhapura, a ruined city, the ancient capital of Ceylon, built about 540 B.C., and said to have covered an area of 300 sq. miles, doubtless a great exaggeration. There are still several dagobas in tolerable preservation, but the great object of interest is the sacred Bo-tree planted over 2000 years, and probably the oldest historical tree in the world, but shattered by a storm in 1887.

Anarajapoo´ra, or Anuradhapura, is a ruined city that was the ancient capital of Ceylon, built around 540 B.C.. It's claimed to have covered an area of 300 square miles, which is likely an exaggeration. Several dagobas are still in decent condition, but the main attraction is the sacred Bo-tree, which was planted over 2000 years ago and is probably the oldest historical tree in the world, although it was damaged by a storm in 1887.

An´archists, a revolutionary sect or body setting forth as the social ideal the extreme form of individual freedom, holding that all government is injurious and immoral, and that the destruction of every social form now existing must be the first step to the creation of a new social system. According to Herbert Spencer, anarchism is the doctrine of laisser faire. Anarchists usually look upon Diderot as one of their pioneers, and quote his lines: "La nature n'a fait ni serviteurs ni maîtres. Je ne veux ni donner ni reçevoir de lois." Historically, however, it is Proudhon who may be considered as the father of anarchism. The recognition of the anarchists as an independent sect may be dated from the secession of Bakunin and his followers from the Social Democrats at the congress of the Hague in 1872, since which they have maintained an active propaganda. Their principal journals have been La Révolte (Paris), the Freiheit (New York), Liberty (Boston), and the Anarchist (London). Among modern philosophers of anarchism are Elisée Reclus and Prince Kropotkin.

Anarchists are a revolutionary group promoting the idea of extreme individual freedom, arguing that all forms of government are harmful and immoral and that the first step towards creating a new social system is to dismantle the current one. According to Herbert Spencer, anarchism is the belief in laisser faire. Anarchists often regard Diderot as one of their early influencers and quote his words: "Nature has made neither servants nor masters. I want neither to give nor receive laws." However, historically, Proudhon is seen as the father of anarchism. The formal recognition of anarchists as a distinct group can be traced back to the split of Bakunin and his followers from the Social Democrats at the Hague congress in 1872, after which they actively promoted their ideas. Their main publications include La Révolte (Paris), Freiheit (New York), Liberty (Boston), and Anarchist (London). Among contemporary anarchist philosophers are Elisée Reclus and Prince Kropotkin.

Anarthrop´oda, one of the two great divisions (the Arthropoda being the other) of the Annulosa, or ringed animals, in which there are no articulated appendages. It includes the leeches, earth-worms, tube-worms, &c.

Anarthropoda is one of the two main divisions (the Arthropoda being the other) of the Annulosa, or ringed animals, which lack articulated appendages. It includes leeches, earthworms, tube worms, etc.

A´nas, a genus of web-footed birds, containing the true ducks.

A´nas, a group of web-footed birds, includes the true ducks.

Anasarca. See Dropsy.

Anasarca. See Swelling.

Anasta´sius I, Emperor of the East, succeeded Zeno, A.D. 491, at the age of sixty. He was a member of the imperial life-guard, and owed his elevation to Ariadne, widow of Zeno, whom he married forty days after the death of her husband. He distinguished himself by suppressing the combats between men and wild beasts in the arena, abolishing the sale of offices, building the fortifications of Constantinople, &c. His support of the heretical Eutychians led to a dangerous rebellion. He died A.D. 518.

Anastasius I, Emperor of the East, took over from Zeno in CE 491 at the age of sixty. He was part of the imperial bodyguard and owed his rise to power to Ariadne, Zeno's widow, whom he married just forty days after her husband's death. He made a name for himself by putting a stop to the fights between men and wild animals in the arena, ending the sale of official positions, and strengthening the fortifications of Constantinople, among other things. His support of the controversial Eutychians triggered a serious rebellion. He passed away in CE 518.

Anastat´ica, a genus of cruciferous plants, including the Rose of Jericho (A. hierochuntica). See Rose of Jericho.

Anastat´ica, a type of cruciferous plant, includes the Rose of Jericho (A. hierochuntica). See Rose of Jericho.

Anastatic Printing, a process by which the perfect facsimile of a page of type or an engraving, old or new, can be reproduced and printed in the manner of a lithograph. The print or page to be transferred is dipped in diluted nitric acid, and, while moist with dilute acid, it is laid face downwards on a polished zinc plate and passed through a roller-press. The zinc is immediately corroded by the acid contained in the paper, excepting on those parts occupied by the ink of the type or engraving. The ink, while rejecting the acid, is loosened by it, and deposits a thin film on the zinc, thus protecting it from the action of the acid. The result is that those parts are left slightly raised in relief and greasy. The plate is then treated as in ordinary lithographic printing (q.v.).—Bibliography: F. H. Collins, Authors' and Printers' Dictionary; C. T. Jacobi, Printing; J. Southward, Modern Printing.

Anastatic Printing is a process that allows for the exact reproduction of a page of type or an engraving, whether old or new, in a way similar to lithography. To transfer the print or page, it is soaked in diluted nitric acid, and while still moist with the acid, it is placed face down on a polished zinc plate and rolled through a press. The acid from the paper quickly eats away at the zinc except for the areas covered by the ink from the type or engraving. The ink repels the acid, which loosens it, leaving a thin layer on the zinc that protects it from the acid's effects. This results in the inked areas being slightly raised and greasy. The plate is then processed like in standard lithographic printing (see q.v.).—References: F. H. Collins, Authors' and Printers' Dictionary; C. T. Jacobi, Printing; J. Southward, Modern Printing.

Anastomo´sis, in animals and plants, the inosculation of vessels, or the opening of one vessel into another, as an artery into another artery, or a vein into a vein. By means of anastomosis, if the course of a fluid is arrested in one vessel it can proceed along others. It is by anastomosis that circulation is re-established in amputated limbs, and in aneurism when the vessel is tied.

Anastomosis, in animals and plants, is the connection of vessels, or the opening of one vessel into another, like one artery connecting to another artery, or one vein connecting to another vein. Through anastomosis, if the flow of a fluid is blocked in one vessel, it can continue through others. It is through anastomosis that circulation is restored in amputated limbs, and in cases of aneurism when the vessel is tied off.

Anath´ema, originally a gift hung up in a temple (Gr., anatithēmi, to lay up), and dedicated to some god, a votive offering; but it gradually came to be used for expulsion, curse. The Roman Catholic Church pronounces the sentence of anathema against heretics, schismatics, and all who wilfully pursue a course of conduct condemned by the Church. The subject of the anathema is declared an outcast from the Church, all the faithful are forbidden to associate with him, and the utter destruction of his body and soul is foretold.

Anathema, originally a gift placed in a temple (Gr., anatithēmi, to lay up), and dedicated to some god, served as a votive offering; but over time, it started to mean expulsion or curse. The Roman Catholic Church issues the sentence of anathema against heretics, schismatics, and anyone who deliberately goes against the teachings of the Church. A person who is anathema is declared an outcast from the Church, all the faithful are instructed not to associate with them, and it is foretold that they will face total destruction of their body and soul.

Anat´idæ, a family of swimming birds, including the Ducks, Swans, Geese, &c.

Anatidae, a family of aquatic birds, including Ducks, Swans, Geese, etc.

Anato´lia (from Gr. anatolē, the sunrise, the Orient), the modern name of Asia Minor (q.v.).

Anatolia (from Gr. anatolē, meaning the sunrise or the East), is the modern name for Asia Minor (see q.v.).

Anatolian Railway. See Bagdad Railway, Turkey.

Anatolian Railway. See Baghdad Railway, Turkey.

ANATOMY

Anatomy

Anat´omy, in the literal sense, means simply a cutting up, but is now generally applied both to the art of dissecting or artificially separating the different parts of an organized body (vegetable or animal) with a view to discover their situation, structure, and economy; and to the science which treats of the internal structure of [154]organized bodies. By means of the dissection of the human body the surgeon and physician acquire the knowledge of the geography of the territory in which all their professional operations are carried on. Comparative anatomy is the science which compares the anatomy of different classes or species of animals, as that of man with quadrupeds, or that of quadrupeds with fishes. The anatomy of an animal may be studied from various standpoints: with relation to the succession of forms which it exhibits from its first stage to its adult form (developmental or embryotical anatomy); with reference to the general properties and structure of the tissues or textures (general anatomy, histology); with reference to the changes in structure of organs or parts produced by disease and congenital malformations (morbid or pathological anatomy); or with reference to the function, use, or purpose performed by the organs or parts (teleological or physiological anatomy). According to the parts of the body described, the different divisions of human anatomy receive different names; as, osteology, the description of the bones; myology, of the muscles; arthrology, of the ligaments and sinews; splanchnology, of the viscera or internal organs, in which are reckoned the lungs, stomach, and intestines, the liver, spleen, kidneys, bladder, pancreas, &c. Angiology describes the vessels through which the liquids in the body are conducted, including the blood-vessels, which are divided into arteries and veins, and the lymphatic vessels, some of which absorb matters from the bowels, while others are distributed through the whole body, collecting juices from the tissues and carrying them back into the blood. Neurology describes the system of the nerves and of the brain; dermatology treats of the skin.—Among anatomical labours are particularly to be mentioned the making and preserving of anatomical preparations. Preparations of this sort can be preserved (1) by macerating the body so as to obtain the bones of the skeleton; or (2) by treating the body or some part of it with alcohol, formalin, or other preservative, which renders its tissues imperishable.

Anatomy, in the literal sense, simply means cutting something up, but it now generally refers to both the art of dissecting or artificially separating the different parts of a living organism (either plant or animal) to understand their position, structure, and function; and to the science that examines the internal structure of organized bodies. By dissecting the human body, surgeons and doctors learn the layout of the area where all their medical work takes place. Comparative anatomy is the science that compares the anatomy of various classes or species of animals, such as humans with four-legged animals, or four-legged animals with fish. The anatomy of an animal can be studied from different perspectives: concerning the progression of forms it shows from its initial stage to adulthood (developmental or embryological anatomy); regarding the general properties and structure of the tissues or textures (general anatomy, histology); in relation to structural changes in organs or parts caused by disease and congenital defects (morbid or pathological anatomy); or concerning the function, use, or purpose of the organs or parts (teleological or physiological anatomy). Based on the body parts described, different branches of human anatomy have distinct names, such as osteology for the study of bones; myology for muscles; arthrology for ligaments and tendons; splanchnology for internal organs like the lungs, stomach, intestines, liver, spleen, kidneys, bladder, pancreas, etc. Angiology studies the vessels that carry fluids in the body, including blood vessels which are categorized into arteries and veins, and lymphatic vessels that absorb substances from the intestines while also distributing fluids throughout the body, collecting juices from the tissues and returning them to the blood. Neurology focuses on the nervous system and brain; dermatology deals with the skin. Among the tasks in anatomy, making and preserving anatomical preparations are particularly noteworthy. These preparations can be preserved (1) by breaking down the body to obtain the skeleton bones; or (2) by treating the body or some part of it with alcohol, formalin, or another preservative, which makes its tissues durable.

Among the ancient writers or authorities on human anatomy may be mentioned Hippocrates the younger (460-377 B.C.), Aristotle (384-322 B.C.), Herophilus and Erasistratus of Alexandria (about 300 B.C.), Celsus (53 B.C.-A.D. 37), and Galen of Pergamus (A.D. 130-200), the most celebrated of all the ancient authorities on the science. From his time till the revival of learning in Europe in the fourteenth century anatomy was checked in its progress. In 1315 Mondino, professor at Bologna, first publicly performed dissection, and published a System of Anatomy which was a textbook in the schools of Italy for about 200 years. In the sixteenth century Fallopio of Padua, Eustachi of Venice, Vesalius of Brussels, Varoli of Bologna, and many others, enriched anatomy with new discoveries. In the seventeenth century Harvey discovered the circulation of the blood, Asellius discovered the manner in which the nutritious part of the food is conveyed into the circulation, while the lymphatic system was detected and described by the Dane T. Bartoline. Among the renowned anatomists of later times we can only mention Malpighi, Boerhaave, William and John Hunter, the younger Meckel, Bichat, Rosenmüller, Quain, Sir A. Cooper, Sir C. Bell, Carus, Joh. Müller, Gegenbaur, Owen, and Huxley.

Among the ancient writers or authorities on human anatomy, we can mention Hippocrates the Younger (460-377 B.C.), Aristotle (384-322 B.C.), Herophilus and Erasistratus of Alexandria (around 300 B.C.), Celsus (53 B.C.-A.D. 37), and Galen of Pergamos (A.D. 130-200), who is the most celebrated of all the ancient authorities on the science. From his time until the revival of learning in Europe in the fourteenth century, the progress of anatomy was stalled. In 1315, Mondino, a professor at Bologna, was the first to publicly perform dissection and published a *System of Anatomy*, which served as a textbook in Italian schools for about 200 years. In the sixteenth century, Fallopio of Padua, Eustachi of Venice, Vesalius of Brussels, Varoli of Bologna, and many others contributed new discoveries to the field of anatomy. In the seventeenth century, Harvey discovered the circulation of blood, Asellius investigated how the nutritious parts of food enter circulation, and the lymphatic system was identified and described by the Dane T. Bartoline. Among the renowned anatomists in later times, we can mention Malpighi, Boerhaave, William and John Hunter, the younger Meckel, Bichat, Rosenmüller, Quain, Sir A. Cooper, Sir C. Bell, Carus, Joh. Müller, Gegenbaur, Owen, and Huxley.

Until 1832 the law of Great Britain made very insufficient provision for enabling anatomists to obtain the necessary supply of subjects for dissection. An Act of some years previously had, it is true, empowered a criminal court, when it saw fit, to give up to properly-qualified persons the body of a murderer after execution for dissection. This, however, was far from supplying the deficiency, and many persons, tempted by the high prices offered for bodies by anatomists, resorted to the nefarious practice of digging up newly-buried corpses, and frequently, as in the case of the notorious Burke and Hare of Edinburgh, to murder. To remedy these evils a statute was passed in 1832, which was intended to make provision for the wants of surgeons, students, or other duly-qualified persons, by permitting, under certain regulations, the dissection of the bodies of persons who die friendless in alms-houses, hospitals, &c. The Act also appointed inspectors of anatomy, regulated the anatomical schools, and required persons practising the operations to obtain a licence. Relatives may effectually object to the anatomical examination of a body even though the deceased had expressed a desire for it.—Bibliography: D. J. Cunningham, Textbook of Anatomy; J. Quain, Elements of Anatomy; A. M. Buchanan, Manual of Anatomy; A. Thomson, Anatomy for Art Students.

Until 1832, the laws in Great Britain provided very limited means for anatomists to get the necessary supply of bodies for dissection. A law from some years earlier allowed a criminal court to authorize the release of a murderer's body for dissection after execution, but this was far from enough to meet the demand. Many individuals, tempted by the high prices offered by anatomists, resorted to the illegal practice of digging up recently buried corpses, and often, as with the infamous Burke and Hare from Edinburgh, even committing murder. To address these problems, a statute was passed in 1832, aimed at meeting the needs of surgeons, students, and other qualified persons by allowing, under specific regulations, the dissection of bodies of those who die without friends in almshouses, hospitals, etc. The Act also established inspectors of anatomy, regulated anatomical schools, and mandated that anyone performing dissections obtain a license. Relatives can effectively object to the anatomical examination of a body, even if the deceased had expressed a wish for it.—References: D. J. Cunningham, Textbook of Anatomy; J. Quain, Elements of Anatomy; A. M. Buchanan, Manual of Anatomy; A. Thomson, Anatomy for Art Students.

Anaxag´oras, an ancient Greek philosopher of the Ionic school, born at Clazomenæ, in Ionia, probably about 500 B.C. When only about twenty years of age he settled at Athens, and soon gained a high reputation, and gathered round him a circle of renowned pupils, including Pericles, Euripides, Socrates, &c. At the age of fifty he was publicly charged with impiety and condemned to death, but the sentence was commuted to perpetual banishment. He thereupon went to Lampsacus, where he died about 428. Anaxagoras belonged to the atomic school of Ionic philosophers. He held that there was an infinite number of different kinds of elementary atoms, and that these, in themselves motionless and originally existing in a state of [155]chaos, were put in motion by an eternal, immaterial, spiritual, elementary being, Nous (Intelligence), from which motion the world was produced. His conception of Nous as the first cause of movement marks a great advance in the history of philosophical thought, for he thus placed spirit above matter. The stars were, according to him, of earthy materials; the sun a glowing mass, about as large as the Peloponnesus; the earth was flat; the moon a dark, inhabitable body, receiving its light from the sun; the comets wandering stars.

Anaxagoras was an ancient Greek philosopher from the Ionic school, born in Clazomenæ, Ionia, around 500 BCE. When he was about twenty, he moved to Athens, quickly gaining a strong reputation and attracting a group of famous students, including Pericles, Euripides, and Socrates. At fifty, he faced public charges of impiety and was sentenced to death, but his punishment was changed to lifelong banishment. He then went to Lampsacus, where he died around 428. Anaxagoras was part of the atomic school of Ionic philosophers. He believed in an infinite number of different types of elementary atoms, which were immobile and initially existed in a state of chaos. These atoms were set in motion by an eternal, immaterial, spiritual being called Nous (Intelligence), from which all motion in the world originated. His idea of Nous as the primary cause of movement represented a significant development in philosophical thought, as it placed spirit above matter. He theorized that stars were made of earthy materials, that the sun was a fiery mass about the size of the Peloponnesus, that the earth was flat, the moon was a dark, uninhabitable body reflecting light from the sun, and that comets were wandering stars.

Anaximan´der, an ancient Greek (Ionic) philosopher, was born at Miletus in 611 B.C., and died 547. The fundamental principle of his philosophy is that the source of all things is an undefined substance infinite in quantity. The firmament is composed of heat and cold, the stars of air and fire. The sun occupies the highest place in the heavens, has a circumference twenty-eight times larger than the earth, and resembles a cylinder, from which streams of fire issue. The moon is likewise a cylinder, nineteen times larger than the earth. The earth has the shape of a cylinder, and is placed in the midst of the universe, where it remains suspended. His philosophy is thus a step in advance of the theories of Thales, the conception of the Infinite, however vague, being superior to the idea of water constituting the first principle of all things. Anaximander occupied himself a great deal with mathematics and geography. To him is credited the invention of geographical maps and the first application of the gnomon or style fixed on a horizontal plane to determine the solstices and equinoxes.

Anaximander, an ancient Greek (Ionic) philosopher, was born in Miletus in 611 BCE and died in 547. The core idea of his philosophy is that the source of everything is an undefined substance that is infinite in quantity. The universe is made up of heat and cold, while the stars consist of air and fire. The sun is the highest celestial body, has a circumference twenty-eight times larger than the Earth, and looks like a cylinder from which streams of fire emerge. The moon is also a cylinder, nineteen times larger than the Earth. The Earth itself is shaped like a cylinder and is located at the center of the universe, where it remains suspended. His philosophy represents a progression from Thales’ theories, as the concept of the Infinite, though vague, is seen as superior to the idea that water is the fundamental principle of all things. Anaximander also dedicated a lot of his time to mathematics and geography. He is credited with inventing geographical maps and the first use of the gnomon or style fixed on a horizontal plane to determine the solstices and equinoxes.

Anaximenes (an-aks-im´e-nēz) of Miletus, an ancient Greek (Ionic) philosopher, according to whom air was the first principle of all things. Finite things were formed from the infinite air by compression and rarefaction produced by eternally existent motion; and heat and cold resulted from varying degrees of density of the primal element. He flourished about 550 B.C.

Anaximenes (an-aks-im´e-nēz) of Miletus, an ancient Greek (Ionic) philosopher, believed that air was the fundamental principle of everything. Finite things were created from infinite air through compression and rarefaction caused by constant motion; heat and cold emerged from different levels of density of this primary element. He was active around 550 B.C.

Anbury (an´be-ri) (called also Club-root and Fingers and Toes), a disease in turnips, in which knobs or excrescences are formed on the root, which is then useless for feeding purposes. Some authorities distinguish anbury proper from 'fingers and toes' in turnips, setting it down as a distinct disease due to a fungus, while in the other case the roots simply assume a bad habit of growth through some unknown influence.

Anbury (an´be-ri) (also known as Club-root and Fingers and Toes), is a disease that affects turnips, causing knobs or growths to form on the root, rendering it useless for feeding. Some experts differentiate between anbury and 'fingers and toes' in turnips, classifying the former as a distinct disease caused by a fungus, while the latter is simply caused by the roots growing poorly due to some unknown factor.

Ancachs (a˙n-ka˙ch´), a department of Peru, between the Andes and the Pacific; area, 16,562 sq. miles. Capital Hararaz. Pop. 500,000.

Ancachs (an-kahch), a region of Peru, located between the Andes and the Pacific; area, 16,562 square miles. Capital: Hararaz. Population: 500,000.

Ancestor-worship, an ancient and widespread practice, displayed in its most characteristic form in modern China and ancient Rome, which apparently was based upon the belief that dead parents or ancestors, represented by images or 'ancestral tablets', could be revived by appropriate ceremonies, such as burning incense or offering libations, and give the benefit of their wisdom to their descendants who performed the vitalizing ritual and asked for their advice upon, or their sanction for, actions affecting the welfare of the family. The earliest deity was a dead king (Osiris), whose advice was sought by his son and successor. Hence in primitive religions, in which an endless variety of modifications of these more ancient beliefs has arisen, ancestor-worship may take the form of pious devotion to an actual ancestor or to a supernatural deity. As many of the most ancient gods were identified with animals, the dead ancestor, or his soul, is believed by many peoples to become incarnate in the appropriate animal, which is accorded the special veneration of a god or supernatural adviser, and set apart as sacred. Ancestor-worship still survives in a great variety of forms among various peoples.—Bibliography: E. B. Tylor, Primitive Culture; F. B. Jevons, Introduction to the History of Religion; D. G. Brinton, Religions of Primitive Peoples.

Ancestor-worship is an ancient and widespread practice, seen most prominently in modern China and ancient Rome. It is based on the belief that deceased parents or ancestors, represented by images or 'ancestral tablets', can be brought back to life through specific ceremonies like burning incense or making offerings. These rituals enable the ancestors to provide wisdom to the descendants who perform the vitalizing acts and seek their guidance or approval for decisions affecting the family's well-being. The earliest deity was a deceased king (Osiris), whose counsel was sought by his son and heir. In primitive religions, which have seen many variations of these ancient beliefs, ancestor-worship can be expressed as deep respect for a specific ancestor or a supernatural being. Since many of the oldest gods were linked to animals, some cultures believe the dead ancestor, or their spirit, becomes incarnate in a specific animal, which is then honored as a god or supernatural adviser and regarded as sacred. Ancestor-worship continues to exist in many different forms among various peoples.—References: E. B. Tylor, Primitive Culture; F. B. Jevons, Introduction to the History of Religion; D. G. Brinton, Religions of Primitive Peoples.

Anchises (an-kī´sēz), the father of the Trojan hero Æneas, who carried him off on his shoulders at the burning of Troy and made him the companion of his voyage to Italy. This voyage, which is not mentioned in the Homeric legend, is described by Virgil in his Æneid. He died at Drepanum, in Sicily.

Anchises (an-kī´sēz), the father of the Trojan hero Æneas, who carried him on his shoulders during the destruction of Troy and took him along on his journey to Italy. This journey, not mentioned in Homer's tales, is detailed by Virgil in his Æneid. He passed away at Drepanum in Sicily.

Stockless Anchor Modern Stockless Anchor (Hall's Patent)

An´chor, an implement for holding a ship or other vessel at rest in the water. In ancient times large stones or crooked pieces of wood heavily weighted with metal were used for this purpose. The anchor now used is of iron, formed with a strong shank, at one extremity of which is the crown, from which branch out two arms, terminating in broad palms or flukes, the sharp extremity of which is the peak or bill; at the other end of the shank is the stock (fixed at right angles to the plane of the arms), behind which is the ring, to which a cable can be attached. The principal use of the stock is to [156]cause the arms to fall so as one of the flukes shall enter the ground. Many anchors are made nowadays without a stock. The anchors of the largest size carried by men-of-war are the best and small bowers, the sheet, and the spare, to which are added the stream and the kedge, which are used for anchoring in a stream or other sheltered place and for warping the vessel from one place to another. Many improvements and novelties in the shape and construction of anchors have been introduced within recent times. The principal names connected with those alterations are those of Lieutenant Rodgers, who introduced the hollow-shanked anchor with the view of increasing the strength without adding to the weight; Porter, who made the arms and flukes movable by pivoting them to the stock instead of fixing them immovably, causing the anchor to take a readier and firmer hold, and avoiding the chance of the cable becoming foul; Trotman, who further improved on Porter's invention; and M. Martin, whose anchor is of very peculiar form, and is constructed so as to be self-canting, the arms revolving through an angle of 30° either way, and the sharp points of the flukes being always ready to enter the ground.

Anchor, a device used to keep a ship or other vessel stationary in the water. In ancient times, large stones or twisted pieces of wood weighted down with metal were used for this purpose. The anchor used today is made of iron, with a strong shank that has a crown at one end, from which two arms extend, ending in broad palms or flukes. The sharp end of these is called the peak or bill; at the other end of the shank is the stock (set at a right angle to the plane of the arms), behind which is the ring, where a cable can be attached. The main purpose of the stock is to [156]make the arms drop so that one of the flukes can dig into the seabed. Many anchors today are made without a stock. The largest anchors used by warships are the best and small bowers, the sheet, and the spare, along with the stream and the kedge, used for anchoring in streams or sheltered areas and for moving the vessel from one spot to another. Numerous improvements and innovations in the design and construction of anchors have emerged recently. Key figures in these developments include Lieutenant Rodgers, who introduced the hollow-shanked anchor aimed at increasing strength without adding weight; Porter, who made the arms and flukes movable by pivoting them to the stock, allowing the anchor to grip better and reducing the risk of the cable getting tangled; Trotman, who further improved Porter's design; and M. Martin, whose anchor has a unique shape and is designed to be self-canting, allowing the arms to rotate at an angle of 30° in either direction, keeping the sharp tips of the flukes always ready to dig into the ground.

Anchor used on Lusitania, Mauretania, etc Type of Anchor used on Lusitania, Mauretania, &c.

An´chorites, or An´chorets (Gr. anachorētai, persons who have withdrawn themselves from the world), in the early Church a class of religious persons who generally passed their lives in cells, from which they never removed. Their habitations were, in many instances, entirely separated from the abodes of other men, sometimes in the depth of wildernesses, in pits or caverns; at other times several of these individuals fixed their habitations in the vicinity of each other, but they always lived personally separate. The continual prevalence of fierce wars, civil commotions, and persecutions at the beginning of the Christian era must have made retirement and religious meditation agreeable to men of quiet and contemplative minds. This spirit, however, soon led to fanatical excesses; many anchorites went without proper clothing, wore heavy chains, and we find at the close of the fourth century Simeon Stylites passing thirty years on the top of a column without ever descending from it, and finally dying there. In Egypt and Syria, where Christianity became blended with the Grecian philosophy and strongly tinged with the peculiar notions of the East, the anchorites were most numerous; in Europe there were comparatively few, and on the development and establishment of the monastic system they completely disappeared. See Asceticism.

Anchores, or Anchorets (Gr. anachorētai, people who have withdrawn from the world), were a group of religious individuals in the early Church who typically spent their lives in cells, from which they rarely ventured out. Their living spaces were often completely isolated from others, sometimes deep in wilderness areas, in pits or caverns; at other times, several of these individuals settled nearby each other, but they always lived apart in their own personal spaces. The constant presence of violent wars, civil unrest, and persecutions at the beginning of the Christian era likely made solitude and religious reflection appealing to those who were quiet and contemplative. However, this mindset eventually resulted in extreme behaviors; many anchorites went without proper clothing, wore heavy chains, and by the end of the fourth century, we see Simeon Stylites spending thirty years on top of a column without ever coming down, ultimately dying there. In Egypt and Syria, where Christianity merged with Greek philosophy and absorbed various Eastern ideas, the number of anchorites was particularly high; in Europe, they were comparatively rare, and with the growth and establishment of the monastic system, they eventually disappeared. See Asceticism.

Anchovy (an-chō´vi), a small fish of the Herring family, all the species, with exception of the common anchovy (Engraulis encrasichŏlus) and E. meletta (both Mediterranean species), inhabitants of the tropical seas of India and America. The common anchovy, so esteemed for its rich and peculiar flavour, is not much larger than the middle finger. It is caught in vast numbers in the Mediterranean, and frequently on the coasts of France, Holland, and the south of England, and pickled for exportation. A favourite sauce is made by pounding the pickled fish in water, simmering for a short time, adding a little cayenne pepper, and straining the whole through a hair-sieve.

Anchovy (an-chō´vi) is a small fish from the Herring family, with all species except the common anchovy (Engraulis encrasichŏlus) and E. meletta (both from the Mediterranean). They live in the tropical seas of India and America. The common anchovy, known for its rich and distinctive flavor, is about the size of a middle finger. It's caught in large quantities in the Mediterranean and often along the coasts of France, Holland, and southern England, where it's pickled for export. A popular sauce is made by crushing the pickled fish in water, simmering it briefly, adding a bit of cayenne pepper, and straining it through a fine sieve.

Ancho´vy-pear (Grias cauliflōra), a tree of the nat. ord. Myrtaceæ, a native of Jamaica, growing to the height of 50 feet, with large leaves and large white flowers, and bearing a fruit somewhat bigger than a hen's egg, which is pickled and eaten like the mango, and strongly resembles it in taste.

Ancho´vy-pear (Grias cauliflōra) is a tree from the Myrtaceae family, native to Jamaica. It can grow up to 50 feet tall, with large leaves and big white flowers. It produces fruit slightly larger than a hen’s egg, which is pickled and eaten like mango, and has a taste that strongly resembles mango.

Anchu´sa. See Alkanet.

Anchu´sa. See Alkanet.

Anchylo´sis. See Ankylosis.

Ankylosis. See Ankylosis.

Ancient Lights, in English law, windows or other openings which have been in existence for at least twenty years, and during that time have [157]enjoyed the access of light without interruption, go that a right is established against the obstruction of the light by a neighbouring proprietor.

Ancient Lights, in English law, refers to windows or other openings that have been in place for at least twenty years, during which time they have [157]enjoyed uninterrupted access to light, thus establishing a right against any obstruction of that light by a neighboring property owner.

Ancillon (a˙n˙-sē-yōn˙), Jean Pierre Frédéric, an author and statesman of French extraction, born at Berlin in 1767 (where his father was pastor of the French reformed church); died there in 1837. He became professor of history in the military academy at Berlin, and in 1806 he was charged with the education of the crown-prince. He successively occupied several important offices of state, being at last appointed Minister of Foreign Affairs. He wrote on philosophy, history, and politics, partly in French, partly in German.

Ancillon (an-sē-yōn), Jean Pierre Frédéric, was an author and statesman of French descent, born in Berlin in 1767 (where his father was the pastor of the French Reformed Church); he died there in 1837. He became a professor of history at the military academy in Berlin, and in 1806, he was responsible for educating the crown prince. He held several significant state positions and was eventually appointed Minister of Foreign Affairs. He wrote on philosophy, history, and politics, partly in French and partly in German.

Anckarström. See Ankarström.

Anckarström. See Ankarström.

Anco´na, a seaport of Italy, capital of the province of the same name, on the Adriatic, 130 miles N.E. of Rome, with harbour works begun by Trajan, who built the ancient mole or quay. A triumphal arch of white marble, erected in honour of Trajan, stands on the mole. Ancona is a station of the Italian fleet, and the commerce is increasing. The town is indifferently built, but has some remarkable edifices, among others, the cathedral. There is a colossal statue of Count Cavour. Ancona is said to have been founded about four centuries B.C., by Syracusan refugees. It fell into the hands of the Romans in the first half of the third century B.C., and became a Roman colony. Pop. 68,430. The province has an area of 748 sq. miles. Pop. 333,381.

Ancona is a seaport in Italy and the capital of the province of the same name, located on the Adriatic Sea, 130 miles N.E. of Rome. The harbor construction began under Trajan, who built the ancient mole or quay. There is a triumphal arch made of white marble, dedicated to Trajan, standing on the mole. Ancona serves as a base for the Italian fleet, and its commerce is growing. The town has a mix of buildings, but there are some notable structures, including the cathedral. You can also find a large statue of Count Cavour. Ancona is believed to have been founded around four centuries BCE by refugees from Syracuse. It came under Roman control in the early third century BCE and became a Roman colony. The population is 68,430. The province covers an area of 748 square miles, with a total population of 333,381.

Ancona Fowl. See Poultry.

Ancona Ducks. See Poultry.

Ancre (än˙-kr), Concino Concini, Marshal and Marquis d', was a native of Florence, and on the marriage of Marie de' Médici to Henri IV, in 1600, came in her suite to France, where he obtained rapid promotion, more especially after the assassination of the king (1610). He became successively Governor of Normandy, Marshal of France, and last of all, Prime Minister. Being thoroughly detested by all classes, at last a conspiracy was formed against him, and he was shot dead on the bridge of the Louvre in 1617.

Ancre (än˙-kr), Concino Concini, Marshal and Marquis d', was originally from Florence. When Marie de' Médici married Henri IV in 1600, he came to France with her. He quickly rose through the ranks, especially after the assassination of the king in 1610. He served as Governor of Normandy, became Marshal of France, and ultimately became Prime Minister. However, he was hated by all social classes, and eventually, a conspiracy was formed against him. He was shot dead on the bridge of the Louvre in 1617.

Ancre, Battle of. This battle was the final one in the British offensive in France in 1916. It began on 13th Nov. after a two day's preliminary bombardment of the German salient, on both sides of the River Ancre, from Beaumont-Hamel to St. Pierre Divion. One area of extraordinary strength was the Y ravine which stretches from Beaumont-Hamel plateau towards the river. The assaults on both banks of the river were vigorous and determined. A fierce struggle was waged in the Y ravine, which Scottish troops ultimately cleared with the bayonet. Beaumont-Hamel having fallen, the British line was extended well beyond it. Further gains were made on the following day. The prisoners captured numbered 7200. This brilliant action paved the way for further successes in the spring.

Ancre, Battle of. This battle was the last one in the British offensive in France in 1916. It started on November 13 after a two-day bombardment of the German position on both sides of the River Ancre, from Beaumont-Hamel to St. Pierre Divion. One area of exceptional strength was the Y ravine, which extends from the Beaumont-Hamel plateau toward the river. The attacks on both banks of the river were vigorous and determined. A fierce struggle took place in the Y ravine, which Scottish troops ultimately cleared using bayonets. With Beaumont-Hamel captured, the British line was pushed well beyond it. Additional gains were made the next day. The number of prisoners taken was 7,200. This impressive action set the stage for further successes in the spring.

An´cus Mar´cius, according to the traditionary history of Rome the fourth king of that city, who succeeded Tullus Hostilius, 638, and died 614 B.C. He was the son of Numa's daughter, and sought to imitate his grandfather by reviving the neglected observances of religion. He is said to have built the wooden bridge across the Tiber known as the Sublician, constructed the harbour of Ostia, and built the first Roman prison.

Ancus Marcius, according to the traditional history of Rome, was the fourth king of the city, succeeding Tullus Hostilius in 638 and dying in 614 BCE He was the son of Numa's daughter and aimed to follow in his grandfather's footsteps by reinstating the neglected religious practices. He is credited with building the wooden bridge across the Tiber known as the Sublician, constructing the harbor of Ostia, and establishing the first Roman prison.

Ancy´ra. See Angora.

Ankara. See Angora.

Andalu´sia (Sp. Andalucia), a large and fertile district in the south of Spain, bounded N. by Estremadura and New Castile, E. by Murcia, S. by the Mediterranean Sea, and W. by Portugal and the Atlantic; area, about 33,777 sq. miles, comprising the modern provinces of Seville, Huelva, Cadiz, Jaen, Cordova, Granada, Almeria, and Malaga. It is traversed throughout its whole extent by ranges of mountains, the loftiest being the Sierra Nevada, many summits of which are covered with perpetual snow (Mulahacen is 11,678 feet). Minerals abound, and several mines have been opened by English companies, especially in the province of Huelva, where the Tharsis and Rio Tinto copper-mines are situated. The principal river is the Guadalquivir. The vine, myrtle, olive, palm, banana, carob, &c., grow abundantly in the valley of the Guadalquivir. Wheat, maize, barley, and many varieties of fruit grow almost spontaneously; besides which, honey, silk, and cochineal form important articles of culture. The horses and mules are the best in the Peninsula; the bulls are sought for bull-fighting over all Spain; sheep are reared in vast numbers. Agriculture is in a backward state, and the manufactures are by no means extensive. The Andalusians are descended in part from the Moors, of whom they still preserve decided characteristics. Andalusia is still famous for its bull-fighters. Pop. 3,828,916.

Andalusia (Sp. Andalucia), a large and fertile region in the south of Spain, is bordered N. by Extremadura and New Castile, E. by Murcia, S. by the Mediterranean Sea, and W. by Portugal and the Atlantic; covering an area of about 33,777 sq. miles, it includes the modern provinces of Seville, Huelva, Cadiz, Jaén, Córdoba, Granada, Almería, and Málaga. The region is crossed by several mountain ranges, with the highest being the Sierra Nevada, many of whose peaks are permanently snow-covered (Mulhacén is 11,678 feet). Minerals are plentiful, and several mines have been opened by English companies, especially in Huelva, where the Tharsis and Rio Tinto copper mines are located. The main river is the Guadalquivir. Vines, myrtles, olives, palm trees, bananas, carobs, etc., thrive abundantly in the Guadalquivir valley. Wheat, corn, barley, and many types of fruit grow almost on their own; additionally, honey, silk, and cochineal are significant products. The horses and mules here are the best in the Peninsula; the bulls are prized for bullfighting across Spain; sheep are raised in large numbers. Agriculture is underdeveloped, and manufacturing is not extensive. The Andalusians have some Moorish ancestry, which is still evident in their characteristics. Andalusia remains famous for its bullfighters. Population: 3,828,916.

Andalusian Fowl. See Poultry.

Andalusian Chicken. See Poultry.

An´damans, a chain of islands on the east side of the Bay of Bengal, the principal being the North, Middle, South, and Little Andamans. Middle Andaman is about 60 miles long, and 15 or 16 miles broad; North and South Andaman are each about 50 miles long. The Andamanese, about 1315 in number (1911), are mostly in a state of nature, living almost naked in the rudest habitations. They are small (generally much less than 5 feet), well-formed, and active, skilful archers and canoeists, and excellent swimmers and divers. These islands have been used since 1858 as a penal settlement by the Indian Government, the settlement being at [158]Port Blair, on South Andaman. Here rice, coffee, pineapples, nutmegs, &c., are grown, while the jungle has been cleared off the neighbouring hills. The natives in the vicinity of the settlement have become to some extent civilized. The climate is humid, but the settlement is healthy. Pop. 18,000.

Andaman Islands, a group of islands on the east side of the Bay of Bengal, mainly consisting of North, Middle, South, and Little Andaman. Middle Andaman is about 60 miles long and 15 or 16 miles wide; North and South Andaman are each about 50 miles long. The Andamanese, numbering around 1,315 (1911), mostly live in a primitive state, often undressed and in very basic shelters. They are small (generally under 5 feet), well-built, and agile, skilled at archery and canoeing, and are also great swimmers and divers. Since 1858, these islands have served as a penal settlement established by the Indian Government, located at [158]Port Blair, on South Andaman. Here, crops like rice, coffee, pineapples, nutmegs, etc., are cultivated, and the surrounding jungle has been cleared from the nearby hills. The local population around the settlement has become somewhat more civilized. The climate is humid, but the settlement itself is healthy. Population: 18,000.

Andante (a˙n-da˙n´tā; It., 'at a walking pace'), in music, denotes a movement somewhat slow, graceful, distinct, and soothing. The word is also applied substantively to that part of a sonata or symphony having a movement of this character. In Handel's music one often meets the expression andante allegro, which is equivalent to andante con moto.

Andante (an-dan-tay; It., 'at a walking pace') in music refers to a movement that is somewhat slow, graceful, clear, and calming. The term is also used as a noun to describe that section of a sonata or symphony that has this quality. In Handel's music, you'll often come across the term andante allegro, which is similar to andante con moto.

Andelys, Les (lāz än˙d-lēz), two towns in France called respectively Grand and Petit Andely, distant half a mile from each other, in the department of Eure, on the right bank of the Seine, 19 miles S.E. of Rouen. Grand Andely dates from the sixth century, its church, built in the thirteenth century, is one of the finest in the department. Petit Andely owes its origin to Richard Cœur de Lion, who, in 1195, built here the Château Gaillard, in its time one of the strongest fortresses in France, but now wholly a ruin. Pop. 5530.

Andelys, Les (lahz ahn-delys), two towns in France known as Grand and Petit Andely, located half a mile apart in the Eure department, on the right bank of the Seine River, 19 miles S.E. of Rouen. Grand Andely has origins dating back to the sixth century, and its church, built in the thirteenth century, is one of the most impressive in the department. Petit Andely was founded by Richard the Lionheart, who constructed the Château Gaillard here in 1195, which was one of the strongest fortresses in France at the time, but is now completely in ruins. Population: 5,530.

Andenne´, a town of Belgium, province of Namur, on the right bank of the Meuse and 10 miles east of Namur; manufactures delftware, porcelain, tobacco-pipes, paper, &c. Pop. 7803.

Andenne, a town in Belgium, located in the province of Namur, on the right bank of the Meuse and 10 miles east of Namur; produces delftware, porcelain, tobacco pipes, paper, etc. Population 7,803.

Andernach (a˙n´der-na˙ch), a town of Rhenish Prussia, on the left bank of the Rhine, 10 miles N.W. of Coblentz, partly surrounded with walls. Pop. 9800.

Andernach (an-der-nakh), a town in Rhenish Prussia, located on the left bank of the Rhine, 10 miles N.W. of Coblentz, is partially surrounded by walls. Population 9,800.

An´dersen, Hans Christian, a Danish novelist, poet, and writer of fairy tales, was born of poor parents at Odense, 2nd April, 1805. He learned to read and write in a charity school, from which he was taken when only nine years old, and was put to work in a manufactory in order that his earnings might assist his widowed mother. In his leisure time he eagerly read national ballads, poetry, and plays, and wrote several tragedies full of sound and fury. In 1819 he went to Copenhagen, but failed in getting any of his plays accepted, and in securing an appointment at the theatre, having to content himself for some time with unsteady employment as a joiner. His abilities at last brought him under the notice of Councillor Collin, a man of considerable influence, who procured for him free entrance into a Government school at Slagelse. From this school he was transferred to the university, and soon became favourably known by his poetic works. Through the influence of Oehlenschläger and Ingermann he received a royal grant to enable him to travel, and in 1833 he visited Italy, his impressions of which he published in The Improvvisatore (1835)—a work which rendered his fame European. The scene of his following novel, O. T., was laid in Denmark, and in Only a Fiddler he described his own early struggles. In 1835 appeared the first volume of his Fairy Tales, of which successive volumes continued to be published year by year at Christmas, and which have been the most popular and widespread of his works. Among his other works are Picture-books without Pictures—conversations of the author with the moon, who came to visit the poet in his garret; A Poet's Bazaar—the result of a voyage in 1840 to the East; and a number of dramas. In 1845 he received an annuity from the Government. He visited England in 1848, and acquired such a command of the language that his next work, The Two Baronesses, was written in English. In 1855 he published an autobiography, under the title My Life's Romance, an English translation of which, published in 1871, contained additional chapters by the author, bringing the narrative to 1867. Among his later works we may mention, To Be or Not To Be (1857); Tales from Jutland (1859); The Ice Maiden (1863). He died 4th Aug, 1875, having had the pleasure of seeing many of his works translated into most of the European languages.

Andersen, Hans Christian, a Danish novelist, poet, and fairy tale writer, was born to poor parents in Odense on April 2, 1805. He learned to read and write in a charity school, which he left at just nine years old to work in a factory to help support his widowed mother. In his free time, he eagerly read national ballads, poetry, and plays, and wrote several tragedies filled with sound and fury. In 1819, he moved to Copenhagen but struggled to get any of his plays accepted or land a position at the theater, having to settle for unstable work as a carpenter for a while. Eventually, his talent caught the attention of Councillor Collin, a man of significant influence, who helped him gain free admission to a government school in Slagelse. From there, he moved on to the university and quickly became well-known for his poetry. Thanks to the support of Oehlenschläger and Ingermann, he received a royal grant that allowed him to travel, and in 1833 he visited Italy, sharing his impressions in The Improvvisatore (1835)—a book that made his fame widespread across Europe. His next novel, O. T., was set in Denmark, and in Only a Fiddler, he detailed his own early struggles. The first volume of his Fairy Tales was published in 1835, with sequels released every year at Christmas, making them his most popular and widely-read works. Other writings include Picture-books without Pictures—conversations with the moon, who visited him in his attic; A Poet's Bazaar—reflections from a journey to the East in 1840; and several plays. In 1845, he received an annuity from the Government. He visited England in 1848, mastering the language so well that his next work, The Two Baronesses, was written in English. In 1855, he published an autobiography titled My Life's Romance, with an English translation released in 1871 that included additional chapters, bringing the story up to 1867. His later works include To Be or Not To Be (1857); Tales from Jutland (1859); The Ice Maiden (1863). He passed away on August 4, 1875, having enjoyed the success of seeing many of his works translated into most European languages.

Anderson, a town of the United States, Indiana, on the west branch of White River, 32 miles north-east of Indianapolis, with various manufacturing works. Pop. 23,856.

Anderson is a city in the United States, located in Indiana, along the west branch of the White River, 32 miles northeast of Indianapolis, with several manufacturing facilities. Population: 23,856.

Anderson, Elizabeth Garrett, M.D., born in 1836, maiden name Garrett, married Mr. J. S. Anderson of the Orient Line of steamers. She studied medicine, but met with many obstacles, the study of medicine by women being then discouraged on all hands; at last she was licensed to practise by the Apothecaries' Society in 1865, and afterwards passed examinations at the University of Paris and obtained the degree of Doctor of Medicine. From 1866 to 1890 she was senior physician to the New Hospital for Women; from 1876 to 1898 lecturer on medicine in the London School of Medicine for Women. She did much to aid in opening the medical profession to women. In 1908 she was elected Mayor of Aldeburgh, being the first woman to hold the position of mayor in England. She died on 17th Dec., 1917. Her daughter Louisa Garrett Anderson, born in 1873, went to France in 1914 as Joint Organiser of and Chief Surgeon to the Women's Hospital Corps, Voluntary Unit.

Anderson, Elizabeth Garrett, Doctor of Medicine, born in 1836, maiden name Garrett, married Mr. J. S. Anderson of the Orient Line of steamers. She studied medicine but faced many challenges, as the study of medicine by women was widely discouraged at that time; eventually, she was licensed to practice by the Apothecaries' Society in 1865, and later passed exams at the University of Paris, earning her Doctor of Medicine degree. From 1866 to 1890, she was the senior physician at the New Hospital for Women; from 1876 to 1898, she was a lecturer on medicine at the London School of Medicine for Women. She did a lot to help open the medical profession to women. In 1908, she was elected Mayor of Aldeburgh, becoming the first woman to hold the mayoral position in England. She died on December 17, 1917. Her daughter, Louisa Garrett Anderson, born in 1873, went to France in 1914 as Joint Organizer and Chief Surgeon for the Women's Hospital Corps, Voluntary Unit.

Anderson, James, a Scottish writer on political and rural economy, born at Hermiston in 1739, died in 1808. In 1790 he started the Bee, which ran to eighteen volumes, and contains many useful papers on agricultural, economical, and other topics. Some of his other publications, [159]Recreations in Agriculture, Natural History, &c., contain anticipations of theories afterwards propounded by Malthus and Ricardo.

Anderson, James, a Scottish author focused on political and rural economy, was born in Hermiston in 1739 and passed away in 1808. In 1790, he launched the Bee, which published eighteen volumes and features many valuable articles on agriculture, economics, and various other subjects. Some of his other works, [159]Recreations in Agriculture, Natural History, etc., include early ideas that were later developed by Malthus and Ricardo.

Anderson, John, F.R.S., professor of natural philosophy in the University of Glasgow, born 1726, died 1796. By his will he directed that the whole of his effects should be devoted to the establishment of an educational institution in Glasgow, to be denominated Anderson's University, for the use of the unacademical classes. According to the design of the founder, there were to be four colleges—for arts, medicine, law, and theology—besides an initiatory school. As the funds, however, were totally inadequate to the plan, it was at first commenced with only a single course of lectures on natural philosophy and chemistry. The institution gradually enlarged its sphere of instruction, coming nearer and nearer to the original design of its founder, the medical school in particular possessing a high reputation. In 1886 it was incorporated with other institutions to form the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College (now Glasgow Royal Technical College), Anderson's College medical school, however, retaining a distinct position.

Anderson, John, Fellow of the Royal Society., professor of natural philosophy at the University of Glasgow, born 1726, died 1796. In his will, he instructed that all his assets be used to create an educational institution in Glasgow, to be called Anderson's University, for the benefit of non-academic students. According to the founder's vision, there were to be four colleges—for arts, medicine, law, and theology—along with a preparatory school. However, since the funds were far too limited for this plan, it initially started with just a single course of lectures on natural philosophy and chemistry. The institution gradually expanded its range of subjects, getting closer to the original vision of its founder, with the medical school particularly gaining a strong reputation. In 1886, it was merged with other institutions to create the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College (now Glasgow Royal Technical College), but Anderson's College medical school continued to maintain a distinct status.

Anderson, Joseph, Scottish antiquary, born in 1832, became a school teacher, was for some years newspaper editor, and in 1870 was appointed keeper of the National Museum of Antiquities, Edinburgh. His chief works embody the lectures delivered by him as Rhind lecturer in archæology to the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland: Scotland in Early Christian Times, Scotland in Pagan Times, and the Early Christian Monuments of Scotland. He also edited The Orkneyinga Saga, The Oliphants in Scotland, and Drummond's Ancient Scottish Weapons. He died in 1916.

Anderson, Joseph, Scottish antiquarian, born in 1832, became a school teacher, was a newspaper editor for several years, and in 1870 was appointed curator of the National Museum of Antiquities in Edinburgh. His main works include the lectures he delivered as the Rhind lecturer in archaeology to the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland: Scotland in Early Christian Times, Scotland in Pagan Times, and Early Christian Monuments of Scotland. He also edited The Orkneyinga Saga, The Oliphants in Scotland, and Drummond's Ancient Scottish Weapons. He passed away in 1916.

Anderson, Robert, M.D., Scottish biographical writer, born 1750, died 1830. He furnished biographical and critical notices for A Complete Edition of the Poets of Great Britain (1792-5), and was for a time editor of the Edinburgh Magazine.

Anderson, Robert, Doctor of Medicine, Scottish biographer, born 1750, died 1830. He provided biographical and critical insights for A Complete Edition of the Poets of Great Britain (1792-5) and served as the editor of the Edinburgh Magazine for a time.

Andersson, Carl Jan, an African traveller, born in Sweden in 1827, died in the land of the Ovampos, in Western Africa, in July, 1867. He published Lake Ngami, or Discoveries in South Africa (London, 2 vols., 1856), and The Okavango River (London, 1861). The observations of his last voyage were published in 1875 in Notes of Travel in South Africa.

Andersson, Carl Jan, an African explorer, was born in Sweden in 1827 and passed away in the Ovampo region of Western Africa in July 1867. He published Lake Ngami, or Discoveries in South Africa (London, 2 vols., 1856) and The Okavango River (London, 1861). The notes from his final journey were published in 1875 under the title Notes of Travel in South Africa.

Andes (an´dēz), or, as they are called in Spanish South America, Cordilleras (ridges) de los Andes, or simply Cordilleras, a range of mountains stretching along the whole of the west coast of South America, from Cape Horn to the Isthmus of Panama and the Caribbean Sea. In absolute length (4500 miles) no single chain of mountains approaches the Andes, and only a certain number of the higher peaks of the Himalayan chain rise higher above the sea-level; which peak is the highest of all is not yet settled. Several main sections of this huge chain are distinguishable. The Southern Andes present a lofty main chain, with a minor chain running parallel to it on the east, reaching from Tierra del Fuego and the Straits of Magellan, northward to about lat. 28° S., and rising in Aconcagua to a height of 23,080 feet. North of this is the double chain of the Central Andes, enclosing the wide and lofty plateaus of Bolivia and Peru, which lie at an elevation of more than 12,000 feet above the sea. The mountain system is here at its broadest, being about 500 miles across. Here are also several very lofty peaks, as Illampu or Sorata (21,484 feet), Sahama (21,054 feet), Illimani (21,024 feet). Farther north the outer and inner ranges draw closer together, and in Ecuador there is but a single system of elevated masses, generally described as forming two parallel chains. In this section are crowded together a number of lofty peaks, most of them volcanoes, either extinct or active. Of the latter class are Pichincha (15,918 feet), with a crater 2500 feet deep; Tunguragua (16,685 feet); Sangay (17,460 feet); and Cotopaxi (19,550 feet). The loftiest summit here appears to be Chimborazo (20,581 feet); others are Antisana (19,260 feet) and Cayambe (19,200 feet). Northward of this section the Andes break into three distinct ranges, the east-most running north-eastward into Venezuela, the westmost running north-westward to the Isthmus of Panama. In the central range is the volcano of Tolima (17,660 feet). The western slope of the Andes is generally exceedingly steep, the eastern much less so, the mountains sinking gradually to the plains. The whole range gives evidence of volcanic action, but it consists almost entirely of sedimentary rocks. Thus mountains may be found rising to the height of over 20,000 feet, and fossiliferous to their summits (as Illimani and Sorata or Illampu). There are about thirty volcanoes in a state of activity. The loftiest of these burning mountains seems to be Gualateïri, in Peru (21,960 feet). The heights of the others vary from 13,000 to 20,000 feet. All the districts of the Andes system have suffered severely from earthquakes, towns having been either destroyed or greatly injured by these visitations. Peaks crowned with perpetual snow are seen all along the range, and glaciers are also met with, more especially from Aconcagua southwards. The passes are generally at a great height, the most important being from 10,000 to 15,000 feet. Railways have been constructed to cross the chain at a similar elevation. The Andes are extremely rich in the precious metals, gold, silver, copper, platinum, mercury, and tin all being wrought; lead and iron are also found. The llama and kindred species—the guanaco, vicuña, [160]and alpaca—are characteristic of the Andes. Among birds, the condor is the most remarkable. The vegetation necessarily varies much according to elevation, latitude, rainfall, &c., but generally is rich and varied. Except in the south and north little rain falls on the western side of the range, and in the centre there is a considerable desert area. On the east side the rainfall is heavy in the equatorial regions, but in the south is very scanty or altogether deficient. From the Andes rise two of the largest water systems of the world—the Amazon and its affluents, and the La Plata and its affluents. Besides which, in the north, from its slopes flow the Magdalena to the Caribbean Sea, and some tributaries to the Orinoco. The mountain chain pressing so close upon the Pacific Ocean, no streams of importance flow from its western slopes. The number of lakes is not great; the largest and most important is that of Titicaca on the Bolivian plateau. In the Andes are towns at a greater elevation than anywhere else in the world, the highest being the silver-mining town of Cerro de Pasco (14,270 feet), the next being Potosi.

Andes (an-daz), or what they're called in Spanish South America, Cordilleras (ridges) de los Andes, or simply Cordilleras, is a mountain range that runs along the entire west coast of South America, from Cape Horn to the Isthmus of Panama and the Caribbean Sea. At a total length of 4,500 miles, no other single mountain chain comes close to the Andes, and only a few of the higher peaks in the Himalayas reach higher above sea level; which peak is the highest is still debated. You can distinguish several main sections of this massive chain. The Southern Andes has a high main chain, with a smaller chain running parallel to it on the east, extending from Tierra del Fuego and the Straits of Magellan northward to about latitude 28° S., peaking at Aconcagua, which stands at 23,080 feet. North of that is the double chain of the Central Andes, which encloses the wide and high plateaus of Bolivia and Peru, located over 12,000 feet above sea level. This part of the mountain system is at its widest, about 500 miles across, and includes several very high peaks, such as Illampu or Sorata (21,484 feet), Sahama (21,054 feet), and Illimani (21,024 feet). Further north, the outer and inner ranges come closer together, and in Ecuador, there is a single system of elevated masses that are often described as two parallel chains. This section is packed with high peaks, most of which are volcanoes, either extinct or active. Active volcanoes include Pichincha (15,918 feet) with a crater 2,500 feet deep, Tunguragua (16,685 feet), Sangay (17,460 feet), and Cotopaxi (19,550 feet). The highest summit in this area appears to be Chimborazo (20,581 feet); others include Antisana (19,260 feet) and Cayambe (19,200 feet). Moving north from here, the Andes split into three distinct ranges, with the easternmost running northeast into Venezuela and the westernmost running northwest towards the Isthmus of Panama. In the central range, there’s the Tolima volcano (17,660 feet). The western slope of the Andes is generally very steep, while the eastern slope is much gentler, gradually descending into the plains. The entire range shows signs of volcanic activity, but it is predominantly made up of sedimentary rocks. This means you can find mountains rising over 20,000 feet that are fossil-rich up to their summits (like Illimani and Sorata or Illampu). There are about thirty active volcanoes. The highest of these is Gualateïri in Peru (21,960 feet), while others range from 13,000 to 20,000 feet. All areas of the Andes have been significantly affected by earthquakes, with towns being either destroyed or heavily damaged by these events. Peaks topped with permanent snow can be seen all along the range, with glaciers being particularly common from Aconcagua southward. The mountain passes are usually at high altitudes, ranging from 10,000 to 15,000 feet, and railways have been built to cross the range at similar heights. The Andes are incredibly rich in precious metals, including gold, silver, copper, platinum, mercury, and tin, as well as lead and iron. The llama and related species—guanaco, vicuña, [160]and alpaca—are typical of the Andes. Among birds, the condor is the most remarkable. Vegetation varies greatly depending on elevation, latitude, rainfall, etc., but it is generally rich and diverse. Except in the south and north, there is little rain on the western side of the range, and there is a considerable desert area in the center. On the eastern side, rainfall is heavy in the equatorial regions, but in the south, it is very sparse or completely absent. From the Andes arise two of the largest water systems in the world—the Amazon and its tributaries, and the La Plata and its tributaries. Additionally, in the north, rivers like the Magdalena flow from its slopes to the Caribbean Sea, along with some tributaries to the Orinoco. Due to the mountains being so close to the Pacific Ocean, no significant streams flow from their western slopes. There aren’t many lakes, with the largest and most important being Lake Titicaca on the Bolivian plateau. The Andes have towns at higher elevations than anywhere else in the world, with the highest being the silver-mining town of Cerro de Pasco (14,270 feet), followed by Potosí.

An´desin, a kind of felspar containing both soda and lime, and named from being first obtained in the Andes.

An´desin is a type of feldspar that contains both soda and lime, named after where it was first discovered in the Andes.

An´desite, a name given to a crystalline volcanic rock or group of rocks of very wide occurrence, consisting mostly of felspar mixed with other ingredients, especially hornblende and augite, often also hypersthene and mica, the four chief varieties being named accordingly. Andesite is often porphyritic in character, with large crystals of felspar scattered through it. These rocks are commonly eruptive products of volcanoes of the tertiary or more recent periods, and the name was given by C. L. von Buch on account of their prevalence in the lavas of volcanoes of the Andes. The Ochils and other hills of middle Scotland largely consist of andesite.

Andesite is the name given to a crystalline volcanic rock or a group of rocks that are commonly found. It mainly consists of feldspar mixed with other materials, particularly hornblende and augite, and often includes hypersthene and mica as well, with the four main types being named accordingly. Andesite often has a porphyritic texture, with large feldspar crystals scattered throughout. These rocks are typically the eruptive products of volcanoes from the Tertiary period or more recent times, and the name was assigned by C. L. von Buch because of their common presence in the lavas of the Andes volcanoes. The Ochils and other hills in central Scotland are largely made up of andesite.

Andijan´, a town of Russian Turkestan, Ferghana, south of the Syr-Darya, a terminus of the Transcaspian Railway, 73 miles north-east of Khokand. Pop. 82,235.

Andijan, a town in Russian Turkestan, Ferghana, located south of the Syr-Darya River, is a terminal point of the Transcaspian Railway, 73 miles northeast of Khokand. Population: 82,235.

Andi´ra, a genus of leguminous American trees, with fleshy plum-like fruits. The wood is suitable for building purposes. The bark of A. inermis, or cabbage tree, is narcotic, and is used as an anthelminthic under the name of worm-bark or cabbage bark. The powdered bark of A. ararōba is used as a remedy in certain skin diseases, as herpes.

Andi´ra is a genus of leguminous trees found in the Americas, featuring fleshy, plum-like fruits. The wood is good for construction. The bark of A. inermis, known as the cabbage tree, is narcotic and is used as an anthelmintic under the names worm-bark or cabbage bark. The powdered bark of A. ararōba serves as a treatment for certain skin conditions, such as herpes.

Andiron (and´ī-ėrn), a horizontal iron bar raised on short legs, with an upright standard at one end, used to support pieces of wood when burning in an open hearth, one andiron being placed on either side of the hearth.

Andiron (an-dī-ern), a horizontal iron bar set on short legs, with a vertical post at one end, used to hold logs while they burn in an open fireplace, with one andiron positioned on each side of the hearth.

Andkhoo, or Andkhoui (a˙nd-hö´, a˙nd-hö´i), a town of Afghanistan, about 200 miles south of Bokhara, on the commercial route to Herat. Pop. estimated at 15,000.

Andkhoo, or Andkhoui (a˙nd-hö´, a˙nd-hö´i), is a town in Afghanistan, approximately 200 miles south of Bokhara, located on the trade route to Herat. Population estimated at 15,000.

Andocides (an-dos´i-dēz), an Athenian orator, born about 440 B.C., died about 393 B.C. He took an active part in public affairs, and was four times exiled; the first time along with Alcibiades, for profaning the Eleusinian mysteries. Several of his orations are extant, one called On the Mysteries being the best.

Andocides (an-doh-sī-deez), an Athenian speaker, was born around 440 B.C. and died around 393 BCE. He was actively involved in public affairs and was exiled four times; the first time along with Alcibiades for violating the Eleusinian mysteries. Several of his speeches survive, with one titled On the Mysteries being the most notable.

Andor´ra, or Andorre´, a small nominally independent State in the Pyrenees, south of the French department of Ariége, with an area of about 191 sq. miles. It has been a separate State for six hundred years, is governed by its own civil and criminal codes, and has its own courts of justice, the laws being administered by two judges, one of whom is chosen by France, the other by the Bishop of Urgel, in Spain. The little State pays an annual due of 960 francs to France, and 460 pesetas to the Bishop of Urgel. The chief industry is the rearing of sheep and cattle. The commerce is largely in importing contraband goods into Spain. The inhabitants, who speak the Catalan dialect of Spanish, are simple in their manners, their wealth consisting mainly of cattle and sheep. The village of Old Andorra is the capital. Pop. 5231.

Andorra, or Andorre, is a small, mostly independent country in the Pyrenees, located south of the French department of Ariège, covering an area of about 191 square miles. It has been a separate country for six hundred years, governed by its own civil and criminal laws, with its own courts, where two judges enforce the laws—one appointed by France and the other by the Bishop of Urgel in Spain. The country pays an annual fee of 960 francs to France and 460 pesetas to the Bishop of Urgel. The main industry is raising sheep and cattle, and commerce primarily involves smuggling goods into Spain. The residents speak a Catalan dialect of Spanish and are simple in their lifestyle, with their wealth largely based on livestock. The village of Old Andorra serves as the capital. Population: 5,231.

An´dover, a town in England, in Hants, 12 miles north by west of Winchester, with a fine church, and a trade in corn, malt, &c. Interesting Roman remains have been found in the vicinity. Pop. (1921), 8569.

An'dover, a town in England, in Hampshire, 12 miles northwest of Winchester, has a beautiful church and a trade in grain, malt, etc. Notable Roman ruins have been discovered nearby. Population (1921): 8,569.

An´dover, a town in Massachusetts, 25 miles N.N.W. of Boston, chiefly remarkable for its literary institutions—Phillip's Academy, founded in 1778; the Andover Theological Seminary, founded in 1807; and Abbot Academy, a girls' school, founded in 1829. Pop. 7300.

An'dover, a town in Massachusetts, 25 miles N.N.W. of Boston, is mainly known for its educational institutions—Phillip's Academy, established in 1778; the Andover Theological Seminary, founded in 1807; and Abbot Academy, a girls' school, founded in 1829. Population: 7300.

Andrassy (a˙n-drä´shē), Count Julius, Hungarian statesman, born 1823, died in 1890. He took part in the revolution of 1848, was condemned to death, but escaped and went into exile. He was appointed Premier when self-government was restored to Hungary in 1867; became imperial Minister for Foreign Affairs in 1871, but retired from public life in 1879.

Andrassy (a˙n-drä´shē), Count Julius, Hungarian statesman, born 1823, died in 1890. He participated in the revolution of 1848, was sentenced to death but managed to escape and went into exile. He was appointed Prime Minister when self-government returned to Hungary in 1867, became the imperial Minister for Foreign Affairs in 1871, but stepped back from public life in 1879.

Andrassy, Julius, Hungarian statesman, son of the preceding. He was born in 1860, and entered the Reichstag in 1884. He became Minister of the Interior in 1906, and retained that office until 1909. In 1912 he represented Austria at the conference on the Balkan question. In 1918 he was appointed Minister for Foreign Affairs, but soon resigned.

Andrassy, Julius, Hungarian politician, son of the previous one. He was born in 1860 and joined the Reichstag in 1884. He served as Minister of the Interior from 1906 until 1909. In 1912, he represented Austria at the conference regarding the Balkan issue. In 1918, he was appointed Minister for Foreign Affairs but resigned shortly thereafter.

André (an´drā), Major John, adjutant-general in the British army during the American revolutionary war. Employed to negotiate the defection of the American general Arnold, and the delivery of the works at West Point, he was apprehended in disguise, 23rd Sept., 1780, within [161]the American lines; declared a spy from the enemy, and hanged 2nd Oct., 1780. His remains were brought to England in 1821 and interred in Westminster Abbey, where a monument has been erected to his memory.

André (an'dray), Major John, adjutant-general in the British army during the American Revolutionary War. He was tasked with negotiating the defection of American General Arnold and the handover of West Point. He was captured in disguise on September 23, 1780, within [161]American territory; he was declared a spy by the enemy and hanged on October 2, 1780. His remains were brought back to England in 1821 and buried in Westminster Abbey, where a monument has been erected in his honor.

Andrea del Sarto. See Sarto.

Andrea del Sarto. See Sarto.

Andreæ (a˙n´dre-ā), Johann Valentin, German author, born 1586, died 1654. He was the author of numerous tracts, several of them of an amusing and satirical character. He was long believed to be the founder of the celebrated Rosicrucian order, an opinion that received a certain support from some of his works, but in all probability the real intention of the writer was to ridicule the folly of contemporary alchemists.

Andreæ (a˙n´dre-ā), Johann Valentin, German author, born 1586, died 1654. He wrote many tracts, several of which were amusing and satirical. For a long time, he was thought to be the founder of the famous Rosicrucian order, a belief that gained some credibility from a few of his works, but it's likely that the writer's true intention was to mock the silliness of the alchemists of his time.

An´dreasberg, St., a mining town of the Harz Mountains, in Prussia, 57 miles S.S.E. of Hanover. Pop. about 4000.

An´dreasberg, St., a mining town in the Harz Mountains, located in Prussia, 57 miles SSE of Hanover. Population is around 4000.

Andreev, Leonid Nicolaievitsh, Russian author, born in 1871, died in 1919. He studied law at the Universities of Moscow and Petrograd, but finding his practice unremunerative he became a police-court reporter for a daily paper. At the age of twenty-three he attempted suicide, driven to it by his miserable circumstances and struggle for existence. His first story, About a Poor Student, based upon his own experiences, attracted but little attention, and his literary career really began when Gorky discovered his talent. He was one of the most prolific Russian writers, the short story being his speciality. He was a mystic and a fatalist, like so many of his compatriots. His works include: The Red Laugh (1905); The Seven who were Hanged (1909); Judas Iscariot and the Others (1910); A Dilemma (1910); Silence and Other Stories, &c. His works have been translated into many European languages.

Andreev, Leonid Nicolaievitsh, was a Russian author born in 1871 and died in 1919. He studied law at the universities of Moscow and Petrograd, but after finding his legal practice unprofitable, he became a police-court reporter for a daily newspaper. At the age of twenty-three, he attempted suicide, driven by his desperate circumstances and struggle for survival. His first story, About a Poor Student, which was based on his own experiences, gained very little attention, and his literary career truly took off when Gorky recognized his talent. He was one of the most prolific Russian writers, with a special focus on short stories. He was a mystic and a fatalist, like many of his fellow countrymen. His works include: The Red Laugh (1905); The Seven who were Hanged (1909); Judas Iscariot and the Others (1910); A Dilemma (1910); Silence and Other Stories, etc. His works have been translated into many European languages.

Andrew, St., brother of St. Peter, and the first disciple whom Christ chose. He is said to have preached in Scythia, in Thrace and Asia Minor, and in Achaia (Greece), and according to tradition he was crucified by order of the Roman governor Ægeas at Patræ, now Patras, in Achaia, on a cross of the form X (decussate cross), now known as a St. Andrew's cross. The Russians revere him as the apostle who brought the gospel to them; the Scots, as the patron saint of their country. The day dedicated to him is 30th Nov. The Russian order of St. Andrew was instituted by Peter the Great in 1698. For the Scottish Knights of St. Andrew or the Thistle, see Thistle.

Andrew, St., brother of St. Peter, and the first disciple chosen by Christ. He is said to have preached in Scythia, Thrace, Asia Minor, and Achaia (Greece). According to tradition, he was crucified on the orders of the Roman governor Ægeas at Patræ, now Patras, in Achaia, on a cross of the form X (decussate cross), now known as a St. Andrew's cross. The Russians honor him as the apostle who brought the gospel to them; the Scots view him as the patron saint of their country. The day dedicated to him is November 30th. The Russian order of St. Andrew was established by Peter the Great in 1698. For the Scottish Knights of St. Andrew or the Thistle, see Thistle.

An´drewes, Lancelot, an eminent and learned bishop of the English Church, born in London in 1555, died at Winchester 1626; was high in favour both with Queen Elizabeth and James I. In 1605 he became Bishop of Chichester; in 1609 was translated to Ely, and appointed one of the king's privy-councillors; and in 1618 he was translated to Winchester. He was one of those engaged in preparing the authorized version of the Scriptures. He left sermons, lectures, and other writings.

An´drewes, Lancelot, a prominent and educated bishop of the English Church, was born in London in 1555 and died in Winchester in 1626. He was highly regarded by both Queen Elizabeth and King James I. In 1605, he became the Bishop of Chichester; in 1609, he was moved to Ely and appointed as one of the king's privy councillors; and in 1618, he was transferred to Winchester. He was involved in creating the authorized version of the Scriptures. He left behind sermons, lectures, and other writings.

An´drews, St., an ancient city and parliamentary burgh in Fifeshire, Scotland, 31 miles north-east from Edinburgh; was erected into a royal burgh by David I in 1140, and after having been an episcopal, became an archiepiscopal see in 1472, and was for long the ecclesiastical capital of Scotland. The cathedral, now in ruins, was begun about 1160, and took 157 years to finish. The old castle, founded about 1200, and rebuilt in the fourteenth century, is also an almost shapeless ruin. In it James III was born and Cardinal Beaton assassinated, and in front of it George Wishart was burned. There are several other interesting ruins. The trade and manufactures are of no importance, but the town is in favour as a watering-place. Golf is much played here. Pop. 7597.—The University of St. Andrews, the oldest of the Scottish universities, founded in 1411, consists of the united colleges of St. Salvator and St. Leonard and the college of St. Mary, both at St. Andrews, and embraces also University College, Dundee. In 1579 the colleges of St. Salvator and St. Leonard were restricted to the teaching of arts and medicine, and that of St. Mary to theology. In 1747 the two former colleges were united by Act of Parliament. University College, Dundee, was founded in 1880. The united college of St. Salvator and St. Leonard has a principal (who is also principal of the university) and twelve professors, and the college of St. Mary has a principal and four professors. Degrees, open to women as well as men, are conferred in arts, divinity, science, medicine, and law; and the university also confers the diploma and title of L.L.A. (Lady Literate in Arts). The number of students is 420. In connection with the university is a library, founded in 1612 and containing about 150,000 printed volumes and 150 MSS. The university unites with the other three Scottish universities in returning three members to Parliament. Madras College or Academy, founded by Dr. Bell of Madras, the principal secondary school of the place, provides accommodation for upwards of 1500 scholars.

St. Andrews, an ancient city and parliamentary burgh in Fifeshire, Scotland, is located 31 miles northeast of Edinburgh. It was granted royal burgh status by David I in 1140 and transitioned from being an episcopal to an archiepiscopal see in 1472, serving for a long time as the ecclesiastical capital of Scotland. The cathedral, now in ruins, began construction around 1160 and took 157 years to complete. The old castle, founded around 1200 and rebuilt in the 14th century, is also mostly a ruin. James III was born there, Cardinal Beaton was assassinated, and George Wishart was burned in front of it. There are several other interesting ruins in the area. The trade and manufacturing sectors are not significant, but the town is popular as a seaside resort. Golf is widely played here. Pop. 7597.—The University of St. Andrews, the oldest of the Scottish universities, was founded in 1411 and consists of the united colleges of St. Salvator and St. Leonard, and the college of St. Mary, all located in St. Andrews, along with University College, Dundee. In 1579, the colleges of St. Salvator and St. Leonard were limited to teaching arts and medicine, while St. Mary focused on theology. In 1747, the first two colleges were merged by Act of Parliament. University College, Dundee, was established in 1880. The united college of St. Salvator and St. Leonard has a principal (who also serves as the principal of the university) and twelve professors, while the college of St. Mary has a principal and four professors. Degrees, open to both women and men, are awarded in arts, divinity, science, medicine, and law; the university also grants the diploma and title of L.A. (Lady Literate in Arts). The student population is 420. The university is associated with a library, established in 1612, which contains about 150,000 printed volumes and 150 manuscripts. The university collaborates with the other three Scottish universities to return three members to Parliament. Madras College or Academy, founded by Dr. Bell of Madras, is the main secondary school in the area and accommodates over 1500 students.

An´drews, Thomas, chemist, was born at Belfast in 1813; studied chemistry at Glasgow under Thomas Thomson, and for a short time in Paris; then medicine at Belfast, Dublin, and Edinburgh, taking the degree of M.D. at the last place. After practising and teaching chemistry for ten years in Belfast, he became vice-president of the Northern College there, which in 1849 was converted into Queen's College, and Andrews now became professor of chemistry in the college, a post which he held till 1879. He died in 1885, having received various academic distinctions in [162]the course of his life. His name is associated with valuable researches on the heat of chemical combustion, and on the nature of ozone, but especially with the discovery of the existence of a critical temperature for every gas, above which it cannot be liquefied by any pressure, however great. He wrote many scientific papers, which have been published in a collective form by P. G. Tait and A. Crum Brown.

Andrews, Thomas, chemist, was born in Belfast in 1813; he studied chemistry at Glasgow under Thomas Thomson and spent a short time in Paris; then he studied medicine in Belfast, Dublin, and Edinburgh, earning his MD at the last institution. After practicing and teaching chemistry for ten years in Belfast, he became vice-president of the Northern College there, which was transformed into Queen's College in 1849. Andrews then became the professor of chemistry at the college, a position he held until 1879. He died in 1885, having received several academic honors in the course of his life. His name is linked with important research on the heat of chemical combustion and the nature of ozone, but especially with the discovery of the critical temperature for every gas, above which it cannot be liquefied by any pressure, no matter how high. He authored many scientific papers, which were published collectively by P. G. Tait and A. Crum Brown.

An´dria, a town of South Italy, province of Bari, with a fine cathedral, founded in 1046; the Church of Sant' Agostino, with a beautiful Pointed Gothic portal; a college; manufactures of majolica, and a good trade. Pop. 53,274.

An´dria, a town in southern Italy, in the province of Bari, has a beautiful cathedral founded in 1046; the Church of Sant' Agostino features an exquisite Pointed Gothic portal; there's a college, majolica manufacturing, and a thriving trade. Population: 53,274.

Androclus, or Androcles, a Roman slave who once pulled a thorn out of a lion's paw and dressed the wound. Androclus was afterwards condemned to be thrown to the lions in the Circus Maximus, and encountered the same lion that he had helped; the beast, instead of attacking him, fawned on him and caressed him. The story is told by Aulus Gellius, Noctes Atticæ, v, 14.

Androclus, or Androcles, was a Roman slave who once removed a thorn from a lion's paw and treated the injury. Later, Androclus was sentenced to be thrown to the lions in the Circus Maximus, where he faced the same lion he had helped; instead of attacking him, the lion showed affection and nuzzled him. The tale is recounted by Aulus Gellius in Noctes Atticæ, v, 14.

Andrϫcium, in botany, the male system of a flower; the aggregate of the stamens.

Androecium, in botany, is the male part of a flower; it consists of all the stamens.

Andromache (an-drom´a-kē), in Greek legend, wife of Hector, and one of the most attractive women of Homer's Iliad. The passage describing her parting with Hector, when he was setting out to battle, is well known and much admired (Iliad, vi, 369-502). Euripides and Racine have made her the chief character of tragedies.

Andromache (an-drom´a-kē), in Greek legend, was the wife of Hector and one of the most captivating women in Homer's Iliad. The scene depicting her farewell to Hector as he was heading off to battle is famous and highly praised (Iliad, vi, 369-502). Euripides and Racine have made her the main character in their tragedies.

Androm´ĕda, in Greek mythology, daughter of the Ethiopian king Cepheus and of Cassiopeia. Cassiopeia having boasted that her daughter surpassed the Nereids, if not Hēra (Juno) herself, in beauty, the offended goddesses prevailed on their father, Poseidōn (Neptune), to afflict the country with a horrid sea-monster, which threatened universal destruction. To appease the offended god, Andromeda was chained to a rock, but was rescued by Perseus; and after death was changed into a constellation. The legend forms the subject of tragedies by Euripides and Sophocles, and Ovid introduced it into his Metamorphoses.

Andromeda, in Greek mythology, is the daughter of the Ethiopian king Cepheus and Cassiopeia. After Cassiopeia bragged that her daughter was more beautiful than the Nereids, if not even Hēra (Juno) herself, the insulted goddesses convinced their father, Poseidōn (Neptune), to send a terrifying sea monster to wreak havoc on the land. To calm the angry god, Andromeda was chained to a rock but was saved by Perseus; after her death, she was transformed into a constellation. This legend has inspired tragedies by Euripides and Sophocles, and Ovid included it in his Metamorphoses.

Androm´eda. See Ericaceæ.

Andromeda. See Ericaceae.

Androni´cus, the name of four emperors of Constantinople.—Andronicus I, Comnenus, born 1110, murdered 1185.—Andronicus II, Palæologus, born 1258, died 1332. His reign is celebrated for the invasion of the Turks.—Andronicus III, Palæologus the Younger, born 1296, died 1341.—Andronicus IV, Palæologus, reigned in the absence of John IV. In 1373 he gave way to his brother Manuel, and died a monk.

Androni´cus, the name of four emperors of Constantinople.—Andronicus I, Comnenus, born 1110, killed in 1185.—Andronicus II, Palæologus, born 1258, died 1332. His reign is noted for the invasion of the Turks.—Andronicus III, Palæologus the Younger, born 1296, died 1341.—Andronicus IV, Palæologus, ruled during the absence of John IV. In 1373 he stepped down in favor of his brother Manuel and died as a monk.

Androni´cus, Livius, the most ancient of the Latin dramatic poets; flourished about 240 B.C.; by origin a Greek, and long a slave. A few fragments of his works have come down to us.

Andronicus, Livius, the earliest of the Latin dramatic poets, thrived around 240 BCE; he was originally Greek and spent a long time as a slave. Only a few fragments of his works have survived.

Androni´cus of Rhodes, a peripatetic philosopher who lived at Rome in the time of Cicero. He arranged Aristotle's works in much the same form as they retain in present editions.

Andronicus of Rhodes, a wandering philosopher who lived in Rome during the time of Cicero. He organized Aristotle's works in a way similar to how they appear in current editions.

Androni´cus Cyrrhestes (sir-es´tēz), a Greek architect about 100 B.C., who constructed at Athens the Tower of the Winds, an octagonal building, still standing. On the top was a Triton, which indicated the direction of the wind. Each of the sides had a sort of dial, and the building formerly contained a clepsydra or water-clock.

Andronicus Cyrrhestes (sir-es'tēz), a Greek architect around 100 BCE, who built the Tower of the Winds in Athens, an octagonal structure that still exists today. At the top was a Triton that showed the direction of the wind. Each side had a type of dial, and the building used to have a clepsydra or water clock.

Andropo´gon, a large genus of grasses, mostly natives of warm countries. A. Schœnanthus is the sweet-scented lemon-grass of conservatories. Others also are fragrant.

Andropogon is a large genus of grasses, mostly found in warm countries. A. Schœnanthus is the sweet-smelling lemon grass commonly found in greenhouses. There are also other fragrant varieties.

An´dros (now Andro), one of the islands of the Grecian Archipelago, the most northerly of the Cyclades; about 25 miles long and 6 or 7 broad; area, 100 sq. miles. A considerable trade is done in silk, wine, olives, figs, oranges, and lemons. Andro or Castro, the capital, has a good port. Pop. 18,809.

An´dros (now Andro), one of the islands in the Greek Archipelago, is the northernmost of the Cyclades; it's about 25 miles long and 6 or 7 miles wide; total area is 100 square miles. There's a significant trade in silk, wine, olives, figs, oranges, and lemons. Andro or Castro, the capital, has a good port. Population: 18,809.

Andros Islands, a group of isles belonging to the Bahamas, lying south-west of New Providence, not far from the east entrance to the Gulf of Florida. The passages through them are dangerous. Pop. 7545.

Andros Islands, a group of islands that are part of the Bahamas, located southwest of New Providence, close to the eastern entrance of the Gulf of Florida. The channels between them are hazardous. Pop. 7545.

Andrussovo, a Russian village in the government of Smolensk. A treaty was signed here between Poland and Russia (1667).

Andrussovo is a Russian village in the Smolensk region. A treaty was signed here between Poland and Russia in 1667.

Andujar (a˙n-dö-här´), a town in Spain, in Andalusia, 50 miles E.N.E. of Cordova, on the Guadalquivir, which is here crossed by a fine bridge; manufactures a peculiar kind of porous earthen water-bottles and jugs (alcarazas). Pop. 16,500.

Andujar (an-dö-här´), a town in Spain, in Andalusia, 50 miles E.N.E. of Cordova, located on the Guadalquivir River, which is crossed here by a beautiful bridge; it produces a unique type of porous clay water bottles and jugs (alcarazas). Population 16,500.

An´ecdote, originally some particular about a subject not noticed in previous works on that subject; now any particular or detached incident or fact of an interesting nature; a single passage of private life.

Anecdote, originally a specific detail about a topic not covered in earlier works about that topic; now any detail or separate incident or fact that is interesting; a single moment from private life.

Anega´da, a British West Indian island, the most northern of the Virgin group, 10 miles long by 4½ broad; contains numerous salt ponds, from which quantities of salt are obtained. Pop. 200.

Anegada, a British West Indian island, is the northernmost of the Virgin Islands, measuring 10 miles long and 4½ miles wide. It has many salt ponds that produce significant amounts of salt. Population: 200.

Anelectric, a body not easily electrified.

Anelectric, a body that's not easily electrified.

Anelectrode, the positive pole of a galvanic battery.

Anelectrode, the positive terminal of a battery.

Anemometer Beckley's Improved Robinson Cup Anemometer

Anemom´eter (Gr. anĕmos, wind, metron, measure), an instrument for measuring the force and velocity of the wind. This force is usually measured by the pressure of the wind upon a square plate attached to one end of a spiral spring (with its axis horizontal), which yields more or less according to the force of the wind, and transmits its motion to a pencil which leaves a trace upon paper moved by clockwork. Various instruments have been devised for this purpose, but the one most commonly adopted by [163]meteorological stations is after the type invented by Dr. Robinson of Armagh. It consists of four hemispherical cups A attached to the ends of equal horizontal arms, forming a horizontal cross which turns freely about a vertical axis B. By means of an endless screw carried by the axis a train of wheelwork is set in motion; and the indication is given by a hand which moves round a dial; or in some instruments by several hands moving round different dials like those of a gas-meter. It is found that the centre of each cup moves with a velocity which is almost exactly one-third of that of the wind. There are various other forms of the instrument, one of which is portable, and is especially intended for measuring the velocity of currents of air passing through mines, and the ventilating spaces of hospitals and other public buildings. The direction of the wind as indicated by a vane can also be made to leave a continuous record by various contrivances; one of the most common being a pinion carried by the shaft of a vane, and driving a rack which carries a pencil.

Anemometer (Gr. anĕmos, wind, metron, measure), is a device for measuring the strength and speed of the wind. This strength is generally measured by the pressure of the wind on a square plate attached to one end of a spiral spring (with its axis horizontal), which reacts according to the wind's force and transfers its movement to a pencil that marks a trace on paper moved by clockwork. Several devices have been created for this purpose, but the one most commonly used by [163]meteorological stations is based on the design developed by Dr. Robinson of Armagh. It has four hemispherical cups A attached to equal horizontal arms, creating a horizontal cross that rotates freely around a vertical axis B. An endless screw connected to the axis sets a train of gears in motion, and the readings are shown by a hand that moves around a dial; in some devices, multiple hands move around different dials like those found on a gas meter. It is observed that the center of each cup moves at a speed that is almost exactly one-third that of the wind. There are various other types of the instrument, one of which is portable and specifically designed for measuring the speed of air currents in mines, as well as the ventilation systems of hospitals and other public buildings. The wind direction indicated by a vane can also be continuously recorded using different mechanisms; one common method includes a pinion attached to the shaft of a vane, driving a rack that holds a pencil.

Anem´ŏnē (Gr. anĕmos, wind), wind-flower, a genus of plants belonging to the Buttercup family (Ranunculaceæ), containing about ninety species, found in temperate regions, three of them occurring in Britain: the white-flowered (A. nemorōsa), the only one truly native; the blue-flowered (A. apennīna); and the yellow-flowered (A. ranunculoides), a common European species naturalized in some parts of Britain. Several species are cultivated as florists' flowers.

Anemone (Gr. anemos, wind), wind flower, a group of plants in the Buttercup family (Ranunculaceae), with around ninety species found in temperate regions. Three of these are present in Britain: the white-flowered (A. nemorosa), the only true native; the blue-flowered (A. apennina); and the yellow-flowered (A. ranunculoides), a common European species grown in some parts of Britain. Several species are grown as ornamental flowers.

Anemoph´ilous, said of flowers that are fertilized by the wind conveying the pollen.

Anemophilous, referring to flowers that get fertilized by the wind carrying the pollen.

Anem´oscope, any contrivance indicating the direction of the wind; generally applied to a vane which turns a spindle descending through the roof to a chamber where, by means of a compass-card and index, the direction of the wind is shown.

Anemometer, any device that shows the direction of the wind; typically refers to a vane that rotates a spindle running down through the roof to a chamber where, with the help of a compass card and pointer, the wind's direction is displayed.

Aneroid Barometer. See Barometer.

Aneroid Barometer. See Barometer.

Ane´thum, a genus of plants; dill.

Ane'thum, a type of plant; dill.

Aneu´rin, a poet and prince of the Cambrian Britons who flourished in the seventh century, author of an epic poem, the Gododin, relating the defeat of the Britons of Strathclyde by the Saxons at the battle of Cattraeth. See Celtic Literature.

Aneurin, a poet and prince of the Cambrian Britons who thrived in the seventh century, is the author of an epic poem, the Gododin, which tells the story of the defeat of the Britons of Strathclyde by the Saxons at the battle of Cattraeth. See Celtic Literature.

An´eurism, or Aneurysm (Gr. aneurysma, a widening), the dilatation or expansion of some part of an artery. Aneurisms arise partly from the too violent motion of the blood, and partly from degenerative changes occurring in the coats of the artery, diminishing their elasticity. They are therefore more frequent in the great branches; in particular, in the vicinity of the heart, in the arch of the aorta, and in the extremities, where the arteries are exposed to frequent injuries by stretching, violent bodily exertions, thrusts, falls, and contusions. An internal aneurism may burst and cause death.

Aneurism, or Aneurysm (Gr. aneurysma, a widening), is the dilation or expansion of a part of an artery. Aneurysms occur partly due to the forceful flow of blood and partly from degenerative changes in the artery walls, which reduce their elasticity. They are more common in the major branches, especially near the heart, in the arch of the aorta, and in the extremities, where arteries frequently face injuries from stretching, intense physical activity, impacts, falls, and bruises. An internal aneurysm can rupture and lead to death.

Angara´, a Siberian river which flows into Lake Baikal at its N. extremity, and leaves it near the S.W. end, joining the Yenisei as the Lower Angara or Upper Tunguska.

Angara, a river in Siberia that flows into Lake Baikal at its N. end, exits near the S.W. side, and connects with the Yenisei as the Lower Angara or Upper Tunguska.

Angel (Gr. angelos, a messenger), one of those spiritual intelligences who are regarded as dwelling in Heaven and employed as the ministers or agents of God. To these the name of good angels is sometimes given, to distinguish them from bad angels, who were originally created to occupy the same blissful abode, but lost it by rebellion. The Old Testament represents them as messengers of the Divine will, and Christ spoke of them more than once (St. Matt. xviii, 10; St. Luke, xv, 10). Generally, however, Scripture speaks of angels with great reserve, Michael and Gabriel alone being mentioned by name in the canonical books, while Raphael is mentioned in the Apocrypha. The angels are represented in Scripture as in the most elevated state of intelligence, purity, and bliss, ever doing the will of God so perfectly that we can seek for nothing higher or better than to aim at being like them. There are indications of a diversity of rank and power among them, and something like angelic orders—Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, Uriel, &c., seraphim and cherubim. They are represented as frequently taking part in communications made from heaven to earth, as directly and actively ministering to the good of believers, and shielding or delivering them from evils incident to their earthly lot. That every person has a [164]good and a bad angel attendant on him was an early belief, and is held to some extent yet. Roman Catholics, since St. Ambrosius, who died in 397, show a certain veneration or worship to angels, and beg their prayers and their kind offices. The New Testament, however, formally forbidding such veneration (Col. ii, 18, &c.), Protestants consider this unlawful.

Angel (Gr. angelos, meaning messenger) refers to one of those spiritual beings believed to live in Heaven and serve as God's messengers or agents. Good angels are sometimes distinguished from bad angels, who were created for the same joyful place but lost it due to rebellion. The Old Testament depicts them as messengers of God's will, and Christ mentioned them several times (St. Matt. xviii, 10; St. Luke, xv, 10). However, Scripture generally speaks of angels with great caution; only Michael and Gabriel are named in the canonical books, while Raphael appears in the Apocrypha. Angels are portrayed in Scripture as beings of the highest intelligence, purity, and joy, constantly doing God's will so perfectly that we aspire to be like them. There are hints of different ranks and powers among them, resembling angelic orders—Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, Uriel, etc., including seraphim and cherubim. They are often depicted as actively involved in communicating from Heaven to Earth, ministering to believers' needs and protecting or rescuing them from the challenges of earthly life. The belief that each person has a good and a bad angel accompanying them was common in early beliefs and persists to some degree today. Since St. Ambrosius, who died in 397, Roman Catholics have shown some veneration or worship toward angels, requesting their prayers and assistance. However, the New Testament explicitly prohibits such veneration (Col. ii, 18, &c.), which Protestants consider improper.

Angel of Queen Elizabeth Angel of Queen Elizabeth

Angel, a gold coin introduced into England in the reign of Edward IV, and coined down to the Commonwealth, so named from having the representation of the archangel Michael piercing a dragon upon it. It had different values in different reigns, varying from 6s. 8d. to 10s.

Angel, a gold coin introduced in England during the reign of Edward IV and minted until the Commonwealth, was named for the image of the archangel Michael defeating a dragon on its surface. Its value varied across different reigns, ranging from 6s. 8d. to 10s.

Angel-fish, a fish, Squatīna angĕlus, nearly allied to the sharks, very ugly and voracious, preying on other fish. It is from 6 to 8 feet long, and takes its name from its pectoral fins, which are very large, extending horizontally like wings when spread. This fish connects the rays with the sharks, but it differs from both in having its mouth placed at the extremity of the head. It is common on the south coasts of Britain, and is also called Monk-fish and Fiddle-fish.

Angel-fish, scientifically known as Squatīna angĕlus, is a fish closely related to sharks. It is quite unattractive and greedy, feeding on other fish. The Angel-fish can grow to be between 6 and 8 feet long and gets its name from its large pectoral fins, which stretch out horizontally like wings when they are spread. This fish links rays and sharks but is different from both because its mouth is located at the tip of its head. It is commonly found off the southern coasts of Britain and is also referred to as Monk-fish and Fiddle-fish.

Angel´ica, a genus of umbelliferous plants, one of which, A. sylvestris, a tall plant bearing large umbels of white flowers tinged with pink, is common in wet places in Britain, and was formerly believed to possess angelic properties as an antidote to poison, a specific against witchcraft, &c. The name is also given to an allied plant, the Archangelica officinālis, found on the banks of rivers and ditches in the north of Europe, once generally cultivated as an esculent, and still valued for its medicinal properties. It has a large fleshy aromatic root, and a strong-furrowed branched stem as high as a man. It is cultivated for its agreeable aromatic odour and carminative properties. Its blanched stems, candied with sugar, form a very agreeable sweetmeat, possessing tonic and stomachic qualities.

Angelica is a type of umbelliferous plant, one variety being A. sylvestris, a tall plant with large clusters of white flowers that have a hint of pink. It's commonly found in wet areas in Britain and was once thought to have angelic qualities that made it an antidote for poison and a remedy against witchcraft, among other things. The name also refers to a related plant, Archangelica officinālis, found along riverbanks and ditches in northern Europe. This plant was once widely grown as food and is still appreciated for its medicinal benefits. It features a large, fleshy, aromatic root and a strongly ribbed, branched stem that can reach a height of a man. It's cultivated for its pleasant aromatic scent and its ability to soothe the stomach. The blanched stems, when candied with sugar, make a delightful sweet treat that has tonic and digestive benefits.

Angelico (a˙n-jel´i-kō), Fra, the common appellation of Fra Giovanni da Fiesole, one of the most celebrated of the early Italian painters. Born 1387, he entered the Dominican order in 1407, and was employed by Cosmo de' Medici in painting the monastery of St. Mark and the church of St. Annunziata with frescoes. These pictures gained him so much celebrity that Pope Nicholas V invited him to Rome to ornament his private chapel in the Vatican, and offered him the archbishopric of Florence, which Angelico declined. He died at, Rome 1455. He has been called the 'painter of seraphic dreams'. His works were considered unrivalled in finish and in sweetness and harmony of colour, and were made the models for religious painters of his own and succeeding generations.

Angelico (an-jel´i-kō), Fra, the common name of Fra Giovanni da Fiesole, was one of the most famous early Italian painters. Born in 1387, he joined the Dominican order in 1407 and worked for Cosmo de' Medici, painting frescoes in the monastery of St. Mark and the church of St. Annunziata. His work gained him such fame that Pope Nicholas V invited him to Rome to decorate his private chapel in the Vatican and even offered him the archbishopric of Florence, which Angelico turned down. He died in Rome in 1455. He’s known as the 'painter of seraphic dreams.' His works were regarded as unmatched in detail, sweetness, and color harmony, and they became models for religious painters of his time and beyond.

Angeln (a˙ng´eln), a district in Schleswig of about 300 sq. miles, bounded N. by the Bay of Flensburg, S. by the Schlei, E. by the Baltic, the only continental territory which has retained the name of the Angles.

Angeln (a˙ng´eln), a district in Schleswig covering about 300 square miles, is bordered N. by the Bay of Flensburg, S. by the Schlei, and E. by the Baltic, making it the only part of the continent that still carries the name of the Angles.

Angelo (a˙n´je-lō), Michael. See Buonarotti.

Angelo (an´je-lō), Michael. See Buonarotti.

An´gelus, in the Roman Catholic Church, a short form of prayer in honour of the incarnation, consisting mainly of versicles and responses, the angelic salutation three times repeated, and a collect, so named from the word with which it commences, 'Angelus Domini' (Angel of the Lord). Hence, also, the bell tolled in the morning, at noon, and in the evening to indicate the time when the angelus is to be recited. The prayer is attributed to St. Bonaventura, and in Germany and Italy it is called 'Ave Maria'.

Angelus, in the Roman Catholic Church, is a brief prayer honoring the incarnation. It mainly consists of verses and responses, with the angelic greeting repeated three times, followed by a collect, named for its opening words, 'Angelus Domini' (Angel of the Lord). As a result, the bell is rung in the morning, at noon, and in the evening to signal the times for reciting the Angelus. This prayer is attributed to St. Bonaventura, and in Germany and Italy, it is referred to as 'Ave Maria'.

Ångermann (ong´er-ma˙n), a Swedish river which falls into the Gulf of Bothnia, noted for its fine scenery. It is navigable for nearly 70 miles for vessels of 600 tons.

Ångermann (ong´er-ma˙n), a Swedish river that flows into the Gulf of Bothnia, famous for its beautiful scenery. It can be navigated for almost 70 miles by ships weighing up to 600 tons.

Angermünde (a˙ng´er-mün-de), a town in Prussia, on Lake Münde, 42 miles north-east of Berlin. Pop. 8200.

Angermünde (an-ger-moon-de), a town in Prussia, on Lake Münde, 42 miles northeast of Berlin. Population 8200.

Angers (a˙n˙-zhā), a town and river-port of France, capital of the department of Maine-et-Loire, and formerly of the province of Anjou, on the banks of the Maine, 5½ miles from the Loire, 150 miles south-west of Paris. It has an old castle, built by Louis IX, once a place of great strength, now used as a prison, barrack, and powder-magazine; a fine cathedral of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, with very fine old painted windows; is the seat of a bishop, and has a school of arts and manufactures; a public library, an art-gallery, a large modern hospital, the remains of a hospital founded by Henry II of England in 1155; courts of law, theatre, &c. It manufactures sail-cloth, hosiery, leather, and chemicals; foundries, &c. In the neighbourhood are immense slate-quarries. Pop. 83,786.

Angers (a˙n˙-zhah), a town and river port in France, is the capital of the Maine-et-Loire department and was formerly the capital of the Anjou province. It's located on the banks of the Maine River, 5½ miles from the Loire River and 150 miles southwest of Paris. The town features an old castle built by Louis IX, which was once a stronghold but now serves as a prison, barracks, and powder magazine. It also has a beautiful cathedral from the twelfth and thirteenth centuries with stunning old stained-glass windows. Angers is home to a bishop, a school of arts and manufacturing, a public library, an art gallery, a large modern hospital, and the remains of a hospital established by Henry II of England in 1155. The town has courts of law, a theater, etc. It manufactures sailcloth, hosiery, leather, and chemicals, along with foundries, etc. Nearby, there are vast slate quarries. Population: 83,786.

Angevins (an´je-vins), natives of Anjou, often applied to the race of English sovereigns called Plantagenets (q.v.). Anjou became connected with England by the marriage of Matilda, daughter of Henry I, with Geoffrey V, Count of Anjou. The Angevin kings of England were Henry II, Richard I, John, Henry III, Edward I, Edward II, Edward III, and Richard II.

Angevins (an´je-vins), people from Anjou, is often used to refer to the line of English monarchs known as the Plantagenets (q.v.). Anjou became linked to England through the marriage of Matilda, daughter of Henry I, to Geoffrey V, Count of Anjou. The Angevin kings of England included Henry II, Richard I, John, Henry III, Edward I, Edward II, Edward III, and Richard II.

Angilbert, St., the most celebrated poet of his age, secretary and friend of Charlemagne, whose daughter, Bertha, he married. In the latter part of his life he retired to a monastery, of which he became abbot. Died 814. [165]

Angilbert, St., the most renowned poet of his time, was the secretary and friend of Charlemagne, and he married Charlemagne's daughter, Bertha. In the later part of his life, he withdrew to a monastery, where he became the abbot. Died 814. [165]

Angina Pectoris (an´ji-na pek´to-ris), or Heart-spasm, a disease characterized by an extremely acute constriction, felt generally in the lower part of the sternum, and extending along the whole side of the chest and into the corresponding arm, a sense of suffocation, faintness, and apprehension of approaching death: seldom experienced by any but those with organic heart-disease. The disease rarely occurs before middle age, and is more frequent in men than in women. Those liable to attack must lead a quiet, temperate life, avoiding all scenes which would unduly rouse their emotions. The first attack is occasionally fatal, but usually death occurs as the result of repeated seizures. The paroxysm may be relieved by opiates, or the inhalation, under due precaution, of anæsthetic vapours.

Angina Pectoris (an´ji-na pek´to-ris), or Heart-spasm, is a condition marked by severe chest tightness, typically felt in the lower part of the sternum, spreading along one side of the chest and into the corresponding arm, along with feelings of suffocation, dizziness, and fear of imminent death. It is rarely experienced by those without heart disease. This condition usually doesn't appear before middle age and is more common in men than women. People at risk should lead a calm, moderate lifestyle, steering clear of situations that could trigger strong emotions. The first episode can sometimes be fatal, but death typically results from repeated episodes. Relief from the intense pain can be achieved through opiates or, with proper care, inhaling anesthetic vapors.

Angiosperm (an´ji-o-spėrm), a term for any plant which has its seeds enclosed in a seed-vessel. Exogens are divided into those whose seeds are enclosed in a seed-vessel, and those with seeds produced and ripened without the production of a seed-vessel. The former are angiosperms, and constitute the principal part of the species; the latter are gymnosperms, and chiefly consist of the Coniferæ and Cycadaceæ.

Angiosperm (an´ji-o-spėrm), a term for any plant that has its seeds enclosed in a seed pod. Exogens are split into two groups: those whose seeds are enclosed in a seed pod, and those that produce seeds without a seed pod. The former are angiosperms, which make up the majority of species; the latter are gymnosperms, which mainly include the Conifers and Cycads.

Angles

Angle, the point where two lines meet, or the meeting of two lines in a point. A plane rectilineal angle is formed by two straight lines which meet one another, but are not in the same straight line; it may be considered the degree of opening or divergence of the two straight lines which thus meet one another. A right angle is an angle formed by a straight line falling on another perpendicularly, or an angle which is measured by an arc of 90 degrees. When a straight line, as A B (fig. 1), standing on another straight line C D, makes the two angles A B C and A B D equal to one another, each of these angles is called a right angle. An acute angle is that which is less than a right angle, as E B C. An obtuse angle is that which is greater than a right angle, as E B D. Acute and obtuse angles are both called oblique, in opposition to right angles. Exterior or external angles, the angles of any rectilineal figure without it, made by producing the sides; thus, if the sides A B, B C, C A of the triangle A B C (fig. 2) be produced to the points F D E, the angles C B F, A C D, B A E are called exterior or external angles. A solid angle is that which is made by more than two plane angles meeting in one point and not lying in the same plane, as the angle of a cube. A spherical angle is an angle on the surface of a sphere, contained between the arcs of two great circles which intersect each other.

Angle, the point where two lines meet, or the intersection of two lines at a point. A plane rectilineal angle is created by two straight lines that meet but are not on the same straight line; it can be seen as the degree of opening or divergence between the two straight lines. A right angle is formed when a straight line falls on another perpendicularly, or it’s measured by an arc of 90 degrees. When a straight line, such as A B (fig. 1), stands on another straight line C D, creating two equal angles A B C and A B D, each of these angles is called a right angle. An acute angle is one that is less than a right angle, like E B C. An obtuse angle is one that is greater than a right angle, like E B D. Both acute and obtuse angles are referred to as oblique, in contrast to right angles. Exterior or external angles are the angles of any rectilinear figure outside of it, formed by extending the sides; for example, if the sides A B, B C, C A of the triangle A B C (fig. 2) are extended to the points F D E, the angles C B F, A C D, Bae are called exterior or external angles. A solid angle is formed by more than two plane angles meeting at one point and not lying in the same plane, like the angle of a cube. A spherical angle is an angle on the surface of a sphere, contained between the arcs of two great circles that intersect each other.

Angler (Lophius piscatorius), also from its habits and appearance called Fishing-frog and Sea-devil, a remarkable fish often found on the British coasts. It is from 3 to 5 feet long; the head is very wide, depressed, with protuberances, and bearing long separate movable tendrils; the mouth is capacious, and armed with formidable teeth. Its voracity is extreme, and it is said to lie concealed in the mud, and attract the smaller fishes within its reach by gently waving the filamentous appendages on its head.

Angler (Lophius piscatorius), also known as the Fishing-frog and Sea-devil due to its habits and appearance, is a fascinating fish commonly found along the British coasts. It measures between 3 and 5 feet long; its head is very wide and flattened, with protrusions and long separate movable tendrils. The mouth is large and equipped with formidable teeth. Its appetite is insatiable, and it’s said to hide in the mud, luring smaller fish within reach by gently waving the filamentous appendages on its head.

Angles, a Low German tribe who in the earliest historical period had their seats in the district about Angeln, in the duchy of Schleswig, and who in the fifth century and subsequently crossed over to Britain along with bands of Saxons and Jutes (and probably Frisians also), and colonized a great part of what from them has received the name of England, as well as a portion of the Lowlands of Scotland. The Angles formed the largest body among the Germanic settlers in Britain, and founded the three kingdoms of East Anglia, Mercia, and Northumbria.

Angles, a Low German tribe that, in the earliest historical period, settled in the area of Angeln in the duchy of Schleswig, crossed over to Britain in the fifth century along with groups of Saxons and Jutes (and probably Frisians too) and colonized a significant part of what was later called England, as well as a portion of the Lowlands of Scotland. The Angles made up the largest group among the Germanic settlers in Britain and established the three kingdoms of East Anglia, Mercia, and Northumbria.

Anglesey (ang´gl-sē), or Anglesea ('the Angles' Island'), an island and county of North Wales, in the Irish Sea, separated from the mainland by the Menai Strait; 20 miles long and 17 miles broad; area, 176,630 acres. The surface is comparatively flat, and the climate is milder than that of the adjoining coast. The chief agricultural products are oats and barley, wheat, rye, potatoes, and turnips. Numbers of cattle and sheep are raised. Anglesey yields a little copper, lead, silver, ochre, &c. The Menai Strait is crossed by a magnificent suspension-bridge, 580 feet between the piers and 100 feet above high-water mark, and also by the great Britannia Tubular Railway Bridge. The chief market-towns are Beaumaris, Holyhead, Llangefni, and Amlweh. The county returns one member to Parliament. Pop. (1921), 51,695.

Anglesey (ang´gl-sē), or Anglesea ('the Angles' Island'), is an island and county in North Wales, located in the Irish Sea, separated from the mainland by the Menai Strait; it is 20 miles long and 17 miles wide, covering an area of 176,630 acres. The landscape is mostly flat, and the climate is milder compared to the nearby coast. The main agricultural products include oats, barley, wheat, rye, potatoes, and turnips. A good number of cattle and sheep are raised here. Anglesey produces a little copper, lead, silver, ochre, etc. The Menai Strait is spanned by a stunning suspension bridge that is 580 feet between the piers and 100 feet above high-water mark, as well as the large Britannia Tubular Railway Bridge. The primary market towns are Beaumaris, Holyhead, Llangefni, and Amlwch. The county elects one member to Parliament. Population (1921), 51,695.

Anglesey, Henry William Paget, Marquess of, English soldier and statesman, was the eldest son of Henry, first Earl of Uxbridge, and was born in 1768. He was educated at Oxford, and in 1790 entered Parliament as member for the Carnarvon boroughs. In 1793 he entered the army, and in 1794 he took part in the campaign in Flanders under the Duke of York. In 1808 he was sent into Spain with two brigades of cavalry to join Sir John Moore, and in the retreat to Coruña commanded the rear-guard. In 1812 he became, by his father's death, Earl of Uxbridge. On Napoleon's escape from Elba he was appointed commander of the British cavalry, and at the [166]battle of Waterloo, by the charge of the heavy brigade, overthrew the Imperial Guard. For his services he was created Marquess of Anglesey. In 1828 he became Lord-Lieutenant of Ireland and made himself extremely popular, but was recalled in consequence of favouring Catholic Emancipation. He was again Lord-Lieutenant in 1830, but lost his popularity by his opposition to O'Connell and his instrumentality in the passing of the Irish Coercion Acts; and he quitted office in 1833. From 1846-52 he was Master-General of the Ordnance. He died in 1854.

Anglesey, Henry William Paget, Marquess of, was an English soldier and statesman, born in 1768 as the eldest son of Henry, the first Earl of Uxbridge. He was educated at Oxford and entered Parliament in 1790 as a representative for the Carnarvon boroughs. In 1793, he joined the army, and in 1794, he participated in the campaign in Flanders under the Duke of York. In 1808, he went to Spain with two brigades of cavalry to join Sir John Moore, and during the retreat to Coruña, he commanded the rear-guard. Following his father’s death in 1812, he became the Earl of Uxbridge. When Napoleon escaped from Elba, he was appointed commander of the British cavalry, and at the battle of Waterloo, his charge with the heavy brigade defeated the Imperial Guard. For his services, he was made Marquess of Anglesey. In 1828, he became Lord-Lieutenant of Ireland and gained immense popularity but was recalled due to his support for Catholic Emancipation. He was again appointed Lord-Lieutenant in 1830 but lost his popularity because of his opposition to O'Connell and his role in passing the Irish Coercion Acts, leading to his resignation in 1833. From 1846 to 1852, he served as Master-General of the Ordnance. He passed away in 1854.

Anglicanism, the term is capable of a wider use, but is usually employed as descriptive of the type of doctrine formulated by the Church of England in the period of the Protestant Reformation. The two most notable formularies of that period are the Confession of Faith, known as the Thirty-nine Articles, which assumed its present shape in 1571, and the Liturgy, known as the Book of Common Prayer, issued in 1559 in what was substantially its present shape. By the Clerical Subscription Act of 1865 assent is required to both Prayer Book and Articles. The Articles are not and never were binding upon laymen.—Bibliography: Mgr. Moyes, Aspects of Anglicanism; F. Y. Kinsman, Principles of Anglicanism.

Anglicanism is a term that can be used more broadly, but it's typically used to describe the kind of doctrine established by the Church of England during the Protestant Reformation. The two most significant documents from that time are the Confession of Faith, known as the Thirty-nine Articles, which took its current form in 1571, and the Liturgy, known as the Book of Common Prayer, issued in 1559 in what is essentially its present form. According to the Clerical Subscription Act of 1865, agreement with both the Prayer Book and the Articles is required. The Articles are not and never have been binding for laypeople.—References: Mgr. Moyes, Aspects of Anglicanism; F. Y. Kinsman, Principles of Anglicanism.

Angling, the art of catching fish with a hook or angle (A. Sax. angel) baited with worms, small fish, flies, &c. We find occasional allusions to this pursuit among the Greek and Latin classical writers; it is mentioned several times in the Old Testament, and it was practised by the ancient Egyptians. The first reference to angling in England is a passage in a tract, entitled Piers Fulham, supposed to have been written about the year 1420. The oldest work on the subject in English is the Treatyse of Fysshinge with an Angle, printed by Wynkyn de Worde in 1496, along with a treatise on hunting and hawking, the whole being ascribed to Dame Juliana Berners or Barnes, prioress of a nunnery near St. Albans. Walton's inimitable discourse on angling was first printed in 1653. The chief appliances required by an angler are a rod, line, hooks, and baits. Rods are made of various materials, and of various sizes. The cane rods are lightest, and where fishing-tackle is sold they most commonly have the preference; but in country places the rod is often of the angler's own manufacture. Rods are commonly made in separate joints, so as to be easily taken to pieces and put up again. They are made to taper from the butt end to the top, and are usually possessed of a considerable amount of elasticity. In length they may vary from 10 feet to more than double that length, with a corresponding difference in strength—a rod for salmon being necessarily much stronger than one suited for ordinary burn trout. The reel, an apparatus for winding up the line, is attached to the rod near the lower end, where the hand grasps it while fishing. The best are usually made of brass, are of simple construction, and so made as to wind or unwind freely and rapidly. That part of the line which passes along the rod and is wound on the reel is called the reel line, and may vary from 20 to 100 yards in length, according to the size of the water and the habits of the fish angled for; it is usually made of twisted horse-hair and silk, or of oiled silk alone. The casting line, which is attached to this, is made of the same materials, but lighter and finer. To the end of this is tied a piece of fine gut, on which the hook, or hooks, are fixed. The casting or gut lines should decrease in thickness from the reel line to the hooks. The hook, of finely-tempered steel, should readily bend without breaking, and yet retain a sharp point. It should be long in the shank and deep in the bend; the point straight and true to the level of the shank; and the barb long. Their sizes and sorts must of course entirely depend on the kind of fish that is angled for. Floats formed of cork, goose and swan quills, &c., are often used to buoy up the hook so that it may float clear of the bottom. For heavy fish or strong streams a cork float is used; in slow water and for lighter fish quill floats. Baits may consist of a great variety of materials, natural or artificial. The principal natural baits are worms: common garden worms, brandlings, and red worms, maggots, or gentles (the larvæ of blow-flies such as are found on putrid meat), insects, small fish (as minnows), salmon roe, &c. The artificial flies so much used in angling for trout and salmon are composed of hairs, furs, and wools of every variety, mingled with pieces of feathers, and secured together by plaited wire, or gold and silver thread, marking-silk, wax, &c. The wings may be made of the feathers of domestic fowls, or any others of a showy colour. Some angling authorities recommend that the artificial flies should be made to resemble as closely as possible the insects on which the fish is wont to feed, but experience has shown that the most capricious and unnatural combinations of feather, fur, &c., have been often successful where the most realistic imitations have failed. Artificial minnows, or other small fish, are also used by way of bait, and are so contrived as to spin rapidly when drawn through the water in order to attract the notice of the fish angled for. Angling, especially with the fly, demands a great deal of skill and practice, the casting of the line properly being the initial difficulty. Nowhere is the art pursued with greater success and enthusiasm than in Britain and the United States.—Bibliography: Fishing (vol. i), Salmon and Trout (vol. ii), Pike and Coarse Fish [167](Badminton Library); H. G. Hutchinson, Fishing (2 vols., Country Life series); Viscount Grey, Fly Fishing; Gathorne-Hardy, The Salmon; Marquess of Granby, The Trout; H. T. Sheringham, Elements of Angling; W. M. Gallichan, The Complete Fisherman.

Angling, the skill of catching fish with a hook or angle (A. Sax. angel) baited with worms, small fish, flies, etc. There are occasional mentions of this activity in ancient Greek and Latin writings; it appears several times in the Old Testament, and it was practiced by the ancient Egyptians. The first mention of angling in England is found in a document titled Piers Fulham, believed to have been written around 1420. The oldest English work on the subject is the Treatyse of Fysshinge with an Angle, published by Wynkyn de Worde in 1496, which also includes a treatise on hunting and falconry, attributed to Dame Juliana Berners or Barnes, prioress of a convent near St. Albans. Walton's unmatched discussion on angling was first published in 1653. The main tools needed by an angler are a rod, line, hooks, and baits. Rods are made from various materials and come in different sizes. Cane rods are the lightest and are usually preferred where fishing gear is sold, but in rural areas, anglers often make their own rods. Rods are typically constructed in separate pieces for easier transport and storage. They taper from the base to the tip and usually have a good amount of flexibility. They can range from 10 feet to more than double that size, with a corresponding increase in strength—a salmon rod is much sturdier than one designed for regular stream trout. The reel, a device for winding the line, is attached to the rod near the bottom, where the hand holds it while fishing. The best reels are usually made of brass, are simply constructed, and are designed to wind or unwind smoothly and quickly. The part of the line that runs along the rod and is wound on the reel is called the reel line, which can vary from 20 to 100 yards in length, depending on the size of the water and the behavior of the target fish; it is typically made from twisted horsehair and silk or just oiled silk. The casting line, which is attached to this, is made from the same materials but is lighter and finer. At the end of this line, a piece of fine gut is tied, to which the hook or hooks are attached. The casting or gut lines should decrease in thickness from the reel line to the hooks. The hook, made of finely-tempered steel, should bend easily without breaking while keeping a sharp point. It should be long in the shank and deep in the bend; the point should be straight and aligned with the level of the shank, and the barb should be long. Their sizes and types must depend entirely on the species of fish being targeted. Floats made from cork, goose and swan quills, etc., are often used to hold the hook above the bottom. A cork float is used for heavier fish or strong currents, while quill floats are used for lighter fish in slow waters. Baits can be made from a wide variety of natural or artificial materials. The main natural baits include worms: common garden worms, brandlings, red worms, maggots (the larvae of blow-flies that are found on decaying meat), insects, small fish (like minnows), salmon roe, etc. The artificial flies commonly used in trout and salmon fishing are made from various hairs, fur, and wool mixed with feathers and held together with twisted wire, or gold and silver thread, marking silk, wax, etc. The wings can be made from feathers of domesticated birds or any other brightly colored feathers. Some fishing experts suggest that artificial flies should mimic as closely as possible the insects that fish typically feed on, but experience has shown that the most unpredictable and unnatural combinations of feathers and fur can often succeed where realistic imitations fail. Artificial minnows or other small fish can also be used as bait; they are designed to spin quickly when pulled through the water to attract the targeted fish. Angling, particularly fly fishing, requires a lot of skill and practice, with casting the line properly being the first challenge. Nowhere is this art practiced with more success and enthusiasm than in Britain and the United States.—References: Fishing (vol. i), Salmon and Trout (vol. ii), Pike and Coarse Fish[167](Badminton Library); H. G. Hutchinson, Fishing (2 vols., Country Life series); Viscount Grey, Fly Fishing; Gathorne-Hardy, The Salmon; Marquess of Granby, The Trout; H. T. Sheringham, Elements of Angling; W. M. Gallichan, The Complete Fisherman.

Anglo-Catholic, a term sometimes used to designate those churches which hold the principles of the English Reformation, the Anglican or Established Church of England and the allied churches. The term is also applied to that party in the English Church which favours doctrines and religious forms closely approaching those of the Roman Catholic Church, objects to be called Protestant, and corresponds closely with the Ritualistic section of the Church.

Anglo-Catholic is a term sometimes used to refer to those churches that embrace the principles of the English Reformation, specifically the Anglican or Established Church of England and its associated churches. It is also used to describe the group within the English Church that supports doctrines and religious practices that are very similar to those of the Roman Catholic Church, prefers not to be labeled as Protestant, and closely aligns with the Ritualistic faction of the Church.

Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. See Sudan.

Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. See Sudan.

Saxon Architecture Saxon Architecture. Doorway, Earl's Barton, Northampton

Anglo-Saxons, the name commonly given to the nation or people formed by the amalgamation of the Angles, Saxons, and Jutes, who settled in Britain in the fifth and sixth centuries after Christ, the Anglo-Saxons being simply the English people of the earlier period of English history. The tribes who were thus the ancestors of the bulk of the English-speaking nationalities came from North Germany, where they inhabited the parts about the mouths of the Elbe and Weser, and the first body of them who gained a footing in Britain are said to have landed in 449, and to have been led by Hengist and Horsa. From the preponderance of the Angles the whole country came to be called Engla-land, that is, the land of the Angles or English.

Anglo-Saxons is the term typically used to refer to the group formed by the merging of the Angles, Saxons, and Jutes, who settled in Britain during the fifth and sixth centuries after Christ. The Anglo-Saxons represent the early English people in the history of England. These tribes, the predecessors of most English-speaking nationalities, originated from North Germany, specifically around the mouths of the Elbe and Weser rivers. The first group to establish a presence in Britain is believed to have landed in 449, led by Hengist and Horsa. Due to the dominance of the Angles, the entire region eventually became known as Engla-land, meaning the land of the Angles or the English.

Many scholars object to the term 'Anglo-Saxon' as being inaccurate and open to misinterpretation. Correctly used, Anglo-Saxon means English-Saxon, as distinguished from the Old-Saxon of the Continent; incorrectly used, as it has been too frequently, it is taken as = Angle + Saxon, a union of Angle and Saxon. Camden (1551-1623) is responsible for the widespread use of the term; ignorance is responsible for the misuse. Many scholars prefer to apply the term 'Old English' to the language and people of England before A.D. 1100, partly because this term is more accurate and partly because its use helps to emphasize the essential continuity of the language.

Many scholars argue that the term 'Anglo-Saxon' is inaccurate and prone to misunderstanding. When used correctly, Anglo-Saxon refers to English-Saxon, distinguishing it from the Old-Saxon of the Continent. However, it is often misused as if it denotes a combination of Angle and Saxon. Camden (1551-1623) is largely responsible for the popularization of the term, while ignorance contributes to its misuse. Many scholars prefer to use 'Old English' to refer to the language and people of England prior to A.D. 1100, both because this term is more precise and because it highlights the fundamental continuity of the language.

The whole Anglo-Saxon community was frequently spoken of as consisting of the eorls and the ceorls, or the nobles and common freemen. The former were the men of property and position, the latter were the small landholders, handicraftsmen, &c., who generally placed themselves under the protection of some nobleman, who was hence termed their hláford or lord. Besides these there was the class of the serfs or slaves (theówas), who might be either born slaves or freemen who had forfeited their liberty by their crimes, or whom poverty or the fortune of war had brought into this position. They served as agricultural labourers on their masters' estates, and were mere chattels, as absolutely the property of their master as his cattle.

The entire Anglo-Saxon community was often referred to as made up of the eorls and the ceorls, or the nobles and common freemen. The former were the landowners and influential figures, while the latter included small landholders, craftsmen, etc., who typically sought the protection of a nobleman, who was thus known as their hláford or lord. In addition to these groups, there was the class of serfs or slaves (theówas), who could either be born into slavery or free people who lost their freedom due to crimes, or who ended up in this situation because of poverty or war. They worked as farm laborers on their masters' lands and were considered mere property, just as much as their master's livestock.

The king (cyning, cyng) was at the head of the State; he was the highest of the nobles and the chief magistrate. He was not looked upon as ruling by any Divine Right, but by the will of the people, as represented by the witan (wise men) or great council of the nation. The new king was not always the direct and nearest heir of the late king, but one of the royal family whose abilities and character recommended him for the office. He had the right of maintaining a standing army of household troops, the duty of calling together the witan, and of laying before them public measures, with certain distinctions of dress, dwelling, &c., all his privileges being possessed and exercised by the advice and consent of the witena-gemót or parliament (literally, 'meeting of the wise'). Next in rank and dignity to the king were the ealdormen, who were the chief witan or counsellors, and without whose assent laws could not be made, altered, or abrogated. They were at the head of the administration of justice in the shires, possessing both judicial and executive authority, and had as their officers the scír-geréfan or sheriffs. The ealdormen led the fyrd or armed force of the county, and the ealdorman, as such, held possession of certain lands attached to the office, and was entitled to a share of fines and other moneys levied for the king's use and passing through his hands. The whole executive government may be considered as a great aristocratical association, of which the ealdormen were the [168]members, and the king little more than the president. The ealdorman and the king were both surrounded by a number of followers called thegnas or thanes, who were bound by close ties to their superior. The king's thanes were the higher in rank; they possessed a certain quantity of land, smaller in amount than that of an ealdorman, and they filled offices connected with the personal service of the king or with the administration of justice. The scir-geréfa (shire-reeve or sheriff) was also an important functionary. He presided at the county court along with the ealdorman and bishop, or alone in their absence; and he had to carry out the decisions of the court, levy fines, collect taxes, &c. The shires were divided into hundreds and tithings, the latter consisting of ten heads of families, who were jointly responsible to the State for the good conduct of any member of their body. For the trial and settlement of minor causes there was a hundred court held once a month. The place of the modern Parliament was held by the witena-gemót. Its members, who were not elected, comprised the æthelings or princes of the blood royal, the bishops and abbots, the ealdormen, the thanes, the sheriffs, &c.

The king (cyning, cyng) was the leader of the State; he was the highest noble and the main official. He was not seen as ruling by any Divine Right, but by the will of the people, represented by the witan (wise men) or the great council of the nation. The new king was not always the direct and closest heir of the late king, but rather someone from the royal family whose skills and character made him suitable for the position. He had the right to maintain a standing army of household troops, the duty to summon the witan, and to present public measures to them, along with certain distinctions in dress, residence, etc., all his privileges being held and exercised with the advice and consent of the witena-gemót or parliament (literally, 'meeting of the wise'). The next in rank and importance to the king were the ealdormen, who were the chief counsellors, and without their agreement, laws couldn't be made, changed, or abolished. They led the administration of justice in the counties, holding both judicial and executive authority, with scír-geréfan or sheriffs as their officers. The ealdormen commanded the fyrd or armed force of the county, and as ealdormen, they possessed lands tied to their office and were entitled to a share of fines and other revenues collected for the king. The entire executive government could be seen as a large aristocratic association, with the ealdormen as its members and the king serving mostly as the president. Both the ealdormen and the king were accompanied by followers known as thegnas or thanes, who had strong ties to their leaders. The king’s thanes were of higher rank; they owned a certain amount of land, which was less than that of an ealdorman, and they held positions related to serving the king personally or administering justice. The scir-geréfa (shire-reeve or sheriff) was also a notable official. He presided over the county court alongside the ealdorman and bishop or alone in their absence, and was responsible for enforcing the court's decisions, collecting fines, levying taxes, etc. The shires were divided into hundreds and tithings, with each tithing consisting of ten family heads, who were jointly accountable to the State for the behavior of any member. For the trial and resolution of minor disputes, a hundred court was held once a month. The role of the modern Parliament was played by the witena-gemót. Its members, who were not elected, included the æthelings or princes of the royal blood, bishops and abbots, ealdormen, thanes, sheriffs, etc.

One of the peculiar features of Anglo-Saxon society was the wergyld, which was established for the settling of feuds. A sum, paid either in kind or in money, was placed upon the life of every freeman, according to his rank in the State, his birth, or his office. A corresponding sum was settled for every wound that could be inflicted upon his person; for nearly every injury that could be done to his civil rights, his honour, or his domestic peace, &c. From the operation of this principle no one from king to peasant was exempt.

One of the unique aspects of Anglo-Saxon society was the wergild, which was set up to resolve conflicts. A certain amount, paid either in goods or cash, was assigned to the life of every freeman, based on his social rank, lineage, or position. A corresponding amount was established for every injury that could be inflicted on him; for almost any harm that could be done to his civil rights, honor, or personal peace, etc. No one, from the king to the peasant, was exempt from this system.

Anglo-Saxon Ploughing Ploughing
From an Anglo-Saxon Calendar in the British Museum.

Agriculture, including especially the raising of cattle, sheep, and swine, was the chief occupation of the Anglo-Saxons. Gardens and orchards are frequently mentioned, and vineyards were common in the southern counties. The forests were extensive, and valuable both from the mast they produced for the swine, and from the beasts of the chase which they harboured. Hunting was a favourite recreation among the higher ranks, both lay and clerical. Fishing was largely carried on, herrings and salmon being the principal fish caught; and the Anglo-Saxon whaling vessels used to go as far as Iceland. The manufactures were naturally of small moment. Iron was made to some extent, and some cloth, and saltworks were numerous. In embroidery and working of gold the English were famous over Europe. There was a considerable trade at London, which was frequented by Normans, French, Flemings, and the merchants of the Hanse towns. Our Anglo-Saxon forefathers were notorious for their excess in eating and drinking, and in this respect formed a strong contrast to their Norman conquerors. Ale, mead, and cider were the common beverages, wine being limited to the higher classes. Pork and eels were favourite articles of food. The houses were rude structures, but were often richly furnished and hung with fine tapestry. The dress of the people was loose and flowing, composed chiefly of linen, and often adorned with embroidery. The men wore their hair long and flowing over their shoulders. Christianity was introduced among the Anglo-Saxons in the end of the sixth century by St. Augustine, who was sent by Pope Gregory the Great, and became the first Archbishop of Canterbury. Kent, then under King Ethelred, was the first place where it took root, and thence it soon spread over the rest of the country. The Anglo-Saxon Church long remained independent of Rome, notwithstanding the continual efforts of the Popes to bring it under their power. It was not till the tenth century that this result was brought about by Dunstan. Many Anglo-Saxon ecclesiastics were distinguished for learning and ability, but the Venerable Bede holds the first place.

Agriculture, especially raising cattle, sheep, and pigs, was the main job of the Anglo-Saxons. Gardens and orchards were common, and vineyards were found in the southern regions. The forests were large and valuable both for the acorns they provided for the pigs and for the game they sheltered. Hunting was a popular pastime among the upper classes, both laypeople and clergy. Fishing was also widespread, with herring and salmon being the main catches; Anglo-Saxon whaling boats even traveled as far as Iceland. Manufacturing was not very significant. They produced some iron and cloth, and saltworks were plentiful. The English were well-known across Europe for their embroidery and gold work. There was a thriving trade in London, visited by Normans, French, Flemings, and merchants from the Hanse cities. Our Anglo-Saxon ancestors were famous for their excessive eating and drinking, which sharply contrasted with their Norman conquerors. Ale, mead, and cider were common drinks, while wine was mainly for the wealthy. Pork and eels were popular food items. The houses were simple structures but often had luxurious furnishings and fine tapestries. People wore loose, flowing clothes made mostly of linen, often decorated with embroidery. Men had long hair that fell over their shoulders. Christianity was introduced to the Anglo-Saxons at the end of the sixth century by St. Augustine, who was sent by Pope Gregory the Great and became the first Archbishop of Canterbury. Kent, then under King Ethelred, was the first area where it took root, and it quickly spread across the country. The Anglo-Saxon Church remained independent from Rome for a long time, despite the Popes' ongoing efforts to gain control over it. It wasn't until the tenth century that Dunstan achieved this. Many Anglo-Saxon church leaders were known for their learning and skills, but the Venerable Bede stands out as the most prominent.

Anglo-Saxon Language.—The Anglo-Saxon language, which is simply the earliest form of English, claims kinship with Dutch, Icelandic, Danish, Swedish, and German, especially with the Low German dialects (spoken in North Germany). It was called by those who spoke it Englisc (English). The existing remains of Anglo-Saxon literature show different dialects, of which the northern and the southern were the principal. The former was the first to be cultivated as a literary language, but afterwards it was supplanted in this respect by the southern or that of Wessex. It is in the latter that the principal Anglo-Saxon works are written. The Anglo-Saxon alphabet was substantially the same as that which we still use, except that some of the letters were different in form, while it had two characters either of which represented the sounds of th in thy and in thing. Nouns and adjectives are declined much as in German or in Latin. The pronouns of the first and second person had a dual number, 'we two' or 'us two' and 'you two', besides the plural for more than two. The [169]infinitive of the verb is in -an, the participle in -ende, and there is a gerund somewhat similar in its usage to the Latin gerund. The verb had four moods—indicative, subjunctive, imperative, and infinitive, but only two tenses, the present (often used as a future) and the past. Other tenses and the passive voice were formed by auxiliary verbs. Anglo-Saxon words terminated in a vowel much more frequently than the modern English, and altogether the language is so different that it has to be learned quite like a foreign tongue. Yet, notwithstanding the large number of words of Latin or French origin that our language now contains, and the changes it has undergone, its framework, so to speak, is still Anglo-Saxon. Many chapters of the New Testament do not contain more than 4 per cent of non-Teutonic words, and as a whole it averages perhaps 6 or 7.

Anglo-Saxon Language.—The Anglo-Saxon language, which is simply the earliest form of English, shares a connection with Dutch, Icelandic, Danish, Swedish, and German, especially the Low German dialects spoken in Northern Germany. Those who spoke it referred to it as Englisc (English). The existing remnants of Anglo-Saxon literature showcase different dialects, with the northern and southern dialects being the main ones. The northern dialect was the first to be developed as a literary language, but it was later replaced in this regard by the southern dialect, specifically that of Wessex. The majority of significant Anglo-Saxon works were written in the southern dialect. The Anglo-Saxon alphabet was largely similar to what we use today, except some letters had different forms, and it included two characters to represent the sounds of th in thy and thing. Nouns and adjectives were declined much like in German or Latin. The pronouns for the first and second person had a dual form, 'we two' or 'us two' and 'you two', in addition to the plural for more than two. The [169]infinitive of the verb ends in -an, the participle in -ende, and there is a gerund that resembles the usage of the Latin gerund. The verb consisted of four moods—indicative, subjunctive, imperative, and infinitive—but only had two tenses: the present (often used as a future) and the past. Other tenses and the passive voice were formed with auxiliary verbs. Anglo-Saxon words ended in a vowel much more often than modern English words do, and overall, the language is so different that it has to be learned like a foreign language. Yet, despite the many Latin or French words now in our language and the changes it has gone through, its basic structure is still Anglo-Saxon. Many chapters of the New Testament contain no more than 4 percent of non-Teutonic words, and on average, it is about 6 or 7 percent.

The existing remains of Anglo-Saxon literature include compositions in prose and poetry, some of which must be referred to a very early period, one or two perhaps to a time before the Angles and Saxons emigrated to England. The most important Anglo-Saxon poem is the ancient epic of Beowulf, extending to more than 6000 lines. Beowulf is a Scandinavian prince, who slays a monster named Grendel, after encountering supernatural perils, and is at last slain in a contest with a frightful dragon. Its scene appears to be laid entirely in Scandinavia. Its date is uncertain; parts of it may have been brought over at the emigration from Germany, though in its present form it is much later than this. The poetical remains include a number of religious poems, or poems on sacred themes; ecclesiastical narratives, as lives of saints and versified chronicles; psalms and hymns; secular lyrics; allegories, gnomic poems, riddles, &c. The religious class of poems was the largest, and of these Cædmon's (flourished about 660) are the most remarkable. His poems consist of paraphrases of considerable portions of the Bible history, and treat of the creation, the temptation, the fall, the exodus of the Israelites, the story of Daniel, the incarnation, and the harrowing of hell, or release of the ransomed souls by Christ. Other most interesting poems are those ascribed to Cynewulf, the Christ, Elene, and Juliana, the subjects respectively being Christ, the finding of the cross by the Empress Helena, and the life of Juliana. Rhyme was not used in Anglo-Saxon poetry, alliteration being employed instead, as in the older northern poetry generally. The style of the poetry is highly elliptical, and it is full of harsh inversions and obscure metaphors.

The surviving pieces of Anglo-Saxon literature include writings in both prose and poetry, some of which date back to a very early period, and maybe one or two even before the Angles and Saxons migrated to England. The most significant Anglo-Saxon poem is the ancient epic of Beowulf, which spans over 6,000 lines. Beowulf is a Scandinavian prince who defeats a monster named Grendel after facing supernatural dangers, and ultimately loses his life in a battle with a terrifying dragon. The story is primarily set in Scandinavia. Its exact date is unclear; some parts might have been brought over during the migration from Germany, but the version we have now is from a much later period. The poetic works include various religious poems or poems about sacred subjects; church narratives like lives of saints and metrical histories; psalms and hymns; secular songs; allegories, gnomic verses, riddles, etc. The religious category of poems was the largest, and among these, Cædmon's (who was active around 660) are the most notable. His poems are paraphrases of significant portions of biblical history, covering creation, temptation, the fall, the exodus of the Israelites, the story of Daniel, the incarnation, and the harrowing of hell, or the release of the ransomed souls by Christ. Other particularly interesting poems are attributed to Cynewulf, including Christ, Elene, and Juliana, which focus on Christ, the discovery of the cross by Empress Helena, and the life of Juliana, respectively. Rhyme was not used in Anglo-Saxon poetry; instead, alliteration was employed, as is typical in older northern poetry. The poetic style is highly elliptical and is filled with abrupt inversions and obscure metaphors.

Anglo-Saxon Brooch Anglo-Saxon Brooch

Ornament on front (left) is formed by means of plates of thin gold and wire, with bosses of ivory and red glass.

Ornament on the front (left) is made of thin gold plates and wire, with accents of ivory and red glass.

The Anglo-Saxon prose remains consist of translations of portions of the Bible, homilies, philosophical writings, history, biography, laws, leases, charters, popular treatises on science and medicine, grammars, &c. Many of these were translations from the Latin. The Anglo-Saxon versions of the Gospels, next to the Moeso-Gothic, are the earliest scriptural translations in any modern language. The Psalms are said to have been translated by Bishop Aldhelm (died 709), and also under Alfred's direction; and the Gospel of St. John by Bede; but it is not known who were the authors of the extant versions. A translation of the first seven books of the Bible is believed to have been the work of Ælfric, who was Abbot of Ensham and lived about the beginning of the eleventh century. We have also eighty homilies from his pen, several theological treatises, a Latin grammar, &c. King Alfred was a diligent author, besides being a translator of Latin works. We have under his name translations of Boethius' De Consolatione Philosophiæ, the Universal History of Orosius, Bede's Ecclesiastical History, the Pastoral Care of Gregory the Great, &c. The most valuable to us of the Anglo-Saxon prose writings is the Saxon Chronicle, as it is called, a collection of annals recording important events in the history of the country, and compiled in different religious houses. Of this Chronicle there are seven MSS. in existence, and the latest text comes down to 1154. A considerable body of laws remains, as well as a large number of charters. The whole of the literature has never yet been printed. For Anglo-Saxon history, see England.—Bibliography: (History) H. M. Chadwick, The Origin of the English Nation (Cambridge); (Language) Sweet, Anglo-Saxon Primer and Reader; (Literature) B. ten Brink, Geschichte der Englischen Litteratur; Stopford A. Brooke, English Literature, from the beginning to the Norman Conquest; Henry Morley, English Writers (vols. i and ii).

The Anglo-Saxon prose consists of translations of parts of the Bible, sermons, philosophical writings, history, biographies, laws, leases, charters, popular essays on science and medicine, grammars, etc. Many of these were translated from Latin. The Anglo-Saxon versions of the Gospels, along with the Moeso-Gothic, are the earliest scriptural translations in any modern language. The Psalms are said to have been translated by Bishop Aldhelm (who died in 709) and also under Alfred's direction; the Gospel of St. John was translated by Bede, but the authors of the existing versions are unknown. A translation of the first seven books of the Bible is believed to have been done by Ælfric, who was the Abbot of Ensham and lived around the beginning of the eleventh century. We also have eighty homilies from him, several theological essays, a Latin grammar, etc. King Alfred was a dedicated author as well as a translator of Latin works. The translations attributed to him include Boethius' De Consolatione Philosophiæ, Orosius' Universal History, Bede's Ecclesiastical History, Gregory the Great's Pastoral Care, etc. The most valuable of the Anglo-Saxon prose writings is the Saxon Chronicle, a collection of annals recording key events in the country’s history, compiled in various religious houses. There are seven surviving manuscripts of this Chronicle, and the latest text goes up to 1154. A significant collection of laws remains, as well as many charters. The entire body of this literature has never been fully printed. For Anglo-Saxon history, see England.—References: (History) H. M. Chadwick, The Origin of the English Nation (Cambridge); (Language) Sweet, Anglo-Saxon Primer and Reader; (Literature) B. ten Brink, Geschichte der Englischen Litteratur; Stopford A. Brooke, English Literature, from the beginning to the Norman Conquest; Henry Morley, English Writers (vols. i and ii).

Anglo-Saxon Law. Series of laws written in the vernacular, and unique among Teutonic peoples, were issued from the seventh century onwards by Æthelberht, Hlothhere, Eadric, and Withraed, Kings of Kent, by Ine, King of Wessex, by Alfred, Edward the Elder, Athelstan, Edmund, Edgar, Æthelred, and Canute, in [170]addition to a number of important by-laws and regulations of various kinds, which bear no king's name. We hear, also, of laws issued by other kings which have been lost, and there must have been a considerable body of traditional law which was never committed to writing. What laws are extant, show us a society mainly agricultural, divided by birth into a noble, a free peasant, and a servile class. There was also a dependent class in Kent, intermediate between the freeman and the slave. The strongest social ties were those of the kindred, and the relationship between lord and man.

Anglo-Saxon Law. A series of laws written in the common language, which is unique among Teutonic peoples, were issued from the seventh century onward by Æthelberht, Hlothhere, Eadric, and Withraed, Kings of Kent, by Ine, King of Wessex, by Alfred, Edward the Elder, Athelstan, Edmund, Edgar, Æthelred, and Canute, along with several important by-laws and regulations of various kinds that aren't attributed to any king. We also know of laws issued by other kings that have been lost, and there must have been a significant amount of traditional law that was never written down. The existing laws show us a society that was mainly agricultural and divided into three classes based on birth: the nobles, free peasants, and the servile class. There was also a dependent class in Kent, which lay between freemen and slaves. The strongest social ties were those of kinship and the relationship between lord and man.

The laws were issued by the king and his councillors. Cases were decided by the production of oaths which varied in value according to the rank of the swearer, or by the several forms of the ordeal. No distinction was made between civil and criminal law, and even homicide could be atoned for by payment of a sum varying according to the social status of the dead man. The object of the laws was to restrict private vengeance, to prevent and punish theft (primarily of cattle), to stop dishonest trading, to secure the persons and residences of the people, to enforce the mutual obligations of relatives, and masters and men, to provide adequate defence for the kingdom by means of garrisoned boroughs and a well-armed mounted infantry, to protect the helpless, and to safeguard the rights of the Church and its servants.

The laws were issued by the king and his advisors. Cases were decided based on oaths, which varied in importance depending on the rank of the one swearing, or through different forms of trial by ordeal. There was no distinction between civil and criminal law, and even murder could be compensated with a payment that varied according to the social status of the victim. The purpose of the laws was to limit personal revenge, prevent and punish theft (mainly of livestock), stop cheating in trade, ensure the safety of individuals and their homes, enforce the responsibilities between relatives and between employers and workers, provide proper defense for the kingdom with fortified towns and a well-equipped cavalry, protect the vulnerable, and uphold the rights of the Church and its representatives.

The early laws present considerable difficulty owing to their antiquity. The laws of Æthelberht are the earliest records in the English language, though, like many of the other laws, they are only preserved in a MS. of the twelfth century. The standard edition is Liebermann's Gesetze der Angelsachsen (Halle, A. S. Max Niemeyer).—Bibliography: Pollock and Maitland, History of English Law; H. M. Chadwick, Studies in Anglo-Saxon Institutions.

The early laws are quite challenging due to their age. The laws of Æthelberht are the oldest records in the English language, but, similar to many other laws, they are only found in a 12th-century manuscript. The standard edition is Liebermann's Gesetze der Angelsachsen (Halle, A. S. Max Niemeyer).—References: Pollock and Maitland, History of English Law; H. M. Chadwick, Studies in Anglo-Saxon Institutions.

Ango´la, a Portuguese territory in Western Africa, south of the Congo, extending from the sea to Rhodesia, and from about lat. 6° S. to lat. 17° S. (area, 484,800 sq. miles; pop. 4,119,000). It is a country of varied features, and its resources, as yet hardly known, are probably very great. The province is rich in malachite, copper, iron, petroleum, and salt; rubber supplies are becoming exhausted. The Coanza (Kwanza) is the largest river. The capital is the seaport of Loanda; other ports are Benguella (or Benguela) and Mossamedes. Three railways now run inland from these places. It exports coffee, hides, gum, rubber, wax, &c.

Angola, a Portuguese territory in Western Africa, located south of the Congo, stretches from the coast to Rhodesia, and lies between lat. 6° S. and lat. 17° S. (area, 484,800 sq. miles; pop. 4,119,000). It’s a country with diverse landscapes, and its resources, which are still mostly unknown, are likely extensive. The province is rich in malachite, copper, iron, petroleum, and salt; rubber supplies are dwindling. The Kwanza River is the largest in the region. The capital is the coastal city of Luanda; other ports include Benguela and Mossamedes. Three railways currently operate inland from these locations. The country exports coffee, hides, gum, rubber, wax, etc.

Angola Pea (Cajānus indicus). See Pigeon Pea.

Angola Pea (Cajanus indicus). See Pigeon Pea.

Ango´niland, a district of South Africa, lying to the west of the southern half of Lake Nyassa, and partly in British Central Africa, partly in Rhodesia. It is a plateau with an average height of 4000 feet, the name being derived from the Angoni, a race of mixed Zulu blood, who used to make murderous raids on their neighbours, and have given much trouble to the missionaries and others.

Ango´niland is a region in South Africa, located to the west of the southern part of Lake Nyassa, and partly within British Central Africa and partly in Rhodesia. It's a plateau with an average elevation of 4000 feet. The name comes from the Angoni, a group of mixed Zulu heritage, known for their violent raids on neighboring communities and causing significant challenges for missionaries and others.

Ango´ra (ancient, Ancy´ra), a town in Asia Minor, 215 miles E.S.E. of Constantinople, with considerable remains of Byzantine architecture, and relics of earlier times, both Greek and Roman, such as the remnants of the Monumentum Ancyranum, raised in honour of the Emperor Augustus, and giving us much valuable information about his public life and work. All the animals of this region are long haired, especially the goats (see Goat), sheep, and cats. This hair forms an important export as well as the fabric called camlet here manufactured from it; other exports being goats' skins, dye-stuffs, gums, honey and wax, &c. A railway connects it with Skutari. Pop. 32,000. In 1920 Kemal Pasha set up a National Government at Angora, and refused to recognize the Treaty of Sèvres. A treaty concluded with France was ratified by the Angora Government on 23rd Oct., 1921.

Angora (formerly Ancyra), a town in Asia Minor, is located 215 miles E.S.E. of Constantinople. It has significant remnants of Byzantine architecture and relics from earlier periods, both Greek and Roman, such as the remains of the Monumentum Ancyranum, which was erected in honor of Emperor Augustus and provides much valuable information about his public life and achievements. The animals in this region have long hair, especially the goats (see Goat), sheep, and cats. This hair is a key export, along with a fabric called camlet made from it; other exports include goat skins, dyes, gums, honey, and wax, etc. A railway connects it to Skutari. Population: 32,000. In 1920, Kemal Pasha established a National Government in Angora and refused to recognize the Treaty of Sèvres. A treaty with France was ratified by the Angora Government on October 23, 1921.

Angostu´ra, or Ciudad Bolivar, a city of Venezuela, capital of the province of Bolivar, on the Orinoco, about 240 miles from the sea, with governor's residence, a college, a handsome cathedral, and a considerable trade, steamers and sailing-vessels ascending to the town. Exports: gold, cotton, indigo, tobacco, coffee, cattle, &c.; imports: manufactured goods, wines, flour, &c. Pop. 17,535.

Angostura, or Ciudad Bolivar, is a city in Venezuela, the capital of the province of Bolivar, located on the Orinoco River, about 240 miles from the sea. It has a governor's residence, a college, a beautiful cathedral, and a significant trade presence, with steamers and sailing vessels arriving in the town. Exports include gold, cotton, indigo, tobacco, coffee, and cattle. Imports consist of manufactured goods, wines, flour, etc. Population: 17,535.

Angostura Bark, the aromatic bitter medicinal bark obtained chiefly from Galipēa officinālis, a tree of 10 to 20 feet high, growing in the northern regions of South America; nat. ord. Rutaceæ. The bark is valuable as a tonic and febrifuge, and is also used for a kind of bitters. From this bark being adulterated, indeed sometimes entirely replaced, by the poisonous bark of Strychnos Nux-Vomica, its use as a medicine has been almost given up.

Angostura Bark is an aromatic, bitter medicinal bark mainly sourced from Galipēa officinālis, a tree that grows 10 to 20 feet high in the northern parts of South America; it belongs to the natural order Rutaceæ. This bark is prized for its tonic and fever-reducing properties and is also used in certain bitters. However, due to the bark being adulterated, and at times entirely replaced, by the toxic bark of Strychnos Nux-Vomica, its medicinal use has largely fallen out of favor.

Angoulême (a˙n˙-gö-lām), an ancient town of Western France, capital of department Charente, on the Charente, 60 miles N.N.E. of Bordeaux, on the summit of a rocky hill. It has a fine old cathedral, built in the twelfth century and restored in 1875, a beautiful modern town hall, built in 1858, a lyceum, public library, natural history museum, &c. There are manufactures of paper, woollens, and linens; distilleries, sugar-works, tanneries, &c. Calvin lived here for three years (1527-30). Pop. 38,211.

Angoulême (an-go-lām), an ancient town in Western France, is the capital of the Charente department, located on the Charente River, 60 miles N.N.E. of Bordeaux, on top of a rocky hill. It boasts a lovely old cathedral, built in the twelfth century and restored in 1875, a beautiful modern town hall built in 1858, a lyceum, a public library, a natural history museum, and more. The town has industries producing paper, woolen goods, linens, as well as distilleries, sugar works, tanneries, and others. Calvin lived here for three years (1527-30). Population: 38,211.

Angra do Heroismo, the chief seaport of Terceira, one of the Azores, with the only convenient harbour in the whole group. It has a cathedral, a military college and arsenal, &c., and is the residence of the Governor-General of [171]the Azores, and of the foreign consuls. Pop. 10,057.

Angra do Heroismo is the main seaport of Terceira, one of the Azores, and the only easily accessible harbor in the entire group. It features a cathedral, a military college, an arsenal, and serves as the residence of the Governor-General of [171]the Azores, along with the foreign consuls. Population: 10,057.

Angra Pequena (a˙n´gra˙ pe-kā´na˙; Port. 'little bay'), a bay on the coast of former German S.W. Africa, where the Bremen commercial firm Lüderitz in 1883 acquired a strip of territory and established a trading station. In 1884, notwithstanding some weak protests of the British, Germany took under her protection the whole coast territory from the Orange River to 26° S. lat., and soon after extended the protectorate to the Portuguese frontier, but not including the British settlement of Walvis Bay. Angra Pequena, called by the Germans Lüderitzbucht, was captured by the South African forces in Sept., 1915. See South-West Africa.

Angra Pequena (a˙n´gra˙ pe-kā´na˙; Port. 'little bay'), is a bay on the coast of what was formerly German South West Africa, where the Bremen commercial firm Lüderitz acquired a stretch of land and set up a trading post in 1883. In 1884, despite some weak protests from the British, Germany placed the entire coastal territory from the Orange River to 26° S. latitude under its protection, and soon after expanded the protectorate to the Portuguese border, excluding the British settlement of Walvis Bay. Angra Pequena, known by the Germans as Lüderitzbucht, was taken over by South African forces in September 1915. See South-West Africa.

Angri (a˙n´grē), a town of Southern Italy, 12 miles N.W. of Salerno, in the centre of a region which produces grapes, cotton, and tobacco in great quantities. In the vicinity of Angri, Teias, King of the Ostrogoths, was defeated by Narses. Pop. 11,574.

Angri (an'gree), a town in Southern Italy, 12 miles NW of Salerno, sits in the heart of a region known for its abundant production of grapes, cotton, and tobacco. Nearby Angri, Teias, the King of the Ostrogoths, was defeated by Narses. Population: 11,574.

Anguilla (an-gwil´la). See Eel.

Anguilla (an-gwil´la). See Eel.

Anguilla (ang-gil´a), or Snake Island, one of the British West India Islands, 60 miles N.E. of St. Kitts; about 20 miles long, with a breadth varying from 3 to 1¼ miles; area, 35 sq. miles. A little sugar, cotton, tobacco, and maize is grown. There is a saline lake in the centre, which yields salt. Pop. 4075, of whom 100 are white.

Anguilla (ang-gil´a), or Snake Island, is one of the British West Indies islands, located 60 miles Northeast of St. Kitts. It’s about 20 miles long and ranges from 3 to 1¼ miles wide, with a total area of 35 square miles. A small amount of sugar, cotton, tobacco, and maize is produced here. There’s a saline lake in the center that produces salt. The population is 4,075, with 100 of them being white.

Anguis (ang´gwis). See Blind-worm.

Anguis (ang´gwis). See Blind worm.

Angus (ang´gus), a name of Forfarshire.

Angus (ang´gus), a name from Forfarshire.

An´halt, formerly a duchy of North Germany, lying partly in the plains of the Middle Elbe, and partly in the valleys and uplands of the Lower Harz, and almost entirely surrounded by Prussia; area, 888 sq. miles. All sorts of grain, wheat especially, are grown in abundance; also flax, rape, potatoes, tobacco, hops, and fruit. Excellent cattle are bred. The inhabitants are principally occupied in agriculture, though there are some iron-works and manufactures of woollens, linens, beet-sugar, tobacco, &c. The dukes of Anhalt traced their origin to Bernard (1170-1212), son of Albert the Bear. In time the family split up into numerous branches, and the territory was afterwards held by three dukes (Anhalt-Köthen, Anhalt-Bernburg, and Anhalt-Dessau). In 1863 the Duke of Anhalt-Dessau became sole heir to the three duchies. The united principality, incorporated in the German Empire, had one vote in the Bundesrath and two in the Reichstag. The executive power, previous to the changes resulting from the European War, was vested in the duke, and the legislative in a Diet of thirty-six members. The reigning duke in 1918 was Eduard, who succeeded his brother on 21st April, 1918. With the outbreak of the revolution in Germany in 1918 Anhalt became a republic, but its status in the German Republic still remains to be determined. Pop. (1919), 331,258, almost all Protestants. The chief towns are Dessau, Bernburg, Köthen, and Zerbst.

Anhalt, once a duchy in northern Germany, is located partly in the flat areas of the Middle Elbe and partly in the valleys and hills of the Lower Harz, almost entirely surrounded by Prussia; its area is 888 square miles. A variety of crops are grown there, especially wheat, along with flax, canola, potatoes, tobacco, hops, and fruit. High-quality cattle are raised. Most residents work in agriculture, though there are some ironworks and factories producing textiles, sugar beet, tobacco, etc. The dukes of Anhalt trace their lineage back to Bernard (1170-1212), son of Albert the Bear. Over time, the family divided into several branches, and the territory was later governed by three dukes (Anhalt-Köthen, Anhalt-Bernburg, and Anhalt-Dessau). In 1863, the Duke of Anhalt-Dessau became the sole heir to all three duchies. The merged principality, incorporated into the German Empire, had one vote in the Bundesrat and two in the Reichstag. Before the changes brought about by the European War, executive power was held by the duke, while legislative power lay with a Diet of thirty-six members. The ruling duke in 1918 was Eduard, who took over from his brother on April 21, 1918. With the start of the German revolution in 1918, Anhalt became a republic, but its status within the German Republic is still to be defined. Population (1919) was 331,258, nearly all of whom were Protestants. The main towns are Dessau, Bernburg, Köthen, and Zerbst.

An´holt, an island belonging to Denmark, in the Cattegat, midway between Jutland and Sweden, 7 miles long, 4½ broad, largely covered with drift-sand, and surrounded by dangerous banks and reefs. Pop. 300.

An´holt is an island that belongs to Denmark, located in the Cattegat, halfway between Jutland and Sweden. It is 7 miles long and 4½ miles wide, mostly covered with drift sand and surrounded by hazardous banks and reefs. Population: 300.

Anhy´dride, a chemical term synonymous with acidic oxide (see Chemistry) and applied to those oxides which unite with water to form acids. They were formerly called anhydrous acids.

Anhydride is a chemical term that means acidic oxide (see Chemistry) and refers to oxides that combine with water to create acids. They were previously known as anhydrous acids.

Anhy´drite, anhydrous sulphate of calcium, a mineral presenting several varieties of structure and colour. The vulpinite of Italy possesses a granular structure, resembling a coarse-grained marble, and is used in sculpture. Its colour is greyish-white, intermingled with blue.

Anhydrite, a dry sulfate of calcium, is a mineral that comes in various structures and colors. The vulpinite from Italy has a granular structure, similar to coarse-grained marble, and is used in sculpture. Its color is a mix of grayish-white and blue.

Ani (ä´nē), a ruined city in Armenia, formerly the residence of the Armenian dynasty of the Bagratidæ, having in the eleventh century a population of 100,000 and 1000 churches. In the thirteenth century it was taken by the Tartars, and was destroyed by an earthquake in 1319.

Ani (ä´nē), a once-thriving city in Armenia, was the home of the Armenian Bagratid dynasty. In the eleventh century, it had a population of 100,000 and boasted 1,000 churches. In the thirteenth century, it was captured by the Tartars and then devastated by an earthquake in 1319.

Aniche (a˙-nēsh), a town or village in the French department Nord, arrondissement Douai, with coal-mines, glass-works, chemical-works, &c. Pop. 6927.

Aniche (a˙-nēsh), a town or village in the French department of Nord, in the Douai district, known for its coal mines, glass factories, chemical plants, etc. Population: 6,927.

Aniene (a˙-nē-ā´nā). See Anio.

Aniene (a˙-nē-ā´nā). See Anio.

An´iline, C6H5NH2, is an extremely important substance as it forms the starting-point in the preparation of a large number of substances. It was first prepared by Unverdorben, in 1826, by distillation of indigo. Aniline is present in small quantity in coal-tar, and is prepared commercially from benzene by transforming it by means of nitric acid into nitro-benzene and reducing this with scrap-iron and hydrochloric acid. The substance can also be prepared by reducing nitro-benzene electrolytically. It is a liquid of peculiar odour, boiling at 182° C., colourless when quite pure, but rapidly darkening in colour on standing, so that commercial aniline is usually dark-brown. It is a basic substance, and forms crystalline salts with acids. The salts, like aniline itself, become coloured on exposure to air. Aniline contains the characteristic chemical group NH2, the amino group, and substances containing this group react with nitrous acid at 0° C., forming diazonium compounds; these combine readily with phenols, naphthols, and other amino compounds to form azo compounds, highly-coloured compounds many of which are dyes. Many dyes are prepared from aniline, e.g. rosaniline, magenta, methylene blue, aniline blue, &c., also some explosives, e.g. tetranitraniline, which is a powerful explosive prepared by nitrating aniline and the substance tetranitromethylaniline, [172]"tetryl", used in detonators. Several medicinal substances are also prepared from aniline, for instance, antifebrin and atoxyl.

Aniline, C6H5NH2, is a highly important compound as it serves as the starting point for creating many substances. It was first created by Unverdorben in 1826 through the distillation of indigo. Aniline is found in small amounts in coal tar and is produced commercially from benzene by converting it into nitrobenzene with nitric acid and then reducing that using scrap iron and hydrochloric acid. It can also be produced by electrolytically reducing nitrobenzene. Aniline is a liquid with a distinct odor, boiling at 182° C. It is colorless when completely pure but quickly darkens when left exposed, so commercial aniline is usually dark brown. It is a basic compound that forms crystalline salts with acids. These salts, like aniline itself, change color when exposed to air. Aniline contains the characteristic chemical group NH2, known as the amino group, and compounds with this group react with nitrous acid at 0° C. to form diazonium compounds; these readily combine with phenols, naphthols, and other amino compounds to create azo compounds, which are colorful and many of which are dyes. Numerous dyes are derived from aniline, such as rosaniline, magenta, methylene blue, aniline blue, etc., as well as some explosives like tetranitraniline, a powerful explosive made by nitrating aniline, and the substance tetranitromethylaniline, known as "tetryl," used in detonators. Several medicinal substances, including antifebrin and atoxyl, are also made from aniline.

An´ilism, aniline poisoning, a name given to the aggregate of symptoms which often show themselves in those employed in aniline works, resulting from the inhalation of aniline vapours. It may be either acute or chronic. In a slight attack of the former kind, the lips, cheeks, and ears become of a bluish colour, and the person's walk may be unsteady; in severe cases there is loss of consciousness. Chronic anilism is accompanied by derangement of the digestive organs and of the nervous system, headaches, eruptions on the skin, muscular weakness, &c.

Anilism, or aniline poisoning, refers to the collection of symptoms often experienced by people working in aniline factories due to inhaling aniline vapors. It can be either acute or chronic. In a mild case of the acute type, the lips, cheeks, and ears may turn bluish, and the person's gait might be unsteady; in severe cases, there may be a loss of consciousness. Chronic anilism is associated with digestive issues and nervous system disturbances, headaches, skin rashes, muscle weakness, etc.

Animal, an organized and sentient living being. Life in the earlier periods of natural history was attributed almost exclusively to animals. With the progress of science, however, it was extended to plants. In the case of the higher animals and plants there is no difficulty in assigning the individual to one of the two great kingdoms of organic nature, but in their lowest manifestations the vegetable and animal kingdoms are brought into such immediate contact that it becomes almost impossible to assign them precise limits, and to say with certainty where the one begins and the other ends. From form no absolute distinction can be fixed between animals and plants. Many animals, such as the sea-shrubs, sea-mats, &c., so resemble plants in external appearance that they were, and even yet popularly are, looked upon as such. With regard to internal structure no line of demarcation can be laid down, all plants and animals being, in this respect, fundamentally similar; that is, alike composed of molecular, cellular, and fibrous tissues. Neither are the chemical characters of animal and vegetable substances more distinct. Animals contain in their tissues and fluids a larger proportion of nitrogen than plants, whilst plants are richer in carbonaceous compounds than the former. In some animals, moreover, substances almost exclusively confined to plants are found. Thus the outer wall of the Sea-squirts contains cellulose, a substance largely found in plant-tissues; whilst chlorophyll, the colouring-matter of plants, occurs in Hydra and many other lower animals. Power of motion, again, though broadly distinctive of animals, cannot be said to be absolutely characteristic of them. Thus many animals, as oysters, sponges, corals, &c., in their mature condition are rooted or fixed, while the embryos of many plants, together with numerous fully-developed forms, are endowed with locomotive power by means of vibratile, hair-like processes called cilia. The distinctive points between animals and plants which are most to be relied on are those derived from the nature and mode of assimilation of the food. Plants feed on inorganic matters, consisting of water, ammonia, carbonic acid, and mineral matters. They can only take in food which is presented to them in a liquid or gaseous state. The exceptions to these rules are found chiefly in the case of plants which live parasitically on other plants or animals, in which cases the plant may be said to feed on organic matters, represented by the juices of their hosts. Animals, on the contrary, require organized matters for food. They feed either upon plants or upon other animals. But even carnivorous animals can be shown to be dependent upon plants for subsistence; since the animals upon which Carnivora prey are in their turn supported by plants. Animals, further, can subsist on solid food in addition to liquids and gases; but many animals (such as the Tapeworms) live by the mere imbibition of fluids which are absorbed by their tissues, such forms possessing no distinct digestive system. Animals require a due supply of oxygen gas for their sustenance, this gas being used in respiration. Plants, on the contrary, require carbonic acid. The animal exhales or gives out carbonic acid as the part result of its tissue-waste, whilst the plant, taking in this gas, is enabled to decompose it into its constituent carbon and oxygen. The plant retains the former for the uses of its economy, and liberates the oxygen, which is thus restored to the atmosphere for the use of the animal. Animals receive their food into the interior of their bodies, and assimilation takes place in their internal surfaces. Plants, on the other hand, receive their food into their external surfaces, and assimilation is effected in the external parts, as is exemplified in the leaf-surfaces under the influence of sunlight. Cf. T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Text-Book of Zoology; Cambridge Natural History.

Animal, a structured and aware living being. In earlier times, life was almost entirely associated with animals. However, as science advanced, the definition expanded to include plants. With higher animals and plants, it’s easy to categorize them into one of the two main kingdoms of life, but in their simplest forms, the plant and animal kingdoms come so close together that it becomes nearly impossible to clearly define where one starts and the other stops. From form, there’s no strict distinction between animals and plants. Many animals, like sea-squirts and sea-mats, look so much like plants that they were, and still are, often viewed as such. Regarding internal structure, there’s no clear line that can be drawn; all plants and animals share a fundamental similarity in being composed of molecular, cellular, and fibrous tissues. The chemical characteristics of animal and plant substances are also not distinctly different. Animals have a higher nitrogen content in their tissues and fluids than plants, while plants have more carbon-based compounds than animals. Some animals even contain substances typically found only in plants. For example, the outer layer of Sea-squirts has cellulose, which is commonly found in plant tissues; chlorophyll, the green pigment in plants, is present in Hydra and various other lower animals. The power of motion, while generally a distinguishing feature of animals, isn’t exclusively theirs. For instance, many animals, like oysters, sponges, and corals, are anchored when fully grown, whereas the embryos of many plants and some mature forms can move through tiny, hair-like structures called cilia. The most reliable differences between animals and plants relate to their nature and method of food assimilation. Plants consume inorganic materials like water, ammonia, carbon dioxide, and minerals. They can only absorb food presented in a liquid or gaseous state. The main exceptions are plants that live parasitically on other plants or animals, where they feed on organic materials from their host juices. In contrast, animals need organic materials for food. They consume either plants or other animals. Even carnivorous animals are ultimately reliant on plants for survival, as the animals they eat are themselves sustained by plants. Additionally, animals can eat solid food along with liquids and gases, but some (like Tapeworms) survive solely by absorbing fluids into their tissues, lacking a true digestive system. Animals also need a consistent supply of oxygen gas for their survival, which is used in respiration. On the other hand, plants require carbon dioxide. Animals exhale or release carbon dioxide as a waste product, while plants absorb this gas and break it down into essential carbon and oxygen. Plants keep the carbon for their own needs and release the oxygen back into the atmosphere for animals to use. Animals take food into their bodies, where internal surfaces handle assimilation. Conversely, plants absorb food through their external surfaces, and assimilation occurs in these outer parts, as seen in the leaf surfaces under sunlight. Cf. T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Text-Book of Zoology; Cambridge Natural History.

Animal Chemistry. See Chemistry.

Animal Chemistry. See Chemistry.

Animalcule (an-i-mal´kūl), a general name given to many forms of animal life from their minute size. The larger examples are just visible to the naked eye, but most of them are strictly microscopic. Some are pigmented, but the majority are colourless. The term is not applicable to a particular zoological type, but it is customary to confine it to the 'Protozoa', 'Rotifera', or 'Wheel Animalcules'.

Animalcule (an-i-mal´kool) is a general term used for various small forms of animal life due to their tiny size. The larger ones can just be seen with the naked eye, but most are strictly micro. Some have color, but most are colorless. The term doesn't refer to a specific type of animal but is usually limited to 'Protozoa', 'Rotifera', or 'Wheel Animalcules'.

Animal Heat. All animals possess a certain amount of heat or temperature which is necessary for the performance of vital action. The only classes of animals in which a constantly-elevated temperature is kept up are birds and mammals. The bodily heat of the former varies from 39.4° to 43.9° C., and of the latter from 35.5° to 40.5° C. The mean or average heat of the human body is about 99° F., and it never falls much below this in health. Below birds, animals are named 'cold-blooded', this term meaning in its [173]strictly-physiological sense that their temperature is usually that of the medium in which they live, and that it varies with that of the surrounding medium. The temperature of 'warm-blooded' animals is remarkably constant, although there are individual variations. In man this variation is slight, amounting only to fractions of a degree. The cause of the evolution of heat in the animal body is referred to the union (by a process resembling ordinary combustion) of the carbon and hydrogen of the system with the oxygen taken in from the air in the process of respiration.

Animal Heat. All animals have a certain level of heat or temperature that's essential for vital functions. The only groups of animals that maintain a consistently high temperature are birds and mammals. The body temperature of birds ranges from 39.4° to 43.9° C, while for mammals it ranges from 35.5° to 40.5° C. The average body temperature of a human is about 99° F, and it doesn't drop significantly below this when healthy. Animals below birds are referred to as 'cold-blooded', which in a strictly physiological sense means that their temperature is usually that of their environment and changes with the temperature around them. The temperature of 'warm-blooded' animals is fairly stable, although there can be individual differences. In humans, this variation is minimal, just a few tenths of a degree. The generation of heat in the animal body is attributed to the combination (similar to regular combustion) of carbon and hydrogen in the body with oxygen absorbed from the air during breathing.

Animal Magnetism. See Hypnotism, Mesmer.

Animal Attraction. See Hypnotism, Mesmer.

Animals, Cruelty to, an offence against which societies have been formed and laws passed in England and other countries. According to English law, if any person shall cruelly beat, ill-treat, overdrive, abuse, or torture any domestic animal, he shall forfeit a sum not exceeding £5 for every such offence. Bull-baiting, cock-fighting, and the like are also prohibited. Provision is also made for the punishment of persons unlawfully and maliciously killing, maiming, or wounding cattle, dogs, birds, beasts, and other animals.

Animals, Cruelty to, an offense that has led to the creation of societies and laws in England and other countries. Under English law, if anyone cruelly beats, mistreats, overdrives, abuses, or tortures any domestic animal, they can be fined up to £5 for each offense. Bull-baiting, cockfighting, and similar activities are also banned. There are also penalties for individuals who unlawfully and intentionally kill, injure, or wound cattle, dogs, birds, and other animals.

Animal Worship, a practice found to prevail, or to have prevailed, in the most widely-distant parts of the world, both the Old and the New, but nowhere to such an amazing extent as in ancient Egypt, notwithstanding its high civilization. Nearly all the more important animals found in the country were regarded as sacred in some part of Egypt, and the degree of reverence paid to them was such that throughout Egypt the killing of a hawk or an ibis, whether voluntary or not, was punished with death. The worship, however, was not, except in a few instances, paid to them as actual deities. The animals were merely regarded as sacred to the deities, and the worship paid to them was symbolical.

Animal Worship is a practice that has been observed in many far-reaching parts of the world, both Old and New, but nowhere was it as prominent as in ancient Egypt, despite its advanced civilization. Almost all of the significant animals found in the country were considered sacred in some regions of Egypt, and the level of reverence shown to them was so great that throughout Egypt, killing a hawk or an ibis, whether intentionally or not, was punishable by death. However, the worship was not, except in a few cases, directed at them as actual gods. The animals were simply seen as sacred to the gods, and the worship offered to them was symbolic.

An´ima Mun´di. See Pantheism.

Anima Mundi. See Pantheism.

Animé (an´i-me), a resin obtained from the trunk of an American tree (Hymenæa Courbaril). It is of a transparent amber colour, has a light, agreeable smell, and is soluble in alcohol. It strongly resembles copal, and, like it, is used in making varnishes. See Copal.

Animé (an´i-me), a resin obtained from the trunk of an American tree (Hymenæa Courbaril). It has a clear amber color, a pleasant light scent, and dissolves in alcohol. It closely resembles copal and is also used in making varnishes. See Copal.

An´imism, the system of medicine propounded by Stahl, and based on the idea that the soul (anima) is the seat of life. In modern usage the term is applied to express the general doctrine of souls and other spiritual beings, and especially to the tendency, common among savage races, to attribute souls or spirits to inanimate things, and to explain phenomena not due to obvious natural causes by attributing them to spiritual agency. Amongst the beliefs of animism is that of a human apparitional soul, bearing the form and appearance of the body, and living after death a sort of semi-human life.—Bibliography: Sir J. G. Frazer, The Golden Bough; Andrew Lang, Myth, Ritual, and Religion.

Animism is the medical system proposed by Stahl, based on the belief that the soul (anima) is the source of life. Today, this term refers to the general belief in souls and other spiritual beings, especially the common tendency among primitive cultures to attribute souls or spirits to inanimate objects and to explain unexplained phenomena by ascribing them to spiritual forces. One of the beliefs within animism is that of a human soul that appears in the form of the body and continues to exist after death in a kind of semi-human existence.—References: Sir J. G. Frazer, The Golden Bough; Andrew Lang, Myth, Ritual, and Religion.

Anio (now Aniēne or Teverōne), a river in Italy, a tributary of the Tiber, which it enters from the east a short distance above Rome, renowned for the natural beauties of the valley through which it flows, and for the remains of ancient buildings there situated, as the villas of Mæcenas and the Emperor Hadrian.

Anio (now Aniēne or Teverōne), a river in Italy, is a tributary of the Tiber, joining it from the east just above Rome. It's famous for the natural beauty of the valley it flows through and for the ruins of ancient buildings nearby, such as the villas of Mæcenas and Emperor Hadrian.

Anise (an´is; Pimpinella Anīsum), an annual plant of the nat. ord. Umbelliferæ, a native of Eastern Asia, Egypt, and the Mediterranean coasts, and cultivated in Spain, France, Italy, Malta, &c., whence the fruit, popularly called aniseed, is imported. This fruit is ovate, with ten narrow ribs, between which are oil-vessels. It has an aromatic smell, and is largely employed to flavour liqueurs (aniseed or anisette), sweetmeats, &c. Star-anise is the fruit of an evergreen Asiatic tree (Illicium anisātum), nat. ord. Magnoliaceæ, and is brought chiefly from China. Its flavour is similar to that of anise, and it is used for the same purposes. An essential oil is obtained from both kinds of anise, and is used for scenting soaps and in the preparation of cordials.

Anise (an´is; Pimpinella Anīsum) is an annual plant from the family Umbelliferæ, originally from Eastern Asia, Egypt, and the Mediterranean coasts. It's cultivated in Spain, France, Italy, Malta, etc., where the fruit, commonly known as aniseed, is imported. This fruit is oval-shaped, featuring ten narrow ridges with oil vessels in between. It has a fragrant aroma and is commonly used to flavor liqueurs (aniseed or anisette), confections, etc. Star-anise is the fruit of an evergreen tree from Asia (Illicium anisātum), belonging to the Magnoliaceæ family, and is primarily sourced from China. Its flavor resembles that of anise and is utilized for similar purposes. An essential oil is extracted from both types of anise, which is used for perfuming soaps and in making cordials.

Anjou (a˙n˙-zhö), an ancient province of France, now forming the department of Maine-et-Loire, and parts of the departments of Indre-et-Loire, Mayenne, and Sarthe; area, about 3000 sq. miles. In 1060 the province passed into the hands of the House of Gatinais, of which sprang Count Godfrey V, who, in 1127, married Matilda, daughter of Henry I of England, and so became the ancestor of the Plantagenet kings. Anjou remained in the possession of the English kings up to 1204, when John lost it to the French king Philip Augustus. In 1226 Louis VIII bestowed this province on his brother Charles; but in 1328 it was reunited to the French Crown. John I raised it to the rank of a duchy, and gave it to his son Louis. Henceforth it remained separate from the French Crown till 1480, when it fell to Louis XI.

Anjou (a˙n˙-zhö), an ancient province of France, now makes up the department of Maine-et-Loire and parts of the departments of Indre-et-Loire, Mayenne, and Sarthe; its area is about 3000 square miles. In 1060, the province came under the control of the House of Gatinais, from which Count Godfrey V emerged. He married Matilda, the daughter of Henry I of England, in 1127, becoming the ancestor of the Plantagenet kings. Anjou stayed with the English kings until 1204, when John lost it to the French king Philip Augustus. In 1226, Louis VIII granted this province to his brother Charles, but in 1328 it was reunited with the French Crown. John I elevated it to the status of a duchy and gave it to his son Louis. From then on, it remained distinct from the French Crown until 1480, when it was taken by Louis XI.

Ankarström (a˙n´ka˙r-streum), Jan Jakob, the murderer of Gustavus III of Sweden, was born about 1762, and was at first a page in the Swedish Court, afterwards an officer in the royal bodyguard. He was a strenuous opponent of the sovereign's measures to restrict the privileges of the nobility, and joined Counts Horn and Ribbing in a plot to assassinate Gustavus. The assassination took place on 15th March, 1792. Ankarström was tried, tortured, and executed in April, dying boasting of his deed.

Ankarström (a˙n´ka˙r-streum), Jan Jakob, the killer of Gustavus III of Sweden, was born around 1762. He initially served as a page in the Swedish Court and later became an officer in the royal bodyguard. He strongly opposed the king's efforts to limit the nobility's privileges and teamed up with Counts Horn and Ribbing in a plan to assassinate Gustavus. The assassination occurred on March 15, 1792. Ankarström was put on trial, tortured, and executed in April, dying while boasting about his actions.

Anker, an obsolete measure used in Britain for spirits, beer, &c., containing 8½ imperial gallons. A measure of similar capacity was used in Germany and elsewhere in Europe. [174]

Anker, an outdated unit of measurement in Britain for spirits, beer, etc., equal to 8½ imperial gallons. A similar measure was used in Germany and other parts of Europe. [174]

An´klam, a town in Prussia, province of Pomerania, 47 miles north-west of Stettin, on the River Peene, which is here navigable. Shipbuilding, woollen and cotton manufactures, soap-boiling, tanning, &c., are carried on. Pop. 15,280.

Anklam, a town in Prussia, in the province of Pomerania, is located 47 miles northwest of Stettin, along the navigable River Peene. The town is involved in shipbuilding, wool and cotton manufacturing, soap production, tanning, etc. Population: 15,280.

Anko´bar, or Anko´ber, a town in Abyssinia, former capital of Shoa, on a steep conical hill 8200 feet high. Pop. 2000.

Anko´bar, or Anko´ber, a town in Ethiopia, was the former capital of Shoa, situated on a steep conical hill that rises 8,200 feet. Population: 2,000.

Ankylo´sis, or Anchylo´sis, stiffness of the joints caused by a more or less complete coalescence of the bones through ossification, often the result of inflammation or injury. False ankylosis is stiffness of a joint when the disease is not in the joint itself, but in the tendinous and muscular parts by which it is surrounded.

Ankylosis, or Anchylosis, is stiffness of the joints caused by the bones fusing together due to ossification, often as a result of inflammation or injury. False ankylosis refers to stiffness in a joint when the actual issue isn't in the joint itself but in the surrounding tendons and muscles.

Ankylostomi´asis, a 'worm disease' to which miners are subject in some localities, is caused by vast numbers of small parasitic worms (Ankylostoma or Anchylostoma duodenale) in the duodenum or upper portions of the intestinal canal. Deriving their sustenance from the system, these worms produce anæmia or bloodlessness (that is, deficiency of the red corpuscles of the blood), the sufferers being pallid, feeble, short-breathed, liable to faint, and unequal to any laborious work, and death may result if a cure is not effected. Fortunately the disease is not difficult to cure if the remedies are applied—remedies such as will expel the worms from the intestine. The disease is said to be common in tropical and sub-tropical countries all over the world. In Europe it was perhaps first observed in 1879 in the case of workmen engaged in excavating the St. Gothard tunnel. Since 1896 it has been well known in some of the German mines; and in 1903 it was detected among the miners engaged in the Dolcoath mine in Cornwall. The eggs of the worms are carried from the body with the fæces; under favourable circumstances they develop into larvæ, which may gain entrance again into the human body by the mouth (perhaps in drinking-water), to attain full development in the intestine. Careful sanitary arrangements are a preventive of the disease, which is also known as 'miner's worm', 'miner's anæmia', &c.

Ankylostomiasis, a 'worm disease' that affects miners in certain areas, is caused by large numbers of small parasitic worms (Ankylostoma or Anchylostoma duodenale) in the duodenum or upper parts of the intestinal tract. These worms feed on the host's nutrients, leading to anemia or a lack of blood (which means a deficiency of red blood cells). People affected become pale, weak, short of breath, prone to fainting, and unable to perform heavy work, with potential death if not treated. Fortunately, the disease is relatively easy to cure if the right treatments are administered—treatments that can expel the worms from the intestine. This disease is said to be common in tropical and subtropical regions around the world. In Europe, it was first identified in 1879 among workers digging the St. Gothard tunnel. Since 1896, it has been well recognized in some German mines; and in 1903 it was discovered among the miners at the Dolcoath mine in Cornwall. The worms' eggs are expelled with feces; under suitable conditions, they develop into larvae, which may re-enter the human body through the mouth (possibly in drinking water) to grow fully in the intestines. Proper sanitary practices can help prevent the disease, which is also referred to as 'miner’s worm,' 'miner’s anemia,' etc.

Ann, or Annat, in Scottish law, the half-year's stipend of a living, after the death of the clergyman, payable to his family or next of kin. The right to the ann is not vested in the clergyman himself, but in his representatives; and, accordingly, it can neither be disposed of by him nor attached for his debts.

Ann, or Annat, in Scottish law, is the half-year's salary of a position, paid to the family or next of kin after the clergyman's death. The right to the ann does not belong to the clergyman himself but to his representatives; therefore, it cannot be given away by him or seized for his debts.

Anna, an Anglo-Indian money of account, the sixteenth part of a rupee, and of the value of one penny; it is divided into four pice.

Anna is an Anglo-Indian currency unit, which is one-sixteenth of a rupee and worth one penny; it is divided into four pice.

An´naberg, a town in Saxony, 47 miles south-west of Dresden. Mining (for silver, cobalt, iron, &c.) is carried on, and there are manufactures of lace, ribbons, fringes, buttons, &c. Pop. 17,025.

An´naberg, a town in Saxony, 47 miles southwest of Dresden. Mining (for silver, cobalt, iron, etc.) takes place here, and there are manufacturing industries for lace, ribbons, fringes, buttons, etc. Population: 17,025.

Anna Comne´na, daughter of Alexius I, Comnenus, Byzantine emperor. She was born 1083, and died 1148. After her father's death she endeavoured to secure the succession for her husband, Nicephorus Briennius, but was baffled by his want of energy and ambition. She wrote (in Greek) a life of her father Alexius (The Alexiad, a work in fifteen books). She is a character in Sir Walter Scott's Count Robert of Paris.

Anna Comnena, daughter of Alexius I Comnenus, Byzantine emperor. She was born in 1083 and died in 1148. After her father's death, she tried to ensure her husband Nicephorus Briennius would take the throne, but she faced challenges due to his lack of drive and ambition. She wrote (in Greek) a biography of her father Alexius, titled The Alexiad, which is a work in fifteen books. She is a character in Sir Walter Scott's Count Robert of Paris.

Anna Ivanov´na, Empress of Russia, born in 1693, the daughter of Ivan, the elder half-brother of Peter the Great. She was married in 1710 to the Duke of Courland, in the following year was left a widow, and in 1730 ascended the throne of the tsars on the condition proposed by the senate, that she would limit the absolute power of the tsars, and do nothing without the advice of the council composed of the leading members of the Russian aristocracy. But no sooner had she ascended the throne than she declared her promise null, and proclaimed herself autocrat of all the Russias. She chose as her favourite Ernest John von Biren or Biron, who was soon all-powerful in Russia, and ruled with great severity. Several of the leading nobles were executed, and many thousand men exiled to Siberia. In 1737 Anna forced the Courlanders to choose Biren as their duke, and nominated him at her death regent of the empire during the minority of Prince Ivan (of Brunswick). Anna died in 1740. See Biren.

Anna Ivanovna, Empress of Russia, born in 1693, was the daughter of Ivan, the older half-brother of Peter the Great. She married the Duke of Courland in 1710, became a widow the following year, and ascended to the throne of the tsars in 1730 on the condition set by the senate that she would limit the absolute power of the tsars and consult a council made up of the leading members of the Russian aristocracy. However, as soon as she took the throne, she declared that promise invalid and proclaimed herself the autocrat of all the Russias. She favored Ernest John von Biren, or Biron, who quickly gained immense power in Russia and ruled harshly. Several prominent nobles were executed, and many thousands were exiled to Siberia. In 1737, Anna compelled the Courlanders to choose Biren as their duke and named him regent of the empire upon her death during the minority of Prince Ivan (of Brunswick). Anna died in 1740. See Biren.

An´nals, a history of events in chronological order, each event being recorded under the year in which it occurred. The name is derived from the first annual records of the Romans, which were called annāles pontificum or annāles maxĭmi, drawn up by the pontifex maximus (chief pontiff). The practice of keeping such annals was afterwards adopted also by various private individuals, as by Fabius Pictor, Calpurnius Piso, and others. The name hence came to be applied in later times to historical works in which the matter was treated with special reference to chronological arrangement, as to the Annals of Tacitus.

Annals, a record of events arranged in chronological order, with each event documented under the year it took place. The term comes from the earliest annual records of the Romans, known as annāles pontificum or annāles maxĭmi, created by the pontifex maximus (chief priest). The practice of recording such annals was later adopted by various private individuals, including Fabius Pictor, Calpurnius Piso, and others. Over time, the term was also used to refer to historical works that focused specifically on chronological organization, such as the Annals of Tacitus.

Annam´, a country of Asia occupying the east side of the South-eastern or Indo-Chinese Peninsula, along the China Sea. It comprises Tonquin in the north, Annam (in a narrower sense), and Cochin-China farther south; with the inland territory of the Laos tribes: together, area, 170,000 sq. miles; pop. 15,000,000, 9,000,000 being in Tonquin. In the narrow sense Annam now denotes the country between Tonquin and French Cochin-China, under the nominal rule of a native king (the present ruler, Khai-Dinh, succeeded to the throne in 1916). Annam has an [175]area of 52,100 sq. miles. Pop. (1919), 5,952,000, including 2117 Europeans. The coast is considerably indented, especially at the mouths of the rivers, where it affords many commodious harbours. Tonquin is mountainous on the north, but in the east is nearly level, terminating towards the sea in an alluvial plain yielding good crops of rice, cotton, fruits, ginger, and spices, and a great variety of varnish trees, palms, &c. The principal river is the Song-ka, which has numerous tributaries, many of them being joined together by canals, both for irrigation and commerce. Tonquin is rich in gold, silver, copper, and iron. Annam (in the narrow sense) is, generally speaking, unproductive, but contains many fertile spots, in which grain, leguminous plants, sugar-cane, cinnamon, &c., are produced in great abundance. Agriculture is the chief occupation, but many of the inhabitants are engaged in the spinning and weaving of cotton and silk into coarse fabrics, the preparation of varnish, iron-smelting, and the construction of ships or junks. The inhabitants are said to be the ugliest of the Mongoloid races of the peninsula, being under the middle size and less robust than the surrounding peoples. Their language is monosyllabic, and is connected with the Chinese. The religion of the majority is Buddhism, but the educated classes hold the doctrines of Confucius. The principal towns are Hanoi, the capital of Tonquin, and Huë, the capital of the kingdom and formerly of the whole empire. Annam was conquered by the Chinese in 214 B.C., but in A.D. 1428 it completely won its independence. The French began to interfere actively in its affairs in 1847 on the plea of protecting the native Christians. By the treaties of 1862 and 1867 they obtained the southern and most productive part of Cochin-China, subsequently known as French Cochin-China; and in 1874 they obtained large powers over Tonquin, notwithstanding the protests of the Chinese. Finally, in 1883, Tonquin was ceded to France, and next year Annam was declared a French protectorate. After a short period of hostilities with China the latter recognized the French claims, and Tonquin is now a French colony, while the kingdom of Annam is, since 1886, entirely under French direction. Cf. F. R. Eberhardt, Guide de l' Annam.

Annam is a country in Asia located on the eastern side of the Southeast or Indo-Chinese Peninsula, along the China Sea. It includes Tonkin in the north, Annam (in a narrower sense), and Cochinchina further south, along with the inland territory of the Laos tribes, covering a total area of 170,000 square miles and a population of 15,000,000, with 9,000,000 living in Tonkin. In the narrow sense, Annam refers to the region between Tonkin and French Cochinchina, under the nominal rule of a local king (the current ruler, Khai-Dinh, has been on the throne since 1916). Annam has an area of 52,100 square miles. As of 1919, its population was 5,952,000, including 2,117 Europeans. The coastline is heavily indented, especially at river mouths, offering many convenient harbors. Tonkin is mountainous in the north but is mostly flat in the east, ending at the sea with an alluvial plain that produces good crops of rice, cotton, fruits, ginger, and spices, along with a wide variety of varnish trees, palms, etc. The main river is the Song-ka, which has many tributaries, a lot of which are connected by canals for irrigation and trade. Tonkin is rich in gold, silver, copper, and iron. Annam (in the narrower sense) is generally less productive but has many fertile areas where grains, legumes, sugarcane, cinnamon, etc., are grown in abundance. Agriculture is the main occupation, but many residents are also involved in spinning and weaving cotton and silk into coarse fabrics, making varnish, iron-smelting, and building ships or junks. The people are said to be the least attractive of the Mongoloid races in the peninsula, being shorter and less robust than neighboring groups. Their language is monosyllabic and has ties to Chinese. The majority practice Buddhism, but the educated classes follow Confucian teachings. The main cities are Hanoi, the capital of Tonkin, and Hué, the capital of the kingdom and formerly of the entire empire. Annam was conquered by the Chinese in 214 BCE, but it gained full independence in CE 1428. The French began to actively interfere in its affairs in 1847 under the pretext of protecting local Christians. Through the treaties of 1862 and 1867, they acquired the southern and most productive area of Cochinchina, later known as French Cochinchina; and in 1874, they gained substantial powers over Tonkin, despite Chinese protests. Ultimately, in 1883, Tonkin was ceded to France, and the following year Annam was declared a French protectorate. After a brief conflict with China, the latter acknowledged French claims, and Tonkin is now a French colony, while the kingdom of Annam has been entirely under French control since 1886. Cf. F. R. Eberhardt, Guide de l' Annam.

Annamaboe (-bō´), a seaport in Western Africa, on the Gold Coast, 10 miles east of Cape Coast Castle, with some trade in gold-dust, ivory, palm-oil, &c. Pop. about 5000.

Annamaboe (-bō´), a seaport in West Africa, on the Gold Coast, 10 miles east of Cape Coast Castle, with some trade in gold dust, ivory, palm oil, etc. Population around 5,000.

An´nan, a royal and police burgh in Scotland, on the Annan, a little above its entrance into the Solway Firth, one of the Dumfries district of burghs. Pop. 3928.—The River Annan is a stream 40 miles long running through the central division of Dumfriesshire, to which it gives the name of Annandale.

Annan, a royal and police burgh in Scotland, is located on the Annan River, just upstream from where it flows into the Solway Firth, in the Dumfries district of burghs. Population: 3928. — The River Annan is a 40-mile-long stream flowing through the central part of Dumfriesshire, which it names Annandale.

Annap´olis, the capital of Maryland, United States, on the Severn, near its mouth in Chesapeake Bay. It contains a college (St. John's), a state-house, and the United States Naval Academy. Pop. (1920), 11,214.

Annapolis, the capital of Maryland, United States, located on the Severn River near its mouth in Chesapeake Bay. It has a college (St. John's), a state house, and the United States Naval Academy. Population (1920), 11,214.

Annap´olis, a small town in Nova Scotia, on an inlet of the Bay of Fundy, with an important traffic by railway and steamboat. It is one of the oldest European settlements in America, dating from 1604.

Annapolis, a small town in Nova Scotia, located on an inlet of the Bay of Fundy, has significant transportation through rail and steamboat. It is one of the oldest European settlements in America, established in 1604.

Ann Arbor, a town of Michigan, United States, on the Huron River, about 40 miles west of Detroit; the seat of the State university. It has flour-mills, and it manufactures woollens, iron, and agricultural implements. Pop. 19,516.

Ann Arbor is a city in Michigan, United States, located on the Huron River, about 40 miles west of Detroit. It is home to the State University. The city has flour mills and produces woolen goods, iron, and farming equipment. Population: 19,516.

Annates (an´nāts), a year's income claimed for many centuries by the Pope on the death of any bishop, abbot, or parish priest, to be paid by his successor. In England they were at first paid to the Archbishop of Canterbury, but were afterwards appropriated by the Popes. In 1532 the Parliament gave them to the Crown; but in 1703 Queen Anne restored them to the Church by applying them to the augmentation of poor livings. See Queen Anne's Bounty.

Annates (an´nāts) are a year’s income that the Pope claimed for many centuries upon the death of any bishop, abbot, or parish priest, to be paid by their successor. In England, they were initially paid to the Archbishop of Canterbury but were later taken by the Popes. In 1532, Parliament transferred these funds to the Crown; however, in 1703, Queen Anne returned them to the Church by allocating them to support poor parishes. See Queen Anne's Bounty.

Annatto Annatto (Bixa Orellāna)

Annat´to, or Annato, an orange-red colouring matter, obtained from the pulp surrounding the seeds of Bixa Orellāna, a shrub native to tropical America, and cultivated in Guiana, St. Domingo, and the East Indies. It is sometimes used as a dye for silk and cotton goods, though it does not produce a very durable colour, but it is much used in medicine for tinging plasters and ointments, and to a considerable extent by farmers for giving a rich colour to milk, butter, and cheese. The colour given by annatto approaches very [176]nearly the natural colouring matter of milk fat. It is guaranteed to preserve the same colour throughout the year, and is considered to be a legitimate colouring matter.

Annatto, also known as Annato, is an orange-red colorant derived from the pulp surrounding the seeds of Bixa Orellāna, a shrub native to tropical America and grown in Guiana, St. Domingo, and the East Indies. It is sometimes used as a dye for silk and cotton fabrics, although it doesn’t create a very long-lasting color. However, it is widely used in medicine to tint plasters and ointments, and farmers often use it to add a rich color to milk, butter, and cheese. The color imparted by annatto is very [176]close to the natural color of milk fat. It is guaranteed to maintain the same color throughout the year and is regarded as a legitimate coloring agent.

Anne, Queen of Great Britain and Ireland was born at Twickenham, near London, 6th Feb., 1664. She was the second daughter of James II, then Duke of York, and Anne, his wife, daughter of the Earl of Clarendon. With her father's permission she was educated according to the principles of the English Church. In 1683 she was married to Prince George, brother of King Christian V of Denmark. On the arrival of the Prince of Orange in 1688, Anne wished to remain with her father; but she was prevailed upon by Lord Churchill (afterwards Duke of Marlborough) and his wife to join the triumphant party. After the death of William III in 1702 she ascended the English throne. Her character was essentially weak, and she was governed first by Marlborough and his wife, and afterwards by Mrs. Masham. Most of the principal events of her reign are connected with the war of the Spanish Succession. The only important acquisition that England made by it was Gibraltar, which was captured in 1704. Another very important event of this reign was the union of England and Scotland under the name of Great Britain, which was accomplished in 1707. Anne seems to have long cherished the wish of securing the succession to her brother James, but this was frustrated by the internal dissensions of the cabinet. Grieved at the disappointment of her secret wishes, she fell into a state of weakness and lethargy, and died, 20th July, 1714. The reign of Anne was distinguished not only by the brilliant successes of the British arms, but also on account of the number of admirable and excellent writers who flourished at this time, among whom were Pope, Swift, and Addison. Anne bore her husband many children, all of whom died in infancy, except one son, the Duke of Gloucester, who died at the age of twelve.

Anne, Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, was born at Twickenham, near London, on February 6, 1664. She was the second daughter of James II, who was then the Duke of York, and his wife Anne, the daughter of the Earl of Clarendon. With her father's approval, she was educated in the principles of the English Church. In 1683, she married Prince George, the brother of King Christian V of Denmark. When the Prince of Orange arrived in 1688, Anne wanted to stay with her father, but Lord Churchill (who later became the Duke of Marlborough) and his wife persuaded her to join the winning side. After William III's death in 1702, she took the English throne. Her character was fundamentally weak, and she was initially influenced by Marlborough and his wife, and later by Mrs. Masham. Most of the major events of her reign are tied to the War of the Spanish Succession. The only significant gain for England during this time was Gibraltar, which was captured in 1704. Another crucial event was the union of England and Scotland under the name of Great Britain, achieved in 1707. Anne seemed to have long held the desire to secure the succession for her brother James, but this was hindered by internal conflicts within her cabinet. Disappointed by her unfulfilled wishes, she fell into a state of weakness and lethargy, and died on July 20, 1714. Anne's reign was marked not only by the remarkable successes of the British military but also by the emergence of many outstanding writers of the time, including Pope, Swift, and Addison. Anne had many children with her husband, all of whom died in infancy except for one son, the Duke of Gloucester, who died at twelve.

Anne (of Austria), daughter of Philip III of Spain, was born at Madrid in 1602, and in 1615 was married to Louis XIII of France. Richelieu, fearing the influence of her foreign connections, did everything he could to humble her. In 1643 her husband died, and she was left regent, but placed under the control of a council. But the Parliament overthrew this arrangement, and entrusted her with full sovereign rights during the minority of her son Louis XIV. Having brought upon herself the hatred of the nobles by her boundless confidence in Cardinal Mazarin, she was forced to flee from Paris during the wars of the Fronde. She ultimately quelled all opposition, and was able in 1661 to transmit to her son unimpaired the royal authority. She spent the remainder of her life in retirement, and died 20th Jan., 1666.

Anne (of Austria), daughter of Philip III of Spain, was born in Madrid in 1602, and in 1615 she married Louis XIII of France. Richelieu, worried about her foreign connections, did everything he could to undermine her. In 1643, her husband died, and she became regent, but was placed under the control of a council. However, the Parliament overthrew this arrangement and gave her full sovereign rights during her son Louis XIV's minority. Having incurred the nobles' hatred due to her unwavering trust in Cardinal Mazarin, she had to flee Paris during the Fronde wars. Ultimately, she suppressed all opposition and was able to pass on the royal authority to her son intact in 1661. She spent the rest of her life in seclusion and died on January 20, 1666.

Annealing (an-ēl´ing), a process to which many articles of metal and glass are subjected after making, in order to render them more tenacious and which consists in heating them and allowing them to cool slowly. When the metals are worked by the hammer, or rolled into plates, or drawn into wire, they acquire a certain amount of brittleness, which destroys their usefulness, and has to be remedied by annealing. The tempering of steel is one kind of annealing. Annealing is particularly employed in glass-houses, and consists in putting the glass vessels, as soon as they are formed and while they are yet hot, into a furnace or oven, in which they are suffered to cool gradually. The toughness is greatly increased by cooling the articles in oil.

Annealing (an-ēl´ing) is a process that many metal and glass products go through after they're made to make them stronger. It involves heating them and then letting them cool slowly. When metals are hammered, rolled into sheets, or drawn into wires, they can become brittle, which reduces their effectiveness, and this issue is fixed by annealing. Tempering steel is one type of annealing. This process is especially used in glass-making, where the glass items, right after they're shaped and still hot, are placed in a furnace or oven to cool gradually. Cooling the items in oil significantly boosts their toughness.

Annecy (a˙n-sē), an ancient town in France, department of Haute-Savoie, situated on the Lake of Annecy, 21 miles s. of Geneva; contains a cathedral and a ruinous old castle once the residence of the counts of Genevois; manufactures of cotton, leather, paper, and hardware. Pop. 15,622.—The lake is about 9 miles long and 2 broad.

Annecy (an-say), an ancient town in France, located in the Haute-Savoie department, sits on Lake Annecy, 21 miles south of Geneva. It has a cathedral and a crumbling old castle that used to be home to the counts of Genevois. The town produces cotton, leather, paper, and hardware. Population: 15,622.—The lake is about 9 miles long and 2 miles wide.

Lobworm Lobworm (one of the Annelida)

Annel´ida, or Annulata, an extensive division or class of Annulosa or articulate animals, so called because their bodies are formed of a great number of small rings, the outward signs of internal segmentation. The earth-worm, the lobworm, the nereis, and the leech belong to this division. They have red, rarely yellow or green, blood circulating in a double system of contractile vessels, a double ganglionated nervous cord, and respire by external branchiæ, internal vesicles, or by the skin. Their organs of motion consist of bristles or setæ, which are usually attached to the lateral surfaces of each segment, the bristles being borne on 'foot processes' or parapodia. The number of body segments varies. As many as 400 may be found in some sea-worms. A complete digestive system is developed, consisting of a mouth—armed with horny jaws and a protrusible proboscis—gizzard, stomach, and intestine. See Earth-worm, Leech, &c.

Annelida, or Annulata, is a broad group or class of articulated animals known as Annulosa. They get their name because their bodies are made up of many small rings, which indicate internal segmentation. Examples include the earthworm, lobworm, nereis, and leech. They have red blood, which is rarely yellow or green, flowing through a double system of contractile vessels, a paired nervous cord with ganglia, and they breathe through external gills, internal vesicles, or the skin. Their movement is facilitated by bristles or setae, generally found on the sides of each body segment, with bristles attached to 'foot-like structures' or parapodia. The number of body segments can vary, with some sea worms having as many as 400 segments. They possess a complete digestive system, including a mouth—equipped with hard jaws and a retractable proboscis—along with a gizzard, stomach, and intestine. See Earth-worm, Leech, & etc.

Annexation, a term applied to the acquisition by a State of territory previously belonging to another Power, or independent. It is applicable not only to the extension of a State's sovereignty [177]over adjoining territory, but also to an acquisition of a remote territory. The inhabitants of the annexed territory are absolved from their allegiance to their former sovereign. Such annexations in modern history were those of Alsace-Lorraine by Germany in 1871, of California by the United States, of Bosnia and Herzegovina by Austria in 1908, and of the Boer Republics by Great Britain.

Annexation is the term used for when a state takes control of territory that used to belong to another power or was independent. This applies not only to expanding a state's authority over nearby land, but also to gaining control over distant territories. The people living in the annexed area are released from their loyalty to their previous ruler. Examples of such annexations in modern history include the acquisition of Alsace-Lorraine by Germany in 1871, California by the United States, Bosnia and Herzegovina by Austria in 1908, and the Boer Republics by Great Britain.

Annfield Plain, a straggling colliery town (urban district) of England, Durham, about 7 miles south-west of Gateshead. Pop. (1921), 16,524.

Annfield Plain is a sprawling mining town in England, located in Durham, about 7 miles southwest of Gateshead. Population (1921): 16,524.

Annobon´, or Annobom, a beautiful Spanish island of Western Africa, south of the Bight of Biafra, about 4 miles long by 2 miles broad, and rising abruptly to the height of 3000 feet, richly covered with vegetation. Pop. 2000.

Annobon´, or Annobom, is a stunning Spanish island located in Western Africa, south of the Bight of Biafra. It measures about 4 miles long and 2 miles wide, with a dramatic rise to an elevation of 3000 feet, and is lushly covered in vegetation. Population: 2000.

Annonay (a˙n-o-nā), a town in southern France, department of Ardèche, 37 miles S.S.W. of Lyons, in a picturesque situation. It is the most important town of Ardèche, manufacturing paper and glove leather to a large extent, also cloth, felt, silk stuffs, gloves, hosiery, chemical manures, glue, gelatine, brushes, chocolate, and candles. There is an obelisk in memory of Joseph Montgolfier of balloon fame. Pop. 16,660.

Annonay (a˙n-o-nay), a town in southern France, in the Ardèche department, located 37 miles S.S.W. of Lyons, is in a picturesque setting. It's the most important town in Ardèche, widely known for manufacturing paper and leather for gloves, as well as cloth, felt, silk products, gloves, hosiery, chemical fertilizers, glue, gelatin, brushes, chocolate, and candles. There’s an obelisk dedicated to Joseph Montgolfier, famous for his work with balloons. Population 16,660.

An´nual, in botany, a plant that springs from seed, grows up, produces seed, and then dies, all within a single year or season. Among annual grasses may be noted all our cereals, barley, wheat, rye, and oats.

Annual, in botany, refers to a plant that grows from seed, matures, produces seeds, and then dies, all within one year or season. Annual grasses include all our cereals like barley, wheat, rye, and oats.

An´nual, in literature, the name given to a class of publications which at one time enjoyed an immense yearly circulation, and were distinguished by great magnificence both of binding and illustration, which rendered them much sought after as Christmas and New Year presents. Their contents were chiefly prose tales and ballads, lyrics, and other poetry. The earliest was the Forget-me-not, started in 1822, and followed next year by the Friendship's Offering. The Literary Souvenir was commenced in 1824, and the Keepsake in 1827. Among the names of the editors occur those of Alaric A. Watts, Mrs. S. C. Hall, Harrison Ainsworth, Lady Blessington, Mary Howitt, &c. The popularity of the annuals reached its zenith about 1829, when no less than seventeen made their appearance; in 1856 the Keepsake, the last of the series, ceased to exist.

Annual, in literature, refers to a type of publication that once had a huge yearly circulation and was known for its impressive binding and illustrations, making them popular as Christmas and New Year gifts. Their content mainly included prose stories, ballads, lyrics, and other forms of poetry. The first one was the Forget-me-not, launched in 1822, followed by the Friendship's Offering the next year. The Literary Souvenir started in 1824, and the Keepsake in 1827. The names of the editors included Alaric A. Watts, Mrs. S. C. Hall, Harrison Ainsworth, Lady Blessington, and Mary Howitt, among others. The annuals reached their peak popularity around 1829, with seventeen different titles being released; by 1856, the Keepsake, the last of the series, came to an end.

Annual Register, an English publication commenced in 1758 by Dodsley, the publisher, and since continued in yearly volumes down to the present day. There was also an Edinburgh Annual Register, the historical part of which was for several years contributed by Sir Walter Scott and afterwards by Robert Southey. It commenced in 1808 and came to a close in 1827.

Annual Register is an English publication that started in 1758 by Dodsley, the publisher, and has continued with yearly volumes up to today. There was also an Edinburgh Annual Register, which had its historical section contributed for several years by Sir Walter Scott and later by Robert Southey. It began in 1808 and ended in 1827.

Annu´ity, a periodical payment, made annually, or at more frequent intervals, and continuing either a certain number of years, or for an uncertain period, to be determined by a particular event, as the death of the recipient or annuitant, or that of the party liable to pay the annuity; or the annuity may be perpetual. An annuity is usually raised by the present payment of a certain sum as a consideration whereby the party making the payment, or some other person named by him, becomes entitled to an annuity, and the rules and principles by which this present value is to be computed have been the subjects of careful investigation. The present value of a perpetual annuity is evidently a sum of money that will yield an interest equal to the annuity, and payable at the same periods; and an annuity of this description, payable quarterly, will evidently be of greater value than one of the same amount payable annually, since the annuitant has the additional advantage of the interest on three of the quarterly payments until the expiration of the year. In other words, it requires a greater present capital to be put at interest to yield a given sum per annum, payable quarterly, than to yield the same annual sum payable at the end of each year. The present value of an annuity for a limited period is a sum which, if put at interest, will at the end of that period give an amount equal to the sum of all the payments of the annuity and interest; and, accordingly, if it be proposed to invest a certain sum of money in the purchase of an annuity for a given number of years, the comparative value of the two may be precisely estimated, the rate of interest being given. But annuities for uncertain periods, and particularly life annuities, are more frequent, and the value of the annuity is computed according to the probable duration of the life by which it is limited. Such annuities are often created by contract, whereby the Government or a private annuity office agrees, for a certain sum advanced by the purchaser, to pay a certain sum in yearly, quarterly, or other periodical payments to the person advancing the money, or to some other named by him, during the life of the annuitant. Or the annuity may be granted to the annuitant during the life of some other person, or during two or more joint lives, or during the life of the longest liver or survivor among a number of persons named. If a person having a certain capital, and intending to spend this capital and the income of it during his own life, could know precisely how long he should live, he might lend his capital at a certain rate during his life, and by taking every year, besides the interest, a certain amount of the capital, he might secure the same annual amount for his support during his life in such manner that he should have the same sum to spend every year, and consume precisely his whole capital during his life. But since he does not know how long [178]he is to live, he agrees with the Government or an annuity office to take the risk of the duration of his life, and they agree to pay him a certain annuity for life in exchange for the capital which he proposes to invest in this way. The probable duration of his life therefore becomes a subject of computation; and for the purpose of making this calculation tables of longevity are made by noting the proportion of deaths at certain ages in the same country or district. Founding on a comparison of many such tables, the British Government has empowered the Postmaster-General to grant annuities at the following rates, which are probably more closely adjusted to their actual value than those of insurance companies and other dealers in annuities: To secure an immediate annuity of £100, the cost is, for males of 20 years, £2279, 3s. 4d.; for females of same age, £2482, 10s.; for males of 30 years, £2045, 8s. 4d., for females, £2258, 6s. 8d.; for males of 40 years, £1789, 6s. 8d.; for females, £1990; for males of 60, £1148, 6s. 8d.; females, £1275, 8s. 4d.; and so on. Deferred annuities, that is, such as have their first payments postponed for a greater or less number of years, are also granted. We give the rates for an annuity of £100 deferred 20 years: Males aged 20, £848, 6s. 8d.; females, £1014, 13s. 4d.; males aged 35, £557, 1s. 8d.; females, £697, 1s. 8d.; and so on. If a person on whose life the deferred annuity is to depend should die before payment commences, the purchase-money may be returned to his or her representatives, provided that an agreement to that effect had been made in the first instance, but in this case the purchase-money is necessarily higher. See Insurance.—Bibliography: Baily, Life Annuities and Assurances; J. Henry, Government Life Annuity Commutation Tables.

Annuity is a regular payment made yearly or more frequently, continuing for a specific number of years or lasting until a particular event occurs, like the death of the recipient or the party responsible for paying the annuity. It can also be perpetual. An annuity is typically established by making a present payment of a specific sum, allowing the payer or someone they designate to receive the annuity; the rules for calculating this present value have been thoroughly studied. The present value of a perpetual annuity is a sum of money that will generate interest equal to the annuity and be payable at the same intervals; thus, a quarterly payable annuity is more valuable than one paid annually since the annuitant has the advantage of earning interest on three of the quarterly payments until the year ends. In simpler terms, it requires a larger initial capital to generate an equivalent annual amount when paid quarterly instead of annually. The present value of an annuity for a limited time is an amount that, if invested, will grow to equal the total of all the annuity payments plus interest by the end of that timeframe. Therefore, if someone plans to invest a specific sum in buying an annuity for a set number of years, its comparative value can be calculated precisely if the interest rate is known. However, annuities for uncertain durations, especially life annuities, are more common, and their value is calculated based on the expected lifespan of the annuitant. Such annuities are often established through contracts where the Government or a private annuity office agrees to pay a specified sum either annually, quarterly, or at other intervals to the individual who invests the money or someone they designate for the rest of the annuitant's life. Alternatively, the annuity can be granted during the life of another person, for two or more joint lives, or for the longest-living or surviving individual among a specified group. If someone has a specific capital and intends to deplete it and its income during their lifetime, they would ideally want to know how long they will live. They might lend their capital at a certain rate and, in addition to interest, withdraw a set amount of capital each year, securing a consistent annual income to last their lifetime. But since they don't know how long they'll live, they choose to collaborate with the Government or an annuity office to assume that risk, which agrees to pay them a lifelong annuity in exchange for the capital they're willing to invest. The likely duration of their life then becomes part of the calculations, and longevity tables are created by recording death rates at different ages in the country or region. Based on a comparison of multiple tables, the British Government has authorized the Postmaster-General to issue annuities at rates that are probably better aligned with their true value compared to those from insurance companies and other annuity providers: To secure an immediate annuity of £100, the cost is, for males aged 20, £2279, 3s. 4d.; for females of the same age, £2482, 10s.; for males aged 30, £2045, 8s. 4d., for females, £2258, 6s. 8d.; for males aged 40, £1789, 6s. 8d.; for females, £1990; for males aged 60, £1148, 6s. 8d.; for females, £1275, 8s. 4d.; and so on. Deferred annuities, which begin payments after a set number of years, are also available. We provide rates for a £100 annuity deferred for 20 years: Males aged 20, £848, 6s. 8d.; females, £1014, 13s. 4d.; males aged 35, £557, 1s. 8d.; females, £697, 1s. 8d.; and so forth. If the person on whose life the deferred annuity depends dies before payments begin, the purchase amount can be refunded to their representatives, provided this was agreed upon initially, although in this case, the purchase amount is usually higher. See Insurance.—References: Baily, Life Annuities and Assurances; J. Henry, Government Life Annuity Commutation Tables.

Annuloi´da, one of Professor Huxley's eight primary groups, a division (sub-kingdom) of animals, including the Rotifera, Scolecida (tape-worms, &c.), all which are more or less ring-like in appearance, and the Echinodermata, whose embryos show traces of annulation.

Annuloida, one of Professor Huxley's eight main groups, a division (sub-kingdom) of animals, includes the Rotifera, Scolecida (like tapeworms, etc.), all of which have a somewhat ring-like appearance, and the Echinodermata, whose embryos display signs of annulation.

Annulo´sa, a division (sub-kingdom) of animals regarded by some as synonymous with the Arthropoda or Articulata; according to other systematists, including both the Articulata and Annulata or worms.

Annulosa, a category (sub-kingdom) of animals viewed by some as the same as Arthropoda or Articulata; according to other taxonomists, it includes both Articulata and Annulata or worms.

Annunciation, the declaration of the angel Gabriel to the Virgin Mary informing her that she was to become the mother of our Lord.—Annunciation or Lady Day is a feast of the Church in honour of the annunciation, celebrated on the 25th of March.—The Italian order of Knights of the Annunciation was instituted by Amadeus VI, Duke of Savoy, in 1360. The king is always grand-master. The knights must be of high rank, and must already be members of the order of St. Mauritius and St. Lazarus. The decoration of the order consists of a golden shield suspended from a chain or collar of roses and knots, the letters F. E. R. T. being inscribed on the roses, and standing for Fortitudo ejus Rhodum tenuit (its bravery held Rhodes).—There are two orders of nuns of the Annunciation, one originally French, founded in 1501 by Joanna of Valois; the other Italian, founded in 1604 by Maria Vittoria Fornari of Genoa.

Annunciation, the announcement by the angel Gabriel to the Virgin Mary that she was to become the mother of our Lord.—Annunciation or Lady Day is a church feast honoring the announcement, celebrated on March 25th.—The Italian order of Knights of the Annunciation was established by Amadeus VI, Duke of Savoy, in 1360. The king is always the grand-master. The knights must be of high rank and already members of the order of St. Mauritius and St. Lazarus. The decoration of the order consists of a golden shield hanging from a chain or collar of roses and knots, with the letters F. E. R. T. inscribed on the roses, standing for Fortitudo ejus Rhodum tenuit (its bravery held Rhodes).—There are two orders of nuns of the Annunciation, one originally French, founded in 1501 by Joanna of Valois; the other Italian, founded in 1604 by Maria Vittoria Fornari of Genoa.

Annunzio (a˙n-nu¨nt´syō), Gabriele d', Italian poet, novelist, and dramatist, born at Pescara in 1863, his patronymic being Rapagnetta. He was educated at Prato and in Rome, and early took to literature and journalism. In 1898 he was elected a member of the Italian Chamber of Deputies, in which he joined the Socialist party. He came before the public when a schoolboy with a volume of verse called Primo Vere, to which others—naturally much more mature—were subsequently added. Several of his novels have been published in English, as: The Child of Pleasure, The Victim, The Triumph of Death, The Virgin of the Rocks, The Fire of Life. Some of these have been very successful, though disfigured to some extent by coarse realism and voluptuousness. He began to write plays later in life. Among them Gioconda, The Dead City, and Francesca da Rimini may be read in English versions, and Gioconda and Francesca have been performed on the English stage. His more recent works include: Le Martyr de Saint Sebastien (1911), Le Chèvrefeuille (1914), La Beffa di Buccari (1918), Notturno (1918). D'Annunzio is the most prominent Italian writer of the present day, and in wealth of language and distinction of style stands far ahead of all others. He served in the European War from 1915-18, and was wounded. In Sept., 1919, he led a raid and occupied the port of Fiume. See European War and Fiume.

Annunzio (a˙n-nu¨nt´syō), Gabriele d', Italian poet, novelist, and playwright, was born in Pescara in 1863, with the family name Rapagnetta. He was educated in Prato and Rome, and he got into literature and journalism early on. In 1898, he was elected to the Italian Chamber of Deputies, joining the Socialist Party. He first gained public attention as a schoolboy with a poetry collection called Primo Vere, to which he later added more mature works. Several of his novels were published in English, including The Child of Pleasure, The Victim, The Triumph of Death, The Virgin of the Rocks, and The Fire of Life. Some of these were quite successful, although they featured coarse realism and sensuality. He began writing plays later in life, among which Gioconda, The Dead City, and Francesca da Rimini are available in English translations, and Gioconda and Francesca have been performed in England. His more recent works include: Le Martyr de Saint Sebastien (1911), Le Chèvrefeuille (1914), La Beffa di Buccari (1918), and Notturno (1918). D'Annunzio is currently the most prominent Italian writer, renowned for his rich language and distinctive style that outshines others. He served in World War I from 1915 to 1918 and was wounded. In September 1919, he led an expedition that occupied the port of Fiume. See European War and Fiume.

An´oa, an animal (Anoa depressicornis) closely allied to the buffalo, about the size of an average sheep, very wild and fierce, inhabiting the rocky and mountainous localities of the Island of Celebes. The horns are straight, thick at the root, and set nearly in a line with the forehead.

Anoa, an animal (Anoa depressicornis) closely related to the buffalo, about the size of a typical sheep, very wild and fierce, lives in the rocky and mountainous areas of the Island of Celebes. The horns are straight, thick at the base, and aligned almost directly with the forehead.

Ano´bium, a genus of coleopterous insects, the larvae of which often do much damage by their boring into old wood. By means of their heads they produce a loud, ticking sound in the wood, the so-called death-watch ticking. A. striātum, a common species, when frightened, is much given to feigning death.

Ano´bium is a genus of beetles, and their larvae often cause significant damage by boring into old wood. They use their heads to create a loud, ticking noise in the wood, known as the death-watch ticking. The species A. striātum, which is common, tends to play dead when it feels threatened.

An´ode, (Gr. ana, up, hodos, way), the positive pole of the voltaic current, being that part of the surface of a decomposing body which the electric current enters: opposed to cathode (Gr. kata, down, hodos, way), the way by which it departs.

Anode, (Greek ana, up, hodos, way), the positive pole of the voltaic current, is the part of a decomposing body where the electric current enters: opposite to cathode (Greek kata, down, hodos, way), the path by which it leaves.

An´odon, or Anodon´ta, a genus of [179]lamellibranchiate bivalves, including the fresh-water mussels, without or with very slight hinge-teeth. See Mussel.

An´odon, or Anodon´ta, is a genus of [179]lamellibranch bivalves, which includes freshwater mussels that have no hinge teeth or very minimal ones. See Mussel.

An´odyne, a medicine, such as an opiate or narcotic, which allays pain.

Anodyne, a medication, like an opiate or narcotic, that reduces pain.

Anointing, rubbing the body or some part of it with oil, often perfumed. From time immemorial the nations of the East have been in the habit of anointing themselves for the sake of health and beauty. The Greeks and Romans anointed themselves after the bath. Wrestlers anointed themselves in order to render it more difficult for their antagonists to get hold of them. In Egypt it was common to anoint the head of guests when they entered the house where they were to be entertained. In the Mosaic law a sacred character was attached to the anointing of the garments of the priests, and things belonging to the ceremonial of worship. The Jewish priests and kings were anointed when inducted into office, and were called the anointed of the Lord, to show that their persons were sacred and their office from God. In the Old Testament also the prophecies respecting the Redeemer style him Messias, that is, the Anointed, which is also the meaning of his Greek name Christ. The custom of anointing still exists in the Roman Catholic Church in the ordination of priests and the confirmation of believers and the sacrament of extreme unction. The ceremony is also frequently a part of the coronation of kings.

Anointing is the act of rubbing the body or a part of it with oil, often scented. For ages, people in the East have practiced anointing themselves for health and beauty. The Greeks and Romans would anoint themselves after bathing. Wrestlers used oil to make it harder for their opponents to grip them. In Egypt, it was customary to anoint the heads of guests as they entered a home where they would be hosted. In the Mosaic law, anointing the garments of priests and items related to worship was deemed sacred. Jewish priests and kings were anointed when taking office and were referred to as the anointed of the Lord, signifying that they were sacred and their authority was granted by God. In the Old Testament, prophecies about the Redeemer refer to him as Messias, meaning Anointed, which is also the meaning of the Greek name Christ. The practice of anointing continues in the Roman Catholic Church during the ordination of priests, confirmation of believers, and the sacrament of extreme unction. This ceremony is also often part of the coronation of kings.

Anomalure Anomalure (Anomalurus Peli)

Anom´alure (Anomalūrus), a genus of rodent animals inhabiting the west coast of Africa, resembling the flying-squirrels, but having the under surface of the tail furnished for some distance from the root with a series of large horny scales, which, when pressed against the trunk of a tree, may subserve the same purpose as those instruments with which a man climbs up a telegraph pole to set the wires.

Anom'alure (Anomalūrus), a genus of rodent species found along the west coast of Africa, looks like flying squirrels but has a unique feature: the underside of its tail is covered for a short distance from the base with a row of large, hard scales. These scales can be pressed against a tree trunk, serving a similar function to the climbing gear a person would use to scale a telegraph pole for installing wires.

Anom´aly, a deviation from the common rule. In astronomy, the angle which a line drawn from a planet to the sun has passed through since the planet was last at its perihelion or nearest distance to the sun. The anomalistic year is the interval between two successive times at which the earth is in perihelion, or 365 days 6 hours 13 minutes 48 seconds. In consequence of the advance of the earth's perihelion among the stars in the same direction as the earth's motion, and of the precession of the equinoxes, which carries the equinoxes back in the opposite direction to the earth's motion, the anomalistic year is about 4 minutes 40 seconds longer than the sidereal year, and about 25 minutes longer than the tropical or common year. The time of a complete revolution of the perihelion is computed at 108,000 years.

Anomaly, a deviation from the usual rule. In astronomy, it refers to the angle that a line drawn from a planet to the sun has covered since the planet was last at its perihelion, or closest point to the sun. The anomalistic year is the time between two consecutive moments when the Earth is at perihelion, which is 365 days, 6 hours, 13 minutes, and 48 seconds. Because the Earth's perihelion moves among the stars in the same direction as the Earth's motion, and due to the precession of the equinoxes—which moves the equinoxes back in the opposite direction of the Earth's motion—the anomalistic year is about 4 minutes and 40 seconds longer than the sidereal year and about 25 minutes longer than the tropical or common year. The period for a complete revolution of the perihelion is estimated to be 108,000 years.

Anomu´ra, a section of the crustaceans of the ord. Decapoda, with irregular tails not formed to assist in swimming, including the hermit-crabs and others.

Anomu´ra, a group of crustaceans in the order Decapoda, with irregular tails that aren’t designed for swimming, including hermit crabs and others.

Anona Anona or Sour-sop (Anōna muricāta)

Ano´na, a genus of plants, the type of the nat. ord. Anonaceæ. A. squamōsa (sweet-sop) grows in the West Indian Islands, and yields an edible fruit having a thick, sweet, luscious pulp. A. muricāta (sour-sop) is cultivated in the West and East Indies; it produces a large pear-shaped fruit, of a greenish colour, containing an agreeable slightly-acid pulp. The genus produces other edible fruits, as the common custard-apple or bullock's heart, from A. reticulāta, and the cherimoyer of Peru, from A. Cherimolia.

Ano´na is a genus of plants in the family Anonaceæ. A. squamōsa (sweet-sop) grows in the West Indies and has a delicious edible fruit with thick, sweet, creamy pulp. A. muricāta (sour-sop) is grown in both the West and East Indies; it yields a large, pear-shaped, greenish fruit that has a pleasant, slightly tangy pulp. The genus also produces other edible fruits, including the common custard-apple or bullock's heart from A. reticulāta, and the cherimoya from A. Cherimolia.

Anona´ceæ, a nat. ord. of trees and shrubs, having simple, alternate leaves, destitute of stipules, by which character they are distinguished from the Magnoliaceæ, to which they are otherwise closely allied. They are mostly tropical plants of the Old and the New World, and are generally aromatic. See Anona.

Anona’ceæ is a natural order of trees and shrubs that have simple, alternate leaves without stipules, which distinguishes them from the Magnoliaceæ, with which they are otherwise closely related. They are primarily tropical plants found in both the Old World and the New World, and they are typically aromatic. See Anona.

Anoplothe´rium, an extinct genus of the Ungulata or Hoofed Quadrupeds, forming the type of a distinct family, which were in many respects intermediate between the swine and the true ruminants. These animals were pig-like in form, but possessed long tails, and had a cleft hoof, with two rudimentary toes. Some of them were as small as a guinea-pig, others as large as an ass. Six incisors, two canines, eight premolars, and six molars existed in each jaw, the series being continuous, no interval existing in the jaw. A. commūne, from the Eocene rocks, is a familiar species.

Anoplothe´rium is an extinct genus of hoofed animals, part of a distinct family. These creatures were somewhat in between pigs and true ruminants. They had a pig-like shape but featured long tails and split hooves with two underdeveloped toes. Some were as small as a guinea pig, while others were as big as a donkey. Each jaw had six incisors, two canines, eight premolars, and six molars, all in a continuous series without any gaps. A. commūne, found in Eocene rocks, is a well-known species.

Anoplu´ra, an order of apterous insects, of which the type is the genus Pedicŭlus or louse, [180]

Anoplu´ra, an order of wingless insects, with the genus Pedicŭlus or louse as its type, [180]

Anopshehr. See Anupshahr.

Anupshahr. See Anupshahr.

Anorexia. See Appetite.

Anorexia. See Appetite.

Anos´mia, a disease consisting in a diminution or destruction of the power of smelling, sometimes constitutional, but most frequently caused by strong and repeated stimulants, as snuff, applied to the olfactory nerves.

Anosmia is a condition characterized by a reduced or complete loss of the sense of smell. It can be genetic but is more often caused by strong and repeated irritants, like snuff, that affect the olfactory nerves.

Anoura. See Anura.

Anoura. See Anura.

Anquetil-Duperron (a˙nk-tēl-du˙-pā-ron˙), Abraham Hyacinthe, a French orientalist, born 1731, died 1805. He studied theology for some time, but soon devoted himself to the study of Hebrew, Arabic, and Persian. His zeal for the Oriental languages induced him to set out for India, where he prevailed on some of the Parsee priests to instruct him in the Zend and Pehlevi and to give him some of the Zoroastrian books. In 1762 he returned to France with a valuable collection of MSS. In 1771 he published his Zend-Avesta, a translation of the Vendidad, and other sacred books, which aroused much interest. Among his other works are L'Inde en rapport avec l'Europe (1790), and a selection from the Vedas. His knowledge of the Oriental languages was by no means exact.

Anquetil-Duperron (a˙nk-tēl-du˙-pā-ron˙), Abraham Hyacinthe, was a French orientalist, born in 1731 and died in 1805. He studied theology for a while but soon focused on learning Hebrew, Arabic, and Persian. His passion for these Oriental languages led him to travel to India, where he convinced some Parsee priests to teach him Zend and Pehlevi and to share some Zoroastrian texts. In 1762, he returned to France with a valuable collection of manuscripts. In 1771, he published his Zend-Avesta, which included a translation of the Vendidad and other sacred texts, generating significant interest. Some of his other works include L'Inde en rapport avec l'Europe (1790) and a selection from the Vedas. His expertise in the Oriental languages was far from precise.

Ansbach. See Anspach.

Ansbach. See Anspach.

An´selm, St., a celebrated Christian philosopher and theologian, born at Aosta, in Piedmont, in 1033, died at Canterbury 1109. At the age of twenty-seven (1060) he became a monk at Bec, in Normandy, whither he had been attracted by the celebrity of Lanfranc. Three years later he was elected prior, and in 1078 he was chosen abbot, which he remained for fifteen years. During this period of his life he wrote his first philosophical and religious works: the dialogues on Truth and Free-will, and the treatises Monologion and Proslogion; and at the same time his influence made itself so felt among the monks under his charge that Bec became the chief seat of learning in Europe. In 1093 Anselm was offered by William Rufus the archbishopric of Canterbury, and accepted it, though with great reluctance, and with the condition that all the lands belonging to the see should be restored. William II soon quarrelled with the archbishop, who would show no subservience to him, and would persist in acknowledging Pope Urban II in opposition to the antipope Clement. William ultimately had to give way. He acknowledged Urban as Pope, and conferred the pallium upon Anselm. The king became his bitter enemy, however, and so great were Anselm's difficulties that in 1097 he set out for Rome to consult with the Pope. Urban received him with great distinction, but did not venture really to take the side of the prelate against the king, though William had refused to receive Anselm again as archbishop, and had seized on the revenues of the see of Canterbury, which he retained till his death in 1100. Anselm accordingly remained abroad, where he wrote most of his celebrated treatise on the atonement, entitled Cur Deus Homo (Why God was made Man). When William was succeeded by Henry I Anselm was recalled; but Henry insisted that he should submit to be reinvested in his see by himself, although the Popes claimed the right of investing for themselves alone. Much negotiation followed, and Henry did not surrender his claims till 1107, when Anselm's long struggle on behalf of the rights of the Church came to an end. Anselm was a great scholar, a deep and original thinker, and a man of the utmost saintliness and piety. Anselm's great achievement in philosophy was his ontological argument for the existence of God; and his importance in the ecclesiastical history of England cannot be exaggerated. The chief of his writings are the Monologion, the Proslogion, and the Cur Deus Homo. The first is an attempt to prove inductively the existence of God by pure reason without the aid of Scripture or authority; the second is an attempt to prove the same by the deductive method; the Cur Deus Homo is intended to prove the necessity of the incarnation. Among his numerous other writings are more than 400 letters. His life was written by his domestic chaplain and companion, Eadmer, a monk of Canterbury, and is edited by M. Rule for the 'Rolls Series'. See Scholasticism. Cf. Père Ragey, Histoire de Saint Anselme; J. M. Rigg, Anselm of Canterbury.

Anselm, St., a renowned Christian philosopher and theologian, was born in Aosta, Piedmont, in 1033 and died in Canterbury in 1109. At twenty-seven (1060), he became a monk at Bec in Normandy, drawn there by the fame of Lanfranc. Three years later, he was elected prior, and in 1078, he was appointed abbot, a position he held for fifteen years. During this time, he wrote his first philosophical and religious works: the dialogues on Truth and Free-will, and the treatises Monologion and Proslogion. His influence also helped make Bec the leading center of learning in Europe. In 1093, Anselm was offered the archbishopric of Canterbury by William Rufus, which he accepted reluctantly, on the condition that all lands belonging to the see be restored. However, William II soon clashed with the archbishop, who refused to submit to him and continued to recognize Pope Urban II instead of the antipope Clement. Ultimately, William conceded, recognized Urban as Pope, and granted the pallium to Anselm. Despite this, the king became his staunch enemy, and Anselm faced significant challenges that led him to travel to Rome in 1097 to consult the Pope. Urban welcomed him warmly but didn’t take a public stand against the king, even though William had refused to reinstate Anselm as archbishop and seized the revenues of the Canterbury see, which he held until his death in 1100. As a result, Anselm stayed abroad, where he wrote most of his famous treatise on atonement, titled Cur Deus Homo (Why God Was Made Man). After William was succeeded by Henry I, Anselm was recalled; however, Henry insisted that Anselm be re-invested in his see by him, despite the Popes claiming sole rights to investiture. After extensive negotiations, Henry relinquished his claims in 1107, marking the end of Anselm's long battle for the Church's rights. Anselm was a brilliant scholar, a profound and original thinker, and a man of great holiness and devotion. His key philosophical contribution was his ontological argument for the existence of God, and his significance in the ecclesiastical history of England is immense. His major works include Monologion, Proslogion, and Cur Deus Homo. The first work aims to prove the existence of God inductively through pure reason without using Scripture or authority; the second seeks to do so deductively; the Cur Deus Homo aims to demonstrate the necessity of the incarnation. He wrote over 400 letters among his many other writings. His life was chronicled by his personal chaplain and friend, Eadmer, a monk from Canterbury, and it has been edited by M. Rule for the 'Rolls Series'. See Scholasticism. Cf. Père Ragey, Histoire de Saint Anselme; J. M. Rigg, Anselm of Canterbury.

Ans´gar, or Anshar, called the Apostle of the North, born in 801 in Picardy, died in 864 or 865. He took the monastic vows while still in his boyhood, and in the midst of many difficulties laboured as a missionary in Denmark and Sweden. He died with the reputation of having made, if not the first, the most successful attempts to propagate Christianity in the North.

Ans’gar, or Anshar, known as the Apostle of the North, was born in 801 in Picardy and died in 864 or 865. He took monastic vows during his childhood and faced numerous challenges while working as a missionary in Denmark and Sweden. He is remembered for making some of the earliest and most successful efforts to spread Christianity in the North.

An´son, George, Lord, celebrated English navigator, born 1697, died 1762. He entered the navy at an early age and became a commander in 1722, and captain in 1724. He was for a long time on the South Carolina station. In 1740 he was made commander of a fleet sent to the South Sea, directed against the trade and colonies of Spain. The expedition consisted of five men-of-war and three smaller vessels, which carried 1400 men. After much suffering and many stirring adventures he reached the coast of Peru, made several prizes, and captured and burned the city of Paita. His squadron was now reduced to one ship, the Centurion, but with it he took the Spanish treasure galleon from Acapulco, and arrived in England in 1744 with treasure to the amount of £500,000, having circumnavigated the globe. His adventures and discoveries are described in the well-known Anson's Voyage, [181]compiled from materials furnished by Anson. A few days after his return he was made rear-admiral of the blue, and not long after rear-admiral of the white. His victory over the French admiral Jonquière, near Cape Finisterre in 1747, raised him to the peerage, with the title of Lord Anson, Baron of Soberton. Four years afterwards he was made First Lord of the Admiralty. In 1758 he commanded the fleet before Brest, protected the landing of the British at St. Malo, Cherbourg, &c., and received the repulsed troops into his vessels. Finally, in 1761, he was appointed to convey the queen of George III to England.

Anson, George, Lord, was a famous English navigator, born in 1697 and died in 1762. He joined the navy at a young age and became a commander in 1722, and a captain in 1724. He spent a long time on the South Carolina station. In 1740, he was appointed commander of a fleet sent to the South Sea, aimed at targeting Spanish trade and colonies. The expedition included five warships and three smaller vessels, carrying 1,400 men. After enduring many hardships and exciting adventures, he reached the coast of Peru, captured several prizes, and took the city of Paita, burning it down. His squadron was eventually reduced to just one ship, the Centurion, but with it, he seized a Spanish treasure galleon from Acapulco and returned to England in 1744 with treasure worth £500,000, having circumnavigated the globe. His adventures and discoveries are detailed in the well-known Anson's Voyage, [181] compiled from materials provided by Anson. A few days after his return, he was promoted to rear-admiral of the blue and soon after to rear-admiral of the white. His victory over the French admiral Jonquière near Cape Finisterre in 1747 earned him a peerage, granting him the title of Lord Anson, Baron of Soberton. Four years later, he was made First Lord of the Admiralty. In 1758, he commanded the fleet off Brest, supported the British landing at St. Malo, Cherbourg, etc., and took in the troops that were pushed back into his ships. Finally, in 1761, he was tasked with bringing the queen of George III to England.

Anso´nia, a town of the United States, Conn., on the Nangatuck, with manufactures of brass and copper, and especially clocks. Pop. 17,643.

Ansonia, a town in the United States, Connecticut, located on the Naugatuck River, known for its brass and copper manufacturing, particularly clocks. Population: 17,643.

Anspach (a˙n´spa˙h), or Ansbach, a town in Bavaria, at the junction of the Holzbach with the Lower Rezat, 24 miles south-west of Nürnberg. Anspach gave its name to an ancient principality or margravate, which had a territory of about 1300 sq. miles, with 300,000 inhabitants. in the end of the eighteenth century. The last margrave sold his possessions in 1791 to Prussia. It was occupied by the French in 1806, and transferred by Napoleon to Bavaria. The town has manufactures of trimmings, buttons, straw-wares, &c. Pop. 19,995.

Anspach (an'spak), or Ansbach, is a town in Bavaria, located at the meeting point of the Holzbach and the Lower Rezat, 24 miles southwest of Nürnberg. Anspach was the name of an old principality or margraviate that covered about 1,300 square miles and had a population of 300,000 at the end of the eighteenth century. The last margrave sold his lands to Prussia in 1791. It was occupied by the French in 1806 and then handed over to Bavaria by Napoleon. The town produces trimmings, buttons, straw goods, and more. Population: 19,995.

An´sted, David Thomas, an English geologist, born 1814, died 1880. He was professor of geology at King's College, London, and assistant-secretary to the Geological Society, whose quarterly journal he edited for many years.

An´sted, David Thomas, an English geologist, born in 1814, died in 1880. He was a professor of geology at King's College, London, and served as the assistant secretary to the Geological Society, which he edited for many years in its quarterly journal.

An´ster, John, LL.D., professor of civil law in the University of Dublin, born in County Cork, 1793, died 1867. He published a volume of poems, but is chiefly known by his fine translation of Goethe's Faust, Part I, 1835; Part II, 1864.

An´ster, John, LL.D., professor of civil law at the University of Dublin, born in County Cork, 1793, died 1867. He published a book of poems, but is mainly recognized for his excellent translation of Goethe's Faust, Part I, 1835; Part II, 1864.

An´stey, Christopher, an English poet, born 1724, died 1805. He was author of The New Bath Guide, a humorous and satirical production describing fashionable life at Bath in the form of a series of letters in different varieties of metre, which had a great reputation in its day, but is now almost forgotten.

Anstey, Christopher, an English poet, born 1724, died 1805. He was the author of The New Bath Guide, a humorous and satirical work that describes fashionable life in Bath through a series of letters in various types of meter. It was highly regarded in its time but is now mostly forgotten.

Anstruther (an´struth-ėr; popularly an´stėr), Easter and Wester, two small royal and police burghs of Scotland, in Fifeshire, forming, with the contiguous royal burgh of Cellardyke or Nether Kilrenny, one fishing and seaport town. Total pop. (1921), 4641.

Anstruther (an´struth-er; commonly an´ster), Easter and Wester, are two small royal and police burghs in Scotland, located in Fifeshire. Together with the nearby royal burgh of Cellardyke or Nether Kilrenny, they make up one fishing and seaport town. Total population (1921) was 4,641.

Wood-ant The Wood-ant (Formica rufa)

1. Egg. 2. Larva. 3. Cocoon of fine white silk. 4. Young ant, taken out of cocoon. 5. Male ant. 6. Female ant. 7. Worker ant. (All magnified.)

1. Egg. 2. Larva. 3. Cocoon made of fine white silk. 4. Young ant removed from the cocoon. 5. Male ant. 6. Female ant. 7. Worker ant. (All magnified.)

Ant, the common name of hymenopterous (or membranous-winged) insects of various genera, of the family Formicĭdæ, of which there are numerous species, at least 2000 being known. They are found in most temperate and tropical regions. They are small but powerful insects, and have long been noted for their remarkable intelligence and interesting habits. They are social insects, living in communities regulated by definite laws, each member of the society bearing a well-defined and separate part in the work of the colony. Each community consists of males; of females much larger than the males; and of barren females, otherwise called neuters, workers, or nurses. The neuters are wingless, and the males and females only acquire wings for their 'nuptial flight', after which the males perish, and the few females which escape the pursuit of their numerous enemies divest themselves of their wings, and either return to established nests, or become the foundresses of new colonies. The neuters perform all the labours of the ant-hill or abode of the community; they excavate the galleries, procure food, and feed the larvæ or young ants, which have not got organs of motion. In fine weather they carefully convey them to the surface for the benefit of the sun's heat, and as attentively carry them to a place of safety either when bad weather is threatened or the ant-hill is disturbed. In like manner they watch over the safety of the nymphs or pupæ about to acquire their perfect growth. Some communities possess a special type of neuters, known as 'soldiers', from the duties that specially fall upon them, and from their powerful biting jaws. There is a very considerable variety in the materials, size, and form of ant-hills, or nests, according to the peculiar nature or instinct of the species. Most of the British ants form nests in woods, fields, or gardens, their abodes being generally in the form of small mounds rising above the surface of the ground and containing numerous galleries and apartments. Some excavate nests in old tree-trunks. One little yellow ant (Myrmīca domestica) is common in houses in Britain in some localities. Some [182]ants live on animal food, very quickly picking quite clean the skeleton of any dead animal they may light on. Others live on saccharine matter, being very fond of the sweet substance, called honey-dew, which exudes from the bodies of aphides, or plant-lice. These they sometimes keep in their nests, and sometimes tend on the plants where they feed; sometimes they even superintend their breeding. By stroking the aphides with their antennæ they cause them to emit the sweet fluid, which the ants then greedily sip up. Various other insects are looked after by ants in a similar manner, or are found in their nests. It has been observed that some species, like the European Red Ant (Formīca sanguinĕa), resort to violence to obtain working ants of other species for their own use, plundering the nests of suitable kinds of their larvæ and pupæ, which they carry off to their own nests to be carefully reared and kept as slaves. In temperate countries male and female ants survive, at most, till autumn, or to the commencement of cool weather, though a very large proportion of them cease to exist long previous to that time. The neuters pass the winter in a state of torpor, and of course require no food. The only time when they require food is during the season of activity, when they have a vast number of young to feed. Some ants of Southern Europe feed on grain, and store it up in their nests for use when required. Some species have stings as weapons, others only their powerful mandibles, or an acrid and pungent fluid (formic acid) which they can emit. The name ant is also given to the neuropterous insects otherwise called Termites (q.v.). Bibliography: Lord Avebury (Sir John Lubbock), Ants, Bees, and Wasps; H. W. Bates, A Naturalist on the Amazons; Cambridge Natural History.

Ant refers to the common name for various kinds of hymenopterous insects from the family Formicidae, with at least 2,000 known species. They live in most temperate and tropical regions. Although small, they are strong insects and have long been recognized for their amazing intelligence and fascinating behaviors. Ants are social insects that live in communities governed by specific rules, with each member of the society playing a clear and distinct role in the colony's tasks. Each community includes males, larger females, and sterile females, also known as neuters, workers, or nurses. Neuters don't have wings, while males and females develop wings only for their "nuptial flight." After this, males die, and the few females that evade many predators shed their wings and either return to established nests or start new colonies. Neuter ants do all the work within the ant-hill or the community's home; they dig tunnels, gather food, and care for the larvae or young ants that cannot move yet. In good weather, they carefully take the young to the surface to soak up the sun and safely return them to shelter when bad weather is on the way or if the ant-hill is disturbed. They also protect the nymphs or pupae that are about to mature. Some communities have a special type of neuter known as "soldiers," tasked with specific duties due to their strong biting jaws. There is a significant variety in the materials, sizes, and shapes of ant-hills or nests, depending on the species' unique characteristics or instincts. Most British ants build nests in woods, fields, or gardens, typically forming small mounds that rise above ground and contain many tunnels and rooms. Some create nests in old tree-trunks. One small yellow ant (Myrmica domestica) is commonly found in houses in certain areas of Britain. Some ants feed on animal matter, quickly cleaning the bones of any dead creatures they find. Others prefer sweet substances, like honey-dew, which oozes from aphids, or plant-lice. Sometimes, ants keep aphids in their nests or tend to them on the plants where they feed, occasionally even overseeing their breeding. By stroking the aphids with their antennae, ants stimulate them to produce the sweet liquid, which the ants eagerly consume. Ants also care for various other insects in a similar manner, or these insects can be found in their nests. It's been noted that some species, like the European Red Ant (Formica sanguinea), resort to violence to capture worker ants from other species, raiding nests for suitable larvae and pupae to take to their own nests, where they are raised and kept as slaves. In temperate regions, male and female ants typically survive only until autumn or the onset of colder weather, although many die much earlier. Neuter ants enter a state of dormancy during the winter and do not need food then. They only require nourishment during their active season when they have many young to feed. Some Southern European ants collect and store grain in their nests for future use. Certain species have stings as defense mechanisms, while others rely on their strong mandibles or a bitter, pungent liquid (formic acid) they can release. The term ant is also used for the neuropterous insects known as Termites (q.v.). References: Lord Avebury (Sir John Lubbock), Ants, Bees, and Wasps; H. W. Bates, A Naturalist on the Amazons; Cambridge Natural History.

Antac´id, an alkali, or any remedy for acidity in the stomach. Dyspepsia and diarrhœa are the diseases in which antacids are chiefly employed. The principal antacids in use are magnesia, lime, and their carbonates, and the carbonates of potash and soda.

Antacid, a base, or any treatment for stomach acidity. Dyspepsia and diarrhea are the main conditions where antacids are used. The primary antacids in use are magnesium, calcium, and their carbonates, as well as the carbonates of potassium and sodium.

Antæ´us, the giant son of Poseidon (Neptune) and Gē (the Earth), who was invincible so long as he was in contact with the earth. Heracles (Hercules) grasped him in his arms and stifled him suspended in the air, thus preventing him from touching the earth.

Antæus, the giant son of Poseidon (Neptune) and Gē (the Earth), who couldn’t be defeated as long as he was in contact with the ground. Heracles (Hercules) grabbed him and choked him while holding him in the air, preventing him from touching the earth.

Antakieh, or Antakia. See Antioch.

Antakieh, or Antakia. See Antioch.

Antal´kali, a substance which neutralizes an alkali, and is used medicinally to counteract an alkaline tendency in the system. All true acids have this power.

Antal´kali is a substance that neutralizes an alkali and is used in medicine to counteract an alkaline tendency in the body. All true acids have this capability.

Antananarivo (an-tan-an-a-rē´vō), the capital of Madagascar, situated in the central province of Imérina, on rocky eminences rising from a plain. Until 1869 all buildings within the city were of wood or rush, but since the introduction of brick and stone, the whole city has been rebuilt. It contains two former royal palaces, immense timber structures; a Protestant and a Roman Catholic cathedral, mission churches, schools, &c. Antananarivo is the residence of the French governor of Madagascar, and there is a strong French garrison. It has manufactures of metal work, cutlery, silk, &c. Pop. (exclusive of the troops) 63,115.

Antananarivo (an-tan-an-a-rē´vō), the capital of Madagascar, is located in the central province of Imérina, on rocky hills that rise from a flat area. Before 1869, all the buildings in the city were made of wood or reeds, but after the introduction of brick and stone, the entire city has been rebuilt. It features two former royal palaces, large wooden structures; a Protestant and a Roman Catholic cathedral, mission churches, schools, etc. Antananarivo is home to the French governor of Madagascar, and there is a significant French military presence. The city has industries producing metalwork, cutlery, silk, etc. Population (not including the military) is 63,115.

An´tar, an Arabian warrior and poet of the sixth century, author of one of the seven Moallakas (poems) hung up in the Kaaba at Mecca; hero of a romance analogous in Arabic literature to the Arthurian legend of the English. The romance of Antar is composed in rhythmic prose interspersed with fragments of verse, many of which are attributed to Antar himself, and has been generally ascribed to Asmai (born A.D. 740, died about A.D. 830), preceptor to Harun-al-Rashid. It has been published in 32 vols. at Cairo (1889).

An'tar was an Arabian warrior and poet from the sixth century, known for writing one of the seven Moallakas (poems) displayed at the Kaaba in Mecca. He is the hero of a romance in Arabic literature that parallels the Arthurian legend in English. The story of Antar is written in rhythmic prose, sprinkled with bits of poetry, many of which are credited to Antar himself. It’s often attributed to Asmai (born CE 740, died around CE 830), who was a tutor to Harun-al-Rashid. This work was published in 32 volumes in Cairo in 1889.

Antarctic (ant-ärk´tik), a term signifying the opposite of Arctic, and therefore relating to the southern pole or to the regions near it. The Antarctic Circle, which of course corresponds to the Arctic Circle, is a circle parallel to the equator and distant from the south pole 23° 28´, marking the area within which the sun does not set when on the tropic of Capricorn. The Antarctic Circle has been arbitrarily fixed on as the limits of the Antarctic Ocean, it being the average limit of the pack-ice; but the name is often extended to embrace a much wider area. The lands within or near the Antarctic Circle are but imperfectly known, and a very large area around the south pole is altogether unknown. The work of exploration has been hitherto baffled at various points by what seems an unsurmountable ice-barrier, which in some places is connected with masses of land and may as a whole belong to a great Antarctic continent. Among land-masses that have long been known to exist in the Antarctic Ocean, though our knowledge of them is very imperfect, are those to which have been attached the names Graham Land, Victoria Land, Wilkes Land, Enderby Land, South Shetland Islands, &c. The Antarctic regions are even colder and more inhospitable than the Arctic, and partly on account of their remoteness from the maritime nations there have been far fewer efforts at their exploration, the south pole being far less a goal of discovery than the north. See South Polar Expeditions.

Antarctic (ant-ärk´tik) refers to the opposite of Arctic, relating to the southern pole or the areas around it. The Antarctic Circle, which corresponds to the Arctic Circle, is a circle parallel to the equator and is 23° 28´ from the south pole, marking the area where the sun doesn’t set when it's on the tropic of Capricorn. The Antarctic Circle has been set as the boundary of the Antarctic Ocean, as it represents the average limit of the pack ice; however, the term is often used to describe a much larger area. The lands within or near the Antarctic Circle are not well understood, and a vast area around the south pole remains completely uncharted. Exploration efforts have faced challenges at various points due to what seems like an insurmountable ice barrier, which in some areas connects to land masses that may collectively form a large Antarctic continent. Among the known land masses in the Antarctic Ocean, although our understanding of them is limited, are those called Graham Land, Victoria Land, Wilkes Land, Enderby Land, South Shetland Islands, etc. The Antarctic regions are even colder and more unwelcoming than the Arctic, and due to their isolation from maritime nations, there have been significantly fewer attempts at exploration, with the south pole being a much less sought-after destination than the north. See South Polar Expeditions.

Ant-eater Ant-eater (Myrmecophăga jubāta)

Ant-eater, a name given to mammals of various genera that prey chiefly on ants, but usually confined to the genus Myrmecophăga, ord. Edentata. In this genus the head is remarkably elongated, the jaws destitute of teeth, and the mouth furnished with a long, extensile [183]tongue covered with glutinous saliva, by the aid of which the animals secure their insect prey. The eyes are particularly small, the ears short and round, and the legs, especially the fore-legs, very strong, and furnished with long, compressed, acute nails, admirably adapted for breaking into the ant-hills. The most remarkable species is the Myrmecophăga jubāta, or ant-bear, a native of the warmer parts of South America. It is from 4 to 5 feet in length from the tip of the muzzle to the root of the black bushy tail, which is about 2 feet long. The body is covered with long hair, particularly along the neck and back. It is a harmless and solitary animal, and spends most of its time in sleep. Some are adapted for climbing trees in quest of the insects on which they feed, having prehensile tails. All are natives of South America. The name ant-eater is also given to the pangolins and to the aardvark. The echidna of Australia is sometimes called porcupine ant-eater.

Ant-eater is a term used for mammals from different genera that mainly feed on ants, but it usually refers to the genus Myrmecophăga, ord. Edentata. In this genus, the head is notably long, the jaws lack teeth, and the mouth has a long, extendable tongue covered in sticky saliva, which helps these animals capture their insect food. The eyes are quite small, the ears are short and round, and the legs, especially the front legs, are very strong with long, sharp claws that are perfect for breaking into ant hills. The most notable species is the Myrmecophăga jubāta, or ant-bear, found in the warmer regions of South America. It ranges from 4 to 5 feet long from the tip of its snout to the base of its bushy black tail, which is about 2 feet long. Its body is covered in long hair, especially along its neck and back. It is a gentle, solitary creature that spends most of its time sleeping. Some can climb trees to find the insects they eat, thanks to their prehensile tails. All species are native to South America. The term ant-eater is also applied to pangolins and the aardvark. The echidna from Australia is sometimes referred to as a porcupine ant-eater.

Antece´dent, in grammar, the noun to which a relative or other pronoun refers; as, Solomon was the prince who built the temple, where the word prince is the antecedent of who.—In logic, that member of a hypothetical or conditional proposition which contains the condition, and which is introduced by if or some equivalent word or words; as, if the sun is fixed, the earth must move. Here the first and conditional proposition is the antecedent, the second the consequent.

Antecedent, in grammar, is the noun that a relative or other pronoun refers to; for example, Solomon was the prince who built the temple, where the word prince is the antecedent of who.—In logic, it refers to the part of a hypothetical or conditional statement that contains the condition, introduced by if or a similar word or phrase; for instance, if the sun is fixed, the earth must move. In this case, the first statement is the antecedent, and the second is the consequent.

Antedilu´vian, before the flood or deluge of Noah's time; relating to what happened before the deluge. In geology the term has been applied to organisms, traces of which are found in a fossil state in formations preceding the Diluvial (Glacial epoch), particularly to extinct animals such as the palæotherium, the mastodon, &c.

Antediluvian, before the flood or deluge of Noah's time; relating to what happened before the deluge. In geology, the term has been used for organisms whose traces are found in a fossil state in formations that came before the Diluvial (Glacial epoch), especially referring to extinct animals like the palæotherium, the mastodon, etc.

An´telope, the name given to the members of a large family of Ruminant Ungulata or Hoofed Mammalia, closely resembling the Deer in general appearance, but essentially different in nature from the latter animals. They are included with the Sheep and Oxen in the family of the Cavicornia or 'Hollow-horned' Ruminants. Their horns, unlike those of the Deer, are not deciduous, but are permanent; are never branched, but are often twisted spirally, and may be borne by both sexes. They are found in greatest number and variety in Africa. Well-known species are the chamois (European), the gazelle, the addax, the eland, the koodoo, the gnu, the springbok, the sasin or Indian antelope, and the prongbuck of America.

Antelope refers to members of a large family of Ruminant Ungulata or Hoofed Mammals that closely resemble deer in general appearance but are fundamentally different from them. They are grouped with sheep and cattle in the family of Cavicornia or 'Hollow-horned' Ruminants. Unlike deer, their horns are not shed; they are permanent, never branched, often twisted in a spiral, and can be found on both males and females. Antelopes are most numerous and diverse in Africa. Well-known species include the chamois (European), gazelle, addax, eland, kudu, gnu, springbok, sasin or Indian antelope, and pronghorn from America.

Antennae Antennæ

1,1. Filiform Antennæ of Cucujo Firefly of Brazil (Pyrophŏrus luminōsus). 2. Denticulate Antenna; 3. Bipinnate; 4. Lamellicorn; 5. Clavate; 6. Geniculate; 7. Antenna and Antennule of Crustacean.

1,1. Thin Antennas of the Cucujo Firefly of Brazil (Pyrophŏrus luminōsus). 2. Notched Antenna; 3. Double-pinnate; 4. Plate-like; 5. Clubbed; 6. Elbowed; 7. Antenna and Antennule of Crustacean.

Anten´næ, the name given to the movable jointed organs of touch and hearing attached to the heads of insects, myriapods, &c., and commonly called horns or feelers. They present a very great variety of forms.

Antennae, the name given to the movable jointed organs of touch and hearing attached to the heads of insects, myriapods, etc., and commonly called horns or feelers. They come in a wide variety of shapes.

Antequera (a˙n-te-kā´ra˙), a city of Andalusia, in Spain, in the province of Malaga, a place of some importance under the Romans, with a ruined Moorish castle. It manufactures woollens, leather, soap, &c. Pop. 32,360.

Antequera (an-te-kā´ra), a city in Andalusia, Spain, located in the province of Malaga. It was significant during Roman times and has a ruined Moorish castle. The city produces textiles, leather goods, soap, etc. Population: 32,360.

Ant´eros, in Greek mythology, the god of mutual love. According to some, however, Anteros is the enemy of love, or the god of antipathy; he was also said to punish those who did not return the love of others.

Ant´eros, in Greek mythology, is the god of mutual love. However, according to some, Anteros is the enemy of love, or the god of antipathy; he was also said to punish those who didn’t return the love of others.

Anthe´lion, pl. Anthelia, a luminous ring, or rings, seen by an observer, especially in alpine and polar regions, around the shadow of his head projected on a cloud or fog-bank, or on grass covered with dew, 50 or 60 yards distant, and opposite the sun when rising or setting. It is due to the diffraction of light.

Anthe´lion, pl. Anthelia, is a bright ring or rings that can be seen by an observer, particularly in mountainous and polar areas, around the shadow of their head cast on a cloud, fog bank, or dew-covered grass about 50 to 60 yards away, directly opposite the sun at sunrise or sunset. This phenomenon occurs because of the diffraction of light.

Anthelmin´thics, or Anthelmin´tics, a class of remedies used to destroy worms when lodged in the alimentary canal; classed as vermicides or vermifuges, according as the object is to kill the worms, or to expel them by purgation.

Anthelmintics, a class of medications used to eliminate worms that are present in the digestive tract; categorized as vermicides or vermifuges, depending on whether the goal is to kill the worms or to expel them through purging.

An´them, originally a hymn sung in alternate [184]parts; in modern usage, a sacred tune or piece of music set to words taken from the Psalms or other parts of the Scriptures, first introduced into church service in Elizabeth's reign; a developed motet. The anthem may be for one, two, or any number of voices, but seldom exceeds five parts, and may or may not have an organ accompaniment written for it.

Anthem, originally a hymn sung in alternate parts; in modern use, a sacred tune or piece of music with lyrics taken from the Psalms or other parts of the Scriptures, first introduced into church services during Elizabeth's reign; a developed motet. The anthem can be for one, two, or any number of voices, but usually doesn’t exceed five parts, and may or may not have an organ accompaniment written for it.

Anthemion Anthemion

Anthe´mion, an ornament or ornamental series used in Greek and Roman decoration, which is derived from floral forms, more especially the honeysuckle. It was much used for the ornamentation of friezes and interiors, for the decoration of fictile vases, the borders of dresses, &c.

Anthemion, a decorative motif or series used in Greek and Roman design, comes from floral shapes, particularly the honeysuckle. It was commonly used to embellish friezes and interiors, as well as to decorate ceramic vases, dress borders, etc.

An´themis, a genus of composite plants, comprising the camomile or chamomile.

Anthemis, a group of flowering plants, includes chamomile.

Anthe´mius, a Greek mathematician and architect of Lydia; designed the church of St. Sophia at Constantinople, and is credited with the invention of the dome; died A.D. 534.

Anthemius, a Greek mathematician and architect from Lydia, designed the church of St. Sophia in Constantinople and is credited with inventing the dome; he died CE 534.

Anther in Lily The Reproductive Organs of the Lily

An´ther, the male organ of the flower; that part of the stamen which is filled with pollen.

Another, the male part of the flower; the part of the stamen that contains pollen.

Antheste´ria, an annual Greek festival held in honour of all the gods, but especially in honour of Dionysus. It celebrated the beginning of spring, and the season when the wine of the previous vintage was considered fit for use.

Antheste´ria is an annual Greek festival that honors all the gods, particularly Dionysus. It marks the start of spring and the time when the wine from the last harvest is deemed ready for enjoyment.

Anthocy´anin, the blue colour of flowers, a pigment obtained from those petals of flowers which are blue, by digesting them in spirits of wine.

Anthocyanin, the blue color in flowers, is a pigment derived from the blue petals of flowers, extracted by soaking them in alcohol.

Anthol´ogy (Gr. anthos, a flower, and legein, to gather), the name given to several collections of short poems which have come down from antiquity. The first to compile a Greek anthology was Meleager, a Syrian, about 60 B.C. He entitled his collection, which contained selections from forty-six poets besides many pieces of his own, the Garland; a continuation of this work by Philip of Thessalonica in the age of Tiberius was the first entitled Anthology. Later collections are that of Constantine Cephalas, in the tenth century, who made much use of the earlier ones, and that of Maximus Planudes, in the fourteenth century, a monk of Constantinople, whose anthology is a tasteless series of extracts from the Anthology of Cephalas, with some additions. The treasures contained in both, increased with fragments of the older poets, idylls of the bucolic poets, the hymns of Callimachus, epigrams from monuments and other works, have been published in modern times as the Greek Anthology. There is no ancient Latin anthology, the oldest being that of Scaliger (1573).

Anthology (Gr. anthos, meaning flower, and legein, meaning to gather), is the term used for several collections of short poems that have survived from ancient times. The first to create a Greek anthology was Meleager, a Syrian, around 60 BCE He named his collection, which included works from forty-six poets along with many of his own pieces, the Garland; a continuation of this work by Philip of Thessalonica during the time of Tiberius was the first to be called Anthology. Later collections include that of Constantine Cephalas in the tenth century, who relied heavily on the earlier anthologies, and Maximus Planudes in the fourteenth century, a monk from Constantinople, whose anthology is an uninspired compilation of excerpts from Cephalas's Anthology, with some additions. The treasures found in both collections, enhanced by fragments of earlier poets, pastoral poems, hymns by Callimachus, epigrams from monuments, and other works, have been published in modern times as the Greek Anthology. There is no ancient Latin anthology, the earliest being that of Scaliger (1573).

An´thon, Charles, LL.D., an American editor of classical school-books, and of works intended to facilitate the study of Greek and Latin literature; born 1797, died 1867. He was long a professor in Columbia College, New York.

An´thon, Charles, Doctor of Laws, an American editor of classical school books and works designed to make the study of Greek and Latin literature easier; born 1797, died 1867. He served for many years as a professor at Columbia College in New York.

An´thony, St. the founder of monastic institutions, born near Heraclea, in Upper Egypt, A.D. 251. Giving up all his property he retired to the desert, where he was followed by a number of disciples, who thus formed the first community of monks. He died at the age of 105.—St. Anthony's Fire, a name given to erysipelas.

Anthony, St. the founder of monastic institutions, born near Heraclea in Upper Egypt, CE 251. After giving up all his possessions, he moved to the desert, where he was joined by several followers, forming the first community of monks. He died at the age of 105.—St. Anthony's Fire, a term used for erysipelas.

An´thracene (C14H10) occurs in coal-tar in small quantity, about 0.25-0.45 per cent. During the distillation of tar a high-boiling fraction, boiling above 270° C., is obtained; this is crude anthracene oil, a greenish oily substance which, on further distillation, yields a crystalline mass, 50 per cent anthracene. This is carefully purified by distillation and chemical treatment to separate the anthracene from the other substances occurring with it, and the product obtained is finally purified by crystallization. When pure it forms colourless crystalline scales melting at 216° C., and having a violet fluorescence. It forms a series of derivatives, the most important being anthraquinone and alizarine and the numerous derivatives of these. Anthracene was originally a useless product in coal-tar distillation, but it became valuable as soon as it was discovered that alizarine—from which many dyes are manufactured directly or indirectly—could be prepared from it.

Antracene (C14H10) is found in coal tar in small amounts, around 0.25-0.45 percent. When tar is distilled, a high-boiling fraction that boils above 270° C is produced; this is crude anthracene oil, a greenish oily substance that, upon further distillation, yields a crystalline mass that is 50 percent anthracene. This mass is carefully purified through distillation and chemical treatment to isolate the anthracene from other substances, and the final product is purified by crystallization. When pure, it forms colorless crystalline scales that melt at 216° C and exhibit a violet fluorescence. It can form several derivatives, the most significant being anthraquinone and alizarin, along with many derivatives of these. Anthracene was initially considered a useless byproduct in coal tar distillation, but it became valuable once it was found that alizarin—used to create many dyes directly or indirectly—could be made from it.

An´thracite, glance or blind coal, a non-bituminous coal of a shining lustre, approaching to metallic, and which burns without smoke, with a weak or no flame, and with intense heat. It consists of, on an average, 90 per cent carbon, 2 oxygen, 3 hydrogen, and 5 ashes. It has some of the properties of coal or charcoal, and, like that substance, represents an extreme alteration of vegetable substances by loss of gases, either during conditions of decay or after entombment among stratified rocks. It is found in England, [185]Scotland, and Ireland, and in large quantities in the United States (Pennsylvania), and near Swansea (South Wales). See Coal.

Anthracite, also known as glance or blind coal, is a type of non-bituminous coal that has a shiny, almost metallic appearance. It burns cleanly, producing little to no smoke and a weak flame, while generating intense heat. On average, it consists of about 90% carbon, 2% oxygen, 3% hydrogen, and 5% ash. It shares some characteristics with coal and charcoal and represents a significant transformation of plant matter due to the loss of gases, either during decomposition or after being buried among layered rocks. Anthracite is found in England, [185]Scotland, and Ireland, as well as in large amounts in the United States (Pennsylvania) and near Swansea (South Wales). See Coal.

An´thrax, a fatal disease to which animals are subject, always associated with the presence of an extremely minute micro-organism (Bacillus anthrăcis) in the blood. It attacks cattle more frequently than other animals; sheep, horses, pigs, dogs, and fowls are liable to anthrax, but not cats. The mode of infection in animals is chiefly by ingestion. It may also be contracted through a wound or scratch in the skin, but this mode of infection is commoner in human beings than in animals. It frequently assumes an epizootic form, and extends over large districts, affecting all classes of animals which are exposed to the exciting causes. It is also called splenic fever, and is communicable to man, appearing as carbuncle, malignant pustule, or wool-sorter's disease.

Anthrax is a deadly disease that affects animals, always linked to a tiny microorganism (Bacillus anthracis) found in the blood. It strikes cattle more often than other animals; sheep, horses, pigs, dogs, and birds can also get anthrax, but cats are not affected. Animals mainly get infected by ingesting it. It can also be caught through a wound or scratch on the skin, though this way of getting infected happens more often in humans than in animals. It often shows up as an outbreak, spreading across large areas and impacting all types of animals that come into contact with the causes. It’s also known as splenic fever and can be transmitted to humans, appearing as carbuncle, malignant pustule, or wool-sorter's disease.

Anthropol´atry, the worship of man, a word always employed in reproach; applied by the Apollinarians, who denied Christ's perfect humanity, towards the orthodox Christians.

Anthropol'atry, the worship of man, is a term used as an insult; it was used by the Apollinarians, who denied Christ's complete humanity, against the orthodox Christians.

Anthro´polite, a petrifaction of the human body or skeleton, or of parts of the body, by the encrusting action of calcareous waters, and hence hardly to be considered fossil or sub-fossil.

Anthro'polite is a petrified human body or skeleton, or parts of it, created by the encrusting process of calcium-rich waters, and therefore it shouldn't really be classified as a fossil or sub-fossil.

Anthropol´ogy, the science of man, including the study of man's place in nature, that is, of the measurement of his agreement with and divergence from other animals and the history of the emergence of human characteristics; of the distinctive features and geographical distribution of the races of mankind, their customs and beliefs; of the remains of extinct types of the human family and the evidence relating to their modes of life. It puts under contribution all sciences which have man for their object, as anatomy, palæontology, psychology, archæology, history, and comparative religion. All the races of mankind that are now living, much as they differ in external appearance, such as colour of skin, character of hair, form of skull, face, and body, and stature, belong to one species, Homo Sapiens; but an earlier species of more brutal type, H. neanderthalensis, now completely extinct, is known from fossil remains found in Germany, Belgium, France, Gibraltar, and Croatia. Three more ancient and primitive types, probably representing distinct genera of the human family, have been discovered respectively at Piltdown, in Sussex (Eoanthropus), at Mauer, near Heidelberg (Palæanthropus), and in Java, the Ape-man (Pithecanthropus). The Piltdown man may represent the very remote, but direct, ancestor of modern man; but the Heidelberg man and the Ape-man were probably divergent 'sports' whose descendants never became men of the modern type.

Anthropology, the science of humans, involves studying our place in nature, which means examining how we relate to and differ from other animals, as well as the history of the development of human traits. It looks at the unique characteristics and geographic distribution of human races, their customs and beliefs, the remains of extinct human types, and the evidence regarding their ways of life. It draws on all sciences focused on humans, such as anatomy, paleontology, psychology, archaeology, history, and comparative religion. All currently living human races, despite their differences in external appearance—like skin color, hair type, skull shape, facial features, body structure, and height—belong to one species, Homo Sapiens. However, an earlier, more primitive species, H. neanderthalensis, is now completely extinct and is known from fossil remains found in Germany, Belgium, France, Gibraltar, and Croatia. Three additional ancient and primitive types, likely representing different genera of the human family, have been found at Piltdown in Sussex (Eoanthropus), at Mauer near Heidelberg (Palæanthropus), and in Java, known as the Ape-man (Pithecanthropus). The Piltdown man may be a very distant, yet direct, ancestor of modern humans, while the Heidelberg man and the Ape-man were probably divergent ‘sports’ whose descendants did not evolve into modern humans.

In structure the gorilla reveals a close kinship with the human family, and was probably derived from a common ancestry which probably differentiated into man's forerunner and the gorilla's in Miocene times. Of existing races the aboriginal Australian is much the most primitive, and represents the survival of the earliest type of Homo Sapiens soon after this species became differentiated from men of the Neanderthal species. The negro, whose home is tropical Africa, is primitive in some respects, but in others is highly specialized. He is distinguished by his black skin, flat nose, prominent jaws and thick everted lips, and so-called 'woolly' or 'pepper-corn' hair. In stature he shows a wider range of variation than any other race, including, as he does, the tallest and the shortest varieties of mankind. The Bushman is a peculiarly distinct racial type now restricted to the deserts of South Africa. Though his skin is yellowish rather than black, he is akin to the negro. The Mongolian race probably assumed its distinctive features, yellowish skin, coarse black hair, and characteristic facial and bodily traits, in Eastern Asia; and the aboriginal population of America was sprung mainly from the less-specialized branch of this race. The so-called white races include three main stocks, a people of short stature, olive complexion, and long heads, the Mediterranean race; a taller people with fair hair and long heads, the Nordic race; and a short, thick-set, black-haired, broad-headed Alpine race, which made its way from Asia into Europe many centuries after the other two chief components of Europe's population. For long ages in every part of the world intermixture has been taking place in varying degrees between the different races of mankind, so that to-day probably no pure race exists. See Ethnography, Ethnology, Man, &c.—Bibliography: E. B. Tylor, Anthropology; D. G. Brinton, Races and Peoples; W. Z. Ripley, The Races of Europe; E. Carpenter, Anthropology; G. Elliott Smith, The Migrations of Early Culture; H. G. F. Spurrell, Modern Man and his Forerunners; Dictionnaire des Sciences Anthropologiques; The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain.

In terms of structure, gorillas show a close connection to humans and likely share a common ancestor that separated into the lineage of humans and that of gorillas during the Miocene era. Of all existing groups, the Aboriginal Australians are the most primitive and represent the surviving remnants of the earliest type of Homo Sapiens shortly after this species diverged from Neanderthal humans. The Black population of tropical Africa is also primitive in some ways but highly specialized in others. They are characterized by their black skin, flat noses, prominent jaws, and thick, protruding lips, along with the so-called 'woolly' or 'peppercorn' hair. In terms of height, they show a wider range of variation than any other race, encompassing both the tallest and the shortest humans. The Bushman is a uniquely distinct racial type now found only in the deserts of South Africa. Although his skin is more yellowish than black, he is related to the Black population. The Mongolian race likely developed its unique features—yellowish skin, coarse black hair, and particular facial and body characteristics—in East Asia; and the Native American population mainly descended from a less specialized branch of this race. The so-called white races consist of three main groups: the Mediterranean race, characterized by short stature, olive skin, and long heads; the Nordic race, taller with fair hair and long heads; and the Alpine race, which is short, thick-set, black-haired, and broad-headed, having migrated from Asia to Europe many centuries after the other two main groups of Europe's population. For a long time, there has been varying degrees of mixing among different human races around the world, so today, it is likely that no pure race exists. See Ethnography, Ethnology, Man, &c.—References: E. B. Tylor, Anthropology; D. G. Brinton, Races and Peoples; W. Z. Ripley, The Races of Europe; E. Carpenter, Anthropology; G. Elliott Smith, The Migrations of Early Culture; H. G. F. Spurrell, Modern Man and his Forerunners; Dictionnaire des Sciences Anthropologiques; The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain.

Anthropom´etry, the systematic examination of the height, weight, and other physical characteristics of the human body. It was shown in the British Association Report of 1888 that variations in stature, weight, and complexion, existing in different districts of the British islands, are chiefly due to difference of racial origin.

Anthropometry is the systematic study of human body measurements like height, weight, and other physical traits. The British Association Report of 1888 revealed that the differences in height, weight, and skin color across various regions of the British Isles are primarily attributed to different racial origins.

The Scotch male adults stand first in height (68.71 inches), the Irish second (67.90 inches), the English third (67.66 inches), and the Welsh last (66.66 inches). In weight the Scotch take the first place (165.3 lb.), the Welsh the second [186](158.3 lb.), the English the third (155.0 lb.), and the Irish the last (154.1 lb.). The average height of adult females is 4.71 inches less than the male average, and their average weight 32.2 lb. under that of the males. The average height of the adult males of the principal races or nationalities of the world may be given as under; but it is acknowledged that more numerous measurements might alter some of the figures considerably: Polynesians 69.33 inches, Patagonians 69 inches, Negroes of the Congo 69 inches, Scotch 68.71 inches, Iroquois Indians 68.28 inches, Irish 67.90 inches, United States (whites) 67.67 inches, English 67.66 inches, Norwegians 67.66 inches, Zulus 67.19 inches, Welsh 66.66 inches, Danes 66.65 inches, Dutch 66.62 inches, American Negroes 66.62 inches, Hungarians 66.58 inches, Germans 66.54 inches, Swiss 66.43 inches, Belgians 66.38 inches, French 66.23 inches, Berbers 66.10 inches, Arabs 66.08 inches, Russians 66.04 inches, Italians 66 inches, Spaniards 65.66 inches, Esquimaux 65.10 inches, Papuans 64.78 inches, Hindus 64.76 inches, Chinese 64.17 inches, Poles 63.87 inches, Finns 63.60 inches, Japanese 63.11 inches, Peruvians 63 inches, Malays 62.34 inches, Lapps 59.2 inches, Bosjesmans 52.78 inches. General average, 65.25 inches.

Scotch male adults are the tallest at 68.71 inches, followed by the Irish at 67.90 inches, the English at 67.66 inches, and the Welsh at 66.66 inches. In terms of weight, the Scotch also come in first at 165.3 lb., the Welsh second at 158.3 lb., the English third at 155.0 lb., and the Irish last at 154.1 lb. The average height of adult females is 4.71 inches shorter than that of males, and their average weight is 32.2 lb. less than the males'. The average height of adult males from various major races or nationalities around the world is as follows; however, it's recognized that more extensive measurements could significantly change some of these figures: Polynesians 69.33 inches, Patagonians 69 inches, Congolese Negroes 69 inches, Scotch 68.71 inches, Iroquois Indians 68.28 inches, Irish 67.90 inches, United States (whites) 67.67 inches, English 67.66 inches, Norwegians 67.66 inches, Zulus 67.19 inches, Welsh 66.66 inches, Danes 66.65 inches, Dutch 66.62 inches, American Negroes 66.62 inches, Hungarians 66.58 inches, Germans 66.54 inches, Swiss 66.43 inches, Belgians 66.38 inches, French 66.23 inches, Berbers 66.10 inches, Arabs 66.08 inches, Russians 66.04 inches, Italians 66 inches, Spaniards 65.66 inches, Eskimos 65.10 inches, Papuans 64.78 inches, Hindus 64.76 inches, Chinese 64.17 inches, Poles 63.87 inches, Finns 63.60 inches, Japanese 63.11 inches, Peruvians 63 inches, Malays 62.34 inches, Lapps 59.2 inches, Bosjesmans 52.78 inches. General average is 65.25 inches.

Anthropomor´phism, the representation or conception of the Deity under a human form, or with human attributes and affections. Anthropomorphism is based upon the natural inaptitude of the human mind for conceiving spiritual things except through sensuous images, and in its consequent tendency to accept such expressions as those of Scripture when it speaks of the eye, the ear, and the hand of God, of his seeing and hearing, of his remembering and forgetting, of his making man in his own image, &c., in a too literal sense. In a general sense anthropomorphism is the assumption of man that his own characteristics are present in beings or things widely different from himself, more particularly in forces of nature and gods. The term is, therefore, also applied to that doctrine which attributes to animals mental faculties of the same nature as those of man, though much lower in degree: strictly called biological anthropomorphism, to distinguish it from anthropomorphism proper, or theological anthropomorphism. Cf. E. Caird, Evolution of Religion; J. R. Illingworth, Personality, Human and Divine.

Anthropomorphism is the way of representing or thinking of God in human form or with human traits and emotions. Anthropomorphism arises from the human mind's natural difficulty in understanding spiritual concepts without using physical images, leading to a tendency to take expressions in Scripture literally when it mentions God's eye, ear, and hand, His seeing and hearing, His remembering and forgetting, and His creating man in His own image, etc. Generally, anthropomorphism is the assumption that our own traits are also found in beings or things that are very different from us, especially in natural forces and deities. This term is also used to describe the belief that animals possess mental abilities similar to those of humans, although to a lesser degree: this is specifically referred to as biological anthropomorphism, to differentiate it from anthropomorphism in general, or theological anthropomorphism. See E. Caird, Evolution of Religion; J. R. Illingworth, Personality, Human and Divine.

Anthropoph´agi, man-eaters, cannibals. Cannibalism was practised in very ancient times; and though some peoples, as the New Zealanders and Fijians, have given it up in recent times, it is still practised over a wide area in Central Africa, where human flesh is a common article of food. Superstitious ideas are often associated with cannibalism among those who practise it. The Caribs were cannibals at the time of the Spanish conquest, and the word 'cannibal' is derived from their name. See Cannibalism.

Anthropophagi, man-eaters, cannibals. Cannibalism was practiced in ancient times, and although some groups, like the New Zealanders and Fijians, have abandoned it in recent years, it is still common in a large part of Central Africa, where human flesh is a regular part of the diet. Superstitious beliefs are often linked to cannibalism among its practitioners. The Caribs were cannibals during the Spanish conquest, and the term 'cannibal' comes from their name. See Cannibalism.

Anthus. See Pipit.

Anthus. See Pipit.

Anti-aircraft guns are guns so mounted that they may be pointed upward to fire directly against objects in the air. During the European War these guns, fitted with special appliances and ammunition, were used for defence against air-raids of the enemy, against Zeppelins and Gothas. The anti-aircraft guns are of various types, ranging from light machine-guns up to batteries of 3-inch and 6-inch guns. Some of them have brought down enemy machines flying at a height of 10,000 or 12,000 feet.

Anti-aircraft guns are weapons designed to be aimed upward to fire directly at airborne targets. During the European War, these guns, equipped with special devices and ammunition, were used to defend against enemy air raids, including attacks from Zeppelins and Gothas. There are various types of anti-aircraft guns, ranging from light machine guns to batteries of 3-inch and 6-inch guns. Some of these have successfully shot down enemy aircraft flying at altitudes of 10,000 or 12,000 feet.

Antibes (a˙n˙-tēb) (ancient Antipolis), a fortified town and seaport of France, department Alpes-Maritimes, on the Mediterranean, 11 miles S.S.W. of Nice; founded about 340 B.C. Pop. 12,198.

Antibes (a˙n˙-tēb) (ancient Antipolis), is a fortified town and seaport in France, located in the Alpes-Maritimes department, on the Mediterranean coast, 11 miles S.S.W. of Nice; founded around 340 BCE Population 12,198.

Anti-burgher Synod, a section of the Scottish Secession Church, which held its first meeting in Edinburgh in the house of Adam Gib on 10th April, 1747. It was formed in consequence of a breach resulting from a controversy respecting the religious clause of the oath taken by burgesses in Edinburgh, Glasgow, and Perth. Those in favour of the oath were designated Burghers, whilst their opponents, who condemned the oath of the burgesses, became known as Anti-burghers. The union of the burgher and anti-burgher sections was brought about in 1820 through the exertions of John Jamieson, minister at the Anti-burgher Church in Nicholson Street, Edinburgh. See United Free Church of Scotland.

Anti-burgher Synod, a part of the Scottish Secession Church, had its first meeting in Edinburgh at Adam Gib's house on April 10, 1747. It was established due to a split stemming from a disagreement over the religious clause of the oath sworn by burgesses in Edinburgh, Glasgow, and Perth. Those supporting the oath were called Burghers, while those who opposed it and criticized the burgesses' oath became known as Anti-burghers. The merger of the burgher and anti-burgher groups took place in 1820 thanks to the efforts of John Jamieson, the minister at the Anti-burgher Church on Nicholson Street in Edinburgh. See United Free Church of Scotland.

An´tichlor, the name given to any chemical substance, such as hyposulphite of sodium, employed to remove the small quantity of chlorine which obstinately adheres to the fibres of the cloth when goods are bleached by means of chlorine.

Antichlor is the term used for any chemical substance, like sodium hyposulfite, that is used to get rid of the small amount of chlorine that stubbornly sticks to the fibers of the fabric after clothing has been bleached with chlorine.

An´tichrist, a word occurring in the first and second Epistles of St. John, and nowhere else in Scripture, in passages having an evident reference to a personage real or symbolical mentioned or alluded to in various other passages both of the Old and New Testaments. The idea itself, however, of Antichrist can be traced back to the second century B.C., and appears first of all in the Book of Daniel. In every age the Church has held through all its sects some definite expectation of a formidable adversary of truth and righteousness prefigured under this name. Thus Roman Catholics have found Antichrist in heresy, and Protestants in Romanism. In one point the sects have generally been agreed, namely, in regarding the various intimations on this subject in the Old and New Testaments as a homogeneous declaration or warning, inspired by the spirit of prophecy, of danger to the true [187]religion from some disaffection and revolt organized in the latter days by Satan. Most modern critics take a different view of the matter. They do not regard the various Scriptural writers who have dealt with this subject as having had any common inspiration or design. They believe that each writer from his own point of view, guided by mere human sagacity, gives expression in his predictions to his own individual apprehensions, or narrates as prediction what he already knows. Originally Antichrist is nothing else than the incarnate devil, and the idea of the battle of God with a human opponent, endowed with devilish wickedness, arose under the influence of historical conditions. It is the near political horizon which suggests the danger, or contemporary history the substance of the prophecy; thus the Antichrist of Daniel is Antiochus Epiphanes, that of St. John Nero, that of St. Paul some adversary of Christianity about to appear in the time of the Emperor Claudius.—Bibliography: S. Baring-Gould, Curious Myths of the Middle Ages; W. Bousset, Antichrist.

Antichrist is a term found in the first and second Epistles of St. John, and it only appears there in Scripture, referring to a character that could be real or symbolic and is mentioned or hinted at in various other passages from both the Old and New Testaments. The concept itself of Antichrist dates back to the second century BCE and first shows up in the Book of Daniel. Throughout history, the Church, across its various sects, has held onto some clear expectation of a daunting enemy of truth and righteousness represented by this name. For example, Roman Catholics have identified Antichrist with heresy, while Protestants see it in Romanism. One aspect where the sects generally agree is in viewing the different references regarding this topic in the Old and New Testaments as a consistent warning or declaration, inspired by prophetic spirit, about the threat to true [187]religion posed by some form of discontent and rebellion orchestrated in the latter days by Satan. Most modern critics, however, have a different perspective. They don’t see the various biblical authors who addressed this topic as sharing a common inspiration or purpose. Instead, they believe each writer expresses their individual concerns, either as predictions based on their own understanding or as recounting what they already know. Originally, Antichrist is simply the devil incarnate, and the notion of a conflict between God and a human adversary, who possesses evil qualities, emerged from historical context. The immediate political landscape suggests the threat, with contemporary history providing the essence of the prophecy; thus, the Antichrist in Daniel is Antiochus Epiphanes, in St. John it’s Nero, and in St. Paul it refers to a challenger to Christianity expected to emerge during Emperor Claudius’s reign.—References: S. Baring-Gould, Curious Myths of the Middle Ages; W. Bousset, Antichrist.

Anticli´max, a sudden declension of a writer or speaker from lofty to mean thoughts or language, as in the well-known lines, quoted in Pope's Martinus Scriblerus on the Art of Sinking in Poetry as from an anonymous author:

Anticlimax, a sudden drop in a writer's or speaker's thoughts or language from high to low, similar to the famous lines cited in Pope's Martinus Scriblerus on the Art of Sinking in Poetry from an unknown author:

And thou, Dalhousie, the great god of war,

And you, Dalhousie, the great god of war,

Lieutenant-colonel to the Earl of Mar.

Lieutenant Colonel to the Earl of Mar.

Pope, Addison, and Fielding were masters in this art of sudden descent.

Pope, Addison, and Fielding were experts in this craft of unexpected shifts.

Anticlinal line a, a. Anticlinal line. b. Synclinal line

Anticli´nal line or axis, in geology, the ridge of a wave-like curve made by a series of superimposed strata, the strata dipping from it on either side as from the ridge of a house: a synclinal line runs along the trough of such a wave.

Anticlinical line or axis, in geology, is the peak of a wave-like curve formed by a series of stacked layers, with the layers sloping down from it on both sides like the peak of a house: a synclinal line runs along the bottom of such a wave.

Anti-Corn-Law League, an association formed in England in 1836 to procure the repeal of the laws regulating or forbidding the importation of corn. The object of the league was attained in 1846.

Anti-Corn-Law League, a group established in England in 1836 to achieve the repeal of laws that controlled or banned the import of corn. The league reached its goal in 1846.

Anticos´ti, an island of Canada, in the mouth of the St. Lawrence, 125 miles long by 30 miles broad. The interior is mountainous and wooded, but there is much good land, and it is well adapted for agriculture.

Anticosti, an island in Canada, located at the mouth of the St. Lawrence River, is 125 miles long and 30 miles wide. The interior is mountainous and forested, but there is a lot of good land, making it well-suited for farming.

Anticy´clone, a phenomenon presenting some features opposite to those of a cyclone. It consists of a region of high barometric pressure, the pressure being greatest in the centre, with light winds flowing outwards from the centre, and not inwards as in the cyclone, accompanied with great cold in winter and with great heat in summer.

Anticyclone, a phenomenon that has some characteristics opposite to those of a cyclone. It consists of a region of high atmospheric pressure, with the highest pressure at the center, where light winds flow outward from the center instead of inward as in a cyclone. It brings significant cold in winter and intense heat in summer.

Anticyra (an-tis'i-ra), the name of two towns of Greece, the one in Thessaly, the other in Phocis, famous for hellebore, which in ancient times was regarded as a specific against insanity and melancholy. Hence various jocular allusions in ancient writers (Naviga Anticyram, sail to Anticyra).

Anticyra (an-tis'i-ra), the name of two towns in Greece, one in Thessaly and the other in Phocis, known for hellebore, which in ancient times was believed to be a cure for madness and depression. This led to various humorous references in ancient texts (Naviga Anticyram, sail to Anticyra).

An´tidote, a medicine to counteract the effects of poison.

Antidote, a medicine that neutralizes the effects of poison.

Antietam (an-tē'tam), a small stream in the United States which falls into the Potomac about 50 miles N.W. of Washington; scene of an indecisive battle between the Federal and Confederate armies, 17th Sept., 1862.

Antietam (an-tē'tam), a small stream in the United States that flows into the Potomac about 50 miles N.W. of Washington; site of a contentious battle between the Union and Confederate armies, September 17, 1862.

Anti-Federalists, the political party in the United States which after the formation of the Federal constitution in 1787 opposed its ratification. Whilst the Federalists were striving to turn the federation into a united nation, and stood for a strong Government and centralizing tendencies, their opponents, the Anti-Federalists, either more democratic, or pretending that a strong Government meant a 'disguised' monarchic power, endeavoured to preserve a loose disintegrated federation. The Anti-Federalist party was gradually transformed into the Democratic-Republican party, led by Jefferson.

Anti-Federalists were the political group in the United States that opposed the ratification of the Federal Constitution in 1787. While the Federalists aimed to unify the federation into a single nation and supported a strong government with centralizing policies, their opponents, the Anti-Federalists, were either more democratic or claimed that a strong government would result in a 'disguised' monarchy. They sought to maintain a loose, fragmented federation. The Anti-Federalist party eventually evolved into the Democratic-Republican party, led by Jefferson.

Antifriction Metal, a name given to various alloys of tin, zinc, copper, antimony, lead, &c., which oppose little resistance to motion, with great resistance to the effects of friction, so far as concerns the wearing away of the surfaces of contact. Babbitt's metal (50 parts tin, 5 antimony, 1 copper) is one of them.

Antifriction Metal refers to different alloys made from tin, zinc, copper, antimony, lead, and others, which offer minimal resistance to motion while providing strong resistance to friction-related wear on contact surfaces. Babbitt's metal, composed of 50 parts tin, 5 parts antimony, and 1 part copper, is one example.

Antigone (an-tig´o-nē), in Greek mythology, the daughter of Œdipus and Jocasta, celebrated for her devotion to her brother Polynices, for burying whom against the decree of King Creon she suffered death. She is the heroine of Sophocles' Œdipus at Colonus and his Antigone; also of Racine's tragedy Les Frères Ennemis.

Antigone (an-tig´o-nē), in Greek mythology, is the daughter of Œdipus and Jocasta. She is known for her loyalty to her brother Polynices, whom she buried in defiance of King Creon's orders, leading to her death. She is the main character in Sophocles' Œdipus at Colonus and Antigone, as well as in Racine's tragedy Les Frères Ennemis.

Antig´onish, a town in the E. of Nova Scotia, in county of the same name; the seat of a Roman Catholic bishop, with a cathedral, a college, and a good harbour. Pop. 1787.

Antigonish, a town in the E. of Nova Scotia, in the county of the same name; it is the seat of a Roman Catholic bishop, featuring a cathedral, a college, and a good harbor. Population 1787.

Antig´onus, one of the generals of Alexander the Great, born about 382 B.C. In the division of the empire, after the death of Alexander, Antigonus obtained Greater Phrygia, Lycia, and Pamphylia as his dominion. But he soon managed to extend his power, being assisted by his warlike son, Demetrius Poliorcētēs. Ptolemy, [188]Seleucus, and Lysimachus, who had also been generals of Alexander, alarmed by his ambition, united themselves against him; and a long series of contests ensued in Syria, Phœnicia, Asia Minor, and Greece, ending in 301 B.C. with the battle of Ipsus in Phrygia, in which Antigonus was defeated and slain, his dominions being divided among the conquerors.

Antigonus, one of Alexander the Great's generals, was born around 382 BCE. After Alexander's death, Antigonus was given control of Greater Phrygia, Lycia, and Pamphylia. However, he quickly expanded his power with the help of his military son, Demetrius Poliorcētēs. Ptolemy, [188]Seleucus, and Lysimachus, who were also generals under Alexander, became wary of his ambitions and formed an alliance against him. This led to a lengthy series of battles in Syria, Phoenicia, Asia Minor, and Greece, culminating in the battle of Ipsus in Phrygia in 301 B.C., where Antigonus was defeated and killed, resulting in his territories being divided among the victors.

Antigonus Gon´atas, son of Demetrius Poliorcētēs, and grandson of the above, succeeded his father in the kingdom of Macedon and all his other European dominions, but did not obtain actual possession of them for some years. He died, after a reign of forty-four years, 239 B.C.

Antigonus Gonatas, son of Demetrius Poliorcetes, and grandson of the same, took over the kingdom of Macedon and all his other European territories after his father's reign, but it took him several years to actually gain control of them. He passed away after ruling for forty-four years, in 239 BCE.

Antigua (an-tē´gwa), one of the British West Indies, the most important of the Leeward group; 28 miles long, 20 broad; area, 108 sq. miles. Its shores are high and rocky, and much indented by creeks and inlets furnishing several good harbours. The surface is diversified by hill and dale, but nowhere rises to a greater height than 1500 feet. A considerable portion of it is fertile, and the climate is healthy, but there is a scarcity of water, there being no streams and few springs, droughts are not infrequent, and hurricanes are apt to cause serious loss and damage. Chief products are sugar, cotton, and pineapples. The island has fairly good shipping connections with the United Kingdom, the United States, and Canada. Antigua is governed as a crown colony, the Islands of Barbuda and Redonda being attached to it. The capital, St. John, the residence of the governor of the Leeward Islands, stands on the shore of a well-sheltered harbour in the north-west part of the island. Falmouth (English Harbour) in the south has also an excellent harbour with a dockyard. The island was discovered by Columbus in 1493; the first settlement was made by the English in 1632. Since then, except for a short period of occupation by the French, it has been a British possession. Pop. 32,269 (1911).

Antigua (an-tē´gwa), part of the British West Indies and the most significant of the Leeward Islands; it measures 28 miles long and 20 miles wide, covering an area of 108 square miles. Its coast is steep and rocky, with many creeks and inlets that create several good harbors. The landscape features hills and valleys, but the highest point is only 1500 feet. A sizable portion of the land is fertile, and the climate is healthy, but water is scarce, as there are no rivers and very few springs. Droughts occur often, and hurricanes can lead to significant damage. The main products include sugar, cotton, and pineapples. The island has decent shipping links with the United Kingdom, the United States, and Canada. Antigua is managed as a crown colony, with Barbuda and Redonda attached to it. The capital, St. John, where the governor of the Leeward Islands lives, is located on the northern coast by a well-protected harbor. Falmouth (English Harbour) in the south also features an excellent harbor with a dockyard. Columbus discovered the island in 1493, and the English established the first settlement in 1632. Since then, aside from a brief period of French occupation, it has remained a British territory. Population: 32,269 (1911).

Anti-Jac´obin, a famous magazine (1797-1818), the original object of which was to satirize the Jacobin principles of the Fox section of Whigs; principal contributors: Gifford, Canning, Frere, and Ellis.

Anti-Jac'obin, a well-known magazine (1797-1818) that originally aimed to mock the Jacobin principles of the Fox faction of the Whigs; main contributors included Gifford, Canning, Frere, and Ellis.

Anti-Lebanon, the eastern of the two parallel ranges known as the Mountains of Lebanon in Palestine. See Lebanon.

Anti-Lebanon is the eastern of the two parallel mountain ranges known as the Mountains of Lebanon in Palestine. See Lebanon.

Antilegom´ena (things spoken against or objected to), a term applied by early Christian writers to the Epistle to the Hebrews, 2 Peter, James, Jude, 2 and 3 John, and the Apocalypse, which, though read in the churches, were not for some time received into the canon of Scripture.

Antilegom´ena (things spoken against or objected to), a term used by early Christian writers for the Epistle to the Hebrews, 2 Peter, James, Jude, 2 and 3 John, and the Apocalypse, which, although read in churches, were not accepted into the canon of Scripture for some time.

Antilles (an-til´ēz), another name for the West Indian Islands (excluding Bahamas). See West Indies.

Antilles (an-til´ēz), another name for the West Indian Islands (excluding the Bahamas). See West Indies.

Antilochus (an-til´o-kus), in Greek legend, a son of Nestor, distinguished among the younger heroes who took part in the Trojan War by beauty, bravery, and swiftness of foot. He was slain by Memnon, but Achilles avenged his death.

Antilochus (an-til´o-kus), in Greek legend, was a son of Nestor, known among the younger heroes who participated in the Trojan War for his beauty, bravery, and speed. He was killed by Memnon, but Achilles avenged his death.

Antimacass´ar, a covering for chairs, sofas, couches, &c., made of open cotton or worsted work, to preserve them from being soiled, as by the oil applied to the hair.

Antimacassar, a cover for chairs, sofas, couches, etc., made of open cotton or wool to keep them clean from getting dirty, especially from the oil used in hair products.

Antimachus (an-tim´a-kus), a Greek poet who lived about 400 B.C., and wrote an epic called the Thebais on the mythical history of Thebes, and a long elegy called Lydē, inspired by a mistress or wife of that name. Both works were full of mythological details. Only fragments of his writings remain, and from these it can be gathered that his style was rather laboured and artificial. Yet the Alexandrian grammarians ranked him next to Homer.

Antimachus (an-tim´a-kus), a Greek poet who lived around 400 B.C., wrote an epic called the Thebais, focusing on the mythical history of Thebes, and a long elegy titled Lydē, inspired by a mistress or wife with that name. Both works were rich in mythological details. Only fragments of his writings survive, and from these, it can be inferred that his style was quite elaborate and artificial. Nevertheless, the Alexandrian grammarians placed him just below Homer.

An´timony (chemical symbol, Sb, from Lat. stibium; sp. gr. 6.7, atomic wt. 120.2), a brittle metal of a bluish-white or silver-white colour and a crystalline or laminated structure. It melts at 630.6° C., and burns with a bluish-white flame. The mineral called stibnite or antimony-glance, is a tri-sulphide (Sb2S3), and is the chief ore from which the metal is obtained. It is found in many places, including France, Spain, Hungary, Italy, Canada, Australia, and Borneo. The metal, or, as it was formerly called, the regulus of antimony, does not rust or tarnish when exposed to the air. When alloyed with other metals it hardens them, and is therefore used in the manufacture of alloys, such as Britannia-metal, type-metal, and pewter. In bells it renders the sound more clear; it renders tin more white and sonorous as well as harder, and gives to printing types more firmness and smoothness. The salts of antimony are very poisonous. The protoxide is the active base of tartar emetic and James's powder, and is justly regarded as a most valuable remedy in many diseases.—Yellow antimony is a preparation of antimony of a deep yellow colour, used in enamel and porcelain painting. It is of various tints, and the brilliancy of the brighter hues is not affected by foul air.

Antimony (chemical symbol, Sb, from Latin stibium; specific gravity 6.7, atomic weight 120.2) is a brittle metal with a bluish-white or silver-white appearance and a crystalline or layered structure. It melts at 630.6° C and burns with a bluish-white flame. The mineral known as stibnite or antimony-glance is a trisulfide (Sb2S3) and is the primary ore from which the metal is extracted. It can be found in various locations, including France, Spain, Hungary, Italy, Canada, Australia, and Borneo. The metal, previously referred to as regulus of antimony, does not rust or tarnish when exposed to air. When combined with other metals, it makes them harder, which is why it's used in creating alloys like Britannia metal, type metal, and pewter. In bells, it makes the sound clearer; it makes tin whiter and more resonant as well as harder, and it gives printing types more strength and smoothness. Antimony salts are highly toxic. The protoxide is the active ingredient in tartar emetic and James's powder, and is rightly considered a very effective treatment for various diseases.—Yellow antimony is a deep yellow preparation of antimony used in enamel and porcelain painting. It comes in different shades, and the brightness of the vivid colors is unaffected by polluted air.

Antino´mianism ('opposition to the law'), the name given by Luther to the inference drawn by John Agricola (1492-1566), from the doctrine of justification by faith, that the moral law is not binding on Christians as a rule of life. The term antinomian has since been applied to all doctrines and practices which seem to contemn or discountenance strict moral obligations. The Lutherans and Calvinists have both been charged with antinomianism, the former on account of their doctrine of justification by faith, the latter both on this ground and that of the doctrine of predestination. The charge is, of course, vigorously repelled by both.

Antinomianism ('opposition to the law') is the term Luther used to describe John Agricola's inference (1492-1566) from the idea of justification by faith, suggesting that the moral law doesn’t apply to Christians as a guide for living. The term antinomian has since been used for all beliefs and practices that seem to dismiss or undermine strict moral obligations. Both Lutherans and Calvinists have faced accusations of antinomianism—the Lutherans due to their belief in justification by faith, and the Calvinists for both this reason and their doctrine of predestination. Naturally, both groups strongly reject these accusations.

Antin´omy, the opposition of one law or rule [189]to another law or rule; in the Kantian philosophy, that natural contradiction which results from the law of reason, when, passing the limits of experience, we seek to conceive the complex of external phenomena, or nature, as a world or cosmos.

Antinomy, the conflict between one law or rule [189]and another law or rule; in Kant's philosophy, this natural contradiction arises from the law of reason when, going beyond the limits of experience, we attempt to understand the complexity of external phenomena, or nature, as a cohesive world or cosmos.

Antinous (an-tin´o-us), a young Bithynian whom the extravagant love of Hadrian has immortalized. He drowned himself in the Nile in A.D. 122. Hadrian set no bounds to his grief for his loss. He gave his name to a newly-discovered star, erected temples in his honour, called a city after him, and caused him to be adored as a god throughout the empire. Statues, busts, &c., of him are numerous.

Antinous (an-tin´o-us), a young man from Bithynia, forever remembered for the deep love Hadrian had for him. He drowned himself in the Nile in CE 122. Hadrian's grief over his loss was boundless. He named a newly-discovered star after him, built temples in his honor, named a city after him, and had him worshipped as a god throughout the empire. There are many statues, busts, etc., of him.

Antioch (an´ti-ok), a town in Syria, famous in ancient times as the capital of the Greek Kings of Syria, on the left bank of the Orontes, about 21 miles from the sea, in a beautiful and fertile plain. It was founded by Seleucus Nicator in 300 B.C., and named after his father Antiochus. In Roman times it was the seat of the Syrian governors, and the centre of a widely-extended commerce. It was called the 'Queen of the East' and 'The Beautiful'. Antioch is frequently mentioned in the New Testament, and it was here that the disciples of our Saviour were first called Christians (Acts, xi, 26). In the first half of the seventh century it was taken by the Saracens, and in 1098 by the Crusaders. They established the principality of Antioch, of which the first ruler was Bohemond, and which lasted till 1268, when it was taken by the Mameluke Sultan of Egypt. In 1516 it passed into the hands of the Turks. The modern Antioch, or Antakieh, has recently grown from a small place to a flourishing town. Pop. estimated at 30,000.—There was another Antioch, in Pisidia, at which St. Paul preached on his first missionary journey.

Antioch (an-tee-ok), a town in Syria, well-known in ancient times as the capital of the Greek Kings of Syria, located on the left bank of the Orontes, about 21 miles from the sea, in a beautiful and fertile plain. It was founded by Seleucus Nicator in 300 BCE and named after his father, Antiochus. During Roman times, it was the seat of the Syrian governors and a hub of extensive trade. It was referred to as the 'Queen of the East' and 'The Beautiful.' Antioch is frequently mentioned in the New Testament, and it was here that the disciples of our Savior were first called Christians (Acts, xi, 26). In the first half of the seventh century, it was taken by the Saracens, and in 1098 by the Crusaders, who established the principality of Antioch, with Bohemond as its first ruler, which lasted until 1268 when it was captured by the Mameluke Sultan of Egypt. In 1516, it fell into the hands of the Turks. The modern Antioch, or Antakieh, has recently transformed from a small place into a thriving town, with a population estimated at 30,000. — There was another Antioch in Pisidia, where St. Paul preached during his first missionary journey.

Antiochus Epiphanes Medal of Antiochus Epiphanes

Antiochus (an-tī´o-kus), a name of several Græco-Syrian kings of the dynasty of the Seleucĭdæ.—Antiochus I, called Sōtēr ('saviour'), was the son of Seleucus, general of Alexander the Great, and founder of the dynasty. He was born about 324 B.C., and succeeded his father in 280 B.C. During the greater part of his reign he was engaged in a protracted struggle with the Gauls who had crossed from Europe, and by whom he was killed in battle, 261 B.C.Antiochus II, surnamed Theos (god), succeeded his father, lost several provinces by revolt, and was murdered in 246 B.C. by Laodicē, his wife, whom he had put away to marry Berenīcē, daughter of Ptolemy.—Antiochus III, surnamed the Great, grandson of the preceding, was born 242 B.C., succeeded in 223 B.C. The early part of his reign embraced a series of wars against revolted provinces and neighbouring kingdoms, his expeditions extending to India, over Asia Minor, and afterwards into Europe, where he took possession of the Thracian Chersonese. Here he encountered the Romans, who had conquered Philip V of Macedon, and were prepared to resist his further progress. Antiochus gained an important adviser in Hannibal, who had fled for refuge to his Court; but he lost the opportunity of an invasion of Italy while the Romans were engaged in war with the Gauls, of which the Carthaginian urged him to avail himself. The Romans defeated him by sea and land, and he was finally overthrown by Scipio at Mount Sipўlus, in Asia Minor, 190 B.C., and very severe terms were imposed upon him. He was killed while plundering a temple in Elymais to procure money to pay the Romans.—Antiochus IV, called Epiphănes, youngest son of the above, is chiefly remarkable for his attempt to extirpate the Jewish religion, and to establish in its place the polytheism of the Greeks. This led to the insurrection of the Maccabees, by which the Jews ultimately recovered their independence. He died 164 B.C.

Antiochus (an-tī´o-kus) was the name of several Greco-Syrian kings from the Seleucid dynasty. — Antiochus I, known as Sōtēr ('savior'), was the son of Seleucus, a general of Alexander the Great and the founder of the dynasty. He was born around 324 BCE and took over after his father in 280 BCE For most of his reign, he was involved in a long fight against the Gauls who had come from Europe, and he was killed in battle in 261 BCEAntiochus II, nicknamed Theos (god), succeeded his father but lost several provinces to revolts and was murdered in 246 BCE by Laodicē, his wife, whom he had divorced to marry Berenīcē, the daughter of Ptolemy. — Antiochus III, known as The Great, was the grandson of the previous king, born in 242 BCE, and succeeded in 223 BCE The early years of his reign involved a series of wars against rebellious provinces and neighboring kingdoms, with his campaigns reaching India, across Asia Minor, and later into Europe, where he took control of the Thracian Chersonese. There, he faced the Romans, who had defeated Philip V of Macedon and were ready to stop his advances. Antiochus gained a crucial adviser in Hannibal, who had sought refuge at his court; however, he missed the chance to invade Italy while the Romans were at war with the Gauls, a move Hannibal encouraged him to make. The Romans defeated him by land and sea, and he was ultimately defeated by Scipio at Mount Sipylus in Asia Minor in 190 B.C., facing very harsh terms afterward. He was killed while raiding a temple in Elymais to gather money to pay the Romans. — Antiochus IV, known as Epiphānes, the youngest son of the previous king, is primarily noted for his efforts to eradicate the Jewish religion and replace it with Greek polytheism. This sparked the Maccabean revolt, which eventually led to the Jews regaining their independence. He died in 164 BCE

Antioquia (a˙n-tē-ō-kē´a˙), a town of South America, in Colombia, on the River Cauca; founded in 1542. Pop. 8730. It gives name to a department of the republic; area, 22,752 sq. miles. Pop. 739,434. Capital, Medellin.

Antioquia (an-ti-oh-kee-a), a town in South America located in Colombia on the Cauca River; established in 1542. Population: 8,730. It is the name of a department in the republic; area: 22,752 square miles. Population: 739,434. Capital: Medellín.

Antip´aros (ancient, Oliăros), one of the Cyclades Islands in the Grecian Archipelago, containing a famous stalactitic grotto or cave. It lies south-west of Paros, from which it is separated by a narrow strait, and has an area of 10 sq. miles, and about 700 inhabitants.

Antiparos (ancient, Oliăros), one of the Cyclades Islands in the Greek Archipelago, features a well-known stalactite cave. It is located southwest of Paros, separated by a narrow strait, covers an area of 10 square miles, and has around 700 residents.

Antip´ater, a general and friend of Philip of Macedon, father of Alexander the Great. On the death of Alexander, in 323 B.C., the regency of Macedonia was assigned to Antipater, who succeeded in establishing the Macedonian rule in Greece on a firm footing. He died 317 B.C., at an advanced age.

Antipater, a general and friend of Philip of Macedon, father of Alexander the Great. After Alexander died in 323 BCE, the regency of Macedonia was given to Antipater, who managed to secure Macedonian control in Greece effectively. He passed away in 317 BCE, at an old age.

Antip´athy, a special dislike exhibited by individuals to particular objects or persons, usually resulting from physical or nervous organization. An antipathy is often an unaccountable repugnance to what people in general regard with no particular dislike, as certain sounds, smells, articles of food, &c., and it may be manifested by fainting or extreme discomfort.

Antipathy is a strong dislike that people have for certain objects or individuals, often stemming from their physical or emotional makeup. An antipathy is frequently an inexplicable aversion to things that most people view neutrally, like specific sounds, smells, foods, etc., and it can lead to fainting or significant discomfort.

Antiphlogis´tic, a term applied to medicines or methods of treatment that are intended to counteract inflammation, such as bloodletting, purgatives, diaphoretics, &c. [190]

Antiphlogistic, a term used for medications or treatment methods aimed at reducing inflammation, such as bloodletting, laxatives, sweating agents, etc. [190]

An´tiphon, a Greek orator, born near Athens; founder of political oratory in Greece. His orations are the oldest extant, and he is said to have been the first who wrote speeches for hire. He was put to death for taking part in the revolution of 411 B.C., which established the oligarchic government of the Four Hundred. Antiphon seems to have specialized in homicide cases; his most celebrated speech is On the Murder of Herodas. Cf. Sir R. C. Jebb, Attic Orators; J. F. Dobson, The Greek Orators.

Antiphon, a Greek orator, born near Athens; founder of political oratory in Greece. His speeches are the oldest that still exist, and he is considered the first to write speeches for payment. He was executed for his involvement in the revolution of 411 BCE, which established the oligarchic government of the Four Hundred. Antiphon seems to have focused on homicide cases; his most famous speech is On the Murder of Herodas. Cf. Sir R. C. Jebb, Attic Orators; J. F. Dobson, The Greek Orators.

Antiphon, or Antiph´ony ('alternate song'), in the Christian Church a verse first sung by a single voice, and then repeated by the whole choir; or any piece to be sung by alternate voices.

Antiphon, or Antiph´ony ('alternate song'), in the Christian Church, is a verse initially sung by one person and then repeated by the entire choir; or any piece sung by alternating voices.

Antipodes (an-tip´o-dēz), the name given relatively to people or places on opposite sides of the earth, so situated that a line drawn from one to the other passes through the centre of the earth and forms a true diameter. The longitudes of two such places differ by 180°. The difference in their time is about twelve hours, and their seasons are reversed.

Antipodes (an-tip´o-dēz), a term used to refer to people or places located on opposite sides of the Earth, so that a straight line drawn from one to the other goes through the center of the Earth and creates a true diameter. The longitudes of two such locations differ by 180°. They have a time difference of about twelve hours, and their seasons are opposite.

Antipodes Islands, a group of small uninhabited islands in the South Pacific Ocean, about 460 miles S.E. by E. of New Zealand; so called from being nearly antipodal to Greenwich. Antipodes Island rises to 1300 feet, and is largely covered with coarse grass; huts have been fitted up to shelter castaways.

Antipodes Islands are a set of small uninhabited islands located in the South Pacific Ocean, about 460 miles S.E. by E. of New Zealand; they are named because they are almost directly opposite Greenwich on the globe. Antipodes Island reaches a height of 1300 feet and is mostly covered with rough grass; huts have been built to provide shelter for shipwrecked travelers.

An´tipope, the name applied to those who at different periods have produced a schism in the Roman Catholic Church by opposing the authority of the Pope, under the pretence that they were themselves Popes. The Roman Church cannot admit that there ever existed two Popes; but the fact is, that in several cases the competitors for the papal chair were equally Popes; that is to say, the claims of all were equally good. Each was frequently supported by whole nations, and the schism was nothing but the struggle of political interests. Twenty-nine antipopes are enumerated in Church history; the last of them is Felix V, 1439-49.

Antipope, a term used for individuals who, at various times, have caused a split in the Roman Catholic Church by challenging the Pope's authority, claiming to be Popes themselves. The Roman Church cannot acknowledge the existence of two Popes at once; however, in several instances, the rivals for the papal position were all considered Popes, meaning their claims were all equally valid. Each was often backed by entire nations, and the schism was mainly a conflict of political interests. There are twenty-nine antipopes recorded in Church history, with the last being Felix V, 1439-49.

Antipyret´ics, medicines given for the purpose of reducing fever by lowering the patient's temperature, whether by causing perspiration or otherwise. Quinine, antipyrin, phenacetin, are common antipyretics. An aperient or purgative often serves the same purpose.

Antipyretics, medications used to reduce fever by lowering the patient's temperature, either by inducing sweating or through other means. Quinine, antipyrin, and phenacetin are common antipyretics. A laxative or purgative often serves the same purpose.

Antipy´rin, a drug obtained from coal-tar products, valuable in reducing fever and in relieving pain, being much used in nervous headache and neuralgia.

Antipyrin, a medication derived from coal-tar products, is useful for reducing fever and relieving pain, and is commonly used for nervous headaches and neuralgia.

An´tiquaries, those devoted to the study of ancient times through their relics, as old places of burial, remains of ancient habitations, early monuments, implements or weapons, statues, coins, medals, paintings, inscriptions, books, and manuscripts, with the view of arriving at a knowledge of the relations, modes of living, habits, and general condition of the people who created or employed them. Societies or associations of antiquaries have been formed in all countries of European civilization. In Britain the Society of Antiquaries of London was founded in 1572, revived in 1717. and incorporated in 1751. The Society of Antiquaries of Scotland was founded in 1780, incorporated in 1783, and has the management of a large national antiquarian museum in Edinburgh. One of the best-known antiquarian societies in Europe is the Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord at Copenhagen.

Antiquarians, those dedicated to studying ancient times through their relics, such as old burial sites, remains of ancient dwellings, early monuments, tools or weapons, statues, coins, medals, paintings, inscriptions, books, and manuscripts, aim to gain insight into the relationships, lifestyles, habits, and overall conditions of the people who created or used these items. Societies or associations of antiquarians have been established in all countries of European civilization. In Britain, the Society of Antiquaries of London was founded in 1572, revived in 1717, and incorporated in 1751. The Society of Antiquaries of Scotland was founded in 1780, incorporated in 1783, and manages a large national antiquarian museum in Edinburgh. One of the most well-known antiquarian societies in Europe is the Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord in Copenhagen.

Antiques (an-tēks'), a term specifically applied to the remains of ancient art, as statues, paintings, vases, cameos, and the like, and more especially to the works of Grecian and Roman antiquity.

Antiques (an-tēks'), a term that specifically refers to the remnants of ancient art, such as statues, paintings, vases, cameos, and similar items, particularly focusing on the works from Greek and Roman times.

Antirrhinum (an-ti-rī´num) (from anti, instead of, and rhis, snout), a genus of annual or perennial plants of the nat. ord. Scrophulariaceæ, commonly known as snapdragon, on account of the peculiarity of the blossoms, which, by pressing between the finger and thumb, may be made to open and shut like a mouth. They all produce showy flowers, and are much cultivated in gardens. Many varieties of some of them, such as the great or common snapdragon (Antirrhinum majus), have been produced by gardeners. The lesser snapdragon grows in sandy soil, and is found in cornfields in the south of England and Ireland.

Antirrhinum (an-ti-rī´num) (from anti, instead of, and rhis, snout) is a genus of annual or perennial plants in the family Scrophulariaceae, commonly known as snapdragon because of the unique shape of the flowers, which can be opened and closed like a mouth when pinched between the finger and thumb. They all produce stunning flowers and are widely grown in gardens. Many varieties, such as the large or common snapdragon (Antirrhinum majus), have been cultivated by gardeners. The lesser snapdragon grows in sandy soil and can be found in cornfields in southern England and Ireland.

Antisana (a˙n-tē-sä´na˙), a volcano in the Andes of Ecuador, 35 miles S.E. by E. of Quito. Whymper, who ascended it in 1880, makes its height 19,260 feet.

Antisana (an-tē-sä´na), a volcano in the Andes of Ecuador, 35 miles S.E. by E. of Quito. Whymper, who climbed it in 1880, recorded its height as 19,260 feet.

Antis´cians (Gr. anti, over against, skia, a shadow), those who live under the same meridian, at the same distance N. and S. of the equator, and whose shadows at noon consequently are thrown in contrary directions.

Antiscians (Gr. anti, opposite, skia, a shadow), are people who live on the same meridian, equidistant N. and S. of the equator, resulting in their shadows being cast in opposite directions at noon.

Antiscorbu´tics, remedies against scurvy. Lemon-juice, ripe fruit, milk, salts of potash, green vegetables, potatoes, fresh meat, and raw or lightly-boiled eggs, are some of the principal foodstuffs containing antiscorbutic vitamines.

Antiscorbutics, remedies for scurvy. Lemon juice, fresh fruit, milk, potash salts, green vegetables, potatoes, fresh meat, and raw or lightly cooked eggs are some of the main foods that contain antiscorbutic vitamins.

Anti-Sem´itism, hostility to the Jews (Semites), actively exhibited in severities and attacks of various kinds. The movement assumed vast proportions about 1880 and manifested itself in various countries, especially Russia, Austria-Hungary, Germany, Roumania, and France. It may be attributed to different motives in different countries, but on the whole owed its origin not only to the fact of the Jews being a 'peculiar people' by race and religion, but also to the comparatively high position won by them in modern times in the financial and political worlds. The religious element is quite [191]prominent in the popular attacks on the Jew, although modern anti-Semitism is essentially social and economic. In Western Russia there was a great outburst against the Jews in 1881, in which men, women, and children were slaughtered. The Government of the Tsar, by its anti-Jewish policy, may be said to have sanctioned this murderous outbreak, which was followed by harsh laws and actual persecutions, though afterwards there was a mitigation of the severity shown towards the Jews. Yet in 1903 the world was startled by a terrible massacre of Jews at Kishinev, in Bessarabia, connived at by the authorities on the spot; and towards the end of 1905, in connection with the Russian revolutionary movement, there were dreadful massacres of Jews in Odessa, Kishinev, and other towns, the authorities being similarly involved. In Roumania, until 1919, the position of the Jews resembled what it was elsewhere in mediæval times, and was less favourable than it was even under the Turks. In Germany the movement has been worked chiefly by politicians for their own ends, though the racial and religious question has also had some influence; and among the ignorant the belief that the Jews murder Christian children for ritual purposes has been revived, as also in Austria and in Hungary. In these countries the movement has been partly political, partly social and economic, partly religious. In France anti-Semitism has been employed chiefly as a weapon by monarchists and clericals as against republicanism, and by the Socialists as against capitalism, racial antipathy having also its influence on the movements. It reached its height in 1895 at the time of the Dreyfus affair. In Britain, too, anti-Semitism has of late made itself felt.—Bibliography: A. Leroy-Beaulieu, Israel among the Nations; Bernard Lazare, L'anti-sémitisme, son histoire et ses causes.

Anti-Semitism, hostility towards Jews (Semites), is actively shown through various forms of violence and discrimination. The movement gained significant momentum around 1880 and appeared in various countries, particularly Russia, Austria-Hungary, Germany, Romania, and France. It can be linked to different motives in different regions, but overall, it stemmed not only from the Jews being a 'distinct group' by race and religion but also because of their relatively high status achieved in modern times within the financial and political spheres. The religious aspect is quite [191]prominent in the public attacks on Jews, although modern anti-Semitism is essentially rooted in social and economic issues. In Western Russia, there was a massive outbreak of violence against Jews in 1881, where men, women, and children were killed. The Tsarist government, through its anti-Jewish policies, can be said to have endorsed this violent incident, which was followed by severe laws and real persecution, although there was later some easing of the harsh treatment towards Jews. However, in 1903, the world was shocked by a horrific massacre of Jews in Kishinev, Bessarabia, which was tolerated by local authorities; and towards the end of 1905, in connection with the Russian revolutionary movement, there were dreadful massacres of Jews in Odessa, Kishinev, and other cities, with authorities similarly complicit. In Romania, until 1919, the situation for Jews was similar to what it had been in medieval times, and was even worse than it was under the Turks. In Germany, the movement has primarily been driven by politicians for their own purposes, although the racial and religious issues have also played a role; among the uninformed, the old belief that Jews murder Christian children for ritual reasons has resurfaced, as it has in Austria and Hungary. In these countries, the movement has been partly political, partly social and economic, and partly religious. In France, anti-Semitism has mainly been used as a tool by monarchists and clericalists against republicanism, and by Socialists against capitalism, with racial animosity also influencing these movements. It peaked in 1895 during the Dreyfus affair. Anti-Semitism has also increasingly emerged in Britain recently.—References: A. Leroy-Beaulieu, Israel among the Nations; Bernard Lazare, L'anti-sémitisme, son histoire et ses causes.

Antisep´tic (Gr. anti, against, and sēpein, to rot), an agent which destroys the germs of putrefaction or suppuration is called an antiseptic. Many substances act thus, e.g. chlorine, iodine, hypochlorous acid, sulphurous acid, camphor, creosote, iodoform, nascent oxygen ('Sanitas'), corrosive sublimate, formaldehyde ('Formalin'), potassium permanganate ('Condy's Fluid'), carbolic acid (Lysol, Izal, Cyllin); lately aniline dyes have become prominent: of these flavine has proved the most useful addition to surgery of recent years. It was much used in the European War (1914-8).—Antiseptics are also used for purifying surgical instruments, &c., and commercially as disinfectants. When introduced by Lister into surgical practice they led to revolutionary advances in surgery. The tendency of late years has been to abandon antiseptic for aseptic (sterile) mode of technique, but during the war (1914-8) there was a general return to antiseptic methods in surgery.

Antiseptic (Gr. anti, against, and sēpein, to rot), is a substance that kills germs that cause decay or infection. Many substances work this way, such as chlorine, iodine, hypochlorous acid, sulfurous acid, camphor, creosote, iodoform, nascent oxygen ('Sanitas'), corrosive sublimate, formaldehyde ('Formalin'), potassium permanganate ('Condy's Fluid'), and carbolic acid (Lysol, Izal, Cyllin). Recently, aniline dyes have gained importance; among them, flavine has been the most beneficial addition to surgery in recent years. It was widely used during the European War (1914-18). Antiseptics are also used to clean surgical instruments, etc., and are commercially available as disinfectants. When Lister introduced them into surgical practice, they led to groundbreaking improvements in surgery. In recent years, there has been a shift from antiseptic to aseptic (sterile) techniques, but during the war (1914-18), there was a general return to antiseptic methods in surgery.

Antispasmod´ic, a medicine for the cure of spasms and convulsions; such belong largely to the class of ethers, as sulphuric ether, chloric ether, nitric ether, &c.

Antispasmodic, a medicine for treating spasms and convulsions; these are mainly part of the ether class, such as sulfuric ether, chloric ether, nitric ether, etc.

Antisthenes (an-tis´the-nēz), a Greek philosopher and the founder of the school of Cynics, born at Athens about 444 B.C. He was first a disciple of Gorgias and then of Socrates, at whose death he was present. His philosophy was a one-sided development of the Socratic teaching. He held virtue to consist in complete self-denial and in disregard of riches, honour, or pleasure of every kind. He himself lived as a beggar. He died in Athens at an advanced age.

Antisthenes (an-tis´the-nēz), a Greek philosopher and the founder of the Cynics, was born in Athens around 444 BCE. He was initially a student of Gorgias and later of Socrates, being present at Socrates' death. His philosophy was a one-sided extension of Socratic teachings. He believed that true virtue lay in total self-denial and a disregard for wealth, honor, or any form of pleasure. He lived a life similar to that of a beggar. He passed away in Athens at an old age.

Antis´trophe. See Strophe.

Antistrophe. See Strophe.

Anti-submarine. See Submarine.

Anti-submarine warfare. See Submarine.

Anti-Taurus, a mountain range of Anatolia, Asia Minor, extending from the Cicilian Taurus towards the north-east, and connecting the Taurus mountain system with Mount Ararat, Mount Elbruz, and the Caucasus. See Taurus.

Anti-Taurus is a mountain range in Anatolia, Asia Minor, stretching from the Cilician Taurus to the northeast, linking the Taurus mountain system to Mount Ararat, Mount Elbruz, and the Caucasus. See Taurus.

Antith´esis (opposition), a figure of speech consisting in a contrast or opposition of words or sentiments; as, 'When our vices leave us, we flatter ourselves we leave them'; 'The prodigal robs his heir, the miser robs himself'.

Antithesis (opposition), a figure of speech that involves contrasting or opposing words or ideas; for example, 'When our vices leave us, we convince ourselves we leave them'; 'The spendthrift takes from his heir, the miser takes from himself'.

Antitoxin, the name given to a class of bodies of unknown nature having the capacity of neutralizing the poisonous substances (toxins) by which certain bacteria produce disease. If such a toxin be introduced every few days in increasing doses, into, e.g., the horse, and if, after some months of this treatment, the animal be bled, its serum contains the antitoxin to the toxins used. The use of the antitoxin to the toxin of diphtheria is most efficacious in curing that disease, and the treatment has caused a great fall in the death-rate. It ought to be applied as soon as possible after signs appear in the throat. An antitoxic treatment is also applicable in cases of tetanus (lock-jaw), a disease liable to follow any wound contaminated with dirt, especially with manured soil. Less success has been achieved when the disease is fully established, but if the antitoxin be injected immediately after the wound has been incurred, then the subsequent development of the disease is prevented. This preventive treatment has been attended with marked effect in the case of wounds received in war, which it is almost impossible to keep free from contamination. Antitoxins were extensively used during the European War. (1914-8). In bacterial diseases other than those mentioned, sera have been produced by injecting into large animals dead and living bacteria, e.g. the organisms of epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis (spotted fever), pneumonia, blood-poisoning, &c., and these sera probably depend [192]for their action on the presence of bodies similar to antitoxins. See Bacteria, Diphtheria.

Antitoxin is the term used to describe a group of substances of unknown nature that can neutralize the poisonous substances (toxins) produced by certain bacteria that cause diseases. For example, if a toxin is introduced into a horse in increasing doses every few days, and after several months of this treatment the animal is bled, its serum will contain the antitoxin to those specific toxins. The use of antitoxin for treating diphtheria is very effective and has significantly reduced the death rate. It should be administered as soon as signs appear in the throat. Antitoxin treatment is also useful in cases of tetanus (lock-jaw), which can occur after any wound contaminated with dirt, particularly from manured soil. There has been less success when the disease is already established, but if the antitoxin is injected right after the wound occurs, it can prevent the disease from developing. This preventive treatment has been notably effective for wounds sustained in war, which are usually hard to keep free from contamination. Antitoxins were widely used during the European War (1914-1918). For bacterial diseases beyond those mentioned, sera have been developed by injecting large animals with dead and live bacteria, such as the organisms causing epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis (spotted fever), pneumonia, and blood poisoning. These sera likely rely on the presence of substances similar to antitoxins for their effectiveness. See Bacteria, Diphtheria.

Anti-trade Winds, a name given to any of the upper tropical winds which move northward or southward in the same manner as the trade-winds which blow beneath them in the opposite direction. These great aerial currents descend to the surface after they have passed the limits of the trade-winds, and form the south-west or west-south-west winds of the north temperate, and the north-west or west-north-west winds of the south temperate zones.

Anti-trade Winds refer to any of the upper tropical winds that move north or south in the same way as the trade winds below them, which blow in the opposite direction. These major air currents descend to the surface after they have crossed the boundaries of the trade winds, creating the southwest or west-southwest winds in the northern temperate zones, and the northwest or west-northwest winds in the southern temperate zones.

Antitrinita´rians, all who do not receive the doctrine of the divine Trinity, or the existence of three persons in the Godhead; especially applied to those who oppose such a doctrine on philosophical grounds, as contrasted with Unitarians, who reject the doctrine as not warranted by Scripture.

Antitrinitarians, anyone who does not accept the belief in the divine Trinity, or the existence of three persons in God; specifically referring to those who oppose this belief for philosophical reasons, as opposed to Unitarians, who reject the belief because they believe it is not supported by Scripture.

An´titype, that which is correlative to a type; by theological writers the term is employed to denote the reality of which a type is the prophetic symbol.

Antitype, that which corresponds to a type; by theological writers, the term is used to refer to the reality that a type symbolizes prophetically.

An´tium, in ancient Italy, one of the most ancient and powerful cities of Latium, the chief city of the Volsci, and often at war with the Romans, by whom it was finally taken in 338 B.C. It was 38 miles distant from Rome, a flourishing seaport, and became a favourite residence of the wealthy Romans. It was destroyed by the Saracens, but vestiges of it remain at Porto d'Anzo, near which many valuable works of art have been found.

An´tium, in ancient Italy, was one of the oldest and most powerful cities in Latium, the main city of the Volsci, and frequently at war with the Romans, who ultimately captured it in 338 BCE It was located 38 miles from Rome, a thriving seaport, and became a popular home for wealthy Romans. It was destroyed by the Saracens, but remnants of it can still be found at Porto d'Anzo, near which many valuable artworks have been discovered.

Antivari (a˙n-tē´va˙-rē), a seaport town on the eastern shore of the Adriatic, ceded to Montenegro by the Treaty of Berlin (1878). Antivari was opened as a free port on 23rd Oct., 1909. It was occupied by the Austrians in 1916, and by the Italians in Nov., 1918. Pop. 2500.

Antivari (an-tē´va-rē), a seaport town on the eastern shore of the Adriatic, was given to Montenegro by the Treaty of Berlin in 1878. Antivari was designated as a free port on October 23, 1909. The town was occupied by the Austrians in 1916 and by the Italians in November 1918. Population: 2,500.

Antlers, the horns of the deer tribe, or the snags or branches of the horns.

Antlers, the horns of deer, or the prongs or branches of the horns.

Ant-lion, the larva of a Neuropterous insect (Myrmelĕon formicārius), which in its perfect state greatly resembles a dragon-fly; curious on account of its ingenious method of catching the insects—chiefly ants—on which it feeds. It digs a funnel-shaped hole in the driest and finest sand it can find, and when the pit is deep enough, and the sides are quite smooth and sloping, it buries itself at the bottom with only its formidable mandibles projecting, and waits till some luckless insect stumbles over the edge, when it is immediately seized, its juices sucked, and the dead body jerked out. It inhabits Southern Europe.

Ant-lion is the larva of a Neuropterous insect (Myrmelĕon formicārius) that looks a lot like a dragonfly in its adult form. It’s fascinating because of its clever way of catching insects, mainly ants, which it eats. It digs a funnel-shaped pit in the driest and finest sand it can find. Once the pit is deep enough and the sides are smooth and sloped, it hides at the bottom with only its sharp jaws sticking out, waiting for an unsuspecting insect to fall in. When that happens, it quickly grabs the insect, sucks out its juices, and pulls the lifeless body out. It is found in Southern Europe.

Antofagas´ta, a Chilian seaport on the Bay of Morena, and a territory of the same name taken from Bolivia in the war of 1879-82, and definitely ceded to Chile in 1885. The territory has an area of 46,408 sq. miles; pop. (1919), 235,506. The port is connected by railway with the silver and other mines lying inland, and exports silver, copper, cubic nitre, &c., partly from Bolivia. Pop. (1919), 69,175.

Antofagasta is a Chilean seaport located on the Bay of Morena. It is a territory of the same name that was taken from Bolivia during the war from 1879 to 1882 and officially ceded to Chile in 1885. The territory covers an area of 46,408 square miles and had a population of 235,506 in 1919. The port is connected by railway to the silver and other mines located inland, exporting silver, copper, and saltpeter, some of which comes from Bolivia. The population of the port in 1919 was 69,175.

Antoinette (a˙n˙-twa˙-net), Marie. See Marie Antoinette.

Antoinette (an-twa-net), Marie. See Marie Antoinette.

Antokolski, Mark, Russian sculptor of Jewish extraction, born at Vilna in 1843. He studied at the Petrograd Academy of Fine Arts, and his earliest success was a wooden statue The Jewish Tailor (1864). In 1868 he received a grant for travelling, and whilst in Italy he finished his famous statue, Ivan the Terrible. He was made an academician, and in 1878 was awarded the first prize for sculpture at the Paris International Exhibition. In 1888 he settled permanently in Paris, where he died in 1902. His works include: Peter the Great (1872), Christ before the People (1874), The Death of Socrates (1876), Spinoza (1882), Yermak and The Sleeping Beauty (1900).

Antokolski, Mark, a Russian sculptor of Jewish descent, was born in Vilna in 1843. He studied at the Petrograd Academy of Fine Arts, and his earliest success came with a wooden statue titled The Jewish Tailor (1864). In 1868, he received a travel grant, and while in Italy, he completed his famous statue, Ivan the Terrible. He became an academician and in 1878 won the first prize for sculpture at the Paris International Exhibition. In 1888, he moved to Paris permanently, where he passed away in 1902. His works include: Peter the Great (1872), Christ before the People (1874), The Death of Socrates (1876), Spinoza (1882), Yermak, and The Sleeping Beauty (1900).

Antommarchi (-mär´kē), Carlo Francesco, Italian physician, born in Corsica in 1780, died in Cuba 1838. He was professor of anatomy at Florence when he offered himself as physician to Napoleon at St. Helena. Napoleon at first received him with reserve, but soon admitted him to his confidence, and testified his satisfaction with him by leaving him a legacy of 100,000 francs. On his return to Europe he published Les Derniers Moments de Napoléon (2 vols., 8vo, 1823).

Antommarchi (-mär´kē), Carlo Francesco, Italian physician, born in Corsica in 1780, died in Cuba in 1838. He was a professor of anatomy in Florence when he volunteered to be Napoleon's physician at St. Helena. Initially, Napoleon was somewhat reserved, but he soon trusted him and showed his appreciation by leaving him a legacy of 100,000 francs. Upon returning to Europe, he published Les Derniers Moments de Napoléon (2 vols., 8vo, 1823).

Antonell´i, Giacomo, cardinal, born 1806, died 1876. He was educated at the Grand Seminary of Rome, where he attracted the attention of Pope Gregory XVI, who appointed him to several important offices. On the accession of Pius IX in 1846 Antonelli was raised to the dignity of cardinal-deacon; two years later he became president and Minister of Foreign Affairs, and in 1850 was appointed Secretary of State. During the sitting of the Œcumenical Council (1869-70) he was a prominent champion of the papal interest. He strongly opposed the assumption of the united Italian crown by Victor Emanuel.

Antonelli, Giacomo, cardinal, born 1806, died 1876. He was educated at the Grand Seminary of Rome, where he caught the attention of Pope Gregory XVI, who appointed him to several important positions. When Pius IX took over in 1846, Antonelli was elevated to the rank of cardinal-deacon; two years later, he became the president and Minister of Foreign Affairs, and in 1850, he was appointed Secretary of State. During the sessions of the Œcumenical Council (1869-70), he was a key advocate for papal interests. He strongly opposed Victor Emanuel's claim to the united Italian crown.

Antonell´o (of Messina), an Italian painter who died at Venice, probably in 1493, and is said to have introduced oil-painting into Italy, having been instructed in it by Jan Van Eyck. Three works by him are in the National Gallery, London.

Antonell´o (of Messina), an Italian painter who likely died in Venice in 1493, is credited with bringing oil painting to Italy after learning it from Jan Van Eyck. Three of his works are displayed in the National Gallery, London.

Antoni´nus, Itinerary of. See Itinerary.

Antonínus, Itinerary of. See Itinerary.

Antoni´nus, Marcus Aurelius. See Aurelius.

Marcus Aurelius. See Aurelius.

Antoni´nus, Wall of, a barrier erected by the Romans across the isthmus between the Forth and the Clyde, in the reign of Antoninus Pius. Its western extremity was at or near Dunglass Castle, its eastern at Carriden, and the whole length of it exceeded 27 miles. It was constructed A.D. 140 by Lollius Urbicus, the imperial [193]legate, and consisted of a ditch 40 feet wide and 20 feet deep, and a rampart of stone and earth on the south side 24 feet thick and 20 feet in height. It was strengthened at either end and along its course by a series of forts and watch-towers. It may still be traced at various points, and is commonly known as Graham's Dyke.

Antonine Wall, a barrier built by the Romans across the isthmus between the Forth and the Clyde during the reign of Antoninus Pius. Its western end was at or near Dunglass Castle, and its eastern end was at Carriden, stretching over 27 miles in total. It was constructed CE 140 by Lollius Urbicus, the imperial [193]legate, consisting of a ditch 40 feet wide and 20 feet deep, along with a rampart made of stone and earth on the south side that was 24 feet thick and 20 feet high. It was reinforced at both ends and along its length by a series of forts and watchtowers. It can still be seen at various locations today and is commonly referred to as Graham's Dyke.

Antoninus Pius Coin of Antoninus Pius

Antoni´nus Pius, Titus Aurelius Fulvus, Roman emperor, was born at Lavinium, near Rome, A.D. 86, died A.D. 161. In 120 A.D. he became consul, and he was one of the four persons of consular rank among whom Hadrian divided the supreme administration of Italy. He then went as proconsul to Asia, and after his return to Rome became more and more the object of Hadrian's confidence. In A.D. 138 he was selected by that emperor as his successor, and the same year he ascended the throne. He speedily put down the persecutions of the Christians, and carried on but a few wars. In Britain he extended the Roman dominion, and, by raising a new wall (see preceding article), put a stop to the invasions of the Picts and Scots. The senate gave him the surname Pius, that is, dutiful or showing filial affection, because to keep alive the memory of Hadrian he had built a temple in his honour. He was succeeded by Marcus Aurelius, his adopted son.

Antoninus Pius, Titus Aurelius Fulvus, Roman emperor, was born in Lavinium, near Rome, CE 86, and died A.D. 161. In 120 CE, he became consul and was one of the four consuls responsible for the overall governance of Italy, as assigned by Hadrian. He later served as proconsul in Asia, and upon his return to Rome, he gained Hadrian's trust more and more. In CE 138, he was chosen by Hadrian to be his successor, and that same year he took the throne. He quickly ended the persecution of Christians and engaged in very few wars. In Britain, he expanded Roman control, and by building a new wall (see preceding article), he halted the invasions by the Picts and Scots. The senate gave him the nickname Pius, meaning dutiful or showing filial affection, because he built a temple in Hadrian's honor to preserve his memory. He was succeeded by Marcus Aurelius, his adopted son.

Anto´nius, Marcus (Mark Antony), Roman triumvir, born 83 B.C., was connected with the family of Cæsar by his mother. Debauchery and prodigality marked his youth. To escape his creditors he went to Greece in 58, and from thence followed the consul Gabinius on a campaign in Syria as commander of the cavalry. He served in Gaul under Cæsar in 52 and 51. In 50 he returned to Rome to support the interests of Cæsar against the aristocratical party headed by Pompey, and was appointed tribune. When war broke out between Cæsar and Pompey, Antony led reinforcements to Cæsar in Greece, and in the battle of Pharsalia he commanded the left wing. He afterwards returned to Rome with the appointment of Master of the Horse and Governor of Italy (47). In 44 B.C. he became Cæsar's colleague in the consulship. Soon after Cæsar was assassinated, Antony, by the reading of Cæsar's will, and by the oration which he delivered over his body, excited the people to anger and revenge, and the murderers were obliged to flee. After several quarrels and reconciliations with Octavianus, Cæsar's heir (see Augustus), Antony departed to Cisalpine Gaul, which province had been conferred upon him against the will of the Senate. But Cicero thundered against him in his famous Philippics; the Senate declared him a public enemy, and entrusted the conduct of the war against him to Octavianus and the consuls Hirtius and Pansa. After a campaign of varied fortunes Antony fled with his troops over the Alps. Here he was joined by Lepidus, who commanded in Gaul, and through whose mediation Antony and Octavianus were again reconciled. It was agreed that the Roman world should be divided among the three conspirators, who were called triumviri. Antony was to take Gaul; Lepidus, Spain; and Octavianus, Africa and Sicily. They decided upon the proscription of their mutual enemies, each giving up his friends to the others, the most celebrated of the victims being Cicero the orator. Antony and Octavianus departed in 42 for Macedonia, where the united forces of their enemies, Brutus and Cassius, formed a powerful army, which was, however, speedily defeated at Philippi. Antony next visited Athens, and thence proceeded to Asia. In Cilicia he ordered Cleopatra, Queen of Egypt, to apologize for her insolent behaviour to the triumviri. She appeared in person, and her charms fettered him for ever. He followed her to Alexandria, where he bestowed not even a thought upon the affairs of the world, till he was aroused by a report that hostilities had commenced in Italy between his own relatives and Octavianus. A short war, followed, which was decided in favour of Octavianus before the arrival of Antony in Italy. A reconciliation was effected, which was sealed by the marriage of Antony with Octavia, the sister of Octavianus. A new division of the Roman dominions was now made (in 40), by which Antony obtained the East, Octavianus the West. After his return to Asia Antony gave himself up entirely to Cleopatra, assuming the style of an Eastern despot, and so alienating many of his adherents and embittering public opinion against him at Rome. At length war was declared at Rome against the Queen of Egypt, and Antony was deprived of his consulship and government. Each party assembled its forces, and Antony lost, in the naval battle at Actium, 31 B.C., the dominion of the world. He followed Cleopatra to Alexandria, and on the arrival of Octavianus his fleet and cavalry deserted, and his infantry was defeated. Deceived by a false report of her death which Cleopatra had disseminated, he fell upon his own sword (30 B.C.).—Bibliography: Mommsen, Roman History; Plutarch, Lives (translated by Langhorne); De Quincey, Essay on the Cæsars.

Antonius, Marcus (Mark Antony), Roman triumvir, born 83 BCE, was related to Caesar's family through his mother. His youth was marked by excess and extravagance. To escape his creditors, he went to Greece in 58, and from there joined the consul Gabinius on a campaign in Syria as cavalry commander. He served in Gaul under Caesar in 52 and 51. In 50, he returned to Rome to back Caesar against the aristocratic party led by Pompey and was appointed tribune. When war broke out between Caesar and Pompey, Antony led reinforcements to Caesar in Greece and commanded the left wing at the Battle of Pharsalia. He later returned to Rome where he was appointed Master of the Horse and Governor of Italy (47). In 44 BCE, he became Caesar's colleague in the consulship. Shortly after Caesar's assassination, Antony stirred the people to anger and revenge by reading Caesar's will and delivering a speech over his body, forcing the murderers to flee. After several conflicts and reconciliations with Octavian, Caesar's heir (see Augustus), Antony left for Cisalpine Gaul, a province he received against the Senate's wishes. Cicero fiercely criticized him in his famous Philippics; the Senate declared him a public enemy, entrusting Octavian and consuls Hirtius and Pansa with the war against him. Following a campaign of mixed results, Antony fled with his troops across the Alps, where he was joined by Lepidus, who commanded in Gaul, leading to a renewed reconciliation between Antony and Octavian. They agreed to divide the Roman world among the three conspirators, termed triumviri. Antony was to take Gaul; Lepidus, Spain; and Octavian, Africa and Sicily. They decided to target their mutual enemies for proscription, each sacrificing their friends to the others, the most notable victim being the orator Cicero. In 42, Antony and Octavian set off for Macedonia, where their opponents, Brutus and Cassius, had formed a strong army that was quickly defeated at Philippi. Antony then visited Athens before moving to Asia. In Cilicia, he ordered Cleopatra, Queen of Egypt, to apologize for her insolent behavior toward the triumviri. She appeared in person, and her charm captivated him forever. He followed her to Alexandria, where he completely ignored world affairs until he learned of hostilities in Italy involving his relatives and Octavian. A brief war followed, which ended in Octavian's favor before Antony could arrive in Italy. They eventually reconciled, sealed by Antony marrying Octavia, Octavian’s sister. A new division of Roman territories was made in 40, with Antony taking the East and Octavian the West. After returning to Asia, Antony surrendered himself to Cleopatra, adopting the demeanor of an Eastern despot, alienating many of his supporters and souring public sentiment against him in Rome. Eventually, war was declared in Rome against the Queen of Egypt, and Antony lost his consulship and governorship. Both sides gathered their armies, and Antony lost command of the world in the naval battle at Actium in 31 BCE. He followed Cleopatra to Alexandria, where, upon Octavian’s arrival, his fleet and cavalry deserted, and his infantry was defeated. Misled by a false report of Cleopatra's death that she spread, he fell on his own sword (30 BCE).—References: Mommsen, Roman History; Plutarch, Lives (translated by Langhorne); De Quincey, Essay on the Cæsars.

Antonoma´sia, in rhetoric, the use of the name of some office, dignity, profession, science, or trade instead of the true name of the person, as [194]when his majesty is used for a king, his lordship for a nobleman; or when, instead of Aristotle, we say, the philosopher; or, conversely, the use of a proper noun instead of a common noun; as, a Solomon for a wise man.

Antonoma´sia, in rhetoric, is when you use a title, position, profession, field of study, or trade instead of someone's actual name, like using his majesty for a king or his lordship for a nobleman; or instead of saying Aristotle, we refer to him as the philosopher; conversely, it can also mean using a proper name in place of a common noun, like using Solomon to mean a wise person.

Antony, Mark. See Antonius (Marcus).

Antony, Mark. See Antonius (Marcus).

Antony, St. See Anthony.

St. Antony See St. Anthony.

An´trim, a county of Ireland, province of Ulster, in the north-east of the island; area, 702,654 acres, of which about a third are arable. The eastern and northern districts are comparatively mountainous, with tracts of heath and bog, but no part rises to a great height. The principal rivers are the Lagan and the Bann, which separate Antrim from Down and Londonderry respectively. The general soil of the plains and valleys is strong loam. Flax, oats, and potatoes are the principal agricultural produce. Cattle, sheep, swine, and goats are extensively reared. There are salt-mines and beds of iron-ore, which is worked and exported. A range of basaltic strata stretches along the northern coast, of which the celebrated Giant's Causeway is the most remarkable portion, the vast aggregates of natural rock pillars there being very striking. The interior also contains some scenes of picturesque beauty, particularly the fertile valley of the Lagan, between Belfast and Lisburn. Much of the scenery of the county, however, is dreary and monotonous. Lough Neagh, the largest lake of the United Kingdom, is principally in Antrim. Its waters are carried to the sea by the Bann, which is of no use for navigation, being obstructed by weirs and rocks. The spinning of linen and cotton yarn, and the weaving of linen and cotton, are the staple manufactures, but the cotton manufacture is small compared with that of linen. The principal towns are Belfast, Lisburn, Ballymena, Larne, and Carrickfergus. In 1898 Belfast, the former capital, was constituted into a county borough. About fifty per cent of the inhabitants are Presbyterians, being the descendants of Scottish immigrants of the seventeenth century. The county sends four members to Parliament; Belfast returns nine. Pop. (excluding Belfast) 193,864 (1911).—The town of Antrim, at the north end of Lough Neagh, is a small place with a pop. of 1826.

Antrim is a county in Ireland, located in the province of Ulster in the northeast of the island; its area is 702,654 acres, with about a third of that being farmable land. The eastern and northern parts are relatively mountainous, featuring areas of heath and bog, although no part is very high. The main rivers are the Lagan and the Bann, which separate Antrim from Down and Londonderry, respectively. The general soil in the plains and valleys is rich loam. The key agricultural products include flax, oats, and potatoes. Cattle, sheep, pigs, and goats are raised extensively. There are salt mines and iron ore deposits, which are mined and exported. A stretch of basalt formations runs along the northern coast, with the famous Giant's Causeway being the most notable area, where the large natural rock pillars are very impressive. The interior has some beautiful landscapes, especially the fertile Lagan Valley between Belfast and Lisburn. However, much of the county's scenery can be bleak and dull. Lough Neagh, the largest lake in the United Kingdom, is mainly located in Antrim. Its waters flow to the sea via the Bann, which isn’t navigable due to obstructions by weirs and rocks. The main industries are the spinning and weaving of linen and cotton, with linen production being much more significant than cotton. The key towns are Belfast, Lisburn, Ballymena, Larne, and Carrickfergus. In 1898, Belfast, the former capital, was made a county borough. About fifty percent of the population are Presbyterians, descended from Scottish immigrants from the seventeenth century. The county sends four representatives to Parliament; Belfast sends nine. Population (excluding Belfast) is 193,864 (1911).—The town of Antrim, at the northern end of Lough Neagh, is small, with a population of 1,826.

Ant-thrush, a name given to certain passerine or perching birds having resemblances to the thrushes and supposed to feed largely on ants. They all have longish legs, short wings, and a short tail. The true ant-thrushes of the Old World belong to the genus Pitta. They chiefly inhabit southern and south-eastern Asia and the Eastern Archipelago, but are also found in Africa and Australia, and are birds of brilliant plumage, exhibiting black, white, scarlet, blue, and green in vivid contrast, there being generally no blending of colours by means of intermediate hues. These birds are not now regarded as allied to the thrushes, nor are they allied to the ant-birds, or ant-thrushes of the New World, which live among close foliage and bushes. Some of these are called ant-shrikes and ant-wrens. They belong to several genera.

Ant-thrush is a term used for certain perching birds that resemble thrushes and are thought to primarily feed on ants. They all have long legs, short wings, and short tails. The true ant-thrushes from the Old World belong to the genus Pitta. They mainly live in southern and southeastern Asia and the Eastern Archipelago, but can also be found in Africa and Australia. These birds have striking plumage, displaying bright colors like black, white, scarlet, blue, and green in vivid contrasts, with little to no blending of colors through intermediate shades. They are not considered related to thrushes, nor are they related to New World ant-birds or ant-thrushes, which inhabit dense foliage and bushes. Some of these may be referred to as ant-shrikes and ant-wrens, and they belong to various genera.

Ant´werp (Du. and Ger. Antwerpen, Fr. Anvers), the chief port of Belgium, and one of the first on the Continent, the capital of a province of the same name, on the Scheldt, about 50 miles from the open sea. It lies in a fertile plain at an abrupt turn of the river, which is here from 160 to 280 yards wide, and has a depth varying from 25 to 50 feet. It is strongly fortified, being completely surrounded on the land side by a semicircular inner line of fortifications, the defences being completed by an outer line of forts and outworks. Fine quays have been constructed along the river banks. The general appearance of the city is exceedingly picturesque, an effect produced by the numerous churches, convents, and magnificent public buildings, the stately antique houses that line its older thoroughfares, and the profusion of beautiful trees with which it is adorned. The older streets are tortuous and irregular, but those in the newer quarters are wide and regular. Some of the squares are very handsome. The cathedral, with a spire 400 feet high, one of the largest and most beautiful specimens of Gothic architecture in Belgium, contains Rubens' celebrated masterpieces, The Descent from the Cross, The Elevation of the Cross, and The Assumption. The other churches of note are St. James's, St. Andrew's, and St. Paul's, all enriched with paintings by Rubens, Vandyck, and other masters. Among the other buildings of note are the exchange, the town hall, the palace, the theatre, academy of the fine arts, picture and sculpture galleries, &c. The harbour accommodation is extensive and excellent, large new docks and quays having been recently built, and other works being under construction or contemplated. The shipping trade is now very large, Antwerp being a great centre of the world's commerce, and the goods being largely in transit. The entries of vessels in a year aggregate over 13,000,000 tons. Much of the trade is with Britain. There are numerous but not very important industries. Antwerp is mentioned as early as the eighth century, and in the eleventh and twelfth it had attained a high degree of prosperity. In the sixteenth century it is said to have had a pop. of 200,000, and it had then an extensive foreign trade. The wars between the Netherlands and Spain greatly injured its commerce, which was almost ruined by the closing of the navigation of the Scheldt in accordance with the peace of Westphalia (1648). It was only in the nineteenth century that its prosperity revived. In the European War [195](1914-8), the Germans, under General von Beseler, entered Antwerp on 7th Oct., 1914, and remained there until Nov., 1918. Pop. (1919), 322,857.—The province consists of a fertile plain 1093 sq. miles in area, and has a pop. of over 1,000,000.

Antwerp (Dutch and German Antwerpen, French Anvers), the main port of Belgium and one of the largest in Europe, is the capital of a province with the same name, located on the Scheldt River, about 50 miles from the open sea. It sits in a fertile plain at a sharp bend of the river, which is between 160 to 280 yards wide and has a depth ranging from 25 to 50 feet. The city is well-fortified, completely surrounded on the land side by a curved inner line of fortifications, enhanced by an outer line of forts and defensive works. Impressive quays have been built along the riverbanks. The city's overall look is extremely picturesque, thanks to its many churches, convents, and grand public buildings, the stately old houses lining its older streets, and the abundance of beautiful trees throughout. The older streets are winding and irregular, while those in the newer areas are wide and straight. Some squares are very attractive. The cathedral, with a spire that reaches 400 feet high, is one of the largest and most stunning examples of Gothic architecture in Belgium, housing Rubens' famous masterpieces, The Descent from the Cross, The Elevation of the Cross, and The Assumption. Other notable churches include St. James's, St. Andrew's, and St. Paul's, all adorned with paintings by Rubens, Vandyck, and other masters. Other significant buildings include the exchange, town hall, palace, theater, fine arts academy, and galleries of paintings and sculptures, etc. The harbor facilities are extensive and excellent, with newly built large docks and quays, and more projects either underway or planned. The shipping trade is currently large, making Antwerp a major hub of global commerce, primarily involving goods in transit. The total tonnage of vessels entering the port in a year exceeds 13,000,000 tons, with a substantial portion of trade going to Britain. There are several industries, although they aren't particularly significant. Antwerp is mentioned as far back as the eighth century, and by the eleventh and twelfth centuries, it had reached a high level of prosperity. In the sixteenth century, it reportedly had a population of 200,000 and a thriving foreign trade. The conflicts between the Netherlands and Spain severely impacted its commerce, which was nearly destroyed by the closure of the Scheldt River navigation following the Peace of Westphalia (1648). It wasn't until the nineteenth century that its prosperity began to recover. During the European War [195] (1914-18), the Germans, led by General von Beseler, entered Antwerp on October 7, 1914, and remained until November 1918. Population (1919) was 322,857.—The province consists of a fertile plain covering 1,093 square miles and has a population of over 1,000,000.

altcaption Anubis

Anu´bis (Anepo on the monuments), one of the deities of the ancient Egyptians, the son of Osiris by Isis. The Egyptian sculptures represent him with the head, or under the form, of a jackal, with long pointed ears. His office was to conduct the souls of the dead from this world to the next, and in the lower world he weighed the actions of the deceased previous to their admission to the presence of Osiris.

Anubis (Anepo on the monuments), one of the gods of the ancient Egyptians, is the son of Osiris and Isis. Egyptian sculptures depict him with the head, or in the form, of a jackal with long pointed ears. His role was to guide the souls of the dead from this world to the next, and in the afterlife, he weighed the deeds of the deceased before they were allowed to enter the presence of Osiris.

Anúpshahr (a-nöp´shär), a town of Hindustan, United Provinces, on the Ganges, 75 miles S.E. of Delhi, a resort of Hindu pilgrims who bathe in the Ganges. Pop. 15,000.

Anúpshahr (a-nöp´shär), a town in India, United Provinces, on the Ganges River, located 75 miles Southeast of Delhi, is a popular destination for Hindu pilgrims who come to bathe in the Ganges. Population: 15,000.

Anu´ra, or Anou´ra (Gr. an, negative, oura, a tail), an ord. of Batrachians which lose the tail when they reach maturity, such as the frogs and toads.

Anu´ra, or Anou´ra (Gr. an, meaning not, oura, a tail), is an order of amphibians that lose their tails upon reaching maturity, like frogs and toads.

Anuradhapura. See Anarajapura.

Anuradhapura. See Anarajapura.

A´nus, the opening at the lower or posterior extremity of the alimentary canal through which the excrement or waste products of digestion are expelled.

Anus, the opening at the lower or back end of the digestive tract through which waste products of digestion are expelled.

An´vil, an instrument on which pieces of metal are laid for the purpose of being hammered. The common smith's anvil is generally made of seven pieces, namely, the core or body; the four corners for the purpose of enlarging its base; the projecting end, which contains a square hole for the reception of a set or chisel to cut off pieces of iron; and the beak or conical end, used for turning pieces of iron into a circular form, &c. These pieces are each separately welded to the core and hammered so as to form a regular surface with the whole. When the anvil has received its due form, it is faced with steel, and is then tempered in cold water. The smith's anvil is generally placed loose upon a wooden block. The anvil for heavy operations, such as the forging of ordnance and shafting, consists of a huge iron block deeply embedded, and resting on piles of masonry.

Anvil, a tool where pieces of metal are placed to be hammered. A standard blacksmith's anvil typically has seven main parts: the core or body; four corners that expand its base; a projecting end with a square hole for inserting a set or chisel to cut metal pieces; and the beak or pointed end, used for bending metal into circular shapes, etc. Each piece is welded separately to the core and then hammered to create a smooth surface overall. Once the anvil is shaped correctly, it is covered with steel and tempered in cold water. The blacksmith's anvil is usually set loosely on a wooden block. For heavy tasks, like forging large tools and machinery, the anvil consists of a massive iron block that is firmly embedded and supported by masonry.

Anville, Jean Baptiste Bourguignon d' (jän˙ ba˙p-tēst bōr-gē-nyön˙ dän˙-vēl), a celebrated French geographer, born 1697, died 1782; published a great number of maps and writings illustrative of ancient and modern geography.

Anville, Jean Baptiste Bourguignon d' (jän˙ ba˙p-tēst bōr-gē-nyön˙ dän˙-vēl), a renowned French geographer, born in 1697 and died in 1782; he published numerous maps and writings that illustrate both ancient and modern geography.

Anynaks, a negro tribe inhabiting the banks of the Upper Sobat (a tributary of the White Nile), between the Egyptian Sudan and Abyssinia. They rebelled against British authority in 1912.

Anynaks, a Black tribe living along the Upper Sobat (a tributary of the White Nile), between Sudan and Ethiopia. They rebelled against British rule in 1912.

Anzacs, a composite word used as the name of the British colonial troops in the Gallipoli undertaking. The men being from Australia and New Zealand, their organization was officially known as the Australian-New Zealand Army Corps. The full title, however, was much too cumbersome, and a clerk in one of the head-quarters offices at Zeitoun, where the troops were in training, hit upon the word Anzacs, formed from the initial letters of the long title. The Anzacs landed near Gaba Tepe, Gallipoli, on the morning of 25th April, 1915, and had their first encounter with the Germans on the Western Front on 6th May, 1916. In 1916 the word Anzac was officially adopted by the War Office.

Anzacs is a term used to refer to the British colonial troops involved in the Gallipoli campaign. These soldiers came from Australia and New Zealand, and their official name was the Australian-New Zealand Army Corps. However, that full name was quite long, so a clerk at one of the headquarters offices in Zeitoun, where the troops were training, came up with the term Anzacs, using the initial letters of the longer title. The Anzacs landed near Gaba Tepe, Gallipoli, on the morning of April 25, 1915, and had their first encounter with the Germans on the Western Front on May 6, 1916. In 1916, the War Office officially adopted the term Anzac.

Anzin (a˙n˙-zan˙), a town of France, department of Nord, about 1 mile north-west of Valenciennes, in the centre of an extensive coal-field, with blast-furnaces, forges, rolling-mills, foundries, &c. Pop. 14,325.

Anzin (an-zen), a town in France, department of Nord, about 1 mile northwest of Valenciennes, in the middle of a large coalfield, with blast furnaces, forges, rolling mills, foundries, etc. Pop. 14,325.

Aonia, in ancient geography a name for part of Bœotia in Greece, containing Mount Helicon and the fountain Aganippe, both haunts of the muses.

Aonia, in ancient geography, refers to a region in Bœotia, Greece, which includes Mount Helicon and the Aganippe spring, both known as favorite spots of the Muses.

A´orist, the name given to one of the tenses of the verb in some languages (as the Greek), which expresses indefinite past time.

Aorist, the term used for one of the verb tenses in certain languages (like Greek), which conveys an indefinite past time.

Aor´ta, in anatomy, the great artery or trunk of the arterial system, proceeding from the left ventricle of the heart, and giving origin to all the arteries except the pulmonary. It first rises towards the top of the breast-bone, when it is called the ascending aorta; then makes a great curve, called the transverse or great arch of the aorta, whence it branches off to the head and upper extremities; thence proceeding towards the lower extremities, under the name of the descending aorta, it branches off to the trunk; and finally divides into the two iliacs, which supply the pelvis and lower extremities.

Aorta, in anatomy, is the main artery or trunk of the arterial system, starting from the left ventricle of the heart and giving rise to all the arteries except the pulmonary ones. It first rises toward the top of the breastbone, where it's called the ascending aorta; then it makes a large curve known as the transverse or great arch of the aorta, from which it branches off to the head and upper limbs. From there it moves down toward the lower limbs, referred to as the descending aorta, branching off to the trunk, and finally splits into the two iliacs, which supply the pelvis and lower limbs.

Aosta (a˙-os´ta˙; ancient Augusta Prætoria), a town of north Italy, 50 miles N.N.W. of Turin, on the Dora-Baltea, with an ancient triumphal arch, remains of an amphitheatre, &c. Pop. 7000.

Aosta (a˙-os´ta˙; ancient Augusta Prætoria), a town in northern Italy, 50 miles N.W. of Turin, located on the Dora-Baltea River, featuring an ancient triumphal arch, remnants of an amphitheater, etc. Population 7,000.

Aoudad (a-ö´dad), the Ammotrăgus tragelăphus, a quadruped allied to the sheep, most closely to the mouflon, from which, however, it may be easily distinguished by the heavy mane, commencing at the throat and falling as far as the knees. It is a native of North Africa, inhabiting the loftiest and most inaccessible rocks.

Aoudad (a-oodad), the Ammotrăgus tragelaphus, is a four-legged animal related to sheep, especially similar to the mouflon, but it can be easily recognized by its thick mane that starts at the throat and extends down to the knees. This animal is native to North Africa and lives in the highest and most hard-to-reach rocky areas.

Apaches (a˙-pä´chez), a warlike race of North-American Indians, numbering between 5000 and 6000, and inhabiting Arizona, New Mexico, and [196]Oklahoma. The final surrender of the tribe took place in 1886, but a few in Mexico still maintain their independence and hostility to the whites. The name Apache was assumed by Parisian hooligans, notorious for their criminal outrages.

Apaches (a˙-pä´chez), a fierce group of North American Indians, numbered between 5,000 and 6,000 and lived in Arizona, New Mexico, and [196]Oklahoma. The final surrender of the tribe happened in 1886, but a few in Mexico still maintain their independence and hostility towards white people. The name Apache was adopted by Parisian troublemakers, known for their criminal activities.

Ap´anage, an allowance which the younger princes of a reigning house in some European countries receive from the revenues of the country, generally together with a grant of public domains, that they may be enabled to live in a manner becoming their rank.

Ap´anage, a financial allowance that younger princes of a ruling family in some European countries receive from the national revenues, usually along with a grant of public lands, so they can live in a way that matches their status.

Ap´atite, a translucent but seldom transparent mineral, which crystallizes in a regular six-sided prism, usually terminated by a truncated six-sided pyramid. It passes through various shades of colour, from white to yellow, green, blue, and occasionally red, scratches fluor-spar but is scratched by felspar, and has a specific gravity of about 3.5. It is a compound of calcium phosphate with calcium fluoride or chloride. It occurs principally in igneous rocks, particularly diorites. The very coarse-grained granites of Ontario contain apatite crystals of corresponding size, which have been picked out as a source of artificial phosphate manures. Apatite supplies to soils almost all the phosphorus available for plants in a state of nature.

Apatite is a translucent mineral that's rarely transparent, crystallizing as a regular six-sided prism, typically ending in a truncated six-sided pyramid. It comes in various colors, from white to yellow, green, blue, and sometimes red. It can scratch fluor-spar but gets scratched by felspar, with a specific gravity of about 3.5. It’s made up of calcium phosphate combined with calcium fluoride or chloride. It mainly appears in igneous rocks, especially diorites. The very coarse-grained granites of Ontario contain apatite crystals of similar size, which have been extracted for use as a source of artificial phosphate fertilizers. Apatite provides nearly all the phosphorus available for plants in its natural state.

Ape, a common name of a number of quadrumanous animals inhabiting the Old World (Asia and the Asiatic Islands, and Africa), and including a variety of species. The word ape was formerly applied indiscriminately to all quadrumanous mammals; but it is now limited to the anthropoid or man-like monkeys. The family includes the chimpanzee, gorilla, orang-outang, &c., and has been divided into three genera, Troglodўtes, Simia, and Hylobătes. See Chimpanzee, Gibbon, Gorilla, Monkey, Orang, &c.

Ape refers to a common name for various four-handed animals found in the Old World (Asia, the Asian Islands, and Africa), which includes several species. The term ape used to be applied to all four-handed mammals, but now it specifically refers to anthropoid or human-like monkeys. This family includes the chimpanzee, gorilla, orangutan, etc., and is divided into three genera: Troglodytes, Simia, and Hylobates. See Chimpanzee, Gibbon, Gorilla, Monkey, Orang, etc.

Apeldoorn (ä´pel-dōrn), a town of Holland, province of Guelderland, 17 miles north of Arnhem, with manufactures of paper. The royal palace Loo is here. Pop. 44,474.

Apeldoorn (ä´pel-dōrn), a town in the Netherlands, located in the province of Gelderland, 17 miles north of Arnhem, known for its paper production. The royal palace Loo is located here. Population: 44,474.

Apelles (a-pel´ēz), the most famous of the painters of ancient Greece and of antiquity, was born in the fourth century B.C., probably at Colophon. Ephorus of Ephesus was his first teacher, but attracted by the renown of the Sicyonian school he went and studied at Sicyon. In the time of Philip he went to Macedonia, and there a close friendship between him and Alexander the Great was established. The most admired of his pictures was that of Venus rising from the sea and wringing the water from her dripping locks. His portrait of Alexander with a thunderbolt in his hand was no less celebrated. He died about the end of the century. Among the anecdotes told of Apelles is the one which gave rise to the Latin proverb, 'Ne sutor ultra crepidam'—'Let not the shoemaker go beyond the shoe'. Having heard a cobbler point out an error in the drawing of a shoe in one of his pictures he corrected it, whereupon the cobbler took upon him to criticize the leg, and received from the artist the famous reply.

Apelles (a-pel´ēz), the most renowned painter of ancient Greece and antiquity, was born in the fourth century BCE, likely in Colophon. Ephorus of Ephesus was his first teacher, but drawn by the fame of the Sicyonian school, he went to study there. During Philip's reign, he traveled to Macedonia, where he formed a close friendship with Alexander the Great. The most famous of his paintings was that of Venus emerging from the sea, wringing water from her wet hair. His portrait of Alexander holding a thunderbolt was also very well-known. He died around the end of the century. One of the anecdotes about Apelles led to the Latin saying, 'Ne sutor ultra crepidam'—'Let not the shoemaker go beyond the shoe.' After hearing a cobbler point out a flaw in the drawing of a shoe in one of his paintings, he fixed it, but when the cobbler then criticized the leg, the artist gave him the famous reply.

Ap´ennines (Lat. Mons Apenninus), a prolongation of the Alps, forming the 'backbone of Italy'. Beginning at Savona, on the Gulf of Genoa, the Apennines traverse the whole of the peninsula and also cross over into Sicily, the Strait of Messina being regarded merely as a gap in the chain. The average height of the mountains composing the range is about 4000 feet, and nowhere do they reach the limits of perpetual snow, though some summits exceed 9000 feet in height. Monte Corno, called also Gran Sasso d'Italia (Great Rock of Italy), which rises among the mountains of the Abruzzi, is the loftiest of the chain, rising to the height of 9541 feet, Monte Majella (9151) being next. Monte Gargano, which juts out into the Adriatic from the ankle of Italy, is a mountainous mass upwards of 5000 feet high, completely separated from the main chain. On the Adriatic side the mountains descend more abruptly to the sea than on the western or Mediterranean side, and the streams are comparatively short and rapid. On the western side are the valleys of the Arno, Tiber, Garigliano, and Volturno, the largest rivers that rise in the Apennines, and the only ones of importance in the peninsular portion of Italy. They consist almost entirely of limestone rocks, and are exceedingly rich in the finest marbles. On the south slopes volcanic masses are not uncommon. Mount Vesuvius, the only active volcano on the continent of Europe, is an instance. The lower slopes are well clothed with vegetation, the summits are sterile and bare.

Apennines (Lat. Mons Apenninus), an extension of the Alps, forms the "backbone of Italy." Starting at Savona, on the Gulf of Genoa, the Apennines run through the entire peninsula and even extend into Sicily, with the Strait of Messina seen as just a gap in the chain. The average height of the mountains in this range is about 4,000 feet, and they don't reach areas of permanent snow, although some peaks rise above 9,000 feet. Monte Corno, also known as Gran Sasso d'Italia (Great Rock of Italy), which is located among the mountains of the Abruzzi, is the highest in the chain at 9,541 feet, with Monte Majella (9,151 feet) coming next. Monte Gargano, which extends into the Adriatic from the "ankle" of Italy, is a mountainous area over 5,000 feet high, completely separated from the main chain. On the Adriatic side, the mountains drop more steeply to the sea compared to the western or Mediterranean side, and the rivers are relatively short and fast-flowing. On the western side are the valleys of the Arno, Tiber, Garigliano, and Volturno, the largest rivers that originate in the Apennines and the only significant ones in the peninsular part of Italy. They are mostly made up of limestone rocks and are incredibly rich in high-quality marbles. Volcanic formations are not unusual on the southern slopes, with Mount Vesuvius, the only active volcano on the European continent, being a prime example. The lower slopes are well-covered with vegetation, while the peaks are barren and lifeless.

Apenrade (ä´pen-rä-de), a seaport in Schleswig-Holstein, on a fiord of the Little Belt, beautifully situated, and carrying on a considerable fishing industry. Pop. 7800.

Apenrade (ä´pen-rä-de), a port town in Schleswig-Holstein, located on a bay of the Little Belt, is beautifully positioned and has a significant fishing industry. Population 7,800.

Ape´rient, a medicine which, in moderate doses, gently but completely opens the bowels: examples, castor-oil, Epsom salts, senna, &c.

Aperient, a medication that, in moderate doses, gently but completely relieves constipation: examples include castor oil, Epsom salts, senna, etc.

Apet´alous, a botanical term applied to flowers or flowering-plants which are destitute of petals or corolla.

Apetalous is a botanical term used to describe flowers or flowering plants that lack petals or a corolla.

Aphanip´tera, an order of wingless insects, composed of the different species of fleas. See Flea.

Aphanip'tera, an order of wingless insects that includes various species of fleas. See Flea.

Apha´sia (Gr. a, not, and phasis, speaking), in pathology, a symptom of certain morbid conditions of the nervous system, in which the patient loses the power of expressing ideas by means of words, or loses the appropriate use of words, the vocal organs the while remaining intact and the intelligence sound. There is sometimes an entire loss of words as connected with ideas, and sometimes only the loss of a few. In one form of the disease, called aphemia, the [197]patient can think and write, but cannot speak; in another, called agraphia, he can think and speak, but cannot express his ideas in writing. In a great majority of cases, where post-mortem examinations have been made, morbid changes have been found in the left frontal convolution of the brain.

Aphasia (Gr. a, not, and phasis, speaking) is a symptom of certain medical conditions affecting the nervous system, where the patient loses the ability to express thoughts through words or misuses words, while their vocal organs remain functional and their intelligence intact. Sometimes, there is a complete loss of words connected to ideas, and other times only a few words are lost. In one type of this condition, called aphemia, the patient can think and write but cannot speak; in another type, called agraphia, the patient can think and speak but cannot write down their ideas. In most cases where autopsies have been performed, abnormal changes have been observed in the left frontal lobe of the brain.

Aphe´lion (Gr. apo, from, and hēlios, the sun), that point of the orbit of the earth or any other planet which is remotest from the sun.

Aphelion (Gr. apo, from, and hēlios, the sun), is the point in the orbit of the Earth or any other planet that is farthest from the sun.

Aphe´mia. See Aphasia.

Aphemia. See Aphasia.

Aphides (af´i-dēz). See Aphis.

Aphids. See Aphis.

Aphides Aphides

Cabbage-leaf Plant-louse (Aphis brassicæ)—1, 2. Male, natural size and magnified. 3, 4, Female, natural size and magnified.

Cabbage-leaf Plant-louse (Aphis brassicæ)—1, 2. Male, actual size and enlarged. 3, 4, Female, actual size and enlarged.

Aphis, a genus of insects (called plant-lice) of the ord. Hemiptera, the type of the family Aphĭdēs. The species are very numerous and destructive. The A. rosæ lives on the rose; the A. fabæ on the bean; the A. humŭli is injurious to the hop, the A. granaria to cereals, and A. lanigĕra or woolly aphis equally so to apple trees. The aphides are furnished with an inflected beak, and feelers longer than the thorax. In the same species some individuals have four erect wings and others are entirely without wings. The feet are of the ambulatory kind, and the abdomen usually ends in two horn-like tubes, from which is ejected the substance called honey-dew, a favourite food of ants. (See Ant.) The aphides illustrate parthenogenesis; hermaphrodite forms produced from eggs produce viviparous wingless forms, which again produce others like themselves, and thus multiply during summer, one individual giving rise to millions. Winged sexual forms appear late in autumn, the females of which, being impregnated by the males, produce eggs.

Aphis is a genus of insects known as plant lice, belonging to the order Hemiptera and the family Aphididae. There are many species that are highly destructive. The A. rosæ lives on roses; the A. fabæ feeds on beans; the A. humŭli damages hops; the A. granaria harms cereals, and A. lanigĕra, or woolly aphis, is also harmful to apple trees. Aphids have a retractable beak and antennae that are longer than their thorax. In the same species, some individuals have four upright wings, while others have no wings at all. Their legs are suited for walking, and the abdomen usually ends in two horn-like tubes that release a substance called honeydew, which ants love to eat. (See Ant.) Aphids demonstrate parthenogenesis; hermaphroditic individuals produced from eggs create viviparous wingless forms, which then produce similar offspring, allowing them to multiply during the summer, with one individual leading to millions. Winged sexual forms emerge late in autumn, and the females, after mating with males, produce eggs.

Apho´nia (Gr. a, not, and phōnē, voice), in pathology, the greater or less impairment, or the complete loss of the power of emitting vocal sound. The slighter and less permanent forms often arise from extreme nervousness, fright, and hysteria. Slight forms of structural aphonia are of a catarrhal nature, resulting from more or less congestion and tumefaction of the mucous and submucous tissues of the larynx and adjoining parts. Severer cases are frequently occasioned by serous infiltration into the submucous tissue, with or without inflammation of the mucous membrane of the larynx and of its vicinity. The voice may also be affected in different degrees by inflammatory affections of the fauces and tonsils; by tumours in these situations; by morbid growths pressing on or implicating the larynx or trachea; by aneurisms; and most frequently by chronic laryngitis and its consequences, especially thickening, ulceration, &c.

Apho´nia (Gr. a, not, and phōnē, voice) refers to a condition where there is a partial or total inability to produce vocal sounds. Milder and temporary forms often stem from extreme nervousness, fear, or hysteria. Minor structural aphonia is usually due to catarrhal causes, resulting from some level of swelling and congestion in the mucous and submucous tissues of the larynx and nearby areas. More severe cases often occur due to fluid buildup in the submucous tissue, sometimes accompanied by inflammation of the laryngeal mucous membrane and surrounding areas. The voice can also be impacted to varying degrees by inflammation of the throat and tonsils, growths in those areas, abnormal masses pressing on or affecting the larynx or trachea, aneurysms, and most commonly by chronic laryngitis and its effects, particularly thickening, ulceration, etc.

Aph´orism, a brief, sententious saying, in which a comprehensive meaning is involved, as 'Familiarity breeds contempt'; 'Necessity has no law'.

Aphorism, a short, insightful saying that conveys a deep meaning, like 'Familiarity breeds contempt'; 'Necessity has no law'.

Aphrodite (af-ro-di´tē), the goddess of love among the Greeks; counterpart of the Roman Venus. A festival called Aphrodisia was celebrated in her honour in various parts of Greece, but especially in Cyprus. See Venus.

Aphrodite (af-ro-di´tē), the goddess of love in Greek mythology; equivalent to the Roman Venus. A festival known as Aphrodisia was celebrated in her honor across different regions of Greece, particularly in Cyprus. See Venus.

Aphthæ (af´thē), a disease occurring especially in infants, but occasionally seen in old persons, and consisting of small white ulcers upon the tongue, gums, inside of the lips, and palate, resembling particles of curdled milk: commonly called thrush or milk-thrush.

Aphthae (af´thē) is a condition that mostly affects infants but can sometimes be seen in older adults. It consists of small white sores on the tongue, gums, inside of the lips, and palate that look like bits of curdled milk. It's commonly referred to as thrush or milk-thrush.

A´pia, the chief place and trading centre of the Samoa Islands, on the north side of the Island of Upolu. It has a wireless station.

Apia, the main town and trading hub of the Samoa Islands, located on the northern side of the Island of Upolu. It has a wireless station.

A´piary (Lat. apis, a bee), a place for keeping bees. The apiary should be well sheltered from strong winds, moisture, and the extremes of heat and cold. The hives should face the south or south-east, and should be placed on shelves 2 feet above the ground, and about the same distance from each other. There is no place for handling bees like the open air in suitable weather, and for this reason bee-houses, or bee-sheds, formerly in use, are not much in vogue now. As to the form of the hives and the materials of which they should be constructed there are great differences of opinion. The old dome-shaped straw skep is still in general use among the cottagers of Great Britain. Its cheapness and simplicity of construction are in its favour, while it is excellent for warmth and ventilation; but it has the disadvantage that its interior is closed to inspection, and the honey can only be got out by stupefying the bees with the smoke of the common puff-ball or chloroform, or by fumigating with sulphur, which entails the destruction of the swarm. Wooden hives of square box-like form are now gaining general favour among bee-keepers. They usually consist of a large breeding chamber below and two sliding removable boxes called 'supers' above for the abstraction of honey without disturbing the contents of the main chamber. It is of great importance that the apiary should be situated in the neighbourhood of good feeding [198]grounds, such as gardens, clover-fields, or heath-covered hills. When their stores of honey are removed, the bees must be fed during the winter and part of spring with syrup or with a solution consisting of 2 lb. loaf-sugar to a pint of water. In the early spring slow and continuous feeding (a few ounces of syrup each day) will stimulate the queen to deposit her eggs, by which means the colony is rapidly strengthened and throws off early swarms. New swarms may make their appearance as early as May and as late as August, but swarming usually takes place in the intervening months. See Bee-keeping, Hives.

Apiary (Lat. apis, a bee), a place for keeping bees. The apiary should be well protected from strong winds, moisture, and extreme heat and cold. The hives should face south or southeast, and be placed on shelves about 2 feet above the ground, with a similar distance between each hive. There's no better place to handle bees than in the open air during suitable weather, which is why bee houses or bee sheds, once popular, aren't commonly used anymore. Regarding the design of hives and the materials they should be made from, there are many differing opinions. The traditional dome-shaped straw skep is still widely used by cottagers in Great Britain. It's inexpensive and easy to make, and provides great warmth and ventilation; however, the downside is that its interior cannot be inspected, so honey can only be harvested by either stupefying the bees with smoke from the common puffball or chloroform, or by fumigating with sulfur, which can destroy the swarm. Square wooden hives are becoming more popular among beekeepers. They typically consist of a large breeding chamber below and two sliding removable boxes called 'supers' above for collecting honey without disturbing the main chamber's contents. It's crucial that the apiary is located near good foraging grounds like gardens, clover fields, or heath-covered hills. When honey stores are taken away, bees must be fed during winter and part of spring with syrup or a solution made of 2 lbs of loaf sugar in a pint of water. In early spring, slow and steady feeding (a few ounces of syrup each day) will encourage the queen to lay eggs, which helps strengthen the colony and leads to the emergence of early swarms. New swarms can appear as early as May and as late as August, but swarming typically occurs in the months in between. See Bee-keeping, Hives.

Apic´ius, Marcus Gabius, a Roman epicure in the time of Augustus and Tiberius, who, having exhausted his vast fortune on the gratification of his palate, and having only about £80,000 left, poisoned himself that he might escape the misery of plain diet. The book of cookery published under the title of Apicius was written by one Cælius, and belongs to a much later date.

Apicius, Marcus Gabius, a Roman gourmet during the era of Augustus and Tiberius, who, after spending his immense wealth on pleasing his taste buds, was left with just about £80,000. He took his own life to escape the hardship of a simple diet. The cookbook published under the title of Apicius was written by someone named Cælius and is from a much later time.

A´pion, a Greek grammarian, born in Egypt, lived in the reigns of Tiberius, Caligula, and Claudius, A.D. 15-54, and went to Rome to teach grammar and rhetoric. Among his works, one or two fragments only of which remain, was one directed against the Jews, which was replied to by Josephus.

A´pion, a Greek grammarian born in Egypt, lived during the reigns of Tiberius, Caligula, and Claudius, CE 15-54, and moved to Rome to teach grammar and rhetoric. Among his works, of which only one or two fragments survive, was one that targeted the Jews, which was responded to by Josephus.

A´pios, a genus of leguminous climbing plants, producing edible tubers on underground shoots. An American species (A. tuberōsa) has been used as a substitute for the potato, but its tubers, though numerous, are small.

A´pios is a type of climbing plant in the legume family that produces edible tubers on underground shoots. An American species (A. tuberōsa) has been used as a potato substitute, but its tubers, while plentiful, are small.

altcaption Apis

A´pis, a bull to which divine honours were paid by the ancient Egyptians, who regarded him as a symbol of Osiris. At Memphis he had a splendid residence, containing extensive walks and courts for his entertainment, and he was waited upon by a large train of priests, who looked upon his every movement as oracular. He was not suffered to live beyond twenty-five years, being secretly killed by the priests and thrown into a sacred well. Another bull, characterized by certain marks, as a black colour, a triangle of white on the forehead, a white crescent-shaped spot on the right side, &c., was selected in his place. His birthday was annually celebrated, and his death was a season of public mourning. See Animal Worship.

A´pis was a bull that the ancient Egyptians honored as a symbol of Osiris. At Memphis, he had a grand residence with large walking areas and courts for his enjoyment, and he was attended by a large group of priests who regarded every move he made as prophetic. He was not allowed to live past twenty-five years, as the priests secretly killed him and disposed of his body in a sacred well. Another bull, identified by specific markings such as a black color, a white triangle on his forehead, and a white crescent-shaped spot on his right side, was chosen to replace him. His birthday was celebrated each year, and his death was a time of public mourning. See Animal Worship.

A´pis, a genus of insects. See Bee.

A´pis, a group of insects. See Bee.

A´pium, a genus of umbelliferous plants, including celery.

A´pium is a genus of flowering plants in the parsley family, which includes celery.

Aplacen´tal. See Placenta, Marsupialia, and Echidna.

Placental. See Placenta, Marsupialia, and Echidna.

Aplanat´ic. See Optics, Photography.

Aplanatic. See Optics, Photography.

Aplysia. See Sea-hare.

Aplysia. See Sea hare.

Apoc´alypse (Gr. apokalypsis, a revelation), the name given to the last book of the New Testament, in the English version called The Revelation of St. John the Divine. Although a Christian work, the Apocalypse belongs to a class of literature dealing with eschatological subjects and much in vogue among the Jews of the first century B.C. It is generally believed that the Apocalypse was written by the apostle John in his old age (A.D. 95-97) in the Isle of Patmos, whither he had been banished by the Roman Emperor Domitian. Anciently its genuineness was maintained by Justin Martyr, Irenæus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, and many others; while it was doubted by Dionysius of Alexandria, Cyril of Jerusalem, Chrysostom, and, nearer our own times, by Luther. The Apocalypse has been explained differently by almost every writer who has ventured to interpret it, and has furnished all sorts of sects and fanatics with quotations to support their creeds or pretensions. The modern interpreters may be divided into three schools—namely, the historical school, who hold that the prophecy embraces the whole history of the Church and its foes from the time of its writing to the end of the world; the Præterists, who hold that the whole or nearly the whole of the prophecy has been already fulfilled, and that it refers chiefly to the triumph of Christianity over Paganism and Judaism; and the Futurists, who throw the whole prophecy, except the first three chapters, forward upon a time not yet reached by the Church—a period of no very long duration, which is immediately to precede Christ's second coming. See Bible.—Bibliography: R. H. Charles, Studies in the Apocalypse; F. C. Burkitt, Jewish and Christian Apocalypses.

Apocalypse (Gr. apokalypsis, a revelation), the title given to the last book of the New Testament, known in English as The Revelation of St. John the Divine. Although it's a Christian text, the Apocalypse is part of a genre that deals with end-times topics and was quite popular among Jews in the first century BCE It is widely believed that the Apocalypse was written by the apostle John in his later years (CE 95-97) on the Isle of Patmos, where he had been exiled by the Roman Emperor Domitian. Historically, its authenticity was defended by Justin Martyr, Irenæus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, and many others; however, it was questioned by Dionysius of Alexandria, Cyril of Jerusalem, Chrysostom, and more recently, by Luther. The Apocalypse has been interpreted in various ways by nearly every scholar who has attempted to explain it, providing all sorts of groups and zealots with quotes to back up their beliefs or claims. Modern interpreters can be grouped into three schools: the historical school, which argues that the prophecy covers the entire history of the Church and its enemies from the time it was written to the end of the world; the Præterists, who believe that most or all of the prophecy has already been fulfilled and mainly relates to the victory of Christianity over Paganism and Judaism; and the Futurists, who see the entire prophecy, except for the first three chapters, as referring to a future time not yet experienced by the Church— a relatively short period that will occur right before Christ's second coming. See Bible.—References: R. H. Charles, Studies in the Apocalypse; F. C. Burkitt, Jewish and Christian Apocalypses.

Apocalyptic Number, the mystic number 666 found in Rev. xiii, 18. As early as the second century ecclesiastical writers found that the name Antichrist was indicated by the Greek characters expressive of this number. By Irenæus the word Lateinos was found in the letters of the number, and the Roman Empire was therefore considered to be Antichrist. Protestants generally believe it has reference to the Papacy, and, on the other hand, Catholics connect it with Protestantism. It is, however, almost certain that the number [199]refers to Nero, for by transliterating the Greek Kaisar Neron into Hebrew, and adding together the sums denoted by the Hebrew letters, we obtain the number 666.

Apocalyptic Number, the mystical number 666 found in Rev. xiii, 18. As early as the second century, church writers noted that the name Antichrist could be represented by the Greek characters corresponding to this number. Irenæus identified the word Lateinos within the letters of the number, leading to the belief that the Roman Empire represented Antichrist. Protestants typically associate it with the Papacy, while Catholics link it to Protestantism. However, it is almost certain that the number [199] refers to Nero because by transliterating the Greek Kaisar Neron into Hebrew and adding the values of the Hebrew letters, we arrive at the number 666.

Apocar´pous, in botany, a term applied to such fruits as are the produce of a single flower, and are formed of one carpel, or a number of carpels free and separate from each other.

Apocarpous, in botany, is a term used for fruits that come from a single flower and are made up of one carpel, or multiple carpels that are free and separate from each other.

Apoc´rypha (Gr., 'things concealed or spurious'), a term applied in the earliest churches to various sacred or professedly inspired writings, sometimes given to those whose authors were unknown, sometimes to those with a hidden meaning, and sometimes to those considered objectionable. The term is specially applied to the fourteen undermentioned books, which were written during the two centuries preceding the birth of Christ. They were written, not in Hebrew, but in Greek, and the Jews never allowed them a place in their sacred canon. They were incorporated into the Septuagint, and thence passed to the Vulgate. The Greek Church excluded them from the canon in 360 at the Council of Laodicea. The Latin Church treated them with more favour, but it was not until 1546 that they were formally admitted into the canon of the Church of Rome by a decree of the Council of Trent. The Anglican Church says they may be read for example of life and instruction of manners, but that the Church does not apply them to establish any doctrine. All other Protestant churches in Britain and America ignore them. The following fourteen books form the Apocrypha of the English Bible: The first and second Books of Esdras, Tobit, Judith, the rest of the Book of Esther, the Wisdom of Solomon, the Wisdom of Jesus the son of Sirach, or Ecclesiasticus, Baruch the Prophet, the Song of the Three Children, Susanna and the Elders, Bel and the Dragon, the Prayer of Manasses, and the first and second Books of Maccabees. Besides the Apocryphal books of the Old Testament there are many spurious books composed in the earlier ages of Christianity, and published under the names of Christ and his apostles, or of such immediate followers as from their character or means of intimate knowledge might give an apparent plausibility to such forgeries. These writings comprise: 1st, the Apocryphal Gospels, which treat of the history of Joseph and the Virgin before the birth of Christ, of the infancy of Jesus, and of the acts of Pilate; 2nd, the Apocryphal Acts of the Apostles; and 3rd, the Apocryphal Apocalypses, none of which have obtained canonical recognition by any of the churches.—Bibliography: Wace, The Apocrypha; Porter, in Hastings' Bible Dict., i, pp. 111-23; W. D. F. Oesterley, Book of the Apocrypha; R. H. Charles, Religious Development between the Old and the New Testaments.

Apocrypha (Greek for 'hidden or dubious things') is a term used in the earliest Christian communities to refer to various sacred or supposedly inspired writings. Sometimes this applied to works whose authors were unknown, sometimes to those with a deeper meaning, and occasionally to those deemed controversial. The term specifically refers to the fourteen books listed below, which were written in the two centuries before Christ's birth. They were composed in Greek, not Hebrew, and the Jews never included them in their sacred canon. These texts were included in the Septuagint, which later influenced the Vulgate. The Greek Church excluded them from the canon in 360 at the Council of Laodicea. The Latin Church was more accepting, but it wasn't until 1546 that they were officially accepted into the Roman Church's canon by a decree of the Council of Trent. The Anglican Church allows them to be read as examples of life and guidance on conduct, but it doesn’t use them to support any doctrine. Most other Protestant churches in Britain and America don't recognize them at all. The following fourteen books make up the Apocrypha in the English Bible: the first and second Books of Esdras, Tobit, Judith, the rest of the Book of Esther, Wisdom of Solomon, Wisdom of Jesus, Son of Sirach (or Ecclesiasticus), Baruch the Prophet, Song of the Three Children, Susanna and the Elders, Bel and the Dragon, Prayer of Manasses, and the first and second Books of Maccabees. In addition to these Apocryphal books of the Old Testament, many spurious works were created in the early centuries of Christianity, published under the names of Christ and his apostles, or other close followers whose identity or knowledge might lend credibility to such forgeries. These writings include: 1st, the Apocryphal Gospels, which cover the stories of Joseph and the Virgin before Christ's birth, Jesus' infancy, and the acts of Pilate; 2nd, the Apocryphal Acts of the Apostles; and 3rd, the Apocryphal Apocalypses, none of which have been recognized as canonical by any of the churches.—References: Wace, The Apocrypha; Porter, in Hastings' Bible Dict., i, pp. 111-23; W. D. F. Oesterley, Book of the Apocrypha; R. H. Charles, Religious Development between the Old and the New Testaments.

Apocyna´ceæ, a nat. ord. of dicotyledonous plants, having for its type the genus Apocўnum or dog-bane. The species have opposite or sometimes whorled leaves without stipules; the corolla monopetalous, hypogynous, and with the stamens inserted upon it; fruit two-celled. The plants yield a milky juice, which is generally poisonous; several yield caoutchouc, and a few edible fruits. The bark of several species is a powerful febrifuge. To the order belongs the periwinkle (Vinca). See Cow-tree, Periwinkle, Oleander, Tanghin.

Apocynaceae is a natural order of flowering plants with two seed leaves, represented by the genus Apocynum, commonly known as dog-bane. The species usually have opposite or sometimes whorled leaves without stipules; the flower has a single petal, is hypogynous, and the stamens are attached to it; the fruit is divided into two cavities. These plants produce a milky sap that is generally toxic; several produce rubber, and a few have edible fruits. The bark of some species is a strong fever reducer. This order includes periwinkle (Vinca). See Cow-tree, Periwinkle, Oleander, Tanghin.

Ap´oda. See Proteolepadidæ.

Apoda. See Proteolepadidae.

Ap´odal Fishes, the name applied to such malacopterous fishes as want ventral fins. They constitute a small natural family, of which the common eel is an example.

Apodal Fishes, the term used for malacopterous fishes that lack ventral fins. They make up a small natural family, with the common eel being a prime example.

Apo´dösis, in grammar, the latter member of a conditional sentence (or one beginning with if, though, &c.) dependent on the condition or protăsis; as, if it rain (protasis) I shall not go (apodosis).

Apodosis refers to the second part of a conditional sentence (or one that starts with if, though, etc.) that is dependent on the condition or protasis; for example, if it rains (protasis), I won’t go (apodosis).

Ap´ogee (-jē; Gr. apo, from, and , the earth), that point in the orbit of the moon or a planet where it is at its greatest distance from the earth; also the greatest distance of the sun from the earth when the latter is in aphelion.

Apogee (-jē; Gr. apo, meaning from, and , meaning the earth), is the point in the orbit of the moon or a planet where it is farthest from the earth; it also refers to the greatest distance of the sun from the earth when the latter is in aphelion.

Apol´da, a town of Germany, in Saxe-Weimar, at which woollen goods are extensively manufactured. Pop. 22,610.

Apolda, a town in Germany, located in Saxe-Weimar, where woolen goods are widely produced. Population: 22,610.

Apollina´rians, a sect of Christians who maintained the doctrine that Christ had a human body and a human sensitive soul, but no human rational mind, the Divine Logos (the Word) taking the place of the mind, and that God was consequently united in him with the human body and the sensitive soul. Apollinaris, the author of this opinion, was, from A.D. 362 till at least A.D. 382, Bishop of Laodicea, in Syria, and a zealous opposer of the Arians. As a man and a scholar he was highly esteemed, and was among the most popular authors of his time. He formed a congregation of his adherents at Antioch, and made Vitalis their bishop. The Apollinarians, or Vitalians, as their followers were called, soon spread their settlements in Syria and the neighbouring countries, established several societies, with their own bishops, and one even in Constantinople; but many adherents drifted away to Monophysitism, and the sect soon became extinct.

Apollinarians, a group of Christians who believed that Christ had a human body and a sensitive soul, but no rational human mind, with the Divine Logos (the Word) substituting for the mind, and that God was therefore united with the human body and sensitive soul in him. Apollinaris, who held this view, was the Bishop of Laodicea in Syria from CE 362 until at least CE 382, and was a passionate opponent of the Arians. He was well-respected both as a person and a scholar and was among the most popular authors of his era. He built a community of followers in Antioch and made Vitalis their bishop. The Apollinarians, or Vitalians, as they were called, quickly expanded their communities in Syria and nearby regions, formed several groups with their own bishops, and even established one in Constantinople; however, many followers began to shift towards Monophysitism, and the sect eventually faded away.

Apollina´ris Water, a natural aerated water, belonging to the class of acidulated soda waters, and derived from the Apollinarisbrunnen, a spring in the valley of the Ahr, near the Rhine, in Rhenish Prussia, forming a highly-esteemed beverage.

Apollina´ris Water, a naturally carbonated water, is part of the acidulated soda water category and comes from the Apollinaris spring, located in the Ahr valley near the Rhine in Rhenish Prussia. It is a highly regarded beverage.

Apollo Belvedere Apollo Belvedere (Vatican, Rome)

Apol´lo, son of Zeus (Jupiter) and Leto (Latona), who, being persecuted by the jealousy of Hera (Juno), after tedious wanderings and [200]nine days' labour, was delivered of him and his twin sister, Artĕmis (Diana), on the Island of Delos. Skilled in the use of the bow, he slew the serpent Python on the fifth day after his birth; afterwards, with his sister Artĕmis, he killed the children of Niobē. He aided Zeus in the war with the Titans and the giants. He destroyed the Cyclopes, because they forged the thunderbolts with which Zeus killed his son and favourite Asklepios (Æsculapius). According to some traditions he invented the lyre, though this is generally ascribed to Hermes (Mercury). The brightest creation of polytheism, Apollo is also the most complex, and many aspects of the people's life were reflected in his cult. He was originally the sun-god; and though in Homer he appears distinct from Helios (the sun), yet his real nature is hinted at even here by the epithet Phœbus, that is, the radiant or beaming. In later times the view was almost universal that Apollo and Helios were identical. From being the god of light and purity in a physical sense, he gradually became the god of moral and spiritual light and purity, the source of all intellectual, social, and political progress. He thus came to be regarded as the god of song and prophecy, the god that wards off and heals bodily suffering and disease, the institutor and guardian of civil and political order, and the founder of cities. His worship was introduced at Rome at an early period, probably in the time of the Tarquins. Among the ancient statues of Apollo that have come down to us, the most remarkable is the one called Apollo Belvedere, from the Belvedere Gallery in the Vatican at Rome. This statue was discovered at Frascati in 1455, and purchased by Pope Julian II, the founder of the Vatican museum. It is a copy of a Greek statue of the third century B.C., and dates probably from the reign of Nero.

Apollo, the son of Zeus (Jupiter) and Leto (Latona), was pursued by Hera's jealousy. After long journeys and [200]nine days of labor, Leto gave birth to him and his twin sister, Artemis (Diana), on the Island of Delos. Skilled with a bow, he killed the serpent Python on the fifth day after his birth; later, along with his sister Artemis, he took the lives of Niobe's children. He helped Zeus in the battle against the Titans and the giants. He vanquished the Cyclopes because they crafted the thunderbolts that Zeus used to kill his son and favorite, Asclepius (Æsculapius). Some stories say he invented the lyre, although this is usually credited to Hermes (Mercury). As the most prominent figure in polytheism, Apollo is also quite complex, reflecting various aspects of people's lives in his worship. He was initially known as the sun god, and although Homer distinguishes him from Helios (the sun), his true nature is suggested even here by the title Phoebus, meaning radiant or shining. Over time, it became widely accepted that Apollo and Helios were the same. He evolved from being a god of light and physical purity to a god of moral and spiritual light and purity, contributing to all intellectual, social, and political advancements. Consequently, he came to be seen as the god of music and prophecy, the one who prevents and heals physical pain and illness, the promoter and protector of civil and political order, and the founder of cities. His worship was introduced in Rome early on, likely during the Tarquin period. Among the ancient statues of Apollo that have survived, the most famous is the one known as Apollo Belvedere, located in the Belvedere Gallery of the Vatican in Rome. This statue was found in Frascati in 1455 and was purchased by Pope Julian II, the founder of the Vatican museum. It is a copy of a Greek statue from the third century BCE, likely dating from the time of Nero.

Apollodo´rus, a Greek writer who flourished 140 B.C. Among the numerous works he wrote on various subjects, the only one extant is his Bibliothecē, which contains a concise account of the mythology of Greece down to the heroic age.

Apollodorus, a Greek writer active around 140 BCE, produced many works on different topics, but the only one that has survived is his Bibliotheca, which provides a brief overview of Greek mythology up to the heroic age.

Apollo´nius of Perga, Greek mathematician, called the 'great geometer', flourished about 240 B.C., and was the author of many works, only one of which, a treatise on Conic Sections, partly in Greek and partly in an Arabic translation, is now extant.

Apolonius of Perga, a Greek mathematician known as the 'great geometer', thrived around 240 BCE. He wrote many works, but only one, a treatise on Conic Sections, which exists partly in Greek and partly in an Arabic translation, has survived to the present day.

Apollo´nius of Rhodes, a Greek rhetorician and poet, flourished about 230 B.C. Of his various works we have only the Argonautica, an epic poem of considerable merit, though perhaps written with too much care and labour. It deals with the story of the Argonautic expedition.

Apolonius of Rhodes, a Greek speaker and poet, was active around 230 BCE. Of his many works, we only have the Argonautica, an epic poem of notable quality, although it may have been written with excessive attention to detail. It tells the story of the Argonauts' journey.

Apollo´nius of Ty´ana, in Cappadocia, a Pythagorean philosopher who was born in the beginning of the Christian era, early adopted the Pythagorean doctrines, abstaining from animal food and maintaining a rigid silence for five years. He travelled extensively in Asia, professed to be endowed with miraculous powers, such as prophecy and the raising of the dead, and was on this account set up by some as a rival to Christ. His ascetic life, wise discourses, and wonderful deeds obtained for him almost universal reverence, and temples, altars, and statues were erected to him. He died at Ephesus about the end of the first century. A narrative of his strange career, containing many fables, with, perhaps, a kernel of truth, was written by Philostratus about a century later.

Apollo´nius of Ty´ana, from Cappadocia, was a Pythagorean philosopher born at the start of the Christian era. He quickly embraced Pythagorean teachings, refraining from eating animal products and practicing a strict silence for five years. He traveled widely in Asia and claimed to have miraculous abilities, including prophecy and raising the dead, which led some to see him as a rival to Christ. His ascetic lifestyle, insightful teachings, and remarkable acts earned him nearly universal respect, resulting in the construction of temples, altars, and statues in his honor. He passed away in Ephesus around the end of the first century. A story of his unusual life, filled with many legends but possibly containing a core of truth, was written by Philostratus about a century later.

Apollo´nius of Tyre, the hero of a tale which had an immense popularity in the Middle Ages and which indirectly furnished the plot of Shakespeare's Pericles, Prince of Tyre. The story, originally in Greek, first appeared in the third century after Christ.

Apollo´nius of Tyre is the central character in a story that was hugely popular during the Middle Ages and indirectly inspired the plot of Shakespeare's Pericles, Prince of Tyre. The story, which was originally in Greek, first came out in the third century after Christ.

Apoll´os, a Jew of Alexandria, who learned the doctrines of Christianity at Ephesus from Aquila and Priscilla, became a preacher of the gospel in Achaia and Corinth, and an assistant of Paul in his missionary work. Some have regarded him as the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews.

Apollos, a Jew from Alexandria, learned about Christianity in Ephesus from Aquila and Priscilla. He became a preacher of the gospel in Achaia and Corinth and assisted Paul in his missionary efforts. Some people believe he wrote the Epistle to the Hebrews.

Apoll´yon ('the Destroyer'), a name used in Rev. ix, 11 for the angel of the bottomless pit.

Apollyon ('the Destroyer'), a name used in Rev. ix, 11 for the angel of the abyss.

Apologetics (-jet´iks), this term, as used in Christian theology, does not carry with it the idea of excuse or regretful acknowledgment, but signifies a defensive or vindicatory statement, which accords with its meaning in the original Greek. In the conventional division of systematic theology apologetics comes first in order, and is followed by the disciplines of dogmatics [201]and ethics, which expound Christian belief and Christian duty respectively. There is a tendency, however, in the more recent treatment of systematic theology, to include the defence or vindication of the various Christian doctrines within the dogmatic scheme, leaving to apologetics—in so far as it may be regarded as a separate discipline from dogmatics—the discussion of such general themes as religion and revelation, authority and inspiration, and the essence and truth of Christianity. Such discussions belong essentially to what is now often called philosophy of religion. The preference of the term philosophy of religion to that of apologetics is indicative at once of the wider theological outlook of our time and of the conciliatory, adaptable, and more sympathetic spirit in which the Christian apologist approaches the new thought and culture.—Bibliography: A. B. Bruce, Apologetics; R. Mackintosh, First Primer of Apologetics; J. R. Illingworth, Reason and Revelation; A. E. Garvie, A Handbook of Christian Apologetics.

Apologetics (-jet´iks), in Christian theology, doesn’t imply making excuses or expressing regret, but rather refers to a defense or justification, aligning with its meaning in the original Greek. In the standard organization of systematic theology, apologetics comes first, followed by dogmatics [201] and ethics, which explain Christian beliefs and responsibilities, respectively. However, there’s a growing trend in recent systematic theology to incorporate the defense of various Christian doctrines within the dogmatic framework, reserving apologetics—if considered a distinct discipline from dogmatics—for discussions on broader topics such as religion and revelation, authority and inspiration, and the essence and truth of Christianity. These topics are fundamentally tied to what is often referred to as the philosophy of religion today. The shift from using the term apologetics to philosophy of religion reflects both a broader theological perspective of our era and a more conciliatory, adaptable, and sympathetic approach that Christian apologists take toward new ideas and cultures.—References: A. B. Bruce, Apologetics; R. Mackintosh, First Primer of Apologetics; J. R. Illingworth, Reason and Revelation; A. E. Garvie, A Handbook of Christian Apologetics.

Apologue (ap´o-log), a story or relation of fictitious events intended to convey some useful truths. It differs from a parable in that the latter is drawn from events that take place among mankind, whereas the apologue may be founded on supposed actions of brutes or inanimate things. Æsop's fables are good examples of apologues.

Apologue (ap´o-log), a story or account of imaginary events meant to express some useful truths. It differs from a parable in that the latter is based on events involving humans, while the apologue can be based on supposed actions of animals or inanimate objects. Aesop's fables are good examples of apologues.

Apol´ogy, a term at one time applied to a defence of one who is accused, or of certain doctrines called in question. Of this nature is the Apology of Socrates written by Plato; also a work with the same title sometimes attributed to Xenophon. The name passed over to Christian authors, who gave the name of apologies to the writings which were designed to defend Christianity against the attacks and accusations of its enemies, particularly the pagan philosophers, and to justify its professors before the emperors. Of this sort were those by Justin Martyr, Athenagoras, Tertullian, Tatian, and others.

Apology, a term originally used to refer to a defense of someone who is accused or to defend certain questioned beliefs. An example of this is the Apology of Socrates written by Plato, as well as a work with the same title that is sometimes credited to Xenophon. The term was adopted by Christian writers, who used "apologies" to label texts meant to defend Christianity against the critiques and accusations of its opponents, especially pagan philosophers, and to justify its followers before the emperors. Notable works of this kind include those by Justin Martyr, Athenagoras, Tertullian, Tatian, and others.

Aponeuro´sis, in anatomy, a name of certain greyish-white shining membranes, composed of interlacing fibres, sometimes continuous with the muscular fibre, and differing from tendons merely in having a flat form. They serve several purposes, sometimes attaching the muscles to the bones, sometimes surrounding the muscle and preventing its displacement, &c. See Anatomy.

Aponeurosis in anatomy refers to certain grayish-white, shiny membranes made up of interlacing fibers. These fibers are sometimes continuous with muscle fibers and differ from tendons only in being flat. They serve various functions, such as attaching muscles to bones or surrounding muscles to prevent displacement, etc. See Anatomy.

Apophthegm (ap´o-them), a short pithy sentence or maxim. Julius Cæsar wrote a collection of them, and we have a collection by Francis Bacon.

Apophthegm (ap´o-them), a brief and impactful sentence or saying. Julius Caesar wrote a collection of them, and we have a collection by Francis Bacon.

Apoph´yllite, a species of mineral of a foliated structure and pearly lustre, called also fish-eye stone. It belongs to the Zeolite family, and is a hydrated silicate of lime and potash, containing also fluorine.

Apophyllite is a type of mineral with a layered structure and a pearly shine, also known as fish-eye stone. It is part of the Zeolite family and is a hydrated silicate of lime and potash, which also contains fluorine.

Ap´oplexy, sudden abolition of consciousness, followed after recovery of consciousness by persistent disturbance of sensation or voluntary motion, from suspension of the functions of the cerebrum, resulting from blocking or rupture of the blood-vessels of the brain. In a complete apoplexy the person falls suddenly, is unable to move his limbs or to speak, gives no proof of seeing, hearing, or feeling, and the breathing is stertorous or snoring, like that of a person in deep sleep. The premonitory symptoms of this dangerous disease are drowsiness, giddiness, dulness of hearing, frequent yawning, disordered vision, noise in the ears, vertigo, &c. It is most frequent between the ages of fifty and seventy. A large head, short neck, full chest, sanguine and plethoric constitution, and corpulency are generally considered signs of predisposition to it; but the state of the heart's action, with a plethoric condition of the vascular system, has a more marked influence. Out of sixty-three cases carefully investigated only ten were fat and plethoric, twenty-three being thin, and the rest of ordinary habit. The common predisposing causes are disease or senile changes in the blood-vessels and affections of the valves of the heart; but other factors may possibly play some part either as exciting or predisposing causes, such as long and intense thought, continued anxiety, habitual indulgence of the temper and passions, sedentary and luxurious living, sexual indulgence, intoxication, &c. More or less complete recovery from a first and second attack is common, but a third is almost invariably fatal.—Cf. Grasset, Traité du système nerveux.

Apoplexy is a sudden loss of consciousness, followed by a persistent disturbance in sensation or voluntary movement once consciousness is regained, due to the suspension of brain functions from blocked or ruptured blood vessels in the brain. In a complete apoplexy, a person suddenly collapses, unable to move their limbs or speak, showing no signs of seeing, hearing, or feeling, with breathing that sounds heavy or snoring, similar to deep sleep. The warning signs of this serious condition include drowsiness, dizziness, dull hearing, frequent yawning, blurred vision, ringing in the ears, vertigo, etc. It most commonly occurs between the ages of fifty and seventy. A large head, short neck, broad chest, a sanguine and overly full constitution, and obesity are generally seen as signs of being predisposed to it; however, the state of the heart's function, along with an overfull condition of the vascular system, has a more significant effect. Out of sixty-three cases thoroughly examined, only ten were overweight and overly full, while twenty-three were thin, and the rest had a normal build. Common predisposing causes include diseases or age-related changes in the blood vessels and heart valve issues; however, other factors might also play a role as triggers or predisposing factors, such as long periods of intense thinking, ongoing anxiety, frequent emotional outbursts, a sedentary and indulgent lifestyle, sexual excess, intoxication, etc. Partial or complete recovery from the first and second attacks is common, but a third attack is almost always fatal.—Cf. Grasset, Traité du système nerveux.

Aposiope´sis, in rhetoric, a sudden break or stop in speaking or writing, usually for mere effect or a pretence of unwillingness to say anything on a subject; as, 'his character is such—but it is better I should not speak of that', or Virgil's "Quos ego—sed motos praestat componere fluctus" (Aen. I, 135).

Aposiopesis, in rhetoric, is a sudden break or pause in speaking or writing, usually to create an effect or to pretend to be unwilling to discuss a topic; for example, 'his character is such—but I'd rather not talk about that', or Virgil's "Quos ego—sed motos praestat componere fluctus" (Aen. I, 135).

Apos´tasy (Gr. apostasis, a standing away from), a renunciation of opinions or practices and the adoption of contrary ones, usually applied to renunciation of religious opinions. It is always an expression of reproach. What one party calls apostasy is termed by the other conversion. Catholics, also, call those persons apostates who forsake a religious order or renounce their religious vows without a lawful dispensation.

Apostasy (Gr. apostasis, to stand away from) is the rejection of certain beliefs or practices in favor of opposing ones, commonly referring to the abandonment of religious beliefs. It's always seen as a negative act. What one group refers to as apostasy, the other calls conversion. Catholics also label those people apostates who leave a religious order or break their religious vows without proper permission.

A posterio´ri. See A priori.

A posteriori. See A priori.

Apos´tles (literally, persons sent out, from the Gr. apostellein, to send out), the twelve men whom Jesus selected to attend him during his ministry, and to promulgate his religion. Their names were as follows: Simon Peter, and Andrew his brother; James, and John his brother, [202]sons of Zebedee; Philip; Bartholomew; Thomas; Matthew; James, the son of Alpheus; Lebbæus his brother, called Judas or Jude; Simon, the Canaanite; and Judas Iscariot. To these were subsequently added Matthias (chosen by lot in place of Judas Iscariot) and Paul. The Bible gives the name of apostle to Barnabas also, who accompanied Paul on his missions (Acts, xiv, 14). In a wider sense those preachers who first taught Christianity in heathen countries are sometimes termed apostles; for example, St. Denis, the apostle of the Gauls; St. Boniface, the apostle of Germany; St. Augustine, the apostle of England; Francis Xavier, the apostle of the Indies; Adalbert of Prague, apostle of Prussia Proper. During the life of the Saviour the apostles more than once showed a misunderstanding of the object of His mission, and during His sufferings evinced little courage and firmness of friendship for their great and benevolent Teacher. After His death they received the Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost, that they might be enabled to fulfil the important duties for which they had been chosen. According to one interpretation of Matthew, xvi, 18, Christ seems to appoint St. Peter the first of the apostles; and the Pope claims supreme authority from the power which Christ thus gave to St. Peter, of whom all the Popes, according to the Catholic dogma, are successors in an uninterrupted line.

Apostles (literally, those sent out, from the Gr. apostellein, to send out) refers to the twelve men whom Jesus chose to be with him during his ministry and to spread his teachings. Their names were: Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and his brother John, the sons of Zebedee; Philip; Bartholomew; Thomas; Matthew; James, the son of Alphaeus; Lebbaeus, his brother, also called Judas or Jude; Simon the Zealot; and Judas Iscariot. Later, Matthias (chosen by lot to replace Judas Iscariot) and Paul were added to their number. The Bible also refers to Barnabas as an apostle, who traveled with Paul on his missions (Acts, xiv, 14). In a broader sense, those preachers who were the first to spread Christianity in non-Christian areas are sometimes called apostles; for example, St. Denis, the apostle of the Gauls; St. Boniface, the apostle of Germany; St. Augustine, the apostle of England; Francis Xavier, the apostle of the Indies; and Adalbert of Prague, apostle of Prussia. During Jesus's life, the apostles often misunderstood the purpose of His mission and showed little courage or loyalty during His suffering. After His death, they received the Holy Spirit on Pentecost, empowering them to fulfill the significant roles for which they were chosen. According to one interpretation of Matthew, xvi, 18, Christ appears to designate St. Peter as the first of the apostles, and the Pope claims supreme authority based on the power Christ granted to St. Peter, of whom all Popes, according to Catholic belief, are continuous successors.

Apostles' Creed, a well-known formula or declaration of Christian belief, formerly believed to be the work of the apostles themselves, but it can only be traced to the fourth century. See Creed.

Apostles' Creed, a widely recognized statement of Christian faith, was once thought to have been created by the apostles themselves, but it can only be traced back to the fourth century. See Creed.

Apostol´ic, or Apostol´ical, pertaining or relating to the apostles.—Apostolic Church, the Church in the time of the apostles, constituted according to their design. The name is also given to the four churches of Rome, Alexandria, Antioch, and Jerusalem, and is claimed by the Roman Catholic Church, and occasionally by the Episcopalians.—Apostolic Constitutions and Canons, a collection of regulations attributed to the apostles, but generally supposed to be spurious. They appeared in the fourth century, are divided into eight books, and consist of rules and precepts relating to the duty of Christians, and particularly to the ceremonies and discipline of the Church.—Apostolic fathers, the Christian writers who during any part of their lives were contemporary with the apostles. There are five—Clement, Barnabas, Hermas, Ignatius, Polycarp.—Apostolic king, a title granted by the Pope to the kings of Hungary, first conferred on St. Stephen, the founder of the royal line of Hungary, on account of what he accomplished in the spread of Christianity.—Apostolic see, the see of the Popes or Bishops of Rome: so called because the Popes profess themselves the successors of St. Peter, its founder.—Apostolic succession, the uninterrupted succession of bishops, and, through them, of priests and deacons (these three orders of ministers being called the apostolical orders), in the Church by regular ordination from the first apostles down to the present day. All Episcopal churches hold theoretically, and the Roman Catholic Church and many members of the English Church strictly, that such succession is essential to the officiating priest, in order that grace may be communicated through his administrations.

Apostolic or Apostolical refers to anything related to the apostles.—Apostolic Church is the Church during the time of the apostles, established according to their plan. The term is also used for the four churches in Rome, Alexandria, Antioch, and Jerusalem, and is claimed by the Roman Catholic Church, and sometimes by the Episcopalians.—Apostolic Constitutions and Canons are a collection of rules attributed to the apostles, but generally considered to be fake. They appeared in the fourth century, are divided into eight books, and consist of guidelines and instructions concerning the responsibilities of Christians, especially regarding the ceremonies and discipline of the Church.—Apostolic fathers are the Christian writers who lived at the same time as the apostles. There are five: Clement, Barnabas, Hermas, Ignatius, and Polycarp.—Apostolic king is a title given by the Pope to the kings of Hungary, first awarded to St. Stephen, the founder of Hungary's royal line, due to his achievements in spreading Christianity.—Apostolic see refers to the office of the Popes or Bishops of Rome: it is called this because the Popes claim to be the successors of St. Peter, its founder.—Apostolic succession is the uninterrupted line of bishops, and through them, priests and deacons (these three groups are known as the apostolical orders), in the Church through regular ordination from the original apostles to the present day. All Episcopal churches theoretically hold this belief, while the Roman Catholic Church and many members of the English Church insist that such succession is essential for a priest to effectively convey grace through his services.

Apostol´ics, Apostolici, or Apostolic Brethren, the name given to certain sects who professed to imitate the manners and practice of the apostles. The last and most important of these sects was founded about 1260 by Gerhard Segarelli of Parma. They went barefooted, begging, preaching, and singing throughout Italy, Switzerland, and France; announced the coming of the kingdom of heaven and of purer times; denounced the papacy, and its corrupt and worldly church; and inculcated the complete renunciation of all worldly ties, of property, settled abode, marriage, &c. This society was formally abolished, 1286, by Honorius IV. In 1300 Segarelli was burned as a heretic, but another chief apostle appeared—Dolcino, a learned man of Milan. In self-defence they stationed themselves in fortified places whence they might resist attacks. After having devastated a large tract of country belonging to Milan they were subdued, A.D. 1307, by the troops of Bishop Raynerius, in their fortress Zebello, in Vercelli, and almost all destroyed. Dolcino was burned. The survivors afterwards appeared in Lombardy and in the south of France as late as 1368.

Apostolics, Apostolici, or Apostolic Brethren, the name given to certain groups who claimed to follow the behaviors and practices of the apostles. The last and most significant of these groups was established around 1260 by Gerhard Segarelli of Parma. They traveled barefoot, begging, preaching, and singing across Italy, Switzerland, and France; they proclaimed the arrival of the kingdom of heaven and a time of purity; criticized the papacy and its corrupt, worldly church; and taught complete rejection of all worldly attachments, including property, permanent residence, marriage, etc. This society was officially dissolved in 1286 by Honorius IV. In 1300, Segarelli was executed as a heretic, but another prominent leader emerged—Dolcino, an educated man from Milan. To defend themselves, they set up in fortified locations to fend off attacks. After devastating a large area of land belonging to Milan, they were defeated in 1307 by the forces of Bishop Raynerius at their stronghold Zebello in Vercelli, nearly all being wiped out. Dolcino was burned. The surviving members later reappeared in Lombardy and southern France as late as 1368.

Apo´strŏphē (Gr., 'a turning away from'), a rhetorical figure by which the orator changes the course of his speech, and makes a short impassioned address to one absent as if he were present, or to things without life and sense as if they had life and sense. The same term is also applied to a comma when used to contract a word, or to mark the possessive case, as in 'John's book'.

Apostrophe (Gr., 'a turning away from'), a rhetorical device where the speaker shifts the focus of their speech to make a brief, emotional address to someone who isn’t there as if they were present, or to inanimate objects as if they had feelings or consciousness. The term is also used to refer to a comma when it's used to shorten a word or indicate possession, like in 'John's book'.

Apothecaries' weight, the weight used in dispensing drugs, in which the pound (lb.) is divided into 12 ounces (ounce), the ounce into 8 drachms (drachm), the drachm into 3 scruples (scruple), and the scruple into 20 grains (grs.), the grain being equivalent to that in avoirdupois weight.

Apothecaries' weight is the weight system used for dispensing medications, where a pound (lb.) is divided into 12 ounces (ounce), an ounce into 8 drachms (drachm), a drachm into 3 scruples (scruple), and a scruple into 20 grains (grs.), with each grain being equal to the grain in avoirdupois weight.

Apoth´ecary, in a general sense, one who keeps a shop or laboratory for preparing, compounding, and vending medicines, and for the making up of medical prescriptions. In England the term was long applied (as to some little extent still) to a regularly licensed class of medical practitioners, being such persons as were members of, [203]or licensed by, the Apothecaries' Company in London. The apothecaries of London were at one time ranked with the grocers, with whom they were incorporated by James I in 1606. In 1617, however, the apothecaries received a new charter as a distinct company. They were not yet regarded as having the right to prescribe, but only to dispense, medicines; but in 1703 the House of Lords conferred that right on them, and they afterwards became a well-established branch of the medical profession. In 1815 an Act was passed providing that no person should practise as an apothecary in any part of England or Wales unless after serving an apprenticeship of five years with a member of the society, and receiving a certificate from the society's examiners. As in country places every practitioner must be to some extent an apothecary, this Act gave the society an undue influence over the medical profession. Dissatisfaction therefore long prevailed, but nothing of importance was done till the Medical Act of 1858, which brought the desired reform. The Apothecaries' Society, governed by a master, two wardens, and twenty-two assistants, has prescribed a course of medical instruction and practice which candidates for the licence of the society must pass through. Since 1874 apprenticeship has not been necessary.

Apothecary generally refers to someone who runs a shop or lab for preparing, mixing, and selling medicines, as well as filling medical prescriptions. In England, this term used to apply (and still does to some extent) to a formally licensed group of medical practitioners who were members of, [203] or licensed by, the Apothecaries' Company in London. The apothecaries of London were once considered on par with grocers, with whom they were merged by James I in 1606. However, in 1617, the apothecaries received a new charter as a separate company. At that time, they were not yet allowed to prescribe medicines, only to dispense them; but in 1703, the House of Lords granted them that right, and they became an established part of the medical profession. In 1815, a law was passed stating no one could practice as an apothecary anywhere in England or Wales without completing a five-year apprenticeship with a society member and obtaining a certificate from the society's examiners. Since every practitioner in rural areas had to be an apothecary to some degree, this law gave the society significant influence over the medical field. There was considerable dissatisfaction for some time, but nothing significant changed until the Medical Act of 1858, which brought about the desired reforms. The Apothecaries' Society, led by a master, two wardens, and twenty-two assistants, has established a course of medical training and practice that candidates must complete to earn the society's license. Since 1874, an apprenticeship has no longer been required.

Apothe´cium, in botany, the receptacle of lichens, consisting of the spore-cases or asci, and of the paraphyses or barren threads.

Apothecium, in botany, is the structure of lichens that includes the spore cases or asci, along with the paraphyses or non-reproductive threads.

Apotheo´sis (deification), a solemnity among the ancients by which a mortal was raised to the rank of the gods. The custom of placing mortals, who had rendered their countrymen important services, among the gods was very ancient among the Greeks. The Romans, for several centuries, deified none but Romulus, and first imitated the Greeks in the fashion of frequent apotheosis after the time of Cæsar. From this period apotheosis was regulated by the decrees of the senate, and accompanied with great solemnities. Almost all the Roman emperors were deified.

Apotheosis (deification) was a ceremony in ancient times where a mortal was elevated to the status of a god. This practice of honoring mortals who had significantly contributed to their society by making them divine was very old among the Greeks. For many centuries, the Romans only deified Romulus, but they started to follow the Greek tradition of frequent apotheosis after the time of Caesar. After that, apotheosis was governed by senate decrees and involved elaborate ceremonies. Nearly all Roman emperors were deified.

Appalachian Mountains (ap-pa-lā´chi-an), also called Alleghanies, a vast mountain range in N. America extending for 1300 miles from Cape Gaspé on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, s.w. to Alabama. The system has been divided into three great sections: the northern (including the Adirondacks, the Green Mountains, the White Mountains, &c.), from Cape Gaspé to New York; the central (including a large portion of the Blue Ridge, the Alleghanies proper, and numerous lesser ranges), from New York to the valley of the New River; and the southern (including the continuation of the Blue Ridge, the Black Mountains, the Smoky Mountains, &c.), from the New River southwards. The chain consists of several ranges generally parallel to each other, the altitude of the individual mountains increasing on approaching the south. The highest peaks rise over 6600 feet (not one at all approaching the snow-level), but the mean height is about 2500 feet. Lake Champlain is the only lake of great importance in the system, but numerous rivers of considerable size take their rise here. Magnetite, hematite, and other iron ores occur in great abundance, and the coal-measures are among the most extensive in the world. Gold, silver, lead, and copper are also found in small quantities, while marble, limestone, fire-clay, gypsum, and salt abound. The forests covering many of the ranges yield large quantities of valuable timber, such as sugar-maple, white birch, beech, ash, oak, cherry tree, white poplar, white and yellow pine, &c., while they form the haunts of large numbers of bears, panthers, wild cats, and wolves.

Appalachian Mountains (ap-pa-lā´chi-an), also known as Alleghanies, is a vast mountain range in North America that stretches for 1,300 miles from Cape Gaspé on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, southwest to Alabama. This system has been divided into three major sections: the northern section (which includes the Adirondacks, the Green Mountains, the White Mountains, etc.) from Cape Gaspé to New York; the central section (which encompasses a large part of the Blue Ridge, the Alleghanies proper, and numerous smaller ranges) from New York to the New River valley; and the southern section (which includes the continuation of the Blue Ridge, the Black Mountains, the Smoky Mountains, etc.) from the New River southward. The chain consists of several ranges that are generally parallel to each other, with the heights of individual mountains increasing as you move south. The highest peaks rise over 6,600 feet (none reaching snow level), but the average height is about 2,500 feet. Lake Champlain is the only significant lake in the system, but there are many large rivers that originate here. There is a great abundance of magnetite, hematite, and other iron ores, and the coal measures are among the most extensive in the world. Small amounts of gold, silver, lead, and copper can also be found, while marble, limestone, fire clay, gypsum, and salt are plentiful. The forests covering many of the ranges provide a substantial amount of valuable timber, including sugar maple, white birch, beech, ash, oak, cherry tree, white poplar, and white and yellow pine, while they also serve as habitats for large numbers of bears, panthers, wildcats, and wolves.

Appalachicola (-chi-cō´la), a river of the United States, formed by the Chattahoochee and Flint Rivers, which unite near the northern border of Florida; length, about 100 miles; it flows into the Gulf of Mexico, and is navigable.

Appalachicola (-chi-cō´la), a river in the United States, created by the Chattahoochee and Flint Rivers that come together near the northern border of Florida; it’s about 100 miles long; it flows into the Gulf of Mexico and is navigable.

Appam, the name of a British merchant ship of the Elder-Dempster line captured by the German raiding cruiser Moewe (Sea-gull) on 16th Jan., 1916. A German prize crew succeeded in bringing the Appam westward, and was able to pass the British cordon off Chesapeake Bay and to reach Norfolk, Virginia. The vessel was carrying, among others, an ex-governor of Sierra Leone and some military officers from the west coast of Africa, but the passengers were at once released and allowed to return to England.

Appam was a British merchant ship from the Elder-Dempster line that was captured by the German raiding cruiser Moewe (Sea-gull) on January 16, 1916. A German prize crew successfully brought the Appam westward, managing to pass the British blockade off Chesapeake Bay and reach Norfolk, Virginia. The ship was carrying, among others, a former governor of Sierra Leone and some military officers from the west coast of Africa, but the passengers were immediately released and allowed to return to England.

Appanage. See Apanage.

Appanage. See Apanage.

Appa´rent, among mathematicians and astronomers, applied to things as they appear to the eye, in distinction to what they really are. Thus they speak of apparent motion, magnitude, distance, height, &c. The apparent magnitude of a heavenly body is the angle subtended at the spectator's eye by the diameter of that body, and this, of course, depends on the distance as well as the real magnitude of the body; apparent motion is the motion a body seems to have in consequence of our own motion, as the motion of the sun from east to west, &c.

Apparent, among mathematicians and astronomers, refers to how things look to the eye, as opposed to what they actually are. For example, they talk about apparent motion, size, distance, height, etc. The apparent size of a celestial object is the angle formed at the viewer's eye by the diameter of that object, which, of course, depends on both its distance and its true size; apparent motion describes how an object seems to move due to our own movement, like the sun appearing to move from east to west, etc.

Appari´tion, according to a belief held by some, a disembodied spirit manifesting itself to mortal sight; according to the common theory an illusion involuntarily generated, by means of which figures or forms, not present to the actual sense, are nevertheless depicted with a vividness and intensity sufficient to create a temporary belief in their reality. Such illusions are now generally held to result from an over-excited brain, a strong imagination, or some bodily malady. In perfect health the mind not only possesses a control over its powers, but the [204]impressions of the external objects alone occupy its attention, and the play of imagination is consequently checked, except in sleep, when its operations are relatively more feeble and faint. But in an unhealthy state of the mind, when its attention is partly withdrawn from the contemplation of external objects, the impressions of its own creation, or rather reproduction, will either overpower or combine themselves with the impressions of external objects, and thus generate illusions which in the one case appear alone, while in the other they are seen projected among those external objects to which the eyeball is directed. This theory explains satisfactorily a large majority of the stories of apparitions; still there are some which it seems insufficient to account for.—See Crystal Gazing, Hypnotism, Spiritualism.—Bibliography: F. Podmore, Modern Spiritualism; F. W. H. Myers, Human Personality, and its survival of bodily Death.

Apparition, according to some beliefs, is a spirit that shows itself to the living; according to the common theory, it's an illusion created involuntarily, through which figures or forms, not actually present, are vividly and intensely depicted enough to temporarily convince someone of their reality. These illusions are generally thought to occur due to an overactive brain, a vivid imagination, or some physical illness. When in perfect health, the mind not only controls its abilities but also focuses solely on external objects, which keeps the imagination in check, except during sleep, when its functions are comparatively weaker and less distinct. However, in an unhealthy state of mind, when attention is partially diverted from external objects, self-generated impressions can either overwhelm or mix with impressions from the outside world, creating illusions that may either appear independently or be projected amongst the external objects that the eyes are focused on. This theory satisfactorily explains most stories of apparitions; still, there are some cases where it seems inadequate.—See Crystal Gazing, Hypnotism, Spiritualism.—References: F. Podmore, Modern Spiritualism; F. W. H. Myers, Human Personality, and its Survival of Bodily Death.

Appeal´, in legal phraseology, the removal of a cause from an inferior tribunal to a superior, in order that the latter may revise, and if it seem needful reverse or amend, the decision of the former. The supreme court of appeal for Great Britain is the House of Lords. Certain defects in connection with the settlement of appeals by this body were remedied by the Appellate Jurisdiction Act, 1876, while a new court of appeal was established as a division of the Supreme Court of Judicature. In Ireland there is also a Court of Appeal similar to that in England; while in Scotland the highest court is the Court of Session. From the decisions of the Indian and all colonial courts, and the courts of the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands, appeal may be made to the Privy Council. Appeals from the decisions of justices of a borough or county may be made to the quarter-sessions of either respectively, in cases of summary jurisdiction, or upon a point of law to divisional courts of the High Court of Justice, which was established at the same time as the Court of Appeal; from quarter-sessions, county and other inferior courts, to the High Court. In Scotland the Court of Session reviews the decisions of the county courts, there being an appeal from its decisions to the House of Lords.—In France the court of final appeal in all cases is the cour de cassation.—In the United States the system of appeals differs in different States.

Appeal refers to the process of taking a case from a lower court to a higher court so that the higher court can review and, if necessary, overturn or change the decision made by the lower court. The highest court of appeal in Great Britain is the House of Lords. Certain issues related to how this body handled appeals were addressed by the Appellate Jurisdiction Act of 1876, which also led to the establishment of a new appeals court as a part of the Supreme Court of Judicature. In Ireland, there is a Court of Appeal similar to that of England, while in Scotland, the highest court is the Court of Session. Appeals can be made to the Privy Council from decisions made by Indian courts, all colonial courts, and the courts of the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands. Moreover, appeals from borough or county justices can go to their respective quarter-sessions for summary jurisdiction cases or on a legal point to divisional courts of the High Court of Justice, which was established alongside the Court of Appeal; appeals can also go from quarter-sessions and other lower courts to the High Court. In Scotland, the Court of Session reviews decisions from county courts, with the option to appeal its decisions to the House of Lords. In France, the final court of appeal in all matters is the cour de cassation. In the United States, the appeal system varies from state to state.

Appearance in law is the first formal act incumbent on a defendant who intends to resist the claim in the writ or action served upon him. It consists usually in lodging in court a written notice stating simply that the defendant intends to dispute the claim. Failure to enter appearance within the prescribed time entails decree passing against the defendant in absence, but procedure exists in all courts for enabling such decrees to be recalled within a limited period. Appearance should be entered under protest if it is desired to dispute the jurisdiction of the court or the regularity of the writ.

Appearance in law is the first official step that a defendant must take if they want to challenge the claim made against them in a lawsuit. Typically, this involves submitting a written notice to the court indicating that the defendant plans to dispute the claim. If the defendant fails to file this notice within the required timeframe, a judgment may be made against them in their absence, although all courts have procedures that allow for such judgments to be appealed within a limited time. If there are concerns about the court's jurisdiction or the validity of the lawsuit, the appearance should be filed under protest.

Appendicitis, a disease which has become well known in recent times through the more accurate methods of diagnosis and the increased safety of surgical operation. It is caused by inflammation of the vermiform appendix, a narrow, hollow, worm-like body from 2 to 4 inches long, opening at one end into the large intestine and forming a cul-de-sac at the other. In appendicitis the inflammation begins in the appendix and frequently spreads to the neighbouring parts, causing inflammation of the cæcum, a condition known as perityphlitis. The most frequent cause of appendicitis is a hard piece of insufficiently-digested food becoming lodged in the appendix. Occasionally orange pips, grape stones, &c., are the cause, though not so often as is popularly supposed.

Appendicitis is a condition that's become well known lately due to better diagnostic methods and safer surgical procedures. It occurs when the vermiform appendix, a narrow, hollow, worm-like structure that's 2 to 4 inches long, becomes inflamed. One end of the appendix opens into the large intestine, while the other end forms a blind pouch. In appendicitis, the inflammation starts in the appendix and can often spread to nearby areas, leading to inflammation of the cæcum, a condition called perityphlitis. The most common cause of appendicitis is a hard piece of poorly digested food getting stuck in the appendix. Sometimes, things like orange seeds, grape pits, etc., can be the cause, though that's not as common as people think.

The symptoms are: abdominal pain (especially low down at the right side), fever, nausea, vomiting, constipation; these varying according to the intensity of the attack. Three types are recognized:

The symptoms include: abdominal pain (particularly in the lower right side), fever, nausea, vomiting, and constipation; these can vary depending on how severe the attack is. Three types are recognized:

1. A mild type, when the symptoms subside in a few days and the patient soon appears to be in normal health.

1. A mild type, when the symptoms go away in a few days and the patient quickly seems to be in normal health.

2. A severe type, in which, if left alone, the appendix bursts into the abdominal cavity and death from general peritonitis results.

2. A serious type, where, if untreated, the appendix can burst into the abdominal cavity, leading to death from widespread peritonitis.

3. Another type, in which the inflammation in the appendix leads to the formation of a localized abscess, sometimes of great size.

3. Another type, where inflammation in the appendix results in the creation of a localized abscess, which can sometimes be quite large.

The treatment for the severe and for the abscess-forming types is essentially immediate operation; while for the mild type operation may either be performed at once or after the attack has passed off. Anyone who has had one attack of appendicitis is liable to have it repeated in a much severer form, hence the advisability of having the appendix removed after the first attack, however slight. During an attack, prior to surgical interference, complete rest in bed is essential. Abdominal pain should be treated with frequent hot fomentations, and the diet should be reduced to small quantities of fluid.

The treatment for severe and abscess-forming types is basically immediate surgery, while for the mild type, surgery can be done right away or after the episode has resolved. Anyone who experiences one attack of appendicitis is at risk of having it again, likely in a more serious form, so it's advisable to have the appendix removed after the first attack, even if it’s mild. During an attack, before any surgery, complete bed rest is crucial. Abdominal pain should be managed with frequent hot compresses, and the diet should be limited to small amounts of liquid.

Appenzell (a˙p'pen-tsel), a Swiss canton, wholly enclosed by the canton of St. Gall; area, 162 sq. miles. It is divided into two independent portions or half-cantons, Outer-Rhoden, which is Protestant, and Inner-Rhoden, which is Catholic. It is an elevated district, traversed by branches of the Alps; Mount Säntis in the centre being 8250 feet high. It is watered by the Sitter and by several smaller affluents of the Rhine. Glaciers occupy the higher valleys. Flax, hemp, grain, fruit, &c., are produced, but the wealth of Inner-Rhoden lies in its herds [205]and flocks—that of Outer-Rhoden in its manufactures of embroidered muslins, gauzes, cambrics, and other cotton stuffs; also of silk goods and paper. The town of Appenzell (Ger. Abtenzelle, abbot's cell) is the capital of Inner-Rhoden, on the Sitter, with about 4300 inhabitants. Trogen is the capital of Outer-Rhoden, Herisau the largest town (pop. 11,000). Pop. Outer-Rhoden, 60,000; Inner-Rhoden, 15,000.

Appenzell (a˙p'pen-tsel), a Swiss canton, is completely surrounded by the canton of St. Gall; covering an area of 162 square miles. It is divided into two independent sections, or half-cantons, Outer-Rhoden, which is Protestant, and Inner-Rhoden, which is Catholic. This area is elevated and features branches of the Alps, with Mount Säntis at its center, rising to 8,250 feet. The region is watered by the Sitter River and several smaller tributaries of the Rhine. Glaciers can be found in the higher valleys. The land produces flax, hemp, grain, fruits, etc., but the true wealth of Inner-Rhoden comes from its livestock, while Outer-Rhoden's wealth is in its production of embroidered muslins, gauzes, cambrics, and other cotton fabrics, as well as silk goods and paper. The town of Appenzell (Ger. Abtenzelle, meaning "abbot's cell") serves as the capital of Inner-Rhoden, situated by the Sitter River, with about 4,300 residents. Trogen is the capital of Outer-Rhoden, and Herisau is the largest town (population 11,000). Population of Outer-Rhoden is 60,000; Inner-Rhoden has 15,000.

Apperception. See Metaphysics.

Understanding. See Metaphysics.

Ap´petite, in its widest sense, means the natural desire for gratification, either of the body or the mind; but is generally applied to the recurrent and intermittent desire for food. A healthy appetite is favoured by work, exercise, plain living, and cheerfulness; absence of this feeling, or defective appetite (anorexia), indicates diseased action of the stomach, or of the nervous system or circulation, or it may result from vicious habits. Depraved appetite (pica), or a desire for unnatural food, as chalk, ashes, dirt, soap, &c., depends often in the case of children on vicious tastes or habits; in grown-up persons it may be symptomatic of dyspepsia, pregnancy or chlorosis. Insatiable or canine appetite or voracity (bulimia) when it occurs in childhood is generally symptomatic of worms; in adults common causes are pregnancy, vicious habits, and indigestion caused by stomach complaints or gluttony, when the gnawing pains of disease are mistaken for hunger.

Appetite, in its broadest sense, refers to the natural desire for satisfaction, whether it's physical or mental; however, it typically relates to the recurring and intermittent craving for food. A healthy appetite is promoted by work, exercise, simple living, and feeling happy; a lack of this feeling, or poor appetite (anorexia), suggests some kind of illness affecting the stomach, nervous system, or circulation, or it could stem from bad habits. An abnormal appetite (pica), which is the craving for unusual items like chalk, ashes, dirt, soap, etc., often in children, is linked to poor tastes or habits; in adults, it can be a sign of dyspepsia, pregnancy, or chlorosis. An insatiable or ravenous appetite (bulimia) in children is usually a sign of worms; in adults, common triggers include pregnancy, bad habits, and indigestion due to stomach issues or overeating, where the gnawing pains of illness are mistaken for hunger.

Ap´pian, a Roman historian of the second century after Christ, a native of Alexandria, was governor and manager of the imperial revenues under Hadrian, Trajan, and Antoninus Pius, in Rome. He compiled in Greek a Roman history, from the earliest times to those of Augustus, in twenty-four books, of which only eleven have come down to us. Appian's style is not attractive, but he gives us much valuable information.

Appian, a Roman historian from the second century AD, originally from Alexandria, served as governor and managed the imperial finances under Hadrian, Trajan, and Antoninus Pius in Rome. He wrote a Roman history in Greek, covering the earliest times up to the era of Augustus, in twenty-four books, of which only eleven have survived. Appian's writing style isn't very engaging, but he provides a lot of valuable information.

Appia´ni, Andrea, a painter, born at Milan in 1754, died in 1817. As a fresco-painter he excelled every contemporary painter in Italy. He displayed his skill particularly in the cupola of Santa Maria di S. Celso at Milan, and in the paintings representing the legend of Cupid and Psyche prepared for the walls and ceiling of the villa of the Archduke Ferdinand at Monza (1795). Napoleon appointed him royal court painter, and portraits of almost the whole of the imperial family were painted by him.

Appia´ni, Andrea, a painter, was born in Milan in 1754 and died in 1817. He was the best fresco painter of his time in Italy. His talent was especially evident in the dome of Santa Maria di S. Celso in Milan and in the paintings depicting the legend of Cupid and Psyche that he created for the walls and ceiling of Archduke Ferdinand's villa in Monza (1795). Napoleon named him royal court painter, and he painted portraits of nearly the entire imperial family.

Appian Way, called Regina Viarum, the Queen of Roads: the oldest and most renowned Roman road, was constructed during the censorship of Appius Claudius Cæcus (313-310 B.C.). It was built with large square stones on a raised platform, and was made direct from the gates of Rome to Capua, in Campania. It was afterwards extended through Samnium and Apulia to Brundusium, the modern Brindisi. It was partially restored by Pius VI, and between 1850 and 1853 it was excavated by order of Pius IX as far as the eleventh milestone from Rome.

Appian Way, known as Regina Viarum, the Queen of Roads: the oldest and most famous Roman road, was built during the leadership of Appius Claudius Cæcus (313-310 BCE). It was made with large square stones on a raised surface, running straight from the gates of Rome to Capua in Campania. Later, it was extended through Samnium and Apulia to Brundusium, which is modern-day Brindisi. It was partially restored by Pius VI, and from 1850 to 1853, it was excavated by order of Pius IX up to the eleventh milestone from Rome.

Appius Claudius, surnamed Cæcus, or the blind, a Roman patrician, elected censor 312 B.C., which office he held four years. While in this position he made every effort to weaken the power of the Plebs, and constructed the road and aqueduct named after him. He was subsequently twice consul, and once dictator. In his old age he became blind, but in 280 B.C. he made a famous speech in which he induced the senate to reject the terms of peace fixed by Pyrrhus. He is the earliest Roman writer of prose and verse whose name we know.

Appius Claudius, known as Cæcus, or the blind, was a Roman nobleman elected as censor in 312 BCE, a role he held for four years. During his time in office, he did everything he could to reduce the power of the common people and built the road and aqueduct that bear his name. He later served as consul twice and as dictator once. In his later years, he went blind, but in 280 BCE, he gave a famous speech that convinced the senate to turn down the peace terms offered by Pyrrhus. He is recognized as the earliest known Roman writer of both prose and poetry.

Appius Claudius Crassus, one of the Roman decemvirs, appointed 451 B.C. to draw up a new code of laws. He and his colleagues plotted to retain their power permanently, and at the expiry of their year of office refused to give up their authority. The people were incensed against them, and the following circumstances led to their overthrow. Appius Claudius had conceived an evil passion for Virginia, the daughter of Lucius Virginius, then absent with the army in the war with the Æqui and Sabines. At the instigation of Appius, Marcus Claudius, one of his clients, claimed Virginia as the daughter of one of his own female slaves, and the decemvir, acting as judge, decided that in the meantime she should remain in the custody of the claimant. Virginius, hastily summoned from the army, appeared with his daughter next day in the forum, and appealed to the people; but Appius Claudius again adjudged her to Marcus Claudius. Unable to rescue his daughter, the unhappy father stabbed her to the heart. The decemvirs were deposed by the indignant people 449 B.C., and Appius Claudius died in prison or was strangled.

Appius Claudius Crassus, one of the Roman decemvirs, was appointed in 451 B.C. to create a new set of laws. He and his colleagues schemed to keep their power forever, and when their term ended, they refused to give up their authority. The people were furious with them, and the following events led to their downfall. Appius Claudius had developed a twisted obsession with Virginia, the daughter of Lucius Virginius, who was away fighting the Æqui and Sabines. Encouraged by Appius, Marcus Claudius, one of his supporters, claimed Virginia as the daughter of one of his own slaves, and the decemvir, acting as the judge, ruled that she should stay with the claimant for the time being. Virginius was quickly summoned from the army and showed up with his daughter in the forum the next day, appealing to the people; but Appius Claudius declared again that she belonged to Marcus Claudius. Unable to save his daughter, the devastated father killed her with a knife. The decemvirs were removed from power by the angry populace in 449 BCE, and Appius Claudius either died in prison or was strangled.

Apple (Pyrus Malus), the fruit of a well-known tree of the nat. ord. Rosaceæ, or the tree itself. The apple belongs to the temperate regions of the globe, over which it is almost universally spread and cultivated. The tree attains a moderate height, with spreading branches; the leaf is ovate; and the flowers are produced from the wood of the former year; but more generally from very short shoots or spurs from wood of two years' growth. The original of all the varieties of the cultivated apple is the wild crab, which has a small and extremely sour fruit, and is a native of most of the countries of Europe. Apples have been used as food and cultivated for upwards of 4000 years, and were probably introduced into Britain by the Romans. The greater number of the varieties now grown have, however, been cultivated only within the last century or so. To the facility of multiplying varieties by grafting is to be ascribed the amazing extension [206]of the sorts of apples, the number of varieties known being over 2000. Many of the more marked varieties are known by general names, as pippins, codlins, rennets, &c. The oldest apple in cultivation is a variety called 'the lady', which originated in Britain early in the seventeenth century. Apples for the table are characterized by a firm juicy pulp, a sweetish acid flavour, regular form, and beautiful colouring; those for cooking by the property of forming by the aid of heat into a pulpy mass of equal consistency, as also by their large size and keeping properties; apples for cider must have a considerable degree of astringency, with richness of juice. The propagation of apple trees is accomplished by seeds, cuttings, suckers, layers, budding, or grafting, the last being almost the universal practice. The tree thrives best in an open situation where it will receive the maximum amount of sunshine and protection from cold winds. The protection is particularly necessary in districts where cold winds and frosts prevail during the flowering season. The wood of the apple tree or the common crab is hard, close-grained, and often richly coloured, and is suitable for turning and cabinet work. The fermented juice (verjuice) of the crab is employed in cookery and medicine. Apples are largely imported into Great Britain from the Continent and the United States and Canada. The designation apple, with various modifying words, is applied to a number of fruits having nothing in common with the apple proper, as alligator-apple, love-apple, &c.—Cf. A. E. Wilkinson, The Apple.

Apple (Pyrus Malus) is the fruit of a well-known tree from the family Rosaceae, or refers to the tree itself. The apple is native to temperate regions around the world, where it is almost universally grown and cultivated. The tree usually grows to a moderate height with spreading branches; the leaves are oval-shaped, and the flowers typically grow from the wood of the previous year, but more often from very short shoots or spurs from two-year-old wood. The ancestor of all cultivated apple varieties is the wild crab apple, which bears a small and very sour fruit and is native to many European countries. Apples have been consumed and cultivated for over 4000 years and were likely introduced to Britain by the Romans. However, most of the varieties grown today have only been cultivated within the last century or so. The ability to create new varieties through grafting has led to the remarkable increase in the number of apple types, with over 2000 known varieties. Many of the more distinct types are recognized by general names, such as pippins, codlins, rennets, etc. The oldest cultivated apple variety is one called 'the lady,' which originated in Britain in the early seventeenth century. Apples intended for eating are known for their firm, juicy texture, slightly sweet and tart flavor, uniform shape, and attractive color; those meant for cooking are distinguished by their ability to turn into a smooth, consistent mass when heated, as well as their large size and good storage properties; apples used for cider should have a good amount of astringency and high juice content. Apple trees can be propagated by seeds, cuttings, suckers, layers, budding, or grafting, with the last method being the most common. They grow best in open areas where they receive plenty of sunlight and protection from cold winds, which is especially important in regions where frosty conditions can occur during the flowering season. The wood of the apple tree or common crab apple is hard, dense, often richly colored, and is suitable for turning and furniture making. The fermented juice, known as verjuice, from the crab apple is used in cooking and medicine. Apples are widely imported into Great Britain from the Continent, the United States, and Canada. The term apple, along with various modifiers, is also applied to several fruits that are not related to the true apple, such as alligator-apple and love-apple.—Cf. A. E. Wilkinson, The Apple.

Ap´pleby, county town of Westmorland, England, on the Eden, 28 miles S.S.E. of Carlisle. Disfranchised in 1832, it gave its name to a parliamentary division of the county until 1918. It has an old castle, the keep of which, called Cæsar's Tower, is still fairly well preserved. Pop. (1921), 1786.

Appleby, the county town of Westmorland, England, located on the Eden River, 28 miles S.S.E. of Carlisle. It lost its parliamentary representation in 1832 but retained the name of a parliamentary division in the county until 1918. There’s an old castle, and the keep, known as Cæsar's Tower, is still quite well preserved. Population (1921): 1,786.

Apple of discord, according to the story in Greek mythology, the golden apple thrown into an assembly of the gods by the goddess of discord (Eris) bearing the inscription 'for the fairest'. Aphrodītē (Venus), Hera (Juno), and Athēnē (Minerva) became competitors for it, and its adjudication to the first by Paris so inflamed the jealousy and hatred of Hera to all of the Trojan race (to which Paris belonged) that she did not cease her machinations till Troy was destroyed.

Apple of discord, according to the story in Greek mythology, the golden apple thrown into a gathering of the gods by the goddess of discord (Eris) with the inscription 'for the fairest.' Aphrodite (Venus), Hera (Juno), and Athena (Minerva) competed for it, and when Paris awarded it to Aphrodite, it stirred such jealousy and hatred in Hera towards the entire Trojan race (to which Paris belonged) that she didn't stop her schemes until Troy was destroyed.

Apple of Sodom, a fruit described by old writers as externally of fair appearance, but turning to ashes when plucked; probably the fruit of Solānum sodomēum.

Apple of Sodom, a fruit that ancient writers described as looking beautiful on the outside but turning to ashes when picked; probably the fruit of Solānum sodomēum.

Ap´pleton, a city of Wisconsin, United States, 100 miles N.W. of Milwaukee by rail. It has many flour, paper, saw, and woollen mills, and other manufactories, and is the seat of a collegiate institute and of the Lawrence University. Pop. (1920), 19,561.

Appleton, a city in Wisconsin, United States, located 100 miles N.W. of Milwaukee by rail. It has numerous flour, paper, saw, and wool mills, along with other factories, and is home to a collegiate institute and Lawrence University. Population (1920), 19,561.

Appliqué, in needlework or metal-work, a design or feature having the appearance of being independently made and attached to the surface of the object it adorns. When the ornament is sunk into the body of the object it is called inlay.

Appliqué refers to a design or feature in needlework or metalwork that looks like it's been made separately and attached to the surface of the item it decorates. When the ornament is set into the main part of the object, it's called inlay.

Appoggiatura (a˙p-poj-a˙-tö´ra˙), in music, a small additional note of embellishment preceding the note to which it is attached, and taking away from the principal note a portion of its time.

Appoggiatura (a˙p-poj-a˙-tö´ra˙), in music, is a small extra note that adds ornamentation before the note it’s paired with, taking away some of the main note's duration.

Appoint´ment, a term in English law signifying the exercise of some power, reserved in a conveyance or settlement, of burdening, selling, or otherwise disposing of the lands or property conveyed. Such a reserved power is termed a power of appointment.

Appointment is a term in English law that refers to the use of a power, kept in a transfer or agreement, to burden, sell, or otherwise dispose of the lands or property involved. This reserved power is called a power of appointment.

Appomatt´ox Court-house, a village in Virginia, United States, 20 miles E. of Lynchburg. Here, on 9th April, 1865, General Lee surrendered to General Grant, and thus virtually concluded the American Civil War.

Appomattox Court House, a village in Virginia, United States, 20 miles E. of Lynchburg. Here, on April 9, 1865, General Lee surrendered to General Grant, effectively bringing the American Civil War to a close.

Apponyi, Albert, Count, Hungarian statesman, born in 1846. Leader of the Conservative National party, he joined the Liberal party in 1899, and in 1901 was elected President of the Chamber of Deputies. He was Minister of Education in 1906 and 1917, and again in 1918. In 1920 he was at the head of the delegation which came to Paris to settle the peace-terms with Hungary.

Apponyi, Albert, Count, Hungarian politician, born in 1846. Leader of the Conservative National Party, he switched to the Liberal Party in 1899, and in 1901 was elected President of the Chamber of Deputies. He served as Minister of Education in 1906 and 1917, and again in 1918. In 1920, he led the delegation that went to Paris to negotiate Hungary's peace terms.

Apposi´tion, in grammar, the relation in which one or more nouns or substantive phrases or clauses stand to a noun or pronoun, which they explain or characterize without being predicated of it, and with which they agree in case; as Cicero, the orator, lived in the first century before Christ; the opinion, that a severe winter is generally followed by a good summer, is a vulgar error.

Apposition in grammar refers to the relationship where one or more nouns, phrases, or clauses clarify or describe a noun or pronoun without being a predicate of it, and they share the same case; for example, Cicero, the orator, lived in the first century BC; the belief, that a harsh winter is usually followed by a good summer, is a common misconception.

Apprai´ser, a person employed to value property, and duly licensed to do so by licence taken out every year. The valuation must be duly set down in writing, and there is a certain fixed scale of charges for the appraiser's services.

Appraiser, a person hired to assess property and officially licensed to do so with a yearly license. The valuation must be properly recorded in writing, and there is a specific set of fees for the appraiser's services.

Apprehen´sion, the seizing of a person as a criminal whether taken in the act or on suspicion, and with or without a warrant, a warrant being necessary when the person apprehending is not present at the commission of the offence. See Arrest.

Apprehension is the act of taking someone into custody as a criminal, whether caught in the act or based on suspicion, and can occur with or without a warrant. A warrant is required when the person making the apprehension was not present during the crime. See Arrest.

Appren´tice, one bound by indenture to serve some particular individual or company of individuals for a specified time, in order to be instructed in some art, science, or trade. In England a person under the age of twenty-one cannot bind himself apprentice, and accordingly the usual way is for a relation or friend to become a contracting party to the indenture, and engage for the faithful performance of the agreement. [207]An infant cannot be bound apprentice by his friends without his own expressed consent. In Scotland a boy under fourteen or a girl under twelve years of age cannot become a party to an indenture without the concurrence of a parent or guardian; above that age they may enter into an indenture of themselves, and thereby become personally bound. An indenture is determinable by the consent of the parties to it, and also by the death, bankruptcy, or retirement from business of the master. Parish apprentices are bound out by the guardians of the poor to suitable persons, and in this case the consent of the apprentice is not necessary. The system of apprenticing by indenture is now much less common than formerly.—Cf. R. A. Bray, Boy Labour and Apprenticeship.

Apprentice, someone legally required to serve a specific person or company for a set period to learn a skill, trade, or profession. In England, someone under twenty-one can't enter into an apprenticeship contract themselves, so usually, a relative or friend steps in to sign the agreement and ensure it’s followed. [207]A minor can’t be bound as an apprentice by others without their own clear consent. In Scotland, a boy under fourteen or a girl under twelve needs a parent or guardian's approval to sign an apprenticeship contract; over those ages, they can enter into a contract on their own. An apprenticeship agreement can be ended by mutual consent or by the death, bankruptcy, or retirement of the master. Parish apprentices are assigned by the guardians of the poor to appropriate individuals, and in these cases, the apprentice's consent isn't required. The practice of indentured apprenticeship is now much less common than it used to be.—Cf. R. A. Bray, Boy Labour and Apprenticeship.

Approach´es, in field-engineering, an old-fashioned name for what are now called 'communication trenches'.

Approaches, in field-engineering, an outdated term for what are now referred to as 'communication trenches'.

Appropria´tion. See Impropriation.

Appropriation. See Impropriation.

Appro´ver (ap-prö´vėr), in English law, any accomplice in a crime who is allowed by the judges of jail-delivery to become king's evidence, that is, to be examined in evidence against his accomplices, it being understood that the approver will himself be pardoned upon making a full and open confession.

Approver (ap-prö´vėr), in English law, any accomplice in a crime who is allowed by the judges of jail delivery to become the king's evidence, meaning that they can give testimony against their accomplices, with the understanding that the approver will receive a pardon after making a complete and honest confession.

Approxima´tion, a term used in mathematics to signify a continual approach to a quantity required, when no process is known for arriving at it exactly. Although, by such an approximation, the exact value of a quantity cannot be discovered, yet, in practice, it may be found sufficiently correct; thus the diagonal of a square, whose sides are represented by unity, is √2, the exact value of which quantity cannot be obtained; but its approximate value may be substituted in the nicest calculations.

Approximation is a term used in mathematics to indicate a constant approach to a required quantity when there is no known method to determine it exactly. While this approximation cannot reveal the exact value of a quantity, it can often provide a sufficiently accurate result in practice; for example, the diagonal of a square with sides measuring one unit is √2, the exact value of which cannot be obtained, but its approximate value can be used in precise calculations.

Appuleius. See Apuleius.

Apuleius. See Apuleius.

Ap´ricot (Prunus Armeniăca), a fruit of the plum genus which was introduced into Europe from Asia more than three centuries before Christ, and into England from Italy in 1524. It is a native of Armenia and other parts of Asia and also of Africa. The apricot is a low tree, of rather crooked growth, with somewhat heart-shaped leaves and sessile flowers. The fruit is sweet, more or less juicy, of a yellowish colour, about the size of a peach, and resembling it in delicacy of flavour. Some of the best varieties are 'Frogmore Early', 'Moorpark', 'Royal', &c. The wood is coarsely grained and soft. Apricot trees are chiefly raised against walls, and are propagated by budding and grafting.

Apricot (Prunus Armeniăca) is a fruit from the plum family that was brought to Europe from Asia over three centuries before Christ and made its way to England from Italy in 1524. It's originally from Armenia and other regions of Asia, as well as Africa. The apricot is a small tree with a somewhat crooked shape, heart-shaped leaves, and stemless flowers. The fruit is sweet, quite juicy, yellowish in color, about the size of a peach, and has a similar delicate flavor. Some of the best varieties include 'Frogmore Early', 'Moorpark', 'Royal', etc. The wood is soft and has a coarse grain. Apricot trees are mostly grown against walls and are propagated by budding and grafting.

Apries (ā´pri-ēz), Pharaoh-Hophra of Scripture, the eighth king of the twenty-sixth Egyptian dynasty. He succeeded his father Psammetichus in 590 or 589 B.C. The Jews under Zedekiah revolted against their Babylonian oppressors and allied themselves with Apries, who was, however, unable to raise the siege of Jerusalem, which was taken by Nebuchadnezzar. A still more unfortunate expedition against Cyrene brought about revolt in his army, in endeavouring to suppress which Apries was defeated and slain about 570 B.C.

Apries (ā´pri-ēz), Pharaoh-Hophra from the Bible, was the eighth king of the twenty-sixth Egyptian dynasty. He took over from his father Psammetichus in 590 or 589 BCE The Jews, led by Zedekiah, revolted against their Babylonian rulers and allied with Apries, but he couldn't lift the siege of Jerusalem, which fell to Nebuchadnezzar. An even more disastrous campaign against Cyrene caused a revolt in his army, and while trying to suppress it, Apries was defeated and killed around 570 B.C.E.

A´pril (Lat. Aprīlis, from aperire, to open, because the buds open at this time), the fourth month of the year. The strange custom of making fools on 1st April by sending people upon errands which end in disappointment, and raise a laugh at the expense of the person sent, prevails throughout Europe. It has been connected with the miracle plays of the Middle Ages, in which the Saviour was represented as having been sent, at this period of the year, from Annas to Caiaphas and from Pilate to Herod. This explanation, however, is perhaps itself a piece of April fooling. In France the party fooled is called un poisson d'avril, 'an April fish'; in Scotland, a 'gowk', or cuckoo.

April (from Latin Aprīlis, derived from aperire, meaning to open, because buds open during this time), is the fourth month of the year. The unusual tradition of pranking people on April 1st by sending them on errands that end in disappointment, causing laughter at their expense, is widespread across Europe. This practice has been linked to the miracle plays of the Middle Ages, in which the Savior was depicted as being sent from Annas to Caiaphas and from Pilate to Herod during this time of year. However, this explanation might just be another clever prank. In France, the person who gets pranked is called un poisson d'avril, or 'an April fish'; in Scotland, they're called a 'gowk', or cuckoo.

A prio´ri ('from what goes before'), a phrase applied to a mode of reasoning by which we proceed from general principles or notions to particular cases, as opposed to a posteriori ('from what comes after') reasoning, by which we proceed from knowledge previously acquired. Mathematical proofs are of the a priori kind; the conclusions of experimental science are a posteriori. It is also a term applied to knowledge independent of all experience.

A priori ('from what goes before') is a term used for a way of reasoning where we move from general principles or ideas to specific cases, in contrast to a posteriori ('from what comes after') reasoning, which starts from knowledge we already have. Mathematical proofs are examples of a priori reasoning, while the conclusions drawn from experimental science are a posteriori. It is also a term for knowledge that doesn't rely on any experience.

Apse Apse—Church of Sta Maria in Trastevere, Rome

Apse, a portion of any building forming a termination or projection semicircular or polygonal in plan, and having a roof forming externally a semi-dome or semi-cone, or having ridges corresponding to the angles of the polygon; [208]especially such a semicircular or polygonal recess projecting from the east end of the choir or chancel of a church, in which the altar is placed. The apse was developed from the somewhat similar part of the Roman basilicæ, in which the magistrate (prætor) sat.

Apse, a section of any building that forms a semicircular or polygonal projection or termination, and has a roof that creates an external semi-dome or semi-cone, or features ridges matching the angles of the polygon; [208]particularly a semicircular or polygonal recess extending from the east end of the choir or chancel of a church, where the altar is located. The apse evolved from a similar part of Roman basilicas, where the magistrate (prætor) would sit.

Ap´sheron, a peninsula on the western shore of the Caspian Sea formed by the eastern extremity of the Caucasus Mountains. It extends for about 40 miles, and terminates in Cape Apsheron. It yields immense quantities of petroleum. See Baku.

Ap'sheron is a peninsula on the western shore of the Caspian Sea, created by the eastern part of the Caucasus Mountains. It stretches for about 40 miles and ends at Cape Apsheron. It produces vast amounts of oil. See Baku.

Apsides aa, Apsides

Apsis, pl. Ap´sides or Apsi´des, in astronomy, one of the two points of the orbit of a heavenly body situated at the extremities of the major axis of the ellipse formed by the orbit, one of the points being that at which the body is at its greatest and the other that at which it is at its least distance from its primary. In regard to the earth and the other planets, these two points are called the aphelion and perihelion; and in regard to the moon they are called the apogee and perigee. The line of the apsides has a slow forward angular motion in the plane of the planet's orbit, being retrograde only in the case of Venus. This in the earth's orbit produces the anomalistic year. See Anomaly.

Apsis, pl. Ap´sides or Apsi´des, in astronomy, refers to one of the two points in the orbit of a celestial body located at the ends of the major axis of the ellipse created by the orbit. One point is where the body is at its farthest distance, and the other is where it is closest to its primary. For the Earth and other planets, these points are known as aphelion and perihelion; for the moon, they are called apogee and perigee. The line of the apsides has a slow forward angular motion within the plane of the planet's orbit, moving retrograde only in the case of Venus. This motion causes the anomalistic year in Earth's orbit. See Anomaly.

Apt (ät; ancient Apta Julia), a town of Southern France, department Vaucluse, 32 miles east by south of Avignon, with an ancient Gothic cathedral. Pop. 6336.

Apt (ät; formerly Apta Julia), a town in Southern France, located 32 miles southeast of Avignon, featuring an ancient Gothic cathedral. Population 6,336.

Ap´tera (Gr. apteros, wingless), wingless insects, such as lice and certain others, popularly called Spring-tails, and composed of two groups, Collembola and Thysanura.

Aptera (Gr. apteros, wingless) refers to wingless insects, like lice and some others, commonly known as Spring-tails, which consist of two groups: Collembola and Thysanura.

Apteryx Apteryx (Apteryx Mantelli)

Ap´teryx, a nearly extinct genus of cursorial birds, distinguished from the ostriches by having three toes with a rudimentary hallux, which forms a spur. They are natives of the South Island of New Zealand; are totally wingless and tailless, with feathers resembling hairs; about the size of a small goose; with long curved beak something like that of a curlew. They are entirely nocturnal, feeding on insects, worms, and seeds.—A. austrālis, called Kiwi-kiwi from its cry, is the best-known species.

Apteryx, a nearly extinct genus of flightless birds, is different from ostriches because it has three toes and a small hallux that forms a spur. They are native to the South Island of New Zealand; completely wingless and tailless, with feathers that look like hairs; about the size of a small goose; and have a long curved beak similar to a curlew's. They are entirely nocturnal, feeding on insects, worms, and seeds. —A. australis, known as Kiwi-kiwi due to its cry, is the most well-known species.

Apuleius, or Appuleius (ap-ū-lē´us), author of the celebrated satirical romance in Latin called the Golden Ass, born at Madaura, in Numidia, about A.D. 125; the time of his death is unknown. He studied at Carthage, then at Athens, where he became warmly attached to the Platonic philosophy, and finally at Rome. Returning to Carthage he married a rich widow, whose relatives accused him of gaining her consent by magic, and the speech by which he successfully defended himself is still extant. Besides his Golden Ass (which is also known as the Metamorphoses, and which was translated into English by W. Adlington in 1566), with its fine episode of Cupid and Psyche, he was also the author of many works on philosophy and rhetoric, some of which are still extant.

Apuleius, or Appuleius (ap-ū-lē´us), is the author of the famous satirical romance in Latin called the Golden Ass, born in Madaura, in Numidia, around A.D. 125; the exact date of his death is unknown. He studied in Carthage, then in Athens, where he became deeply interested in Platonic philosophy, and finally in Rome. After returning to Carthage, he married a wealthy widow, whose relatives accused him of using magic to win her over, and the speech he gave in his defense still exists today. In addition to his Golden Ass (which is also known as the Metamorphoses and was translated into English by W. Adlington in 1566), including the beautiful episode of Cupid and Psyche, he also wrote many works on philosophy and rhetoric, some of which are still available.

Apu´lia, a department or division in the south-east of Italy, on the Adriatic, composed of the provinces of Foggia, Bari, and Lecce; area, 7376 sq. miles. Pop. 2,237,791.

Apúlia, a region in the southeast of Italy, along the Adriatic Sea, made up of the provinces of Foggia, Bari, and Lecce; area, 7,376 square miles. Population 2,237,791.

Apure (a˙-pö´rā), a navigable river of Venezuela, formed by the junction of several streams which rise in the Andes of Colombia; it falls into the Orinoco.—Apure, one of the States of Venezuela, has a pop. of 30,008.

Apure (a˙-pö´rā), a navigable river in Venezuela, is formed by the junction of several streams that originate in the Andes of Colombia; it empties into the Orinoco.—Apure, one of the states of Venezuela, has a population of 30,008.

Apurimac (a˙-pö-rē-ma˙k´), a river of South America, which rises in the Andes of Peru, and, being augmented by the Vilcamayu and other streams, forms the Ucayale, one of the principal head-waters of the Amazon.—The department of Apurimac in Peru has an area of 8187 sq. miles, and a pop. of 177,887.

Apurimac (a˙-pö-rē-ma˙k´), a river in South America, originates in the Andes of Peru and, along with the Vilcamayu and other streams, contributes to the formation of the Ucayali, one of the main tributaries of the Amazon. The Apurimac department in Peru covers an area of 8,187 square miles and has a population of 177,887.

Aq´ua (Lat. for water), a word much used in pharmacy and old chemistry.—Aqua fortis (= strong water), a weak and impure nitric acid. It has the power of eating into steel and copper, and hence is used by engravers, etchers, &c.—Aqua marina, a fine variety of beryl. See Aquamarine.—Aqua regia, or aqua regalis (= royal water), a mixture of nitric and hydrochloric acids, with the power of dissolving gold and other precious metals.—Aqua Tofana, a poisonous fluid made about the middle of the seventeenth century by an Italian woman Tofana or Toffania, who is said to have procured the death of no fewer than 600 individuals by means of it. It consisted chiefly, it is supposed, of a solution of crystallized arsenic.—Aqua vitæ (= water of life), or simply aqua, a name familiarly applied to the whisky of Scotland, corresponding in meaning with the usquebaugh of Ireland, the eau de vie (brandy) of the French. [209]

Aq´ua (Latin for water), a term frequently used in pharmacy and old chemistry.—Aqua fortis (= strong water), a dilute and impure form of nitric acid. It can corrode steel and copper, which is why engravers, etchers, etc., use it.—Aqua marina, a beautiful type of beryl. See Aquamarine.—Aqua regia, or aqua regalis (= royal water), a combination of nitric and hydrochloric acids that can dissolve gold and other precious metals.—Aqua Tofana, a toxic liquid created in the mid-seventeenth century by an Italian woman named Tofana or Toffania, who is said to have caused the deaths of at least 600 people with it. It was primarily thought to be a solution of crystallized arsenic.—Aqua vitæ (= water of life), or simply aqua, a term commonly used for the whisky of Scotland, which has a similar meaning to the usquebaugh of Ireland and the eau de vie (brandy) of the French. [209]

Aq´uamarine, a name given to some of the finest varieties of beryl of a sea-green or blue colour. Varieties of topaz are also so called.

Aquamarine, a name given to some of the best types of beryl that are a sea-green or blue color. Some types of topaz are also referred to by this name.

Aqua´rium, a vessel or series of vessels constructed wholly or partly of glass and containing salt or fresh water in which are kept living specimens of marine or fresh-water animals along with aquatic plants. In principle the aquarium is based on the interdependence of animal and vegetable life; animals consuming oxygen and exhaling carbonic acid, plants reversing the process by absorbing carbonic acid and giving out oxygen. The aquarium must consequently be stocked both with plants and animals, and for the welfare of both something like a proper proportion should exist between them. The simplest form of aquarium is that of a glass vase; but aquaria on a larger scale consist of a tank or a number of tanks with plate-glass sides and stone floors, and contain sand and gravel, rocks, sea-weeds, &c. By improved arrangements light is admitted from above, passing through the water in the tanks and illuminating their contents, while the spectator is in comparative darkness. The most important aquarium is at the zoological station at Naples. There is also one, on a smaller scale, at Plymouth, maintained by the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Aquaria on a large scale have been constructed in connection with public parks or gardens, and the name is also given to places of public entertainment in which large aquaria are exhibited.—Cf. G. C. Bateman, Fresh-water Aquaria; M. J. Newbigin, The Aquarium.

Aquarium, a container or series of containers made entirely or partially of glass that holds salt or fresh water, where live specimens of marine or freshwater animals and aquatic plants are kept. Basically, the aquarium relies on the interdependence of animal and plant life; animals consume oxygen and produce carbon dioxide, while plants do the opposite by absorbing carbon dioxide and releasing oxygen. Therefore, an aquarium needs to include both plants and animals, and there should be a proper balance between them for the well-being of both. The simplest type of aquarium is a glass vase; however, larger aquariums can consist of a tank or multiple tanks with glass sides and stone bottoms, containing sand, gravel, rocks, seaweed, etc. With better setups, light enters from above, passing through the water in the tanks to illuminate the contents while the viewer remains relatively in the dark. The most significant aquarium is located at the zoological station in Naples. There is also a smaller one in Plymouth, run by the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Large-scale aquariums have been built in association with public parks or gardens, and the term is also used for public entertainment venues where large aquariums are displayed.—Cf. G. C. Bateman, Fresh-water Aquaria; M. J. Newbigin, The Aquarium.

Aquarius (Lat., the Water-bearer), a sign of the zodiac which the sun enters about the 21st of Jan.: it now enters the formerly coincident constellation Aquarius about a month later.

Aquarius (Latin for the Water-bearer) is a zodiac sign that the sun enters around January 21st. It now enters the once-aligned constellation Aquarius about a month later.

Aquatint, a method of etching on copper by which a beautiful effect is produced, resembling a fine drawing in sepia or Indian ink. The special character of the effect is the result of sprinkling finely-powdered resin or mastic over the plate, and causing this to adhere by heat, the design being previously etched, or being now traced out. The nitric acid (aqua fortis) acts only in the interstices between the particles of resin or mastic, thus giving a slightly granular appearance.

Aquatint is an etching technique on copper that creates a stunning effect, similar to a fine drawing in sepia or Indian ink. The unique quality of the effect comes from sprinkling finely powdered resin or mastic over the plate and melting it with heat, while the design is either etched beforehand or traced out now. The nitric acid (aqua fortis) only works in the spaces between the resin or mastic particles, resulting in a slightly grainy look.

Aqua Tofa´na. See Aqua.

Aqua Tofa´na. See Aqua.

Aqua vitæ. See Aqua.

Water of life. See Aqua.

Aq´ueduct (Lat. aqua, water, duco, to lead), an artificial channel or conduit for the conveyance of water from one place to another: more particularly applied to structures for conveying water from distant sources for the supply of large cities. Aqueducts were extensively used by the Romans, and many of them still remain in different places on the Continent of Europe, some being still in use. The Pont du Gard in the south of France, 14 miles from Nîmes, is still nearly perfect, and is a grand monument of the Roman occupation of this country. The ancient aqueducts were constructed of stone or brick, sometimes tunnelled through hills, and carried over valleys and rivers on arches. The Pont du Gard spans the River Gard, and was built to convey to Nîmes the water of springs rising in the neighbourhood of the modern Uzés. It is built of great blocks of stone; its height is 160 feet; length of the highest arcade, 882 feet. The aqueduct at Segovia, originally built by the Romans, has in some parts two tiers of arcades 100 feet high, is 2921 feet in length, and is one of the most admired works of antiquity. One of the most remarkable aqueducts of modern times is that constructed by Louis XIV for conveying the waters of the Eure to Versailles. The extensive application of metal pipes has rendered the construction of aqueducts of the old type less necessary; but what may be called aqueduct bridges are still frequently constructed in connection with canals and also with water-works for the supply of towns. Where canals exist canal aqueducts are common, since the water in any section of a canal must be kept on a perfect level.

Aqueduct (Lat. aqua, water, duco, to lead), is an artificial channel or conduit designed to transport water from one location to another. It particularly refers to structures that carry water from distant sources to supply large cities. Romans extensively used aqueducts, and many still exist across various locations in Europe, with some still operational today. The Pont du Gard in the south of France, 14 miles from Nîmes, remains nearly intact and stands as a magnificent testament to the Roman presence in the region. Ancient aqueducts were built from stone or brick, often tunneled through hills, and raised over valleys and rivers on arches. The Pont du Gard crosses the River Gard, designed to bring water from springs near modern Uzés to Nîmes. It features large stone blocks, stands 160 feet tall, and has a highest arcade length of 882 feet. The Segovia aqueduct, originally constructed by the Romans, showcases two tiers of arches 100 feet high in some sections, stretches 2,921 feet long, and is one of the most celebrated ancient constructions. A notable modern aqueduct is the one built by Louis XIV to bring water from the Eure to Versailles. The widespread use of metal pipes has made the traditional aqueducts less necessary; however, what can be termed aqueduct bridges are still regularly built in conjunction with canals and water supply systems for towns. Canal aqueducts are prevalent wherever canals are present since the water in any canal segment must maintain a consistent level.

Aqueduct Aqueduct at Segovia

Many large towns now derive a supply of water from sources at a great distance, and in [210]bringing the water to the place where it is required much tunnelling is often necessary as well as digging and excavating in the open. A tunnel furnishing a water channel may be driven through miles of rock strata of various kinds, and in many places it may have to be lined with concrete or cement wholly or partially, brick-work also being much employed. Instead of tunnelling, the channel may be formed on the plan of 'cut and cover', being first cut in the ground and then covered over, leaving the surface much in the same state as before. And, of course, iron piping is often used in connection with such tunnels, the water being conveyed so far in an aqueduct of one kind, and so far in one of another kind, according as is deemed most suitable. In the Thirlmere aqueduct, which brings water to Manchester, there are 45 miles of cast-iron pipes, 37 miles of cut-and-cover work, and 14 miles of tunnels proper. Pipes are naturally laid where valleys occur, and the water simply enters the pipes at one end and flows out at the other by the influence of gravity, there being a suitable chamber constructed at either end of the pipe line where there is a junction with a section of tunnel. Aqueduct bridges were first introduced into England in the eighteenth century, the first being the aqueduct at Barton Bridge conveying the Bridgewater Canal across the Irwell. In such bridges the water-channel may be made of cast iron. There are great aqueduct bridges on some of the Indian canals, such as the Nadrai bridge on the Lower Ganges Canal. In America water is often carried long distances in flumes or open wooden channels, supported, where necessary, on trestles. Great wooden pipes are also common there, built of large staves and hooped round with iron or steel. These often rest on the surface of the ground without any covering.—Bibliography: C. Herschel, Frontinus; Wegmann, Water-supply of City of New York; J. F. Bateman, The Manchester Waterworks; J. M. Gale, The Glasgow Waterworks; A. Prescott Folwell, Water Supply Engineering.

Many large towns now get their water supply from distant sources, and to bring the water to where it's needed, a lot of tunneling and excavation is often required. A tunnel that provides a water channel can be drilled through miles of different rock layers, and in many areas, it may need to be partially or wholly lined with concrete or cement, with brickwork also being used a lot. Instead of tunneling, the channel might be built using a 'cut and cover' method, where it's first dug out and then covered, keeping the surface looking mostly the same as it did before. And, of course, iron pipes are often used alongside such tunnels, with water being conveyed partway through one type of aqueduct and the rest through another type, depending on what’s considered most appropriate. In the Thirlmere aqueduct, which supplies water to Manchester, there are 45 miles of cast-iron pipes, 37 miles of cut-and-cover segments, and 14 miles of proper tunnels. Pipes are naturally laid in valleys, allowing water to flow in from one end and out the other due to gravity, with suitable chambers constructed at both ends where there’s a junction with a tunnel section. Aqueduct bridges were first introduced in England in the eighteenth century, with the first being the aqueduct at Barton Bridge that carries the Bridgewater Canal over the Irwell. In these bridges, the water channel can be made of cast iron. There are large aqueduct bridges on some Indian canals, like the Nadrai bridge on the Lower Ganges Canal. In America, water is often transported over long distances in flumes or open wooden channels, which are supported on trestles where necessary. Large wooden pipes made of big staves and reinforced with iron or steel hoops are also common there, and they often sit directly on the ground without any covering.—References: C. Herschel, Frontinus; Wegmann, Water-supply of City of New York; J. F. Bateman, The Manchester Waterworks; J. M. Gale, The Glasgow Waterworks; A. Prescott Folwell, Water Supply Engineering.

Aq´ueous humour, the limpid watery fluid which fills the space between the cornea and the crystalline lens in the eye.

Aqueous humor, the clear watery fluid that fills the space between the cornea and the lens in the eye.

Aqueous rocks, composed of matter deposited by water from suspension or solution. Called also sedimentary rocks. See Geology.

Aqueous rocks, made up of materials deposited by water through suspension or solution. Also known as sedimentary rocks. See Geology.

Aquifolia´ceæ, a nat. ord. of plants; the holly tribe. The species consist of trees and shrubs, and the order includes the common holly (Ilex Aquifolium) and the I. paraguayensis, or Paraguayan tea tree.

Aquifolia´ceæ, a natural order of plants; the holly family. The species include trees and shrubs, and the order features the common holly (Ilex Aquifolium) and the I. paraguayensis, or Paraguayan tea tree.

Aquila (a˙k´wē-la˙), a town in Italy, capital of the province of Aquila, 55 miles north-east of Rome, the seat of a bishop, an attractive and interesting town with spacious streets and handsome palaces. In 1703 and 1706 it suffered severely from earthquakes. Pop. 22,050.—The province has an area of 2493 sq. miles. Pop. 422,634.

Aquila (a˙k´wē-la˙), a town in Italy, is the capital of the province of Aquila, located 55 miles northeast of Rome. It serves as the seat of a bishop and is an attractive and interesting town with wide streets and beautiful palaces. In 1703 and 1706, it was hit hard by earthquakes. Pop. 22,050.—The province covers an area of 2,493 square miles. Pop. 422,634.

Aq´uila, a companion of St. Paul (Acts, xviii, 2, 3). Expelled from Rome, he and his wife, Priscilla, settled in Corinth, where Paul stayed with them. They were converted to Christianity by the Apostle.

Aquila, a companion of St. Paul (Acts, xviii, 2, 3). Expelled from Rome, he and his wife, Priscilla, moved to Corinth, where Paul lived with them. They were converted to Christianity by the Apostle.

Aq´uila, a native of Pontus, flourished about A.D. 130. He became a Jewish proselyte, and made a close and accurate translation of the Hebrew Scriptures into Greek, extant only in fragments.

Aquila, who was originally from Pontus, thrived around CE 130. He converted to Judaism and created a precise translation of the Hebrew Scriptures into Greek, which survives only in fragments.

Aq´uila, name of a constellation in the northern hemisphere. See Constellations.

Aquila, the name of a constellation in the northern hemisphere. See Constellations.

Aquila´ria. See Aloes-wood.

Aquilaria. See Aloeswood.

Aquile´gia. See Columbine.

Aquilegia. See Columbine.

Aquileia (ak-wi-lē´ya), an ancient city near the head of the Adriatic Sea, in Upper Italy, built by the Romans in 182 or 181 B.C. Commanding the N.E. entrance into Italy, it became important as a commercial centre and a military post, and was frequently the base of imperial campaigns. In 425 it was destroyed by Attila. The modern Aquileia or Aglar is a small place of some 1700 inhabitants, consisting chiefly of fishermen.

Aquileia (ak-wi-lē´ya) is an ancient city located near the head of the Adriatic Sea in northern Italy, established by the Romans in 182 or 181 BCE. It held a strategic position at the N.E. entrance to Italy, becoming a key commercial hub and military outpost, often serving as a base for imperial campaigns. In 425, it was destroyed by Attila. Today's Aquileia, also known as Aglar, is a small town with about 1,700 residents, mostly made up of fishermen.

Aquinas (a-kwī´nas; i.e. of Aquino), St. Thomas, a celebrated scholastic divine, born in 1225 or 1227, most probably at the castle of Rocco Secca, near Aquino. His father was Count of Aquino, in the kingdom of Naples. He was educated at the Benedictine monastery of Monte Casino, and at the University of Naples, where he studied for six years. About the age of seventeen he entered a convent of Dominicans, much against the wishes of his family. He attended the lectures of Albertus Magnus at Cologne, in whose company he visited Paris in 1245 or 1246. Here he became involved in the dispute between the university and the Begging Friars as to the liberty of teaching, advocating the rights claimed by the latter with great energy. In 1257 he received the degree of doctor from the Sorbonne, and began to lecture on theology, rapidly acquiring the highest reputation. In 1263 he is found at the Chapter of the Dominicans in London. In 1268 he was in Italy, lecturing in Rome, Bologna, and elsewhere. In 1271 he was again in Paris lecturing to the students; in 1272 he was professor at Naples. In 1263 he had been offered the archbishopric of Naples by Clement IV, but refused the offer. He died, in 1274, on his way to Lyons to attend a general council for the purpose of uniting the Greek and Latin Churches. He was called, after the fashion of the times, the angelic doctor, and was canonized by John XXII. The most important of his numerous works, which are all written in Latin, are the Summa Theologica, [211]which, although only professing to treat of theology, is in reality a complete and systematic summary of the knowledge of the time, and the Summa Philosophica. The work of St. Thomas consisted in an effort to harmonize the new scientific teachings of the age—derived from Arabian and Byzantine sources—with the doctrine of the Church, and to refute heresy. His disciples were known as Thomists. See Thomism.—Cf. P. Conway, St. Thomas Aquinas; and article in Hastings' Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics.

Aquinas (a-kwī´nas; meaning of Aquino), St. Thomas, a renowned scholastic theologian, was born in 1225 or 1227, most likely at the castle of Rocco Secca, near Aquino. His father was the Count of Aquino in the Kingdom of Naples. He received his education at the Benedictine monastery of Monte Cassino and at the University of Naples, where he studied for six years. Around the age of seventeen, he joined a Dominican convent, much to his family's disapproval. He attended lectures by Albertus Magnus in Cologne and traveled with him to Paris in 1245 or 1246. There, he became involved in the conflict between the university and the Begging Friars over teaching rights, energetically supporting the claims of the latter. In 1257, he earned his doctorate from the Sorbonne and began teaching theology, quickly gaining a stellar reputation. By 1263, he was at the Dominican Chapter in London. In 1268, he was back in Italy, lecturing in Rome, Bologna, and elsewhere. In 1271, he returned to Paris to lecture to students; by 1272, he was a professor in Naples. Although offered the archbishopric of Naples by Clement IV in 1263, he declined the position. He died in 1274 while traveling to Lyon to attend a general council aimed at uniting the Greek and Latin Churches. He was referred to as the angelic doctor, and was canonized by John XXII. His most significant works, all written in Latin, include the Summa Theologica, [211] which, although it claims to address theology, is fundamentally a comprehensive and systematic summary of contemporary knowledge, and the Summa Philosophica. St. Thomas's work aimed to reconcile the new scientific teachings of the time—derived from Arabic and Byzantine sources—with Church doctrine, and to refute heresy. His followers became known as Thomists. See Thomism.—Cf. P. Conway, St. Thomas Aquinas; and article in Hastings' Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics.

Aquita´nia, later Aquitaine, a Roman province in Gaul, which comprehended the countries on the coast from the Garonne to the Pyrenees, and from the sea to Toulouse. It was brought into connection with England by the marriage of Henry II with Eleanor, daughter of the last Duke of Aquitaine. The title to the province was for long disputed by England and France, but it was finally secured by the latter (1453).

Aquitânia, later Aquitaine, was a Roman province in Gaul that included the areas along the coast from the Garonne to the Pyrenees, and from the sea to Toulouse. It became linked to England through the marriage of Henry II to Eleanor, the daughter of the last Duke of Aquitaine. The ownership of the province was long contested between England and France, but it was ultimately secured by France in 1453.

Arabah´, a deep rocky valley or depression in north-western Arabia, between the Dead Sea and Gulf of Akabah, a sort of continuation of the Jordan valley.

Arabah, a deep rocky valley or depression in northwestern Arabia, located between the Dead Sea and the Gulf of Aqabah, is essentially an extension of the Jordan Valley.

Arabesque (ar´a-besk), a species of ornamentation for enriching flat surfaces, often consisting of fanciful figures, human or animal, combined with floral forms. There may be said to be three periods and distinctive varieties of arabesque—(a) the Roman or Græco-Roman, introduced into Rome from the East when pure art was declining; (b) the Arabesque of the Moors as seen in the Alhambra, introduced by them into Europe in the Middle Ages; (c) Modern Arabesque, which took its rise in Italy in the Renaissance period of art. The arabesques of the Moors, who are prohibited by their religion from representing animal forms, consist essentially of complicated ornamental designs based on the suggestion of plant-growth, combined with extremely complex geometrical forms.

Arabesque (ar´a-besk) is a style of decoration to enhance flat surfaces, often featuring whimsical figures, either human or animal, paired with floral designs. There are three main periods and distinct types of arabesque—(a) the Roman or Græco-Roman, which was brought to Rome from the East as pure art was on the decline; (b) the Arabesque of the Moors, as seen in the Alhambra, introduced into Europe by them during the Middle Ages; and (c) Modern Arabesque, which originated in Italy during the Renaissance artistic period. The arabesques created by the Moors, who are restricted by their religion from depicting animal forms, primarily consist of intricate ornamental patterns inspired by plant growth, combined with highly complex geometric shapes.

Arabgir (a˙-ra˙b-gēr´), or Arabkir´, a town in Asia, 147 miles W.S.W. of Erzerum, noted for its manufacture of silk and cotton goods. Pop. between 20,000 and 30,000.

Arabgir (a˙-ra˙b-gēr´), or Arabkir´, is a town in Asia, located 147 miles W.S.W. of Erzerum, known for producing silk and cotton goods. The population is between 20,000 and 30,000.

Ara´bia, a vast peninsula in the S.W. of Asia, bounded on the N. by the great Syro-Babylonian plain, N.E. by the Persian Gulf and the Sea of Oman, S. or S.E. by the Indian Ocean, and S.W. by the Red Sea and Gulf of Suez. Its length from N.W. to S.E. is about 1800 miles, its mean breadth about 600 miles, its area approximately 1,200,000 sq. miles, its population probably less than 5,000,000. Roughly described, it exhibits a central table-land surrounded by a series of deserts, with numerous scattered oases, while around this is a line of mountains parallel to and approaching the coasts, and with a narrow rim of low grounds (tehāma) between them and the sea. In its general features Arabia resembles the Sahara, of which it may be considered a continuation. Like the Sahara, it has its wastes of loose sand, its stretches of bare rocks and stones, its mountains devoid of vegetation, its oases with their wells and streams, their palm-groves and cultivated fields—islands of green amidst the surrounding desolation. Rivers proper there are none. By the ancients the whole peninsula was broadly divided into three great sections—Arabia Petræa (containing the city Petra), Deserta (desert), and Felix (happy). The first and last of these answer roughly to the modern divisions of the region of Sinai in the N.W. and Yemen in the S.W., while the name Deserta was vaguely given to the rest of the country. (See Explorations, Modern.) The principal divisions at the present are Madian in the north-west; south of this, Hejaz, Assir, and Yemen, all on the Red Sea, the last named occupying the south-western part of the peninsula, and comprising a tehāma or maritime lowland on the shores of the Red Sea, with an elevated inland district of considerable breadth; Hadramaut on the south coast; Oman occupying the south-east angle; El-Hasa and Koveït on the Persian Gulf; El-Hamad (Desert of Syria), Nefûd, and Jebel Shammar in the north; Nejd, the Central Highlands, which occupies a great part of the interior of the country, while south of it is the great unexplored Dahkna or sandy desert. Between 1902-5 a joint commission of British and Turkish officers laid down a boundary line defining the limits between Turkish territory and that of the independent Arab tribes in political relations with Great Britain. Nearly the whole of Southern Arabia came within the sphere of British influence. Madian belongs to Egypt; the Hejaz, Yemen, Bahr-el-Hasa, Koveït, &c., were more or less under the suzerainty of Turkey until 1914. The rest of the country is ruled by independent chiefs—sheikhs, emirs, and imâms—while the title of sultan has been assumed by the chief of the Wahabis in Nejd, the sovereign of Oman (who has a subsidy from the Indian Government), and some petty princes in the south of the peninsula. On 9th June, 1916, the Grand Shereef of Mecca declared himself independent of the Turkish Government, and an Arab revolt spread rapidly. The Grand Shereef Hussein then announced to the Moslem world that the Shereefate of Mecca was henceforth independent, and on 4th Nov., 1916, he had himself formally proclaimed King, or Sultan, of Arabia. The status of the whole of Arabia was determined by the Peace Conference. (See Hejaz, Mesopotamia, Syria, Sykes-Picot Treaty.) The chief towns are Mecca, the birthplace of Mahomet; Medina, the place to which he fled from Mecca (A.D. 622), and where he is buried; Hodeida, a seaport exporting Mocha coffee; [212]Aden, on the S.W. coast, belonging to Britain; Sana, the capital of Yemen; and Muscat, the capital of Oman. The chief towns of the interior are Haïl, the residence of the Emir of Jebel Shammar; Oneizah, under the same ruler; and Rijadh, capital of Nejd and Hasa. The most flourishing portions of Arabia are in Oman, Hadramaut, and Nejd. In the two former are localities with numerous towns and villages and settled industrious populations like that of India or Europe.

Arabia is a large peninsula in the southwest of Asia, bordered on the N. by the vast Syro-Babylonian plain, N.E. by the Persian Gulf and the Sea of Oman, S. or S.E. by the Indian Ocean, and S.W. by the Red Sea and Gulf of Suez. It stretches about 1,800 miles from N.W. to Southeast, with an average width of around 600 miles, covering an area of approximately 1,200,000 square miles, and its population is likely under 5,000,000. In general, it features a central plateau surrounded by a series of deserts, with many scattered oases, while a line of mountains runs parallel to the coasts, with a narrow strip of low land (tehāma) between the mountains and the sea. In its overall characteristics, Arabia is similar to the Sahara, which it can be seen as an extension of. Like the Sahara, it has areas of loose sand, expanses of bare rock and stones, mountains without vegetation, and oases with wells and streams, where palm groves and cultivated fields create pockets of greenery amidst the surrounding desolation. There are no proper rivers. Anciently, the entire peninsula was broadly divided into three main sections—Arabia Petræa (which includes the city of Petra), Deserta (desert), and Felix (happy). The first and last roughly correspond to modern divisions of the Sinai region in the N.W. and Yemen in the S.W., while the name Deserta was vaguely applied to the rest of the area. (See Explorations, Modern.) The main divisions today are Madian in the northwest; to the south of this are Hejaz, Assir, and Yemen, all along the Red Sea, with Yemen occupying the southwestern part of the peninsula and containing a tehāma or coastal lowland along the Red Sea, along with an elevated inland area. Hadramaut lies on the southern coast; Oman is located at the southeast tip; El-Hasa and Kuwait border the Persian Gulf; El-Hamad (Desert of Syria), Nefûd, and Jebel Shammar are in the north; and Nejd, the Central Highlands, occupies much of the country's interior, with the vast unexplored Dahkna or sandy desert to the south. Between 1902-5, a joint commission of British and Turkish officers established a boundary line that defined the limits between Turkish territory and that of the independent Arab tribes with political ties to Great Britain. Almost all of Southern Arabia fell within British influence. Madian belongs to Egypt; the Hejaz, Yemen, Bahr-el-Hasa, Kuwait, etc., were under Turkish control to varying degrees until 1914. The remaining regions are governed by independent leaders—sheikhs, emirs, and imâms—while the title of sultan has been adopted by the leader of the Wahabis in Nejd, the ruler of Oman (who receives a subsidy from the Indian Government), and some minor princes in the southern part of the peninsula. On June 9, 1916, the Grand Sherif of Mecca declared his independence from the Turkish Government, and an Arab revolt quickly spread. The Grand Sherif Hussein then informed the Muslim world that the Sherifate of Mecca was now independent, and on November 4, 1916, he proclaimed himself King, or Sultan, of Arabia. The status of all of Arabia was determined by the Peace Conference. (See Hejaz, Mesopotamia, Syria, Sykes-Picot Treaty.) The main cities are Mecca, the birthplace of Muhammad; Medina, where he fled from Mecca (CE 622) and where he is buried; Hodeida, a port town that exports Mocha coffee; [212]Aden, on the S.W. coast, which is British territory; Sana, the capital of Yemen; and Muscat, the capital of Oman. The key towns in the interior include Haïl, the residence of the Emir of Jebel Shammar; Oneizah, under the same ruler; and Riyadh, the capital of Nejd and Hasa. The most thriving regions of Arabia are in Oman, Hadramaut, and Nejd. In the latter two, there are areas with many towns and villages and settled, industrious populations similar to those in India or Europe.

The climate of Arabia in general is marked by extreme heat and dryness. Aridity and barrenness characterize both high and low grounds, and the date-palm is often the only representative of vegetable existence. There are districts which in the course of the year are hardly refreshed by a single shower of rain. Forests there are few or none. Grassy pastures have their place supplied by steppe-like tracts, which are covered for a short season with aromatic herbs, serving as food for cattle. The date-palm furnishes the staple article of food; the cereals are wheat, barley, maize, and millet; various sorts of fruit flourish; coffee and many aromatic plants and substances, such as gum-arabic, benzoin, mastic, balsam, aloes, myrrh, frankincense, &c., are produced. There are also cultivated in different parts of the peninsula, according to the soil and climate, beans, rice, lentils, tobacco, melons, saffron, colocynth, poppies, olives, &c. Sheep, goats, oxen, the horse, the camel, ass, and mule supply man's domestic and personal wants. Among wild animals are gazelles, ostriches, the lion, panther, hyena, jackal, &c. Among mineral products are saltpetre, mineral pitch, petroleum, salt, sulphur, and several precious stones, as the carnelian, agate, and onyx. The people of Arabia, according to their own traditions, are derived from two stocks, the pure Arabs and the naturalized Arabs or Mustarab. They are leading either a settled agricultural life or a nomadic existence. In Southern Arabia the Jews form a large element in the towns' population. Commerce is largely in the hands of foreigners, among whom the Jews and Banians (Indian merchants) are the most numerous.

The climate of Arabia is characterized by extreme heat and dryness. Both high and low areas are marked by aridity and barrenness, with the date-palm often being the only type of plant life present. There are regions that hardly receive a single rain shower throughout the year. There are very few, if any, forests. Grassy pastures are replaced by steppe-like areas that are briefly covered in aromatic herbs, providing food for livestock. The date-palm serves as the main food source; grains include wheat, barley, corn, and millet; a variety of fruits thrive; and coffee along with many aromatic plants and substances like gum arabic, benzoin, mastic, balsam, aloes, myrrh, and frankincense are produced. Different parts of the peninsula also cultivate beans, rice, lentils, tobacco, melons, saffron, colocynth, poppies, olives, and more, depending on the soil and climate. Domestic animals like sheep, goats, oxen, horses, camels, donkeys, and mules fulfill human needs. Wild animals include gazelles, ostriches, lions, leopards, hyenas, and jackals. Mineral resources consist of saltpeter, mineral pitch, petroleum, salt, sulfur, and several precious stones such as carnelian, agate, and onyx. According to their own traditions, the people of Arabia come from two backgrounds: pure Arabs and naturalized Arabs, or Mustarab. They live either a settled agricultural lifestyle or a nomadic one. In Southern Arabia, Jews make up a significant part of the town populations. Commerce is largely dominated by foreigners, with Jews and Banians (Indian merchants) being the most numerous.

The history of Arabia previous to Mahomet is obscure. The earliest inhabitants are believed to have been of the Semitic race. Jews in great numbers migrated into Arabia after the destruction of Jerusalem, and, making numerous proselytes, indirectly favoured the introduction of the doctrines of Mahomet. With his advent the Arabians revolted and united for the purpose of extending the new creed; and under the caliphs—the successors of Mahomet—they attained great power, and founded large and powerful kingdoms in three continents. (See Caliphs.) On the fall of the caliphate of Bagdad in 1258 the decline set in, and on the expulsion of the Moors from Spain the foreign rule of the Arabs came to an end. In the sixteenth century Turkey subdued Hejaz and Yemen, and received the nominal submission of the tribes inhabiting the rest of Arabia. The allegiance of Hejaz was renounced early in the European War; but Yemen achieved its independence in the seventeenth century, and maintained it till 1871, when the territory again fell into the hands of the Turks. In 1839 Aden was occupied by the British. Oman early became virtually independent of the caliphs, and grew into a well-organized kingdom. In 1507 its capital, Maskat or Muscat, was occupied by the Portuguese, who were not driven out till 1659. The Wahabis appeared towards the end of the eighteenth century, and took an important part in the political affairs of Arabia, but their progress was interrupted by Mohammed Ali, pasha of Egypt, and they suffered a complete defeat by Ibrahim Pasha. He extended his power over most of the country, but the events of 1840 in Syria compelled him to renounce all claims to Arabia. The Hejaz thus again became subject to Turkish sway, and until 1914 Turkey continually extended its rule not only over Yemen, but also over the district of El-Hasa on the Persian Gulf.—Bibliography: Sir R. F. Burton, Pilgrimage to Medina and Mecca; E. Reclus, Les Arabes; C. M. Doughty, Arabia Deserta, and Wanderings in Arabia; G. W. Bury, Arabia Infelix; S. M. Zwemer, Arabia, the Cradle of Islam.

The history of Arabia before Muhammad is unclear. The earliest inhabitants are thought to have been Semitic. A large number of Jews moved into Arabia after Jerusalem was destroyed and, by converting many, they indirectly helped the spread of Muhammad's teachings. With his rise, the Arabians revolted and came together to promote the new faith; under the caliphs—the successors of Muhammad—they gained significant power and established large, influential kingdoms across three continents. (See Caliphs.) After the fall of the caliphate in Baghdad in 1258, a period of decline began, and the expulsion of the Moors from Spain marked the end of Arab foreign rule. In the sixteenth century, Turkey took control of Hejaz and Yemen, receiving nominal loyalty from the tribes in the rest of Arabia. Hejaz's loyalty was rejected at the start of the European War; however, Yemen gained independence in the seventeenth century and kept it until 1871, when it came under Turkish control again. In 1839, the British took over Aden. Oman became essentially independent from the caliphs early on and developed into a well-organized kingdom. In 1507, its capital, Maskat or Muscat, was occupied by the Portuguese, who were not expelled until 1659. The Wahabis emerged at the end of the eighteenth century and played a significant role in Arabian politics, but their advancement was halted by Muhammad Ali, the pasha of Egypt, who completely defeated them. He expanded his influence over much of the region, but events in Syria in 1840 forced him to give up all claims to Arabia. Thus, Hejaz fell back under Turkish control, and until 1914, Turkey continually extended its rule not only over Yemen but also over the El-Hasa region along the Persian Gulf. —References: Sir R. F. Burton, Pilgrimage to Medina and Mecca; E. Reclus, Les Arabes; C. M. Doughty, Arabia Deserta, and Wanderings in Arabia; G. W. Bury, Arabia Infelix; S. M. Zwemer, Arabia, the Cradle of Islam.

Arabian Language and Literature.—The Arabic language belongs to the Semitic dialects, among which it is distinguished for its richness, softness, and high degree of development. By the spread of Islam it became the sole written language and the prevailing speech in all South-Western Asia and Eastern and Northern Africa, and for a time in Southern Spain, in Malta, and in Sicily; and it is still used as a learned and sacred language wherever Islam is spread. Almost a third part of the Persian vocabulary consists of Arabic words, and there is the same proportion of Arabic in Turkish. The Arabic language is written in an alphabet of its own, which has also been adopted in writing Persian, Hindustani, Turkish, &c. As in all Semitic languages (except the Ethiopic), it is read from right to left. The vowels are usually omitted in Arabic manuscripts, only the consonants being written.

Arabian Language and Literature.—The Arabic language belongs to the Semitic dialects, notable for its richness, softness, and high level of development. With the spread of Islam, it became the primary written language and the dominant spoken language throughout South-Western Asia and Eastern and Northern Africa, and for a time in Southern Spain, Malta, and Sicily; it is still used as a learned and sacred language wherever Islam is present. Nearly a third of the Persian vocabulary is made up of Arabic words, and the same is true for Turkish, which also contains a similar proportion of Arabic. The Arabic language uses its own alphabet, which has also been adopted for writing Persian, Hindustani, Turkish, etc. Like all Semitic languages (except Ethiopic), it is read from right to left. In Arabic manuscripts, vowels are usually omitted, and only the consonants are written.

Poetry among the Arabs had a very early development, and before the time of Mahomet poetical contests were held and prizes awarded for the best pieces. The collection called the Moallakât contains seven pre-Mahommedan poems by seven authors. Many other poems belonging to the time before Mahomet, some [213]of equal age with those of the Moallakât, are also preserved in collections. Mahomet gave a new direction to Arab literature. The rules of faith and life which he laid down were collected by Abu-Bekr, first caliph after his death, and published by Othman, the third caliph, and constitute the Koran—the Mahommedan Bible. The progress of the Arabs in literature, the arts and sciences, may be said to have begun with the government of the caliphs of the family of the Abbassides, A.D. 749, at Bagdad, several of whom, as Harun al Rashid and Al Mamun, were munificent patrons of learning: and their example was followed by the Ommiades in Spain. In Spain were established numerous academies and schools, which were visited by students from other European countries; and important works were written on geography, history, philosophy, medicine, physics, mathematics, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. Most of the geography in the Middle Ages is the work of the Arabs, and their historians since the eighth century have been very numerous. The philosophy of the Arabs was of Greek origin, and derived principally from that of Aristotle. Numerous translations of the scientific works of Aristotle and other Greek philosophers were made, principally by Christian scholars who resided as physicians at the Courts of the caliphs. These were diligently studied in Bagdad, Damascus, and Cordova, and, being translated into Latin, became known in the west of Europe. Of their philosophical authors the most celebrated are Alfarabi (tenth century), Ibn Sina or Avicenna (died A.D. 1037), Alghazzali (died 1111), Ibn Roshd or Averroes (twelfth century), called by pre-eminence The Commentator, &c. In medicine they excelled all other nations in the Middle Ages, and they are commonly regarded as the earliest experimenters in chemistry. Their mathematics and astronomy were based on the works of Greek writers, but the former they enriched, simplified, and extended. It was by them that algebra was introduced to the Western peoples, and the Arabic numerals were similarly introduced. Astronomy they especially cultivated, for which famous schools and observatories were erected at Bagdad and Cordova. The Almagest of Ptolemy in an Arabic translation was early a textbook among them. Alongside of science poetry continued to be cultivated, but after the ninth or tenth centuries it grew more and more artificial. Among poets were Abu Nowas, Asmai, Abu Temmam, Motenabbi, Abul-Ala, Busiri, Tograi, and Hariri. Tales and romances in prose and verse were written. The tales of fairies, genii, enchanters, and sorcerers in particular passed from the Arabians to the Western nations, as in The Thousand and One Nights. Some of the books most widely read in the Middle Ages, such as The Seven Wise Masters, the Fables of Pilpay (or Bidpai), and the Romance of Antar found their way into Europe through the instrumentality of the Arabs. At the present day Arabic literature is almost confined to the production of commentaries and scholia, discussions on points of dogma and jurisprudence, and grammatical works on the classical language. There are a few newspapers published in Arabic.—Bibliography: C. Huart, History of Arabic Literature; R. A. Nicholson, Literary History of the Arabs.

Poetry among the Arabs developed very early on, and even before the time of Muhammad, poetical contests took place and prizes were awarded for the best works. The collection known as the Moallakât features seven pre-Muhammedan poems by seven different authors. Many other poems from before Muhammad's time, some just as old as those in the Moallakât, are also preserved in various collections. Muhammad gave a new direction to Arabic literature. The principles of faith and life that he established were gathered by Abu-Bakr, the first caliph after his death, and published by Othman, the third caliph, forming the Koran—the Muslim Bible. The Arab world's advancements in literature, arts, and sciences can be said to have started with the governance of the Abbasid caliphs beginning in CE 749 in Baghdad. Several of these caliphs, like Harun al-Rashid and Al Mamun, were generous supporters of learning, a trend that was also followed by the Umayyads in Spain. In Spain, many academies and schools were established, attracting students from other European countries. Important works were written in fields such as geography, history, philosophy, medicine, physics, mathematics, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. Much of the geography from the Middle Ages is attributed to the Arabs, and their historians since the eighth century have been very numerous. Arab philosophy was primarily derived from Greek thought, mainly from Aristotle. Numerous translations of the scientific works of Aristotle and other Greek philosophers were created, mainly by Christian scholars who served as physicians at the courts of the caliphs. These translations were studied diligently in Baghdad, Damascus, and Cordoba, and when they were translated into Latin, they became known in Western Europe. Among their most renowned philosophical writers are Alfarabi (tenth century), Ibn Sina or Avicenna (died CE 1037), Alghazzali (died 1111), and Ibn Roshd or Averroes (twelfth century), often referred to as The Commentator, etc. In medicine, they surpassed all other nations in the Middle Ages and are considered the earliest experimenters in chemistry. Their mathematics and astronomy were based on Greek works, but they enriched, simplified, and expanded the former. They introduced algebra to Western cultures, as well as Arabic numerals. Astronomy was particularly developed by them, with notable schools and observatories established in Baghdad and Cordoba. The Arabic translation of Ptolemy’s Almagest became an early textbook among them. Alongside scientific advancements, poetry continued to thrive, but became increasingly artificial after the ninth or tenth centuries. Notable poets included Abu Nowas, Asmai, Abu Temmam, Motenabbi, Abul-Ala, Busiri, Tograi, and Hariri. Tales and romances in both prose and verse were created. In particular, stories about fairies, genies, enchantments, and sorcerers passed from the Arabs to Western nations, as seen in The Thousand and One Nights. Some of the most widely read books during the Middle Ages, like The Seven Wise Masters, The Fables of Pilpay (or Bidpai), and The Romance of Antar, were introduced to Europe through the Arabs. Today, Arabic literature is mainly limited to commentaries and discussions on points of doctrine and jurisprudence, as well as grammatical works on the classical language. There are a few newspapers published in Arabic.—References: C. Huart, History of Arabic Literature; R. A. Nicholson, Literary History of the Arabs.

Arabian Architecture. See Moorish Architecture, Saracenic Architecture.

Arabian Architecture. See Moorish Architecture, Saracenic Architecture.

Arabian Gulf. See Red Sea.

Arabian Gulf. See Red Sea.

Arabian Nights, or The Thousand and One Nights, (Ar. Alf Layla wa-Layla), a celebrated collection of Eastern tales, based upon an old work, called Hazar Afsana, long current in the East, and supposed to have been derived by the Arabians from India, through the medium of Persia. They were first introduced into Europe in the beginning of the eighteenth century by means of the French translation of Antoine Galland. Of some of them no original MS. is known to exist; they were taken down by Galland from the oral communication of a Syrian friend. The story which connects the tales of The Thousand and One Nights is as follows: The Sultan Shahriyar, exasperated by the faithlessness of his bride, made a law that every one of his future wives should be put to death the morning after marriage. At length one of them, Sheherazade, the generous daughter of the grand-vizier, succeeded in abolishing the cruel custom. By the charm of her stories the fair narrator induced the sultan to defer her execution every day till the dawn of another, by breaking off in the middle of an interesting tale which she had begun to relate. In the form we possess them these tales belong to a comparatively late period, though the exact date of their composition is not known. Lane, who published a translation of a number of the tales, with valuable notes, is of opinion that they took their present form some time between 1475 and 1525. Sir Richard Burton's complete English translation was issued in 16 vols. (1885-8).

Arabian Nights, or The Thousand and One Nights, (Ar. Alf Layla wa-Layla), is a famous collection of Eastern stories, based on an older work called Hazar Afsana, which was popular in the East and is believed to have originated with the Arabians from India via Persia. They were first brought to Europe in the early eighteenth century through the French translation by Antoine Galland. Some of these tales have no known original manuscripts; Galland recorded them from the oral storytelling of a Syrian friend. The story that connects the tales of The Thousand and One Nights goes like this: Sultan Shahriyar, angered by his wife's betrayal, made a law that all his future wives would be executed the morning after their wedding. Eventually, one of his brides, Sheherazade, the clever daughter of the grand vizier, managed to put an end to this cruel practice. With her enchanting stories, she convinced the sultan to postpone her execution each day until the next dawn by leaving her tales unfinished at the most exciting parts. The versions we have today were compiled during a relatively later period, although the exact date of their creation is unknown. Lane, who published a translation of several tales with valuable notes, believes they took on their current form sometime between 1475 and 1525. Sir Richard Burton's complete English translation was published in 16 volumes from 1885 to 1888.

Arabian Sea, the part of the Indian Ocean between Arabia and India.

Arabian Sea, the section of the Indian Ocean located between Arabia and India.

Arabic Figures, the characters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0; of Indian origin, introduced into Europe by the Moors. They did not come into general use till after the invention of printing.

Arabic Numbers, the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0; originally from India and brought to Europe by the Moors. They didn't become widely used until after the invention of printing.

Ara´bi Pasha, Egyptian soldier and revolutionary leader, born 1839. In Sept., 1881, he headed a military revolt, and was for a time virtually dictator of Egypt. Britain interfered, and after a short campaign, beginning with the bombardment of Alexandria and ending with the [214]defeat of Arabi at Tel-el-Kebir, he surrendered, and was banished to Ceylon, being pardoned in 1900. He died in obscurity in Cairo in 1911.

Ara´bi Pasha, an Egyptian soldier and revolutionary leader, was born in 1839. In September 1881, he led a military uprising and was essentially the dictator of Egypt for a period. Britain intervened, and after a brief campaign that started with the bombardment of Alexandria and concluded with Arabi's defeat at Tel-el-Kebir, he surrendered and was exiled to Ceylon, later receiving a pardon in 1900. He died in relative obscurity in Cairo in 1911.

Arable Land, land which is fit for ploughing, and capable of being cultivated, as distinguished from grass-land, wood-land, common pasture, mountains, forests, morasses, and waste. In Government returns the term is applied to land that is actually under regular cultivation. The land capable of being cultivated amounts in England and Wales to about 25 per cent, and in Ireland to about 13 per cent. In the course of the last thirty or forty years there has, however, been a considerable diminution in the area of land actually cultivated, as a result of large foreign imports of grain and other agricultural products.

Arable Land refers to land that is suitable for plowing and can be farmed, as opposed to grassland, woodland, public pastures, mountains, forests, swamps, and barren land. In government reports, this term is used for land that is currently being regularly farmed. About 25 percent of land in England and Wales, and about 13 percent in Ireland, can be cultivated. However, over the last thirty to forty years, there has been a significant decrease in the amount of land actually being farmed, largely due to the increased importation of grain and other agricultural products from abroad.

Arabs. The Arabs, as a race, are of middle stature, of a powerful though slender build, and have a skin of a more or less brownish colour; in towns and the uplands often almost white. Their features are well cut, the nose straight, the forehead high. They are naturally active, intelligent, and courteous; and their character is marked by temperance, bravery, and hospitality. The first religion of the Arabs, the worship of the stars, was supplanted by the doctrines of Mahommedanism, which succeeded rapidly in establishing itself throughout Arabia. Besides the two principal sects of Islam, the Sunnites and the Shiites, there also exists, in considerable numbers, a third Mahommedan sect, the Wahabis, which arose in the latter half of the eighteenth century, and for a time possessed great political importance in the peninsula. The mode of life of the Arabs is either nomadic or settled. The nomadic tribes are termed Bedouins (or Bedawins), and among them are considered to be the Arabs of the purest blood.

Arabs. The Arabs, as a group, are typically of medium height, with a strong yet slender build, and have skin that ranges from a brownish tone to almost white in urban areas and higher altitudes. Their features are well-defined, with straight noses and high foreheads. They are naturally active, intelligent, and polite; their character is characterized by moderation, courage, and hospitality. The early religion of the Arabs, which involved the worship of the stars, was replaced by the teachings of Islam, which quickly spread throughout Arabia. In addition to the two main branches of Islam, the Sunnis and the Shiites, there is also a significant third group, the Wahhabis, which emerged in the late eighteenth century and held considerable political power in the region for a time. The lifestyle of the Arabs is either nomadic or settled. The nomadic tribes are known as Bedouins, and they are often regarded as the Arabs with the purest lineage.

Aracacha, or Arracacha (ar-a-kä'cha), a genus of umbelliferous plants of Southern and Central America. The root of A. esculenta is divided into several lobes, each of which is about the size of a large carrot. These are boiled like potatoes and largely eaten in South America.

Aracacha, or Arracacha (ar-a-kä'cha), is a type of umbelliferous plant found in Southern and Central America. The root of A. esculenta is split into several lobes, each roughly the size of a large carrot. These roots are boiled like potatoes and are widely consumed in South America.

Aracan (ar-a-kan'), the most northern division of Lower Burmah, on the Bay of Bengal; chief town and seaport Akyab. It was ceded to the English in 1826, as a result of the first Burmese war.

Aracan (ar-a-kan'), the northernmost part of Lower Burma, located on the Bay of Bengal; the main town and port is Akyab. It was handed over to the British in 1826 after the first Burmese war.

Araçari (a˙-ra˙-sä'rē), native name of a genus of brilliant birds (Pteroglossus) closely allied to the toucans, but generally smaller; natives of the warm parts of South America.

Araçari (a˙-ra˙-sä'rē), the native name for a genus of vibrant birds (Pteroglossus) that are closely related to toucans but are usually smaller; they are found in the warmer regions of South America.

Aracati (a˙-ra˙-ka˙-tē'), a Brazilian river-port, State of Ceará, on the River Jaguaribe, about 10 miles from its mouth. Exports hides and cotton. Pop. about 10,000.

Aracati (a˙-ra˙-ka˙-tē'), a river port in Brazil, located in the State of Ceará on the Jaguaribe River, approximately 10 miles from where it meets the ocean. It exports hides and cotton. Population is around 10,000.

Ara´ceæ, a nat. ord. of monocotyledonous plants, mostly tropical, having the genus Arum as the type. Most of the species have tuberous roots abounding in starch, which forms a wholesome food after the acrid juice has been washed out. See Arum, Caladium, Dumb-cane.

Ara´ceæ, a natural order of monocot plants, primarily found in tropical regions, with the genus Arum as its main example. Most species have tuberous roots rich in starch, which become a healthy food source once the bitter juice has been rinsed out. See Arum, Caladium, Dumb-cane.

Arachis (ar´a-kis), a genus of leguminous plants much cultivated in warm climates, and esteemed a valuable article of food. The most remarkable feature of the genus is that when the flower falls the stalk supporting the small undeveloped fruit lengthens, and bending towards the ground pushes the fruit into the ground, when it begins to enlarge and ripen. The pod of A. hypogœa (popularly called ground, earth, or pea nut) is of a pale-yellow colour, and contains two seeds the size of a hazel-nut, in flavour sweet as almonds, and yielding when pressed an excellent oil.

Arachis (ar-uh-kis) is a genus of leguminous plants commonly grown in warm climates and valued as a food source. The most notable feature of this genus is that when the flower falls, the stalk holding the small undeveloped fruit extends and bends toward the ground, pushing the fruit into the soil, where it begins to grow and mature. The pod of A. hypogœa (commonly known as groundnut, earthnut, or peanut) is pale yellow and contains two seeds the size of a hazelnut, which taste sweet like almonds and produce an excellent oil when pressed.

Arachnida (a-rak´ni-da; Gr. arachnē, a spider), a class of Arthropoda or higher Annulose animals including the Spiders, Scorpions, Mites, Ticks, &c. They have the body divided into a number of segments or somites, some of which have always articulated appendages (limbs, &c.). There is often a pair of nervous ganglia in each somite, although in some forms (as spiders) the nervous system becomes modified and concentrated. They are oviparous and somewhat resemble insects, but they have a united head and thorax, and do not undergo a metamorphosis similar to insects. They respire by tracheæ, by pulmonary sacs, or by the skin.

Arachnida (a-rak´ni-da; Gr. arachnē, a spider), a class of Arthropoda or higher Annulose animals that includes Spiders, Scorpions, Mites, Ticks, etc. Their bodies are divided into several segments or somites, some of which have articulated appendages (limbs, etc.). Often, there’s a pair of nervous ganglia in each somite, although in some species (like spiders) the nervous system becomes modified and concentrated. They lay eggs and somewhat resemble insects, but they have a fused head and thorax, and do not undergo a metamorphosis like insects do. They breathe through tracheae, pulmonary sacs, or their skin.

Ar´ack, or Ar´rack, a spirituous liquor manufactured in the East Indies from a great variety of substances. It is often distilled from fermented rice, or it may be distilled from the juice of the coco-nut and other palms. Pure arack is clear and transparent, of a yellowish or straw colour, and with a peculiar but agreeable taste and smell; it contains at least 52 to 54 per cent of alcohol.

Arak, or Arrack, is a strong alcoholic beverage made in the East Indies from a wide range of ingredients. It's often distilled from fermented rice, but it can also be made from the juice of coconuts and other palm trees. Pure arak is clear and transparent, with a yellowish or straw color, and has a distinct but pleasant taste and aroma; it contains at least 52 to 54 percent alcohol.

Arad (o'rod), a town of the former kingdom of Hungary, on the Maros, 30 miles north of Temeswar, divided by the river into O (Old) Arad and Uj (New) Arad, connected by a bridge; it has a fortress, and is an important railway centre, with a large trade and manufactures. The town is now within the confines of Roumania, Uj Arad being called Arodul Neo. Population of Old and New Arad together, 63,166.

Arad (o'rod), a town in the former kingdom of Hungary, located on the Maros River, 30 miles north of Temeswar, divided by the river into Old Arad and New Arad, connected by a bridge; it has a fortress and is an important railway hub, with significant trade and manufacturing. The town is now part of Romania, with New Arad being called Arodul Neo. The combined population of Old and New Arad is 63,166.

Ar´adus (now Ruad), an inlet about a mile in circumference lying 2 miles off the Syrian coast, 35 miles N. of Tripolis; the site of the Phœnician stronghold Arvad, a city second only to Tyre and Sidon; now occupied by about 3000 people, mainly fishermen.

Ar´adus (now Ruad), a small island about a mile around, is located 2 miles off the Syrian coast, 35 miles N. of Tripolis. It was the site of the Phoenician stronghold Arvad, a city that was only second to Tyre and Sidon. Today, it is home to about 3000 people, mostly fishermen.

Arafat´, or Jebel er Rahmeh ('Mountain of Mercy'), a hill in Arabia, about 200 feet high, with stone steps reaching to the summit, 15 miles south-east of Mecca; one of the principal objects of pilgrimage among Mahommedans, who [215]say that it was the place where Adam first received his wife Eve after they had been expelled from Paradise and separated from each other 120 years. A sermon delivered on the mount constitutes one great ceremony of the Hajj; or pilgrimage to Mecca, and entitles the hearer to the name and privileges of a Hajji or pilgrim.

Arafat, or Jebel er Rahmeh ('Mountain of Mercy'), is a hill in Arabia, about 200 feet high, with stone steps leading up to the top, located 15 miles southeast of Mecca. It’s one of the main pilgrimage sites for Muslims, who [215]believe it is where Adam first reunited with his wife Eve after they were expelled from Paradise and separated for 120 years. A sermon given on the mount is a key part of the Hajj; the pilgrimage to Mecca, and those who attend are granted the title and privileges of a Hajji or pilgrim.

Ar´ago, Dominique François, a French physicist, born in 1786, died at Paris in 1853. After studying in the Polytechnic School at Paris, he was appointed a secretary of the Bureau des Longitudes. In 1806 he was associated with Biot in completing in Spain the measurements of Delambre and Méchain to obtain an arc of the meridian. Before he got back to France he had been shipwrecked and narrowly escaped being enslaved at Algiers. In 1809 he was elected to the Academy of Sciences and appointed a professor at the Polytechnic School. He distinguished himself by his researches in the polarization of light, galvanism, magnetism, astronomy, &c. His discovery of the magnetic properties of substances devoid of iron, made known to the Academy of Sciences in 1824, procured him the Copley medal of the Royal Society of London in 1825. A further consideration of the same subject led to the equally remarkable discovery of the production of magnetism by electricity. He took part in the revolution of 1848, and held the office of Minister of War and Marine in the provisional Government. At the coup d'état of Dec., 1852, he refused to take the oath to the Government of Louis Napoleon, but the oath was not pressed. His works, which were posthumously collected and published, consist, besides his Astronomie Populaire, chiefly of contributions to learned societies, and biographical notices (éloges) of deceased members of the Academy of Sciences.

Arago, Dominique François, a French physicist, was born in 1786 and died in Paris in 1853. After studying at the Polytechnic School in Paris, he became the secretary of the Bureau des Longitudes. In 1806, he worked with Biot to finish the measurements of Delambre and Méchain in Spain to determine an arc of the meridian. Before returning to France, he was shipwrecked and narrowly escaped being enslaved in Algiers. In 1809, he was elected to the Academy of Sciences and became a professor at the Polytechnic School. He excelled in his research on light polarization, galvanism, magnetism, astronomy, etc. His discovery of the magnetic properties of substances without iron, presented to the Academy of Sciences in 1824, earned him the Copley medal from the Royal Society of London in 1825. Further investigation into this topic led to his remarkable discovery that electricity can produce magnetism. He participated in the revolution of 1848 and served as Minister of War and Marine in the provisional Government. During the coup d'état in December 1852, he refused to take an oath to Louis Napoleon's government, but he was not pressured to do so. His works, published posthumously, include his Astronomie Populaire and mostly consist of contributions to learned societies and biographical notices (éloges) of deceased Academy of Sciences members.

Arago, Emmanuel, son of Dominique François, French advocate and politician, was born at Paris in 1812; called to the bar 1837; took part in the revolution of 1848; renounced politics after the coup d'état of Dec., 1852, but continued to practise at the bar. After the fall of the Empire he again took a prominent part in public affairs, and held several important offices. He is author of a volume of poems and many theatrical pieces. He died in 1896.

Arago, Emmanuel, son of Dominique François, was a French lawyer and politician, born in Paris in 1812. He was called to the bar in 1837 and participated in the revolution of 1848. After the coup d'état of December 1852, he stepped back from politics but continued to practice law. Following the fall of the Empire, he became actively involved in public affairs again and held several important positions. He authored a volume of poetry and numerous plays. He passed away in 1896.

Arago, Étienne, brother of Dominique Arago, born 1802, died 1892. He founded the journals La Réforme and Le Figaro; was director of the Théâtre du Vaudeville, 1829; took part in the revolution of 1848; was condemned to transportation, 1849; fled from France, but returned in 1859; was mayor of Paris during the Franco-Prussian war, and appointed archivist to the École des Beaux Arts, 1878. He was author of upwards of 100 dramas, La Vie de Molière, Les Bleus et les Blancs, and other works.

Arago, Étienne, brother of Dominique Arago, born in 1802 and died in 1892. He founded the magazines La Réforme and Le Figaro; was the director of the Théâtre du Vaudeville in 1829; participated in the revolution of 1848; was sentenced to exile in 1849; fled from France but returned in 1859; served as mayor of Paris during the Franco-Prussian war; and was appointed archivist to the École des Beaux Arts in 1878. He wrote over 100 plays, including La Vie de Molière, Les Bleus et les Blancs, and other works.

Aragon´, Kingdom of, a former province or kingdom of Spain, now divided into three provinces of Teruel, Huesca, and Saragossa; bounded on the N. by the Pyrenees, N.W. by Navarre, W. by Castile, S. by Valencia, and E. by Catalonia; length about 190 miles, average breadth 90 miles; area, 18,298 sq. miles. It was governed by its own monarchs until the union with Castile on the marriage of Ferdinand and Isabella (1469).

Aragon, once a province or kingdom of Spain, is now split into three provinces: Teruel, Huesca, and Zaragoza. It is bordered to the N. by the Pyrenees, N.W. by Navarre, W. by Castile, S. by Valencia, and E. by Catalonia. Its length is about 190 miles, average width is 90 miles, and it covers an area of 18,298 sq. miles. It was ruled by its own kings until the union with Castile through the marriage of Ferdinand and Isabella in 1469.

Arago´na, a town in Sicily, 8 miles N.N.E. of Girgenti. Pop. 16,000. In the neighbourhood is the mud volcano of Macculuba.

Aragona, a town in Sicily, 8 miles NNE of Girgenti. Population 16,000. Nearby is the mud volcano of Macculuba.

Aragonite, a mineral formed of calcium carbonate crystallized in the rhombic system; specific gravity 2.94 (compare Calcite). Aragonite passes into calcite in the course of geological time, but is important as the mineral precipitated to form the oolitic limestones of warm seas, and from being the material of most molluscan shells. It was first found in Aragon.

Aragonite is a mineral made of calcium carbonate that crystallizes in a rhombic structure; its specific gravity is 2.94 (see Calcite). Over time, aragonite transforms into calcite, but it plays a key role as the mineral that forms oolitic limestones in warm seas and is the main component of most molluscan shells. It was first discovered in Aragon.

Araguaya (a˙-ra˙-gwī'a˙), a Brazilian river, principal affluent of the Tocantins; rises about the 18th degree of S. lat.; in its course northwards forms the boundary between the two States of Matto Grosso and Goyaz, and falls into the Tocantins near lat. 6° S.; length, about 1300 miles, of which over 1000 are navigable.

Araguaya (a˙-ra˙-gwī'a˙), is a Brazilian river and the main tributary of the Tocantins. It originates near the 18th degree of S. latitude. As it flows northward, it forms the boundary between the states of Mato Grosso and Goiás, eventually merging into the Tocantins near 6° S. latitude. The river is approximately 1300 miles long, with over 1000 miles being navigable.

A´ral, a salt-water lake in Asia, in Russian territory, about 150 miles W. of the Caspian Sea, between 43° 42´ and 46° 44´ N. lat., and 58° 18´ and 61° 46´ E. long.; length 270 miles, breadth 165; area, 26,650 sq. miles (or not much smaller than Scotland). It stands 240 feet above the level of the Caspian, and 160 feet above the Mediterranean. It receives the Amu Darya or Oxus and the Syr Darya or Jaxartes, and contains a multitude of sturgeon and other fish. It is encircled by desert sandy tracts, and its shores are without harbours. It has no outlet. The Aral contains a large number of small islands; steamers have been placed on it by the Russians.

Aral, a saltwater lake in Asia, located in Russian territory, about 150 miles W. of the Caspian Sea, lies between 43° 42′ and 46° 44′ N. latitude, and 58° 18′ and 61° 46′ E. longitude. It stretches 270 miles in length and 165 miles in width, covering an area of 26,650 square miles (which is not much smaller than Scotland). The lake is 240 feet above the level of the Caspian Sea and 160 feet above the Mediterranean Sea. It receives water from the Amu Darya (Oxus) and the Syr Darya (Jaxartes) and is home to many sturgeon and other fish species. Surrounded by sandy desert, its shores lack harbors. The Aral has no outlet and contains numerous small islands; steamers have been deployed on it by the Russians.

Ara´lia, a genus of plants with small flowers arranged in umbels and succulent berries, the type of the nat. ord. Araliaceæ, which is nearly related to the Umbelliferæ, but the species are of a more shrubby habit. They are natives chiefly of tropical or sub-tropical countries, and in Britain are represented by the ivy; ginseng belongs to the order. From the pith of A. papyrifĕra is obtained the Chinese rice-paper.

Ara´lia is a genus of plants featuring small flowers grouped in umbels and juicy berries. It belongs to the natural order Araliaceæ, which is closely related to Umbelliferæ, but the species tend to be more shrub-like. These plants mostly grow in tropical or subtropical regions and are represented in Britain by ivy; ginseng is also part of this order. The pith of A. papyrifĕra is used to make Chinese rice paper.

A´ram, Eugene, a self-taught scholar whose unhappy fate has been made the subject of a ballad by Hood and a romance by Lord Lytton, was born in Yorkshire, 1704, executed for murder, 1759. In 1734 he set up a school at Knaresborough. About 1745 a shoemaker of that place, named Daniel Clarke, was suddenly missing under suspicious circumstances; and no light was thrown on the matter till full thirteen [216]years afterwards, when an expression dropped by one Richard Houseman, respecting the discovery of a skeleton supposed to be Clarke's, caused him to be taken into custody. From his confession an order was issued for the apprehension of Aram, who had long quitted Yorkshire, and was at the time acting as usher at the grammar-school at Lynn. He was brought to trial on 3rd Aug., 1759, at York, where, notwithstanding an able and eloquent defence which he made before the court, he was convicted of the murder of Clarke, and sentenced to death. He was among the first to recognize the affinity of the Celtic to the other European languages, and under favourable circumstances might have done some valuable work in philological science.—Cf. W. Bristow, The Genuine Account of the Life and Trial of Eugene Aram.

A´ram, Eugene, a self-taught scholar whose tragic story has been featured in a ballad by Hood and a novel by Lord Lytton, was born in Yorkshire in 1704 and executed for murder in 1759. In 1734, he established a school in Knaresborough. Around 1745, a local shoemaker named Daniel Clarke disappeared under suspicious circumstances, and it wasn’t until thirteen [216]years later that Richard Houseman mentioned the discovery of a skeleton believed to be Clarke's, leading to his arrest. His confession prompted a warrant for Aram’s arrest, who had long left Yorkshire and was then working as an usher at the grammar school in Lynn. He was tried on August 3, 1759, in York, where, despite delivering a strong and persuasive defense, he was found guilty of Clarke’s murder and sentenced to death. He was one of the first to recognize the connection between Celtic and other European languages, and under better circumstances, he could have made significant contributions to philological science.—Cf. W. Bristow, The Genuine Account of the Life and Trial of Eugene Aram.

Aramæ´an, or Aramaic. See Semitic Languages, Syriac.

Aramaic. See Semitic Languages, Syriac.

Ar´an, an island lying off the W. coast of Donegal, Ireland, has an area of 4335 acres, a lighthouse, and a pop. of 1308, chiefly engaged in fishing.—Also called North Island of Aran, or Arranmore.

Ar'an, an island off the west coast of Donegal, Ireland, has an area of 4,335 acres, a lighthouse, and a population of 1,308, primarily involved in fishing. —Also known as North Island of Aran or Arranmore.

Arane´idæ, the spider family.

Aranéidæ, the spider family.

Aran Islands, or South Islands of Aran, three islands at the mouth of Galway Bay, off the W. coast of Ireland. The largest, Aranmore or Inishmore, comprises 7635 acres, and has a pop. of 2592; the next, Inishmaan, 2252 acres, pop. 473; and the least, Inishere, 1400 acres, pop. 456. They are remarkable for a number of architectural remains of a very early date. The inhabitants are chiefly engaged in agriculture and fishing.

Aran Islands, or South Islands of Aran, are three islands located at the entrance of Galway Bay, off the west coast of Ireland. The largest, Aranmore or Inishmore, covers 7,635 acres and has a population of 2,592; the second largest, Inishmaan, is 2,252 acres with a population of 473; and the smallest, Inishere, spans 1,400 acres with a population of 456. They are notable for several ancient architectural remains. The local residents primarily work in agriculture and fishing.

Aranjuez (a˙-ra˙n-hu¨-eth´), a small town and palace in Spain, 30 miles from Madrid, with splendid gardens laid out by Philip II. The Court used to reside here from Easter till the close of June, when the number of people increased from 4000 to 20,000. It has a wireless station. Pop. 12,000.

Aranjuez (a˙-ra˙n-hu¨-eth´), a small town and palace in Spain, 30 miles from Madrid, featuring beautiful gardens designed by Philip II. The Court used to stay here from Easter until the end of June, when the population swelled from 4,000 to 20,000. It has a wireless station. Pop. 12,000.

Arany (o-ron´y), Janos, Hungarian poet, born 1817, died 1882. He was for some time a strolling player, but became professor of Latin at the Normal School of Szalonta, professor of Hungarian literature at Nagy Körös, and secretary of the Hungarian Academy. Author of The Lost Constitution, Katalin, and a series of three connected narrative poems on the fortunes of Toldi.

Arany (o-ron´y), Janos, Hungarian poet, born 1817, died 1882. He was once a traveling performer but later became a Latin professor at the Normal School of Szalonta, a professor of Hungarian literature at Nagy Körös, and the secretary of the Hungarian Academy. He wrote The Lost Constitution, Katalin, and a trilogy of connected narrative poems about the adventures of Toldi.

Arap´ahoes, a tribe of American Indians located near the head-waters of the Arkansas and Platte Rivers. They number in all about 2000.

Arapahoes, a tribe of Native Americans located near the headwaters of the Arkansas and Platte Rivers. Their population is roughly 2,000.

Arapaima (a-ra-pī´ma), a genus of South American fresh-water fishes, ord. Physostomi, family Osteoglossidæ, one species of which (A. gigas) grows to the length of 15 or 16 feet, and forms a valuable article of food in Brazil and Guiana. It is covered with large bony scales, and has a bare and bony head.

Arapaima (a-ra-pī´ma), a genus of fresh-water fish from South America, order Physostomi, family Osteoglossidæ, includes one species (A. gigas) that can reach lengths of 15 or 16 feet. It is an important food source in Brazil and Guiana. This fish has large bony scales and a bare, bony head.

Ar´arat, a celebrated mountain in Armenia, an isolated volcanic mass showing two separate cones known as the Great and Little Ararat, resting on a common base and separated by a deep intervening depression. The elevations are: Great Ararat, 16,916 feet; Little Ararat, 12,840 feet; the connecting ridge, 8780 feet. Vegetation extends to 14,200 feet, which marks the snow-line. According to the Bible Mount Ararat was the resting-place of the Ark when the waters of the Flood abated.

Ararat, a famous mountain in Armenia, is an isolated volcanic formation with two distinct cones called the Great and Little Ararat, which share a common base and are separated by a deep valley. The heights are: Great Ararat, 16,916 feet; Little Ararat, 12,840 feet; the connecting ridge, 8,780 feet. Vegetation can be found up to 14,200 feet, which marks the snow line. According to the Bible, Mount Ararat was where the Ark came to rest after the Flood waters receded.

Araro´ba, or Arraroba, the powdered bark of Andīra ararōba. See Andira.

Araro'ba, or Arraroba, the powdered bark of Andīra ararōba. See Andira.

A´ras (the ancient Araxes), a river of Asia Minor, rising S. of Erzerum at the foot of the Bingol-dagh; it flows for some miles through South Caucasia, turning eastwards to the Erivan plain N. of Ararat. It then sweeps in a semi-circle mostly between Caucasia and Persia round to its confluence with the Kur, 60 miles from its mouth in the Caspian; length, 500 miles.

A´ras (the ancient Araxes), a river in Asia Minor, rises S. of Erzerum at the foot of the Bingol-dagh. It flows for several miles through South Caucasia, then turns east towards the Erivan plain N. of Ararat. From there, it curves in a semi-circle mostly between Caucasia and Persia until it merges with the Kur, 60 miles from where it flows into the Caspian Sea; its total length is 500 miles.

Ara´tus, a Greek poet, born at Soli in Cilicia; lived about 270 B.C.; was a favourite of Ptolemy Philadelphus. His poem Phænomena is a version of a prose work on astronomy by Eudoxus; one verse of it is quoted by St. Paul in his address to the Athenians (Acts, xvii, 28).

Ara´tus, a Greek poet, was born in Soli, Cilicia, around 270 B.C.; he was a favorite of Ptolemy Philadelphus. His poem Phænomena is a version of a prose work on astronomy by Eudoxus; one line from it is quoted by St. Paul in his speech to the Athenians (Acts, xvii, 28).

Ara´tus of Sicyon, a statesman of ancient Greece, born 272 B.C. In 251 B.C. he overthrew the tyrant of Sicyon and joined that city to the Achæan League, which he greatly extended. He accepted the aid of Antigonus Doson, King of Macedon, against the Spartans, and became in time little more than the adviser of the Macedonian king, who had now made the League dependent on himself. He is said to have been poisoned by Philip V of Macedon, 213 B.C.

Ara´tus of Sicyon, a statesman from ancient Greece, was born in 272 BCE In 251 BCE, he overthrew the tyrant of Sicyon and joined the city to the Achæan League, which he significantly expanded. He accepted the help of Antigonus Doson, King of Macedon, in his fight against the Spartans, and over time became little more than an advisor to the Macedonian king, who had made the League depend on him. It is said that he was poisoned by Philip V of Macedon in 213 BCE

Arauca´nians, a South American native race in the southern part of Chile, occupying a territory stretching from about 37° to 40° of S. lat. They are warlike and more civilized than many of the native races of S. America, and maintained almost unceasing war with the Spaniards from 1537 to 1773, when their independence was recognized by Spain, though their territory was much curtailed. Their early contests with the Spaniards were celebrated in Ercilla's Spanish poem Araucana. With the Republic of Chile they were long at feud, and in 1861 had at their head a French adventurer named Antoine de Tounens, who claimed the title of king. In 1882 they submitted to Chile. The Chilian province of Arauco receives its name from them.

Araucanians, a South American native group in the southern part of Chile, occupy a territory that extends from about 37° to 40° S latitude. They are fierce and more advanced than many other native groups in South America, and they engaged in almost continual conflict with the Spaniards from 1537 to 1773, when Spain officially recognized their independence, although their territory was significantly reduced. Their early battles with the Spaniards were famously chronicled in Ercilla's Spanish poem Araucana. They had a long-standing feud with the Republic of Chile, and in 1861, they were led by a French adventurer named Antoine de Tounens, who claimed the title of king. In 1882, they submitted to Chile. The Chilean province of Arauco is named after them.

Araucaria Chile pine (Araucaria imbricāta)

Arauca´ria, a genus of trees of the coniferous or pine order, indigenous to Australasia and South America. The species are large evergreen trees with pretty large, stiff, flattened, and [217]generally imbricated leaves, verticillate spreading branches, and bearing large cones, each scale having a single large seed. The species A. imbricāta (the Chile pine or monkey-puzzle), with hard, sharp, pointed leaves, was introduced into Britain in 1796. It is a native of the mountains of Southern Chile, where it forms vast forests and yields a hard durable wood. Its seeds are eaten when roasted. The Moreton Bay pine of New South Wales (A. Cunninghamii) supplies a valuable timber used in house and boat building, in making furniture, and in other carpenter work. A species, A. excelsa, or Norfolk Island pine, abounds in several of the South Sea Islands, where it attains a height of 220 feet with a circumference of 30 feet, and is described as one of the most beautiful of trees. Its foliage is light and graceful, and quite unlike that of A. imbricata, having nothing of its stiff formality. Its timber is of some value, being white, tough, and close-grained.

Araucaria is a genus of trees in the conifer or pine family, native to Australasia and South America. These species are large evergreen trees featuring sizable, stiff, flattened, and [217]generally overlapping leaves, with whorled spreading branches and large cones, each containing a single large seed. The species A. imbricata (the Chile pine or monkey-puzzle), known for its hard, sharp, pointed leaves, was introduced to Britain in 1796. It originates from the mountains of Southern Chile, where it grows in vast forests and produces hard, durable wood. Its seeds can be eaten when roasted. The Moreton Bay pine of New South Wales (A. Cunninghamii) provides valuable timber that's used in house and boat construction, furniture making, and other woodworking applications. Another species, A. excelsa, or Norfolk Island pine, is abundant in several South Sea Islands, reaching heights of 220 feet with a girth of 30 feet, and is considered one of the most beautiful trees. Its foliage is light and graceful, differing greatly from that of A. imbricata, lacking its stiff formality. Its timber is valuable as well, being white, tough, and close-grained.

Arau´co, a province of Chile, named from the Araucanian Indians; area, 2189 sq. miles; pop. 73,260; capital, Lebu.

Arauco, a province in Chile, named after the Araucanian Indians; area, 2,189 square miles; population, 73,260; capital, Lebu.

Araval´li Hills, a range of Indian mountains running N.E. and S.W. across the Rajputána country, which they separate into two natural divisions—desert plains on the N.W. and fertile lands on the S.E.; highest point, Mount Abu (5653 feet).

Aravali Hills, a mountain range in India that stretches N/A to S.W. across the Rajputana region, divides the area into two natural sections—arid plains in the N.W. and lush lands in the S.E.; the tallest peak is Mount Abu (5653 feet).

Araxes. See Aras.

Araxes. See Aras.

Ar´băces, one of the generals of Sardanapälus, King of Assyria. He revolted and defeated his master, and became the founder of the Median Empire in 846 B.C.

Arbaces, one of the generals of Sardanapalus, King of Assyria. He rebelled and defeated his ruler, becoming the founder of the Median Empire in 846 BCE

Ar´balist. See Cross-bow.

Arbalest. See Crossbow.

Arbe´la (now Erbil), a place in the vilayet of Bagdad, giving name to the decisive battle fought by Alexander the Great against Darius, at Gaugamela, about 50 miles distant from it, 1st Oct., 331 B.C.

Arbe´la (now Erbil), a location in the Bagdad province, is known for the significant battle fought by Alexander the Great against Darius at Gaugamela, approximately 50 miles away, on October 1st, 331 BCE

Arbitrage (a˙r´bi-tra˙zh), or Arbitration of Exchanges, an operation or calculation by which the currency of one country is converted into that of another through the medium of intervening currencies, for the purpose of ascertaining whether direct or indirect drafts and remittances are preferable.—Arbitrageur (a˙r´bi-tra˙-zheur) is one who makes calculations of currency exchanges. See Stock Exchange.

Arbitrage (a˙r´bi-tra˙zh), or Arbitration of Exchanges, is a process or calculation where the currency of one country is converted into that of another using intermediate currencies, to determine whether direct or indirect drafts and remittances are better. — Arbitrageur (a˙r´bi-tra˙-zheur) refers to someone who calculates currency exchanges. See Stock Exchange.

Arbitra´tion, the hearing and determination of a cause between parties in controversy, by a person or persons chosen by the parties. This may be done by one person, but it is common to choose more than one. Frequently two are nominated, one by each party, with a third, the umpire (or, in Scotland, sometimes the oversman), who is called on to decide in case of the primary arbitrators differing. In such a case the umpire may be agreed upon either by the parties themselves, or by the arbitrators when they have received authority from the parties to the dispute to settle this point. The determination of arbitrators is called an award. By the law of England the authority of an arbitrator cannot be revoked by any of the parties without the leave of the court or of a judge.—Bibliography: Russell, Arbitration; Redman, Arbitration; Scots Law, see Bell, On Arbitration; American Law, see Morse, Law of Arbitration; R. G. Morris, International Arbitration.

Arbitration is the process of hearing and resolving a dispute between parties by a person or team chosen by those involved. This can be handled by one person, but it's common to select more than one. Typically, two arbitrators are appointed, one by each party, along with a third, known as the umpire (or, in Scotland, sometimes called the oversman), who steps in to make a decision if the initial arbitrators disagree. In such a scenario, the umpire can be agreed upon either by the parties or by the arbitrators if they've been authorized by the parties in the dispute to finalize this decision. The resolution provided by the arbitrators is referred to as an award. Under English law, an arbitrator's authority cannot be revoked by any of the parties without the permission of a court or a judge.—References: Russell, Arbitration; Redman, Arbitration; Scots Law, see Bell, On Arbitration; American Law, see Morse, Law of Arbitration; R. G. Morris, International Arbitration.

Ar´blast. See Cross-bow.

Crossbow. See Cross-bow.

Arbo´ga, an old Swedish city, province of Westmannland; once an important commercial town, now only of historical interest from having been at one time a residence of the family of Vasa, the scene of Church assemblies and national diets, and for the antiquities in its neighbourhood. Pop. 5050.

Arboga, an old Swedish city in the province of Västmanland; once a significant commercial town, now mainly of historical interest as it was once the residence of the Vasa family, the site of church gatherings and national assemblies, and due to the nearby historical artifacts. Population: 5,050.

Arbois (a˙r-bwä), a town of France, department of Jura; famous for its wines. Pop. 5000.

Arbois (ar-bwä), a town in France, in the Jura department; known for its wines. Population 5,000.

Arbor Day, a day officially set apart in the United States for the annual planting of trees by the people, and especially by school-children. The custom was instituted in 1872.

Arbor Day is a day officially designated in the United States for the yearly planting of trees by people, especially schoolchildren. This tradition was established in 1872.

Arbore´tum (Lat. arbor, a tree), a place in which a collection of different trees and shrubs is cultivated for scientific or educational purposes. The largest arboretum in Britain, perhaps the finest in the whole world, is that of the Royal Gardens, at Kew, inaugurated in 1762, to which 180 acres are now devoted. Next in celebrity [218]are the arboreta at Edinburgh (Inverleith) and at Dublin (Glasnevin), the Botanical Gardens at Oxford, and the Botanic Gardens at Glasgow. Other arboreta are that of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, and the Arnold Arboretum, at Jamaica Plain, Boston. The term arboretum has also been applied in a restricted sense, as in the Arboretum Fruticetum Britannicum, the monumental work by J. C. Loudon.

Arboretum (Latin arbor, meaning tree) is a place where a variety of trees and shrubs are grown for scientific or educational purposes. The largest arboretum in Britain, and arguably the finest in the world, is the Royal Gardens at Kew, established in 1762, which now covers 180 acres. Following closely in fame are the arboreta in Edinburgh (Inverleith) and Dublin (Glasnevin), as well as the Botanical Gardens in Oxford and the Botanic Gardens in Glasgow. Other notable arboreta include the Jardin des Plantes in Paris and the Arnold Arboretum in Jamaica Plain, Boston. The term arboretum has also been used in a more specific way, as seen in Arboretum Fruticetum Britannicum, the important work by J. C. Loudon.

Ar´boriculture includes the culture of trees and shrubs, as well as all that pertains to the preparation of the soil, the sowing of the seeds, and the treatment of the plants in their young state, the preparation of the land previous to their final transplantation, their just adaptation to soil and situation, their relative growth and progress to maturity, their management during growth, and the proper season and period for felling them.

Arboriculture involves the cultivation of trees and shrubs, along with everything related to soil preparation, seed planting, and caring for young plants. It includes preparing the land before their final transplanting, ensuring they’re appropriately suited to the soil and location, managing their growth and development into maturity, taking care of them as they grow, and knowing the right seasons and times for harvesting them.

Arbor Vitæ (literally, 'tree of life'), the name of several coniferous trees of the genus Thuja, allied to the cypress, with flattened branchlets, and small imbricated or scale-like leaves. The name is derived from valuable medicinal properties having formerly been ascribed to the aromatic resin they mostly yield. Those generally cultivated in Britain are: the common Arbor Vitæ (Thuja occidentālis), a native of North America, where it grows to a height of 40 or 50 feet, introduced into Britain about 1566; the giant Arbor Vitæ or Red Cedar (Thuja gigantea), introduced in 1854; and the Chinese Arbor Vitæ (Thuja orientālis).

Arbor Vitæ (literally, 'tree of life') refers to several types of coniferous trees in the genus Thuja, which are related to cypress. These trees have flattened branchlets and small, overlapping or scale-like leaves. The name comes from the valuable medicinal properties that were once attributed to the aromatic resin they mainly produce. The varieties commonly grown in Britain include: the common Arbor Vitæ (Thuja occidentālis), native to North America, where it can grow to a height of 40 or 50 feet, and was introduced to Britain around 1566; the giant Arbor Vitæ or Red Cedar (Thuja gigantea), which was introduced in 1854; and the Chinese Arbor Vitæ (Thuja orientālis).

Arbroath (ar-brōth´), or Aberbrothock, a royal municipal and police burgh and seaport in the county of Forfar, Scotland, at the mouth of the small River Brothock. Its ancient abbey, founded by William the Lion in 1178, and dedicated to Saints Mary and Thomas à Becket, is now a picturesque ruin. There are numerous flax and hemp spinning-mills and factories, and much canvas and linen is made; also tanning, shoemaking, and fishing, and a small shipping trade, but the harbour is bad. Pop. 19,499. It unites with Montrose, Forfar, Brechin, and Inverbervie (the Montrose burghs) in sending a member to Parliament.

Arbroath (ar-broht), or Aberbrothock, is a royal municipal and police burgh and seaport located in Forfar County, Scotland, at the mouth of the small River Brothock. Its historic abbey, established by William the Lion in 1178 and dedicated to Saints Mary and Thomas à Becket, now stands as a charming ruin. The town has many flax and hemp spinning mills and factories, producing a lot of canvas and linen; it also engages in tanning, shoemaking, and fishing, along with a small shipping trade, although the harbor is not very good. Population: 19,499. It collaborates with Montrose, Forfar, Brechin, and Inverbervie (the Montrose burghs) to send a representative to Parliament.

Arbuth´not, John, an eminent physician and distinguished wit, born at Arbuthnot, Kincardineshire, Scotland, 1667, died 1735. He received the degree of Doctor of Medicine at the University of St. Andrews, and went to London, where he soon distinguished himself by his writings and by his skill in his profession. In 1704 he was chosen Fellow of the Royal Society, and soon after he was appointed physician extraordinary, and then physician in ordinary to Queen Anne. About this time he became intimate with Swift, Pope, Gay, and other wits of the day. His writings, other than professional or scientific, include his contributions (in conjunction with Swift and Pope) to the Memoirs of Martinus Scriblerus, History of John Bull, Art of Political Lying, &c. He was conspicuous not only for learning and wit, but also for worth and humanity.

Arbuthnot, John, a prominent physician and notable wit, born in Arbuthnot, Kincardineshire, Scotland, in 1667, died in 1735. He earned his Doctor of Medicine degree from the University of St. Andrews and moved to London, where he quickly made a name for himself through his writings and professional skills. In 1704, he was elected as a Fellow of the Royal Society, and shortly after, he was appointed as physician extraordinary, then physician in ordinary to Queen Anne. Around this time, he became close with Swift, Pope, Gay, and other prominent intellectuals of the period. His writings, aside from professional or scientific works, include contributions (along with Swift and Pope) to the Memoirs of Martinus Scriblerus, History of John Bull, Art of Political Lying, etc. He was known not just for his intellect and humor, but also for his integrity and compassion.

Ar´butus, a genus of plants belonging to the Ericaceæ, or heath order, and comprising a number of small trees and shrubs, natives chiefly of Europe and N. America. Arbŭtus Unĕdo abounds near the lakes of Killarney, where its fine foliage adds charms to the scenery. The bright red or yellow berries, somewhat like the strawberry, have an unpleasant taste and narcotic properties. The Corsicans make wine from them. The trailing arbutus or may-flower of N. America, a plant with fragrant and beautiful blossoms, is Epigæa repens, of the same nat. ord.

Arbutus is a genus of plants in the Ericaceae family, which includes several small trees and shrubs, primarily found in Europe and North America. Arbutus unedo thrives near the lakes of Killarney, where its lush leaves enhance the beauty of the landscape. The bright red or yellow berries, resembling strawberries, have an unpleasant taste and contain narcotic properties. People in Corsica make wine from these berries. The trailing arbutus or mayflower of North America, known for its fragrant and lovely flowers, is Epigaea repens, which belongs to the same family.

Arc, a portion of a curved line, especially of a circle. It is by means of circular arcs that all angles are measured.—Electric or Voltaic arc, the luminous arc of intense brightness and excessively high temperature which is formed by an electric current in crossing over the interval of space between the carbon points of an electric lamp. See Arc-light.

Arc, a part of a curved line, especially a circle. It’s through circular arcs that all angles are measured.—Electric or Voltaic arc, the bright and very hot arc created when an electric current passes through the space between the carbon tips of an electric lamp. See Arc-light.

Arc, Jeanne d'. See Joan of Arc.

Arc, Jeanne d'. See Joan of Arc.

Ar´ca, a genus of bivalve molluscs, family Arcadæ, whose shells are known as ark-shells.

Arca, a genus of bivalve mollusks, family Arcadæ, whose shells are known as ark-shells.

Arcachon (a˙r-ka˙-shōn˙), a town of S.W. France, department Gironde, on the almost landlocked basin of Arcachon, a much-frequented bathing-place, with great oyster-breeding establishments. It is connected by railway with Bordeaux. Pop. 10,266.

Arcachon (a˙r-ka˙-shōn˙), a town in S.W. France, in the Gironde department, located on the nearly landlocked Arcachon Basin. It’s a popular beach destination, known for its extensive oyster farming. The town is connected to Bordeaux by train. Population: 10,266.

Arcade, a series of arches supported on piers or pillars, used generally as a screen and support of a roof, or of the wall of a building, and having beneath the covered part an ambulatory as round a cloister, or a footpath with shops or dwellings, as frequently seen in old Italian towns. Sometimes a porch or other prominent part of an important building is treated with arcades. At the present day Bologna, Padua, and Berne have fine examples of mediæval arcaded streets, and among more modern work various streets in Turin, and the Rue de Rivoli, Paris, are lined with arcades, with shops underneath. In mediæval architecture the term arcade is also applied to a series of arches supported on pillars forming an ornamental dressing or enrichment of a wall, a mode of treatment of very frequent occurrence in the towers, apses, and other parts of churches. In modern use the name arcade is often applied to a passage or narrow street containing shops arched over and covered with glass, as for example the Burlington Arcade, London, the Royal Arcade at Newcastle, and the Gallería Vittorio Emmanuele in Milan. [219]

Arcade, a series of arches supported by piers or pillars, is typically used to provide a screen and support for a roof or wall of a building, often featuring a walkway underneath, similar to a cloister, or a path with shops or homes, as commonly seen in historic Italian towns. Sometimes, a porch or another key part of an important building includes arcades. Today, Bologna, Padua, and Bern showcase beautiful examples of medieval arcaded streets, and in more modern architecture, various streets in Turin and the Rue de Rivoli in Paris are lined with arcades that house shops underneath. In medieval architecture, the term arcade also refers to a series of arches on pillars that serve as decorative elements on a wall, a common feature in the towers, apses, and other sections of churches. In contemporary use, the word arcade often describes a passage or narrow street with shops covered by arches and glass roofs, such as the Burlington Arcade in London, the Royal Arcade in Newcastle, and the Galleria Vittorio Emmanuele in Milan. [219]

Arca´dia, the central and most mountainous portion of the Peloponnesus (Morea), the inhabitants of which in ancient times were celebrated for simplicity of character and manners. Their occupation was almost entirely pastoral, and thus the country came to be regarded as typical of rural simplicity and happiness. At the present day Arcadia forms a nomarchy of the kingdom of Greece. Area, 2028 sq. miles. Pop. 162,324.

Arcadia, the central and most mountainous part of the Peloponnesus (Morea), where the people were known in ancient times for their simple character and lifestyle. Their main occupation was farming and herding, which led to the area being seen as a symbol of rural simplicity and happiness. Today, Arcadia is a region in the kingdom of Greece. Area: 2028 sq. miles. Population: 162,324.

Arca´dius, born in 377, died 408; son of the Emperor Theodosius, on whose death in 395 the empire was divided, he obtaining the East, and his brother Honorius the West. He proved a feeble and pusillanimous prince.

Arcadius, born in 377, died in 408; son of Emperor Theodosius, whose death in 395 led to the division of the empire, giving him control of the East and his brother Honorius control of the West. He turned out to be a weak and timid ruler.

Arcanum, The Great (meaning secret), a term applied in the Middle Ages to the highest problems of alchemy and the discovery of the supposed great secrets of nature, such as the philosopher's stone and the elixir of life. See Alchemy.

Arcanum, The Great (meaning secret), a term used in the Middle Ages for the highest challenges of alchemy and the quest for the supposed great secrets of nature, like the philosopher's stone and the elixir of life. See Alchemy.

Arcature, in architecture, a small arcade built into a wall or applied against it, decorative rather than structural. Arcatures occur in Anglo-Norman churches of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.

Arcature, in architecture, is a small arcade that’s built into or placed against a wall, mainly for decoration rather than support. Arcatures can be found in Anglo-Norman churches from the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.

Arcesilaus (a˙r-ses-i-lā´us), a Greek philosopher, the founder of the second or middle academy, was born about 315 B.C., died 239 B.C. He left no writings, and of his opinions so little is known that it has been doubted whether he was a strict Platonist or a sceptic.

Arcesilaus (ar-ses-i-lā´us), a Greek philosopher and the founder of the second or middle academy, was born around 315 BCE and died in 239 B.C.. He didn’t leave any writings, and we know so little about his views that there’s been debate over whether he was a strict Platonist or a skeptic.

Parts of an Arch Parts of an Arch

a. Abutments. i. Impost. p. Piers. v. Voussoirs or arch-stones. k. Keystone. s. Springers. In. Intrados. Ex. Extrados.

a. Abutments. i. Impost. p. Piers. v. Arch stones. k. Keystone. s. Springers. In. Intrados. Ex. Extrados.

Lancet and Horse-shoe arches Arch, a structure composed of separate pieces, such as stones or bricks, having the shape of truncated wedges, arranged on a curved line, so as to retain their position by mutual pressure. The separate stones which compose the arch are called voussoirs or arch-stones; the extreme or lowest voussoirs are termed springers, and the uppermost or central one is called the keystone. The under or concave side of the voussoirs is called the intrados, and the upper or convex side the extrados of the arch. The supports which afford resting and resisting points to the arch are called piers and abutments. The upper part Segmental and Semicircular arches of the pier or abutment, where the arch rests—technically where it springs from—is the impost. The span of an arch is in circular arches the length of its chord, and generally the width between the points of its opposite imposts whence it springs. The rise of an arch is the height of the highest point of its intrados above the line of the imposts; this point is sometimes called the under side of the crown, the highest point of the extrados being the crown. Arches are designated in various ways, as from their shape (circular, elliptic, &c.), or from the resemblance of the whole contour of the curve to some familiar Ogee and Equilateral arches object (lancet arch, horse-shoe arch), or from the method used in describing the curve, as equilateral, three-centred, four-centred, ogee, and the like; or from the style of architecture to which they belong, as Roman, pointed, and Saracenic arches.—Triumphal arch, originally a simple decorated arch under which a victorious Roman general and army passed in triumph. At a later period the triumphal arch was a richly-sculptured, massive, and permanent structure, having an archway passing through it, with generally a smaller arch on either side. The name is sometimes given to an arch, generally of wood decorated with flowers or evergreens, erected on occasion of some public rejoicing, &c.

Lancet and Horse-shoe arches Arch, a structure made up of individual pieces like stones or bricks, shaped like truncating wedges and arranged in a curve, so they hold their position through mutual pressure. The individual stones that make up the arch are called voussoirs or arch-stones; the outermost or lowest voussoirs are called springers, while the top or central one is called the keystone. The underside or concave side of the voussoirs is known as the intrados, and the upper or convex side is referred to as the extrados of the arch. The structures that support and stabilize the arch are called piers and abutments. The top part Segmental and Semicircular arches of the pier or abutment where the arch rests—technically where it springs from—is called the impost. The span of an arch, particularly in circular arches, refers to the length of its chord, and generally the distance between the points of its opposite imposts where it springs. The rise of an arch is the height of the highest point of its intrados above the line of the imposts; this point is sometimes referred to as the under side of the crown, while the highest point of the extrados is known as the crown. Arches can be categorized in various ways based on their shape (circular, elliptic, etc.), or based on their overall curve resembling familiar Ogee and Equilateral arches objects (like lancet arch or horse-shoe arch), or based on the method used to create the curve, such as equilateral, three-centred, four-centred, ogee, and so on; or based on the architectural style they belong to, like Roman, pointed, or Saracenic arches.—Triumphal arch, originally a simple decorative arch that a victorious Roman general and army would pass under in triumph. In later times, the triumphal arch became a richly decorated, massive, and permanent structure featuring an archway, often with smaller arches on either side. The term is sometimes used for an arch, typically made of wood and decorated with flowers or evergreens, erected for public celebrations, etc.

Archæan (är-kē´an) Rocks (Gr. archaios, ancient), the oldest rocks of the earth's crust, [220]mostly crystalline in character, and embracing granites, gneisses, mica-schists, &c., all devoid of fossil remains. These rocks underlie a group of stratified and igneous masses that are usually distinguished from them as Huronian; the first beds with a well-marked fauna (lowest Cambrian) lie above the Huronian, and the Huronian and the Archæan groups are often conveniently classed together as pre-Cambrian, and are separated from the stratified and fossiliferous formations, which indeed have chiefly taken origin from them. The core of the Malvern range, and the rocks of N.W. Sutherland, are examples of Archæan masses in Great Britain.

Archean (är-kē´an) Rocks (Gr. archaios, ancient), the oldest rocks in the earth's crust, [220]mostly crystalline in nature, including granites, gneisses, mica-schists, etc., all lacking fossil remains. These rocks sit beneath a set of layered and volcanic formations typically referred to as Huronian; the first layers with a distinctly identified fauna (lowest Cambrian) are found above the Huronian, and the Huronian and Archean groups are often conveniently classified together as pre-Cambrian, which are distinct from the layered and fossil-rich formations that primarily originated from them. The core of the Malvern range and the rocks of N.W. Sutherland serve as examples of Archean formations in Great Britain.

Archæol´ogy (Gr. archaios, ancient, and logos, a discourse), the study of antiquity, or the science which takes cognizance of the history of nations and peoples as evinced by the remains, architectural, implemental, or otherwise, which belong to the earlier epoch of their existence. In a more extended sense the term embraces every branch of knowledge which bears on the origin, religion, laws, languages, science, arts, and literature of ancient peoples. It is to a great extent synonymous with prehistoric annals, as a large if not the principal part of its field of study extends over those periods in the history of the human race in regard to which we possess almost no information derivable from written records. Archæology divides the primeval period of the human race, more especially as exhibited by remains found in Europe, into the stone, the bronze, and the iron ages, these names being given in accordance with the materials employed for weapons, implements, &c., during the particular period. The stone age has been subdivided into the palæolithic and neolithic, the former being that older period, in which the stone implements were not polished as they are in the latter and more recent period. The bronze age, which admits of a similar subdivision, is that in which implements were of copper or bronze. In this age the dead were burned and their ashes deposited in urns or stone chests, covered with conical mounds of earth or cairns of stones. Gold and amber ornaments appear in this age. The iron age is that in which implements, &c., of iron begin to appear, although stone and bronze implements are found along with them. The word age in this sense (as explained under Age) simply denotes the stage at which a people has arrived. The phrase stone age, therefore, merely marks the period before the use of bronze, the bronze age that before the employment of iron, among any specific people. See Excavations; Crete; Egypt; &c—Bibliography: Sir J. Evans, Stone Implements of Great Britain; Boyd-Dawkins, Early Man in Britain; J. Geikie, Prehistoric Europe; R. Munro, Lake Dwellings of Europe; Sir W. Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece; H. R. Hall, Ægean Archæology; W. M. Flinders Petrie, Methods and Aims in Archæology; A. P. F. Michaelis, A Century of Archæological Discoveries.

Archaeology (Gr. archaios, ancient, and logos, a discourse) is the study of the past, or the science that examines the history of nations and cultures as revealed by artifacts, architecture, tools, and other remains from their early existence. More broadly, it includes all fields of knowledge related to the origins, religion, laws, languages, sciences, arts, and literature of ancient civilizations. It is largely synonymous with prehistoric annals, as a significant, if not the main, part of its study focuses on periods in human history for which we have little to no information from written records. Archaeology typically divides the earliest periods of human history, particularly those revealed by findings in Europe, into the Stone, Bronze, and Iron Ages, named according to the materials used for tools and weapons during those times. The Stone Age is further divided into the paleolithic and neolithic periods, with the former being the older time when stone tools were unpolished, unlike in the later period. The Bronze Age can also be subdivided and is characterized by the use of copper and bronze tools. During this age, the dead were cremated, and their ashes placed in urns or stone boxes, often covered by mounds of earth or stone cairns. Gold and amber jewelry also emerged during this time. The Iron Age marks the period when iron tools and artifacts began to appear, although stone and bronze items were also still in use. The term age in this context (as explained under Age) simply indicates the stage of advancement a culture has reached. Thus, the phrase stone age indicates the period before the use of bronze, and the bronze age refers to the time before iron was used by a particular group. See Excavations; Crete; Egypt; &c—References: Sir J. Evans, Stone Implements of Great Britain; Boyd-Dawkins, Early Man in Britain; J. Geikie, Prehistoric Europe; R. Munro, Lake Dwellings of Europe; Sir W. Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece; H. R. Hall, Ægean Archaeology; W. M. Flinders Petrie, Methods and Aims in Archaeology; A. P. F. Michaelis, A Century of Archaeological Discoveries.

Archæopteryx Archæopteryx macrura, a fossil lizard-tailed bird

Archæopteryx (är-kē-op´te-riks), a fossil bird from the oolitic limestone of Solenhofen, of the size of a rook, and differing from all known birds in having two free claws representing the thumb and forefinger projecting from the wing, and about twenty tail vertebræ free and prolonged as in mammals.

Archaeopteryx (ar-kee-op´te-riks), a fossil bird from the oolitic limestone of Solenhofen, about the size of a rook, is different from all known birds because it has two free claws resembling a thumb and forefinger that extend from the wing, and around twenty tail vertebrae that are free and elongated like in mammals.

Archangel (ärk´ān-jel; Gr. prefix, arch-, denoting chief), an angel of superior or of the highest rank. The only archangel mentioned by name in Scripture is Michael in the Epistle of Jude.

Archangel (är-kān-jel; Gr. prefix, arch-, meaning chief), an angel of superior or the highest rank. The only archangel referred to by name in the Bible is Michael in the Epistle of Jude.

Archangel (ärk-ān´jel), a seaport, capital of the Russian government of same name, on the right bank of the Northern Dvina, about 20 miles above its mouth in the White Sea. Below the town the river divides into several branches and forms a number of islands, on one of which, called Sollenbole, is the harbour. The houses are mostly of wood; the place has some manufactures and an important trade, exporting linseed, flax, tow, tallow, train-oil, mats, timber, pitch and tar, &c. The port is closed for six months by ice. Archangel, founded in 1584, was long the only port which Russia possessed. Pop. 43,388.—The province, which before the Russian revolution extended from the Ural Mountains to Finland, had an area of 326,063 sq. miles. Pop. 483,500.—For the Archangel Expedition of 1918, see Murmansk, Russia.

Archangel (ärk-ān´jel) is a seaport and the capital of the Russian government of the same name, located on the right bank of the Northern Dvina River, about 20 miles upstream from its mouth in the White Sea. Below the town, the river splits into several branches, creating numerous islands, one of which, called Sollenbole, is home to the harbor. Most of the houses are wooden. The area has some manufacturing and a significant trade, exporting linseed, flax, tow, tallow, train oil, mats, timber, pitch, and tar, among other goods. The port is closed by ice for six months each year. Founded in 1584, Archangel was the only port that Russia had for a long time. Population: 43,388. The province, which before the Russian revolution stretched from the Ural Mountains to Finland, covered an area of 326,063 square miles. Population: 483,500. For the Archangel Expedition of 1918, see Murmansk, Russia.

Archangel´ica. See Angelica.

Archangelica. See Angelica.




ARCHÆOLOGY: ANTIQUITIES OF THE STONE, BRONZE, AND IRON AGES

Archæology

OLDER STONE AGE: 1, Flint Pick. 2, Carved Mammoth Tusk. 3, Double Scraper. 4, Barbed Harpoon Heads. LATER STONE AGE: 5, Pick of Deer Antler. 6, Flint and Pyrites. 7, Stone Celt in Haft. 8, Arrowhead. 9, Bowl. BRONZE AGE: 10, Celt. 11, Drinking-cup. 12, Ornamental Pin. 13, Spear-head. 14, Bronze Tweezers. 15, 16, Gold Bracelets. 17, Engraved Pin. 18, Short Sword. 19, Spectacle Brooch. 20, Razor. EARLY IRON AGE: 21, Bronze Brooch. 22, Bone Hand-comb for weaving. 23, Bronze Mirror. 24, Bronze Jug. 25, Bronze Spoon. 26, Iron Currency Bars. 27, Bronze Brooch.

OLDER STONE AGE: 1, Flint Pick. 2, Carved Mammoth Tusk. 3, Double Scraper. 4, Barbed Harpoon Heads. LATER STONE AGE: 5, Deer Antler Pick. 6, Flint and Pyrites. 7, Stone Celt in Haft. 8, Arrowhead. 9, Bowl. BRONZE AGE: 10, Celt. 11, Drinking Cup. 12, Decorative Pin. 13, Spearhead. 14, Bronze Tweezers. 15, 16, Gold Bracelets. 17, Engraved Pin. 18, Short Sword. 19, Brooch with a glass design. 20, Razor. EARLY IRON AGE: 21, Bronze Brooch. 22, Bone Hair Comb for Weaving. 23, Bronze Mirror. 24, Bronze Jug. 25, Bronze Spoon. 26, Iron Currency Bars. 27, Bronze Brooch.




Archbishop (ärch-), a chief bishop, or bishop over other bishops; a metropolitan prelate. The establishment of this dignity is to be traced up to an early period of Christianity, when the bishops and inferior clergy met in the capitals to deliberate on spiritual affairs, and the bishop of the city where the meeting was held presided. In England there are two archbishops—those of Canterbury and York; the former styled [221]Primate of all England, the latter Primate of England. The Archbishop of Canterbury is the first peer of the realm, having precedence before all great officers of the Crown and all dukes not of royal birth. He crowns the sovereign, and when he is invested with his archbishopric he is said to be enthroned. He can grant special licences to marry at any time or place, and can confer degrees otherwise to be obtained only from the universities. He is addressed by the titles of your grace and most reverend father in God, and writes himself by divine providence, while the Archbishop of York and the bishops only write by divine permission. The first Archbishop of Canterbury was Augustine, appointed A.D. 598 by Ethelbert. Next in dignity is the Archbishop of York, between whom and the Archbishop of Canterbury the Lord High-Chancellor of England has his place in precedency. The first Archbishop of York was Paulinus, appointed in 622. The incomes of the sees are £15,000 and £10,000 respectively. An Archbishop of Wales was first appointed in 1920. Scotland had two archbishops—St. Andrews and Glasgow. Ireland had four, but the Episcopal Church has but two—Armagh and Dublin, the former being Primate of all Ireland, the latter Primate of Ireland. There are four Roman Catholic archbishops in England and Wales—Westminster, Cardiff, Birmingham, and Liverpool; two in Scotland—St. Andrews and Edinburgh, and Glasgow; four in Ireland—Armagh, Dublin, Cashel, and Tuam.

Archbishop (ärch-), a leading bishop, or bishop over other bishops; a metropolitan leader. The creation of this role dates back to the early days of Christianity, when bishops and lower clergy gathered in major cities to discuss spiritual matters, and the bishop of the host city led the meetings. In England, there are two archbishops—those of Canterbury and York; the former is known as [221]Primate of all England, while the latter is the Primate of England. The Archbishop of Canterbury is the top-ranking peer in the country, taking precedence over all high-ranking officers of the Crown and all non-royal dukes. He crowns the sovereign, and when he takes on his archbishopric, he is said to be enthroned. He can grant special licenses to marry at any time or place and can award degrees that are usually only available from universities. He is addressed as your grace and most reverend father in God, and he refers to himself as by divine providence, whereas the Archbishop of York and other bishops refer to themselves as by divine permission. The first Archbishop of Canterbury was Augustine, who was appointed CE 598 by Ethelbert. Next in rank is the Archbishop of York, who stands behind the Archbishop of Canterbury in precedence, along with the Lord High-Chancellor of England. The first Archbishop of York was Paulinus, appointed in 622. The revenues for these sees are £15,000 and £10,000, respectively. An Archbishop of Wales was first appointed in 1920. Scotland had two archbishops—St. Andrews and Glasgow. Ireland had four, but the Episcopal Church currently has only two—Armagh and Dublin, with Armagh being Primate of all Ireland and Dublin as Primate of Ireland. There are four Roman Catholic archbishops in England and Wales—Westminster, Cardiff, Birmingham, and Liverpool; two in Scotland—St. Andrews and Edinburgh, as well as Glasgow; and four in Ireland—Armagh, Dublin, Cashel, and Tuam.

Archdeacon (ärch-), in England, an ecclesiastical dignitary next in rank below a bishop, having a certain jurisdiction over a part of the diocese. From two to four archdeacons are appointed by the bishops, under whom they perform their duties, and they hold courts which decide cases subject to an appeal to the bishop.

Archdeacon (ärch-), in England, is a church official ranked just below a bishop, with specific authority over a section of the diocese. Bishops appoint between two to four archdeacons, who carry out their responsibilities under the bishops' guidance, and they conduct courts that handle cases which can be appealed to the bishop.

Archduke, a title peculiar to the royal family of Austria—the Habsburgs, who ruled until 1918.

Archduke, a title unique to the royal family of Austria—the Habsburgs, who ruled until 1918.

Archelaus (a˙r-kē-lā´us), the name of several personages in ancient history, one of whom was the son of Herod the Great. He received from Augustus the sovereignty of Judea, Samaria, and Idumea. The people, tired of his tyrannical and bloody reign, accused him before Augustus, who banished him to Gaul.

Archelaus (a˙r-kē-lā´us), the name of several figures in ancient history, one of whom was the son of Herod the Great. He was granted control over Judea, Samaria, and Idumea by Augustus. The people, fed up with his cruel and violent rule, brought charges against him before Augustus, who exiled him to Gaul.

Archer, William, journalist and miscellaneous writer, born at Perth, Scotland, in 1856. Educated at Edinburgh University, he went to London after some experience of journalism at Edinburgh, and after a visit to Australia was called to the bar, and was dramatic critic for The World from 1884 to 1905. Subsequently he has been dramatic critic for The Tribune and The Nation. He has done much to introduce Ibsen to the English public, by translating his dramas and otherwise, and has written English Dramatists of To-day; A Life of Macready; About the Theatre: Essays and Studies; Masks or Faces?: a Study on the Psychology of Acting; The Theatrical World (a collection of his dramatic criticisms) (5 vols.); Study and Stage; America To-Day (the result of a visit in 1900); Poets of the Younger Generation; Real Conversations (the result of a series of interviews with persons of note); Through Afro-America (1910); The Life, Trial, and Death of Francisco Ferrer (1911); Play-Making (1912); The Thirteen Days (1915); India and the Future (1917); War is War.

Archer, William, a journalist and versatile writer, was born in Perth, Scotland, in 1856. After being educated at Edinburgh University, he moved to London following some journalistic experience in Edinburgh. After visiting Australia, he became a barrister and served as a drama critic for The World from 1884 to 1905. Later, he worked as a drama critic for The Tribune and The Nation. He played a significant role in introducing Ibsen to the English audience by translating his plays and in other ways. He has written English Dramatists of To-day; A Life of Macready; About the Theatre: Essays and Studies; Masks or Faces?: a Study on the Psychology of Acting; The Theatrical World (a collection of his dramatic critiques) (5 vols.); Study and Stage; America To-Day (based on a visit in 1900); Poets of the Younger Generation; Real Conversations (based on a series of interviews with notable people); Through Afro-America (1910); The Life, Trial, and Death of Francisco Ferrer (1911); Play-Making (1912); The Thirteen Days (1915); India and the Future (1917); War is War.

Archer-fish, a name given to the Toxŏtes jaculātor, a scaly-finned, acanthopterygian fish, about 6 inches long, inhabiting the seas around Java, which has the faculty of shooting drops of water to the distance of 3 or 4 feet at insects, thereby causing them to fall into the water, when it seizes and devours them. The soft, and even the spiny portions of their dorsal fins are so covered with scales as to be scarcely distinguishable from the rest of the body.

Archer-fish refers to the Toxŏtes jaculātor, a bony fish about 6 inches long that lives in the waters around Java. This fish has the ability to shoot drops of water up to 3 or 4 feet to knock insects into the water, where it quickly grabs and eats them. The soft and even the spiny parts of its dorsal fins are so covered in scales that they are barely noticeable compared to the rest of its body.

Assyrian Archer Assyrian Archer

Arch´ery, the art of shooting with a bow and arrow. The use of these weapons in war and the chase dates from the earliest antiquity. Ishmael, we learn from Gen. xxi, "became an archer". The Egyptians, Assyrians, Persians, Parthians, excelled in the use of the bow; and while the Greeks and Romans themselves made little use of it, they employed foreign archers as mercenaries. Coming to much more recent times, we find the Swiss famous as archers, but they generally used the arbalist or cross-bow, and were no match for their English rivals, who preferred the long-bow. (See Bow.) The English victories of Cressy, Poietiers, and Agincourt, gained against apparently overwhelming odds, may be ascribed to the bowmen. Archery disappeared gradually as firearms came into use, and as an instrument of war or the chase the bow is now confined to the most savage tribes of both hemispheres. But though the bow has been long abandoned among [222]civilized nations as a military weapon, it is still cherished as an instrument of healthful recreation, encouraged by archery clubs or societies, which have been established in many parts of Britain. The oldest, and by far the most historically important of these societies, is the Royal Company of Archers, called also the King's Body-guard for Scotland, formed originally, it is said, by James I, but constituted in its present form by an Act of the Privy Council of Scotland, in 1676, and having its head-quarters in Edinburgh, counting among its members many of the nobility and gentry of the northern kingdom, and holding annual meetings, where prizes are competed for. In recent years a number of clubs have been formed in the United States. Archery has the merit of forming a sport open to women as well as men.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: William Garrard, The Arte of Warre; E. S. Morse, Archery, Ancient and Modern; H. A. Ford, The Theory and Practice of Archery.

Archery, the skill of shooting a bow and arrow, has been used in warfare and hunting since ancient times. We learn from Gen. xxi that Ishmael "became an archer." The Egyptians, Assyrians, Persians, and Parthians were known for their use of the bow; while the Greeks and Romans didn’t use it much themselves, they hired foreign archers as mercenaries. Fast forward to more recent history, the Swiss were famous archers, though they mostly used the crossbow and couldn't compete with their English counterparts, who favored the longbow. (See Bow) The English victories at Cressy, Poitiers, and Agincourt, achieved against seemingly impossible odds, can be attributed to the bowmen. Archery gradually faded as firearms took over, and now the bow is primarily used by the most primitive tribes in both hemispheres for hunting. Although the bow has long been abandoned as a military weapon among civilized nations, it is still valued as a healthy recreational activity, supported by archery clubs or societies formed in many parts of Britain. The oldest and most historically significant of these societies is the Royal Company of Archers, also known as the King's Body-guard for Scotland, said to have been originally established by James I and formally constituted by an Act of the Privy Council of Scotland in 1676. Based in Edinburgh, it includes many members from the nobility and gentry of the northern kingdom and holds annual competitions for prizes. In recent years, several clubs have also been established in the United States. Archery is a sport that welcomes both women and men.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: William Garrard, The Arte of Warre; E. S. Morse, Archery, Ancient and Modern; H. A. Ford, The Theory and Practice of Archery.

Egyptian Archer Egyptian Archer with arrow-heads and stone-tipped reed arrow

Arches, Court of, the chief and most ancient consistory court, belonging to the archbishopric of Canterbury, for the debating of spiritual causes. It is named from the church in London, St. Mary le Bow, or Bow Church (so called from a fine arched crypt), where it was formerly held. The jurisdiction of this court extends over the province of Canterbury. The office of president or dean is now merged in that of the judge appointed by the Public Worship Regulation Act (1874). The court now sits in the library of Lambeth Palace.

Arches, Court of, the main and oldest church court that belongs to the archbishopric of Canterbury, for discussing spiritual matters. It's named after the church in London, St. Mary le Bow, or Bow Church (named for its beautiful arched crypt), where it used to take place. This court has authority over the province of Canterbury. The role of president or dean is now combined with that of the judge designated by the Public Worship Regulation Act (1874). The court currently meets in the library of Lambeth Palace.

Archil, or Orchil (a˙r´kil, or´kil), a red, violet, or purple colouring matter obtained from various kinds of lichens, the most important of which are the Roccella tinctoria and the R. fuciformis, natives of the rocks of the Canary and Cape Verde Islands, Mozambique and Zanzibar, South America, &c., and popularly called dyer's-moss. The dye is used for improving the tints of other dyes, as from its want of permanence it cannot be employed alone; but the aniline colours have largely superseded it. Cudbear and litmus are of similar origin.

Archil, or Orchil (a˙r´kil, or´kil), is a coloring agent that appears red, violet, or purple and is derived from various types of lichens, with the most notable being Roccella tinctoria and R. fuciformis. These lichens are found on the rocks of the Canary and Cape Verde Islands, Mozambique, Zanzibar, and South America, commonly referred to as dyer's moss. This dye is typically used to enhance the shades of other dyes since it lacks permanence and can't be used on its own; however, aniline colors have mostly replaced it. Cudbear and litmus are made from similar sources.

Archilochus (a˙r-kil´o-kus) of Paros, one of the earliest Ionian lyric poets, the first Greek poet who composed iambic verses according to fixed rules. He flourished about 700 B.C. His iambic poems were renowned for force of style, liveliness of metaphor, and a powerful but bitter spirit of satire. In other lyric poems of a graver character he was also considered as a model. All his works are lost but a few fragments.

Archilochus (ar-kil´o-kus) of Paros, was one of the earliest Ionian lyric poets and the first Greek poet to write iambic verses with established rules. He lived around 700 BCE His iambic poems were famous for their strong style, vivid metaphors, and a powerful yet bitter sense of satire. In his other lyric poems, which were more serious, he was also considered a role model. All of his works are lost except for a few fragments.

Archiman´drite, in the Greek Church, an abbot or abbot-general, who has the superintendence of many abbots and convents. The title dates from the fourth century.

Archimandrite, in the Greek Church, is an abbot or abbot-general who oversees several abbots and convents. This title has been around since the fourth century.

Archime´dean Screw, a machine for raising water, said to have been invented by Archimedes. It is formed by winding a tube spirally round a cylinder so as to have the form of a screw, or by hollowing out the cylinder itself into a double or triple-threaded screw and enclosing it in a water-tight case. When the screw is placed in an inclined position and the lower end immersed in water, by causing the screw to revolve, the water may be raised to a limited extent.

Archimedes' Screw, a device for lifting water, is said to have been invented by Archimedes. It consists of a tube wound in a spiral around a cylinder, resembling a screw, or by carving the cylinder into a double or triple-threaded screw and enclosing it in a water-tight casing. When the screw is positioned at an angle and the lower end is submerged in water, turning the screw allows water to be lifted to a certain height.

Archimedes (a˙r-ki-mē´dēz), a celebrated ancient Greek physicist and geometrician, born at Syracuse, in Sicily, about 287 B.C. He devoted himself entirely to science, and enriched mathematics with discoveries of the highest importance, upon which the moderns have founded their admeasurements of curvilinear surfaces and solids. Archimedes is the only one among the ancients who has left us anything satisfactory on the theory of mechanics and on hydrostatics. He first taught the hydrostatic principle to which his name is attached, "that a body immersed in a fluid loses as much in weight as the weight of an equal volume of the fluid", and determined by means of it that an artist had fraudulently added too much alloy to a crown which King Hiero had ordered to be made of pure gold. He discovered the solution of this problem while bathing; and it is said to have caused him so much joy that he hastened home from the bath undressed, and crying out, Eurēka! Eurēka! 'I have found it, I have found it!' Practical mechanics also received a great deal of attention from Archimedes, who boasted that if he had a fulcrum or stand-point he could move the world. He is the inventor of the compound pulley, probably of the endless screw, the Archimedean screw, &c. During the siege of Syracuse by the Romans he is said to have constructed many wonderful machines with which he repelled their attacks, and he is stated to have set on fire their fleet by burning-glasses. At the moment when the [223]Romans gained possession of the city by assault (212 B.C.), tradition relates that Archimedes was slain while sitting in the market-place contemplating some mathematical figures which he had drawn in the sand.

Archimedes (a˙r-ki-mē´dēz), a renowned ancient Greek physicist and mathematician, was born in Syracuse, Sicily, around 287 BCE He devoted his life to science and significantly advanced mathematics with groundbreaking discoveries that modern scientists rely on for measuring curved surfaces and solids. Archimedes is the only ancient figure who has provided us with substantial contributions to mechanics and hydrostatics. He was the first to explain the hydrostatic principle that bears his name, stating, "a body submerged in a fluid loses weight equal to the weight of the fluid it displaces." He used this principle to expose that an artist had dishonestly added too much alloy to a crown commissioned by King Hiero, which he figured out while bathing. It's said that he was so overjoyed by his discovery that he ran home naked, shouting, Eurēka! Eurēka! 'I have found it, I have found it!' Archimedes also made significant contributions to practical mechanics, claiming that with a fulcrum, he could move the world. He invented the compound pulley and likely the endless screw and the Archimedean screw, among others. During the Roman siege of Syracuse, he reportedly built many amazing machines to fend off their attacks, even using burning glasses to set fire to their fleet. When the Romans finally captured the city by storm (212 BCE), legend has it that Archimedes was killed while sitting in the marketplace, absorbed in some mathematical drawings he had made in the sand.

Archipel´ago, a term originally applied to the Ægean, the sea lying between Greece and Asia Minor, then to the numerous islands situated therein, and subsequently to any cluster of islands. In the Grecian Archipelago the islands nearest the European coast lie together almost in a circle, and for this reason are called the Cyclades (Gr. kyklos, a circle); those nearest the Asiatic, being farther from one another, the Sporades ('scattered'). (See these articles, and Negropont, Scio, Samos, Rhodes, Cyprus, &c.) The Malay, Indian, or Eastern Archipelago, on the east of Asia, includes Borneo, Sumatra, and other large islands.

Archipelago is a term that was first used to describe the Aegean Sea, which lies between Greece and Asia Minor, and then to the many islands located there, and eventually to any group of islands. In the Greek Archipelago, the islands closest to the European coast form almost a circle, which is why they are called the Cyclades (Gr. kyklos, meaning circle); those closer to the Asian coast are more spread out and are known as the Sporades ('scattered'). (See these articles, and Negropont, Scio, Samos, Rhodes, Cyprus, etc.) The Malay, Indian, or Eastern Archipelago, located to the east of Asia, includes Borneo, Sumatra, and other large islands.

Architec´ture, in a general sense, is the art of designing and constructing houses, bridges, and other buildings for the purposes of civil life; or, in a more limited but very common sense, that branch of the fine arts which has for its object the production of edifices not only convenient for their special purpose, but characterized by unity, beauty, and often grandeur.—The first habitations of man were such as nature afforded, or cost little labour to the occupant—caves, huts, and tents. But as soon as men rose in civilization and formed settled societies they began to build more commodious and comfortable habitations. They bestowed more care on the materials, preparing bricks of clay or earth, which they at first dried in the air, but afterwards baked by fire; and subsequently they smoothed stones and joined them at first without, and at a later period with, mortar or cement. After they had learned to build houses, they erected temples for their gods on a larger and more splendid scale than their own dwellings. The Egyptians are the most ancient nation known to us among whom architecture had attained the character of a fine art. Other ancient peoples among whom it had made great progress were the Babylonians, whose most celebrated buildings were temples, palaces, and hanging gardens; the Assyrians, whose capital, Nineveh, was rich in splendid buildings; the Phœnicians, whose cities, Sidon, Tyre, &c., were adorned with equal magnificence; and the Israelites, whose temple was a wonder of architecture. But comparatively few architectural monuments of these nations have remained till our day.

Architecture, in a broad sense, is the art of designing and building houses, bridges, and other structures for everyday life; or, in a more limited but commonly understood way, it's the branch of fine arts focused on creating buildings that are not only suitable for their intended purpose but also unified, beautiful, and often grand. The first homes of humans were whatever nature provided or required minimal effort—caves, huts, and tents. However, as civilization advanced and societies became established, people started to create more spacious and comfortable living spaces. They put more thought into the materials, making bricks from clay or earth, which they initially dried in the sun but later baked in fire; then they shaped stones and connected them first without, and later with, mortar or cement. Once they mastered house construction, they built grander temples for their gods, far more elaborate than their own homes. The Egyptians are the earliest known civilization where architecture became recognized as a fine art. Other ancient cultures that made significant strides in architecture include the Babylonians, famous for their temples, palaces, and hanging gardens; the Assyrians, whose capital, Nineveh, was filled with impressive buildings; the Phoenicians, whose cities like Sidon and Tyre were equally magnificent; and the Israelites, whose temple was an architectural marvel. However, relatively few architectural monuments from these civilizations have survived to this day.

This is not the case with the architecture of Egypt, however, of which we possess ample remains in the shape of pyramids, temples, sepulchres, obelisks, &c. Egyptian chronology is far from certain, but the greatest of the architectural monuments of the country, the pyramids of Ghizeh, are at least as old as 2800 or 2700 B.C. The Egyptian temples had walls of great thickness and sloping on the outside from bottom to top; the roofs were flat, and composed of blocks of stone reaching from one wall or column to another. The columns were numerous, close, and very thick, generally without bases, and exhibiting great variety in the designs of their capitals. The principle of the arch, though known, was not employed for architectural purposes. Statues of enormous size, sphinxes carved in stone, and on the walls sculptures in outline of deities and animals, with innumerable hieroglyphics, are the decorative objects which belong to this style.

This isn't true for the architecture of Egypt, though, as we have plenty of remains in the form of pyramids, temples, tombs, obelisks, etc. Egyptian timelines are far from certain, but the most significant architectural monuments of the country, the pyramids of Giza, date back to at least 2800 or 2700 BCE The Egyptian temples had very thick walls that sloped outward from bottom to top; the roofs were flat and made of stone blocks spanning from one wall or column to another. The columns were numerous, close together, and very thick, usually without bases, displaying a wide variety of designs in their capitals. The arch was known but not used for building purposes. Enormous statues, stone-carved sphinxes, and wall sculptures depicting deities and animals, along with countless hieroglyphics, are characteristic features of this style.

Egyptian Architecture Egyptian—Restoration of Temple of Luxor

The earliest architectural remains of Greece are of unknown antiquity, and consist of massive walls built of huge blocks of stone. In historic times the Greeks developed an architecture of noble simplicity and dignity. The discoveries in Crete and Argolis have shown that Greek architecture owes much less than was supposed to Egyptian and Chaldæan architecture. It is considered to have attained its greatest perfection in the age of Pericles, or about 460-430 B.C. The great masters of this period were Phidias, Ictinus, Callicrates, &c. All the extant buildings are more or less in ruins. The style is characterized by beauty, harmony, and simplicity in the highest degree. Distinctive of it are what are called the orders of architecture, by which term are understood certain modes of proportioning and decorating the column and its superimposed entablature. The Greeks had three orders, called respectively the Doric, Ionic, and Corinthian. (See articles under these names.) Greek buildings were abundantly adorned with sculptures, and painting was extensively used, the details of the structures being enriched by different colours or tints. Lowness of roofs and the absence of arches were distinctive features of Greek architecture, in which, as in that of Egypt, horizontality of line is another characteristic mark. The most remarkable public edifices of the Greeks were temples, of which the most [224]famous is the Parthenon at Athens. Others exist in various parts of Greece as well as in Sicily, Southern Italy, Asia Minor, &c., where important Greek communities were early settled. Their theatres were semicircular on one side and square on the other, the semicircular part being usually excavated in the side of some convenient hill. This part, the auditorium, was filled with concentric seats, and might be capable of containing 20,000 spectators. A number exist in Greece, Sicily, and Asia Minor, and elsewhere. By the end of the Peloponnesian War (c. 400 B.C.) the best period of Greek architecture was over; a noble simplicity had given place to excess of ornament. After the death of Alexander the Great (323 B.C.) the decline was still more marked.

The earliest architectural remains of Greece date back to an unknown time and consist of massive walls made from large stone blocks. In historical times, the Greeks developed a style of architecture marked by noble simplicity and dignity. Discoveries in Crete and Argolis have shown that Greek architecture is influenced far less by Egyptian and Chaldæan architecture than previously thought. It is believed to have reached its peak around the age of Pericles, roughly 460-430 BCE The great masters of this time included Phidias, Ictinus, Callicrates, and others. Most existing buildings are in varying states of ruin. The style is noted for its beauty, harmony, and exceptional simplicity. A key feature of this architecture is the so-called orders, which refer to specific ways of proportioning and decorating the column and its superimposed entablature. The Greeks identified three orders: Doric, Ionic, and Corinthian. (See articles under these names.) Greek buildings were richly decorated with sculptures, and painting played a significant role, enhancing the details of the structures with various colors and shades. Low roofs and the lack of arches were distinctive aspects of Greek architecture, and like that of Egypt, it also emphasized horizontal lines. The most notable public buildings in Greece were temples, with the Parthenon in Athens being the most famous. Others can be found throughout Greece, as well as in Sicily, Southern Italy, Asia Minor, and other areas where significant Greek communities were established early on. Their theaters featured a semicircular side and a square side, usually carved into the slope of a convenient hill. This semicircular section, known as the auditorium, was filled with concentric seating and could accommodate about 20,000 spectators. Several remain in Greece, Sicily, Asia Minor, and other locations. By the end of the Peloponnesian War (c. 400 BCE), the golden age of Greek architecture had passed; noble simplicity had been replaced by excessive ornamentation. After the death of Alexander the Great (323 BCE), the decline became even more pronounced.

Byzantine Architecture Byzantine—Church of St. Sophia, Constantinople

Among the Romans there was no original development of architecture as among the Greeks, though they early took the foremost place in the construction of such works as aqueducts and sewers, the arch being in early and extensive use among this people. As a fine art, however, Roman architecture had its origin in copies of the Greek models, all the Grecian orders being introduced into Rome, and variously modified. Their number, moreover, was augmented by the addition of two new orders—the Tuscan and the Composite. The Romans became acquainted with the architecture of the Greeks soon after 200 B.C., but it was not till about two centuries later that the architecture of Rome attained (under Augustus) its greatest perfection. Among the great works now erected were temples, aqueducts, amphitheatres, magnificent villas, triumphal arches, monumental pillars, &c. The amphitheatre differed from the theatre in being a completely circular or rather elliptical building, filled on all sides with ascending seats for spectators and leaving only the central space, called the arena, for the combatants and public shows. The Coliseum is a stupendous structure of this kind. The thermæ, or baths, were vast structures in which multitudes of people could bathe at once. Magnificent tombs were often built by the wealthy. Remains of private residences are numerous, and the excavations at Pompeii in particular have thrown great light on the internal arrangements of the Roman dwelling-house. Almost all the successors of Augustus embellished Rome more or less, erected splendid palaces and temples, and adorned, like Hadrian, even the conquered countries with them. But after the period of Hadrian (A.D. 117-138) Roman architecture is considered to have been on the decline. The refined and noble style of the Greeks was neglected, and there was an attempt to embellish the beautiful more and more. This decline was all the more rapid at a later time owing to the disturbed state of the Empire and the incursions of the barbarians.

Among the Romans, there wasn’t any original development of architecture like there was among the Greeks, although they quickly became leaders in building things like aqueducts and sewers, using the arch extensively. As a fine art, Roman architecture originated from copies of Greek designs, with all the Greek orders introduced into Rome and modified in various ways. Their number increased with the addition of two new styles—the Tuscan and the Composite. The Romans became familiar with Greek architecture soon after 200 BCE, but it wasn’t until about two centuries later that Roman architecture reached its peak (under Augustus). Among the significant works built during this time were temples, aqueducts, amphitheaters, magnificent villas, triumphal arches, monumental pillars, etc. The amphitheater was different from the theater as it was a completely circular or elliptical building, surrounded on all sides by rising seats for spectators, leaving only the central area, called the arena, for performers and public shows. The Coliseum is an impressive example of this type of structure. The thermæ, or baths, were massive buildings where large numbers of people could bathe simultaneously. Wealthy individuals often had magnificent tombs built. Remains of private homes are abundant, and excavations at Pompeii, in particular, have provided great insight into the layout of Roman houses. Almost all of Augustus's successors enhanced Rome in some way, building splendid palaces and temples, and embellishing even conquered territories, like Hadrian did. However, after Hadrian's time (AD 117-138), Roman architecture is seen as declining. The refined and noble style of the Greeks was overlooked, and there was a tendency to increasingly embellish in a more ornate manner. This decline sped up later due to the unstable condition of the Empire and the invasions by barbarians.

In Constantinople, after its virtual separation from the Western Empire, arose a style of art and architecture which was practised by the Greek Church during the whole of the Middle Ages. This is called the Byzantine style. The church of St. Sophia at Constantinople, built by Justinian (reigned 527-565), offers the most typical specimen of the style, of which the fundamental principle was an application of the Roman arch, the dome being the most striking feature of the building. In the most typical examples the dome or cupola rests on four pendentives.

In Constantinople, after it had basically become separate from the Western Empire, a distinct style of art and architecture emerged that was used by the Greek Church throughout the Middle Ages. This is known as the Byzantine style. The church of St. Sophia in Constantinople, built by Justinian (who ruled from 527 to 565), is the most representative example of this style, which fundamentally involves the use of the Roman arch, with the dome being the most prominent feature of the building. In the most classic examples, the dome or cupola is supported by four pendentives.

After the dismemberment of the Roman Empire the beautiful works of ancient architecture were almost entirely destroyed by the Goths, Vandals, and other barbarians in Italy, Greece, Asia, Spain, and Africa; or what was spared by them was ruined by the fanaticism of the Christians. A new style of architecture now arose, two forms of which, the Lombard and the Norman Romanesque, form important phases of art. The Lombard prevailed in North Italy and South Germany from the eighth or ninth to the thirteenth century (though the Lombard rule came to an end in 774); the Norman Romanesque flourished, especially in Normandy and England, from the eleventh to the middle of the thirteenth century. The semicircular arch is the most characteristic feature of this style. With the Lombard Romanesque were combined Byzantine features, and buildings in the pure Byzantine style were also erected in Italy, as the church of St. Mark at Venice.

After the breakup of the Roman Empire, the beautiful ancient buildings were almost completely destroyed by the Goths, Vandals, and other invaders in Italy, Greece, Asia, Spain, and Africa; or what they didn’t destroy was ruined by the zeal of Christians. A new architectural style emerged, with two main forms, the Lombard and the Norman Romanesque, becoming significant phases of art. The Lombard style was prevalent in Northern Italy and Southern Germany from the eighth or ninth to the thirteenth century (although Lombard rule ended in 774); the Norman Romanesque thrived, especially in Normandy and England, from the eleventh to the mid-thirteenth century. The semicircular arch is the most distinctive feature of this style. The Lombard Romanesque incorporated Byzantine elements, and buildings in the pure Byzantine style were also built in Italy, like the church of St. Mark in Venice.

ARCHITECTURE

Architecture

The conquests of the Moors introduced a fresh [225]style of architecture into Europe after the eighth century—the Moorish or Saracenic. This style accompanied the spread of Mahommedanism after its rise in Arabia in the seventh century. The edifices erected by the Moors and Saracens in Spain, Egypt, and Turkey are distinguished, among other things, by a peculiar form of the arch, which forms a curve constituting more than half a circle or ellipse. A peculiar flowery decoration, called arabesque, is a common ornament of this style, of which the building called the Alhambra (q.v.) is perhaps the chief glory.

The conquests of the Moors brought a new [225]style of architecture to Europe after the eighth century—the Moorish or Saracenic. This style spread alongside the growth of Islam after its emergence in Arabia in the seventh century. The structures built by the Moors and Saracens in Spain, Egypt, and Turkey are notable, among other features, for a distinctive arch shape that has a curve making up more than half a circle or ellipse. A unique floral decoration, known as arabesque, is a typical ornament of this style, with the Alhambra (q.v.) being perhaps its most renowned example.

Norman Romanesque Architecture Norman Romanesque—Galilee Chapel, Durham Cathedral

The Germans were unacquainted with architecture until the time of Charlemagne. He introduced into Germany the Byzantine and Romanesque styles. Afterwards the Moorish or Arabian style had some influence upon that of the Western nations, and thus originated the mixed style which maintained itself till the middle of the thirteenth century. Then began the modern Gothic style, which grew up in France, England, and Germany. Its striking characteristics are its pointed arches, its pinnacles and spires, its large buttresses, clustered pillars, vaulted roofs, profusion of ornament, and, on the whole, its lofty, bold character. Its most distinctive feature, as compared with the Greek or the Egyptian style, is the predominance in it of perpendicular or rising lines, producing forms that convey the idea of soaring or mounting upwards. Its greatest capabilities have been best displayed in ecclesiastical edifices. The Gothic style is divided into four principal epochs: the Early Pointed, or general style of the thirteenth century; the Decorated, or style of the fourteenth century; the Perpendicular, practised during the fifteenth and early part of the sixteenth centuries; and the Tudor, or general style of the sixteenth century. This style lasted in England up to the seventeenth century, being gradually displaced by that branch of the Renaissance or modified revival of ancient Roman architecture which is known as the Elizabethan style, and which is perhaps more purely an English style than any other that can be named.

The Germans weren't familiar with architecture until the time of Charlemagne. He brought Byzantine and Romanesque styles to Germany. Later, the Moorish or Arabian style influenced Western nations, leading to a mixed style that persisted until the mid-thirteenth century. This is when the modern Gothic style emerged in France, England, and Germany. Its defining features are pointed arches, pinnacles and spires, large buttresses, clustered pillars, vaulted roofs, an abundance of ornamentation, and a generally tall and bold character. Its most distinctive aspect, compared to Greek or Egyptian styles, is the prominence of vertical lines that create forms suggesting height and upward movement. The Gothic style is at its best in church buildings. It is divided into four main periods: the Early Pointed, or general style of the thirteenth century; the Decorated, or style of the fourteenth century; the Perpendicular, used during the fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries; and the Tudor, or general style of the sixteenth century. This style continued in England until the seventeenth century, gradually giving way to the part of the Renaissance or modified revival of ancient Roman architecture known as the Elizabethan style, which may be the most purely English style of all.

The rise of the Renaissance style in Italy is the greatest event in the history of architecture after the introduction of the Gothic style. The Gothic style had been introduced into the country and extensively employed, but had never been thoroughly naturalized. The Renaissance is a revival of the classic style based on the study of the ancient models; and having practically commenced in Florence about the beginning of the fifteenth century, it soon spread with great rapidity over Italy and the greater part of Europe. The most illustrious architects of this early period of the style were Brunelleschi, who built at Florence the dome of the cathedral, the Pitti Palace, &c., besides many edifices at Milan, Pisa, Pesaro, and Mantua; Alberti, who wrote an important work on architecture, and erected many beautiful churches; Bramante, who began the building of St. Peter's, Rome, and Michael Angelo, who erected its magnificent dome. On St. Peter's were also employed Raphael, Peruzzi, and San Gallo. The noblest building in this style of architecture in Britain is St. Paul's, London, the work of Sir Christopher Wren.

The rise of the Renaissance style in Italy is the most significant event in architecture after the introduction of the Gothic style. The Gothic style was introduced in the country and widely used, but it was never fully embraced. The Renaissance is a revival of classical style based on the study of ancient models; it started in Florence around the early fifteenth century and quickly spread across Italy and much of Europe. The most famous architects from this early period were Brunelleschi, who designed the dome of the cathedral in Florence, the Pitti Palace, and many buildings in Milan, Pisa, Pesaro, and Mantua; Alberti, who wrote an influential work on architecture and built many beautiful churches; Bramante, who began the construction of St. Peter's in Rome; and Michelangelo, who created its stunning dome. Raphael, Peruzzi, and San Gallo also worked on St. Peter's. The finest example of this architectural style in Britain is St. Paul's Cathedral in London, designed by Sir Christopher Wren.

Italian Gothic Architecture Italian Gothic—Doges' Palace, Venice

Since the Renaissance period there has been no architectural development requiring special note. In buildings erected at the present day some one of the various styles of architecture is employed according to taste. Modern [226]dwelling-houses have necessarily a style of their own as far as stories and apartments and windows and chimneys can give them one. In general the Grecian style, as handed down by Rome and modified by the Italian architects of the Renaissance, from its right angles and straight entablatures, is more convenient, and fits better with the distribution of our common buildings, than the pointed and irregular Gothic. But the occasional introduction of the Gothic outline and the partial employment of its ornaments has undoubtedly an agreeable effect both in public and private edifices; and we are indebted to it, among other things, for the spire, a structure exclusively Gothic, which, though often misplaced, has become an object of general approbation and a pleasing landmark to cities and villages. The works most characteristic of the present day are the large bridges, viaducts, &c., in many of which iron is the sole or most characteristic portion of the material.

Since the Renaissance, there hasn't been any notable architectural progress. Today's buildings use various architectural styles based on personal taste. Modern [226]homes have their own style, shaped by the number of stories, rooms, windows, and chimneys. Generally, the Grecian style, passed down from Rome and adapted by Italian architects of the Renaissance, with its right angles and straight entablatures, is more practical and fits better with the layout of our common buildings than the pointed and irregular Gothic style. However, the occasional use of Gothic outlines and some of its decorative elements definitely adds an appealing touch to both public and private buildings. We also owe the spire, a uniquely Gothic structure, to it; although it's often used inappropriately, it has become a well-liked landmark for cities and towns. The most distinctive works of our time are large bridges and viaducts, many of which primarily feature iron as their main material.

Renaissance Architecture Renaissance—St. Peter's, Rome

A few words may be added on the architecture of India and China. Although many widely-differing styles are to be found in India, the oldest and only true native style of Indian ecclesiastical architecture is the Buddhist, the earliest specimens dating from 250 B.C. Among the chief objects of Buddhist art are stupas or topes, built in the form of large towers, and employed as dágobas to contain relics of Buddha or of some noted saint. Other works of Buddhist art are temples or monasteries excavated from the solid rock, and supported by pillars of the natural rock left in their places. Buddhist architecture is found in Ceylon, Tibet, Java, &c., as well as in India. The most remarkable Hindu or Brahmanical temples are in Southern India. They are pyramidal in form, rising in a series of stories. The Saracenic or Mohammedan architecture afterwards introduced into India is, of course, of foreign origin. The Chinese have made the tent the elementary feature of their architecture; and of their style any one may form an idea by inspecting the figures which are depicted upon common chinaware. Chinese roofs are concave on the upper side, as if made of canvas instead of wood. (For further information see Greek, Roman, Gothic, English, French, Russian Architecture; and Building, Fine Arts, Arch, Column, Aqueduct, Corinthian, Doric, Ionic, Theatre, &c.)—Bibliography: J. Ruskin, Seven Lamps of Architecture; E. A. Freeman, History of Architecture; Viollet-le-Duc, How to build a House; J. T. Micklethwaite, Modern Parish Churches; H. H. Statham, Architecture for General Readers and Critical History of Architecture; J. Fergusson, History of Architecture in all Countries; F. M. Simpson, A History of Architectural Development; Cyclopedia of Architecture.

A few words can be added about the architecture of India and China. Although there are many diverse styles in India, the oldest and only true native style of Indian religious architecture is Buddhist, with the earliest examples dating back to 250 BCE Key features of Buddhist art include stupas or topes, designed as large towers to hold relics of Buddha or a prominent saint. Other examples of Buddhist art are temples or monasteries carved directly from solid rock, supported by natural rock pillars left in place. Buddhist architecture can be found in Ceylon, Tibet, Java, etc., as well as in India. The most notable Hindu or Brahmanical temples are located in Southern India, characterized by their pyramidal shape with multiple tiers. The Saracenic or Islamic architecture that later came to India is, of course, of foreign origin. The Chinese have incorporated the tent as a fundamental aspect of their architecture, and you can get a sense of their style by looking at the designs on everyday chinaware. Chinese roofs are curved on the top, resembling canvas rather than wood. (For more information, see Greek, Roman, Gothic, English, French, Russian Architecture; and Building, Fine Arts, Arch, Column, Aqueduct, Corinthian, Doric, Ionic, Theatre, etc.)—References: J. Ruskin, Seven Lamps of Architecture; E. A. Freeman, History of Architecture; Viollet-le-Duc, How to Build a House; J. T. Micklethwaite, Modern Parish Churches; H. H. Statham, Architecture for General Readers and Critical History of Architecture; J. Fergusson, History of Architecture in All Countries; F. M. Simpson, A History of Architectural Development; Cyclopedia of Architecture.

Architrave (är´ki-träv), in architecture, the part of an entablature which rests immediately on the heads of the columns, being the lowest of its three principal divisions, the others being the frieze and the cornice.

Architrave (är´ki-träv), in architecture, the section of an entablature that sits directly on top of the columns, serving as the lowest of its three main parts, with the others being the frieze and the cornice.

Archives (är´kīvz). See Records.

Archives. See Records.

Archivolt (är´ki-volt), in architecture, the ornamental band of mouldings on the face of an arch and following its contour.

Archivolt (är'ki-volt), in architecture, is the decorative band of moldings on the surface of an arch that follows its shape.

Archons (är´konz), the chief magistrates of ancient Athens, chosen to superintend civil and religious concerns. They were nine in number; the first was properly the archōn, or archōn epōnўmos, by whose name the year was distinguished in the public records; the second was called archōn basileus, or king archon, who exercised the functions of high priest; the third, polemarchos, or general of the forces. The other six were called thesmothĕtai, or legislators.

Archons (är´konz), the main officials of ancient Athens, were chosen to oversee civil and religious matters. There were nine in total; the first was called the archōn, or archōn epōnўmos, and his name was used to identify the year in public records; the second was known as the archōn basileus, or king archon, who acted as the high priest; the third was the polemarchos, or general of the forces. The remaining six were referred to as thesmothĕtai, or legislators.

Archytas (a˙r-kī´tas), an ancient Greek mathematician, statesman, and general, who flourished about 400 B.C., and belonged to Tarentum in Southern Italy. The invention of the analytic method in mathematics is ascribed to him, as well as the solution of many geometrical and mechanical problems. He constructed various machines and automata, among the most celebrated of which was his flying pigeon. He was a Pythagorean in philosophy, and Plato and Aristotle are said to have been both deeply indebted to him. Only inconsiderable fragments of his works are extant.

Archytas (ar-kī´tas), an ancient Greek mathematician, politician, and general, who thrived around 400 BCE, was from Tarentum in Southern Italy. He is credited with the invention of the analytic method in mathematics and solved many geometric and mechanical problems. He built various machines and automata, with his flying pigeon being one of the most famous. He followed the Pythagorean philosophy, and both Plato and Aristotle are said to have greatly benefited from his ideas. Only a few small fragments of his works remain.

Arcis-sur-Aube (a˙r-sē-su˙r-ōb), a small town of France, department Aube, at which, in 1814, was fought a battle between Napoleon and the Allies, after which the latter marched to Paris. Pop. 3000.

Arcis-sur-Aube (ar-see-sur-ohb), a small town in France, located in the Aube department, where a battle took place in 1814 between Napoleon and the Allies, who then marched to Paris. Population: 3,000.

Arc-light, a certain kind of electric light in which the illuminating source is the current of electricity passing between two sticks of carbon [227]kept a short distance apart, one of them being in connection with the positive, the other with the negative terminal of a battery or dynamo.

Arc light is a type of electric light that works by passing an electric current between two carbon rods [227] that are spaced a short distance apart, with one connected to the positive terminal and the other to the negative terminal of a battery or dynamo.

Arco, a town of Tyrol, near Lake Garda, a favourite winter resort of invalids. Pop. 3800.

Arco, a town in Tyrol, near Lake Garda, is a popular winter getaway for people recovering from illness. Population: 3,800.

Arcole (a˙r´ko-la˙), a village in North Italy, 15 miles S.E. of Verona, celebrated for the battles of 15th, 16th, and 17th Nov., 1796, fought between the French under Bonaparte and the Austrians, in which the latter were defeated with great slaughter.

Arcole (ar-koh-lay), a village in northern Italy, 15 miles S.E. of Verona, known for the battles on November 15th, 16th, and 17th, 1796, fought between the French led by Bonaparte and the Austrians, where the latter were defeated with heavy casualties.

Arcos´ de la Fronte´ra, a city of Spain, 30 miles E. by N. from Cadiz, on the Guadalete, here crossed by a stone bridge, on a sandstone rock 570 feet above the level of the river. On the highest part of the rock stands the castle of the dukes of Arcos, partly in ruins. The principal manufactures are leather, hats, and cordage. Pop. 13,980.

Arcos de la Frontera, a city in Spain, located 30 miles E. by N. from Cadiz, sits on the Guadalete River, which is crossed here by a stone bridge. It's situated on a sandstone rock that rises 570 feet above the river's level. Atop the rock stands the castle of the Dukes of Arcos, which is partly in ruins. The main industries are leather, hats, and rope making. Population: 13,980.

Ar´cot, two districts and a town of India, within the Presidency of Madras.—North Arcot is an inland district with an area of 7616 sq. miles. The country is partly flat and partly mountainous, where intersected by the Eastern Gháts. Pop. 2,200,000.—South Arcot lies on the Bay of Bengal, and has two seaports, Cuddalor and Porto Novo. Area 5217 sq. miles. Pop. 2,170,000.—The town Arcot is in North Arcot, on the Palar, about 70 miles W. by S. of Madras. There is a military cantonment at 3 miles' distance. The town contains handsome mosques, a nabob's palace in ruins, and the remains of an extensive fort. Arcot played an important part in the wars which resulted in the ascendancy of the British in India. It was taken by Clive, 31st Aug., 1751, and heroically defended by him against an apparently overwhelming force under Raja Sahib. Pop. 11,475.

Arcot, two districts and a town in India, within the Presidency of Madras.—North Arcot is an inland district covering 7,616 square miles. The landscape is partly flat and partly mountainous, intersected by the Eastern Ghats. Population: 2,200,000.—South Arcot is located on the Bay of Bengal and has two seaports, Cuddalor and Porto Novo. Area: 5,217 square miles. Population: 2,170,000.—The town Arcot is in North Arcot, situated on the Palar River, about 70 miles W. by S. of Madras. There is a military cantonment 3 miles away. The town features beautiful mosques, a ruined palace of a former nabob, and the remains of a large fort. Arcot played a significant role in the wars that led to British dominance in India. It was captured by Clive on August 31, 1751, and was heroically defended by him against an apparently overwhelming force led by Raja Sahib. Population: 11,475.

Arctic (a˙rk´tik), an epithet given to the north pole from the proximity of the constellation of the Bear, in Greek called arktos. The Arctic Circle is an imaginary circle on the globe, parallel to the equator, and 23° 28´ distant from the north pole. This and its opposite, the Antarctic, are called the two polar circles.

Arctic (a˙rk´tik), a term used for the North Pole due to its closeness to the constellation of the Bear, which is called arktos in Greek. The Arctic Circle is an imaginary line on the globe, parallel to the equator, and 23° 28' away from the North Pole. This and its counterpart, the Antarctic, are known as the two polar circles.

Arctic Expeditions. See North Polar Expeditions.

Arctic Trips. See North Polar Trips.

Arctic Ocean, that part of the water surface of the earth which surrounds the north pole, and washes the northern shores of Europe, Asia, and America; its southern boundary roughly coinciding with the Arctic Circle (lat. 66° 30´ N.). It encloses many large islands, and contains large bays and gulfs which deeply indent the northern shores of the three continents. Its great characteristic is ice, which is perpetual nearly everywhere.

Arctic Ocean, the area of the Earth’s water that surrounds the North Pole and borders the northern coasts of Europe, Asia, and America; its southern limit roughly aligns with the Arctic Circle (lat. 66° 30´ N.). It includes many large islands and features sizable bays and gulfs that deeply cut into the northern coastlines of the three continents. Its most defining feature is ice, which is almost constant everywhere.

Arctic Regions, the regions round the north pole, and extending from the pole on all sides to the Arctic Circle in lat. 66° 30´ N. The Arctic or North Polar Circle just touches the northern headlands of Iceland, cuts off the southern and narrowest portion of Greenland, crosses Fox's Strait north of Hudson's Bay, whence it goes over the American continent to Behring's Strait. Thence it runs to Obdorsk at the mouth of the Obi, then crossing Northern Russia, the White Sea, and the Scandinavian Peninsula, returns to Iceland. Though much skill and heroism have been displayed in the exploration of this portion of the earth, there is still an area round the pole estimated at 2,500,000 sq. miles, which is a blank to geographers. Many have adopted the belief in the existence of an open polar sea about the north pole. But this belief is not supported by any positive evidence. Valuable minerals, fossils, &c., have been discovered within the Arctic regions. In the archipelago north of the American continent excellent coal frequently occurs. The mineral cryolite is mined in Greenland. Fossil ivory is obtained in islands at the mouth of the Lena. In Scandinavia, parts of Siberia, and north-west America, the forest region extends within the Arctic Circle. The most characteristic of the natives of the Arctic regions are the Esquimaux. The most notable animals are the white-bear, the musk-ox, the reindeer, and the whalebone whale. Fur-bearing animals are numerous. The most intense cold ever registered in those regions was 74° below zero F. The aurora borealis is a brilliant phenomenon of Arctic nights. See North Polar Expeditions.

Arctic Regions refer to the areas around the North Pole, stretching from the pole all the way to the Arctic Circle at latitude 66° 30′ N. The Arctic or North Polar Circle touches the northern shores of Iceland, cuts off the southern and narrowest part of Greenland, crosses Fox's Strait north of Hudson's Bay, and continues over the American continent to Bering Strait. From there, it reaches Obdorsk at the mouth of the Obi, crosses Northern Russia, the White Sea, and the Scandinavian Peninsula, and returns to Iceland. Despite the skill and bravery shown in exploring this part of the world, roughly 2,500,000 square miles around the pole remain unknown to geographers. Many believe there is an open polar sea near the North Pole, but there's no solid evidence to support this claim. Valuable minerals and fossils have been found in the Arctic regions. The archipelago north of North America has significant coal deposits. Cryolite is mined in Greenland. Fossil ivory is sourced from islands at the mouth of the Lena River. In Scandinavia, parts of Siberia, and northwest America, forests extend within the Arctic Circle. The most representative native people of the Arctic regions are the Eskimos. The most notable animals include the polar bear, musk ox, reindeer, and baleen whale. Many fur-bearing animals are abundant. The coldest temperature recorded in these areas was 74° below zero Fahrenheit. The aurora borealis is a stunning phenomenon during Arctic nights. See North Polar Expeditions.

Arc´tium. See Burdock.

Arctium. See Burdock.

Arc´tomys. See Marmot.

Arctomys. See Marmot.

Arctu´rus, or Alpha Boötis, a fixed star of the first magnitude in the constellation of Boötes (the Ploughman), is one of the brightest stars in the northern heavens, yellow in colour. Its light is believed to be intrinsically at least 140 times as brilliant as the sun's, and to take over 40 years to reach us. It is notable as having a comparatively large proper motion.

Arcturus, or Alpha Boötis, is a first-magnitude fixed star in the constellation Boötes (the Ploughman). It’s one of the brightest stars in the northern sky and has a yellow color. Its light is thought to be at least 140 times more brilliant than the sun's and takes over 40 years to reach us. It’s noteworthy for having a relatively large proper motion.

Ardahan´, a small fortified town about 6400 feet above the sea, between Kars and Batúm in Armenia. It was captured by the Russians in 1877, and ceded to them by the Berlin Treaty, 1878. It was handed over to Turkey by the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk in 1918, but the Turkish troops evacuated it after the armistice in 1918.

Ardahan, a small fortified town located approximately 6,400 feet above sea level, between Kars and Batúm in Armenia. It was taken by the Russians in 1877 and was officially granted to them by the Berlin Treaty in 1878. In 1918, it was transferred to Turkey through the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk, but Turkish forces left the town after the armistice in 1918.

Ar´dea, the genus to which the heron belongs, type of the family Ardēidæ, which includes also cranes, storks, bitterns, &c.

Ardea is the genus that includes herons, which is a part of the family Ardeidae, that also encompasses cranes, storks, bitterns, etc.

Ar´debil, or Ardabil, a Persian town, province of Azerbaijan, near the Karasu, a tributary of the Aras, about 40 miles from the Caspian, in an elevated and healthy situation; it has mineral springs and a considerable trade. Pop. 16,000.

Ardabil, a Persian town in the province of Azerbaijan, is located near the Karasu, a tributary of the Aras, about 40 miles from the Caspian Sea. It sits in a high and healthy area, has mineral springs, and boasts a significant trade. Population: 16,000.

Ardèche (a˙r-dāsh), a department in the south of France (Languedoc), on the west side of the [228]Rhone, taking its name from the River Ardèche, which rises within it, and falls into the Rhone after a course of 46 miles; area, 2144 sq. miles. It is generally of a mountainous character, and contains the culminating point of the Cevennes. Silk and wine are produced. Annonay is the principal town, but Privas is the capital. Pop. (1921), 294,308.

Ardèche (ar-desh), a department in the south of France (Languedoc), located on the west side of the [228]Rhone River. It gets its name from the River Ardèche, which starts in this area and flows into the Rhone after traveling 46 miles; its area is 2,144 square miles. The region is mostly mountainous and includes the highest point of the Cevennes. It produces silk and wine. Annonay is the main town, but Privas is the capital. Population (1921), 294,308.

Arden, Forest of, a wood in Warwickshire. Shakespeare is supposed to have used it as a setting for As You Like It.

Arden, Forest of, a forest in Warwickshire. It's believed that Shakespeare used it as a backdrop for As You Like It.

Ardennes (a˙r-den´), an extensive tract of hilly land stretching over a large portion of the north-east of France and south-west of Belgium. Anciently the whole tract formed one immense forest (Arduenna Silva of Cæsar); but large portions are now occupied by cultivated fields and populous towns.

Ardennes (ar-den´), a large area of hilly land covering much of the northeast of France and the southwest of Belgium. In ancient times, the entire area was one huge forest (Arduenna Silva of Cæsar); however, many parts are now taken up by farmland and busy towns.

Ardennes (a˙r-den´), a frontier department in the north-east of France; area, 2027 sq. miles, partly consisting of the Forest of Ardennes. There are extensive slate-quarries, numerous ironworks, and important manufactures of cloth, ironware, leather, glass, earthenware, &c. It was the scene of many battles during the European War (1914-8). Chief towns, Mézières (the capital), Rocroi, and Sedan. Pop. 277,791.

Ardennes (a˙r-den´), a border region in the northeast of France; area, 2027 sq. miles, which includes part of the Forest of Ardennes. There are large slate quarries, many ironworks, and significant production of textiles, iron goods, leather, glass, ceramics, etc. It was the site of numerous battles during World War I (1914-1918). Major towns include Mézières (the capital), Rocroi, and Sedan. Pop. 277,791.

Ardnamurchan (-mur´han) Point, the most westerly point of the Island of Great Britain, in Argyllshire, having a lighthouse, 180 feet above sea-level, visible 18 to 20 miles off.

Ardnamurchan (-mur´han) Point, the westernmost point of Great Britain, located in Argyllshire, features a lighthouse that stands 180 feet above sea level and can be seen from 18 to 20 miles away.

Ar´doch, a parish in south Perthshire, celebrated for its Roman remains, one, a camp, being the most perfect existing in Scotland.

Ardoch, a parish in southern Perthshire, known for its Roman remains, with one camp being the best-preserved in Scotland.

Ardross´an, a seaport of Scotland, in Ayrshire, on the Firth of Clyde. It has a large harbour and shipbuilding yards, and is a centre of steamship services with Arran, Ireland, and Douglas, I.O.M. Pop. (1921), 7214.

Ardrossan is a port town in Scotland, located in Ayrshire on the Firth of Clyde. It features a large harbor and shipbuilding facilities, and serves as a hub for steamship services to Arran, Ireland, and Douglas, I.O.M. Population (1921) was 7,214.

Ards´ley, East and West, an urban district or town of England, W. Riding of Yorkshire, several miles north-west of Wakefield, with collieries, iron-mines, ironworks, &c. Pop. (1921), 7058.

Ardsley, East and West, an urban district or town in England, W. Riding of Yorkshire, several miles northwest of Wakefield, featuring coal mines, iron mines, ironworks, etc. Population (1921), 7,058.

Are (är), the unit of the French land measure, equal to 100 sq. metres, or 1076.44 English sq. feet. A hectare is 100 ares, equal to 2.47 English acres. The tenth part of an are is called a déciare, and a hundredth part a centiare.

Are (är), the unit of French land measurement, is equal to 100 square meters, or 1,076.44 square feet. A hectare is 100 ares, which is equal to 2.47 acres. The tenth of an are is called a déciare, and a hundredth of an are is a centiare.

A´rea, the superficial content of any figure or space, the quantity of surface it contains in terms of any unit. See Mensuration.

Area, the outer content of any figure or space, the amount of surface it includes measured in any unit. See Mensuration.

Are´ca, a genus of lofty palms with pinnated leaves, and a drupe-like fruit enclosed in a fibrous rind. A. Catĕchu of the Coromandel and Malabar coasts is the common areca palm which yields areca or betel-nuts, and also the astringent juice catechu. A. oleracĕa is the cabbage tree or cabbage palm of the West Indies. With lime and the leaves of the betel-pepper, the areca-nuts when green form the celebrated masticatory of the East. They are an important article in Eastern trade.

Areca is a type of tall palm tree with feathery leaves and a fruit that looks like a drupe, wrapped in a fibrous skin. A. catechu, found on the Coromandel and Malabar coasts, is the common areca palm that produces areca or betel nuts, as well as the astringent juice known as catechu. A. oleracea is the cabbage tree or cabbage palm from the West Indies. When combined with lime and the leaves of the betel pepper, green areca nuts create the well-known chewable in the East. They are a key item in Eastern trade.

Arecibo (a˙-re-thē´bō), a seaport town on the north coast of the Island of Porto Rico. Pop. 9612.

Arecibo (a˙-re-thē´bō), a port town on the northern coast of Puerto Rico. Population 9,612.

Areiopagus. See Areopagus.

Areopagus. See Areopagus.

Are´na, the enclosed space in the central part of the Roman amphitheatres, in which took place the combats of gladiators or wild beasts. It was usually covered with sand or saw-dust to prevent the gladiators from slipping, and to absorb the blood. See Amphitheatre.

arena, the enclosed area in the center of Roman amphitheaters where gladiator fights or wild animal contests occurred. It was typically covered with sand or sawdust to prevent the gladiators from slipping and to soak up the blood. See Amphitheatre.

Arenaceous Rocks include all sediments in which quartz sand is the most important constituent. Owing to its resistance to comminution and to chemical attack, quartz accumulates in sea-beaches while other mineral matter becomes removed. Hence sands gather near a shore and ultimately become consolidated by various natural cements into sandstones, those cemented by silica being styled quartzites. Sand-dunes in deserts or on coasts are unconsolidated arenaceous rock-masses.

Arenaceous Rocks include all sediments where quartz sand is the main component. Because of its durability against breakdown and chemical reactions, quartz builds up on beaches while other minerals are washed away. As a result, sands accumulate near shores and eventually get cemented by different natural materials into sandstones, with those bonded by silica referred to as quartzites. Sand dunes in deserts or along coastlines are loose arenaceous rock formations.

Ar´endal a seaport of Southern Norway, exporting timber, wood pulp, and iron, and owning numerous ships. It is a well-built place, having been rebuilt since the great fire of 1868. Wood pulp, paper, and cotton are manufactured. Pop. 11,000.

Arendal is a seaport in Southern Norway, known for exporting timber, wood pulp, and iron, and has a fleet of many ships. It’s a well-constructed town, rebuilt after the major fire in 1868. Products like wood pulp, paper, and cotton are made here. Population: 11,000.

Arenenberg Castle (mediæval, Narrenberg), a castle and estate in the Swiss Canton Thurgau, the possession of Queen Hortense, who died there in 1837. In 1855 it became the property of the Empress Eugénie.

Arenenberg Castle (medieval, Narrenberg), a castle and estate in the Swiss Canton of Thurgau, was owned by Queen Hortense, who passed away there in 1837. In 1855, it became the property of Empress Eugénie.

Arenga, a term sometimes used as the generic name of the areng or gomuti palm, which is then botanically designated Arenga saccharifera. See Gomuti.

Arenga is a term that is sometimes used as the general name for the areng or gomuti palm, which is scientifically classified as Arenga saccharifera. See Gomuti.

Arenic´ola. See Lobworm.

Arenicola. See Lobworm.

Are´olar Tissue, an assemblage of fibres in bundles, pervading almost every part of the animal structure, and connected with each other so as to form innumerable small cavities, the whole serving as a means by which the various organs and parts of organs are connected together. It is called also Cellular Tissue and Connective Tissue. The fibres are of two kinds—white fibrous tissue and yellow elastic fibrous tissue, and interspersed among the bundles or occupying the cellular cavities are cells and corpuscles of several kinds. It is a tissue found in large quantities under the skin, covering the muscles, the blood-vessels, and nerves, and in various parts forming a kind of protective covering for delicate and important organs. It is because of its general distribution, and because of its binding various structures together, that it is called connective.—In botany the term is sometimes applied to the non-vascular substance, composed entirely of untransformed cells, which forms the soft substance of plants. [229]

Areolar Tissue is a network of fibers grouped in bundles, found in nearly every part of the animal body, and connected to each other in such a way that they create countless small cavities. This structure helps to link different organs and parts of organs together. It’s also known as Cellular Tissue and Connective Tissue. There are two types of fibers—white fibrous tissue and yellow elastic fibrous tissue—along with various cells and corpuscles that are scattered among the bundles or filling the cellular cavities. This tissue is abundant beneath the skin, surrounding muscles, blood vessels, and nerves, and it provides a kind of protective layer for delicate and vital organs. Its widespread presence and its role in binding various structures together is why it’s called connective. In botany, the term sometimes refers to the non-vascular substance made up entirely of untransformed cells, which constitutes the soft part of plants. [229]

Areom´eter (from Gr. araios, thin, metron, a measure), an instrument for measuring the specific gravity of liquids; a hydrometer (q.v.).

Areometer (from Gr. araios, thin, metron, a measure), a tool used to measure the specific gravity of liquids; a hydrometer (see entry).

Areop´agus, the oldest of the Athenian courts of justice, an assembly having a position more august than an ordinary court, and in its best days exercising a general supervision over public morals. It obtained its name from its place of meeting, on the Hill of Ares (Mars), near the Acropolis or citadel of Athens. Another explanation connects the word with Aræ (Curses), commonly known as Semnæ (Awful Goddesses), who were the guardians of the hill. It existed from very remote times, and the crimes tried before it were wilful murder, poisoning, robbery, and arson, while it had under its control also dissoluteness of morals, and innovations in the State and in religion. Its meetings were held in the open air, and its members were selected from those who had held the office of archon. The tribunal eventually lost many of its powers, but it continued to exist in name at least as late as the time of Cicero or later, having had an existence of seven or eight hundred years.

Areopagus, the oldest Athenian court, was more prestigious than a regular court and once had significant authority over public morals. It got its name from where it met, on the Hill of Ares (Mars), near the Acropolis in Athens. Another explanation links the name to Aræ (Curses), also known as Semnæ (Awful Goddesses), who were the protectors of the hill. The court has been around since ancient times, trying cases of murder, poisoning, robbery, and arson, while also overseeing moral behavior and changes in the State and religion. Its sessions were held outdoors, and its members were chosen from former archons. Although the tribunal gradually lost many of its powers, it remained in name at least until the time of Cicero or later, existing for seven or eight hundred years.

Arequipa (a˙-rā-kē´pa˙), a city of Peru, capital of a province of same name, situated in a fertile valley, 7850 feet above sea-level, at a distance of about 55 miles from the coast and on the railway which runs from its port Mollendo inland to Puno on Lake Titicaca. Behind the city rises the volcano of Arequipa, or Peak of Misti (20,328 feet). The climate is healthy but the locality is liable to earthquakes, one of which almost completely destroyed the town in 1868, after which it was rapidly rebuilt. A considerable trade is carried on through Mollendo, there being a large transit trade with the interior, and the town carries on various industries, manufacturing cotton and woollen goods, &c. It was founded in 1540. Pop. 35,000 to 40,000.—The province has an area of 21,947 sq. miles, and a pop. of 229,007.

Arequipa (a˙-rā-kē´pa˙), a city in Peru, is the capital of a province with the same name. It is located in a fertile valley, 7,850 feet above sea level, about 55 miles from the coast, and along the railway that runs from its port, Mollendo, inland to Puno on Lake Titicaca. Behind the city stands the volcano Arequipa, also known as the Peak of Misti (20,328 feet). The climate is healthy, but the area is prone to earthquakes; one significant quake nearly destroyed the town in 1868, after which it was quickly rebuilt. A substantial trade is conducted through Mollendo, including a large transit trade with the interior, and the town has various industries producing cotton and woolen goods, among others. It was founded in 1540. Population: 35,000 to 40,000.—The province covers an area of 21,947 square miles and has a population of 229,007.

Ares (ā´rēz). See Mars.

Ares (á-rez). See Mars.

Arethu´sa, in Greek mythology, a daughter of Nereus and Doris, a nymph changed by Artĕmis into a fountain in order to free her from the pursuit of the river-god Alpheus. This fountain was said to exist in the small Island of Ortygia, near Syracuse, and was fabled to have a subterranean connection with the River Alpheus in Greece.

Arethusa, in Greek mythology, is the daughter of Nereus and Doris, a nymph transformed by Artemis into a fountain to escape the river god Alpheus. This fountain is said to be located on the small island of Ortygia, near Syracuse, and was believed to have an underground link to the River Alpheus in Greece.

Aretino (ä-rā-tē´nö), Guido. See Guido.

Aretino (ä-rā-tē´nö), Guido. See Guido.

Aretino, Pietro, Italian poet, born at Arezzo 1492, died at Venice 1556, the natural son of a nobleman called Luigi Bacci. He early displayed a talent for satirical poetry, and when still a young man was banished from Arezzo on account of a sonnet against indulgences. He went to Perugia, and thence to Rome (1517), where he secured the papal patronage, but subsequently lost it through writing licentious sonnets. Through the influence of the Medici family he found an opportunity to insinuate himself into the favour of Francis I. In 1527 Aretino went to Venice, where he acquired powerful friends, among them the Bishop of Vicenza. By his devotional writings he regained the favour of the Roman Court. He called himself 'the divine', and 'the scourge of princes', but he was also their abject flatterer, and that solely to obtain money. The obscenity of some of his writings was such that his name has become proverbial for licentiousness. Among them are five comedies and a tragedy.

Aretino, Pietro, was an Italian poet born in Arezzo in 1492 and died in Venice in 1556. He was the illegitimate son of a nobleman named Luigi Bacci. He showed a talent for satirical poetry early on, and as a young man, he was banished from Arezzo for a sonnet criticizing indulgences. He moved to Perugia and then to Rome in 1517, where he gained the patronage of the pope but later lost it due to his risqué sonnets. With the influence of the Medici family, he managed to win the favor of Francis I. In 1527, Aretino went to Venice, where he made powerful friends, including the Bishop of Vicenza. Through his religious writings, he regained the favor of the Roman Court. He referred to himself as 'the divine' and 'the scourge of princes,' but he was also their obsequious flatterer, primarily to secure money. The explicit nature of some of his writings has made his name synonymous with immorality. Among his works are five comedies and a tragedy.

Arezzo (a˙-ret´sō; ancient Arretium), a city of Central Italy, capital of a province of the same name in Tuscany, near the confluence of the Chiana with the Arno. It has a noble cathedral, containing some fine pictures and monuments; remains of an ancient amphitheatre, &c. It was one of the twelve chief Etruscan towns, and in later times fought long against the Florentines, to whom it had finally to succumb. It is the birthplace of Mæcenas, Petrarch, Pietro Aretino, Redi, and Vasari. Pop. 50,093.—The province of Arezzo contains 1274 sq. miles, and 292,763 inhabitants (1915).

Arezzo (a˙-ret'sō; ancient Arretium), a city in Central Italy, is the capital of a province of the same name in Tuscany, located near where the Chiana river meets the Arno. The city features a magnificent cathedral with impressive artwork and monuments; it also has remains of an ancient amphitheater, among other attractions. Arezzo was one of the twelve major Etruscan cities and, in later years, it struggled for a long time against the Florentines, ultimately being forced to surrender. Notable figures from Arezzo include Mæcenas, Petrarch, Pietro Aretino, Redi, and Vasari. Population: 50,093.—The province of Arezzo covers 1,274 square miles and has 292,763 residents (1915).

Ar´gal, Argol, or Tartar, a hard crust formed on the sides of vessels in which wine has been kept, red or white according to the colour of the wine. It is an impure bitartrate of potassium.

Ar'gal, Argol, or Tartar, is a tough residue that forms on the sides of containers used to store wine, either red or white depending on the wine's color. It is an impure form of potassium bitartrate.

Argali Argali (Ovis ammon)

Ar´gali, a species of wild sheep (Caprŏvis Argăli or Ovis ammon) found on the mountains [230]of Siberia, Central Asia, and Kamtchatka. It is 4 feet high at the shoulders, and proportionately stout in its build, with horns nearly 4 feet in length measured along the curve, and at their base about 19 inches in circumference. It lives in small herds. This true argali must not be confounded with the North-African wild sheep, called the bearded argali and known as the arni, the Algerian moufflon, and the Barbary sheep.

Argali, a species of wild sheep (Caprŏvis Argăli or Ovis ammon), is found in the mountains [230] of Siberia, Central Asia, and Kamchatka. It stands about 4 feet tall at the shoulders and has a robust build, with horns that are nearly 4 feet long when measured along the curve, and about 19 inches in circumference at the base. They live in small herds. This true argali should not be confused with the North African wild sheep, known as the bearded argali, arni, Algerian mouflon, or Barbary sheep.

Ar´gall, Sir Samuel (1572-1639), one of the early English adventurers to Virginia. He planned and executed the abduction of Pocahontas, the daughter of the Indian chief Powhattan, in order to secure the ransom of English prisoners. He was deputy-governor of Virginia (1617-9), and was accused of many acts of rapacity and tyranny. In 1620 he served in an expedition against Algiers, and was knighted by James I.

Argall, Sir Samuel (1572-1639), was one of the early English adventurers in Virginia. He planned and carried out the kidnapping of Pocahontas, the daughter of the Indian chief Powhatan, to secure the ransom of English prisoners. He served as the deputy governor of Virginia from 1617 to 1619 and faced accusations of numerous acts of greed and tyranny. In 1620, he participated in an expedition against Algiers and was knighted by James I.

Ar´gand Lamp, a lamp named after its inventor, Aimé Argand, a Swiss chemist and physician (born 1755, died 1803), the distinctive feature of which is a burner forming a ring or hollow cylinder covered by a chimney, so that the flame receives a current of air both on the inside and on the outside.

Argand Lamp, a lamp named after its inventor, Aimé Argand, a Swiss chemist and physician (born 1755, died 1803), is characterized by a burner that forms a ring or hollow cylinder covered by a chimney, allowing the flame to get a flow of air from both inside and outside.

Argaum (a˙r-ga˙´u¨m), a village of India, in Berar, celebrated for the victory of General Wellesley (Duke of Wellington) over the Mahrattas under Scindia and the Rajah of Berar, 29th Nov., 1803.

Argaum (a˙r-ga˙´u¨m), a village in India, located in Berar, is famous for the victory of General Wellesley (the Duke of Wellington) over the Mahrattas led by Scindia and the Rajah of Berar on November 29, 1803.

Ar´gelander, Friedrich Wilhelm August, German astronomer, born in 1799. He added to the knowledge of the progressive motion of the solar system in space, and published a catalogue of 560 stars having 'proper motion'. His works include: Atlas des nördlichen gestirnten Himmels (1857), Neue Uranometrie (1843), &c. He died in 1875.

Argelander, Friedrich Wilhelm August, a German astronomer, was born in 1799. He contributed to the understanding of the solar system's motion in space and published a catalog of 560 stars with 'proper motion'. His works include: Atlas of the Northern Starry Sky (1857), New Uranometry (1843), etc. He passed away in 1875.

Argemone (a˙r-jem´o-nē), a small genus of ornamental American plants of the poppy order. From the seeds of A. mexicāna is obtained an oil very useful to painters. The handsomest species is A. grandiflōra, which has large flowers of a pure white colour.

Argemone (ar-jem´o-nee), a small group of decorative American plants in the poppy family. The seeds of A. mexicāna produce an oil that painters find very useful. The most attractive species is A. grandiflōra, known for its big, pure white flowers.

Argensola (a˙r-hen-sō´la˙), Lupercio and Bartolomé Leonardo de, brothers, born at Barbastro, in Aragon, the former in 1565, died in 1613; the latter born in 1566, died in 1631. Lupercio produced tragedies and lyric poems; Bartolomé a number of poems and a historical work, The Conquest of the Moluccas. Their writings are singularly alike in character, and are reckoned among the Spanish classics. The tragedies are of the heavy Senecan type, but the satirical writings of both brothers are full of pungent wit of a pleasing kind.

Argensola (a˙r-hen-sō´la˙), Lupercio and Bartolomé Leonardo de, were brothers born in Barbastro, Aragon. Lupercio was born in 1565 and died in 1613; Bartolomé was born in 1566 and died in 1631. Lupercio created tragedies and lyric poems, while Bartolomé wrote several poems and a historical work, The Conquest of the Moluccas. Their writing styles are notably similar and are considered part of the Spanish classics. Their tragedies follow the heavy Senecan style, but both brothers' satirical works are filled with sharp, enjoyable wit.

Argenson (a˙r-zha˙n˙-sōn˙), Marc Pierre de Voyer, Comte d', celebrated French statesman, born in 1696, died 1764. After holding a number of subordinate offices he became minister for foreign affairs, and succeeded in bringing about the Congress of Breda, which was the prelude to that of Aix-la-Chapelle. He was present at the battle of Fontenoy, and was exiled to his estate for some years through the machinations of Madame Pompadour. His Considérations sur le Gouvernement de la France was a very advanced study on the possibility of combining with a monarchic form of government democratic principles and local self-government. Les Essais, ou Loisirs d'un Ministre d'État, published in 1785, is a collection of characters and anecdotes in the style of Montaigne.

Argenson (a˙r-zha˙n˙-sōn˙), Marc Pierre de Voyer, Comte d', was a prominent French statesman, born in 1696 and passed away in 1764. After serving in various lower-level positions, he became the minister for foreign affairs and successfully facilitated the Congress of Breda, which led to the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle. He participated in the battle of Fontenoy and was later exiled to his estate for several years due to the schemes of Madame Pompadour. His Considérations sur le Gouvernement de la France explored the progressive idea of merging democratic principles and local self-government with a monarchical system. Les Essais, ou Loisirs d'un Ministre d'État, published in 1785, is a compilation of characters and anecdotes written in a style reminiscent of Montaigne.

Ar´gent, in coats of arms, the heraldic term expressing silver: represented in engraving by a plain white surface.

Argent, in coats of arms, the heraldic term for silver: represented in engraving by a plain white surface.

Argentan (a˙r-zha˙n˙-tän˙), a French town, department of Orne (Normandy), with an old castle and some manufactures. Pop. 6300.

Argentan (ar-zhan-tan), is a town in France, located in the Orne department of Normandy. It has an old castle and some manufacturing. Population: 6,300.

Argenteuil (a˙r-zha˙n˙-teu-yė), a town in France, department Seine-et-Oise, 7 miles below Paris; it has an active trade in wine, fruit, and vegetables. Pop. 24,282.

Argenteuil (ar-zhuhn-teuil), a town in France, located in the Seine-et-Oise department, 7 miles from Paris; it has a bustling trade in wine, fruit, and vegetables. Population: 24,282.

Argentie´ra, or Kimōli (ancient, Cimōlus), an island in the Grecian Archipelago, one of the Cyclades, about 18 miles in circumference, rocky and sterile. It produces a detergent chalk called Cimolian earth (q.v.), used in washing and bleaching. Pop. 1337.

Argentiera, or Kimōli (ancient, Cimōlus), is an island in the Greek Archipelago, part of the Cyclades, with a circumference of about 18 miles. It's rocky and barren. The island is known for a cleaning chalk called Cimolian earth (q.v.), which is used for washing and bleaching. Population: 1,337.

Ar´gentine, a silvery-white slaty variety of calc-spar, containing a little silica with laminæ usually undulated. It is found in primitive rocks and frequently in metallic veins.—Argentine is also the name of a small British fish (Scopĕlus boreālis) less than 2 inches long and of a silvery colour.

Argentine, a silvery-white slate-like type of calcite, contains some silica with layers that are usually wavy. It is found in ancient rocks and often in metal veins.—Argentine is also the name of a small British fish (Scopĕlus boreālis) that is less than 2 inches long and has a silvery color.

Ar´gentine Republic, formerly called the United Provinces of La Plata, a vast country of South America, the extreme length of which is 2300 miles, and the average breadth a little over 500 miles, the total area 1,153,119 sq. miles. It consists of fourteen provinces, ten territories, and one federal district. It is bounded on the N. by Bolivia; on the E. by Paraguay, Brazil, Uruguay, and the Atlantic; on the S. by the Antarctic Ocean; and on the W. by the Andes. It comprises four great natural divisions: (1) the Andine region, containing the provinces of Mendoza, San Juan, Rioja, Catamarca, Tucuman, Salta, and Jujuy; (2) the Pampas, containing the provinces of Santiago, Santa Fé, Cordova, San Luis, and Buenos Ayres, with the territories Formosa, Pampa, and Chaco; (3) the Argentine 'mesopotamia', between the Rivers Paraná and Uruguay, containing the provinces of Entre Rios and Corrientes, and the territory Misiones; (4) Patagonia, including the eastern half of Tierra del Fuego. With the exception of the N.W., where lateral branches of the Andes run into the [231]plain for 150 or 200 miles, and the province of Entre Rios, which is hilly, the characteristic feature of the country is the great monotonous and level plains called 'pampas'. In the north these plains are partly forest-covered, but all the central and southern parts present vast treeless tracts, which afford pasture to immense herds of horses, oxen, and sheep, and are varied in some places by brackish swamps, in others by salt steppes. The great water-course of the country is the Paraná, having a length of fully 2000 miles from its source in the mountains of Goyaz, Brazil, to its junction with the Uruguay, where begins the estuary of La Plata. The Paraná is formed by the union of the Upper Paraná and Paraguay Rivers, near the N.E. corner of the State. Important tributaries are the Pilcomayo, the Vermejo, and the Salado. The Paraná, Paraguay, and Uruguay are valuable for internal navigation. Many of the streams which tend eastward terminate in marshes and salt lakes, some of which are rather extensive. Not connected with the La Plata system are the Colorado and the Rio Negro, the latter formerly the southern boundary of the State, separating it from Patagonia. The source of the Negro is Lake Nahuel Huapi, in Patagonia (area, 1200 sq. miles), in the midst of magnificent scenery. The level portions of the country are mostly of tertiary formation, and the river and coast regions consist mainly of alluvial soil of great fertility. In the pampas clay have been found the fossil remains of extinct mammalia, some of them of colossal size.

Argentine Republic, previously known as the United Provinces of La Plata, is a large country in South America, stretching 2,300 miles in length and averaging just over 500 miles in width, with a total area of 1,153,119 square miles. It is made up of fourteen provinces, ten territories, and one federal district. It shares its northern border with Bolivia; to the east with Paraguay, Brazil, Uruguay, and the Atlantic Ocean; to the south with the Antarctic Ocean; and to the west with the Andes. The country has four major natural divisions: (1) the Andean region, which includes the provinces of Mendoza, San Juan, Rioja, Catamarca, Tucumán, Salta, and Jujuy; (2) the Pampas, encompassing the provinces of Santiago, Santa Fé, Córdoba, San Luis, and Buenos Aires, along with the territories of Formosa, Pampa, and Chaco; (3) Argentine 'mesopotamia', nestled between the Paraná and Uruguay Rivers, which contains the provinces of Entre Ríos and Corrientes, as well as the territory of Misiones; (4) Patagonia, which includes the eastern half of Tierra del Fuego. Aside from the N.W., where lateral branches of the Andes extend into the [231]plain for 150 to 200 miles, and the hilly province of Entre Ríos, the country is characterized by vast, flat plains known as the 'pampas'. In the northern areas, these plains are partially forested, but the central and southern regions consist of extensive treeless areas that provide grazing for huge herds of horses, cattle, and sheep, sometimes interspersed with brackish swamps and salt flats. The main river in the country is the Paraná, which stretches about 2,000 miles from its source in the mountains of Goyaz, Brazil, to its confluence with the Uruguay, where the estuary of La Plata begins. The Paraná is formed by the merging of the Upper Paraná and Paraguay Rivers near the N.E. corner of the state. Significant tributaries include the Pilcomayo, Vermejo, and Salado. The Paraná, Paraguay, and Uruguay Rivers are essential for internal navigation. Many smaller rivers flowing eastward end in marshes and salt lakes, some of which are quite large. The Colorado and Rio Negro are not part of the La Plata system; the latter used to mark the southern border of the state, separating it from Patagonia. The Rio Negro originates from Lake Nahuel Huapi in Patagonia (covering an area of 1,200 square miles), surrounded by stunning scenery. The flatter regions of the country are mainly composed of tertiary formations, with river and coastal areas primarily consisting of highly fertile alluvial soil. Fossil remains of extinct mammals, some of colossal size, have been discovered in the clay of the pampas.

European grains and fruits, including the vine, have been successfully introduced, and large areas are now under wheat, maize, flax, and other crops, another source of wealth consisting in the countless herds of cattle and horses and flocks of sheep, which are pastured on the pampas, and which multiply there very rapidly. Gold, silver, nickel, copper, tin, lead, and iron, besides marble, jasper, precious stones, and bitumen, are found in the mountainous districts of the N.W., while petroleum wells have been discovered on the Rio Vermejo; but the development of this mineral wealth has hitherto been greatly retarded by the want of proper means of transport. As a whole there are not extensive forests in the State except in the region of the Gran Chaco (which extends also into Bolivia), where there is known to be 60,000 sq. miles of timber. Thousands of square miles are covered with thistles, which grow to a great height in their season. Cacti also forms great thickets. Peach and apple trees are abundant in some districts. The native fauna includes the puma, the jaguar, the tapir, the llama, the alpaca, the vicuña, armadillos, the rhea or nandu, a species of ostrich, &c. The climate is agreeable and healthy, 97° being about the highest temperature experienced. The rainfall is very scanty in some districts, and is nowhere very large.

European grains and fruits, including grapes, have been successfully introduced, and large areas are now dedicated to wheat, corn, flax, and other crops. This has also led to wealth from the numerous herds of cattle and horses, and flocks of sheep that graze on the pampas, which multiply quickly in this region. Gold, silver, nickel, copper, tin, lead, and iron, along with marble, jasper, precious stones, and bitumen, are found in the mountainous areas of the N.W., while oil wells have been discovered near the Rio Vermejo. However, the development of these mineral resources has been significantly hindered by a lack of proper transportation. Overall, there are not vast forests in the State except in the Gran Chaco region (which also extends into Bolivia), where there are about 60,000 square miles of timber. Thousands of square miles are covered with thistles that grow quite tall in their season. Cacti also form large thickets, and peach and apple trees are plentiful in some areas. The native animals include the puma, jaguar, tapir, llama, alpaca, vicuña, armadillos, rhea or nandu (a type of ostrich), among others. The climate is pleasant and healthy, with temperatures reaching around 97°F at their highest. Rainfall is very low in some areas and is generally not abundant anywhere.

As a whole this vast country is very thinly inhabited, some parts of it as yet being very little known. The native Indians were never very numerous, and have given little trouble to the European settlers. Tribes of them yet in the savage state still inhabit the less-known districts, and live by hunting and fishing. Some of the Gran Chaco tribes are said to be very fierce, and European travellers have been killed by them. The European element is strong in the republic, more than half the population being Europeans or of pure European descent. Large numbers of immigrants arrive from Southern Europe, the Italians having the preponderance among those of foreign birth. The typical inhabitants of the pampas are the Gauchos, a race of half-breed cattle-rearers and horse-breakers; they are almost continually on horseback, galloping over the plains, collecting their herds and droves, taming wild horses, or catching and slaughtering cattle. In such occupations they require a marvellous dexterity in the use of the lasso and bolas.

As a whole, this vast country is very sparsely populated, with some areas still largely unknown. The native Indians were never very numerous and have caused little trouble for the European settlers. Some tribes still living in the wild inhabit the lesser-known regions and survive by hunting and fishing. Certain tribes from the Gran Chaco are reported to be quite fierce, and European travelers have been killed by them. The European presence in the republic is significant, with more than half of the population being Europeans or of pure European descent. A large number of immigrants come from Southern Europe, with Italians being the largest group among those born abroad. The typical residents of the pampas are the Gauchos, a group of mixed-race cattle herders and horse trainers; they are almost always on horseback, racing across the plains to round up their herds, tame wild horses, or catch and slaughter cattle. In these tasks, they demonstrate remarkable skill with the lasso and bolas.

The River La Plata was discovered in 1512 by the Spanish navigator Juan Diaz de Solis, and the La Plata territory had been brought into the possession of Spain by the end of the sixteenth century. In 1810 the territory cast off the Spanish rule, and in 1816 the independence of the United States of the Rio de la Plata was formerly declared, but it was long before a settled government was established. The present constitution dates from 1853, being modified in 1866 and 1898. The executive power is vested in a president—elected by the representatives of the fourteen provinces for a term of six years. A national congress of two chambers—a Senate and a House of Deputies—wields the legislative authority, and the republic is making rapid advances in social and political life. The national revenue for 1918 amounted to about £32,860,306, while the expenditure amounted to £34,407,074; the public debt was, at the end of 1916, about £120,000,000. There are about 22,000 miles of railway opened. The external commerce is important, the chief exports being beef and mutton, wheat, maize, and linseed, wool, skins and hides, tallow. The imports are chiefly manufactured goods. The trade is largely with Britain and France, and is increasing rapidly, the exports having advanced from £9,000,000 in 1876 and £73,200,000 in 1908 to £201,360,000 in 1920. The imports in 1920 were £170,820,000. The chief denomination of money is the dollar or peso, value (in gold) 4s. Buenos Ayres (or Aires) is the capital. Other towns are Rosario, Cordova, La Plata, Tucuman, Mendoza, and [232]Santa-Fé. The population of the republic, which is rapidly increasing by immigration, was, in 1905, 5,678,197, and 8,284,266 in 1918; of the capital, 1,637,155 (1918).—Bibliography: C. E. Akers, History of South America, 1854 to 1904; W. H. Hudson, The Naturalist in La Plata; Keane and Markham, Central and South America (in Stanford's Compendium of Geography and Travel); Martinez and Lewandowski, Argentine in the Twentieth Century; Sir John Foster Fraser, The Amazing Argentine; H. Stephens, Illustrated Descriptive Argentina; The Argentine Year Book.

The River La Plata was discovered in 1512 by the Spanish navigator Juan Diaz de Solis, and by the end of the sixteenth century, the La Plata territory had come under Spanish control. In 1810, the territory broke away from Spanish rule, and in 1816, the independence of the United States of the Rio de la Plata was officially declared, but it took a long time to establish a stable government. The current constitution dates back to 1853, with modifications made in 1866 and 1898. The executive power is held by a president, who is elected by representatives from the fourteen provinces for a six-year term. A national congress consisting of two chambers—a Senate and a House of Deputies—holds legislative authority, and the republic is making significant progress in social and political life. The national revenue for 1918 was approximately £32,860,306, while expenditures reached £34,407,074; as of the end of 1916, the public debt was about £120,000,000. There are around 22,000 miles of railway in operation. The external commerce is vital, with the main exports being beef, mutton, wheat, maize, linseed, wool, skins, hides, and tallow. The majority of imports consist of manufactured goods. Trade is primarily with Britain and France, and it is growing quickly, with exports rising from £9,000,000 in 1876 and £73,200,000 in 1908 to £201,360,000 in 1920. Imports in 1920 were £170,820,000. The main currency is the dollar or peso, valued at (in gold) 4s. Buenos Aires is the capital. Other cities include Rosario, Cordova, La Plata, Tucuman, Mendoza, and [232]Santa-Fé. The republic's population, which is rapidly growing due to immigration, was 5,678,197 in 1905 and 8,284,266 in 1918, with the capital's population at 1,637,155 (1918).—References: C. E. Akers, History of South America, 1854 to 1904; W. H. Hudson, The Naturalist in La Plata; Keane and Markham, Central and South America (in Stanford's Compendium of Geography and Travel); Martinez and Lewandowski, Argentine in the Twentieth Century; Sir John Foster Fraser, The Amazing Argentine; H. Stephens, Illustrated Descriptive Argentina; The Argentine Year Book.

Ar´gentite, sulphide of silver, a blackish or lead-grey mineral, a valuable ore of silver found in the crystalline rocks of many countries.

Argentite, silver sulfide, is a dark gray or black mineral and a valuable silver ore found in the crystalline rocks of various countries.

Argentometer. See Hydrometer.

Argentometer. See Hydrometer.

Argillaceous Rocks are rocks in which clay prevails (including shales and slates).

Argillaceous Rocks are rocks where clay is the dominant component (including shales and slates).

Argives (a˙r´jīvz), or Argivi, the inhabitants of Argos; used by Homer and other ancient authors as a generic appellation for all the Greeks.

Argives (ar-jīvz), or Argivi, the people of Argos; used by Homer and other ancient writers as a general term for all the Greeks.

Ar´go. See Argonauts.

Argo. See Argonauts.

Argol. See Argal.

Argol. See Argal.

Argolis. See Argos.

Argolis. See Argos.

Argon, a gas which is fairly widely distributed in the free state and is a constant constituent of the atmosphere, of which it forms about 1 per cent by volume. It was discovered by Lord Rayleigh and Professor Ramsay in 1894. During their determinations of the density of nitrogen they noticed that the density of nitrogen derived from the air differed from the density of nitrogen derived from ammonia and other compounds of nitrogen, and after a series of very careful experiments they succeeded in isolating a new gas, which they named Argon. The gas occurs in sea and river water, in plants, in the blood of animals, and the gases issuing from volcanoes and mineral springs. It is always in the free state and never in combination, and is associated with nitrogen. It is colourless, odourless, and tasteless, and may be liquefied and solidified. It is heavier than air, and is chemically a very inert substance. It is usually referred to as one of the rare gases of the atmosphere. Argon is manufactured in fairly large quantity from air, making use of the inertness of the substance compared to oxygen and nitrogen, the chief constituents of the air. Several methods are in use, e.g. nitrogen may be removed by passing it repeatedly over red-hot magnesium; thus the nitrogen is absorbed and the argon left. When oxygen and nitrogen of air are absorbed by a mixture of 90 per cent calcium carbide and 10 per cent calcium chloride previously heated to redness in vacuo, a gas becoming richer and richer in argon is obtained. Another method of preparing argon is by fractionation of liquid air. It is used for filling electric bulbs.

Argon is a gas that's pretty common in its free state and is a constant part of the atmosphere, making up about 1 percent of it by volume. It was discovered by Lord Rayleigh and Professor Ramsay in 1894. While measuring the density of nitrogen, they noticed that nitrogen from the air had a different density than nitrogen from ammonia and other nitrogen compounds. After conducting a series of careful experiments, they managed to isolate a new gas, which they named Argon. This gas can be found in sea and river water, plants, animal blood, and gases released from volcanoes and mineral springs. It's always in the free state and never combined with anything, and it’s found alongside nitrogen. Argon is colorless, odorless, and tasteless, and it can be turned into a liquid or solid. It’s heavier than air and chemically very inert. It’s often referred to as one of the rare gases in the atmosphere. Argon is produced in fairly large quantities from air due to its inertness compared to oxygen and nitrogen, the main components of air. Several methods are used; for instance, nitrogen can be removed by repeatedly passing air over red-hot magnesium, which absorbs the nitrogen and leaves argon. When the oxygen and nitrogen in air are absorbed by a mixture of 90 percent calcium carbide and 10 percent calcium chloride that has been heated to redness in vacuo, a gas that's increasingly rich in argon is produced. Another way to produce argon is through the fractionation of liquid air. It’s often used to fill electric bulbs.

Argonaut Argonaut—Female

Ar´gonaut, a molluscous animal of the genus Argonauta, belonging to the dibranchiate or two-gilled cuttle-fishes, distinguished by the females possessing a single-chambered external shell, not organically connected with the body of the animal. The males have no shell and are of much smaller size than the females. The shell is fragile, translucent, and boat-like in shape; it serves as the receptacle of the ova or eggs of the female, which sits in it with the respiratory tube or 'funnel' turned towards the carina or 'keel'. This famed mollusc swims only by ejecting water from its funnel, and it can crawl in a reversed position, carrying its shell over its back like a snail. The account of its floating on the surface of the sea, with its sail-shaped arms extended to catch the breeze, and with the six other arms as oars, is a mere fable. The argonaut, or paper-nautilus, must be carefully distinguished from the pearly-nautilus or nautilus proper (Nautilus Pompilius).

Argonaut, a mollusk from the genus Argonauta, is part of the dibranchiate or two-gilled cuttlefish group. The females have a single-chambered external shell that isn’t physically attached to their bodies. The males don’t have a shell and are much smaller than the females. The shell is delicate, translucent, and shaped like a boat; it holds the female's eggs, while she sits inside with her respiratory tube, or 'funnel,' facing the keel. This well-known mollusk swims by pushing water out of its funnel and can crawl backward, carrying its shell on its back like a snail. The story of it floating on the ocean surface, with its sail-like arms extending to catch the wind and the six other arms acting like oars, is just a myth. The argonaut, or paper-nautilus, should not be confused with the pearly-nautilus or true nautilus (Nautilus Pompilius).

Argonauts, in the legendary history of Greece, those heroes who performed a hazardous voyage to Colchis, a far-distant country at the eastern extremity of the Euxine (Black Sea), with Jason in the ship Argo, for the purpose of securing a golden fleece, which was preserved suspended upon a tree, and under the guardianship of a sleepless dragon. By the aid of Medea, daughter of the King of Colchis, Jason was enabled to seize the fleece, and, after many strange adventures, to reach his home at Iolcos in Thessaly. Among the Argonauts were Hercules, Castor and Pollux, Orpheus and Theseus.—Bibliography: A. R. Hope Moncrieff, Classic Myth and Legend; Kingsley, The Heroes; N. Hawthorne, The Wonder-book.

Argonauts are the legendary heroes of Greece who took a dangerous journey to Colchis, a far-off land at the eastern edge of the Euxine (Black Sea), with Jason aboard the ship Argo, to obtain a golden fleece that hung from a tree and was guarded by a wakeful dragon. With the help of Medea, the daughter of the King of Colchis, Jason managed to grab the fleece and, after many strange adventures, make it back home to Iolcos in Thessaly. Among the Argonauts were Hercules, Castor and Pollux, Orpheus, and Theseus.—References: A. R. Hope Moncrieff, Classic Myth and Legend; Kingsley, The Heroes; N. Hawthorne, The Wonder-book.

Argo-Navis, the southern constellation of the Ship, is almost entirely invisible in Britain. It contains Canopus, next to Sirius the brightest [233]fixed star. In the great nebula in Argo is situated the remarkable star Eta Argûs. It is variable, generally faint, but in 1837 it became temporarily one of the brightest stars in the sky.

Argo-Navis, the southern constellation of the Ship, is mostly not visible in Britain. It includes Canopus, which is the second brightest fixed star after Sirius. In the large nebula of Argo lies the notable star Eta Argûs. It is variable, usually dim, but in 1837, it temporarily became one of the brightest stars in the sky.

Argonne, a district of France, between the Rivers Meuse, Marne, and Aisne, celebrated for the campaign of Dumouriez against the Prussians in 1792, and for the military movements and actions which took place therein previous to the battle of Sedan, in 1870.

Argonne is a region in France located between the Meuse, Marne, and Aisne Rivers. It's known for Dumouriez's campaign against the Prussians in 1792 and for the military movements and actions that occurred there leading up to the battle of Sedan in 1870.

Argonne, Battle of. When, in the autumn of 1914, the Allies retreated towards the Marne, the German Crown Prince's army endeavoured to invest Verdun. His right wing advanced through the thick and extensive forest of Argonne, but took precipitate flight after the battle of the Marne before the army of General Sarrail. In the summer of 1915 the Crown Prince endeavoured to hack his way through the French Argonne lines, using much heavy artillery, poison-gas, liquid-fire, and tear-shells. A final effort to break through was made in September, between Le Four de Paris and Vienne-le-Château, but, after gaining a footing in the first line of French trenches, the Germans were hurled back by a dashing counter-attack. The great salient from the Argonne to St. Mihiel was the salvation of Verdun.

Argonne, Battle of. In the fall of 1914, as the Allies pulled back toward the Marne, the German Crown Prince's army tried to surround Verdun. His right flank moved through the thick, vast Argonne forest, but retreated quickly after the battle of the Marne against General Sarrail's forces. In the summer of 1915, the Crown Prince attempted to push through the French Argonne lines, employing heavy artillery, poison gas, incendiary weapons, and tear gas shells. A last attempt to break through occurred in September, between Le Four de Paris and Vienne-le-Château, but after making some gains in the first line of French trenches, the Germans were pushed back by a bold counterattack. The significant bulge from the Argonne to St. Mihiel was crucial in saving Verdun.

Ar´gos, a town of Greece, in the north-east of the Peloponnesus, between the Gulfs of Ægina and Nauplia or Argos. This town and the surrounding territory of Argolis were famous from the legendary period of Greek history onwards. Here, besides Argos, was Mycenæ, where Agamemnon ruled. Modern Argos is a straggling place of 10,000 inhabitants, with some ancient remains. The territory Argolis forms a nomarchy of Greece. Pop., Argolis and Corinthia, 153,172. The capital is Nauplia.

Argos is a town in Greece, located in the northeast of the Peloponnesus, between the Gulfs of Ægina and Nauplia. This town and the surrounding area of Argolis have been famous since the legendary period of Greek history. Here, in addition to Argos, was Mycenae, where Agamemnon ruled. Modern Argos is a sprawling place with about 10,000 residents and some ancient ruins. The region of Argolis is a nomarchy of Greece. The population of Argolis and Corinthia is 153,172, with Nauplia as the capital.

Argos´toli, a city of the Ionian Islands, capital of Cephalonia, and the residence of a Greek bishop. Pop. 14,000.

Argostoli, a city in the Ionian Islands, is the capital of Cephalonia and the home of a Greek bishop. Population: 14,000.

Ar´gosy, a poetical name for a large merchant-vessel; derived from Ragusa, a port which was formerly more celebrated than now, and whose vessels did a considerable trade with England. It is popularly but erroneously connected with the ship Argo in which Jason sailed. See Argonauts.

Argosy, a poetic term for a large merchant ship; it comes from Ragusa, a port that used to be more famous than it is today, and whose ships engaged in significant trade with England. It's commonly but incorrectly associated with the ship Argo, which Jason sailed. See Argonauts.

Argot (Fr.; a˙r-gō), the jargon, slang, or peculiar phraseology of a class or profession; originally the conventional slang of thieves and vagabonds, invented for the purpose of disguise and concealment. Some of François Villon's poems are written in argot.—Cf. W. von Knoblauch, Dictionary of Argot.

Argot (Fr.; a˙r-gō), the jargon, slang, or unique expressions used by a particular class or profession; originally the typical slang of criminals and outcasts, created for the purpose of hiding meaning and identity. Some of François Villon's poems are written in argot.—Cf. W. von Knoblauch, Dictionary of Argot.

Arguim, or Arguin (a˙r-gwim´, a˙r-gwin´), a small island on the west coast of Africa, not far from Cape Blanco, formerly a centre of trade. Its possession was violently disputed between the Portuguese, Dutch, English, and French.

Arguim, or Arguin (ar-gwim´, ar-gwin´), is a small island on the west coast of Africa, not far from Cape Blanco, that used to be a trading hub. Its control was fiercely contested among the Portuguese, Dutch, English, and French.

Ar´gument, a term sometimes used as synonymous with the subject of a discourse, but more frequently appropriated to any kind of method employed for the purpose of confuting or at least silencing an opponent. Logicians have reduced arguments to a number of distinct heads, such as the argumentum ad judicium, which founds on solid proofs and addresses to the judgment; the argumentum ad verecundiam, which appeals to the modesty or bashfulness of an opponent by reminding him of the great names or authorities by whom the view disputed by him is supported; the argumentum ad ignorantiam, the employment of some logical fallacy towards persons likely to be deceived by it; and the argumentum ad hominem, an argument which presses a man with consequences drawn from his own principles and concessions, or his own conduct. See Fallacy, Logic.

Argument, a term sometimes used interchangeably with the subject of a discussion, but more often applied to any method used to refute or at least quiet an opponent. Logicians have categorized arguments into several distinct types, such as the argumentum ad judicium, which relies on solid evidence and appeals to reason; the argumentum ad verecundiam, which plays on the modesty or shyness of an opponent by referencing the esteemed figures or authorities that support the view they contest; the argumentum ad ignorantiam, which uses a logical fallacy against those likely to be misled by it; and the argumentum ad hominem, an argument that confronts someone with consequences drawn from their own beliefs and statements, or their own actions. See Fallacy, Logic.

Argument of the People, the document set forth by the Council of the Army on 15th Jan., 1649, fifteen days before the execution of King Charles I. See Levellers.

Argument of the People, the document presented by the Council of the Army on January 15, 1649, fifteen days before the execution of King Charles I. See Levellers.

Ar´gus, in Greek mythology, a fabulous being, said to have had a hundred eyes, placed by Juno to guard Io. Hence 'argus-eyed', applied to one who is exceedingly watchful.

Argus, in Greek mythology, is a mythical creature known to have had a hundred eyes, set by Juno to watch over Io. That's why 'argus-eyed' is used to describe someone who is extremely alert.

Argus-pheasant Argus-pheasant (Argus gigantēus)

Argus-pheasant (Argus gigantēus), a large, [234]beautiful, and very singular species of pheasant, found native in the south-east of Asia, more especially in Sumatra and some of the other islands. The males measure from 5 to 6 feet from the tip of the beak to the extremity of the tail, which has two greatly-elongated central feathers. The plumage is exceedingly beautiful, the secondary quills of the wings, which are longer than the primary feathers, being each adorned with a series of ocellated or eye-like spots (whence the name—see Argus) of brilliant metallic hues. The general body plumage is brown.

Argus-pheasant (Argus gigantēus) is a large, [234]beautiful, and very unique species of pheasant, native to Southeast Asia, particularly in Sumatra and some other islands. Males measure between 5 to 6 feet from the tip of the beak to the end of the tail, which has two long central feathers. Their plumage is incredibly striking; the secondary quills of the wings, which are longer than the primary feathers, are each decorated with a series of eye-like spots (hence the name—see Argus) in brilliant metallic colors. The overall body plumage is brown.

Argyll, or Argyle (a˙r-gīl´), an extensive county in the south-west of the Highlands of Scotland, consisting partly of mainland and partly of islands belonging to the Hebrides group, the chief of which are Islay, Mull, Jura, Tiree, Coll, Luing, Lismore, and Colonsay, with Iona and Staffa. On the land side the mainland is bounded north by Inverness; east by Perth and Dumbarton; elsewhere surrounded by the Firth of Clyde and its connections and the sea; area, 3255 sq. miles (or over 2,000,000 acres), of which the islands comprise about 1000 sq. miles. It is greatly indented by arms of the sea, which penetrate far inland, the most important of these being Loch Sunart, Loch Linnhe (the extremities of which are Loch Eil and Loch Leven), Loch Etive, Loch Fyne, Loch Tarbert, Loch Riddon, Loch Striven, and Loch Long. The mainland is divided into six districts of Northern Argyle, Lorn, Argyle, Cowal, Knapdale, and Kintyre; the two first being subdivided into the sub-districts of Lochiel, Ardgour, Sunart, Ardnamurchan, Morven, and Appin. The county is exceedingly mountainous, the chief summits being Bidean-nam-Bian (3766 feet), Ben Laoigh (3708 feet), Ben Cruachan (3611 feet), Benmore, in Mull (3185 feet), the Paps of Jura (2565 feet), and Ben Arthur or the Cobbler (2891 feet). There are several lakes, the principal of which is Loch Awe. Cattle and sheep are reared in numbers, and fishing is largely carried on, as is also the making of whisky. There is but little arable land. The chief minerals are slate, marble, limestone, and granite. County town, Inveraray; others, Campbeltown, Oban, and Dunoon. Pop. (1921), 76,856.

Argyll, or Argyle (ar-gīl´), is a large county in the south-west of the Highlands of Scotland, made up of both mainland and islands from the Hebrides group. The main islands include Islay, Mull, Jura, Tiree, Coll, Luing, Lismore, and Colonsay, along with Iona and Staffa. On land, the mainland is bordered to the north by Inverness; to the east by Perth and Dumbarton; and is otherwise surrounded by the Firth of Clyde and the sea. The total area is 3,255 square miles (over 2,000,000 acres), with the islands covering about 1,000 square miles. The coastline is heavily indented by the sea, with significant inlets like Loch Sunart, Loch Linnhe (which includes Loch Eil and Loch Leven), Loch Etive, Loch Fyne, Loch Tarbert, Loch Riddon, Loch Striven, and Loch Long. The mainland is divided into six districts: Northern Argyle, Lorn, Argyle, Cowal, Knapdale, and Kintyre; the first two are further divided into sub-districts such as Lochiel, Ardgour, Sunart, Ardnamurchan, Morven, and Appin. The county is very mountainous, with the highest peaks including Bidean-nam-Bian (3,766 feet), Ben Laoigh (3,708 feet), Ben Cruachan (3,611 feet), Benmore in Mull (3,185 feet), the Paps of Jura (2,565 feet), and Ben Arthur, also known as the Cobbler (2,891 feet). There are several lakes, the largest being Loch Awe. Cattle and sheep are raised in large numbers, and fishing is prominent, along with whisky production. There is very little farmland. The main minerals are slate, marble, limestone, and granite. The county town is Inveraray; other towns include Campbeltown, Oban, and Dunoon. Population (1921), 76,856.

Argyll, Campbells of, a historic Scottish family, raised to the peerage in the person of Sir Duncan Campbell of Lochow, in 1445. The more eminent members are: Archibald, 2nd Earl, killed at the battle of Flodden, 1513.—Archibald, 5th Earl, attached himself to the party of Mary of Guise, and was the means of averting a collision between the Reformers and the French troops in 1559; was commissioner of regency after Mary's abdication, but afterwards commanded her troops at the battle of Langside; died 1575.—Archibald, 8th Earl and 1st Marquess, born 1598: a zealous partisan of the Covenanters; created a marquess by Charles I. It was by his persuasion that Charles II visited Scotland, and was crowned at Scone in 1651. At the Restoration he was committed to the Tower, and afterwards sent to Scotland, where he was tried for high treason, and beheaded in 1661.—Archibald, 9th Earl, son of the preceding, served the king with great bravery at the battle of Dunbar, and was excluded from the general pardon by Cromwell in 1654. On the passing of the Test Act in 1681 he refused to take the required oath except with a reservation. For this he was tried and sentenced to death. He managed to escape to Holland, from whence he returned with a view of aiding the Duke of Monmouth. His plan, however, failed, and he was taken and conveyed to Edinburgh, where he was beheaded in 1685.—Archibald, 10th Earl and 1st Duke, son of the preceding, died 1703; took an active part in the Revolution of 1688-9, which placed William and Mary on the throne, and was rewarded by several important appointments and the title of duke.—John, 2nd Duke and Duke of Greenwich, son of the above, born 1678, died 1743; served under Marlborough at the battles of Ramillies, Oudenarde, and Malplaquet, and assisted at the sieges of Lisle and Ghent. He incurred considerable odium in his own country for his efforts in promoting the union. In 1712 he had the military command in Scotland, and in 1715 he fought an indecisive battle with the Earl of Mar's army at Sheriffmuir, near Dunblane, and forced the Pretender to quit the kingdom. He was long a supporter of Walpole, but his political career was full of intrigue. He is the Duke of Argyll in Scott's Heart of Midlothian.—George Douglas Campbell, K.G., K.T., &c., 8th Duke (of United Kingdom, 1892), was born in 1823. He early took a part in politics, especially in discussions regarding the Presbyterian Church of Scotland. In 1852 he became Lord Privy Seal under Lord Aberdeen, and again under Lord Palmerston in 1859; Postmaster-General in 1860; Secretary for India from 1868 to 1874; again Lord Privy Seal in 1880, but retired, being unable to agree with his colleagues on their Irish policy. He died in 1900. He wrote The Reign of Law, Scotland as it Was and as it Is, &c.—John Douglas Sutherland Campbell, 9th Duke of, son of the 8th Duke and a daughter of the 2nd Duke of Sutherland, was born in 1845, and succeeded his father in 1900. He completed his education at Trinity College, Cambridge, sat in Parliament as member for Argyllshire, 1868-78, was Governor-General of Canada from 1878 to 1883, and again sat in Parliament as member for South Manchester from 1895 to 1900, as a Liberal-Unionist. He married the Princess Louise of Great Britain, fourth daughter of Queen Victoria, in 1871. [235]He died in 1914. His works include: The United States after the War, Imperial Federation, Canadian Pictures, Memories of Canada and Scotland, Life of Lord Palmerston, Tales and Poems, The Psalms in English Verse, Life and Times of Queen Victoria, Yesterday and To-day in Canada, &c.

Argyll, Campbells of, a historic Scottish family, was granted nobility when Sir Duncan Campbell of Lochow became a lord in 1445. Notable members include: Archibald, the 2nd Earl, who was killed in the battle of Flodden in 1513. —Archibald, the 5th Earl, aligned with the supporters of Mary of Guise and helped prevent a clash between the Reformers and French troops in 1559; he was a regent after Mary's abdication but later led her forces at the battle of Langside; he died in 1575. —Archibald, the 8th Earl and 1st Marquess, born in 1598, was a strong supporter of the Covenanters; he was made a marquess by Charles I. It was at his urging that Charles II came to Scotland and was crowned at Scone in 1651. After the Restoration, he was imprisoned in the Tower and then sent to Scotland, where he was tried for treason and executed in 1661. —Archibald, the 9th Earl, the son of the previous Earl, fought bravely for the king at the battle of Dunbar and was excluded from Cromwell's general pardon in 1654. After the Test Act was passed in 1681, he refused to take the required oath unless he could add a reservation. For this, he was tried and sentenced to death. He managed to flee to Holland but returned to help the Duke of Monmouth; however, his plan failed, and he was captured and taken to Edinburgh, where he was executed in 1685. —Archibald, the 10th Earl and 1st Duke, son of the previous Earl, died in 1703. He played an active role in the Revolution of 1688-89, which brought William and Mary to the throne, receiving several key positions and the title of duke in return. —John, the 2nd Duke and Duke of Greenwich, son of the previous Duke, was born in 1678 and died in 1743. He fought under Marlborough in the battles of Ramillies, Oudenarde, and Malplaquet, and participated in the sieges of Lisle and Ghent. He faced considerable backlash in his own country for promoting the union. In 1712, he had military command in Scotland, and in 1715, he fought an indecisive battle at Sheriffmuir against the Earl of Mar's forces, forcing the Pretender to leave the kingdom. He remained a supporter of Walpole but his political career was full of intrigue. He is the Duke of Argyll in Scott's Heart of Midlothian. —George Douglas Campbell, K.G., K.T., etc., the 8th Duke (of the United Kingdom, 1892), was born in 1823. He was involved in politics early on, particularly in discussions about the Presbyterian Church of Scotland. In 1852, he became Lord Privy Seal under Lord Aberdeen, and again under Lord Palmerston in 1859; served as Postmaster-General in 1860; was Secretary for India from 1868 to 1874; and returned as Lord Privy Seal in 1880, but resigned due to disagreements with his colleagues regarding Irish policy. He died in 1900. He wrote The Reign of Law, Scotland as it Was and as it Is, etc. —John Douglas Sutherland Campbell, the 9th Duke, son of the 8th Duke and a daughter of the 2nd Duke of Sutherland, was born in 1845 and succeeded his father in 1900. He completed his education at Trinity College, Cambridge, served in Parliament for Argyllshire from 1868 to 1878, was Governor-General of Canada from 1878 to 1883, and then served again in Parliament for South Manchester from 1895 to 1900 as a Liberal-Unionist. He married Princess Louise of Great Britain, the fourth daughter of Queen Victoria, in 1871. [235]He died in 1914. His works include: The United States after the War, Imperial Federation, Canadian Pictures, Memories of Canada and Scotland, Life of Lord Palmerston, Tales and Poems, The Psalms in English Verse, Life and Times of Queen Victoria, Yesterday and Today in Canada, etc.

Argyll and Sutherland Highlanders (Princess Louise's), raised by the 5th Duke of Argyll (1794), received their present title in 1872. The regiment served under Sir David Baird in Cape Colony, and at Balaklava made itself immortal as Sir Colin Campbell's 'thin red line'. It was further distinguished in the European War at Gheluvelt, Le Cateau, and the second battle of Ypres.

Argyll and Sutherland Highlanders (Princess Louise's), established by the 5th Duke of Argyll in 1794, got their current name in 1872. The regiment fought under Sir David Baird in Cape Colony and became legendary at Balaklava as Sir Colin Campbell's 'thin red line.' They were also notable in the European War at Gheluvelt, Le Cateau, and the second battle of Ypres.

Argyro-Castro (a˙r´gi-rō-), a town in Albania, 40 miles north-west of Janina; built on three ridges intersected by deep ravines, across which are several bridges. It was occupied by the Greeks in 1916. Pop. about 10,000.

Argyro-Castro (a˙r´gi-rō-), a town in Albania, 40 miles northwest of Janina; located on three ridges separated by deep ravines, with several bridges spanning the ravines. It was taken over by the Greeks in 1916. Population approximately 10,000.

Argyropu´los, Johannes, one of the principal revivers of Greek learning in the fifteenth century. Born in Constantinople 1415, died at Rome 1486.

Argyropoulos, Johannes, one of the key figures in the revival of Greek learning in the fifteenth century. Born in Constantinople in 1415, died in Rome in 1486.

Aria, in music. See Air.

Aria, in music. See Air.

Ariadne (a-ri-ad´ne), in Greek mythology, a daughter of Minos, King of Crete. She gave Theseus a clue of thread to conduct him out of the labyrinth after his defeat of the Minotaur. Theseus abandoned her on the Isle of Naxos, where she was found by Dionysus, who married her.

Ariadne (a-ri-ad´ne), in Greek mythology, is the daughter of Minos, King of Crete. She gave Theseus a ball of thread to help him find his way out of the labyrinth after he defeated the Minotaur. Theseus left her on the Isle of Naxos, where she was discovered by Dionysus, who married her.

Aria´na, the ancient name of a large district in Asia, forming a portion of the Persian Empire; bounded on the north by the provinces of Bactriana, Margiana, and Hyrcania; east by the Indus; south by the Indian Ocean and the Persian Gulf; west by Media.

Aria´na, the old name for a large area in Asia that was part of the Persian Empire; bordered to the north by the regions of Bactriana, Margiana, and Hyrcania; to the east by the Indus River; to the south by the Indian Ocean and the Persian Gulf; and to the west by Media.

Ariano (ä-rē-ä´nō), a town in South Italy, province of Avellino, 44 miles north-east of Naples, the seat of a bishop, with a handsome cathedral. Pop. 17,650.

Ariano (ah-ree-ah-noh), a town in southern Italy, province of Avellino, 44 miles northeast of Naples, home to a bishop, featuring a beautiful cathedral. Population: 17,650.

Ar´ians, the adherents of the Alexandrian presbyter Arius, who, about A.D. 318, promulgated the doctrine that Christ was a created being inferior to God the Father in nature and dignity, though the first and noblest of all created beings; and also that the Holy Spirit is not God, but created by the power of the Son. Arianism has been defined as an attempt to determine the relations of the Persons of the Trinity on a basis of distinction and subordination. It does not seem to have sprung from any strong ethical impulse; its philosophy was pagan, and the object of the leaders political rather than religious. The doctrines were condemned by the Council of Nicæa in 325. Arius died in 336, and after his death his party gained considerable accessions, including several emperors, and for a time held a strong position. Since the middle of the seventh century, however, the Arians have nowhere constituted a distinct sect, although similar opinions have been advanced by various theologians in modern times. The Arian controversy was revived in England during the eighteenth century by William Whiston and Dr. Samuel Clarke.—Bibliography: H. M. Gwatkin, Studies of Arianism; J. H. Newman, Arians of the Fourth Century; J. H. Colligan, Arian Movement in England.

Arians, the followers of the Alexandrian presbyter Arius, who, around CE 318, promoted the idea that Christ was a created being and lower than God the Father both in essence and dignity, though the first and greatest of all created beings; and also that the Holy Spirit is not God, but was created by the power of the Son. Arianism has been defined as an effort to clarify the relationships among the Persons of the Trinity based on distinction and subordination. It doesn't seem to have emerged from a strong ethical motivation; its philosophy was pagan, and the goals of its leaders were more political than religious. The doctrines were condemned by the Council of Nicæa in 325. Arius died in 336, and after his death his followers gained significant support, including several emperors, and for a time held a strong position. However, since the middle of the seventh century, the Arians have not formed a distinct sect, although similar views have been expressed by various theologians in modern times. The Arian controversy was revived in England during the eighteenth century by William Whiston and Dr. Samuel Clarke.—References: H. M. Gwatkin, Studies of Arianism; J. H. Newman, Arians of the Fourth Century; J. H. Colligan, Arian Movement in England.

Arica (a˙-rē´ka˙), a seaport of Chile, 30 miles S. of Tacna; previous to 1880 it belonged to Peru. It has suffered frequently from earthquakes, being in 1868 almost entirely destroyed, part of it being also submerged by an earthquake wave. Pop. about 4000. It has a wireless station.

Arica (a˙-rē´ka˙), a port city in Chile, located 30 miles south of Tacna; before 1880, it was part of Peru. The city has faced numerous earthquakes, and in 1868, it was nearly completely destroyed, with some areas also submerged by a tsunami. The population is around 4,000. It has a wireless station.

Arica. See Tacna-Arica Dispute.

Arica. See Tacna-Arica Dispute.

Arichat (-shat´), a seaport town and fishing station of Nova Scotia, on a small bay, south coast of Madame Island. Pop. about 2500.

Arichat (-shat´), a seaport town and fishing hub in Nova Scotia, located on a small bay along the south coast of Madame Island. Population is around 2,500.

Ariège (a˙-rē-āzh), a mountainous department of France, on the northern slopes of the Pyrenees, comprising the ancient countship of Foix and parts of Languedoc and Gascony. The principal rivers are the Ariège, Arize, and Salat, tributaries of the Garonne. Sheep and cattle are reared; the arable land is small in quantity. Chief town, Foix. Area, 1892 sq. miles. Pop. (1921), 172,851.

Ariège (a˙-ree-azh), a mountainous region in France located on the northern slopes of the Pyrenees, includes the historic county of Foix and parts of Languedoc and Gascony. The main rivers are the Ariège, Arize, and Salat, which are tributaries of the Garonne. Sheep and cattle are raised here, and there isn't much arable land. The main town is Foix. Area: 1892 square miles. Population (1921): 172,851.

A´riel, a symbolic name for Jerusalem in the Old Testament; in the demonology of the later Jews a spirit of the waters. In Shakespeare's Tempest, Ariel was the "tricksy spirit" whom Prospero had in his service.

A´riel, a symbolic name for Jerusalem in the Old Testament; in the later Jewish demonology, a spirit of the waters. In Shakespeare's Tempest, Ariel was the "tricksy spirit" that Prospero had working for him.

Aries (ā´ri-ēz; Lat.), the Ram, a northern constellation. It is the first of the twelve signs of the zodiac, which the sun enters at the vernal equinox, about the 21st of March. The "First Point in Aries" is where the equator cuts the ecliptic in the ascending node, from which point the right ascensions of heavenly bodies are reckoned on the equator, and their longitudes upon the ecliptic. Owing to the precession of the equinoxes the sign Aries no longer corresponds with the constellation Aries, which it did 2000 years ago.

Aries (AIR-eez; Latin), the Ram, is a northern constellation. It’s the first of the twelve zodiac signs that the sun enters at the spring equinox, around March 21st. The "First Point in Aries" is where the equator intersects the ecliptic in the ascending node, and from this point, the right ascensions of celestial bodies are measured on the equator, with their longitudes calculated on the ecliptic. Due to the precession of the equinoxes, the sign Aries no longer aligns with the constellation Aries as it did 2000 years ago.

Aril Aril, Fruit of Nutmeg

Ar´il, or Aril´lus, in some plants, as in the nutmeg, an extra covering of the seed, outside of the true seed-coats, proceeding from the placenta, partially investing the seed, and falling off spontaneously. It is either succulent or cartilaginous, coloured, elastic, rough, or knotted. In the nutmeg it is known as mace. [236]

Ar'il, or Arillus, refers to an additional covering of the seed found in some plants, like nutmeg. This layer is outside of the true seed coats and comes from the placenta, partially surrounding the seed and falling off naturally. It can be juicy or cartilaginous, colored, flexible, rough, or knotted. In nutmeg, this is known as mace. [236]

Arimas´pians, in ancient Greek traditions, a people who lived in the extreme north-east of the ancient world. They were said to be one-eyed and to carry on a perpetual war with the gold-guarding griffins, whose gold they endeavoured to steal. Cf. Milton, Paradise Lost, II, 943.

Arimaspians, in ancient Greek traditions, were a group of people who lived in the far northeast of the ancient world. They were described as one-eyed and were always at war with the gold-guarding griffins, trying to steal their gold. Cf. Milton, Paradise Lost, II, 943.

Arimathæ´a, a town of Palestine, identified with the modern Ramleh, 22 miles W.N.W. of Jerusalem.

Arimathæ´a, a town in Palestine, is identified with the modern Ramleh, 22 miles W.N.W. of Jerusalem.

Ari´on, an ancient Greek poet and musician, born at Methymna, in Lesbos, flourished about 625 B.C. He lived at the Court of Periander of Corinth, and afterwards visited Sicily and Italy. Returning from Tarentum to Corinth with rich treasures, the avaricious sailors resolved to murder him. Apollo, however, having informed him in a dream of the impending danger, Arion in vain endeavoured to soften the hearts of the crew by the power of music. He then threw himself into the sea, when one of a shoal of dolphins, which had been attracted by his music, received him on his back and bore him to land. The sailors, having returned to Corinth, were confronted by Arion and convicted of their crime. The lyre of Arion, and the dolphin which rescued him, became constellations in the heavens. A fragment of a hymn to Poseidon, ascribed to Arion, is extant.

Arión, an ancient Greek poet and musician, was born in Methymna, Lesbos, around 625 B.C. He lived at the court of Periander of Corinth and later traveled to Sicily and Italy. On his return from Tarentum to Corinth, the greedy sailors decided to kill him for his riches. However, Apollo warned him in a dream about the looming danger. Arión tried to win over the crew's hearts with his music but was unsuccessful. He then jumped into the sea, and one of the dolphins drawn to his music picked him up on its back and took him to shore. When the sailors returned to Corinth, they were confronted by Arión and were found guilty of their crime. Arión's lyre and the dolphin that saved him became constellations in the sky. A fragment of a hymn to Poseidon, attributed to Arión, still exists.

Arios´to, Ludovi´co, one of the most celebrated poets of Italy, was born at Reggio, in Lombardy, 8th Sept., 1474, of a noble family; died 6th June, 1533. His lyric poems in the Italian and Latin languages, distinguished for ease and elegance of style, introduced him to the notice of the Cardinal Ippolito d'Este, son of Duke Ercole I of Ferrara. In 1503 Ippolito employed him in his service and used his counsel in the most important affairs. In this service he began and finished, in ten or eleven years, his immortal poem, the Orlando Furioso, which was published in 1515, and immediately became highly popular. He afterwards entered the service of Alfonso I, Duke of Ferrara, the cardinal's brother, a lover of the arts, who put much confidence in him. After quelling disturbances that had broken out in the wild and mountainous Garfagnana, he returned to Ferrara, where he employed himself in the composition of his comedies, and in putting the last touches to his Orlando. The Orlando Furioso is a continuation of the Orlando Innamorato of Bojardo, details the chivalrous adventures of the paladins of the age of Charlemagne, and extends to forty-six cantos. The best English translation is that of Rose (1823). Cf. E. Gardner, Ariosto: the Prince of Court Poets; J. S. Nicholson, Life and Genius of Ariosto.

Ariosto, Ludovico, one of the most famous poets of Italy, was born in Reggio, Lombardy, on September 8, 1474, into a noble family; he died on June 6, 1533. His lyric poems in both Italian and Latin, known for their ease and elegance, caught the attention of Cardinal Ippolito d'Este, the son of Duke Ercole I of Ferrara. In 1503, Ippolito brought him into his service and sought his advice on important matters. During his time with Ippolito, he started and completed his timeless poem, Orlando Furioso, over ten or eleven years, which was published in 1515 and quickly gained immense popularity. He later served Alfonso I, Duke of Ferrara and Ippolito's brother, a patron of the arts who placed great trust in him. After putting down unrest in the rugged mountainous region of Garfagnana, he returned to Ferrara, where he focused on writing his comedies and finalizing Orlando. The Orlando Furioso is a sequel to Bojardo's Orlando Innamorato, detailing the heroic adventures of the paladins from the time of Charlemagne, and spans forty-six cantos. The best English translation is by Rose (1823). See E. Gardner, Ariosto: the Prince of Court Poets; J. S. Nicholson, Life and Genius of Ariosto.

Arish. See El Arish.

Arish. See El Arish.

Aristæus, in Greek mythology, son of Apollo and Cyrene, the introducer of bee-keeping. Cf. Virgil, Georgics, IV, 315-558.

Aristaeus, in Greek mythology, is the son of Apollo and Cyrene and is known for introducing bee-keeping. See Virgil, Georgics, IV, 315-558.

Aristarchus (a-ris-tär´kus), an ancient Greek grammarian, born at Samothrace 220 B.C., died at Cyprus 143 B.C. He edited Homer's poems with the greatest acuteness and ability, endeavouring to restore the text to its genuine state, and to clear it of all interpolations and corruptions; hence the phrase, Aristarchian criticism. His edition of Homer furnished the basis of all subsequent ones.

Aristarchus (a-ris-tär´kus), an ancient Greek grammarian, was born in Samothrace in 220 BCE and died in Cyprus in 143 BCE He skillfully edited Homer's poems, aiming to return the text to its original form and remove any additions or errors; this led to the term Aristarchian criticism. His edition of Homer became the foundation for all later versions.

Aristarchus, an ancient Greek astronomer belonging to Samos, flourished about 155 B.C., and first asserted the revolution of the earth about the sun; also regarded as the inventor of the sun-dial.

Aristarchus, an ancient Greek astronomer from Samos, thrived around 155 BCE and was the first to claim that the earth revolves around the sun; he is also considered the inventor of the sundial.

Aris´teas, a personage of ancient Greek legend, represented to have lived over many centuries, disappearing and reappearing by turns.

Aris'teas, a character from ancient Greek legend, is said to have lived for many centuries, disappearing and reappearing at different times.

Aristides (a-ris-tī´dēz), a statesman of ancient Greece, for his strict integrity surnamed the Just. He was one of the ten generals of the Athenians when they fought with the Persians at Marathon, 490 B.C. Next year he was eponymous archon, and in this office enjoyed such popularity that he excited the jealousy of Themistocles, who succeeded in procuring his banishment by ostracism (about 483). Three years after, when Xerxes invaded Greece with a large army, the Athenians hastened to recall him, and Themistocles now admitted him to his confidence and councils. In the battle of Platæa (479) he commanded the Athenians, and had a great share in gaining the victory. To defray the expenses of the Persian war he persuaded the Greeks to impose a tax, which should be paid into the hands of an officer appointed by the States collectively, and deposited at Delos. The confidence which was felt in his integrity appeared in their entrusting him with the office of apportioning the contribution. He died at an advanced age about 468 B.C., so poor that he was buried at the public expense.

Aristides (a-ris-tī´dēz), a statesman from ancient Greece known for his strict integrity, was called the Just. He was one of the ten generals of the Athenians during their battle against the Persians at Marathon in 490 BCE The following year, he became the eponymous archon, and in this role became so popular that he stirred the jealousy of Themistocles, who managed to have him banished through ostracism around 483. Three years later, when Xerxes invaded Greece with a massive army, the Athenians quickly brought him back, and Themistocles welcomed him into his inner circle and strategy meetings. In the battle of Platæa (479), he led the Athenians and played a significant role in achieving victory. To cover the costs of the Persian war, he convinced the Greeks to implement a tax to be paid to an officer selected by the states collectively, with the funds stored at Delos. The trust in his integrity was evident as they gave him the responsibility of distributing the contributions. He passed away at an old age around 468 BCE, so impoverished that he was buried at public expense.

Aristip´pus (c. 425-366 B.C.), a disciple of Socrates, and founder of a philosophical school among the Greeks, which was called the Cyrenaic, from his native city Cyrēnē, in Africa; flourished 380 B.C. His moral philosophy differed widely from that of Socrates, and was a science of refined voluptuousness. His fundamental principles were—that all human sensations may be reduced to two, pleasure and pain. Pleasure is a gentle, and pain a violent emotion. All living beings seek the former and avoid the latter. Happiness is nothing but a continued pleasure, composed of separate gratifications; and as it is the object of all human exertions, we should abstain from no kind of pleasure. Still we should always be governed by taste and reason in our enjoyments. His doctrines were taught only by his daughter Arĕtē, and by his grandson Aristippus the younger, by whom they were [237]systematized. Other Cyrenaics compounded them into a particular doctrine of pleasure, and are hence called Hedonici. His writings are lost.

Aristippus (c. 425-366 B.C.), a follower of Socrates and the founder of a philosophical school among the Greeks called the Cyrenaic, from his hometown of Cyrēnē in Africa, was active around 380 BCE. His moral philosophy was quite different from Socrates’, focusing on the idea of refined pleasure. His main principles stated that all human experiences can be categorized into two feelings: pleasure and pain. Pleasure is a gentle feeling, while pain is a harsh one. All living beings seek pleasure and avoid pain. Happiness is simply ongoing pleasure made up of individual delights, and since it is the goal of all human efforts, we should not shy away from any kind of pleasure. However, we should always let our taste and reason guide us in our enjoyment. His teachings were only passed down through his daughter Arēté and his grandson Aristippus the younger, who systematized them. Other followers known as Cyrenaics developed these ideas into a specific pleasure-oriented doctrine and are referred to as Hedonici. His writings are lost.

Aristoc´racy (Gr. aristos, best, kratos, rule), a form of government by which the wealthy and noble, or any small privileged class, rules over the rest of the citizens. The term has now become almost entirely social in meaning, and is mostly applied to the nobility or chief persons in a State.

Aristocracy (Greek aristos, meaning best, kratos, meaning rule) is a form of government where the wealthy and noble, or any small privileged group, govern the rest of the citizens. Today, the term has shifted predominantly to a social context and is mainly used to refer to the nobility or leading figures in a state.

Aristogeiton (-gī´ton), a citizen of Athens, whose name is rendered famous by a conspiracy (514 B.C.) formed in conjunction with his friend Harmodius against the tyrants Hippias and Hipparchus, the sons of Pisistratus. Both Aristogeiton and Harmodius lost their lives through their attempts to free the country, and were reckoned martyrs of liberty.

Aristogeiton (-gī´ton), an Athenian citizen, became famous for a conspiracy (514 BCE) alongside his friend Harmodius to overthrow the tyrants Hippias and Hipparchus, the sons of Pisistratus. Both Aristogeiton and Harmodius died in their efforts to liberate their country and are remembered as martyrs of freedom.

Aristolochia (-lō´ki-a), a genus of plants, the type of the ord. Aristolochiaceæ, which consists of dicotyledonous monochlamydeous plants, with an inferior 3-6-celled fruit, found for the most part in the hotter parts of the world, and in many cases used medicinally on account of their tonic and stimulating properties. The genus has emmenagogic qualities, especially the European species A. rotunda, A. longa, and A. Clematītis. A. bracteāta is used in India as an anthelminthic; A. odoratissima, a West Indian species, is a valuable bitter and alexipharmic. A. serpentaria is the Virginian snake-root, popularly regarded as a remedy for snake bites.

Aristolochia (-lō´ki-a) is a genus of plants and the main group in the family Aristolochiaceæ. These are dicotyledonous, monochlamydeous plants with a fruit that has 3-6 cells and primarily grows in warmer regions of the world. Many of these plants are used for medicinal purposes because of their tonic and stimulating effects. The genus has emmenagogic properties, particularly in European species like A. rotunda, A. longa, and A. Clematītis. A. bracteāta is used in India as an anti-parasitic, while A. odoratissima, found in the West Indies, is a valuable bitter and antidote. A. serpentaria is known as Virginian snake-root, commonly thought to be a remedy for snake bites.

Aristophanes (-tof´a-nēz), the greatest comic poet of ancient Greece, born at Athens probably about the year 455 B.C., died 375 B.C. Little is known of his life. He appeared as a poet in 427 B.C., and having indulged in some sarcasms on the powerful demagogue Cleon, was ineffectually accused by the latter of having unlawfully assumed the title of an Athenian citizen. He afterwards revenged himself on Cleon in his comedy of the Knights, in which he himself acted the part of Cleon, because no actor had the courage to do it. Of fifty-four (or forty-four) comedies attributed to him, eleven only remain; believed to be the flower of the ancient comedy, and distinguished by wit, humour, and poetry, as also by grossness. In them there is constant reference to the manners, actions, and public characters of the day, the freedom of the old Greek comedy allowing an unbounded degree of personal and political satire. The names of his extant plays are Acharnians, Knights, Clouds, Wasps, Peace, Birds, Lysistrata, Thesmophoriazusæ, Frogs, Ecclesiasuzæ, and Plutus.—Bibliography: B. B. Rogers, Complete Works of Aristophanes, with verse translation (by far the best translation); Hookham-Frere, Translation (five plays only); Couat, Aristophane et l'ancienne comédie attique.

Aristophanes (-tof´a-nēz), the greatest comic poet of ancient Greece, was born in Athens around 455 BCE and died in 375 BCE. Little is known about his life. He started his career as a poet in 427 BCE and after making some sarcastic remarks about the influential politician Cleon, he was unsuccessfully accused by Cleon of unlawfully claiming the title of an Athenian citizen. He later got his revenge on Cleon in his comedy Knights, where he played the role of Cleon himself because no actor was brave enough to do it. Out of the fifty-four (or forty-four) comedies attributed to him, only eleven have survived. These works are considered the pinnacle of ancient comedy and are noted for their wit, humor, poetry, and also their crudeness. They frequently reflect the customs, actions, and public figures of the time, with the freedom of old Greek comedy allowing for unlimited personal and political satire. The titles of his surviving plays include Acharnians, Knights, Clouds, Wasps, Peace, Birds, Lysistrata, Thesmophoriazusæ, Frogs, Ecclesiasuzæ, and Plutus. —References: B. B. Rogers, Complete Works of Aristophanes, with verse translation (the best translation); Hookham-Frere, Translation (five plays only); Couat, Aristophane et l'ancienne comédie attique.

Ar´istotle (Gr. Aristot´eles), a distinguished philosopher and naturalist of ancient Greece, the founder of the Peripatetic school of philosophy, was born in 384 B.C. at Stagira, in Macedonia; died at Chalcis, 322 B.C. His father, Nicomachus, was physician to Amyntas II, King of Macedonia, and claimed to be descended from Æsculapius. Aristotle had lost his parents before he came, at about the age of seventeen, to Athens to study in the school of Plato. With that philosopher he remained for twenty years, became pre-eminent among his pupils, and was known as the 'Intellect of the School'. Upon the death of Plato, 348 B.C., he took up his residence at Atarneus, in Mysia, on the invitation of his former pupil Hermeias, the ruler of that city, on whose assassination by the Persians, 343 B.C., he fled to Mitylene with his wife Pythias, a near relative of Hermeias. During his residence at Mitylene he received an invitation from Philip of Macedon to superintend the education of his son Alexander, then in his fourteenth year. This relationship between the great philosopher and the future conqueror continued for five or six years, during which the prince was instructed in grammar, rhetoric, poetry, logic, ethics, and politics, and in those branches of physics which had even then made some considerable progress. On Alexander succeeding to the throne Aristotle continued to live with him as his friend and councillor till he set out on his Asiatic campaign (334 B.C.). He returned to Athens and established his school in the Lyceum, a gymnasium attached to the temple of Apollo Lyceius, which was assigned to him by the State. He delivered his lectures in the wooded walks of the Lyceum while walking up and down with his pupils. From the action itself, or more probably from the name of the walks (peripatoi), his school was called Peripatetic. Pupils gathered to him from all parts of Greece, and his school became by far the most popular in Athens. The statement that he had two circles of pupils, the exoteric and the esoteric has given rise to much controversy. By some it has been held that Aristotle published during his lifetime popular discourses with a view to make way for his doctrines in Athenian society, then impregnated with Platonic theories, and that these are called exoteric in contradistinction to those in which are embodied his matured opinions. It was during the time of his teaching at Athens that Aristotle is believed to have composed the great bulk of his works. But it is not possible to speak with any certainty about the chronology of his writings, as the references may be additions of editors. On the death of Alexander a revolution occurred in Athens hostile to the Macedonian interests with which Aristotle was identified. He therefore retired to Chalcis, where he soon after died. Sir [238]Charles Walston, in 1891, opened a tomb near Eretria which he supposed to be that of Aristotle. According to Strabo he bequeathed all his works to Theophrastus, who, with other disciples of Aristotle, amended and continued them. They afterwards passed through various hands, till, about 50 B.C., Andronicus of Rhodes put the various fragments together and classified them according to a systematic arrangement. Many of the books bearing his name are spurious, others are of doubtful genuineness. The whole are generally divided into logical, theoretical, and practical. The logical works are comprehended under the title Organon (Instrument). The theoretical are divided into physics, mathematics, and metaphysics. The physical works (including those on natural history) are on the General Principles of Physical Science, The Heavens, Generation and Destruction, Meteorology, Natural History of Animals, On the Parts of Animals, On the Generation of Animals, On the Locomotion of Animals, On the Soul, On Memory, Sleep and Waking, Dreams, Divination. In mathematics there are two treatises, On Indivisible Lines and Mechanical Problems. The Metaphysics consist of fourteen books; the title (Ta meta ta Physika, 'the things following the Physics',) is the invention of an editor. The practical works embrace ethics, politics, economics, and treatises on art, and comprise the Nicomachæan Ethics (so called because dedicated to his son, Nicomachus), The Politics, Œconomics, Poetry, and Rhetoric. Among the lost works are the dialogues and others termed exoteric. A treatise On the Constitution of Athens was discovered in 1891. His style is devoid of grace and elegance. His works were first printed in a Latin translation, with the commentaries of Averroes, at Venice in 1489; the first Greek edition was that of Aldus Manutius (5 vols., 1495-8). See Peripatetic Philosophy.—Bibliography: Blakesley, Life of Aristotle; S. H. Butcher, Poetics (with translation and excursus); R. Shute, History of the Aristotelian Writings; J. C. Wilson, Aristotelian Studies; E. Zeller, Aristotle and the Earlier Peripatetics; E. Barker, Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle.

Aristotle (Gr. Aristoteles), a prominent philosopher and naturalist from ancient Greece, who founded the Peripatetic school of philosophy, was born in 384 BCE in Stagira, Macedonia, and died in Chalcis in 322 B.C.. His father, Nicomachus, was a physician to Amyntas II, King of Macedonia, and claimed descent from Æsculapius. Aristotle lost his parents early and moved to Athens at around seventeen to study at Plato's school. He stayed with that philosopher for twenty years, becoming the top pupil and known as the 'Intellect of the School'. After Plato's death in 348 B.C., he moved to Atarneus in Mysia at the invitation of his former student Hermeias, the city's ruler. After Hermeias was assassinated by the Persians in 343 BCE, he fled to Mitylene with his wife Pythias, a relative of Hermeias. While in Mitylene, he was invited by Philip of Macedon to oversee the education of his son Alexander, who was fourteen at the time. This relationship with the future conqueror lasted five to six years, during which Alexander learned grammar, rhetoric, poetry, logic, ethics, politics, and the areas of physics that had already made significant progress. When Alexander became king, Aristotle continued to be his friend and adviser until Alexander's campaign in Asia began in 334 BCE. Afterward, he returned to Athens and established his school at the Lyceum, a gymnasium connected to the temple of Apollo Lyceius, which the State allocated to him. He delivered lectures while walking along the wooded paths of the Lyceum, leading to his school being named Peripatetic, derived from the term for the walkways (peripatoi). Students from all over Greece flocked to him, making his school the most popular in Athens. The idea that he had two groups of students, the exoteric and the esoteric, has sparked much debate. Some argue Aristotle published accessible works to introduce his ideas to Athenian society, which was strongly influenced by Platonic theories, and that these are known as exoteric compared to his more developed opinions. It is believed that most of his major works were written during his time teaching in Athens. However, the precise dating of his writings is uncertain, as modern references might be later additions by editors. Following Alexander's death, Athens experienced a revolution against Macedonian interests, which associated Aristotle with the fallout. As a result, he retreated to Chalcis, where he died shortly after. Sir [238]Charles Walston discovered a tomb near Eretria in 1891, which he thought might belong to Aristotle. According to Strabo, he left all his works to Theophrastus, who, with other of Aristotle's former students, revised and continued them. These works later passed through different hands until, around 50 BCE, Andronicus of Rhodes compiled and organized the various fragments. Many books attributed to him are not authentic, and others are of uncertain legitimacy. His complete works are typically classified into logical, theoretical, and practical categories. The logical works are grouped under the title Organon (Instrument). The theoretical works are divided into physics, mathematics, and metaphysics. The physical works (including those on natural history) cover the General Principles of Physical Science, The Heavens, Generation and Destruction, Meteorology, Natural History of Animals, On the Parts of Animals, On the Generation of Animals, On the Locomotion of Animals, On the Soul, On Memory, Sleep and Waking, Dreams, and Divination. The mathematics section includes two treatises, On Indivisible Lines and Mechanical Problems. The Metaphysics consists of fourteen books, with the title (Ta meta ta Physika, 'the things following the Physics') attributed to an editor. The practical works encompass ethics, politics, economics, and studies on art, including the Nicomachæan Ethics (named after his son, Nicomachus), The Politics, Œconomics, Poetry, and Rhetoric. Among the lost works are dialogues and others regarded as exoteric. A treatise On the Constitution of Athens was found in 1891. His writing style lacks grace and elegance. His works were first published in a Latin translation, paired with commentaries by Averroes, in Venice in 1489; the first Greek edition was produced by Aldus Manutius (5 vols., 1495-8). See Peripatetic Philosophy.—References: Blakesley, Life of Aristotle; S. H. Butcher, Poetics (with translation and excursus); R. Shute, History of the Aristotelian Writings; J. C. Wilson, Aristotelian Studies; E. Zeller, Aristotle and the Earlier Peripatetics; E. Barker, Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle.

Aristox´enus, an ancient Greek musician and philosopher of Tarentum, born about 324 B.C. He studied music under his father Mnesias, and philosophy under Aristotle, whose successor he aspired to be. He endeavoured to apply his musical knowledge to philosophy, and especially to the science of mind, but it only appears to have furnished him with far-fetched analogies and led him into a kind of materialism. We have a work on the Elements of Harmony by him.

Aristoxenus, an ancient Greek musician and philosopher from Tarentum, was born around 324 BCE He learned music from his father Mnesias and studied philosophy under Aristotle, whom he hoped to succeed. He tried to connect his musical knowledge with philosophy, particularly in understanding the mind, but this seems to have resulted in complex analogies and a form of materialism. He wrote a work called Elements of Harmony.

Arith´metic (Gr. arithmos, number) is primarily the science of numbers. As opposed to algebra it is the practical part of the science. Although the processes of arithmetical operations are often highly complicated, they all resolve themselves into the repetition of four primary operations—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. Of these the two latter are only complex forms of the two former, and subtraction again is merely a reversal of the process of addition. Little or nothing is known as to the origin and invention of arithmetic. Some elementary conception of it is in all probability coeval with the first dawn of human intelligence. In consequence of their rude methods of numeration, the science made but small advance among the ancient Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans, and it was not until the introduction of the decimal scale of notation and the Arabic, or rather Indian, numerals into Europe that any great progress can be traced. In this scale of notation every number is expressed by means of the ten digits, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, by giving each digit a local as well as its proper or natural value. The value of every digit increases in a tenfold proportion from the right towards the left; the distance of any figure from the right indicating the power of 10, and the digit itself the number of those powers intended to be expressed: thus 3464 = 3000 + 400 + 60 + 4 = 3 × 103 + 4 × 102 + 6 × 10 + 4. The earliest arithmetical signs appear to have been hieroglyphical, but the Egyptian hieroglyphics were too diffuse to be of any arithmetical value. The units were successive strokes to the number required, the ten an open circle, the hundred a curled palm-leaf, the thousand a lotus flower, ten thousand a bent finger. The letters of the alphabet afforded a convenient mode of representing figures, and were used accordingly by the Chaldeans, Hebrews, and Greeks. The first nine letters of the Hebrew alphabet represented the units, the second nine tens, the remaining four together with five repeated with additional marks, hundreds; the same succession of letters with added points was repeated for thousands, tens of thousands, and hundreds of thousands. The Greeks followed the same system up to tens of thousands. They wrote the different classes of numbers in succession as we do, and they transferred operations performed on units to numbers in higher places; but the use of different signs for the different ranks clearly shows a want of full perception of the value of place as such. They adopted the letter M as a sign for 10,000 and by combining this mark with their other numerals they could note numbers as high as 100,000,000. The Roman numerals, which are still used in marking dates or numbering chapters, were almost useless for purposes of computation. From one to four were represented by vertical strokes I, II, III, IIII, five by V, ten by X, fifty by L, one hundred by square C, afterwards C, five hundred by D, a thousand [239]by M. These signs were derived from each other according to particular rules, thus V was the half of X, inverted   V being also used; L was likewise the half of C. M was artistically written M and cIc* and Ic*, afterwards D, became five hundred. ccI represented 5000, ccIc*c* 10,000, Ic*c*c* 50,000, cccIc*c*c* 100,000. They were also compounded by addition and subtraction, thus IV stood for four, VI for six, XXX for thirty, XL for forty, LX for sixty. Arithmetic is divided into abstract and practical: the former comprehends notation, numeration, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, measures and multiples, fractions, powers and roots; the latter treats of the combinations and practical applications of these and the so-called rules, such as reduction, compound addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, proportion, interest, profit and loss, &c. Another division is integral and fractional arithmetic, the former treating of integers, or whole numbers, and the latter of fractions. Decimal fractions were invented in the sixteenth century, and logarithms, embodying the last great advance in the science, in the seventeenth century.

Arithmetic (Gr. arithmos, number) is primarily the science of numbers. Unlike algebra, it's the practical side of the subject. Even though the processes involved in arithmetic can be quite complex, they all boil down to four basic operations—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. Of these, multiplication and division are just more complicated versions of addition and subtraction, with subtraction being the opposite of addition. Little is known about the origins of arithmetic, but it's likely that some basic understanding of it has existed since the first sparks of human intelligence. Due to their primitive counting methods, the science saw minimal progress among ancient Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans. It wasn't until the decimal system of notation and Arabic—or more accurately, Indian—numerals were introduced to Europe that significant advancements could be observed. In this notation system, every number is represented by the ten digits: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, where each digit has both a specific value and a positional value. The value of each digit increases tenfold as you move left; the position of any number from the right signifies the power of 10, while the digit itself shows how many of those powers are being represented: thus, 3464 = 3000 + 400 + 60 + 4 = 3 × 103 + 4 × 102 + 6 × 10 + 4. The earliest arithmetic symbols seem to have been hieroglyphic, but Egyptian hieroglyphics were too complicated to be useful mathematically. Units were expressed with a series of strokes equal to the number needed, while the number ten was represented as an open circle, a hundred as a curled palm leaf, a thousand as a lotus flower, and ten thousand as a bent finger. The alphabet provided a handy way to represent numbers and was used by the Chaldeans, Hebrews, and Greeks. The first nine letters of the Hebrew alphabet stood for units, the next nine for tens, and the last four used additional marks for hundreds; this sequence was similarly extended for thousands, tens of thousands, and hundreds of thousands. The Greeks adopted a similar system up to tens of thousands. They wrote different number classes in succession like we do and applied operations done on units to numbers in higher places. However, using different symbols for different positions highlighted their incomplete understanding of positional value. They used the letter M to signify 10,000, which allowed them to combine it with other numerals to represent numbers as high as 100,000,000. Roman numerals, which are still used for marking dates or numbering chapters, were almost useless for calculations. Numbers from one to four were represented by vertical strokes, five by a specific mark, ten by another mark, fifty by another, one hundred by yet another, and so forth. These signs were derived from each other based on certain rules; for instance, one sign was half of another. Another set of signs was creatively written and evolved into representations for higher values, such as 500. They also created numbers by combining addition and subtraction; for instance, certain signs represented four, six, thirty, forty, and sixty. Arithmetic is divided into abstract and practical: the former includes notation, numeration, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, measures and multiples, fractions, powers, and roots; the latter deals with the combinations and real-world applications of these, and includes rules for reduction, compound operations, interest, profit and loss, etc. Another classification is integral and fractional arithmetic, with the former focusing on whole numbers and the latter on fractions. Decimal fractions were created in the sixteenth century, and logarithms, which represent the last major leap in the field, were developed in the seventeenth century.

Arithmet´ical, pertaining to arithmetic or its operations.—Arithmetical mean, the middle term of three quantities in arithmetical progression, or half the sum of any two proposed numbers; thus 11 is the arithmetical mean to 8 and 14.—Arithmetical progression, a series of numbers increasing or decreasing by a common difference, as 1, 3, 5, 7, &c.—Arithmetical signs, certain symbols used in arithmetic, and indicating processes or facts. The common signs used in arithmetic are the following: plus   sign signifying that the numbers between which it is placed are to be added; minus   sign - that the second is to be subtracted from the first; times sign that the one is to be multiplied by the other; divide   sign that the former is to be divided by the latter; equals sign signifies that the one number is equal to the other; proportional signs - colons are the signs placed between the members of a proportional series, as 4 : 6 :: 8 : 12. A small figure placed on the right hand of another at the top signifies the corresponding power of the number beside which it is placed, as 52, 43, meaning the square of 5 and the cube of 4. cube   root placed before or over a number signifies the square root of that number; with a figure it signifies the root of a higher power, as cube root, which means cube root. A period placed to the left of a series of figures indicates that they are decimal fractions.

Arithmetical, relating to arithmetic or its operations.—Arithmetical mean, the middle value of three numbers in an arithmetic sequence, or half the sum of any two given numbers; for example, 11 is the arithmetical mean of 8 and 14.—Arithmetical progression, a sequence of numbers that increases or decreases by a consistent difference, such as 1, 3, 5, 7, etc.—Arithmetical signs, specific symbols used in arithmetic to indicate operations or facts. The common signs in arithmetic are as follows: plus   sign indicating that the numbers it separates should be added; minus   sign indicating that the second number should be subtracted from the first; times sign indicating that one number should be multiplied by the other; divide   sign indicating that the first number should be divided by the second; equals sign indicating that one number is equal to another; proportional signs - colons are the signs used between numbers in a proportional series, such as 4 : 6 :: 8 : 12. A small figure placed on the top right of another number indicates its corresponding power, such as 52 and 43, meaning the square of 5 and the cube of 4. cube   root placed before or over a number indicates the square root of that number; when combined with a number, it indicates the root of a higher power, such as cube root, which means cube root. A dot to the left of a series of numbers indicates that they are decimal fractions.

A´rius, the originator of the Arian heresy. See Arians.

A´rius, the founder of the Arian heresy. See Arians.

Arizo´na, a former territory of the United States, admitted into the union as a sovereign State on 14th Feb., 1912, is bounded south by Mexico, west by California and Nevada (the River Colorado forming the greater part of the boundary), north by Utah, and east by New Mexico; area, 113,956 sq. miles. The surface is generally mountainous, but many fertile and well-watered valleys lie between the ridges. Part of the surface consists of deserts often entirely destitute of vegetation. The territory belongs to the basin of the Colorado, which passes through a portion of it, besides forming the boundary; while the Gila and Little Colorado, tributaries of the Colorado, traverse it from east to west. The canyons of the Colorado form a wonderful feature, the river flowing for hundreds of miles in a deep rocky channel with walls rising perpendicularly to the height of 1500 to 6000 feet. In some parts timber is plentiful. The rainfall is small, and irrigation has been employed for agricultural purposes. Large tracts of elevated land have been found excellently adapted as pastures for sheep and cattle. The territory is rich in copper, gold, silver, lead, and other minerals, and mining is largely carried on, with much copper smelting and refining. The capital is Phœnix. Pop. 29,053. The Southern and the Santa Fé Pacific Railways traverse it. Pop. (1920), 333,903 (of which 171,468 are white), exclusive of Apaches and other Indians on reservations (area, 29,017 sq. miles; pop. (1920), 42,400).

Arizona, a former territory of the United States, became a state on February 14, 1912. It is bordered to the south by Mexico, to the west by California and Nevada (with the Colorado River marking most of the boundary), to the north by Utah, and to the east by New Mexico; it covers an area of 113,956 square miles. The landscape is mostly mountainous, but there are many fertile, well-watered valleys between the ridges. Some areas are deserts that lack vegetation entirely. The region is part of the Colorado River basin, which flows through it and also forms part of its border. The Gila and Little Colorado rivers, tributaries of the Colorado, cross it from east to west. The canyons of the Colorado are a stunning feature, where the river travels for hundreds of miles in a deep rocky channel with walls that rise vertically between 1,500 and 6,000 feet. Timber is abundant in some areas. Rainfall is low, so irrigation is used for farming. Large elevated areas have been found to be excellent pastures for sheep and cattle. The region has rich deposits of copper, gold, silver, lead, and other minerals, and mining, especially copper smelting and refining, is significant. The capital is Phoenix. Population: 29,053. The Southern and Santa Fe Pacific Railways run through it. Population (1920): 333,903 (of which 171,468 are white), not including Apaches and other Native Americans on reservations (area: 29,017 square miles; population (1920): 42,400).

Arjish Dagh, the loftiest peak of the peninsula of Asia Minor, at the western extremity of the Anti-Taurus Range, 13,150 feet; an extinct volcano; on the N. and N.E. slopes are extensive glaciers.

Arjish Dagh, the highest peak of the Asia Minor peninsula, located at the western end of the Anti-Taurus Range, stands at 13,150 feet. It's an extinct volcano, with large glaciers on the N. and N.E. slopes.

Ark, the name applied in our translation of the Bible to the boat or floating house in which Noah resided during the flood or deluge; to the floating vessel of bulrushes in which the infant Moses was laid; and to the chest in which the tables of the law were preserved—the ark of the covenant. This last was made of shittim-wood, overlaid within and without with gold, about 3¾ feet long by 2¼ feet high and broad, and over it were placed the golden covering or mercy-seat and the two cherubim. It was placed in the sanctuary of the temple of Solomon; before his time it was kept in the tabernacle, and was moved about as circumstances dictated. At the captivity it appears to have been either lost or destroyed.

Ark is the term used in our Bible translation for the boat or floating shelter where Noah stayed during the flood; for the vessel made of reeds that carried the baby Moses; and for the chest that held the tablets of the law—the ark of the covenant. This last one was constructed from acacia wood, covered inside and out with gold, measuring about 3¾ feet long and 2¼ feet high and wide. On top of it were placed the golden lid or mercy-seat and the two cherubim. It was kept in the sanctuary of Solomon's temple; before that, it was housed in the tabernacle and moved around as needed. During the captivity, it seems to have been either lost or destroyed.

Arkansas (ar´kan-sa¨ or ar-kan´sas), one of the United States of America, bounded north by Missouri; east by the Mississippi, which separates it from the States of Mississippi and Tennessee; south by Louisiana and Texas; and west by the Indian Territory and Texas; area, 53,335 sq. miles. The surface in the east is low, flat, and swampy, densely wooded, and subject to frequent inundations from the numerous streams which water it. Towards the centre it becomes more diversified, presenting many undulating slopes and hills of moderate elevation. In the west it [240]rises still higher, being traversed by a range of hills called the Ozark, which attains a height of 2000 feet, some peaks rising to 3000. In various parts the prairies are of great extent; the forests also are extensive, principally of oak, hickory, ash, cotton, linden, maple, locust, and pine. Coal and other minerals are worked. The principal rivers, all tributaries of the Mississippi, are the Arkansas, the Red River, the St. Francis, and the Washita. Near the centre of the State are warm springs, much resorted to for chronic rheumatic and paralytic affections. The climate is subject to great extremes of heat and cold, and in the lower districts is unhealthy to new settlers. The staple products are cotton and maize; fruit is tolerably abundant. Many districts are admirably adapted for grazing, and great numbers of excellent cattle are reared. Arkansas was colonized as early as 1685 by the French. As part of Louisiana it was purchased by the United States in 1803. It was made into a separate territory in 1819, and admitted into the Union in 1836. It was one of the seceding States. The capital is Little Rock. The enumerated population in 1920 was 1,750,995.

Arkansas (ar-kan-saw or ar-kan-sas), one of the states in the United States of America, is bordered to the north by Missouri; to the east by the Mississippi River, which separates it from Mississippi and Tennessee; to the south by Louisiana and Texas; and to the west by the Indian Territory and Texas. Its area is 53,335 square miles. The eastern part has a low, flat, and swampy surface, which is heavily wooded and often floods due to the many streams that run through it. In the center, the terrain becomes more varied, featuring numerous rolling hills and slopes of moderate height. The western region rises further, crossed by a range of hills known as the Ozarks, which reaches heights of 2,000 feet, with some peaks rising to 3,000. There are large prairies in various areas, and the forests are extensive, mainly consisting of oak, hickory, ash, cottonwood, linden, maple, locust, and pine. Coal and other minerals are extracted. The main rivers, all tributaries of the Mississippi, are the Arkansas, the Red River, the St. Francis, and the Washita. Near the center of the state, there are warm springs that many people visit for chronic rheumatic and paralytic conditions. The climate can experience extreme heat and cold, and the lower areas can be unhealthy for new settlers. The main agricultural products are cotton and corn, and fruit is fairly plentiful. Many regions are well-suited for grazing, where large numbers of excellent cattle are raised. Arkansas was colonized as early as 1685 by the French. It was part of Louisiana, purchased by the United States in 1803. It became a separate territory in 1819 and was admitted to the Union in 1836. It was one of the states that seceded. The capital is Little Rock. The population counted in 1920 was 1,750,995.

Arkansas, a river of the United States, which gives its name to the above State, the largest affluent of the Mississippi after the Missouri. It rises in the Rocky Mountains, about lat. 39° N., long. 107° W., flows in a general south-easterly direction through Colorado, Kansas, the Indian Territory, and lastly through the State of Arkansas, and after a course of 2170 miles enters the Mississippi. During greater part of the year it is navigable for steamboats for 800 miles.

Arkansas is a river in the United States that names the state above it, and it's the largest tributary of the Mississippi River after the Missouri. It begins in the Rocky Mountains, around latitude 39° N., longitude 107° W., and flows generally southeast through Colorado, Kansas, the Indian Territory, and finally through the state of Arkansas, before joining the Mississippi after traveling 2,170 miles. For most of the year, it can accommodate steamboats for up to 800 miles.

Arkite. See Explosives.

Arkite. See Explosives.

Ark´low, a town in Ireland, County Wicklow, on the right bank of the Avoca, which falls into the sea about 500 yards below the town; the scene of a severe fight during the rebellion of 1798. Fishing is the chief industry. Pop. 5042.

Arklow, a town in County Wicklow, Ireland, located on the right bank of the Avoca River, which empties into the sea about 500 yards below the town; it was the site of a significant battle during the rebellion of 1798. Fishing is the main industry here. Population: 5,042.

Arkwright's Water Frame Arkwright's Water Frame

Ark´wright, Sir Richard, famous for his inventions in cotton-spinning, was born at Preston, in Lancashire, in 1732, died 1792. The youngest of thirteen children, he was bred to the trade of a barber. When about thirty-five years of age he gave himself up exclusively to the subject of inventions for spinning cotton. The thread spun by Hargreaves' jenny could not be used except as weft, being destitute of the firmness or hardness required in the longitudinal threads or warp. But Arkwright supplied this deficiency by the invention of the spinning-frame, which spins a vast number of threads of any degree of fineness and hardness, leaving the operator merely to feed the machine with cotton and to join the threads when they happen to break. His invention introduced the system of spinning by rollers, the carding, or roving as it is technically termed (that is, the soft, loose strip of cotton), passing through one pair of rollers, and being received by a second pair, which is made to revolve with (as the case may be) three, four, or five times the velocity of the first pair. By this contrivance the roving is drawn out into a thread of the desired degree of tenuity and hardness. His inventions being brought into a pretty advanced state, Arkwright removed to Nottingham in 1768 in order to avoid the attacks of the same lawless rabble that had driven Hargreaves out of Lancashire. Here his operations were at first greatly fettered by a want of capital; but two gentlemen of means having entered into partnership with him, the necessary funds were obtained, and Arkwright erected his first mill, which was driven by horses, at Nottingham, and took out a patent for spinning by rollers in 1769. As the mode of working the machinery by horse-power was found too expensive, he built a second factory on a much larger scale at Cromford, in Derbyshire, in 1771, the machinery of which was turned by a water-wheel. Having made several additional discoveries and improvements in the processes of carding, roving, and spinning, he took out a fresh patent for the whole in 1775, and thus completed a series of the most ingenious and complicated machinery. Notwithstanding a series of law-suits in defence of his patent rights, and the destruction of his property by mobs, he amassed a large fortune. He was knighted by George III in 1786.

Arkwright, Sir Richard, known for his inventions in cotton spinning, was born in Preston, Lancashire, in 1732 and died in 1792. He was the youngest of thirteen children and trained as a barber. When he was about thirty-five, he focused solely on inventing machines for spinning cotton. The thread produced by Hargreaves' jenny was only suitable for weft, lacking the strength needed for the longitudinal threads or warp. Arkwright solved this problem by inventing the spinning-frame, which could spin many threads of various thicknesses and strengths, allowing the operator to simply feed the machine with cotton and join any broken threads. His invention introduced roller spinning, where carding, or roving (the soft, loose strip of cotton), passes through one set of rollers and is caught by another set that turns at three, four, or five times the speed of the first. This setup draws the roving into a thread of the desired thickness and strength. After developing his inventions significantly, Arkwright moved to Nottingham in 1768 to escape the lawless mobs that had forced Hargreaves out of Lancashire. Initially, his work was limited by a lack of funds, but after partnering with two wealthy gentlemen, he secured the necessary capital and built his first mill, powered by horses, in Nottingham, patenting roller spinning in 1769. Finding horse power too costly, he constructed a larger factory at Cromford, Derbyshire, in 1771, using a water wheel for power. After making several more discoveries and improvements in carding, roving, and spinning, he obtained another patent for the complete system in 1775, finalizing a series of highly innovative and complex machines. Despite facing numerous lawsuits to defend his patent rights and having his property destroyed by mobs, he accumulated a significant fortune. He was knighted by George III in 1786.

Arlberg (a˙rl´berh), a branch of the Rhætian Alps, in the west of Tyrol, between it and Vorarlberg, pierced by the fourth longest railway tunnel in the world. It is 6½ miles long, and was finished in Nov., 1883, and connects the valley of the Inn with that of the Rhine, and the Austrian railway system with the Swiss railways. [241]

Arlberg (a˙rl´berh), a part of the Rhætian Alps, is located in western Tyrol, between Tyrol and Vorarlberg. It features the fourth longest railway tunnel in the world, which is 6½ miles long. Completed in November 1883, the tunnel connects the Inn Valley to the Rhine Valley and links the Austrian railway system with the Swiss railways. [241]

Ar´lecdon, an urban district of England, in Cumberland, 4 miles east of Whitehaven, with coal and iron mines. Pop. (1921), 5152.

Arlecdon, an urban area in England, located in Cumberland, 4 miles east of Whitehaven, with coal and iron mines. Population (1921), 5,152.

Arles (a˙rl; ancient, Arelāte), a town of Southern France, department Bouches du Rhône, 17 miles south-east of Nismes. It was an important town at the time of Cæsar's invasion, and under the later emperors it became one of the most flourishing towns on the farther side of the Alps. It still possesses numerous ancient remains, of which the most conspicuous are those of a Roman amphitheatre, which accommodated 24,000 spectators. It has a considerable trade, manufactures of silk, &c., and furnishes a market for the surrounding country. Pop. 16,746.

Arles (pronounced ar-l; ancient, Arelāte), is a town in Southern France, located in the Bouches du Rhône department, 17 miles southeast of Nîmes. It was an important town during Caesar's invasion, and under the later emperors, it became one of the most prosperous towns on the other side of the Alps. It still has many ancient remains, with the most notable being a Roman amphitheater that could hold 24,000 spectators. The town has a significant trade, including silk production and other goods, and serves as a market for the surrounding area. Population: 16,746.

Ar´lington, Henry Bennet, Earl of, member of the Cabal ministry, and one of the scheming creatures of Charles II, born 1618, died 1685. He is supposed to have lived and died a Roman Catholic.

Arlington, Henry Bennet, Earl of, a member of the Cabal ministry and one of the scheming advisors of Charles II, was born in 1618 and died in 1685. It is believed that he lived and died as a Roman Catholic.

Ar´lon, a Belgian town, capital province of Luxemburg, a thriving town, with manufactures of ironware, leather, tobacco, &c. Pop. 12,012.

Arlon, a town in Belgium and the capital of the province of Luxembourg, is a bustling place, known for its production of iron goods, leather, tobacco, and more. Population: 12,012.

Arm, the upper limb in man, connected with the thorax or chest by means of the scapula or shoulder-blade, and the clavicle or collar-bone. It consists of three bones, the arm-bone (humĕrus), and the two bones of the fore-arm (radius and ulna), and it is connected with the bones of the hand by the carpus or wrist. The head or upper end of the arm-bone fits into the hollow called the glenoid cavity of the scapula, so as to form a joint of the ball-and-socket kind, allowing great freedom of movement to the limb. The lower end of the humerus is broadened out by a projection on both the outer and inner sides (the outer and inner condyles), and has a pulley-like surface for articulating with the fore-arm to form the elbow-joint. This joint somewhat resembles a hinge, allowing of movement only in one direction. The ulna is the inner of the two bones of the fore-arm. It is largest at the upper end, where it has two processes, the coronoid and the olecranon, with a deep groove between to receive the humerus. The radius—the outer of the two bones—is small at the upper and expanded at the lower end, where it forms part of the wrist-joint. The muscles of the upper arm are either flexors or extensors, the former serving to bend the arm, the latter to straighten it by means of the elbow-joint. The main flexor is the biceps, the large muscle which may be seen standing out in front of the arm when a weight is raised. The chief opposing muscle of the biceps is the triceps. The muscles of the fore-arm are, besides flexors and extensors, pronators and supinators, the former turning the hand palm downwards, the latter turning it upwards. The same fundamental plan of structure exists in the limbs of all vertebrate animals.

Arm, the upper limb in humans, connects to the thorax or chest through the scapula or shoulder blade, and the clavicle or collarbone. It comprises three bones: the arm bone (humerus) and the two bones of the forearm (radius and ulna), and it connects to the bones of the hand via the carpus or wrist. The head or upper end of the humerus fits into the hollow known as the glenoid cavity of the scapula, forming a ball-and-socket joint that allows for a wide range of movement in the limb. The lower end of the humerus is broadened by projections on both the outer and inner sides (the outer and inner condyles) and features a pulley-like surface that articulates with the forearm to create the elbow joint. This joint functions similarly to a hinge, permitting movement in just one direction. The ulna is the inner of the two bones in the forearm. It is largest at the upper end, where it has two projections, the coronoid and the olecranon, with a deep groove in between for the humerus. The radius—the outer of the two bones—is smaller at the upper end and wider at the lower end, where it contributes to the wrist joint. The muscles of the upper arm are categorized as either flexors or extensors, with the former bending the arm and the latter straightening it at the elbow joint. The main flexor is the biceps, the prominent muscle visible at the front of the arm when lifting a weight. The primary opposing muscle to the biceps is the triceps. The muscles of the forearm include not only flexors and extensors, but also pronators and supinators, with the former turning the hand palm down and the latter turning it palm up. This basic structural plan is consistent across the limbs of all vertebrate animals.

Arma´da, the Spanish name for any large naval force; usually applied to the Spanish fleet vaingloriously designated the Invincible Armada, intended to act against England A.D. 1588. It was under the command of the Duke of Medina-Sidonia, and consisted of 130 great war vessels, larger and stronger than any belonging to the English fleet, with 30 smaller ships of war, and carried 19,295 marines, 8460 sailors, 2088 slaves, and 2630 cannon. It had scarcely quitted Lisbon on 29th May, 1588, when it was scattered by a storm, and had to be refitted in Corunna. It was to co-operate with a land force collected in Flanders under the Prince of Parma, and to unite with this it proceeded through the English Channel towards Calais. In its progress it was attacked by the English fleet under Lord Howard, who, with his lieutenants, Drake, Hawkins, and Frobisher, endeavoured by dexterous seamanship and the discharge of well-directed volleys of shot to destroy or capture the vessels of the enemy. The great lumbering Spanish vessels suffered severely from their smaller opponents, which most of their shot missed. Arrived at length off Dunkirk, the armada was becalmed, thrown into confusion by fire-ships, and many of the Spanish vessels destroyed or taken. The Duke of Medina-Sidonia, owing to the severe losses, at last resolved to abandon the enterprise, and conceived the idea of reconveying his fleet to Spain by a voyage round the north of Great Britain; but storm after storm assailed his ships, scattering them in all directions, and sinking many. Some went down on the cliffs of Norway, others in the open sea, others on the Scottish coast, others on the coast of Ireland. In all, seventy-two large vessels and over 10,000 men were lost.—Bibliography: J. A. Froude, Spanish Story of the Armada; Sir J. K. Laughton, State Papers relating to the Defeat of the Spanish Armada; J. R. Hale, Story of the Great Armada.

Armada, the Spanish term for any large naval force; typically used to describe the Spanish fleet grandiosely named the Invincible Armada, which was intended to confront England CE 1588. It was led by the Duke of Medina-Sidonia and included 130 major warships, larger and more powerful than any in the English fleet, along with 30 smaller warships. It carried 19,295 marines, 8,460 sailors, 2,088 slaves, and 2,630 cannons. Just after leaving Lisbon on May 29, 1588, it was scattered by a storm and had to be repaired in Corunna. The plan was to work with a land force gathered in Flanders under the Prince of Parma and to meet up with it by sailing through the English Channel towards Calais. During its journey, it was attacked by the English fleet led by Lord Howard, who, along with his officers, Drake, Hawkins, and Frobisher, tried to destroy or capture the enemy ships with skilled maneuvers and well-aimed cannon fire. The large, cumbersome Spanish ships suffered greatly from their smaller foes, missing most of their shots. Finally reaching Dunkirk, the armada was stalled, thrown into disarray by fire-ships, and many Spanish vessels were either destroyed or captured. Due to the heavy losses, the Duke of Medina-Sidonia ultimately decided to abandon the mission and thought about returning his fleet to Spain by sailing around the northern coast of Great Britain; however, storms relentlessly battered his ships, scattering them in all directions and sinking many. Some went down off the cliffs of Norway, others in the open sea, some along the Scottish coast, and others off the coast of Ireland. In total, seventy-two large vessels and over 10,000 men were lost.—References: J. A. Froude, Spanish Story of the Armada; Sir J. K. Laughton, State Papers relating to the Defeat of the Spanish Armada; J. R. Hale, Story of the Great Armada.

Armadale, a town of Scotland, Linlithgowshire, in coal and iron district. Pop. 4739.

Armadale is a town in Scotland, located in Linlithgowshire, within a coal and iron district. Population: 4,739.

Armadillos Armadillos—Left, Hairy Armadillo. Right, Kappler's Armadillo

Armadi´llo (genus Dasўpus), an edentate mammal peculiar to South America, consisting [242]of various species, belonging to a family intermediate between the sloths and ant-eaters. They are covered with a hard bony shell, divided into belts, composed of small separate plates like a coat of mail, flexible everywhere except on the forehead, shoulders, and haunches, where it is not movable. The belts are connected by a membrane which enables the animal to roll itself up like a hedgehog. These animals burrow in the earth, where they lie during the daytime, seldom going abroad except at night. They are of different sizes: the largest, Dasypus gigas, being 3 feet in length without the tail, and the smallest only 10 inches. They subsist chiefly on fruits and roots, sometimes on insects and flesh. They are inoffensive, and their flesh is esteemed good food.—There is a genus of isopodous Crustacea called Armadillo, consisting of animals allied to the wood-lice, capable of rolling themselves into a ball.

Armadillo (genus Dasypus) is a mammal unique to South America, made up of various species that belong to a family that sits between sloths and anteaters. They have a tough bony shell divided into bands, made of small separate plates like armor, which is flexible except for the forehead, shoulders, and hips, where it doesn't move. The bands are linked by a membrane that allows the animal to curl up like a hedgehog. These creatures dig into the ground, where they rest during the day and usually only come out at night. They come in different sizes: the largest species, Dasypus gigas, measures 3 feet long without the tail, while the smallest is just 10 inches. Their diet mainly consists of fruits and roots, but they also occasionally eat insects and meat. They are harmless, and their meat is considered tasty.—There is also a genus of isopod crustaceans called Armadillo, which includes animals related to woodlice that can roll into a ball.

Armageddon (-ged´don), the great battlefield of the Old Testament, where the chief conflicts took place between the Israelites and their enemies—the table-land of Esdraelon in Galilee and Samaria, in the centre of which stood the town of Megiddo, on the site of the modern Lejjun: used figuratively in the Apocalypse to signify the place of 'the battle of the great day of God'. It may, however, be har migdo, his fruitful mountain, 'the mountain land of Israel'. The phrase 'an Armageddon' expresses any great slaughter or final conflict, and has been frequently applied to the Great War of 1914-8. During this war severe fighting took place in Sept., 1918, on the field of Armageddon, the entrance to the passes of Megiddo. The battle ended in an overwhelming victory for General Allenby's armies. See Megiddo.

Armageddon (-ged´don), the famous battlefield from the Old Testament, where key battles occurred between the Israelites and their foes—the Esdraelon plain in Galilee and Samaria, with the town of Megiddo in the center, located where the modern town of Lejjun is today: it is used figuratively in the Apocalypse to refer to the place of 'the battle of the great day of God'. It might also be har migdo, meaning his fruitful mountain, 'the mountainous region of Israel'. The term 'an Armageddon' signifies any massive slaughter or final conflict, and it has often been used to describe the Great War of 1914-1918. During this war, intense fighting occurred in September 1918 on the Armageddon battlefield, the entry point to the Megiddo passes. The battle resulted in a decisive victory for General Allenby's forces. See Megiddo.

Armagh (a˙r-mä´), a county of Ireland, in the province of Ulster; surrounded by Monaghan, Tyrone, Lough Neagh, Down, and Louth; area, 328,086 acres, of which about a half is under tillage. The north-west of the county is undulating and fertile. The northern part, bordering on Lough Neagh, consists principally of extensive bogs. On the southern border is a range of barren hills. The chief rivers are the Blackwater, which separates it from Tyrone; the Upper Bann, which discharges itself into Lough Neagh; and the Callan, which falls into the Blackwater. There are several small lakes. The manufacture of linen is carried on very extensively. Armagh, Lurgan, and Portadown are the chief towns. The county sends three members to Parliament. Pop. 120,291.—The county town, Armagh, is situated partly on a hill, about half a mile from the Callan. It has a Protestant cathedral crowning the hill, a Gothic building dating from the eighth century, repaired and beautified recently; a new Roman Catholic cathedral in the pointed Gothic style, and various public buildings. It is the see of an archbishop of the Protestant Episcopal Church, who is primate of all Ireland, and is a place of great antiquity. Pop. 7356.

Armagh (ar-mä´), a county in Ireland, located in the province of Ulster; bordered by Monaghan, Tyrone, Lough Neagh, Down, and Louth; covering an area of 328,086 acres, about half of which is used for farming. The northwest part of the county is rolling and fertile. The northern area, adjacent to Lough Neagh, mainly consists of large bogs. The southern border features a range of rocky hills. The major rivers include the Blackwater, which separates it from Tyrone; the Upper Bann, which flows into Lough Neagh; and the Callan, which joins the Blackwater. There are several small lakes. Linen manufacturing is widespread. The main towns are Armagh, Lurgan, and Portadown. The county has three representatives in Parliament. Population: 120,291.—The county town, Armagh, is partially situated on a hill, about half a mile from the Callan. It features a Protestant cathedral atop the hill, a Gothic structure from the eighth century that has been recently restored and enhanced; a new Roman Catholic cathedral in the pointed Gothic style; and various public buildings. It is the residence of an archbishop of the Protestant Episcopal Church, who serves as primate of all Ireland, and is a site of significant historical importance. Population: 7,356.

Armagnac (a˙r-ma˙-nya˙k), an ancient territory of France, in the province of Gascony, some of the counts of which hold prominent places in the history of France. Bernard VII, son of John II, surnamed the Hunchback, succeeded his brother, John III, in 1391, and was called to Court by Isabella of Bavaria, with the view of heading the Orleans in opposition to the Burgundian faction, where he no sooner gained the ascendancy than he compelled the queen to appoint him Constable of France. He showed himself a merciless tyrant, and became so generally execrated that the Duke of Burgundy, to whom Isabella had turned for help, found little difficulty in gaining admission into Paris, and even seizing the person of Armagnac, who was cast into prison in 1418, when the exasperated populace burst in and killed him and his followers. John V, grandson of the above, who succeeded in 1450, made himself notorious for his crimes. He was assassinated in his castle of Lectoure in 1473 by an agent of Louis XI, against whom he was holding out.

Armagnac (ar-ma-nyak), an ancient region of France, in the province of Gascony, has some counts who are significant figures in French history. Bernard VII, the son of John II, known as the Hunchback, took over from his brother, John III, in 1391 and was called to Court by Isabella of Bavaria, aiming to lead the Orleans faction against the Burgundians. Once he gained influence, he forced the queen to make him Constable of France. He proved to be a ruthless tyrant and became so widely hated that the Duke of Burgundy, whom Isabella had sought for assistance, easily entered Paris and captured Armagnac. He was imprisoned in 1418, and when the furious crowd stormed in, they killed him and his followers. John V, the grandson of Bernard VII, who succeeded in 1450, became infamous for his crimes. He was assassinated in his castle at Lectoure in 1473 by an agent of Louis XI, whom he was resisting.

Ar´mature, a term applied to the piece of soft iron which is placed across the poles of permanent or electro-magnets for the purpose of receiving and concentrating the attractive force. In the case of permanent magnets it is also important for preserving their magnetism when not in use, and hence it is sometimes termed the keeper. It produces this effect in virtue of the well-known law of induction, by which the armature, when placed near or across the poles of the magnet, is itself converted into a temporary magnet with reversed poles, and these, reacting upon the permanent magnet, keep its particles in a state of constant magnetic tension, or, in other words, in that constrained position which is supposed to constitute magnetism. A horse-shoe magnet should therefore never be laid aside without its armature; and in the case of straight bar-magnets two should be placed parallel to each other, with their poles reversed, and a keeper or armature across them at both ends. The term is also applied to the core and coil of the electro-magnet, which revolves before the poles of the permanent magnet in the magneto-electric machine.

Armature refers to the piece of soft iron that is placed across the poles of permanent or electromagnets to receive and concentrate their attractive force. For permanent magnets, it also helps preserve their magnetism when not in use, and is sometimes called the keeper. This effect occurs due to the well-known law of induction, which states that when the armature is near or across the poles of the magnet, it becomes a temporary magnet with reversed poles. These reversed poles, in turn, interact with the permanent magnet, maintaining its particles in a state of constant magnetic tension, or in a position that is thought to represent magnetism. Therefore, a horseshoe magnet should never be stored without its armature; for straight bar magnets, two should be placed parallel to each other with their poles reversed, and a keeper or armature should be placed across them at both ends. The term is also used for the core and coil of the electromagnet, which rotates before the poles of the permanent magnet in the magneto-electric machine.

Arme Blanche, a term applied to the rapier and duelling-foil, and frequently also to all weapons other than fire-arms. The phrase is particularly applied to the sabres and lances carried by cavalry, but also to the bayonet.

Arme Blanche refers to the rapier and dueling foil, and is often used for all weapons except firearms. This term is especially used for the sabers and lances used by cavalry, but it also includes the bayonet.

Arme´nia, a mountainous country of Western Asia, of great historical interest as the original seat of one of the oldest civilized peoples in the [243]world. The name Armenia occurs in the Vulgate, but the Hebrew name is Ararat. It has an area of about 120,000 sq. miles, and is intersected by the Euphrates, which divides it into the ancient divisions, Armenia Major and Armenia Minor. The country is an elevated plateau, enclosed on several sides by the ranges of Taurus and Anti-Taurus, and partly occupied by other mountains, the loftiest of which is Ararat. Several important rivers take their rise in Armenia, namely, the Kur or Cyrus, and its tributary the Aras or Araxes, flowing east to the Caspian Sea; the Halys or Kizil-Irmak, flowing north to the Black Sea; and the Tigris and Euphrates, which flow into the Persian Gulf. The chief lakes are Van and Urumiyah. The climate is rather severe. The soil is on the whole productive, though in many places it would be quite barren were it not for the great care taken to irrigate it. Wheat, barley, tobacco, hemp, grapes, and cotton are raised; and in some of the valleys apricots, peaches, mulberries, and walnuts are grown. The inhabitants are chiefly of the genuine Armenian stock, a branch of the Aryan or Indo-European race; but besides them, in consequence of the repeated subjugation of the country, various other races have obtained a footing. The total number of Armenians is estimated at 2,900,000, of whom one-half are in Armenia. The remainder, like the Jews, are scattered over various countries, and are generally engaged in commercial pursuits. They everywhere retain, however, their distinct nationality.

Armenia, a mountainous country in Western Asia, is historically significant as the original home of one of the oldest civilized peoples in the [243]world. The name Armenia appears in the Vulgate, but the Hebrew name is Ararat. It covers an area of about 120,000 square miles and is crossed by the Euphrates, which divides it into the ancient regions of Armenia Major and Armenia Minor. The country is an elevated plateau, bordered on several sides by the Taurus and Anti-Taurus mountain ranges, with some other mountains, the highest being Ararat. Several important rivers originate in Armenia, like the Kur or Cyrus, and its tributary, the Aras or Araxes, which flow east to the Caspian Sea; the Halys or Kizil-Irmak, which flows north to the Black Sea; and the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, which flow into the Persian Gulf. The main lakes are Van and Urumiyah. The climate is quite harsh. The soil is generally productive, although in many areas it would be largely barren without extensive irrigation. Crops grown include wheat, barley, tobacco, hemp, grapes, and cotton; and in some valleys, apricots, peaches, mulberries, and walnuts are cultivated. The population is primarily of genuine Armenian descent, a branch of the Aryan or Indo-European race; however, due to the repeated conquests of the area, various other ethnic groups have settled there. The total Armenian population is estimated to be around 2,900,000, with about half living in Armenia. The rest, similar to the Jewish community, are dispersed across various countries, primarily engaged in trade. They still maintain their distinct national identity everywhere.

Little is known of the early history of Armenia, but it was a separate State as early as the eighth century B.C., when it became subject to Assyria, as it also did subsequently to the Medes and the Persians. It was conquered by Alexander the Great in 325 B.C., but regained its independence about 190 B.C. Its king, Tigranes, son-in-law of the celebrated Mithridātes, was defeated by the Romans under Lucullus and Pompey between 69-66 B.C., but was left on the throne. Since then its fortunes have been various under the Romans, Parthians, Byzantine emperors, Persians, Saracens, and Turks. Until quite recently Armenia had no political existence, having been partitioned between Turkey, Persia, and Russia, the last acquiring considerable portions in 1829 and 1878. The hope of the Armenians to see their country formed into an autonomous province administered by Christians was frustrated by the Treaty of Berlin in 1878. The advanced party amongst the Armenians, therefore, determined to obtain their object by the production of disturbances and the spread of a revolutionary movement. The Porte retaliated by wholesale massacres of the Armenians in 1896, 1904, and 1908. The Armenian revolutionary and national parties in the meantime continued their activity and propaganda. Armenia proclaimed its independence in Aug., 1918. In Jan., 1920, the Supreme Council of the Allied Governments recognized the Armenian Republic of Erivan. A mandate for Armenia was also offered to the United States of America, but it was refused by the American Senate in May, 1920. On 18th March, 1922, Soviet Russia concluded a treaty with Turkey, giving to the latter most of Armenia. Batum was attached to Georgia. See Erivan, Russia, Turkey.

Little is known about the early history of Armenia, but it was a separate state as early as the eighth century B.C., when it came under the control of Assyria, and later, the Medes and the Persians. Alexander the Great conquered it in 325 B.C., but Armenia regained its independence around 190 B.C. Its king, Tigranes, who was the son-in-law of the famous Mithridates, was defeated by the Romans under Lucullus and Pompey between 69-66 B.C., but he was allowed to stay on the throne. Since then, its fortunes have varied under the Romans, Parthians, Byzantine emperors, Persians, Saracens, and Turks. Until quite recently, Armenia had no political existence, as it was divided among Turkey, Persia, and Russia, which acquired significant territories in 1829 and 1878. The Armenians' hope to have their country established as an autonomous province governed by Christians was dashed by the Treaty of Berlin in 1878. Consequently, the more progressive Armenians decided to achieve their goal by instigating unrest and promoting a revolutionary movement. In response, the Ottoman Empire carried out mass killings of Armenians in 1896, 1904, and 1908. Meanwhile, the Armenian revolutionary and national groups continued their activities and campaigning. Armenia declared its independence in August 1918. In January 1920, the Supreme Council of the Allied Governments recognized the Armenian Republic of Erivan. A mandate for Armenia was also offered to the United States, but the American Senate rejected it in May 1920. On March 18, 1922, Soviet Russia signed a treaty with Turkey, granting Turkey most of Armenia. Batum was annexed to Georgia. See Erivan, Russia, Turkey.

The Armenians received Christianity at an early date, most probably at the beginning of the third century, although native historians maintain that several of the apostles preached in Armenia. The real apostle of Armenia was Gregory the Illuminator, in the third century. During the Monophysitic disputes they held with those who rejected the twofold nature of Christ, and being dissatisfied with the decisions of the Council of Chalcedon (451) they separated from the Greek Church in 536. The Popes had at different times attempted to gain them over to the Roman Catholic faith, but have not been able to unite them permanently and generally with the Roman Church. There are, however, small numbers here and there of United Armenians, who acknowledge the spiritual supremacy of the Pope, agree in their doctrines with the Catholics, but retain their peculiar ceremonies and discipline. But the far greater part are yet Monophysites, and have remained faithful to their old religion and worship. Their doctrine differs from the orthodox chiefly in their admitting only one nature in Christ, and believing the Holy Spirit to proceed from the Father alone. Their sacraments are seven in number. They adore saints and their images, but do not believe in purgatory. Their hierarchy differs little from that of the Greeks. The Catholicus, or head of the Church, has his seat at Etchmiadzin, a monastery near Erivan, the capital of former Russian Armenia, on Mount Ararat.

The Armenians embraced Christianity early on, likely at the start of the third century, although local historians claim that some of the apostles preached in Armenia. The true apostle of Armenia was Gregory the Illuminator, during the third century. During the Monophysite debates with those who rejected the dual nature of Christ, and feeling dissatisfied with the decisions of the Council of Chalcedon (451), they broke away from the Greek Church in 536. The Popes have tried at various times to convert them to Roman Catholicism, but they have not been able to achieve a lasting union with the Roman Church. However, there are small groups of United Armenians who accept the Pope's spiritual leadership, share beliefs with Catholics, but keep their distinct ceremonies and practices. The majority, however, remain Monophysites, staying true to their ancient religion and worship. Their beliefs mainly differ from orthodox views in that they accept only one nature in Christ and believe the Holy Spirit comes from the Father alone. They have seven sacraments. They venerate saints and their images but do not believe in purgatory. Their hierarchy is quite similar to that of the Greeks. The Catholicus, or head of the Church, is based at Etchmiadzin, a monastery near Erivan, the capital of what used to be Russian Armenia, on Mount Ararat.

The Armenian language belongs to the Indo-European family of languages, and is most closely connected with the Iranic group. The Old Armenian or Haikan language, which is still the literary and ecclesiastical language, is distinguished from the New Armenian, the ordinary spoken language, which contains a large intermixture of Persian and Turkish elements. The most flourishing period of Armenian literature extended from the fourth to the fourteenth century. It then declined, but a revival began in the seventeenth century, and at the present day wherever any extensive community of Armenians has settled they have set up a printing-press. The Armenian Bible, translated from a Syriac version, and revised by means of [244]the Septuagint, by Isaac the Great and St. Mesrop, early in the fifth century, is a model of the classic style.—Bibliography: E. N. and H. Buxton, Travel and Politics in Armenia; N. T. Gregor, History of Armenia; W. L. Williams, Armenia, Past and Present.

The Armenian language is part of the Indo-European language family and is most closely related to the Iranic group. Old Armenian, or Haikan, which is still used in literature and religious settings, differs from New Armenian, the everyday spoken version, which has many influences from Persian and Turkish. The peak of Armenian literature lasted from the fourth to the fourteenth century. After a decline, a revival started in the seventeenth century, and today, wherever there is a significant Armenian community, they establish printing presses. The Armenian Bible, translated from a Syriac version and revised using the Septuagint by Isaac the Great and St. Mesrop in the early fifth century, is a prime example of classic style.—References: E. N. and H. Buxton, Travel and Politics in Armenia; N. T. Gregor, History of Armenia; W. L. Williams, Armenia, Past and Present.

Armentières (a˙r-ma˙n˙-tyār), a town in France, department Nord, 10 miles W.N.W. of Lille, on the Lys. The town had extensive manufactures of linen and cotton goods and an extensive trade. The Germans captured Armentières by massed assault early in April, 1918, after methodically shelling the town for about two years and destroying almost every building in it. The enemy's offensive was intended to achieve greater results. Indeed, its object was to break through to the Channel ports. It began on 9th April, after artillery preparation, from La Bassée to Armentières. When, however, the battle of Armentières died down, the enemy plan to break through to the coast had been definitely and finally frustrated. German losses were extremely heavy, their attacks having been made with massed troops. (See Ypres.) Pop. 28,086.

Armentières (ar-mahn-tyair), a town in France, department Nord, 10 miles W.N.W. of Lille, on the Lys. The town was known for its large production of linen and cotton goods and had a significant trade. The Germans took Armentières by large-scale assault in early April 1918, after systematically shelling the town for nearly two years and destroying almost every building. Their offensive aimed for bigger outcomes, specifically to reach the Channel ports. It started on April 9, following artillery preparation, from La Bassée to Armentières. However, when the battle of Armentières quieted down, the enemy’s plan to break through to the coast was ultimately thwarted. German losses were extremely high, as their attacks involved massed troops. (See Ypres.) Pop. 28,086.

Arm´felt, Gustav Moritz, Count of, Swedish soldier, born 1757, died 1814. Though he had been highly favoured and loaded with honours by Gustavus III, he incurred the enmity of the Duke of Sudermania, guardian of the young king, Gustavus IV, and was deprived of all his titles and possessions. He was restored to his fortune and honours in 1799, when Gustavus IV attained his majority, and held several high military posts. Ultimately, however, he entered the Russian service, was made count, chancellor of the University of Abo, president of the department for the affairs of Finland, member of the Russian Senate, and served in the campaign against Napoleon in 1812.

Armfelt, Gustav Moritz, Count of, Swedish soldier, born 1757, died 1814. Although he was highly favored and honored by Gustavus III, he fell out of favor with the Duke of Sudermania, who was the guardian of the young king, Gustavus IV, and lost all his titles and possessions. He regained his wealth and honors in 1799, when Gustavus IV reached adulthood, and held several high military positions. Ultimately, he joined the Russian military, became a count, served as chancellor of the University of Abo, president of the department for Finnish affairs, and became a member of the Russian Senate, participating in the campaign against Napoleon in 1812.

Armida (a˙r-mē´da˙), a beautiful enchantress in Tasso's Jerusalem Delivered, who succeeds in bringing the hero Rinaldo, with whom she had fallen violently in love, to her enchanted gardens. Here he completely forgets the high task to which he had devoted himself, until messengers from the Christian host having arrived at the island, Rinaldo escapes with them by means of a powerful talisman. In the sequel Armida becomes a Christian.

Armida (ahr-mē´da), a beautiful enchantress in Tasso's Jerusalem Delivered, who manages to lure the hero Rinaldo, with whom she has fallen deeply in love, to her enchanted gardens. Here he completely forgets the noble mission he had dedicated himself to, until messengers from the Christian army arrive on the island, and Rinaldo escapes with them using a powerful talisman. In the end, Armida converts to Christianity.

Ar´millary Sphere (Lat. armilla, a hoop), an astronomical instrument consisting of an arrangement of rings, all circles of one sphere, intended to represent the principal circles of the celestial globe, the rings standing for the meridian of the station, the ecliptic, the tropics, the arctic and antarctic circles, &c., in their relative positions. Its main use is to give a representation of the apparent motions of the celestial bodies.

Armillary Sphere (Latin armilla, meaning hoop) is an astronomical instrument made up of a series of rings, which are all circles of a single sphere, designed to represent the main circles of the celestial globe. The rings symbolize the meridian of the location, the ecliptic, the tropics, and the Arctic and Antarctic circles, among others, in their relative positions. Its primary purpose is to illustrate the apparent movements of celestial bodies.

Armin´ians, a sect or party of Christians, so called from Jacobus Arminius or Harmensen. (See Arminius.) They were called also Remonstrants, from their having presented a remonstrance to the States-general in 1610. The Arminian doctrines are: (1) Conditional election and reprobation, in opposition to absolute predestination. (2) Universal redemption, or that the atonement was made by Christ for all mankind, though none but believers can be partakers of the benefit. (3) That man, in order to exercise true faith, must be regenerated and renewed by the operation of the Holy Spirit, which is the gift of God; but that this grace is not irresistible and may be lost, so that men may relapse from a state of grace and die in their sins. Arminianism being a revolt against certain aspects of Calvinism, especially the absolutism of the eternal decrees, its doctrines were vehemently attacked by the Calvinists of Holland, and were condemned by the Synod of Dort in 1619. The Arminians, in consequence, were treated with great severity; many of them fled to, and spread in, other countries, and though there is no longer any particular sect to which the name is exclusively applied, many bodies are classed as Arminians, as being opposed to the Calvinists on the question of predestination.—Bibliography: Regenboog, Historie der Remonstranten; Caspar Brandt, Life of Arminius (English translation by J. Guthrie); W. B. Pope, Compendium of Christian Theology (3 vols.).

Arminians are a group of Christians named after Jacobus Arminius or Harmensen. (See Arminius.) They were also known as Remonstrants because they presented a remonstrance to the States-General in 1610. The Arminian beliefs include: (1) Conditional election and rejection, contrasting with absolute predestination. (2) Universal redemption, meaning that Christ's atonement was for all humanity, although only believers can benefit from it. (3) For a person to have genuine faith, they must be reborn and renewed by the Holy Spirit's work, which is a gift from God; however, this grace is resistible and can be lost, leading individuals to potentially fall from grace and die in their sins. Arminianism was a challenge to certain elements of Calvinism, particularly the absolutism of eternal decrees, prompting strong opposition from Dutch Calvinists and condemnation by the Synod of Dort in 1619. As a result, Arminians faced harsh treatment; many fled to other countries and spread their ideas. Although there isn't a specific sect that exclusively uses the name today, many groups are classified as Arminians for their opposition to Calvinist views on predestination.—References: Regenboog, Historie der Remonstranten; Caspar Brandt, Life of Arminius (English translation by J. Guthrie); W. B. Pope, Compendium of Christian Theology (3 vols.).

Armin´ius, an ancient German hero celebrated by his fellow-countrymen as their deliverer from the Roman yoke, born about 18-16 B.C., assassinated A.D. 19. Having been sent as a hostage to Rome, he served in the Roman army, and was raised to the rank of eques. Returning home, he found the Roman governor, Quintilius Varus, making efforts to Romanize the German tribes near the Rhine. Placing himself at the head of the discontented tribes he completely annihilated the army of Varus, consisting of three legions, in a three days' battle fought in the Teutoburg Forest. For some time he baffled the Roman general Germanicus, and after many years' resistance to the vast power of the Empire he drew upon himself the hatred of his countrymen by aiming at the regal authority, and was assassinated. A national monument to his memory was inaugurated on the Grotenburg, near Detmold, in 1875.—Bibliography: see Tacitus, Annals (translated by Murphy); O. Kemmer, Arminius; F. W. Fischer, Armin und die Römer.

Arminius, an ancient German hero celebrated by his fellow countrymen as their savior from Roman rule, was born around 18-16 B.C. and was assassinated in A.D. 19. He was sent to Rome as a hostage, served in the Roman army, and rose to the rank of eques. When he returned home, he found the Roman governor, Quintilius Varus, trying to Romanize the German tribes near the Rhine. He took charge of the discontented tribes and completely destroyed Varus's army, which consisted of three legions, in a three-day battle in the Teutoburg Forest. For a time, he eluded the Roman general Germanicus, and after years of resisting the vast power of the Empire, he earned the hatred of his people by seeking kingship and was assassinated. A national monument in his honor was erected on the Grotenburg, near Detmold, in 1875.—References: see Tacitus, Annals (translated by Murphy); O. Kemmer, Arminius; F. W. Fischer, Armin und die Römer.

Arminius, Jacobus (properly Jakob Harmensen), founder of the sect of Arminians or Remonstrants, born in South Holland in 1560, died 1609. He studied at Utrecht, in the University of Leyden, and at Geneva, where his chief preceptor in theology was Theodore Beza (1582). On his return to Holland he was appointed minister of one of the churches in [245]Amsterdam, and chosen to undertake the refutation of a work which strongly controverted Beza's doctrine of predestination; but he happened to be convinced by the work which he had undertaken to refute. Elected in 1603 professor of divinity at Leyden, he openly declared his opinions, and was involved in harassing controversies, especially with his fellow professor Gomarus. These contests, with the continual attacks on his reputation, at length impaired his health and brought on a complicated disease, of which he died. See Arminians.

Arminius, Jacobus (actually Jakob Harmensen), the founder of the Arminian or Remonstrant movement, was born in South Holland in 1560 and died in 1609. He studied at Utrecht, the University of Leyden, and at Geneva, where his main theology teacher was Theodore Beza (1582). Upon returning to Holland, he became the minister of one of the churches in [245]Amsterdam and was selected to refute a work that strongly opposed Beza's doctrine of predestination; however, he ended up being convinced by the very work he was supposed to challenge. Elected as a professor of divinity at Leyden in 1603, he openly expressed his views and became embroiled in contentious debates, particularly with his fellow professor Gomarus. These conflicts, coupled with ongoing attacks on his character, ultimately took a toll on his health and led to a complex illness that caused his death. See Arminians.

Ar´mitage, Edward, English historical painter, born 1817, died 1896. He studied under Delaroche at the École des Beaux Arts, Paris, was one of the ablest pupils of that painter, and in 1842 exhibited at the Salon (in the Louvre) a picture of Prometheus Bound. At the exhibition of cartoons for historical pictures in Westminster Hall (1843) he obtained a premium of £300 for his design of Cæsar's First Invasion of Britain. Other similar premiums were gained by his Spirit of Religion (1845), and Battle of Meeanee (1847—£500). He now went to study at Rome, and exhibited at the Academy in 1848 his Henry VIII and Katherine Parr, and his Trafalgar (Death of Nelson). He had pictures in most of the subsequent Academy exhibitions up nearly to the time of his death. In 1867 he was elected an associate, and in 1872 a full academician. He did much for the restoration of fresco painting in England. A large number of his pictures were biblical in subject, such as Ahab and Jezebel, Esther's Banquet, The Remorse of Judas, Joseph and Mary, Herod's Birthday Feast, &c. As professor of painting to the Royal Academy he delivered lectures on painting, which were published in 1883. In 1898 appeared a volume of his Pictures and Drawings.

Armitage, Edward, an English historical painter, born in 1817, died in 1896. He studied under Delaroche at the École des Beaux Arts in Paris and was one of the most talented students of that painter. In 1842, he showcased a painting titled Prometheus Bound at the Salon in the Louvre. At the exhibition of designs for historical pictures in Westminster Hall in 1843, he won a prize of £300 for his work Cæsar's First Invasion of Britain. He received additional prizes for his works Spirit of Religion (1845) and Battle of Meeanee (1847—£500). He then traveled to Rome to study, and in 1848, he exhibited Henry VIII and Katherine Parr and Trafalgar (Death of Nelson) at the Academy. He had works in most of the Academy exhibitions until just before his death. He was elected an associate in 1867 and a full academician in 1872. He contributed significantly to the revival of fresco painting in England. Many of his paintings focused on biblical themes, including Ahab and Jezebel, Esther's Banquet, The Remorse of Judas, Joseph and Mary, Herod's Birthday Feast, etc. As a professor of painting at the Royal Academy, he delivered lectures on the subject, which were published in 1883. A collection of his Pictures and Drawings was released in 1898.

Armor´ica (from two Celtic words signifying 'upon the sea'), a name anciently applied to all north-western Gaul, afterwards limited to what is now Brittany. Hence Armoric is one name for Breton or the language of the inhabitants of Brittany, a Celtic dialect closely allied to Welsh.

Armorica (from two Celtic words meaning 'upon the sea'), was a name used in ancient times for all of north-western Gaul, later restricted to what is now Brittany. Therefore, Armoric is one term for Breton or the language spoken by the people of Brittany, which is a Celtic dialect closely related to Welsh.

Armour. See Arms.

Armor. See Weapons.

Armoured Car, a self-propelled car completely protected by bullet-proof armour-plating. Such a car is a stage in the development of mechanical warfare, i.e. warfare by means of a self-propelled, armed, and manned machine. The idea is a very ancient one, some form of protected vehicle having been in use among the Chinese in almost prehistoric times. The modern armoured car is constructed on a strongly-engined chassis, and is provided with a bullet-proof armour-plating both for engine and crew. This armour is continued low down over the wheels. The armament of such a car consists of two heavy machine-guns, firing through slits in the armour-plating of the body of the car.

Armoured Car, a self-driving vehicle fully protected by bulletproof armor. This type of car represents a step in the evolution of mechanical warfare, meaning combat using a motorized, armed, and operated machine. The concept is quite old, with some version of a protected vehicle used by the Chinese in almost prehistoric times. The modern armoured car is built on a robust engine chassis and features bulletproof armor for both the engine and crew. This armor extends low over the wheels. The weaponry of such a car includes two heavy machine guns that fire through openings in the armor of the vehicle's body.

Armour-plates, iron or steel plates with which the sides of vessels of war are covered with the view of rendering them shot-proof. See Iron-clad Vessels.

Armour plates, iron or steel plates that cover the sides of warships to make them resistant to gunfire. See Iron-clad Vessels.

Arms, Coat of, or Armorial Bearings, a collective name for the devices borne on shields, on banners, &c., as marks of dignity and distinction, and, in the case of family and feudal arms, descending from father to son. They were first employed by the Crusaders, and became hereditary in families at the close of the twelfth century. They took their rise from the knights painting their banners or shields each with a figure or figures proper to himself, to enable him to be distinguished in battle when clad in armour. See Heraldry.

Coat of Arms or Heraldic Symbols, a general term for the designs displayed on shields, banners, etc., as symbols of honor and status, especially in the case of family and noble arms, which are passed down from father to son. They were first used by the Crusaders and became hereditary in families by the end of the twelfth century. They originated from knights decorating their banners or shields with unique designs to help identify them in battle while wearing armor. See Heraldry.

Arms, College of. See Herald.

College of Arms. See Herald.

Armour Armour, from the effigy of Sir Richard Peyton, in Tong Church, Shropshire

Arms and Armour. The former term is applied to weapons of offence, the latter to the various articles of defensive covering used in war and military exercises, especially before the introduction of gunpowder. Weapons of offence are divisible into two distinct sections—firearms, and arms used without gunpowder or other explosive substance. The first arms of offence would probably be wooden clubs, then would follow wooden weapons made more deadly by means of stone or bone, stone axes, [246]slings, bows and arrows with heads of flint or bone, and afterwards various weapons of bronze. Subsequently a variety of arms of iron and steel was introduced, which comprised the sword, javelin, pike, spear or lance, dagger, axe, mace, chariot scythe, &c.; with a rude artillery consisting of catapults, ballistæ, and battering-rams. From the descriptions of Homer we know that almost all the Grecian armour, defensive and offensive, in his time was of bronze; though iron was sometimes used. The lance, spear, and javelin were the principal weapons of this age among the Greeks. The bow is not often mentioned. Among ancient nations the Egyptians seem to have been most accustomed to the use of the bow, which was the principal weapon of the Egyptian infantry. Peculiar to the Egyptians was a defensive weapon intended to catch and break the sword of the enemy. With the Assyrians the bow was a favourite weapon; but with them lances, spears, and javelins were in more common use than with the Egyptians. Most of the large engines of war—chariots with scythes projecting at each side from the axle, catapults, and ballistæ—seem to have been of Assyrian origin. During the historical age of Greece the characteristic weapon was a heavy spear from 21 to 24 feet in length. The sword used by the Greeks was short, and was worn on the right side. The Roman sword was from 22 to 24 inches in length, straight, two-edged, and obtusely pointed, and as by the Greeks was worn on the right side. It was used principally as a stabbing weapon. It was originally of bronze. The most characteristic weapon of the Roman legionary soldier, however, was the pilum, which was a kind of pike or javelin, some 6 feet or more in length. The pilum was sometimes used at close quarters, but more commonly it was thrown. The favourite weapons of the ancient Germanic races were the battle-axe, the lance or dart, and the sword. The weapons of the Anglo-Saxons were spears, axes, swords, knives, and maces or clubs. The Normans had similar weapons, and were well furnished with archers and cavalry. The cross-bow was a comparatively late invention introduced by the Normans. Gunpowder was not used in Europe to discharge projectiles till the beginning of the fourteenth century. Cannon are first mentioned in England in 1338, and there seems to be no doubt that they were used by the English at the siege of Cambrai in 1339. The projectiles first used for cannon were of stone. Hand fire-arms date from the fifteenth century. At first they required two men to serve them, and it was necessary to rest the muzzle on a stand in aiming and firing. The first improvement was the invention of the match-lock, about 1476; this was followed by the wheel-lock, and about the middle of the seventeenth century by the flint-lock, which was in universal use until it was superseded by the percussion-lock, the invention of a Scottish clergyman early in the nineteenth century. The needle-gun dates from 1838. The only important weapon not a fire-arm that has been invented since the introduction of gunpowder is the bayonet, which is believed to have been invented about 1650. See Cannon, Musket, Rifle, &c.

Arms and Armour. The first term refers to offensive weapons, while the second refers to various types of protective gear used in warfare and military training, especially before gunpowder was introduced. Offensive weapons can be divided into two main categories: firearms and weapons used without gunpowder or other explosives. The earliest offensive weapons were likely wooden clubs, followed by wooden weapons made more lethal with stone or bone, stone axes, [246]slings, and bows and arrows with flint or bone tips, eventually leading to various bronze weapons. Later on, a range of iron and steel weapons appeared, including swords, javelins, pikes, spears or lances, daggers, axes, maces, chariot scythes, etc.; alongside rudimentary artillery like catapults, ballistae, and battering rams. From Homer’s descriptions, we know that nearly all Greek armor, both defensive and offensive, during his era was made of bronze, although iron was sometimes used. The lance, spear, and javelin were the main weapons among the Greeks at that time. The bow is mentioned less frequently. Among ancient civilizations, the Egyptians appeared to rely heavily on the bow, which was the primary weapon for their infantry. A unique defensive tool used by the Egyptians was designed to catch and break an enemy's sword. The Assyrians also favored the bow, but they used lances, spears, and javelins more commonly than the Egyptians did. Many of the large war machines—like chariots with scythes extending from each side of the axle, catapults, and ballistae—seemed to have originated in Assyria. During Greece's historical period, the signature weapon was a heavy spear that ranged from 21 to 24 feet long. The sword carried by the Greeks was short and worn on the right side. The Roman sword measured between 22 and 24 inches, was straight, double-edged, and had a blunt tip, and like the Greek sword, it was worn on the right side. It was mainly used for stabbing and was originally made of bronze. However, the most defining weapon for Roman legionary soldiers was the pilum, a type of pike or javelin that was about 6 feet or more in length. The pilum could be used in close combat but was more often thrown. The ancient Germanic tribes preferred battle-axes, lances or darts, and swords. The Anglo-Saxons wielded spears, axes, swords, knives, and maces or clubs. The Normans had similar weapons and were well-equipped with archers and cavalry. The crossbow was a relatively late invention brought in by the Normans. Gunpowder was not used in Europe to fire projectiles until the early fourteenth century. Cannon were first recorded in England in 1338, and it was evident that they were used by the English during the siege of Cambrai in 1339. The initial projectiles for cannons were made of stone. Hand firearms originated in the fifteenth century. Initially, they required two people to operate, and the muzzle had to be rested on a stand while aiming and firing. The first significant improvement was the invention of the match-lock around 1476; this was followed by the wheel-lock, and by the mid-seventeenth century, the flint-lock was widely used until it was replaced by the percussion-lock, invented by a Scottish clergyman in the early nineteenth century. The needle-gun originated in 1838. The only major weapon that is not a firearm and was invented since gunpowder's introduction is the bayonet, believed to have been created around 1650. See Cannon, Musket, Rifle, &c.

Horse-armour Horse-armour of Maximilian I of Germany a, Chamfron. b, Manefaire. c, Poitrinal, poitrel, or breastplate. d, Croupiere or buttock-piece.
Chain Armour Chain Armour
Roman Armour Roman Armour—Soldiers wearing Cuirass
Greek Armour Greek Armour
Light Plate Armour Allecret (Light Plate) Armour, CE 1540

Some kind of defensive covering was probably of almost as early invention as weapons of offence. The principal pieces of defensive armour used by the ancients were shields, helmets, cuirasses, and greaves. In the earliest ages of Greece the shield is described as of immense size, but in the time of the Peloponnesian War (about 420 B.C.) it was much smaller. The Romans had two sorts of shields: the scutum, a large oblong rectangular [247]highly-convex shield, carried by the legionaries; and the parma, a small round or oval flat shield, carried by the light-armed troops and the cavalry. In the declining days of Rome the shields became larger and more varied in form. The helmet was a characteristic piece of armour among the Assyrians, Greeks, Etruscans, and Romans. Like all other body armour it was usually made of bronze. The helmet of the historical age of Greece was distinguished by its lofty crest. The Roman helmet in the time of the early emperors fitted close to the head, and had a neck-guard and hinged cheek-pieces fastened under the chin, and a small bar across the face for a visor. Both Greeks and Romans wore cuirasses, at one time of bronze, but afterwards of flexible materials. Greaves for the legs were worn by both, but among the Romans usually on one leg. The ancient Germans had large shields of plaited osier covered with leather; afterwards their shields were small, bound with iron, and studded with bosses. The Anglo-Saxons had round or oval shields of wood, covered with leather, and having a boss in the centre; and they had also corselets, or coats of mail, strengthened with iron rings. The Normans were well protected by mail; their shields were somewhat triangular in shape, their helmets conical. In Europe generally metal armour was used from the tenth to the eighteenth century, and at first consisted of a tunic made of iron rings firmly sewn flat upon strong cloth or leather. The rings were afterwards interlinked one with another so as to form a garment of themselves, called chain-mail. Another variety of this flexible armour was known as banded-mail. This consisted of rings sewn upon a fabric foundation, the whole being covered with leather. In addition to this, 'scale armour', which had been in use from the very earliest periods of history, was still in common fashion in the thirteenth century. By degrees the suit of mail was reinforced by the addition of pieces of plate on the breast, knees, elbows, and arms, and by the end of the fourteenth century the full suit of plate had been evolved, the mail being only worn as a skirt round the waist or as a coif attached to the helmet. The golden age of plate armour is the middle of the fifteenth century, when the design was light and graceful, and at the same time fully protective. In the sixteenth century, when 'shock tactics' of cavalry were the order of the day, the 'war harness' became heavier. This was particularly noticeable in the armour for the joust or tournament, in which sport the aim of the contestants was to score points and not to inflict injury. Many of these jousting armours weigh over 80 lb. The weapons in use through the whole of the plate-armour period were the lance, the sword, the axe or war-hammer, the long-bow, and the cross-bow. The introduction of fire-arms in the fourteenth century was one of the causes which led to the increase of weight in armour, for the armourer was continually improving and strengthening his products to make them proof against musket and pistol, and he generally succeeded, but by doing so increased the weight till it became insupportable. In the seventeenth century leg armour was abandoned, and by the end of the civil war the popular defence was the steel cap and breastplate. In the eighteenth century armour entirely disappeared, except for ceremonial, and was thought to be entirely obsolete till it was revived in the recent war in the form of the steel shrapnel-helmet, which was favoured by all the Allies and also by the enemy. The German troops occasionally used heavy body armour. Daggers and clubs, weapons likewise thought [248]to be obsolete, were frequently used by all combatants, especially on raids.—Bibliography: A. Hutton, The Sword of the Centuries; H. S. Cowper, The Art of Attack; C. ffoulkes, Armour and Weapons; C. H. Ashdown, British and Foreign Arms and Armour; C. Hall, Modern Weapons of War by Land.

Some type of defensive protection was probably invented almost as early as offensive weapons. The main pieces of defensive armor used by ancient civilizations included shields, helmets, chest armor, and leg guards. In the earliest periods of Greece, the shield was described as being very large, but by the time of the Peloponnesian War (around 420 BCE), it was much smaller. The Romans had two types of shields: the scutum, a large oblong rectangular highly-convex shield carried by soldiers, and the parma, a small round or oval flat shield carried by lighter infantry and cavalry. As Rome declined, the shields became larger and took on more diverse shapes. The helmet was a typical piece of armor among the Assyrians, Greeks, Etruscans, and Romans. Like other body armor, it was usually made of bronze. The helmets from classical Greece were known for their tall crests. The Roman helmets of the early emperors fit closely to the head and included neck protection, hinged cheek guards secured under the chin, and a small bar across the face for a visor. Both Greeks and Romans wore chest armor, initially made of bronze but later made from more flexible materials. Greaves for the legs were worn by both groups, but Romans typically wore them on just one leg. The ancient Germans had large shields woven from willow and covered with leather; later, their shields became smaller, reinforced with iron, and adorned with decorative studs. The Anglo-Saxons had round or oval wooden shields covered with leather and featured a central boss; they also wore chainmail or corselets reinforced with iron rings. The Normans were well protected with chainmail; their shields were somewhat triangular, and their helmets were conical. Throughout Europe, metal armor was used from the tenth to the eighteenth century, initially consisting of a tunic made of iron rings securely sewn onto sturdy fabric or leather. The rings were eventually linked together to create a garment known as chain-mail. Another type of this flexible armor was called banded-mail, consisting of rings sewn onto a fabric base and covered with leather. Additionally, 'scale armor', used since ancient times, remained common in the thirteenth century. Over time, suits of mail were enhanced with plates on the chest, knees, elbows, and arms, leading to the development of full plate armor by the late fourteenth century, where mail was only worn as a skirt around the waist or as a coif attached to the helmet. The golden age of plate armor came in the mid-fifteenth century, when designs were light and elegant yet fully protective. In the sixteenth century, as cavalry 'shock tactics' became prominent, 'war harness' grew heavier, especially in jousting or tournament armors where the aim was to score points rather than inflict injury. Many of these jousting armors weighed over 80 lbs. The weapons used throughout the plate armor era included the lance, sword, axe or war hammer, longbow, and crossbow. The introduction of firearms in the fourteenth century contributed to the increasing weight of armor, as armorers continuously improved and strengthened their products to make them resistant to muskets and pistols, often succeeding but increasing the weight to the point of being unbearable. By the seventeenth century, leg armor was phased out, and by the end of the civil war, the common protection consisted of a steel cap and breastplate. In the eighteenth century, armor almost completely disappeared except for ceremonial use and was thought to be entirely outdated until it saw a revival during the recent war in the form of steel shrapnel helmets, favored by both the Allies and the enemy. German troops occasionally used heavy body armor. Weapons like daggers and clubs, once believed to be obsolete, were frequently employed by all fighters, especially during raids.—References: A. Hutton, The Sword of the Centuries; H. S. Cowper, The Art of Attack; C. ffoulkes, Armour and Weapons; C. H. Ashdown, British and Foreign Arms and Armour; C. Hall, Modern Weapons of War by Land.

Armstrong, John, Scottish poet and physician, born about 1709, died 1779. After studying medicine in Edinburgh he settled in London. In 1744 he published his chief work, the Art of Preserving Health, a didactic poem. This work raised his reputation to a height which his subsequent efforts scarcely sustained. In 1746 he became physician to a hospital for soldiers, and in 1760 he was appointed physician to the forces which went to Germany. After his return to London he published a collection of his Miscellanies, which contained, however, nothing valuable. He afterwards visited France and Italy, and published an account of his tour under the name of Lancelot Temple. His last production was a volume of Medical Essays.

Armstrong, John, a Scottish poet and doctor, was born around 1709 and died in 1779. After studying medicine in Edinburgh, he moved to London. In 1744, he released his main work, the Art of Preserving Health, a poem meant to teach. This work boosted his reputation to a level that his later writings barely matched. In 1746, he became the doctor for a soldiers' hospital, and in 1760 he was appointed as the doctor for the troops sent to Germany. After returning to London, he published a collection of his Miscellanies, which, unfortunately, included nothing of value. He later traveled to France and Italy, publishing a travelogue under the name Lancelot Temple. His final work was a volume of Medical Essays.

Armstrong, William George, Lord, engineer and mechanical inventor, born at Newcastle-on-Tyne, 10th Nov., 1810. He was trained as a solicitor, and practised as such for some time. Among his early inventions were the hydro-electric machine, a powerful apparatus for producing frictional electricity, and the hydraulic crane. In 1847 the Elswick works, near Newcastle, were established for the manufacture of his cranes and other heavy iron machinery, and these works are now among the most extensive of their kind. Here the first rifled ordnance gun which bears his name was made in 1854. His improvements in the manufacture of guns and shells led to his being appointed engineer of rifled ordnance under Government, and he was knighted in 1858. This appointment came to an end in 1863, since which time his ordnance has taken a prominent place in the armaments of different countries. He was made a peer, as Baron Armstrong, in 1887. He died 27th Dec., 1900.

Armstrong, William George, Lord, engineer and mechanical inventor, born in Newcastle-on-Tyne, November 10, 1810. He trained as a solicitor and practiced in that field for a while. Some of his early inventions include the hydro-electric machine, a powerful device for generating frictional electricity, and the hydraulic crane. In 1847, the Elswick works near Newcastle were established to manufacture his cranes and other heavy iron machinery, which are now among the largest of their kind. Here, the first rifled ordnance gun that carries his name was produced in 1854. His advancements in gun and shell manufacturing led to his appointment as engineer of rifled ordnance for the government, and he was knighted in 1858. This role ended in 1863, but since then, his ordnance has become a significant part of the armaments in various countries. He was granted the title of Baron Armstrong in 1887. He passed away on December 27, 1900.

Armstrong Gun, a kind of cannon, so called from its inventor. It has an inner tube or core of steel, rifled with numerous shallow grooves, the tube being surrounded by a jacket of spirally-coiled bars of wrought iron, so disposed as to bring the metal into the most favourable position for the strain to which it is to be exposed. His first guns were small, but larger ones were soon made, and afterwards those of the very highest calibre. The breech-loading principle was also adopted in them, and special provision to effect this satisfactorily was invented by him. The improved shells introduced by him were of the elongated and pointed type now so well known, the charge being inserted in a special chamber behind the bore.

Armstrong Gun is a type of cannon named after its inventor. It features an inner tube or core made of steel, which is rifled with many shallow grooves. This tube is surrounded by a jacket of spirally coiled bars made of wrought iron, designed to position the metal optimally for the stress it will endure. His first guns were small, but larger versions were quickly developed, advancing to those of the largest caliber. The breech-loading principle was also incorporated into these cannons, and he invented special mechanisms to make this work effectively. The upgraded shells he introduced are the elongated and pointed types that we know well today, with the charge placed in a specific chamber behind the bore.

Army, a collection of bodies of men armed, disciplined, and organized for war. The essence of a modern army is that it shall be composed of organized units each under its own commander, grouped in formations of ever-increasing size, and owing allegiance through these commanders to one supreme head. Discipline and organization are essential, or such a force becomes merely a collection of armed men.

Army, a group of men who are armed, trained, and organized for battle. The core of a modern army is that it consists of structured units, each led by its own commander, arranged in larger formations, all loyal through these commanders to one central leader. Discipline and organization are crucial, or this force turns into just a bunch of armed individuals.

In the early days of our history every able-bodied man was, to a greater or lesser extent, a possible fighting man, and all had arms of one kind or another. Consequently, when an army was required, landowners and county authorities were ordered to provide the troops necessary. Every free landowner between the ages of sixteen and sixty was liable to service, which was limited to two months in a year. This was the Saxon 'fyrd' system. Later it was improved on by the institution of 'Thane's Service', which made it incumbent on the more considerable landowners to appear fully armed and mounted, and to serve for the whole campaign. The horse, however, was only used as a means of locomotion: for fighting purposes their riders dismounted, as did the dragoons of the seventeenth century and the mounted infantry of still more modern times. The fyrd was an unorganized and undisciplined force and entirely ephemeral in its nature, so that we find the Danish kings of England casting about for some more permanent force, which came into existence under the title of the 'House Carles', or Royal Guard. With the Norman Conquest the fyrd was largely supplanted by the feudal system of knight's service, according to which the country was divided into knight's fees, each of which had to provide its quotum of men. The gradual appearance of the custom of avoiding service by payments of money—in time regulated under the name of scutage—led to the employment of paid mercenaries, who for some two centuries were almost invariably foreigners. In the twelfth century it was found that sufficient troops could not be provided under these two systems, so the fyrd was re-established as a National Militia by the Assize of Arms, and in the next century further steps were taken to protect it under the Statute of Winchester. In the fourteenth century the archer, with his longbow, became a very important part of the fighting forces of England, and an army of those days consisted of the heavily-armed and armoured knights and men-at-arms for shock action, and the unarmoured archers for 'volley action', to use a later term. With the gradual disappearance of the foreign mercenaries, it became the custom for the king to issue indents to certain influential subjects for the raising of paid troops. [249]From this custom arose the free companies, which, in time, became nothing more or less than commercial undertakings. The indents were accepted, and the men enlisted primarily for what could be got out of the business of fighting, either in the shape of ransom or the sack of towns. Some attempt was also made at tactical organization, and an army of the period was divided into vanguard, battle, and rearguard. Artillery also was beginning to be developed in Germany for siege purposes. The sixteenth century saw the first formation of companies into regiments, though as yet of no fixed strength. Arms were also modernized, and by the end of the century muskets, 18-feet pikes, and swords, were the arms of infantry instead of the varied assortment of halberds, pikes, muskets, harquebuses, and longbows common at the beginning. Elizabeth introduced the press-gang as an aid to recruiting, and abolished the white coat of the soldier in favour of a long red or blue cassock. In the next century Cromwell's new model army became the first standing army of England, and, though it was disbanded by Act of Parliament at the Restoration, one of its regiments—Monk's—remained, and is now the Coldstream Guards. After this regiments were raised from time to time on one pretext or another, and the nucleus of a standing army became a fait accompli, though it was for a long time considered more as an appanage of the king than as a national institution. With the standing army came the first beginnings of civilian control, a Secretary-at-War being appointed in 1660. He had, however, no responsibility, and was subordinate to the commander-in-chief, and it was not till 1710 that he assumed his present responsibility to Parliament. During the eighteenth century the strength of the army rose or fell according to the state of the military barometer and the success or otherwise of the various recruiting expedients, among which was the first attempt at a short-service system in 1703. In 1871-2 the old numbering in regiments was abolished and a territorial designation substituted. According to this scheme, the first twenty-five regiments, all of which had already two battalions, were grouped together, the rest being joined arbitrarily to form new regiments under county designations. With these regiments were affiliated the militia and volunteer battalions, which have now been amalgamated into the Special Reserve and the Territorial Force.

In the early days of our history, every able-bodied man was, to varying degrees, a potential soldier, and all had some form of weapons. As a result, when an army was needed, landowners and local authorities were ordered to supply the necessary troops. Every free landowner aged sixteen to sixty was required to serve, limited to two months each year. This was the Saxon 'fyrd' system. Later, it was refined by the 'Thane's Service' system, which required larger landowners to show up fully armed and mounted, serving for the entire campaign. However, horses were only used for transportation; in battle, riders dismounted, like the dragoons of the seventeenth century and the mounted infantry of later times. The fyrd was disorganized and untrained, leading the Danish kings of England to seek a more permanent force, which became known as the 'House Carles' or Royal Guard. With the Norman Conquest, the fyrd was largely replaced by the feudal system of knight's service, where the country was divided into knight's fees, each required to provide a certain number of men. Gradually, the practice of avoiding service through monetary payments—later called scutage—led to the use of paid mercenaries, who were predominantly foreigners for about two centuries. In the twelfth century, it was realized that these two systems couldn’t provide enough troops, so the fyrd was re-established as a National Militia by the Assize of Arms, and in the following century, further protections were implemented under the Statute of Winchester. In the fourteenth century, archers armed with longbows became a crucial part of England's fighting forces, and an army of that time consisted of heavily-armed knights and men-at-arms for shock tactics, alongside unarmored archers for 'volley action,' as later termed. As foreign mercenaries dwindled, it became standard for the king to issue orders to influential subjects for the recruitment of paid troops. From this practice emerged the free companies, which eventually turned into commercial ventures. The orders were accepted, and men enlisted mainly for personal gain from fighting, whether through ransom or looting towns. Some organizational efforts were made, dividing armies into vanguard, battle, and rearguard. Artillery was also starting to develop in Germany for sieging. The sixteenth century witnessed the first formation of companies into regiments, although they had no fixed size at the time. Arms were modernized too, and by the century’s end, muskets, 18-foot pikes, and swords replaced the assorted halberds, pikes, muskets, harquebuses, and longbows that had been common earlier. Elizabeth introduced the press-gang to aid recruitment and replaced the white coat with a long red or blue cassock. In the next century, Cromwell's New Model Army became England's first standing army, and although it was disbanded by Parliament at the Restoration, one of its regiments—Monk's—persisted, now known as the Coldstream Guards. After that, regiments were raised periodically for various reasons, establishing the core of a standing army as a done deal, though it was long seen more as the king's tool rather than a national institution. With the standing army came the beginnings of civilian oversight; a Secretary-at-War was appointed in 1660, but he had no real responsibility and reported to the commander-in-chief. It wasn't until 1710 that he assumed real accountability to Parliament. Throughout the eighteenth century, the army’s size fluctuated based on military needs and the success of various recruiting methods, including the first attempt at a short-service system in 1703. In 1871-72, the old regiment numbering was abolished, replaced with a territorial designation. Under this system, the first twenty-five regiments, each already having two battalions, were grouped together, while the remaining regiments were combined arbitrarily into new regiments based on county names. The militia and volunteer battalions were also affiliated with these regiments, which have now been merged into the Special Reserve and the Territorial Force.

For the requirements of the war of 1914-8 the Empire, as a whole, including India, raised and maintained a total of 8,654,467 men, of which the contribution of the United Kingdom was over 6,000,000. Casualties for the whole Empire were 3,060,616, of which the United Kingdom has for her share nearly 2,500,000, including 666,083 killed, 1,644,786 wounded, and 140,312 missing.

For the needs of the war from 1914 to 1918, the Empire, including India, raised and maintained a total of 8,654,467 men, with the United Kingdom contributing over 6,000,000. Total casualties for the entire Empire were 3,060,616, of which nearly 2,500,000 were from the United Kingdom, including 666,083 killed, 1,644,786 wounded, and 140,312 missing.

During 1918 the combatant strength of all arms of the British army in France fluctuated between 1,293,000 in March and 1,164,790 in November, while the rifle or infantry strength was from 616,000 to 416,748 during the same periods. From the date of the armistice to 31st Dec., 1919, the following number of demobilizations and discharges were effected:—

During 1918, the number of combat troops in all branches of the British army in France ranged from 1,293,000 in March to 1,164,790 in November, while the infantry numbers varied from 616,000 to 416,748 during the same time. From the armistice to December 31, 1919, the following number of demobilizations and discharges took place:—

Demobilized.—Officers, 144,144; other ranks, 3,332,882.

Demobilized.—Officers, 144,144; enlisted, 3,332,882.

Discharged as medically unfit.—Officers, 23,476; other ranks, 207,500.

Discharged as medically unfit.—Officers, 23,476; enlisted personnel, 207,500.

Discharged from reserves.—Other ranks, 143,603.

Discharged from reserves.—Other ranks, 143,603.

The modern British army is governed by the Army Council (instituted 1904), presided over by the Secretary of State for War. This Council, which consists of five military and five civilian members, including the president, works through the War Office, of which the principal departments are in charge of one or other of the members of the Council. On the military side these departments are those of the Chief of the Imperial General Staff, the Adjutant-General to the Forces, the Quartermaster-General to the Forces, and the Master-General of the Ordnance. For administrative and training purposes the United Kingdom is divided into seven Commands and the London District. When necessary, Commands are further subdivided into Districts. The army, generally speaking, consists of (1) the Regular Army, (2) the Territorial Force, and (3) the Reserves. The service battalions, which formed such a large and important part of the army in the war, do not, properly speaking, form part of the permanent military forces, though the organization of the army as a whole is such that it is capable of expansion to any extent by the process of raising new battalions and affiliating them to existing regular or territorial units. The regular army comprises the Household Cavalry, Cavalry of the Line, the Royal Regiment of Artillery, the Corps of Royal Engineers, the Brigade of Guards, and Infantry of the Line. In addition there are administrative troops and services such as the Royal Army Service Corps, the Royal Army Medical Corps, with its allied service Queen Alexandra's Imperial Military Nursing Service, the Royal Army Ordnance Corps, and others. Other corps brought into existence during the war, such as the Tank and Machine-gun Corps, have at present no permanent status. In the future, however, machine-gun companies will form an integral portion of each battalion of the regular army.

The modern British army is managed by the Army Council (established in 1904), led by the Secretary of State for War. This Council, which includes five military and five civilian members, works through the War Office, whose main departments are overseen by different Council members. On the military side, these departments include the Chief of the Imperial General Staff, the Adjutant-General to the Forces, the Quartermaster-General to the Forces, and the Master-General of the Ordnance. For administrative and training purposes, the United Kingdom is divided into seven Commands and the London District. When needed, Commands are further split into Districts. Generally speaking, the army is made up of (1) the Regular Army, (2) the Territorial Force, and (3) the Reserves. The service battalions, which were a significant part of the army during the war, do not technically belong to the permanent military forces, but the army's overall organization allows for expansion by raising new battalions and connecting them to existing regular or territorial units. The regular army consists of the Household Cavalry, Cavalry of the Line, the Royal Regiment of Artillery, the Corps of Royal Engineers, the Brigade of Guards, and Infantry of the Line. Additionally, there are administrative troops and services like the Royal Army Service Corps, the Royal Army Medical Corps, which includes the Queen Alexandra's Imperial Military Nursing Service, the Royal Army Ordnance Corps, and others. Other corps created during the war, such as the Tank and Machine-gun Corps, currently have no permanent status. However, in the future, machine-gun companies will become a standard part of each battalion in the regular army.

Under the conditions of the war the old national method of voluntary recruitment was [250]found to be insufficient, and recourse was had to the principle of universal military service. Under the Military Service Acts the age limit was gradually raised till it finally included all men up to the age of fifty. Exceptions were made in the case of munition-workers, or those employed on work of national importance. Since the signature of the Treaty of Peace the army so raised was gradually demobilized till, by 31st March, 1920, it had decreased to 400,000, including 100,000 Indians paid by the Imperial Government. Concurrently with demobilization, voluntary enlistment was reintroduced, and the post-war army is once more a voluntary one, in which men serve under very much improved conditions as to pay and prospects. The period of service under this system is twelve years, of which seven normally are with the colours and five in the reserve: in certain cases modifications of these periods are allowed, and, in addition, a soldier may be allowed to extend his colour service to the full twelve years, or, in exceptional cases, to complete twenty-one years for pension. Discharge or transfer to the reserve is ordinarily granted on completion of the agreed period of service. Pay of all ranks was very materially improved in 1919. Whereas formerly a private soldier on enlistment received 1s. a day, he now receives 2s. 9d., and after two years' service 3s. 6d. To this last amount is added, under very reasonable conditions, a further daily sum of 6d. proficiency pay. A sergeant now gets 7s. a day instead of from 2s. 4d. to 3s. 4d., and a regimental sergeant-major 14s. instead of 5s. or 6s. Add to these rates of pay free rations, free housing, free medical attendance, and, in the future, doubtless free education, and it must be admitted that the present-day soldier is not badly paid. The rate of pay is a flat rate for all arms, special allowances being given where necessary.

Due to the circumstances of the war, the traditional method of voluntary recruitment proved inadequate, leading to the adoption of universal military service. Under the Military Service Acts, the age limit was gradually raised until it included all men up to fifty. Exceptions were made for munition workers or those involved in work considered essential to the nation. Since the Treaty of Peace was signed, the army that was formed has been gradually demobilized, decreasing to 400,000 by March 31, 1920, including 100,000 Indians funded by the Imperial Government. Alongside demobilization, voluntary enlistment was reintroduced, making the post-war army once again a voluntary force, where service conditions regarding pay and prospects have significantly improved. The service period under this system is twelve years, with seven typically served in active duty and five in reserve; in certain cases, these periods can be modified. Additionally, a soldier can choose to extend their active service to a full twelve years, or, in exceptional circumstances, complete twenty-one years for pension eligibility. Discharge or transfer to the reserve is generally granted upon fulfilling the agreed service period. Pay for all ranks was significantly increased in 1919. Previously, a private soldier received 1 shilling a day upon enlistment; now, it's 2 shillings and 9 pence, increasing to 3 shillings and 6 pence after two years of service. This amount can be boosted by a daily proficiency pay of 6 pence under reasonable conditions. A sergeant now earns 7 shillings a day compared to the previous 2 shillings and 4 pence to 3 shillings and 4 pence, while a regimental sergeant-major now gets 14 shillings instead of 5 or 6 shillings. On top of these pay rates, soldiers receive free rations, housing, medical care, and likely free education in the future, which indicates that modern soldiers are fairly well compensated. The pay rate is consistent across all branches, with special allowances provided where necessary.

The Household Cavalry comprises the 1st and 2nd Life Guards and the Horse Guards (Blues). In peace-time they serve only in London and Windsor. They alone retain the old cavalry rank of corporal of horse instead of sergeant. Cavalry of the line consists of dragoon guards, dragoons, hussars, and lancers. The dragoon guards are numbered separately from 1 to 7, while dragoons, hussars, and lancers run consecutively from 1 to 21. A regiment of cavalry is commanded by a lieutenant-colonel and consists of 25 officers and 497 other ranks. Each regiment is organized in three squadrons commanded by majors, while a squadron is divided into four troops, each under a subaltern officer, troops being further subdivided into sections under non-commissioned officers. Cavalry regiments, except hussars, carry guidons or standards for ceremonial purposes. These differ from the colours of infantry in that they are not consecrated and are carried by non-commissioned officers instead of by officers. Hussars carry no standards. There are six cavalry depots for recruiting and preliminary-training purposes, i.e. for lancers at Woolwich, hussars at Scarborough, Bristol, and Dublin, and dragoons at Newport (Mon.) and Dunbar. The Cavalry Special Reserve consists of the Irish Horse and King Edward's Horse, and during the war reserve cavalry regiments were maintained.

The Household Cavalry is made up of the 1st and 2nd Life Guards and the Horse Guards (Blues). In peacetime, they serve only in London and Windsor. They are the only ones who keep the old cavalry rank of corporal of horse instead of sergeant. The line cavalry includes dragoon guards, dragoons, hussars, and lancers. The dragoon guards are numbered separately from 1 to 7, while dragoons, hussars, and lancers are numbered consecutively from 1 to 21. A cavalry regiment is led by a lieutenant-colonel and consists of 25 officers and 497 other ranks. Each regiment is organized into three squadrons led by majors, and a squadron is divided into four troops, each commanded by a subaltern officer, with troops further divided into sections led by non-commissioned officers. Cavalry regiments, except for hussars, carry guidons or standards for ceremonial purposes. These differ from the colors of infantry in that they are not consecrated and are carried by non-commissioned officers instead of officers. Hussars do not carry any standards. There are six cavalry depots for recruitment and initial training: lancers at Woolwich, hussars at Scarborough, Bristol, and Dublin, and dragoons at Newport (Mon.) and Dunbar. The Cavalry Special Reserve includes the Irish Horse and King Edward's Horse, and during the war, reserve cavalry regiments were maintained.

The Royal Regiment of Artillery comprises batteries of horse artillery designated by letters of the alphabet, and batteries of field, siege, heavy, and mountain by numbers. A battery, with some exceptions in the case of the heaviest type, consists of six guns or howitzers, horse artillery having 13-pounder guns, and field artillery 18-pounder guns or 4.5-inch howitzers. Horse artillery is intended to act with cavalry, and is therefore provided with a rather lighter gun. It can go anywhere that cavalry can go, and all the gun detachments are mounted. Field artillery works with infantry, and the gun detachments either walk or are carried on the limbers, only the officers, certain non-commissioned officers, and specialists such as scouts, range-finders, and trumpeters being mounted.

The Royal Regiment of Artillery includes batteries of horse artillery identified by letters of the alphabet, and batteries of field, siege, heavy, and mountain artillery identified by numbers. A battery, with some exceptions for the heaviest types, typically consists of six guns or howitzers. Horse artillery uses 13-pounder guns, while field artillery uses 18-pounder guns or 4.5-inch howitzers. Horse artillery is designed to work with cavalry, so it has a lighter gun. It can go anywhere cavalry can, and all the gun teams are mounted. Field artillery supports infantry, and the gun teams either walk or ride on the limbers, with only the officers, certain non-commissioned officers, and specialists like scouts, range-finders, and trumpeters being mounted.

A battery is commanded by a major, with a captain as second-in-command, and is organized in three sections of two guns each under a subaltern. These sections are again subdivided into subsections of one gun each under a sergeant. Each gun is drawn by six horses, the driver of the leading pair being responsible for direction and pace. A corporal in the Royal Artillery is known as a bombardier, and the rank and file as gunners or drivers, according to their special duties, though drivers are also trained to some extent as gunners.

A battery is led by a major, with a captain as the second-in-command, and is organized into three sections of two guns each, headed by a subaltern. These sections are further divided into subsections of one gun each, managed by a sergeant. Each gun is pulled by six horses, with the driver of the leading pair responsible for direction and speed. A corporal in the Royal Artillery is called a bombardier, while the other members are referred to as gunners or drivers, depending on their specific roles, although drivers are also trained to a certain degree as gunners.

Heavy and siege artillery have come into their own in the late war, and consist roughly of all armament heavier than that of field artillery. Sixty-pounders and 4.7-inch howitzers form heavy batteries, while guns of 6 inch and upwards drawn by mechanical transport or mounted on railway trucks are known as siege batteries. Mountain artillery, of which most of the batteries are in India, is armed with 2.95-inch screw guns capable of being dismantled and carried piecemeal on mules. Another form is found on the west coast of Africa, where carriers take the place of mules. These guns are brought into action very quickly, but their shell-power is small.

Heavy and siege artillery have gained importance in the recent war and typically include all weapons heavier than field artillery. Sixty-pounders and 4.7-inch howitzers make up heavy batteries, while guns of 6 inches and above, transported by mechanical means or mounted on railway cars, are referred to as siege batteries. Most mountain artillery batteries, primarily located in India, use 2.95-inch screw guns that can be taken apart and transported piece by piece on mules. An alternative setup exists on the west coast of Africa, where carriers replace mules. These guns can be deployed very quickly, but their shell power is limited.

The corps of Royal Engineers is responsible for the construction and maintenance of barracks, fortifications, and other military works, and for the personnel required for search-lights and electrical communications of the coast and anti-aircraft defences. With few exceptions the personnel of the corps is recruited entirely from [251]skilled tradesmen and artisans. For service in the field, Royal Engineer units known as field squadrons and field companies accompany the fighting troops, and carry a certain amount of bridging material and tools. More highly specialized units carry out such services as mining, heavy bridging, railway, survey, and sound-ranging work. An important feature of Royal Engineer work in war is the supply of materials and stores, for which purpose an elaborate organization is provided in addition to the units already noted.

The Royal Engineers are in charge of building and maintaining barracks, fortifications, and other military structures, as well as handling the personnel needed for searchlights and electrical communications for coast and anti-aircraft defenses. With few exceptions, the members of the corps are all recruited from skilled tradesmen and artisans. In the field, Royal Engineer units, called field squadrons and field companies, support the combat troops and carry some bridging materials and tools. More specialized units perform specific tasks like mining, heavy bridging, railway work, surveying, and sound-ranging. A crucial aspect of Royal Engineer operations in wartime is supplying materials and equipment, for which there is a detailed organization in addition to the previously mentioned units.

The Brigade of Guards—the infantry of the household troops—comprises the five regiments of foot-guards. These are the Grenadier, the Coldstream, the Scots, the Irish, and the Welsh Guards of from one to three battalions each. Being household troops these regiments are subject to certain special regulations and have certain privileges. As a general rule they serve only in London, Windsor, or Aldershot, and only leave England for active service, though individual battalions have served in the past both in Cairo and Gibraltar.

The Brigade of Guards—the infantry of the household troops—includes five regiments of foot guards. These are the Grenadier, Coldstream, Scots, Irish, and Welsh Guards, each with one to three battalions. As household troops, these regiments follow specific regulations and enjoy certain privileges. Generally, they serve only in London, Windsor, or Aldershot, and only leave England for active duty, although some battalions have previously served in places like Cairo and Gibraltar.

The infantry, of which there are sixty-eight regiments of from two to four battalions each, provides the bulk of the army. Infantry is formed into regiments for recruiting and territorial distribution purposes, but the battalion is the actual unit both for fighting and administration. In many cases the Army List gives the name of an officer holding the appointment of colonel of the regiment: this is in all cases a purely honorary appointment and entails no duties or responsibilities. An infantry battalion is commanded by a lieutenant-colonel and consists of 32 officers and 1000 other ranks. Both in peace and war a battalion is divided into head-quarters and four companies, each of the latter having six officers, including the company commander, who is a major or senior captain. Subalterns command platoons. For recruiting purposes for infantry of the line the country is divided into Regimental Districts, in which are located the depots of the regiment concerned: these depots are commanded by a senior officer of one of the battalions of the regiment with the necessary staff for training purposes. Recruits are usually first trained at the depot and later transferred to the battalion requiring them. The Regimental Districts are again combined into larger districts in which are situated the Record Offices dealing with the regiments of the district. The denomination of the district dealing with any particular regiment is shown in the Army List in brackets. The principles of interior organization are the same throughout the army, and as they can be best illustrated with the example of an infantry battalion a short description of this organization follows. Owing to the continual growth of military science, the improvement in arms and means of destruction generally, and the confusion and noise inseparable from a modern battle, the size of the personally-controlled unit has gradually decreased till, in the present day, in the British army, it is accepted as an axiom that no larger number of men than six can be conveniently controlled in battle by one man. In former days companies, battalions, and even larger formations were both controlled and received their executive orders direct from their commanders—and to such an extent was this carried that Fortescue, in his History of the British Army, notes that Marlborough was in the habit of putting his whole army through the platoon exercise by means of flags and bugle-calls. This, of course, was not actually in face of the enemy, but the principle is the same. The stress of modern war now makes individual control of large bodies impossible, and the British army is therefore organized both for peace and war in a series of units of ever-increasing size, each under its own commander, who is responsible to his immediate superior for the well-being, training, and leading of his command. Taking the infantry organization as an example, we find that in the lowest stage, that of the 'section', the command is both personal and direct, in that the corporal controls and commands the six men composing his fighting unit personally and directly by word of mouth. In peace-time, and for administrative and training purposes, the section may reach to ten men, who live, work, and play together. In the next stage—that of the 'platoon', consisting of four sections—we find the control is rather less personal and direct, in that the platoon commander, a subaltern, controls his command largely through his subordinates, the section commanders. A further stage is that of the 'company', which consists of four platoons and company head-quarters. A company is commanded by a major or senior captain, has a captain as second-in-command, and a company sergeant-major and quartermaster-sergeant to assist in running it. Here again the control is less direct though still personal. The next stage is the amalgamation of companies into a battalion, consisting of a head-quarters and four companies. Battalion head-quarters consist of a lieutenant-colonel commanding, a major second-in-command, an adjutant, and a quartermaster. Certain other officers, when required, and the regimental sergeant-major and quartermaster-sergeant, and various other ranks make up the total of some 130. The commanding officer of a battalion is directly responsible for the well-being of his command, for its training, discipline, equipment, and general efficiency. In carrying on his duties he works through his company [252]commanders, and with the assistance of the regimental staff mentioned above, so that we have a direct chain of command and responsibility from the corporal commanding a section of six to ten men through platoons and companies to the lieutenant-colonel commanding a battalion of some thousand men. A detail of armament made possible by the enormous increase of machine-guns necessitated during the war is interesting. Thirty-two Lewis-guns are now provided for each infantry battalion, and are distributed to alternate sections in a platoon. Thus in each platoon two sections are known as rifle sections and two as Lewis-gun sections, and these arms are normally used by the respective sections; but men of all sections are trained in the use of both rifle and Lewis-gun.

The infantry, made up of sixty-eight regiments with two to four battalions each, makes up the majority of the army. Regiments are organized for recruiting and territorial purposes, but the battalion is the primary unit for both combat and administration. The Army List often mentions an officer named as the colonel of the regiment; this is purely an honorary title that comes with no duties or responsibilities. An infantry battalion is led by a lieutenant colonel and consists of 32 officers and 1,000 other ranks. During both peacetime and wartime, a battalion is divided into headquarters and four companies, each with six officers, including the company commander, who is a major or senior captain. Subalterns lead the platoons. For recruitment, the country is divided into Regimental Districts, with depots for the relevant regiment located within these districts. These depots are managed by a senior officer from one of the battalions, supported by a necessary training staff. Recruits typically receive initial training at the depot before being transferred to the battalion that needs them. The Regimental Districts are grouped into larger districts that include Record Offices handling the regiments in that area. The specific district assigned to any regiment is indicated in the Army List in brackets. The structures of internal organization are consistent throughout the army. Since the principles can be best demonstrated through an infantry battalion, a brief overview of this structure follows. Due to ongoing advancements in military tactics and weaponry, along with the chaos of modern battles, the size of the units one person can effectively manage has gradually decreased. Today, the British army operates on the principle that no more than six men can be efficiently controlled in combat by a single person. In the past, companies, battalions, and larger units were controlled directly by their leaders. For example, Fortescue in his History of the British Army recounts that Marlborough often managed his entire army through drills directed by flags and bugle calls. While this did not happen directly in combat, the underlying principle remains relevant. The demands of modern warfare now render individual control of large formations impractical. Consequently, the British army is organized for both peacetime and wartime into a series of units that progressively increase in size, each with its own commander responsible for the welfare, training, and leadership of their unit. In the infantry organization, the smallest unit, the 'section,' has direct, personal command where the corporal leads the six soldiers in their fighting group with immediate verbal communication. In peacetime and for training and administrative purposes, the section may expand to ten members who live, work, and socialize together. The next level, the 'platoon,' which consists of four sections, features less direct control, as the platoon commander, a subaltern, oversees operations mainly through the section commanders. The 'company' follows, made up of four platoons plus company headquarters, led by a major or senior captain, with a captain acting as second-in-command, and a company sergeant-major and quartermaster-sergeant aiding in its operations. Here, the command is also less direct but still personal. The next level combines companies into a battalion, which includes a headquarters and four companies. The battalion headquarters is led by a lieutenant colonel, with a major as second-in-command, along with an adjutant and quartermaster. Additional officers, as needed, and the regimental sergeant-major and quartermaster-sergeant, along with various other ranks, bring the total to about 130. The commanding officer of a battalion is responsible for the welfare of his unit, its training, discipline, equipment, and overall efficiency. To fulfill these responsibilities, he relies on his company commanders and the support of the aforementioned regimental staff, creating a direct chain of command from a corporal leading six to ten soldiers, through platoons and companies, up to the lieutenant colonel commanding a battalion of approximately 1,000 soldiers. A noteworthy detail regarding armament is the significant increase in machine guns necessitated during the war. Each infantry battalion is now equipped with thirty-two Lewis guns, distributed between alternate sections in a platoon. Consequently, two sections in each platoon are designated as rifle sections, while the other two are classified as Lewis-gun sections; typically, each type of weapon is used by its respective section, although all soldiers receive training in handling both the rifle and the Lewis gun.

When we come to formations larger than a battalion, we find the system of control and command becoming less and less personal and direct, as in all such formations the commander works to a less or greater extent through his staff. Roughly speaking, the staff is of two divisions, the one consisting of the general staff branch and the other of the branch of the adjutant and quartermaster-general. Again speaking very generally, the general staff is charged with duties bearing directly on military operations, while officers of the adjutant and quartermaster-general's branch deal more with administrative questions. Officers of the general staff are known as general staff officers, while those of the other branch are called, for example, assistant or deputy-assistant adjutant or quartermaster-general, according to their several duties.

When we look at formations larger than a battalion, we see that the system of control and command becomes increasingly less personal and direct, as in these larger formations, the commander relies more on their staff. Generally, the staff is divided into two sections: the general staff branch and the branch of the adjutant and quartermaster-general. Broadly speaking, the general staff handles tasks directly related to military operations, while the officers in the adjutant and quartermaster-general's branch focus more on administrative matters. Officers in the general staff are referred to as general staff officers, while those in the other branch have titles like assistant or deputy-assistant adjutant or quartermaster-general, depending on their specific responsibilities.

The formation in which distinct and separate units are first collected under one superior commander is known as a brigade. This, according to present establishment, consists of three battalions and a trench-mortar battery, the whole under a general officer called a brigadier-general, assisted by a staff of two officers—a brigade-major and a staff-captain. Since March, 1920, however, the title of brigadier-general has been altered to 'colonel-commandant'. The strength of a brigade is something over 3000 of all ranks. In a division, which is the next highest formation, and which is commanded by a major-general with a staff of three general staff officers and three officers belonging to the A.G. and Q.M.G. branch, we find the first appearance of a mixed force. It is not a force of 'all arms', as cavalry is not included, but, in addition to infantry (three brigades), it has a considerable strength in artillery, besides engineers and the necessary administrative troops. Two or more divisions, together with a cavalry regiment and certain other troops, form an 'army corps', and two or more corps go to make up an 'army'. These are not at present peace-time formations of the British army.

The setup in which distinct and separate units are brought together under one main commander is called a brigade. This, according to the current structure, consists of three battalions and a trench-mortar battery, all led by a general officer known as a brigadier-general, supported by two staff officers—a brigade-major and a staff-captain. Since March 1920, though, the title of brigadier-general has been changed to 'colonel-commandant'. A brigade typically has over 3,000 personnel of all ranks. In a division, which is the next highest structure, commanded by a major-general along with a staff of three general staff officers and three officers from the A.G. and Q.M.G. branch, we see the first formation of a mixed force. It’s not a force of 'all arms', as it doesn’t include cavalry, but in addition to infantry (three brigades), it has a significant amount of artillery, plus engineers and the necessary administrative troops. Two or more divisions, along with a cavalry regiment and some other troops, form an 'army corps', and two or more corps create an 'army'. These are not currently peace-time formations of the British army.

Of the administrative troops and services already mentioned, the Royal Army Service Corps provides for the material wants of the army both in the way of food and transport. It is organized in companies designated by numerals.

Of the administrative troops and services mentioned earlier, the Royal Army Service Corps takes care of the army's material needs, including food and transport. It's organized into companies identified by numbers.

The Royal Army Medical Corps provides the personnel and organization for the medical and sanitary services of the army. In peace-time this service is organized on a garrison basis, hospitals being established where required for the use of all troops in that particular garrison. For war purposes medical officers are still attached to regiments, and in addition the corps provides the personnel and organization necessary for field ambulances, casualty clearing-stations, hospital trains and ships, and various classes of fixed hospitals. The corps is organized in numbered companies, and the rank and file are trained in first aid and ambulance duties generally. It is administered by a director-general of Army Medical Services with the rank of lieutenant-general, who is an officer of the adjutant-general's department.

The Royal Army Medical Corps supplies the personnel and structure for the army's medical and sanitary services. During peacetime, this service is set up based on garrisons, with hospitals established as needed for all troops in that specific garrison. For wartime, medical officers remain attached to regiments, and additionally, the corps provides the necessary personnel and organization for field ambulances, casualty clearing stations, hospital trains and ships, and various types of fixed hospitals. The corps is organized into numbered companies, and the personnel are trained in first aid and general ambulance duties. It is overseen by a director-general of Army Medical Services with the rank of lieutenant-general, who is an officer from the adjutant-general's department.

The other departments and administrative services of the army consist of the Royal Army Ordnance Corps, dealing generally with munitions of war; the Army Pay Department; the Royal Army Chaplains' Department; and the Royal Army Veterinary Corps, of which the functions are sufficiently designated by their title. In addition, there are manufacturing establishments at Woolwich Arsenal and elsewhere.

The other departments and administrative services of the army include the Royal Army Ordnance Corps, which handles munitions; the Army Pay Department; the Royal Army Chaplains' Department; and the Royal Army Veterinary Corps, which has functions clearly indicated by its name. Additionally, there are manufacturing facilities at Woolwich Arsenal and other locations.

The Army Reserve consists of men who have completed their term of colour service, or service with a unit, and have thus passed into civil life, though still remaining liable for a period of years to be recalled to the colours if mobilization is ordered.

The Army Reserve is made up of individuals who have finished their active service or time with a unit and have transitioned into civilian life, though they still remain obligated for several years to be called back to service if mobilization is announced.

The Special Reserve was formed under the Territorial and Reserve Forces Act of 1907 out of the old militia. It consists generally of one battalion to each regiment of infantry, and is numbered consecutively with regular battalions of the regiment. It will, in the future, probably be again known as the Militia.

The Special Reserve was created under the Territorial and Reserve Forces Act of 1907 from the old militia. It usually includes one battalion for each infantry regiment and is numbered sequentially with the regular battalions of that regiment. In the future, it will likely be referred to again as the Militia.

The Royal Marines—artillery and infantry, or the 'blue' and the 'red' marines, Kipling's "soldier and sailor too"—are not part of the army proper, as they are administered entirely by the Admiralty. They are, however, amenable to the Army Act when serving ashore. The term of service is for twelve years, which may be extended to make up twenty-one. Men may be transferred to or from the army at their own request.

The Royal Marines—artillery and infantry, or the 'blue' and the 'red' marines, Kipling's "soldier and sailor too"—are not officially part of the army since they're completely managed by the Admiralty. However, they are subject to the Army Act when serving on land. The service period is twelve years, which can be extended to a total of twenty-one years. Men can request to be transferred to or from the army.

The Territorial Force, or, as it is to be called in future, the Territorial Army, is raised entirely [253]on a county or territorial basis. It was originally created by the Territorial and Reserve Forces Act of 1907 out of a nucleus of the old yeomanry and volunteers. It is raised and administered by County Associations in each county and principal city. These associations consist of a president, chairman, military representative, and co-opted members. The administration of the Territorial Army is carried out by the County Associations in accordance with schemes provided by the Army Council, while all questions of training are reserved to the War Office. The Territorial Army consists of all arms, including machine-gun corps and the necessary administrative services: its full war establishment is fixed at approximately 345,000 of all ranks, though, for the present, only some 60 per cent of them are to be enlisted. The rejuvenated Territorial Army is to be in all respects a true second line of imperial defence, self-contained and self-supporting, while the regular army and its special reserve of militia battalions form the first line. Defence entails a certain amount of offence to bring it to a successful issue: it has therefore been decided that the new Territorial Army will not be relegated merely to the duty of guarding the country from invasion, but will, in a national emergency, be entitled to take its place under its own organization in the fighting line in any part of the world where its services may be required. This will entail enlistment for general service, but the interest of the force and of individuals composing it are safeguarded by the proviso that before the Territorial Army can be ordered out of the country an Act authorizing the movement be passed by Parliament. It is further provided that the Territorial Army will on no account be called on to supply drafts for regular regiments, and that in case fresh regiments have to be raised on the lines of the New Army, the machinery of the Territorial Army will be used to organize them. Enlistment will be for three or four years, according to whether a man has served during the European War (1914-8) or not; age limits are normally between 18 and 38. The army is to be organized in one cavalry (yeomanry) division of 12 regiments, and 14 infantry divisions each under a selected general officer, either regular or territorial. Pay and allowances during training periods will be as in the regular army, and in addition certain bounties will be obtainable. Training periods will be fifteen days in camp annually, besides a minimum number of drills and a musketry course. On completion of colour service a man will pass to the Territorial Reserve.

The Territorial Force, or what will now be known as the Territorial Army, is formed entirely [253]on a county or territorial basis. It was initially established by the Territorial and Reserve Forces Act of 1907 from a core group of the old yeomanry and volunteers. It is organized and managed by County Associations in each county and major city. These associations include a president, chairman, military representative, and co-opted members. The County Associations carry out the administration of the Territorial Army according to plans set by the Army Council, while all training matters fall under the War Office. The Territorial Army includes various branches, such as machine-gun corps and essential administrative services: its total war strength is set at around 345,000 personnel, though currently, only about 60 percent of that number will be enlisted. The revitalized Territorial Army is meant to serve fully as a genuine second line of imperial defense, independent and self-sustaining, while the regular army and its special reserve of militia battalions create the first line. Defense involves a certain level of offense to achieve success: thus, the new Territorial Army will not just focus on defending the country against invasion but will also be able to engage in battles globally under its own organization during a national emergency when its services are needed. This will require enlistment for general service, but the interests of the force and its individual members are protected by the condition that Parliament must pass an Act authorizing any deployment of the Territorial Army outside the country. Moreover, the Territorial Army will not be required to supply personnel for regular regiments, and if new regiments need to be formed similar to the New Army, the existing structure of the Territorial Army will be used for their organization. Enlistment will be for three or four years, depending on whether a person served during the European War (1914-18), with age limits typically set between 18 and 38. The army will be organized into one cavalry (yeomanry) division of 12 regiments, and 14 infantry divisions each led by a selected general officer, either from regular or territorial forces. Pay and allowances during training periods will match those of the regular army, along with certain bonuses available. Training will consist of fifteen days in camp annually, in addition to a minimum number of drills and a musketry course. After completing their active service, a member will transition to the Territorial Reserve.

The New Army, consisting of the 'service battalions' of existing regiments, is a product of the war. When, on the outbreak of war, many new regiments were rapidly raised, they were affiliated to regular regiments with consecutive numbers after the territorial battalions, and this organization was continued and extended to cope with the personnel obtained under the Military Service Acts.

The New Army, made up of the 'service battalions' from existing regiments, is a result of the war. When the war began, many new regiments were quickly formed and they were linked to regular regiments with consecutive numbers following the territorial battalions. This setup was maintained and expanded to manage the personnel recruited under the Military Service Acts.

Educational establishments connected with the army include the Staff College, the Royal Military College at Sandhurst, and the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich. At the Staff College officers obtain a course of instruction and study to fit them for service on the staff of the army. At Sandhurst, where the course of instruction is two years, some 700 gentlemen cadets are trained for commissions in the guards, cavalry, and infantry of the line, and the Indian army. At Woolwich gentlemen cadets desirous of entering the Royal Artillery or the Royal Engineers receive their training. In addition to these there are schools of gunnery and engineering, the Small Arms School at Hythe, the School of Physical Training at Aldershot, and many others: while, for sons and orphans of soldiers, there are the Duke of York's Royal Military School and the Royal Hibernian School. The Royal Hospital, Chelsea, and the Royal Hospital, Kilmainham, Dublin, are institutions for the care of old and distressed soldiers. In every garrison there are garrison schools for soldiers under fully qualified army schoolmasters, while in the future there is likely to be a very great increase in educational facilities of all kinds for the rank and file of the army. The training of the British army for war now embraces a variety of subjects, and at the Royal Military College and Academy the gentlemen cadets are not only taught the principles and practice of their future profession, but are also instructed in the methods of imparting their knowledge to others. For example, the course of training at the Royal Military College embraces drill and weapon training—under which head is included musketry (both theory and practice) and bayonet work—physical training, and riding. As part of the physical-training course they receive instruction as to the best methods of organizing regimental assaults-at-arms and sports. Among the more academic subjects are military history and tactics, field sketching and topography, field engineering, military law and administration, and elementary hygiene. A great deal of practical work is done, and the course of two years is designed to fit a young officer, on joining his regiment, to undertake the entire charge and training of his troop or platoon. At the Royal Military Academy extra subjects, such as artillery work and more advanced engineering, are also taught.

Educational institutions linked to the army include the Staff College, the Royal Military College at Sandhurst, and the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich. At the Staff College, officers undergo a training program to prepare them for roles on the army staff. At Sandhurst, where the training lasts two years, around 700 cadets are trained for officer positions in the guards, cavalry, infantry, and the Indian army. At Woolwich, cadets seeking to join the Royal Artillery or the Royal Engineers receive their training. Additionally, there are schools for gunnery and engineering, the Small Arms School at Hythe, the School of Physical Training at Aldershot, and several others; also, there are the Duke of York's Royal Military School and the Royal Hibernian School for the children and orphans of soldiers. The Royal Hospital Chelsea and the Royal Hospital Kilmainham in Dublin provide care for former soldiers in need. Each garrison has schools for soldiers taught by fully qualified army educators, and in the future, there will likely be significant growth in educational opportunities for all ranks in the army. The training of the British army for warfare now covers a wide range of subjects, and at the Royal Military College and Academy, cadets not only learn their future profession's principles and practices but also how to teach others. For instance, the training at the Royal Military College includes drill and weapon training—covering both theory and practice of musketry and bayonet techniques—as well as physical training and riding. As part of physical training, they learn effective ways to organize regimental competitions and sports. The more academic subjects include military history and tactics, field sketching and topography, field engineering, military law and administration, and basic hygiene. A significant amount of hands-on training is included, and the two-year program is designed to prepare a young officer to take full responsibility for training his troop or platoon once he joins his regiment. At the Royal Military Academy, additional subjects such as artillery and advanced engineering are also offered.

As to the soldier's training generally, drill is insisted on as an aid to discipline, which it [254]undoubtedly is, and exact performance of the various movements ordered is expected. In other branches of training more individuality is allowed, and the days when the bayonet-exercise was performed by a battalion to the music of the regimental band having passed, considerable latitude as to positions and execution is permitted in this particular branch, attention being principally concentrated on inculcating the 'offensive spirit'. The modern soldier also learns how to use a Lewis-gun, to throw or fire a grenade, what to do in case of a gas attack, the rudiments of field engineering, and how to keep himself healthy.

Regarding the soldier's training in general, drill is emphasized as a way to maintain discipline, and it definitely serves that purpose. Precise execution of the various movements instructed is expected. In other training areas, more individuality is permitted. The days when a battalion performed bayonet drills to the music of the regimental band are long gone, and now there is more flexibility in how positions and movements are carried out, with a focus on developing the 'offensive spirit.' The modern soldier also learns to use a Lewis gun, throw or fire grenades, respond to gas attacks, understand basic field engineering, and maintain personal health.

In addition to the more generally-known units of the army there are certain corps which, though raised in the colonies, still form part of the army, and which are administered by the imperial authorities. Under this head are the Royal Malta Artillery (local service); the West India Regiment (two battalions) and the West African Regiment, both for general service and both administered by the War Office. Among other colonial corps maintained by the imperial Government, though not forming part of the regular army, are the West African Frontier Force (Nigeria) and the King's African Rifles (East Africa). Both these are administered by the Colonial Office.

In addition to the more commonly known army units, there are certain corps that, while formed in the colonies, are still part of the army and are managed by the imperial authorities. This includes the Royal Malta Artillery (local service), the West India Regiment (two battalions), and the West African Regiment, both of which are for general service and managed by the War Office. Among other colonial corps maintained by the imperial Government, but not part of the regular army, are the West African Frontier Force (Nigeria) and the King's African Rifles (East Africa). Both of these are managed by the Colonial Office.

Dominions.—The military forces of the self-governing dominions are raised and organized under the laws of such dominions.

Dominions.—The military forces of the self-governing dominions are formed and organized according to the laws of those dominions.

Those of the Commonwealth of Australia are organized on a system of compulsory military training for all males between the ages of twelve and twenty-six. In the earlier stages boys are trained in cadet corps, from which they pass to the Citizen Army, and from there, having attained the age of twenty-six, to recognized rifle clubs. The annual period of training in the Citizen Army is sixteen days. When the scheme is in full working order this force will consist of twenty-three 4-battalion brigades of infantry, twenty-three regiments of light horse, fifty-six 4-gun batteries, and the necessary complement of engineers and administrative troops. During the war this organization was in abeyance, and regiments were raised as required for overseas service, and, though proposals for conscription were negatived, the commonwealth still managed to send some 330,000 men to the various theatres of war out of 417,000 raised. The casualties, killed, wounded, and missing, were 210,724.

The Commonwealth of Australia has a system of mandatory military training for all males aged twelve to twenty-six. Initially, boys are trained in cadet corps, then they move on to the Citizen Army, and after turning twenty-six, they can join recognized rifle clubs. The annual training period in the Citizen Army is sixteen days. Once fully operational, this force will include twenty-three 4-battalion infantry brigades, twenty-three light horse regiments, fifty-six 4-gun batteries, and the required engineers and support troops. During the war, this organization was suspended, and regiments were formed as needed for overseas service. Although proposals for conscription were rejected, the Commonwealth still managed to send about 330,000 men to various war fronts out of 417,000 enlisted. The casualties—killed, wounded, and missing—totaled 210,724.

The Commonwealth also maintains a small permanent force of trained professional soldiers.

The Commonwealth also has a small, permanent group of trained professional soldiers.

The New Zealand forces are also organized on the principle of universal training for all males. The details differ somewhat from those in favour in Australia, but the principle is the same, i.e. that every male should be trained for home defence. Boys of from twelve to eighteen years of age are trained in cadet corps, from which they pass to regiments of the Territorial Force, and from twenty-five to thirty belong to the reserve. Cadets do annually a specified number of drills, while the territorial training extends to seven clear days, a musketry course, and certain drills every year. For the purposes of the war, conscription was introduced in 1916, and 220,000 men were raised between 1914 and 1918, out of which the casualties were nearly 57,000.

The New Zealand forces are organized based on the idea of universal training for all males. The specifics are a bit different from those in Australia, but the concept is the same: every male should be prepared for home defense. Boys aged twelve to eighteen are trained in cadet corps, and then they move on to regiments of the Territorial Force. Males from twenty-five to thirty are part of the reserve. Cadets participate in a set number of drills each year, while territorial training includes seven full days, a musketry course, and certain drills annually. For wartime needs, conscription was introduced in 1916, and 220,000 men were recruited between 1914 and 1918, with nearly 57,000 casualties.

Canada, unlike Australia and New Zealand, has no system of graduated military training. The military forces of the dominion are organized as a militia under a Minister of Militia and Defence working with a Council. This militia is recruited by voluntary enlistment, and, on the outbreak of war, consisted of a permanent force of 3000 and some 60,000 men who had received militia training. This made possible the rapid dispatch to France of a division which, by 1916, had increased to a corps of four divisions and a cavalry brigade. Like the Mother Country and New Zealand, Canada introduced conscription in 1917, and during the war raised nearly 641,000 men and suffered 206,149 casualties, of which 56,110 were killed, 149,733 wounded, and 306 missing.

Canada, unlike Australia and New Zealand, doesn’t have a system of progressive military training. The country’s military forces are organized as a militia under a Minister of Militia and Defence who works with a Council. This militia is made up of volunteers, and when war broke out, it included a permanent force of 3,000 and about 60,000 men who had received militia training. This allowed for the quick deployment of a division to France, which by 1916 had grown into a corps of four divisions and a cavalry brigade. Similar to the Mother Country and New Zealand, Canada implemented conscription in 1917 and during the war raised nearly 641,000 men, suffering 206,149 casualties, including 56,110 killed, 149,733 wounded, and 306 missing.

The Union of South Africa divides its military forces into the permanent force and the citizen force. There is also a coast-defence force. The permanent force consists of the five regiments of the South African Mounted Rifles. South Africa's greatest military effort during the war was directed towards German South-West and East Africa, but some 27,000 men were enlisted for and sent to Europe out of a total number of 136,000 raised. This total does not include coloured troops. The casualties were 18,000.

The Union of South Africa splits its military into the permanent force and the citizen force. There's also a coast-defense force. The permanent force includes the five regiments of the South African Mounted Rifles. South Africa's biggest military effort during the war was focused on German South-West and East Africa, but about 27,000 men were recruited and sent to Europe out of a total of 136,000 raised. This total doesn’t include colored troops. The casualties totaled 18,000.

In other self-governing portions of the Empire troops were raised as required, and in the West and East African colonies the existing formations of native troops were considerably increased for service in suitable portions of the various theatres of war. The official statement of troops raised shows under the heading of 'other colonies' 134,837, including coloured troops from South Africa and the West Indies. The casualties among them amounted to 7519.

In other self-governing parts of the Empire, troops were recruited as needed, and in the West and East African colonies, the number of local troops significantly increased for duty in appropriate areas of the different war zones. The official report of troops raised indicates that there were 134,837 under the category of 'other colonies,' including colored troops from South Africa and the West Indies. The casualties among them totaled 7,519.

The Army in India.—The military forces in India consist of those units of British cavalry, artillery, and infantry temporarily serving in the country, and the Indian army proper, consisting of regiments recruited from among the native inhabitants and normally serving there. Enlistment is voluntary and for general service, one of the promises made by a man on enrolment being "to go wherever ordered by land and sea and not to allow caste usages to interfere with his duties as a soldier". The Indian army, as a disciplined and organized force, dates from the [255]years between 1748 and 1758. In 1748 Major Stringer Lawrence arrived in Madras with a commission from the Company as commander-in-chief. His first act was to form the existing European independent companies into regiments; his second to raise certain native independent companies. In 1758 he formed these companies in their turn into battalions, which he designated 'coast sepoys', and which still exist under their present names of the 61st Pioneers and following numbers. His system was extended to the other presidencies, and at the period of the mutiny, in 1857, the native army in India consisted of some 230,000 regular troops, besides irregulars. When the post-mutiny reconstruction took place, the army was reorganized on an irregular basis instead of as regular regiments on the British model. According to this new system, the number of British officers in a regiment was considerably reduced; native officers were given command of troops and companies, while the British officer's command became the squadron, or wing. Native artillery, with the exception of certain mountain batteries, was abolished, and cavalry was reconstituted on the Silladar system, whereby, in consideration of a larger monthly pay than was given to the infantry sepoy, the trooper, or sowar, provided his own horse and sword. The system thus introduced virtually remains to the present day, though it has been modified and improved to suit later conditions. The infantry officer's command has decreased from the wing of four companies to the double company of two, and it is now known as a company and is organized in four platoons on the British service model, platoons being commanded by Indian officers. Of late years the number of British officers with an Indian regiment has been increased to twelve, and at the present time a committee is sitting in India to deliberate on the future construction of the army. It is therefore impossible to give details of its future strength. This, just before the war, was some 160,000, organized in 38 regiments of cavalry, the corps of guides, 3 regiments of sappers and miners, 118 regiments of infantry of 1 battalion each, and 10 regiments of Gurkhas of 2 battalions each. There were also 13 mountain batteries. The 'Imperial Service Troops', of which many contingents took part in the war, are raised, paid, and maintained by princes and chiefs as a contribution to the defence of the country, while their training is supervised by British inspecting officers. The 'Indian Defence Force', which has lately replaced the volunteers, and in which service is compulsory for Europeans, is available for home defence only. During the war India, by voluntary enlistment, provided 1,401,350 men. Of these many new regiments were formed, and second, third, and fourth battalions added to existing regiments. Casualties were very nearly 114,000, including some 48,000 killed. Native Indian officers of cavalry are known as ressaldars, ressaiders, and jemadars, while those of the infantry are called subadars and jemadars. In each regiment the senior Indian officer is called ressaldar or subadar-major.

The Army in India.—The military forces in India include British cavalry, artillery, and infantry units that are temporarily stationed there, as well as the Indian army, which is made up of regiments recruited from the local population and typically based in the country. Joining is voluntary and for general service; one of the commitments made by recruits is "to go wherever ordered by land and sea and not to let caste customs interfere with his duties as a soldier." The Indian army, as a disciplined and organized force, was established during the years between 1748 and 1758. In 1748, Major Stringer Lawrence arrived in Madras with a commission from the Company as commander-in-chief. His first action was to organize the existing European independent companies into regiments, and his second was to raise certain native independent companies. In 1758, he combined these companies into battalions, which he called 'coast sepoys', and they still exist today as the 61st Pioneers and others that follow. His approach was expanded to the other presidencies, and by the time of the mutiny in 1857, the native army in India comprised around 230,000 regular troops, in addition to irregulars. After the mutiny, the army was reorganized in an irregular format rather than as standard regiments following the British model. Under this new system, the number of British officers in regiments was reduced significantly; native officers were assigned to command troops and companies, while British officers took command of squadrons or wings. Native artillery was mostly dismantled, except for some mountain batteries, and cavalry was restructured under the Silladar system, where, for a higher monthly pay than what infantry sepoys received, the trooper, or sowar, provided his own horse and sword. This system largely remains today, although it has been adapted and improved over time. The command for infantry officers has shifted from a wing of four companies to a double company of two, now referred to as a company, organized into four platoons similar to the British model, with platoons commanded by Indian officers. In recent years, the number of British officers in an Indian regiment has been increased to twelve, and currently a committee is meeting in India to decide the future structure of the army. Therefore, it's difficult to outline its upcoming strength. Just before the war, the army had around 160,000 personnel, divided into 38 regiments of cavalry, the corps of guides, 3 regiments of sappers and miners, 118 infantry regiments of 1 battalion each, and 10 regiments of Gurkhas consisting of 2 battalions each. There were also 13 mountain batteries. The 'Imperial Service Troops', which included many contingents in the war, were raised, funded, and maintained by princes and chiefs as part of the national defense, with their training overseen by British inspecting officers. The 'Indian Defence Force', which has recently replaced the volunteers, requires compulsory service for Europeans and is designated for home defense only. During the war, India provided 1,401,350 men through voluntary enlistment. Many new regiments were established, and second, third, and fourth battalions were added to existing regiments. Casualties were nearly 114,000, including around 48,000 killed. Native Indian cavalry officers are referred to as ressaldars, ressaiders, and jemadars, while infantry officers are called subadars and jemadars. In each regiment, the highest-ranking Indian officer is known as the ressaldar or subadar-major.

The army in India, by which is meant all military forces in India, is administered by a commander-in-chief, who is a member of council. The head-quarter staff includes a military secretary, the chief of the general staff, an adjutant and a quartermaster-general, director-general of ordnance and military works, and a director of medical services.—Bibliography: Hon. J. W. Fortescue, History of the British Army; C. W. C. Oman, A History of the Art of War: Middle Ages; C. H. Firth, Cromwell's Army; C. Walton, History of the British Standing Army, 1660-1700; War Office, Army Book for the British Empire; F. N. Maude, Evolution of Modern Strategy; G. F. R. Henderson, The Science of War; C. Romagny, Histoire générale de l'armée nationale; Heimann, L'Armée allemande.

The military in India, which refers to all armed forces in the country, is managed by a commander-in-chief who is part of the council. The headquarters staff includes a military secretary, the chief of the general staff, an adjutant, a quartermaster-general, a director-general of ordnance and military works, and a director of medical services.—References: Hon. J. W. Fortescue, History of the British Army; C. W. C. Oman, A History of the Art of War: Middle Ages; C. H. Firth, Cromwell's Army; C. Walton, History of the British Standing Army, 1660-1700; War Office, Army Book for the British Empire; F. N. Maude, Evolution of Modern Strategy; G. F. R. Henderson, The Science of War; C. Romagny, Histoire générale de l'armée nationale; Heimann, L'Armée allemande.

Army Act. See Military Law.

Army Act. See Military Law.

Army Worm Army Worm

Army Worm, the very destructive larva of the moth Heliophĭla or Leucania unipuncta, so called from its habit of marching in compact bodies of enormous number, devouring almost every green thing it meets. It is about 1½ inches long, greenish in colour, with black stripes, and is found in various parts of the world, but is particularly destructive in North America. The larva of Sciăra militaris, a European two-winged fly, is also called army worm.

Army Worm is the highly destructive larva of the moth Heliophĭla or Leucania unipuncta, named for its tendency to march in large groups, consuming nearly every green plant it encounters. It measures about 1½ inches long, is greenish in color, and has black stripes. This pest can be found in various regions around the world, but it is especially damaging in North America. The larva of Sciăra militaris, a European two-winged fly, is also referred to as army worm.

Arnat´to, or Annotta. See Annatto.

Arnat'to, or Annotta. See Annatto.

Arnauld (a˙r-nō), the name of a French family, several members of which greatly distinguished themselves.—Antoine, an eminent French advocate, was born 1560, died 1619. Distinguished as a zealous defender of the cause of Henry IV, and for his powerful and successful defence of the University of Paris against the Jesuits in 1594. His family formed the nucleus of the sect of the Jansenists (see Jansenius) in France.—His son Antoine, called the Great Arnauld, was born 6th Feb., 1612, at Paris, died 9th Aug., 1694, at Brussels. He devoted himself to theology, and was received in 1641 among the doctors of the Sorbonne. He engaged in all the quarrels of the French Jansenists with the Jesuits, the clergy, and the Government, was the chief Jansenist writer, and was considered their head. Excluded from [256]the Sorbonne, he retired to Port Royal, where he wrote, in conjunction with his friend Nicole, a celebrated system of logic (hence called the Port Royal Logic). On account of persecution he fled, in 1679, to the Netherlands. His works, which are mainly controversies with the Jesuits or the Calvinists, are very voluminous.—His brother Robert, born 1588, died 1674, retired to Port Royal, where he wrote a translation of Josephus, and other works.—Robert's daughter Angélique, born 1624, died 1684, was eminent in the religious world, and was subjected to persecution on account of her unflinching adherence to Jansenism.

Arnauld (ar-nō), the name of a French family, several members of which achieved great distinction.—Antoine, a prominent French lawyer, was born in 1560 and died in 1619. He was known for being a passionate supporter of Henry IV and for his strong and effective defense of the University of Paris against the Jesuits in 1594. His family became the center of the Jansenist movement in France (see Jansenius).—His son Antoine, known as the Great Arnauld, was born on February 6, 1612, in Paris, and died on August 9, 1694, in Brussels. He dedicated himself to theology and became a doctor at the Sorbonne in 1641. He took part in all the disputes involving French Jansenists against the Jesuits, the clergy, and the Government, was the main Jansenist writer, and was recognized as their leader. After being excluded from the Sorbonne, he moved to Port Royal, where he co-wrote a famous system of logic with his friend Nicole (later known as Port Royal Logic). Due to persecution, he fled to the Netherlands in 1679. His writings, which mostly consist of debates with the Jesuits and Calvinists, are quite extensive.—His brother Robert, born in 1588 and died in 1674, also went to Port Royal, where he wrote a translation of Josephus and other works.—Robert's daughter Angélique, born in 1624 and died in 1684, was notable in the religious community and faced persecution for her steadfast commitment to Jansenism.

Ar´nauts. See Albania.

Arnauts. See Albania.

Arndt (a˙rnt), Ernst Moritz, German patriot and poet, was born 1769, died 1860. He was appointed professor of history at Greifswald in 1806, and stirred up the national feeling against Napoleon in his work Geist der Zeit (Spirit of the Time). In 1812-3 he zealously promoted the war of independence by a number of pamphlets, poems, and spirited songs, among which it is sufficient to refer to his Was ist des Deutschen Vaterland?, Der Gott, der Eisen wachsen liess, and Was blasen die Trompeten? Husaren, heraus!, which were caught up and sung from one end of Germany to the other. In 1817 he married a sister of the theologian Schleiermacher, and settled at Bonn in order to undertake the duties of professor of history. He was, however, suspended till 1840 on account of his liberal opinions, when he was restored to his chair on the accession of Frederick William IV.

Arndt (a˙rnt), Ernst Moritz, a German patriot and poet, was born in 1769 and died in 1860. He became a professor of history at Greifswald in 1806 and fueled national sentiment against Napoleon in his work Geist der Zeit (Spirit of the Time). Between 1812 and 1813, he passionately supported the war of independence through various pamphlets, poems, and spirited songs, including Was ist des Deutschen Vaterland?, Der Gott, der Eisen wachsen liess, and Was blasen die Trompeten? Husaren, heraus!, which were embraced and sung across Germany. In 1817, he married a sister of the theologian Schleiermacher and moved to Bonn to take on his role as a history professor. However, he was suspended until 1840 due to his liberal views, and he was reinstated to his position upon the accession of Frederick William IV.

Arndt, Johann, celebrated German mystic theologian, born 1555, died 1621. His principal work, Wahres Christenthum (True Christianity), is still popular in Germany, and has been translated into almost all European languages. Another of his publications is Paradiesgaertlein, translated into English (The Garden of Paradise).

Arndt, Johann, renowned German mystical theologian, born 1555, died 1621. His main work, Wahres Christenthum (True Christianity), remains popular in Germany and has been translated into nearly all European languages. Another of his works is Paradiesgaertlein, translated into English as The Garden of Paradise.

Arne (a˙rn), Thomas Augustine, English composer, born at London 1710, died 1778. His first opera, Fair Rosamond, was performed in 1733 at Lincoln's-Inn Fields, and was received with great applause. Then followed a version of Fielding's Tom Thumb, altered into The Opera of Operas, a musical burlesque. His style in the Comus (1738) is still more original and cultivated. To him we owe the national air Rule, Britannia, originally given in a popular piece called the Masque of Alfred. After having composed two oratorios and several operas he received the degree of Doctor of Music at Oxford. He composed, also, music for several of the songs in Shakespeare's dramas, and various pieces of instrumental music.

Arne (a˙rn), Thomas Augustine, English composer, born in London in 1710, died in 1778. His first opera, Fair Rosamond, was performed in 1733 at Lincoln's Inn Fields and received great acclaim. This was followed by a version of Fielding's Tom Thumb, reworked into The Opera of Operas, a musical spoof. His style in the Comus (1738) is even more original and sophisticated. He is credited with the national anthem Rule, Britannia, which was originally featured in a popular piece called the Masque of Alfred. After composing two oratorios and several operas, he was awarded the degree of Doctor of Music at Oxford. He also composed music for several songs in Shakespeare's plays and various instrumental pieces.

Arnee´, one of the numerous Indian varieties of the buffalo (Bubălus arni), remarkable as being the largest animal of the ox kind known. It measures about 7 feet high at the shoulders, and from 9 to 10½ feet long from the muzzle to the root of the tail. It is found chiefly in the forests at the base of the Himalayas.

Arnee´, one of the many Indian types of buffalo (Bubălus arni), is notable for being the largest member of the ox family known. It stands about 7 feet tall at the shoulders and measures between 9 to 10½ feet long from the snout to the base of the tail. It is primarily found in the forests at the foot of the Himalayas.

Arn´hem, or Arnheim, a town in Holland, province of Gelderland, 18 miles south-west of Zutphen, on the right bank of the Rhine. Pleasantly situated, it is a favourite residential resort, and it contains many interesting public buildings; manufactures cabinet wares, mirrors, carriages, mathematical instruments, &c.; has paper-mills, and its trade is important. In 1795 it was stormed by the French, who were driven from it by the Prussians in 1813. Pop. 70,664 (1917).

Arnhem, or Arnheim, is a town in the Netherlands, in the province of Gelderland, located 18 miles southwest of Zutphen, on the right bank of the Rhine River. It is nicely situated and is a popular place to live, featuring many interesting public buildings. The town produces cabinet ware, mirrors, carriages, mathematical instruments, and more; it also has paper mills and significant trade. In 1795, it was attacked by the French, but they were expelled by the Prussians in 1813. Population: 70,664 (1917).

Arnhem Land, a portion of the northern territory of S. Australia, lying west of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and forming a sort of peninsula.

Arnhem Land is part of the Northern Territory in South Australia, located to the west of the Gulf of Carpentaria and shaped like a peninsula.

Ar´ni, a town of Madras, on the Cheyair River, 16 miles south of Arcot; formerly a large military station; stormed by Clive in 1751, and scene of defeat of Hyder Ali by Sir Eyre Coote in 1782. Pop. 5050.

Arni, a town in Madras, located on the Cheyair River, 16 miles south of Arcot; formerly a major military base; captured by Clive in 1751, and the site of Hyder Ali's defeat by Sir Eyre Coote in 1782. Population: 5,050.

Ar´nica, a genus of plants, nat. ord. Compositæ, containing eighteen species, one of which is found in Central Europe, A. montāna (leopard's bane or mountain tobacco), but is not a native of Britain. It has a perennial root, a stem about 2 feet high, bearing on the summit flowers of a dark golden yellow. In every part of the plant there is an acrid resin and a volatile oil, and in the flowers an acrid bitter principle called arnicin. The root contains also a considerable quantity of tannin. A tincture of it is employed as an external application to wounds and bruises. It was introduced into English gardens about the middle of the eighteenth century.

Arnica is a genus of plants in the family Compositae, comprising eighteen species, one of which is found in Central Europe, A. montana (leopard's bane or mountain tobacco), but it does not grow naturally in Britain. It has a perennial root and a stem that reaches about 2 feet high, topped with flowers that are a dark golden yellow. Every part of the plant contains an acrid resin and a volatile oil, and the flowers have a bitter principle known as arnicin. The root also has a significant amount of tannin. A tincture made from it is used externally for treating wounds and bruises. It was first brought to English gardens around the mid-eighteenth century.

Ar´nim, Elisabeth von, a German writer, also known as Bettina, wife of Louis Achim von Arnim, and sister of the poet Clemens Brentano; born at Frankfort in 1785, died at Berlin 1859. Even in her childhood she manifested an inclination towards eccentricities and poetical peculiarities of many kinds. She entered into correspondence with Goethe, for whom she entertained a violent passion, although he was then in his sixtieth year. In 1835 she published Goethe's Briefwechsel mit einem Kinde (Goethe's Correspondence with a Child), containing, among others, the letters that she alleged to have passed between her and Goethe. Her later writings dealt with subjects like the emancipation of the Jews, and the abolition of capital punishment. Her husband, Ludwig Achim von Arnim, born at Berlin in 1781, died 1831, distinguished himself as a writer of novels. In concert with her brother, Clemens Brentano, he published a collection of popular German songs and ballads entitled Des Knaben Wunderhorn.—Her daughter, [257]Gisela von Arnim, is known in literature by her Dramatische Werke (3 vols., 1857-63).

Arnim, Elisabeth von, a German writer, also known as Bettina, was the wife of Louis Achim von Arnim and sister of the poet Clemens Brentano. She was born in Frankfurt in 1785 and died in Berlin in 1859. Even as a child, she showed a tendency toward eccentricities and various poetic quirks. She corresponded with Goethe, for whom she had a passionate infatuation, despite him being in his sixties at the time. In 1835, she published Goethe's Briefwechsel mit einem Kinde (Goethe's Correspondence with a Child), which included, among others, the letters she claimed to have exchanged with Goethe. Her later works addressed topics such as the emancipation of the Jews and the abolition of capital punishment. Her husband, Ludwig Achim von Arnim, who was born in Berlin in 1781 and died in 1831, made a name for himself as a novelist. Together with her brother, Clemens Brentano, he published a collection of popular German songs and ballads titled Des Knaben Wunderhorn.—Her daughter, [257]Gisela von Arnim, is recognized in literature for her Dramatische Werke (3 vols., 1857-63).

Ar´no (ancient Arnus), a river of Italy which rises in the Etruscan Apennines, makes a sweep to the south and then flows westwards, divides Florence into two parts, washes Pisa, and falls, 4 miles below it, into the Tuscan Sea, after a course of 130 miles.

Arno (ancient Arnus), a river in Italy that originates in the Etruscan Apennines, curves southward and then flows west, splitting Florence in two, flowing past Pisa, and empties into the Tuscan Sea, 4 miles below the city, after traveling 130 miles.

Arno´bius, an early Christian writer, was a teacher of rhetoric at Sicca Veneria, in Numidia, and in 303 became a Christian; he died about 326. He wrote seven books of Disputationes adversus Gentes (or Adversus Nationes), in which he refuted the objections of the heathens against Christianity. This work betrays a defective knowledge of Christianity, but is rich in materials for the understanding of Greek and Roman mythology.

Arno´bius, an early Christian writer, was a rhetoric teacher at Sicca Veneria in Numidia. He converted to Christianity in 303 and died around 326. He wrote seven books titled Disputationes adversus Gentes (or Adversus Nationes), where he addressed and countered the arguments made by pagans against Christianity. Although this work shows a limited understanding of Christianity, it contains valuable insights into Greek and Roman mythology.

Arnold, an urban district or town of England, Nottinghamshire, 3 miles north-east of Nottingham, with lace and hosiery manufactures, &c. It has a church built in the twelfth century, and a tower dating from the fifteenth century and restored in 1868 and 1877. Pop. 11,800.

Arnold is a town in England, located in Nottinghamshire, about 3 miles northeast of Nottingham. It has a lace and hosiery industry, among other things. The town features a church that was built in the twelfth century and a tower that dates back to the fifteenth century, which was restored in 1868 and 1877. The population is 11,800.

Ar´nold, Benedict, a general in the American army during the War of Independence, born in 1741. He rendered his name infamous by his attempt to betray the strong fortress of West Point, with all the arms and immense stores which were there deposited, into the hands of the British. The project failed through the capture of Major André, when Arnold made his escape to the British lines. He received a commission as brigadier-general in the British army, and took part in several marauding expeditions. He subsequently settled in the West Indies, and ultimately came to London, where he died in 1801.

Arnold, Benedict, was a general in the American army during the War of Independence, born in 1741. He made his name infamous by trying to betray the strong fortress of West Point, along with all the weapons and vast supplies stored there, to the British. The plan failed when Major André was captured, and Arnold escaped to the British lines. He received a commission as a brigadier general in the British army and took part in several raiding expeditions. He later settled in the West Indies and eventually moved to London, where he died in 1801.

Ar´nold, Sir Edwin, K.C.I.E., poet, Sanskrit scholar, and journalist, born 1832. Educated at Oxford, where he took the Newdigate prize for a poem entitled the Feast of Belshazzar in 1852, he was successively second master in King Edward VI's College at Birmingham, and principal of the Sanskrit College at Poonah in Bombay. In 1861 he joined the editorial staff of the Daily Telegraph, with which he was henceforth connected. He died in 1904. He was author of Poems, Narrative and Lyrical; translations from the Greek and Sanskrit; The Light of Asia, a poem on the life and teaching of Buddha; The Light of the World; Pearls of the Faith; Lotus and Jewel, &c.

Arnold, Sir Edwin, K.C.I.E., poet, Sanskrit expert, and journalist, born 1832. He studied at Oxford, where he won the Newdigate prize for a poem called Feast of Belshazzar in 1852. He served as the second master at King Edward VI's College in Birmingham and later became the principal of the Sanskrit College in Poonah, Bombay. In 1861, he joined the editorial team of the Daily Telegraph, with which he remained connected. He passed away in 1904. He authored Poems, Narrative and Lyrical; translations from Greek and Sanskrit; The Light of Asia, a poem about the life and teachings of Buddha; The Light of the World; Pearls of the Faith; Lotus and Jewel, and more.

Ar´nold, Matthew, English critic, essayist, and poet, was born at Laleham, near Staines, 1822, being a son of Dr. Arnold of Rugby. He was educated at Winchester, Rugby, and Oxford, and became a Fellow of Oriel College. He was private secretary to Lord Lansdowne, 1847-51; appointed inspector of schools, 1851; professor of poetry at Oxford, 1858; published A Strayed Reveller and other poems, 1848; Empedocles on Etna, 1853; Merope, 1858; Essays in Criticism, 1865; On the Study of Celtic Literature, 1867; Schools and Universities on the Continent, 1868; St. Paul and Protestantism, 1870; Literature and Dogma, 1873; Last Essays on Church and Religion, 1877; God and the Bible, 1878; Discourses on America, 1885, &c. He received the degree of LL.D. from Edinburgh, and that of D.C.L. from Oxford, and lectured in Britain and in America. He died in 1888. A complete edition of his works in 15 vols. appeared in 1905.—Bibliography: H. W. Paul, Matthew Arnold (English Men of Letters Series); G. Saintsbury, Matthew Arnold (Modern English Writers Series); G. W. E. Russell, Matthew Arnold (Literary Lives Series); F. Bickley, Matthew Arnold and his Poetry.

Arnold, Matthew, an English critic, essayist, and poet, was born in Laleham, near Staines, in 1822. He was the son of Dr. Arnold of Rugby. He studied at Winchester, Rugby, and Oxford, eventually becoming a Fellow of Oriel College. He served as private secretary to Lord Lansdowne from 1847 to 1851; was appointed inspector of schools in 1851; and became professor of poetry at Oxford in 1858. His publications include A Strayed Reveller and Other Poems (1848), Empedocles on Etna (1853), Merope (1858), Essays in Criticism (1865), On the Study of Celtic Literature (1867), Schools and Universities on the Continent (1868), St. Paul and Protestantism (1870), Literature and Dogma (1873), Last Essays on Church and Religion (1877), God and the Bible (1878), and Discourses on America (1885), among others. He earned the degree of LL.D. from Edinburgh and D.C.L. from Oxford, and he lectured in Britain and America. He passed away in 1888. A complete edition of his works in 15 volumes was published in 1905.—References: H. W. Paul, Matthew Arnold (English Men of Letters Series); G. Saintsbury, Matthew Arnold (Modern English Writers Series); G. W. E. Russell, Matthew Arnold (Literary Lives Series); F. Bickley, Matthew Arnold and His Poetry.

Ar´nold, Thomas, headmaster of Rugby School, and professor of modern history in the University of Oxford, born at Cowes, in the Isle of Wight, in 1795, died 1842. He entered Oxford in his sixteenth year, and in 1815 he was elected Fellow of Oriel College, and both in that year and 1817 he obtained the chancellor's prize for Latin and English essays. After taking deacon's orders he settled at Laleham, near Staines, where he employed himself in preparing young men for the universities. In 1828 he was appointed headmaster of Rugby School, and devoted himself to his new duties with the greatest ardour. While giving due prominence to the classics, he deprived them of their exclusiveness by introducing various other branches into his course, and he was particularly careful that the education which he furnished should be in the highest sense moral and Christian. His success was remarkable. Not only did Rugby School become crowded beyond any former precedent, but the superiority of Dr. Arnold's system became so generally recognized that it may be justly said to have done much for the general improvement of the public schools of England. In 1841 he was appointed professor of modern history at Oxford, and delivered his introductory course of lectures with great success. His chief works are his edition of Thucydides, his History of Rome (unhappily left unfinished), and his Sermons. There is an admirable memoir of him by A. P. Stanley, Dean of Westminster (London, 2 vols., 1845).—Cf Lytton Strachey, Eminent Victorians.

Arnold, Thomas, headmaster of Rugby School and professor of modern history at the University of Oxford, was born in Cowes on the Isle of Wight in 1795 and died in 1842. He entered Oxford at the age of sixteen, and in 1815 he was elected Fellow of Oriel College, winning the chancellor's prize for Latin and English essays both that year and in 1817. After becoming a deacon, he settled in Laleham, near Staines, where he prepared young men for university. In 1828, he was appointed headmaster of Rugby School and passionately dedicated himself to his new role. While he emphasized the classics, he made sure to include a variety of other subjects in his curriculum, and he was especially attentive to ensuring that the education he provided was deeply moral and Christian. His achievements were notable, as Rugby School became more popular than ever before, and the excellence of Dr. Arnold's approach was widely acknowledged, contributing significantly to the overall improvement of public schools in England. In 1841, he was appointed professor of modern history at Oxford and delivered his introductory course of lectures with great success. His main works include his edition of Thucydides, his History of Rome (unfortunately left unfinished), and his Sermons. An excellent memoir of him was written by A. P. Stanley, Dean of Westminster (London, 2 vols., 1845).—Cf Lytton Strachey, Eminent Victorians.

Ar´nold of Brescia, an Italian religious and political reformer and martyr of the twelfth century. He was one of the disciples of Abélard, and attracted a considerable following by preaching against the corruption of the clergy. Excommunicated by Innocent II, he withdrew to Zürich, but soon reappeared in Rome, where he was taken and burned (1155).

Arnold of Brescia was an Italian religious and political reformer and martyr from the twelfth century. He was one of Abélard's disciples and gained a significant following by preaching against the corruption of the clergy. He was excommunicated by Innocent II and retreated to Zürich, but soon returned to Rome, where he was captured and burned in 1155.

Arnold-Forster, Hugh Oakeley, grandson of [258]Dr. Arnold of Rugby, and adopted son of the late W. E. Forster, M.P., whose wife was his aunt, was born in 1855, died in 1909. He was educated at Rugby and University College, Oxford. He sat as member of Parliament for West Belfast from 1892, for Croydon from 1906, as a Liberal Unionist, was Parliamentary Secretary to the Admiralty from 1900 to 1903, then Secretary of State for War, a position which he held till Dec., 1905, having put forward sweeping proposals for the improvement of our army. He wrote on various subjects, especially books for popular instruction, including How to Solve the Irish Land Question, The Citizen Reader, This World of Ours, Things New and Old, In a Conning Tower, A History of England, English Socialism of To-day, Military Needs and Military Policy, &c.

Arnold-Forster, Hugh Oakeley, grandson of [258]Dr. Arnold of Rugby, and adopted son of the late W. E. Forster, M.P., whose wife was his aunt, was born in 1855 and died in 1909. He was educated at Rugby and University College, Oxford. He served as a Member of Parliament for West Belfast from 1892, for Croydon from 1906, as a Liberal Unionist. He was Parliamentary Secretary to the Admiralty from 1900 to 1903, then became Secretary of State for War, a role he held until December 1905, during which he proposed significant reforms to improve the army. He wrote on various topics, especially popular instruction, including How to Solve the Irish Land Question, The Citizen Reader, This World of Ours, Things New and Old, In a Conning Tower, A History of England, English Socialism of Today, Military Needs and Military Policy, etc.

Ar´non, a river in Palestine, the boundary between the country of the Moabites and that of the Amorites, afterwards of the Israelites, a tributary of the Dead Sea. It is now called Wady-el-Mojib.

Ar´non, a river in Palestine, serves as the border between the land of the Moabites and that of the Amorites, later the Israelites, and is a tributary of the Dead Sea. It is now known as Wady-el-Mojib.

Ar´not, or Ar´nut, a name of the agreeably flavoured farinaceous tubers of the earth-nut or pig-nut (Bunium flexuōsum and B. Bulbocastănum). See Earth-nut.

Ar´not, or Ar´nut, refers to the pleasantly flavored starchy tubers of the earth-nut or pig-nut (Bunium flexuōsum and B. Bulbocastănum). See Earth-nut.

Ar´nott, Dr. Neil, an eminent physician and physicist, was born at Arbroath, 1788, died 1874. Having graduated as M.A. at Aberdeen, he then studied medicine, and was appointed a surgeon in the East India Company's naval service. In 1811 he commenced practice in London. In 1837 he was appointed extraordinary physician to the queen. In 1827 he published Elements of Physics, and in 1838 a treatise on Warming and Ventilation, &c. He is widely known as the inventor of a stove which is regarded as one of the most economical arrangements for burning fuel, a ventilating chimney-valve, and his water-bed for the protection of the sick against bed-sores. In 1869 he gave £1000 to each of the four Scottish universities and £2000 to London University for the promotion of the study of physics. He was a strong advocate of a scientific as opposed to a purely classical education.

Ar´nott, Dr. Neil, a notable physician and physicist, was born in Arbroath in 1788 and passed away in 1874. After earning his Master's degree from Aberdeen, he pursued medicine and became a surgeon in the East India Company's naval service. In 1811, he started his practice in London. By 1837, he was appointed as an extraordinary physician to the queen. He published Elements of Physics in 1827 and a treatise on Warming and Ventilation, among other works, in 1838. He is well-known for inventing a stove considered one of the most efficient ways to burn fuel, a ventilating chimney valve, and a water bed designed to protect patients from bedsores. In 1869, he donated £1,000 to each of the four Scottish universities and £2,000 to London University to promote the study of physics. He strongly supported a scientific education over a purely classical one.

Arnprior, a town of Canada, province Ontario, 35 miles west of Ottawa, on the right bank of the River Ottawa, where it is joined by the Madawaska, and with important railway connections. Pop. 4405.

Arnprior is a town in Ontario, Canada, located 35 miles west of Ottawa, on the right bank of the Ottawa River, where it meets the Madawaska River. It has important railway connections. Population: 4,405.

Arnsberg (a˙rnz´berh), a town in Prussia, province Westphalia, capital of the district of same name, on the Ruhr. Pop. 10,256.—The district of Arnsberg has an area of 2972 sq. miles, and a population of 2,400,000.

Arnsberg (arnz´berh), a town in Prussia, in the Westphalia province, is the capital of the district of the same name, located on the Ruhr River. Population: 10,256. The district of Arnsberg covers an area of 2,972 square miles and has a population of 2,400,000.

Arnstadt (a˙rn´sta˙t), a town of Germany, in Schwarzburg-Sondershausen, 11 miles south by west of Erfurt, upon the Gera, which divides it into two parts. It has manufactures in leather, &c., and a good trade in grain and timber. Pop. 17,907.

Arnstadt (a˙rn´sta˙t), a town in Germany, in Schwarzburg-Sondershausen, located 11 miles southwest of Erfurt, on the Gera River, which splits it into two sections. It has leather manufacturing and a strong trade in grain and timber. Population: 17,907.

Arnswalde (a˙rnz´va˙l-de), a town of Prussia, province Brandenburg, 39 miles south-east of Stettin. Pop. 8730.

Arnswalde (a˙rnz´va˙l-de), a town in Prussia, province of Brandenburg, 39 miles southeast of Stettin. Population 8,730.

Ar´nulf, great-grandson of Charlemagne, elected King of Germany in A.D. 887; invaded Italy, captured Rome, and was crowned emperor by the Pope (896); died A.D. 898.

Arnulf, great-grandson of Charlemagne, was elected King of Germany in CE 887; he invaded Italy, captured Rome, and was crowned emperor by the Pope in 896; he died in CE 898.

Aroi´deæ. See Araceæ.

Aroid. See Araceae.

Ar´olsen, a German town, capital of Waldeck. Pop. 2793.

Arolsen, a German town and the capital of Waldeck. Population 2,793.

Aromat´ics, drugs, or other substances which yield a fragrant smell, and often a warm pungent taste, as calamus (Acōrus Calămus), ginger, cinnamon, cassia, lavender, rosemary, laurel, nutmegs, cardamoms, pepper, pimento, cloves, vanilla, saffron. Some of them are used medicinally as tonics, stimulants, &c.

Aromatics, drugs, or other substances that give off a pleasant smell and often have a warm, spicy flavor, like calamus (Acōrus Calămus), ginger, cinnamon, cassia, lavender, rosemary, laurel, nutmeg, cardamom, pepper, pimento, cloves, vanilla, and saffron. Some of these are used for medicinal purposes as tonics, stimulants, etc.

Aromatic Vinegar, a very volatile and powerful perfume made by adding the essential oils of lavender, cloves, &c., and often camphor, to crystallizable acetic acid. It is a powerful excitant in fainting, languor, and headache.

Aromatic Vinegar is a highly volatile and strong fragrance created by mixing essential oils like lavender and cloves, and often camphor, into crystallizable acetic acid. It is a potent stimulant for fainting, fatigue, and headaches.

Aro´na, an ancient Italian town near the south extremity of Lago Maggiore. Pop. 4474. In the vicinity is the colossal statue of San Carlo Borromeo, 70 feet in height, exclusive of pedestal 42 feet high.

Aro´na, a historic Italian town located at the southern end of Lago Maggiore. Population 4,474. Nearby stands the massive statue of San Carlo Borromeo, which is 70 feet tall, not including the 42-foot pedestal.

Aroos´took, a river of the north-eastern United States and New Brunswick, a tributary of the St. John, length 120 miles.

Aroos’took, a river in the northeastern United States and New Brunswick, is a tributary of the St. John and is 120 miles long.

Arou´ra, or Aru´ra, an ancient Egyptian measure of surface, according to Herodotus the square of 100 cubits, containing, 21,904 sq. feet.

Arou´ra, or Aru´ra, an ancient Egyptian unit of area, according to Herodotus, is the square of 100 cubits, which equals 21,904 square feet.

Arpad, founder of the Magyar monarchy, born about 870, died 907. See Hungary.

Arpad, the founder of the Hungarian monarchy, was born around 870 and died in 907. See Hungary.

Arpeggio (a˙r-pej´ō), the distinct sound of the notes of an instrumental chord; the striking the notes of a chord in rapid succession, as in the manner of touching the harp instead of playing them simultaneously.

Arpeggio (a˙r-pej´ō), the unique sound of the notes in an instrumental chord; playing the notes of a chord quickly one after another, like plucking the strings of a harp instead of hitting them all at once.

Arpent (a˙r-pän˙), formerly a French measure of land, equal to five-sixths of an English acre; but it varied in different parts of France; the Parisian arpent contained 32,400 sq. feet, the common arpent 40,000 sq. feet.

Arpent (a˙r-pän˙), was a French unit of land measurement, equal to five-sixths of an English acre; however, it varied in different regions of France. The Parisian arpent measured 32,400 sq. feet, while the common arpent was 40,000 sq. feet.

Arpino (a˙r-pē´nō; ancient Arpinum), a town of Southern Italy, province of Caserta, celebrated as the birthplace of Gaius Marius and Cicero. It manufactures woollens, linen, paper, &c. Pop. 10,309.

Arpino (a˙r-pee´noh; ancient Arpinum), a town in Southern Italy, province of Caserta, known as the birthplace of Gaius Marius and Cicero. It produces wool, linen, paper, etc. Population 10,309.

Arqua (a˙r´kwa˙), a village of Northern Italy, about 13 miles south-west of Padua, where the poet Petrarch died, 18th July, 1374. A monument has been erected over his grave. Pop. 1700.

Arqua (a˙r´kwa˙), a village in Northern Italy, located about 13 miles southwest of Padua, where the poet Petrarch passed away on July 18, 1374. A monument stands over his grave. Population 1700.

Ar´quebus, a hand-gun; a species of fire-arm of the sixteenth century, resembling a musket. It was fired from a forked rest, and sometimes [259]cocked by a wheel, and carried a ball that weighed nearly 2 ounces. A larger kind used in fortresses carried a heavier shot.

Arquebus, a handgun; a type of firearm from the sixteenth century that looked like a musket. It was fired from a forked rest and sometimes [259]was cocked using a wheel, and it fired a ball that weighed close to 2 ounces. A larger version used in fortresses fired a heavier projectile.

Arraca´cha. See Aracacha.

Arracacha. See Aracacha.

Arracan´. See Aracan.

Arracan. See Aracan.

Ar´rack. See Arack.

Ar' rack. See Arack.

Ar´ragon. See Aragon.

Aragon. See Aragon.

Ar´rah, a town of British India, in Shahabad district, Bengal, rendered famous during the mutiny of 1857 by the heroic resistance of a body of twenty civilians and fifty Sikhs, cooped up within a detached house, to a force of 3000 sepoys, who were ultimately routed and overthrown by the arrival of a small European reinforcement. Pop. 46,170.

Ar'rah, a town in British India, in the Shahabad district of Bengal, became famous during the 1857 mutiny due to the brave defense by a group of twenty civilians and fifty Sikhs, who were confined in a separate house, against a force of 3,000 sepoys. They were ultimately defeated and driven back with the arrival of a small European reinforcement. Pop. 46,170.

Arraignment (ar-rān´-), the act of calling or setting a prisoner at the bar of a court to plead guilty or not guilty to the matter charged in an indictment or information. In Scots law the term is calling the diet.—The Clerk of Arraigns is an officer attached to assize courts and to the Old Bailey, who assists in the arraignment of prisoners, and puts formal questions to the jury.

Arraignment (ar-rān´-), the process of bringing a prisoner before a court to enter a plea of guilty or not guilty to the charges in an indictment or information. In Scots law, this is referred to as calling the diet.—The Clerk of Arraigns is a court officer associated with assize courts and the Old Bailey, who helps with the arraignment of prisoners and asks formal questions to the jury.

Ar´ran, an island of Scotland, in the Firth of Clyde, part of Bute county; length, north to south, 20 miles; breadth, about 10 miles; area, 165 sq. miles, or 105,814 acres, of which about 15,000 are under cultivation. It is of a wild and romantic appearance, particularly the northern half, where the island attains its loftiest summit in Goatfell, 2866 feet high. The coast presents several indentations, of which that of Lamlash, forming a capacious bay, completely sheltered by Holy Island, is one of the best natural harbours in the west of Scotland. On the small island of Pladda, about a mile from the south shore, a lighthouse has been erected. The geology of Arran has attracted much attention, as furnishing within a comparatively narrow space distinct sections of the great geological formations; while the botany possesses almost equal interest, both in the variety and the rarity of many of its plants. Among objects of interest are relics of Danish forts, standing stones, cairns, &c. Lamlash and Brodick are villages. The island is a favourite resort of summer visitors, and is reached by steamer from Ardrossan. Pop. 8294.

Arran is an island in Scotland, located in the Firth of Clyde, part of Bute county. It stretches 20 miles from north to south and is about 10 miles wide, covering an area of 165 square miles, or 105,814 acres, with around 15,000 acres under cultivation. The island has a rugged and scenic look, especially in its northern half, where the highest peak, Goatfell, rises to 2,866 feet. The coastline features several inlets, with Lamlash being one of the best natural harbors in western Scotland, sheltered by Holy Island. A lighthouse has been built on the small island of Pladda, about a mile from the southern shore. Arran’s geology is notable for showcasing distinct sections of major geological formations within a relatively small area. Its botany is equally fascinating, offering a wide variety of plants, some of which are rare. Points of interest include remnants of Danish forts, standing stones, cairns, etc. Lamlash and Brodick are villages on the island. Arran is a popular destination for summer visitors and can be reached by steamer from Ardrossan. Population: 8,294.

Arran, Earls of. See Hamilton, Family of.

Arran, Earls of. See Hamilton Family.

Arrangement, in music, the adaptation of a composition to voices or instruments for which it was not originally written; also, a piece so adapted.

Arrangement in music refers to adapting a composition to fit voices or instruments for which it wasn’t originally created; it can also denote a piece that has been adapted in this way.

Ar´ran Islands. See Aran.

Aran Islands. See Aran.

Arraro´ba. See Araroba.

Arraróba. See Araroba.

Arras (a˙-rä), a town of France, capital of the department Pas-de-Calais, well built, with several handsome squares and a citadel, cathedral, public library, botanic garden, museum, and numerous flourishing industries. In the Middle Ages it was famous for the manufacture of tapestry, to which the English applied the name of the town itself (arrazo). The battle of Arras was fought and Vimy Ridge taken by the Allies on 9th April, 1917. Pop. 24,200.

Arras (a˙-rah), a town in France, is the capital of the Pas-de-Calais department. It's well-developed, featuring several beautiful squares, a citadel, a cathedral, a public library, a botanic garden, a museum, and many thriving industries. In the Middle Ages, it gained fame for its tapestry production, which the English referred to by the town's name (arrazo). The battle of Arras took place and Vimy Ridge was captured by the Allies on April 9, 1917. Population: 24,200.

Arrest´ is the apprehending or restraining of one's person, which, in civil cases, can take place legally only by process in execution of the command of some court or officers of justice; but in criminal cases any man may arrest without warrant or precept, and every person is liable to arrest without distinction, but no man is to be arrested unless charged with such a crime as will at least justify holding him to bail when taken. Magna Charta and the Habeas Corpus Act are the two great statutes for securing the liberty of the subject against unlawful arrests and suits.

Arrest is the act of stopping or detaining someone, which, in civil cases, can only happen legally through a court order or by officials of the law; however, in criminal cases, anyone can arrest someone without a warrant or formal request, and every person can be arrested without exception. But no one should be arrested unless they are accused of a crime that at least warrants holding them to bail. Magna Carta and the Habeas Corpus Act are the two key laws that protect individuals’ freedom from unlawful arrests and legal actions.

Arrest´ment, in Scots law, a process by which a creditor may attach money or movable property which a third party holds for behoof of his debtor. In 1870 an Act was passed for Scotland which provides that only that part of the weekly wages of labourers, and of workpeople generally, which is in excess of 20s. is liable to arrestment for debt.

Arrestment, in Scots law, is a process where a creditor can seize money or movable property held by a third party on behalf of their debtor. In 1870, an Act was passed for Scotland stating that only the portion of a worker's weekly wages that exceeds 20s. can be seized for debt.

Arrest of Judgment, in law, the staying or stopping of a judgment after verdict, for causes assigned. Courts have power to arrest judgment for intrinsic causes appearing upon the face of the record; as when the declaration varies from the original writ; when the verdict differs materially from the pleadings; or when the case laid in the declaration is not sufficient in point of law to found an action upon.

Arrest of Judgment refers to the suspension or halt of a judgment after a verdict, for specified reasons. Courts can arrest judgment for inherent issues evident in the record, such as when the declaration is different from the original writ, when the verdict significantly diverges from the pleadings, or when the situation presented in the declaration is not legally sufficient to support a claim.

Arre´tium. See Arezzo.

Arre´tium. See Arezzo.

Arrhenath´erum, a genus of oat-like grasses, of which A. elatius, sometimes called French rye-grass, is a valuable fodder plant.

Arrhenatherum, a genus of oat-like grasses, which includes A. elatius, often referred to as French rye-grass, is an important forage plant.

Arrhenius, Svante August, famous Swedish physicist and chemist, born 19th Feb., 1859, at Wyk, near Upsala. He was educated at the Universities of Upsala (1876-81) and Stockholm (1881-4), spent two years in travelling, and after doing much original research was appointed professor of physics at the University of Stockholm. To him is due the establishment of the theory of electrolytic dissociation, supplying a reasonable explanation of many chemical phenomena otherwise insoluble. He subsequently extended the application of the electrolytic theory to the phenomena of atmospheric electricity. His dissertation Sur la conductibilité galvanique des électrolytes appeared in 1884. Among his other works is Worlds in the Making (English translation, 1908).

Arrhenius, Svante August, a well-known Swedish physicist and chemist, was born on February 19, 1859, in Wyk, near Uppsala. He studied at the Universities of Uppsala (1876-81) and Stockholm (1881-84), traveled for two years, and after conducting significant original research, he was appointed professor of physics at the University of Stockholm. He is credited with developing the theory of electrolytic dissociation, which provides a reasonable explanation for many chemical phenomena that were previously unsolvable. He later expanded the electrolytic theory to explain atmospheric electricity phenomena. His dissertation Sur la conductibilité galvanique des électrolytes was published in 1884. Among his other works is Worlds in the Making (translated into English in 1908).

Ar´ria, the heroic wife of a Roman named Cæcīna Pætus. Pætus was condemned to death in A.D. 42 for his share in a conspiracy against the emperor Claudius, and was encouraged to suicide by his wife, who stabbed herself and then [260]handed the dagger to her husband with the words, 'It does not hurt, Pætus!'

Ar´ria, the brave wife of a Roman named Cæcīna Pætus. Pætus was sentenced to death in CE 42 for his involvement in a conspiracy against Emperor Claudius, and his wife encouraged him to take his own life by stabbing herself and then [260] handing the dagger to him with the words, 'It doesn’t hurt, Pætus!'

Ar´rian, or Flavius Arrianus, a Greek historian, native of Nicomedia, flourished in the second century, under the emperor Hadrian and the Antonines. He was first a priest of Ceres; but at Rome he became a disciple of Epictetus, was honoured with the citizenship of Rome, and was advanced to the senatorial and even consular dignities. His extant works are: The Expedition of Alexander, in seven books; a book On the Affairs of India; an Epistle to Hadrian; a Treatise on Tactics; a Periplus of the Euxine Sea; a Periplus of the Red Sea; and his Enchiridion, a moral treatise, containing the discourses of Epictetus.

Arrian, or Flavius Arrianus, a Greek historian from Nicomedia, thrived in the second century during the time of Emperor Hadrian and the Antonines. He initially served as a priest of Ceres, but in Rome, he became a student of Epictetus, earned Roman citizenship, and rose to prominent positions, even achieving consular rank. His surviving works include: The Expedition of Alexander, in seven volumes; a book titled On the Affairs of India; an Epistle to Hadrian; a Treatise on Tactics; a Periplus of the Euxine Sea; a Periplus of the Red Sea; and his Enchiridion, a moral treatise featuring the teachings of Epictetus.

Ar´ris, in architecture, the line in which the two straight or curved surfaces of a body, forming an exterior angle, meet each other.

Arris, in architecture, is the line where two straight or curved surfaces of a body, forming an exterior angle, meet.

Arro´ba (Spanish), a weight formerly used in Spain, and still used in the greater part of Central and South America. In the States of Spanish origin its weight is generally equal to 25.35 lb. avoirdupois; in Brazil it equals 32.38 lb.—Also a measure for wine, spirits, and oil, ranging from 2¾ gallons to about 10 gallons.

Arroba (Spanish) is a weight that was once used in Spain and is still commonly used in most of Central and South America. In Spanish-speaking regions, its weight is usually around 25.35 pounds avoirdupois; in Brazil, it is about 32.38 pounds. It is also a measure for wine, spirits, and oil, ranging from 2¾ gallons to approximately 10 gallons.

Arröe, Danish island. See Aeröe.

Arröe, Danish island. See Aeröe.

Arrondissement. See France.

District. See France.

Arrow. See Archery, Bow.

Arrow. See Archery, Bow.

Arrowhead (Sagittaria), a genus of aquatic plants found in all parts of the world within the torrid and temperate zones, nat. ord. Alismaceæ, distinguished by possessing barren and fertile flowers, with a three-leaved calyx and three coloured petals. The common arrowhead (S. sagittifolia), the only native species in Britain, is known by its arrow-shaped leaves with lanceolate straight lobes.

Arrowhead (Sagittaria) is a type of aquatic plant found worldwide in tropical and temperate regions. It belongs to the family Alismaceæ and is characterized by having both barren and fertile flowers, along with a three-leaved calyx and three colored petals. The common arrowhead (S. sagittifolia), the only native species in Britain, is recognized by its arrow-shaped leaves with straight, lance-like lobes.

Arrowheaded Characters. See Cuneiform Writing.

Arrow-Shaped Characters. See Cuneiform Writing.

Arrow Lake, an expansion of the Columbia River, in British Columbia, Canada; about 95 miles long from N. to S.; often regarded as forming two lakes—Upper and Lower Arrow Lake.

Arrow Lake is an extension of the Columbia River in British Columbia, Canada. It's about 95 miles long from N. to S. and is often seen as two separate lakes—Upper and Lower Arrow Lake.

Arrowrock Dam. See Dams and Reservoirs.

Arrowrock Dam. See Dams and Reservoirs.

Arrow-root Arrow-root (Maranta arundinācĕa)

Arrow-root, a starch largely used for food and for other purposes. Arrow-root proper is obtained from the rhizomes or rootstocks of several species of plants of the genus Maranta (nat. ord. Marantaceæ), and perhaps owes its name to the scales which cover the rhizome, which have some resemblance to the point of an arrow. Some, however, suppose that the name is due to the fact of the fresh roots being used as an application against wounds inflicted by poisoned arrows, and others say that arrow is a corruption of ara, the Indian name of the plant. The species from which arrow-root is most commonly obtained is M. arundinācĕa, hence called the arrow-root plant. Brazilian arrow-root, or tapioca meal, is got from the large fleshy root of Manihot utilissima, after the poisonous juice has been got rid of; East Indian arrow-root, from the large rootstocks of Curcŭma angustifolia; Chinese arrow-root, from the creeping rhizomes of Nelumbium speciōsum; English arrow-root, from the potato; Portland arrow-root, from the corms of Arum maculātum; and Oswego arrow-root, from Indian corn. Analyses made in 1902 and 1906 show that the idea generally held of the nourishing qualities of arrow-root is a delusion, and that the proteids, which are true muscle-builders, are present in an extremely small extent. Arrow-root, however, mixed with eggs, milk, and flavourings, is largely used in the dietary of invalids.

Arrow-root is a starch commonly used in food and for other purposes. True arrow-root is sourced from the rhizomes or rootstocks of several plants in the genus Maranta (family Marantaceae), and its name may come from the scales covering the rhizome, which resemble the tip of an arrow. Some believe the name relates to the use of fresh roots as a treatment for wounds caused by poisoned arrows, while others think "arrow" is a distortion of "ara," the plant's Indian name. The species most commonly used for arrow-root is M. arundinācĕa, known as the arrow-root plant. Brazilian arrow-root, or tapioca meal, comes from the large, fleshy root of Manihot utilissima after removing the toxic juice; East Indian arrow-root is derived from the large rootstocks of Curcŭma angustifolia; Chinese arrow-root is harvested from the creeping rhizomes of Nelumbium speciōsum; English arrow-root is obtained from the potato; Portland arrow-root is collected from the corms of Arum maculātum; and Oswego arrow-root comes from Indian corn. Analyses done in 1902 and 1906 indicate that the common belief in the nourishing properties of arrow-root is a misconception, as the protein content, important for muscle-building, is very low. However, when mixed with eggs, milk, and flavorings, arrow-root is widely used in the diet of those who are ill.

Arrowsmith, Aaron, a distinguished English chartographer, born 1750, died 1823; he raised the execution of maps to a perfection it had never before attained.—His nephew, John, born 1790, died 1873, was no less distinguished in the same field; his London Atlas of Universal Geography may be specially mentioned.

Arrowsmith, Aaron, a renowned English mapmaker, born in 1750, died in 1823; he took the art of map-making to a level of excellence that had never been seen before.—His nephew, John, born in 1790, died in 1873, was equally accomplished in the same field; his London Atlas of Universal Geography is particularly noteworthy.

Arroyo (a˙r-rō´yo), the name of two towns of Spain, in Estremadura, the one, called Arroyo del Puerco (pop. 5727), about 10 miles west of Caceres; the other, called Arroyo Molinos de Montanches, about 27 miles south-east of Caceres, memorable from the victory gained by Lord Hill over a French force under General Gerard, 28th Oct., 1811. [261]

Arroyo (a˙r-rō´yo), the name of two towns in Spain, located in Estremadura. One is called Arroyo del Puerco (pop. 5727), which is about 10 miles west of Cáceres. The other, Arroyo Molinos de Montanches, is about 27 miles southeast of Cáceres and is notable for the victory achieved by Lord Hill over a French force led by General Gerard on October 28, 1811. [261]

Ar´ru (or Aroo) Islands, a group belonging to the Dutch, south of western New Guinea, and extending from north to south about 127 miles. They are composed of coralline limestone, nowhere exceeding 200 feet above the sea, and are well wooded and tolerably fertile. The natives belong to the Papuan race, and some of them are Christians. The chief exports are trepang, tortoise-shell, pearls, mother-of-pearl, and edible birds'-nests. Pop. of group about 20,000.

Ar´ru (or Aroo) Islands are a group that belongs to the Dutch, located south of western New Guinea, stretching about 127 miles from north to south. They are made of coral limestone, rising no more than 200 feet above sea level, and are well-wooded and fairly fertile. The local people are from the Papuan race, and some are Christians. The main exports include trepang, tortoise shell, pearls, mother-of-pearl, and edible birds' nests. The population of the group is about 20,000.

Arsa´ces, the founder of a dynasty of Parthian kings (256 B.C.), who, taking their name from him, are called Arsacidæ. There were thirty-one in all. See Parthia.

Arsaces, the founder of a dynasty of Parthian kings (256 BCE), whose name is used to refer to them, are called Arsacidæ. There were thirty-one in total. See Parthia.

Ar´samas, a manufacturing town in the Russian government of Nijni-Novgorod, on the Tesha, 250 miles east of Moscow, with a cathedral and large convent. Pop. 12,000.

Ar’samas, a manufacturing town in the Russian region of Nijni-Novgorod, located on the Tesha River, 250 miles east of Moscow, features a cathedral and a large convent. Population: 12,000.

Ar´senal, a royal or public magazine or place appointed for the making, repairing, keeping, and issuing of military stores. An arsenal of the first class should include factories for guns and gun-carriages, small-arms, small-arms ammunition, harness, saddlery, tents, and powder; a laboratory and large store-houses. In arsenals of the second class workshops take the place of the factories. The Royal Arsenal, Woolwich, which manufactures warlike implements and stores for the army and navy, was formed about 1720, and comprises factories, laboratories, &c., for the manufacture and final fitting up of almost every kind of arms and ammunition. Great quantities of military and naval stores are kept at the dockyards of Chatham, Portsmouth, Plymouth, and Pembroke. In France there are various arsenals or depots of war-material, which is manufactured at Mézières, Toulouse, Besançon, &c.; the great naval arsenals are Brest and Toulon. Until 1919 the chief German arsenals were at Spandau, Strassburg, and Dantzig. The chief Austrian arsenal was the immense establishment at Vienna, which included gun-factory, laboratory, small-arms and carriage factories, &c. Russia had her principal arsenal at Petrograd, with supplementary factories of arms and ammunition at Briansk, Kiev, and elsewhere. In Italy Turin is the centre of the military factories. There are a number of arsenals in the United States, but individually they are of little importance.

Arsenal is a public or royal facility designated for the production, repair, storage, and distribution of military supplies. A first-class arsenal should have factories for guns and gun carriages, small arms, small arms ammunition, harnesses, saddlery, tents, and gunpowder, along with a laboratory and large storage facilities. In second-class arsenals, workshops replace the factories. The Royal Arsenal in Woolwich, which produces military equipment and supplies for the army and navy, was established around 1720 and includes factories, laboratories, and other facilities for the production and final assembly of nearly every type of weapon and ammunition. Large quantities of military and naval supplies are stored at the dockyards in Chatham, Portsmouth, Plymouth, and Pembroke. In France, there are several arsenals or depots for war materials, which are produced in Mézières, Toulouse, Besançon, etc.; the major naval arsenals are located in Brest and Toulon. Until 1919, the main German arsenals were situated in Spandau, Strasbourg, and Danzig. The principal Austrian arsenal was the vast facility in Vienna, which housed a gun factory, laboratory, small arms and carriage factories, and more. Russia had its main arsenal in Petrograd, supplemented by arms and ammunition factories in Briansk, Kiev, and elsewhere. In Italy, Turin serves as the center for military factories. The United States has several arsenals, but each one is relatively minor in significance.

Ar´senic (symbol As, atomic weight 75), a common element usually found combined with metals as arsenides, the commonest of which is arsenical pyrites, FeAsS. It has a steel colour and high metallic lustre, and tarnishes on exposure to the air, first changing to yellow, and finally to black. In hardness it equals copper; it is extremely brittle, and very volatile, beginning to sublime before it melts. It burns with a blue flame, and emits a smell of garlic. Its specific gravity is 5.76. It forms compounds with most of the metals. Combined with sulphur it forms orpiment and realgar, which are the yellow and red sulphides of arsenic. Orpiment is the true arsenicum of the ancients. With oxygen arsenic forms two compounds, the more important of which is arsenious oxides or arsenic trioxide (As4O6), which is the white arsenic, or simply arsenic of the shops. It is usually seen in white, glassy, translucent masses, and is obtained by sublimation from several ores containing arsenic in combination with metals, particularly from arsenical pyrites. Of all substances arsenic is that which has most frequently occasioned death by poisoning, both by accident and design. The best remedies against the effects of arsenic on the stomach are ferric hydroxide or magnesic hydroxide, or a mixture of both, with copious draughts of bland liquids of a mucilaginous consistence, which serve to procure its complete ejection from the stomach. Oils and fats generally, milk, albumen, wheat-flour, oatmeal, sugar or syrup, have all proved useful in counteracting its effect. Like many other virulent poisons it is a safe and useful medicine, especially in skin diseases, when judiciously employed. It is used as a flux for glass, and also for forming pigments. The arsenite of copper (Scheele's green) and a double arsenite and acetate of copper (emerald green) were formerly largely used to colour paper-hangings for rooms; but as poisonous gases are liable to be given off, the practice has been to a great extent abandoned. Arsenic compounds have been used for colouring confectionery, and other articles, bright green, but their chief industrial use is in the preparation of insecticides. Arsenic is found in crude oil of vitriol, and occasionally in products such as grape-sugar, beer, &c., in the manufacture of which oil of vitriol is employed. Plants die when placed in a solution of arsenic, but corn is often steeped in such a solution, previous to planting, for preventing smut, and the growth of the future plant is not injured thereby.

Arsenic (symbol As, atomic weight 75) is a common element usually found combined with metals as arsenides, the most common being arsenical pyrites, FeAsS. It has a steel color and high metallic shine, and it tarnishes when exposed to air, first turning yellow and eventually black. Its hardness is similar to copper; it is extremely brittle and very volatile, starting to sublime before it melts. It burns with a blue flame and has a garlic-like smell. Its specific gravity is 5.76. It forms compounds with most metals. Combined with sulfur, it forms orpiment and realgar, which are the yellow and red sulfides of arsenic. Orpiment is the true arsenicum of ancient times. Arsenic forms two compounds with oxygen, the more significant of which is arsenious oxide or arsenic trioxide (As4O6), commonly known as white arsenic or simply arsenic. It usually appears as white, glassy, translucent masses and is obtained through sublimation from several ores that contain arsenic in combination with metals, particularly from arsenical pyrites. Of all substances, arsenic is the one most frequently causing death by poisoning, either accidentally or intentionally. The best remedies for the effects of arsenic on the stomach are ferric hydroxide or magnesic hydroxide, or a mixture of both, along with large quantities of bland liquids that have a mucilaginous texture, which help to completely remove it from the stomach. Oils and fats in general, milk, albumen, wheat flour, oatmeal, sugar, or syrup have all proven useful in counteracting its effects. Like many other harmful poisons, it can be a safe and effective medicine, especially for skin diseases, when used wisely. It is used as a flux for glass and in making pigments. The arsenite of copper (Scheele's green) and a double arsenite and acetate of copper (emerald green) were previously widely used to color wallpaper; however, because poisonous gases can be released, this practice has mostly ceased. Arsenic compounds have been used to color confections and other items bright green, but their main industrial use is in making insecticides. Arsenic is found in crude oil of vitriol and occasionally in products like grape sugar and beer, in the manufacturing of which oil of vitriol is used. Plants die when placed in arsenic solutions, but corn is often soaked in such a solution before planting to prevent smut, and this does not harm the growth of the future plant.

Arshin (a˙r-shēn´), a Russian measure of length equal to 28 inches.

Arshin (a˙r-shēn´), a Russian unit of length equivalent to 28 inches.

Arsin´oë, a city of ancient Egypt on Lake Mœris, said to have been founded about 2300 B. C., but renamed after Arsinoë, wife and sister of Ptolemy II of Egypt, and called also Crocodilopolis, from the sacred crocodiles kept at it.

Arsin´oë, a city of ancient Egypt on Lake Mœris, is believed to have been founded around 2300 B.C. However, it was renamed after Arsinoë, who was both the wife and sister of Ptolemy II of Egypt. It was also known as Crocodilopolis due to the sacred crocodiles that were kept there.

Ar´sis, a term applied in prosody to that syllable in a measure where the emphasis is put; in elocution, the elevation of the voice, in distinction from thesis, or its depression. Arsis and thesis, in music, are the strong position and weak position of the bar, indicated by the down-beat and up-beat in marking time.

Arsis is a term used in prosody to refer to the syllable in a measure that receives the emphasis. In elocution, it describes raising the voice, as opposed to thesis, which indicates lowering it. In music, arsis and thesis represent the strong and weak positions of the bar, marked by the down-beat and up-beat in timing.

Ar´son, in English law, the malicious burning of a dwelling-house or outhouse of another man, which by the common law is felony, and which, if [262]any person is therein, is capital. Also, the wilful setting fire to any church, chapel, warehouse, mill, barn, agricultural produce, ship, coal-mine, and the like. In Scotland it is called wilful fire-raising, and in both England and Scotland it is a considerable aggravation of the crime if the burning is to defraud insurers.

Arson, in English law, is the intentional burning of someone else's home or outbuilding, which is a felony under common law, and if there is anyone inside, it can lead to the death penalty. It also includes deliberately setting fire to any church, chapel, warehouse, mill, barn, agricultural products, ship, coal mine, and similar structures. In Scotland, it's referred to as wilful fire-raising, and in both England and Scotland, it is considered a serious aggravation of the crime if the burning is intended to defraud insurance companies.

Art, in its most extended sense, as distinguished from nature on the one hand and from science on the other, has been defined as every regulated operation or dexterity by which organized beings pursue ends which they know beforehand, together with the rules and the result of every such operation or dexterity. Science consists in knowing, art in doing. In this wide sense it embraces what are usually called the useful arts. In a narrower and purely æsthetic sense it designates what are more specifically termed the fine arts, as architecture, sculpture, painting, music, and poetry. The useful arts have their origin in positive practical needs, and restrict themselves to satisfying them. The fine arts minister to the sentiment of taste through the medium of the beautiful in form, colour, rhythm, or harmony. See Fine Arts, Painting, Sculpture, &c.—In the Middle Ages it was common to give certain branches of study the name of arts.—Cf. A. C. R. Carter, History of Art, The Year's Art.

Art, in its broadest sense, is different from nature on one side and science on the other. It has been described as any organized activity or skill through which living beings achieve goals they already understand, along with the principles and outcomes of those activities or skills. Science is about knowing, while art is about doing. In this broader context, it includes what are often called the useful arts. In a more specific and aesthetic sense, it refers to what we know as the fine arts, like architecture, sculpture, painting, music, and poetry. The useful arts originate from practical needs and focus on fulfilling them. The fine arts appeal to our sense of taste through beauty in form, color, rhythm, or harmony. See Fine Arts, Painting, Sculpture, &c.—In the Middle Ages, certain fields of study were commonly referred to as arts.—Cf. A. C. R. Carter, History of Art, The Year's Art.

Art Collections. See Collections, Artistic.

Art Collections. See Artistic Collections.

Art, Teaching of. With the advent of the present industrial age the teaching of art has undergone a profound change. The fine and the industrial arts have been equally affected. In mediæval times, and in the earlier classic ages, the system of apprenticeship prevailed, and all teaching of the arts and of the artistic crafts was given by masters of the various arts or trades to the apprentices who worked under their guidance as assistants. Standards of excellence were maintained by trade guilds, who enforced rules as to workmanship as well as rules for the economic conditions of each trade or craft. The painter of pictures, or of mural decorations, was trained in the same way as any other craftsman, working as an apprentice under a master.

Art, Teaching of. With the rise of the current industrial age, the way art is taught has changed significantly. Both fine and industrial arts have been impacted. In medieval times and earlier classical periods, apprenticeships were the norm, where all training in the arts and crafts was provided by masters of various fields to apprentices who worked under their supervision as helpers. Quality standards were upheld by trade guilds, which enforced rules regarding both workmanship and the economic conditions of each trade or craft. A painter, whether creating pictures or mural decorations, received training just like any other craftsman, working as an apprentice under a master.

When, in the last century, machinery driven by steam-power took the place of hand labour in industry, the small independent workshops gradually disappeared, as the industrial centres increased in those localities where coal or raw material was most easily obtained; and, as the processes of each trade or craft became more and more subdivided and specialized, the old system of apprenticeship, which had become unnecessary, broke down. The teaching and tradition of the small independent craft workshops had no counterpart in the new centralized industrial systems. Even the painters of pictures needed no longer to prepare their own materials, for special industries arose, and mechanical processes were developed, for the work which formerly had been done in the artists' workshops by apprentices. The fine arts in this way suffered the loss of their old systems of teaching and instruction.

When, in the last century, steam-powered machinery replaced manual labor in industry, the small independent workshops gradually vanished as industrial centers grew in areas where coal or raw materials were more accessible. As the processes of each trade or craft became increasingly subdivided and specialized, the traditional apprenticeship system, which had become unnecessary, fell apart. The teaching and traditions from small independent craft workshops had no equivalent in the new centralized industrial systems. Even painters no longer had to prepare their own materials, as specialized industries emerged and mechanical processes were developed for tasks that were once done in artists' workshops by apprentices. This shift caused the fine arts to lose their old teaching and instruction systems.

To meet the need for a revival of art teaching in the crafts and other industries, there arose a movement towards the centralization of teaching in schools of art during the latter half of the nineteenth century. Following the impulse given to that movement by the great exhibition in 1850, the British Government founded the schools of science and art in London and in most of the important provincial towns. Earlier in the century bodies of artists had founded national academies for the teaching of art; and the teaching of drawing was gradually adopted as a part of ordinary school education. Step by step training in schools of art or technical schools took the place of the teaching formerly given during apprenticeship in every craft workshop. The ancient guilds were replaced by the new trades unions, but these took no part in the maintenance of artistic standards nor of quality in workmanship.

To address the growing demand for improved art education in crafts and various industries, a movement towards centralizing art teaching in dedicated schools emerged during the latter half of the 19th century. Sparked by the excitement from the Great Exhibition in 1850, the British Government established schools of science and art in London and many major towns. Earlier in the century, groups of artists had set up national academies for art education, and drawing began to be included in standard school curricula. Gradually, training in art schools or technical institutions replaced the instruction that was traditionally provided during apprenticeships in craft workshops. The old guilds were replaced by new trade unions, but these did not engage in maintaining artistic standards or quality of workmanship.

At the present time the teaching of art begins with the early school lessons in drawing, and is carried on in special technical classes or schools of art, where teachers of the 'fine arts' and of the artistic crafts give instruction to students preparing for professional work. In a few of the artistic trades the system of apprenticeship still survives, but the teaching given by that means is usually supplemented by attendance at a school of art or technical school. Under the Education Act of 1918 attendance at technical classes in the daytime became compulsory for apprentices in all industrial trades.

Currently, art education starts with early school lessons in drawing and continues in specialized technical classes or art schools, where instructors in the 'fine arts' and artistic crafts teach students preparing for professional careers. In some artistic trades, the apprenticeship system is still in use, but the education received through this method is generally enhanced by attending an art school or technical school. According to the Education Act of 1918, attending daytime technical classes became mandatory for apprentices in all industrial trades.

The subject of art teaching was formerly disregarded by the universities, but has become definitely within their province since the founding of the Slade professorships at Oxford, Cambridge, and London Universities, and of the professorship of fine art at the University of Edinburgh.

The topic of art education was previously overlooked by universities, but it has definitely fallen under their jurisdiction since the establishment of the Slade professorships at Oxford, Cambridge, and London Universities, as well as the fine art professorship at the University of Edinburgh.

The chief schools of art in Great Britain are the schools of the Royal Academy in London, the Slade School at University College, London, and the Royal College of Art at South Kensington, also the Central School of Arts and Crafts, and the other large metropolitan schools of the London County Council.

The main art schools in Great Britain are the Royal Academy schools in London, the Slade School at University College London, the Royal College of Art at South Kensington, as well as the Central School of Arts and Crafts, along with other major metropolitan schools under the London County Council.

In most of the English provincial towns are municipal or other schools of art under the control of the Board of Education.

In many English provincial towns, there are municipal or other art schools overseen by the Board of Education.

In Scotland the chief schools are the four central institutions—the Edinburgh College of Art, and the schools of art of Glasgow, Aberdeen, and Dundee. In each of these a diploma is given on the satisfactory completion of a prescribed course of study. [263]

In Scotland, the main schools are the four central institutions: the Edinburgh College of Art, and the art schools in Glasgow, Aberdeen, and Dundee. Each of these awards a diploma upon successfully finishing a required course of study. [263]

In Ireland the chief schools are those of the Royal Hibernian Academy in Dublin, and the provincial schools of art under the Department of Agriculture and Technology.

In Ireland, the main schools are the Royal Hibernian Academy in Dublin and the regional art schools managed by the Department of Agriculture and Technology.

On the Continent the chief centre of artistic training has for many years been in Paris. Advanced students from most European and American art schools spend some of the later period of their study in the schools of Paris, in painting, in sculpture, or in architecture. There is, naturally, a valuable incentive and stimulation due to this gathering together of advanced students from all countries, as well as to the high academic tradition and sense of style of the French.

On the Continent, Paris has been the main hub for artistic training for many years. Advanced students from most European and American art schools spend part of their studies in Paris, focusing on painting, sculpture, or architecture. This gathering of advanced students from various countries creates a valuable source of inspiration and motivation, along with the strong academic tradition and sense of style the French are known for.

The 'atelier' system, which is followed in the French schools, is simple and personal. The expenses of an 'atelier', or studio, are borne by a group of students by the consent and under the guidance of an artist of reputation, who visits the 'atelier' at stated intervals, but is not concerned in its administration. In this way the relations between the professor and his pupils are extremely direct and personal. Most of the distinguished artists of Paris are attached to some 'atelier' to which chosen pupils are admitted.

The 'atelier' system, used in French schools, is straightforward and personal. The costs of an 'atelier' or studio are shared by a group of students with the agreement and guidance of a reputable artist, who visits the 'atelier' at regular intervals but doesn't handle its management. This creates a very direct and personal relationship between the professor and his students. Most of the renowned artists in Paris are connected to some 'atelier' where select students are accepted.

There are also in Paris excellent schools for training in the applied arts, schools for furniture-making, printing, jewellery, and other artistic trades. These are on private foundations, but also receive State aid.

There are also great schools in Paris for training in applied arts, including furniture-making, printing, jewelry, and other artistic trades. These are privately funded, but they also receive government support.

The teaching of art that is given at the present day as a part of ordinary general education attempts little more than a training in the elements of drawing, with some practice in the use of colour. The purpose of the drawing lesson is the attainment of skill in the representation of objects rather than the training of the æsthetic sense, or of artistic judgment or taste.

The art education offered today as part of standard general education focuses mainly on basic drawing skills, along with some practice in color use. The goal of drawing lessons is to develop skills in depicting objects, rather than to cultivate an aesthetic sense or to train artistic judgment or taste.

In the schools of art opportunities are provided for training in drawing and painting, sculpture, and architecture, and in the general principles of design in these arts, and in many of the artistic crafts and industrial processes. In some localities, where particular industries or artistic trades are concentrated, special schools for artistic and technical training are provided. The present tendency is towards the development of special schools for particular artistic trades or professions.

In art schools, students can get training in drawing and painting, sculpture, architecture, and the basic principles of design in these areas, as well as in many artistic crafts and industrial processes. In some areas, where specific industries or artistic trades are focused, there are specialized schools for artistic and technical training. The current trend is towards developing dedicated schools for specific artistic trades or professions.

A complete system of training in any art must of necessity include: (1) actual technical practice; (2) teaching of the canons of workmanship of the art; (3) acquaintance with its historical development, especially with the notable examples and the highest achievements of past masters in the art.

A comprehensive training system in any art must include: (1) hands-on technical practice; (2) instruction on the standards of craftsmanship in the art; (3) knowledge of its historical evolution, particularly the significant examples and greatest accomplishments of past masters in the art.

Arta (ancient Ambracia), a gulf, town, and river of north-western Greece. The town was transferred by Turkey to Greece in 1881 (pop. 8000). It stands on the River Arta, which for a considerable distance above its mouth formed a part of the boundary between Greece and Turkey.—The province of Arta has an area of 395 sq. miles, and a pop. of 52,400.

Arta (formerly known as Ambracia) is a gulf, town, and river located in north-western Greece. The town was handed over from Turkey to Greece in 1881 (population: 8,000). It is situated on the River Arta, which for a significant stretch upstream marked the boundary between Greece and Turkey. The province of Arta covers an area of 395 square miles and has a population of 52,400.

Artaxerx´es (Old Pers. Artakhsathra, 'the mighty'), the name of several Persian kings:—1. Artaxerxes, surnamed Longimănus, succeeded his father Xerxes I, 465 B.C. He subdued the rebellious Egyptians, terminated the war with Athens, governed his subjects in peace, and died 425 B.C.—2. Artaxerxes, surnamed Mnemon, succeeded his father Darius II in the year 405 B.C. After having vanquished his brother Cyrus he made war on the Spartans, who had assisted his enemy, and forced them to abandon the Greek cities and islands of Asia to the Persians. On his death, 359 B.C., his son Ochus ascended the throne under the name of—3. Artaxerxes Ochus (359 to 339 B.C.). After having overcome the Phœnicians and Egyptians, and displayed great cruelty in both countries, he was poisoned by his general Bagoas.

Artaxerxes (Old Pers. Artakhsathra, 'the mighty'), the name of several Persian kings:—1. Artaxerxes, nicknamed Longimanus, succeeded his father Xerxes I in 465 BCE. He defeated the rebellious Egyptians, ended the war with Athens, ruled his subjects peacefully, and died in 425 BCE—2. Artaxerxes, known as Mnemon, succeeded his father Darius II in 405 BCE. After defeating his brother Cyrus, he waged war against the Spartans, who had supported his enemy, and forced them to leave the Greek cities and islands of Asia to the Persians. Upon his death in 359 BCE, his son Ochus became king under the name of—3. Artaxerxes Ochus (359 to 339 BCE). After defeating the Phoenicians and Egyptians, and showing great cruelty in both countries, he was poisoned by his general Bagoas.

Arte´di, Peter, a Swedish naturalist, born 1705, drowned at Amsterdam 1735. He studied at Upsala, turned his attention to medicine and natural history, and was a friend of Linnæus. His Bibliotheca Ichthyologica and Philosophia Ichthyologica, together with a life of the author, were published at Leyden in 1738.

Arte´di, Peter, a Swedish naturalist, was born in 1705 and drowned in Amsterdam in 1735. He studied at Uppsala, focused on medicine and natural history, and was friends with Linnæus. His Bibliotheca Ichthyologica and Philosophia Ichthyologica, along with a biography of the author, were published in Leiden in 1738.

Artel, a name for co-operative associations in Russia. These associations were known in ancient Russia as drushina or wataga. The artels originally consisted of bodies of men associating for the purpose of jointly undertaking a piece of work and dividing the profits. Artels were formed in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries for the co-operation of their members in hunting and fishing. Inspired and stimulated by the Schulze-Delitzsch associations established in Germany, the Russian artels have extended their activity to various branches of industrial life. There are now consum artels, credit artels, and insurance artels, but the most important are the artisan and industrial artels. Some of the artels, however, are little more than trade guilds with mutual responsibility.

Artel refers to cooperative associations in Russia. These groups were known in ancient Russia as drushina or wataga. Originally, artels were made up of groups of men who came together to work on a project and share the profits. They were established in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries for members to collaborate in hunting and fishing. Influenced by the Schulze-Delitzsch associations created in Germany, Russian artels have broadened their activities into various industrial sectors. Nowadays, there are consumer artels, credit artels, and insurance artels, but the most significant ones are the artisan and industrial artels. However, some artels function more like trade guilds with shared responsibilities.

Ar´tĕmis, an ancient Greek divinity, identified with the Roman Diana. She was the daughter of Zeus (Jupiter) and Leto or Latona, and was the twin sister of Apollo, born in the Island of Delos. She is variously represented as a huntress, with bow and arrows; as a goddess of the nymphs, in a chariot drawn by four stags; and as the moon-goddess, with the crescent of the moon above her forehead. She was a maiden divinity, never conquered by love, except when Endymion made her feel its power. She demanded the strictest chastity from her worshippers, and she is represented as having changed [264]Actæon into a stag, and caused him to be torn in pieces by his own dogs, because he had secretly watched her as she was bathing. The Artemisia was a festival celebrated in her honour at Delphi. The famous temple of Artemis at Ephesus was considered one of the wonders of the world, but the goddess worshipped there was very different from the huntress goddess of Greece, being of Eastern origin, and regarded as the symbol of fruitful nature.

Artemis, an ancient Greek goddess, is equivalent to the Roman Diana. She was the daughter of Zeus (Jupiter) and Leto, and the twin sister of Apollo, born on the Island of Delos. She is often depicted as a huntress, armed with a bow and arrows; as a goddess of the nymphs, riding in a chariot pulled by four stags; and as the moon goddess, with a crescent moon above her forehead. She remained a maiden goddess, never overcome by love, except for when Endymion made her experience its power. She demanded strict chastity from her worshippers, and it is said that she transformed [264]Actaeon into a stag and caused him to be torn apart by his own dogs for secretly watching her while she bathed. The Artemisia was a festival held in her honor at Delphi. The famous temple of Artemis at Ephesus was considered one of the wonders of the world, but the goddess worshiped there was quite different from the huntress goddess of Greece, as she had Eastern origins and was seen as a symbol of fruitful nature.

Artemi´sia, Queen of Caria, in Asia Minor, about 352-350 B.C., sister and wife of Mausōlus, to whom she erected in her capital, Halicarnassus, a monument, called the Mausolēum, which was reckoned among the seven wonders of the world.

Artemisia, Queen of Caria in Asia Minor, around 352-350 BCE, sister and wife of Mausolus, built a monument in her capital, Halicarnassus, known as the Mausoleum, which was considered one of the seven wonders of the world.

Artemi´sia, a genus of plants of numerous species, nat. ord. Compositæ, comprising mugwort, southernwood, and wormwood. Certain alpine species are the flavouring ingredient in absinthe. See Wormwood.

Artemisia, a genus of plants with many species, belonging to the natural order Compositæ, includes mugwort, southernwood, and wormwood. Some alpine species are the flavoring component in absinthe. See Wormwood.

Artemi´sium, a promontory in Eubœa, an island of the Ægean, near which several naval battles between the Greeks and Persians were fought, 480 B.C.

Artemisium, a headland in Euboea, an island in the Aegean Sea, where several naval battles between the Greeks and Persians took place in 480 BCE

Ar´temus Ward. See Browne, Charles Farrar.

Artemus Ward. See Browne, Charles Farrar.

Ar´teries, the system of cylindrical vessels or tubes, membranous, elastic, and pulsatile, which convey the blood from the heart to all parts of the body, by ramifications which, as they proceed, diminish in size and increase in number, and terminate in minute capillaries uniting the ends of the arteries with the beginnings of the veins. There are two principal arteries or arterial trunks: the aorta, which rises from the left ventricle of the heart and ramifies through the whole body, sending off great branches to the head, neck, and upper limbs, and downwards to the lower limbs, &c.; and the pulmonary artery, which conveys venous blood from the right ventricle to the lungs, to be purified in the process of respiration.

Arteries are a system of cylindrical tubes that are flexible and pulsate to carry blood from the heart to every part of the body. As they branch out, they get smaller and increase in number, ultimately ending in tiny capillaries that connect the arteries to the veins. There are two main arteries or arterial trunks: the aorta, which comes from the left ventricle of the heart and branches out throughout the entire body, sending large branches to the head, neck, and arms, as well as down to the legs, etc.; and the pulmonary artery, which carries deoxygenated blood from the right ventricle to the lungs to be oxygenated during respiration.

Arteriot´omy, the opening or cutting of an artery for the purpose of blood-letting, as, for instance, to relieve pressure of the brain in apoplexy.

Arteriotomy, the process of opening or cutting an artery to let out blood, for example, to relieve pressure on the brain during a stroke.

Artesian Well Artesian Well. A. A. Outcrops of pervious stratum (C) acting as collecting areas. B and D. Impervious stratum.

Arte´sian Wells, so called from the French province of Artois, where they appear to have been first used on an extensive scale, are perpendicular borings into the ground through which water rises to the surface of the soil, producing a constant flow or stream, the ultimate sources of supply being higher than the mouth of the boring, and the water thus rising by the well-known law. They are generally sunk in valley plains and districts where the lower pervious strata are bent into basin-shaped curves. The rain falling on the outcrops of these saturates the whole porous bed, so that when the bore reaches it the water by hydraulic pressure rushes up towards the level of the highest portion of the strata. The supply is sometimes so abundant as to be used extensively as a moving power, and in arid regions for fertilizing the ground, to which purpose artesian springs have been applied from a very remote period. Thus many artesian wells have been sunk in the Algerian Sahara, which have proved an immense boon to the district. The water of most of these is potable, but a few are a little saline, though not to such an extent as to influence vegetation. The hollows in which London and Paris lie are both perforated in many places by borings of this nature. At London they were first sunk only to the sand, but afterwards into the chalk. One of the most celebrated artesian wells is that of Grenelle, near Paris, 1798 feet deep, completed in 1841, after eight years' work. Artesian wells are now common in many countries, and have been sunk to the depth of a mile or more. As the temperature of water from great depths is invariably higher than that at the surface, artesian wells have been made to supply warm water for heating manufactories, greenhouses, hospitals, fish-ponds, &c. They have also been made in the United States and Australia for the purpose of irrigation. Petroleum wells are generally of the same technical description. Artesian wells are now made with larger diameters than formerly, and altogether their construction has been rendered much more easy in modern times. See Boring.

Artesian Wells, named after the French province of Artois where they were first widely used, are vertical holes drilled into the ground that allow water to rise to the surface, creating a continuous flow. The sources of this water are at a higher elevation than the opening of the well, allowing it to rise according to the known laws of hydraulics. These wells are typically drilled in valley plains and areas where the lower porous layers are shaped like basins. Rainfall on these outcroppings saturates the entire porous layer, so when a well reaches this layer, the water is pushed up due to hydraulic pressure towards the highest point of the strata. The flow can be so plentiful that it is often used as a source of energy or to irrigate land, a practice that has been around for a long time. Many artesian wells have been drilled in the Algerian Sahara, significantly benefiting the region. Most of the water from these wells is drinkable, although a few are slightly salty, but not enough to affect plant life. The depressions where London and Paris are located are both perforated in many areas with these types of wells. In London, the initial wells were dug down to sand, later extending into chalk. One of the most famous artesian wells is located in Grenelle, near Paris, which is 1,798 feet deep and was completed in 1841 after eight years of work. Artesian wells are now common in many countries and have been drilled to depths of a mile or more. The temperature of water from such depths is usually higher than that at the surface, so artesian wells are often used to provide warm water for heating factories, greenhouses, hospitals, fish ponds, etc. They have also been created in the United States and Australia for irrigation purposes. Petroleum wells are generally similar in design. Artesian wells are now constructed with larger diameters than in the past, and the process of building them has become significantly easier in modern times. See Boring.

Arteveld, or Artevelde (a˙r´te-velt, a˙r´te-vel-de), the name of two men distinguished in the history of the Low Countries.—1. Jacob van, a brewer of Ghent, born about 1300, was selected by his fellow-townsmen to lead them in their struggles against Count Louis of Flanders. In 1338 he was appointed captain of the forces of Ghent, and for several years exercised a sort of sovereign power. A proposal to make the Black Prince, son of Edward III of England, Governor of Flanders led to an insurrection in which Arteveld lost his life (1345).—2. Philip, son of the former, at the head of the forces of Ghent gained a great victory over the Count of Flanders, Louis II, and for a time assumed the state of a sovereign prince. His reign proved short-lived. The Count [265]of Flanders returned with a large French force, fully disciplined and skilfully commanded. Arteveld was rash enough to meet them in the open field at Roosebeke, between Courtrai and Ghent, in 1382, and fell with 25,000 Flemings.

Arteveld, or Artevelde (a˙r´te-velt, a˙r´te-vel-de), the name of two notable figures in the history of the Low Countries.—1. Jacob van, a brewer from Ghent, born around 1300, was chosen by his fellow townspeople to lead them in their battles against Count Louis of Flanders. In 1338, he was appointed captain of Ghent's forces and wielded a sort of sovereign power for several years. A plan to make the Black Prince, son of Edward III of England, the Governor of Flanders sparked an uprising that resulted in Arteveld's death in 1345.—2. Philip, the son of the former, led the forces of Ghent to a significant victory over Count Louis II of Flanders, temporarily taking on the status of a sovereign prince. His rule was short-lived. The Count of Flanders returned with a large, well-trained French army, and Arteveld made the reckless decision to confront them in an open battle at Roosebeke, between Courtrai and Ghent, in 1382, resulting in the loss of 25,000 Flemings.

Arthri´tis (Gr. arthron, a joint), any inflammatory distemper that affects the joints, particularly chronic rheumatism or gout.

Arthritis (Gr. arthron, a joint), any inflammatory condition that affects the joints, especially chronic rheumatism or gout.

Arthro´dia, a species of articulation, in which the head of one bone is received into a shallow socket in another; a ball-and-socket joint.

Arthro´dia is a type of joint where the rounded end of one bone fits into a shallow cavity in another bone; it's known as a ball-and-socket joint.

Arthrop´oda, one of the two primary divisions (Anarthropoda being the other) into which modern naturalists have divided the sub-kingdom Annulosa, having the body composed of a series of segments, some always being provided with articulated appendages. The division comprises Crustaceans, Spiders, Scorpions, Centipedes, and Insects.

Arthropoda, one of the two main divisions (with Anarthropoda being the other) that modern naturalists have established within the sub-kingdom Annulosa, has a body made up of a series of segments, some of which always have jointed appendages. This division includes Crustaceans, Spiders, Scorpions, Centipedes, and Insects.

Arthrozo´a, a name sometimes given to all articulated animals, including the arthropoda and worms.

Arthrozoa, a term sometimes used for all jointed animals, including arthropods and worms.

Arthur, Chester Alan, twenty-first President of the United States, born 1830, died 1886, was the son of Scottish parents, his father being pastor of Baptist churches in Vermont and New York. He chose law as a profession, and practised in New York. As a politician he became a leader in the Republican party. During the civil war he was energetic as quarter-master-general of New York in getting troops raised and equipped. He was afterwards collector of customs for the port of New York. In 1880 he was elected Vice-President, succeeding as President on the death of Garfield in 1881.

Arthur, Chester Alan, the twenty-first President of the United States, born in 1830 and died in 1886, was the son of Scottish parents. His father was a pastor of Baptist churches in Vermont and New York. He chose to pursue a career in law and practiced in New York. As a politician, he became a leader in the Republican party. During the Civil War, he was active as the quartermaster general of New York, helping to raise and equip troops. He later served as the customs collector for the port of New York. In 1880, he was elected Vice President and became President following Garfield's death in 1881.

Ar´thur, King, an ancient British hero of the sixth century, son of Uther Pendragon and the Princess Igerna, wife of Gorlois, Duke of Cornwall. He married Guinevere, or Ginevra; established the famous order of the Round Table; and reigned, surrounded by a splendid Court, twelve years in peace. After this, as the poets relate, he conquered Denmark, Norway, and France, slew the giants of Spain, and went to Rome. From thence he is said to have hastened home on account of the faithlessness of his wife, and Modred, his nephew, who had stirred up his subjects to rebellion. He subdued the rebels, but died in consequence of his wounds, on the Island of Avalon. The story of Arthur is supposed to have some foundation in fact, and has ever been a favourite subject with our romanticists and our poets. It is generally believed that Arthur was one of the last great Celtic chiefs who led his countrymen from the west of England to resist the settlement of the Saxons in the country. But many authorities regard him as a leader of the Cymry of Cumbria and Strath-Clyde against the Saxon invaders of the east coast and the Picts and Scots north of the Forth and the Clyde. See Grail, Merlin, Round Table.—Bibliography: J. Rhys, Studies in the Arthurian Legend; W. Lewis Jones, King Arthur in History and Legend.

Arthur, King, an ancient British hero from the sixth century, son of Uther Pendragon and Princess Igerna, wife of Gorlois, Duke of Cornwall. He married Guinevere, or Ginevra; established the famous order of the Round Table; and reigned, surrounded by a magnificent Court, for twelve years in peace. After that, as the poets tell it, he conquered Denmark, Norway, and France, defeated the giants of Spain, and went to Rome. From there, he is said to have rushed home due to the betrayal of his wife, and Modred, his nephew, who had incited his subjects to rebel. He quelled the rebels but died from his wounds on the Island of Avalon. The tale of Arthur is thought to have some basis in reality and has always been a popular topic for our romanticists and poets. It's generally believed that Arthur was one of the last great Celtic leaders who guided his fellow countrymen from the west of England to resist the Saxon settlement in the region. However, many experts see him as a leader of the Cymry of Cumbria and Strath-Clyde against the Saxon invaders of the east coast and the Picts and Scots north of the Forth and the Clyde. See Grail, Merlin, Round Table.—References: J. Rhys, Studies in the Arthurian Legend; W. Lewis Jones, King Arthur in History and Legend.

Arthur's Seat, a picturesque hill within the King's Park in the immediate vicinity of Edinburgh; has an altitude of 822 feet; descends rollingly to the N. and E. over a base each way of about five furlongs; presents an abrupt shoulder to the S., and breaks down precipitously to the W. It is composed of a diversity of eruptive rocks, with some interposed and up-tilted sedimentary ones; and derives its name somehow from the legendary King Arthur.

Arthur's Seat is a scenic hill located in King's Park, right next to Edinburgh. It stands 822 feet tall and slopes gently to the N. and E. over a base that's about five furlongs wide on each side. To the S., it has a steep shoulder, while to the W., it drops sharply. The hill is made up of various volcanic rocks, with some sedimentary rocks that have been tilted up in between, and it gets its name from the legendary King Arthur.

Ar´tiad (Gr. artios, even-numbered), in chemistry, a name given to an element of even equivalency, as a dyad, tetrad, &c.: opposed to a perissad, an element of uneven equivalency, such as a monad, triad, &c.

Ar´tiad (Gr. artios, even-numbered), in chemistry, is a term used for an element with even equivalency, like a dyad, tetrad, etc.: opposite to a perissad, which is an element with uneven equivalency, such as a monad, triad, etc.

Artichoke (Cynăra Scolўmus), sometimes called 'the Globe Artichoke', a well-known plant of the nat. ord. Compositæ, somewhat resembling a thistle, with large divided prickly leaves. The erect flower-stem terminates in a large round head of numerous imbricated oval spiny scales which surround the flowers. The fleshy bases of the scales with the large receptacle are the parts that are eaten. Artichokes were introduced into England early in the sixteenth century. The Jerusalem artichoke (a corruption of the It. girasole, a sunflower), or Helianthus tuberōsus, is a species of sunflower, whose roots are used like potatoes; it was introduced into England in the early part of the seventeenth century.

Artichoke (Cynăra Scolўmus), sometimes known as 'the Globe Artichoke', is a well-known plant in the family Compositæ, resembling a thistle, with large, divided, prickly leaves. The upright flower stem ends in a large round head made up of many overlapping oval spiny scales that surround the flowers. The fleshy bases of the scales along with the large receptacle are the parts that are eaten. Artichokes were brought to England in the early sixteenth century. The Jerusalem artichoke (a misinterpretation of the Italian girasole, or sunflower), or Helianthus tuberōsus, is a species of sunflower whose roots are used like potatoes; it was introduced to England in the early seventeenth century.

Article, in grammar, a part of speech used before nouns to limit or define their application. In English a or an is usually called the indefinite article (the latter form being used before a vowel sound), and the, the definite article, but they are also described as adjectives. An was originally the same as one, and the as that. In Latin there were no articles, and Greek has only the definite article.

Article refers to a part of speech in grammar that comes before nouns to limit or specify their use. In English, a or an is typically known as the indefinite article (with an used before a vowel sound), while the is called the definite article; both are also considered adjectives. An originally meant the same as one, and the was similar to that. Latin did not have articles, and Greek has only the definite article.

Articles, Lords of the, in Scottish history, a committee chosen equally from each estate or division of Parliament to prepare the various measures, which, when completed, were laid before the Parliament for adoption or rejection. They were first appointed in 1369, and gradually became a recognized part of the Scottish legislative machinery. Abolished 1690.

Articles, Lords of the, in Scottish history, a committee selected equally from each estate or division of Parliament to prepare various measures, which, once completed, were presented to the Parliament for approval or dismissal. They were first appointed in 1369 and gradually became a recognized part of the Scottish legislative system. Abolished in 1690.

Articles, The Six, in English ecclesiastical history, articles imposed by a statute (often called the Bloody Statute) passed in 1541, the thirty-third year of the reign of Henry VIII. They decreed the acknowledgment of transubstantiation, the sufficiency of communion in one kind, the obligation of vows of chastity, the propriety of private masses, celibacy of the clergy, [266]and auricular confession. Acceptance of these doctrines was made obligatory on all persons under the severest penalties; the Act, however, was relaxed in 1544, and repealed in 1549.

Articles, The Six, in English church history, are articles set by a law (often referred to as the Bloody Statute) passed in 1541, the thirty-third year of Henry VIII's reign. They mandated the recognition of transubstantiation, the sufficiency of communion in one kind, the requirement of vows of chastity, the appropriateness of private masses, celibacy for the clergy, [266] and auricular confession. Acceptance of these beliefs was made mandatory for everyone under the harshest penalties; however, the Act was softened in 1544 and repealed in 1549.

Articles, The Thirty-nine, of the Church of England, a statement of the particular points of doctrine, thirty-nine in number, maintained by the English Church; first promulgated by a convocation held in London in 1562-3, and confirmed by royal authority; founded on and superseding an older code issued in the reign of Edward VI. The first five articles contain a profession of faith in the Trinity; the incarnation of Jesus Christ, His descent to hell, and His resurrection; the divinity of the Holy Ghost. The three following relate to the canon of the Scripture. The eighth article declares a belief in the Apostles', Nicene, and Athanasian creeds. The ninth and following articles contain the doctrine of original sin, of justification by faith alone, of predestination, &c. The nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first declare the Church to be the assembly of the faithful; that it can decide nothing except by the Scriptures. The twenty-second rejects the doctrine of purgatory, indulgences, the adoration of images, and the invocation of saints. The twenty-third decides that only those lawfully called shall preach or administer the sacraments. The twenty-fourth requires the liturgy to be in English. The twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth declare the sacraments effectual signs of grace (though administered by evil men), by which God excites and confirms our faith. They are two: baptism and the Lord's supper. Baptism, according to the twenty-seventh article, is a sign of regeneration, the seal of our adoption, by which faith is confirmed and grace increased. In the Lord's supper, according to article twenty-eight, the bread is the communion of the body of Christ, the wine the communion of his blood, but only through faith (article twenty-ninth); and the communion must be administered in both kinds (article thirty). The twenty-eighth article condemns the doctrine of transubstantiation, and the elevation and adoration of the host; the thirty-first rejects the sacrifice of the mass as blasphemous; the thirty-second permits the marriage of the clergy; the thirty-third maintains the efficacy of excommunication. The remaining articles relate to the supremacy of the king, the condemnation of Anabaptists, &c. They were ratified anew in 1604 and 1628. All candidates for ordination must subscribe these articles, but they are not binding upon laymen, except judges and certain university officials. This formulary is now accepted by the Episcopalian Churches of Scotland, Ireland, and America.

Articles, The Thirty-nine, of the Church of England, are a statement of the specific points of doctrine, totaling thirty-nine, upheld by the English Church; initially issued by a convocation in London in 1562-3 and confirmed by royal authority; based on and replacing an older code from the reign of Edward VI. The first five articles express a belief in the Trinity; the incarnation of Jesus Christ, His descent into hell, and His resurrection; and the divinity of the Holy Spirit. The next three pertain to the canon of Scripture. The eighth article states belief in the Apostles', Nicene, and Athanasian creeds. The ninth and subsequent articles discuss original sin, justification by faith alone, predestination, etc. The nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first Articles declare the Church to be the assembly of the faithful and state that it can decide nothing outside of Scripture. The twenty-second rejects the doctrines of purgatory, indulgences, the worship of images, and the invocation of saints. The twenty-third asserts that only those lawfully called can preach or administer the sacraments. The twenty-fourth mandates that the liturgy be in English. The twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth declare the sacraments to be effective signs of grace (even if administered by sinful individuals), through which God inspires and strengthens our faith. There are two sacraments: baptism and the Lord's Supper. According to the twenty-seventh article, baptism is a sign of regeneration, a seal of our adoption, confirming faith and increasing grace. In the Lord's Supper, as per article twenty-eight, the bread represents the communion of Christ's body, while the wine represents the communion of His blood, but only through faith (article twenty-ninth); and the communion must be given in both forms (article thirty). The twenty-eighth article condemns the belief in transubstantiation, along with the elevation and worship of the host; the thirty-first rejects the sacrifice of the mass as blasphemous; the thirty-second allows clergy to marry; and the thirty-third affirms the effectiveness of excommunication. The remaining articles cover the king’s supremacy, the condemnation of Anabaptists, etc. They were reaffirmed in 1604 and 1628. All candidates for ordination must subscribe to these articles, but they are not compulsory for laypeople, except for judges and certain university officials. This document is currently accepted by the Episcopalian Churches in Scotland, Ireland, and America.

Articles of Association are the rules framed by a company for the administration of its affairs. Public companies usually have separate articles of their own, but this is not essential. When a registered company has no articles, its business procedure is regulated by the statutory form, found in Schedule 1 of the Companies (Consolidation) Act, 1908, and known as Table A. When separate articles are used they must be printed, signed, stamped, and filed along with the memorandum of association. Unlike the memorandum, the articles may be altered at any time, by special resolution, provided the alteration is within the powers given by the memorandum. Thus, where preferred shares are created by the memorandum, their privileges are more secure than if merely issued under the articles. The articles are intended merely for internal administration, and, while binding in questions between the company and its members as such, they do not affect third parties, unless the company has acted ultra vires and this was discoverable from the articles, which the public can inspect at a nominal fee.—Bibliography: Sir F. B. Palmer, Company Law; A. Coles, Guide for the Company Secretary; A. F. Topham, Principles of Company Law.

Articles of Association are the rules created by a company to manage its operations. Public companies typically have their own distinct articles, but this is not mandatory. If a registered company does not have articles, its operations are governed by the statutory form outlined in Schedule 1 of the Companies (Consolidation) Act, 1908, known as Table A. When separate articles are used, they must be printed, signed, stamped, and filed along with the memorandum of association. Unlike the memorandum, the articles can be changed at any time by special resolution, as long as the changes comply with the powers granted by the memorandum. Therefore, if preferred shares are established through the memorandum, their rights are more protected than if they were simply issued under the articles. The articles are meant solely for internal management, and while they are binding in matters between the company and its members, they do not impact third parties unless the company acted ultra vires and this was evident from the articles, which the public can review for a small fee.—References: Sir F. B. Palmer, Company Law; A. Coles, Guide for the Company Secretary; A. F. Topham, Principles of Company Law.

Articles of War. See Military Law.

Rules of Engagement. See Military Law.

Articula´ta, the third great section of the animal kingdom according to the arrangement of Cuvier, applied to invertebrates such as insects and worms, in which the body displays a jointed structure. The name is now obsolete. See Arthropoda.

Articulata, the third major section of the animal kingdom according to Cuvier's classification, refers to invertebrates like insects and worms, where the body has a jointed structure. The term is now outdated. See Arthropoda.

Articula´tion, in anatomy a joint; the joining or juncture of the bones. This is of three kinds: (1) Diarthrōsis, or a movable connection, such as the ball-and-socket joint; (2) Synarthrōsis, immovable connection, as by suture, or junction by serrated margins; (3) Symphysis, or union by means of another substance, by a cartilage, tendon, or ligament.

Articulation, in anatomy, refers to a joint; it’s the connection or junction of bones. There are three types: (1) Diarthrosis, which is a movable connection, like a ball-and-socket joint; (2) Synarthrosis, which is an immovable connection, such as a suture or a junction with serrated edges; (3) Symphysis, which is a union through another substance, such as cartilage, tendon, or ligament.

Artificial Limbs. Artificial limbs of a primitive kind have been in use from very early times; but, as the material of which they were made was perishable, few specimens have been preserved. In the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London there is a good specimen of a Roman artificial leg which is believed to date back to the third century B.C. This leg is made of wood, covered with thin bronze; it has an iron sole-plate, and was fastened on by means of a waist-belt.

Artificial Limbs. Primitive artificial limbs have been used since ancient times, but because they were made from materials that don’t last, few examples have survived. At the Royal College of Surgeons museum in London, there’s a well-preserved example of a Roman artificial leg thought to be from the third century BCE This leg is made of wood and wrapped in thin bronze; it has an iron sole plate and was secured with a waist belt.

In Irish legend we are told of Nuada, who led the tribe of the Dananns back to Ireland, having an artificial hand made of silver; from this he received the name of Argetlam or Silver-handed. In mediæval times Goetz von Berlichingen, who lost his right hand at the siege of Landshut (1505), had a hand made of iron to supply its place.

In Irish legend, we hear about Nuada, who led the tribe of the Dananns back to Ireland, and had a silver hand made as a replacement; because of this, he was called Argetlam or Silver-handed. In medieval times, Goetz von Berlichingen, who lost his right hand during the siege of Landshut (1505), had an iron hand created to take its place.

Great improvements have been made in the manufacture of artificial limbs during the last [267]fifty years. After the Franco-Prussian war the French Government adopted an artificial arm and hand known as the 'Beaufort' and issued it to the soldiers who required it. This hand had a movable thumb controlled by a cord passing up the arm and fastened to a loop band over the opposite shoulder. An Englishman named Heather Bigg invented a hand with a movable thumb which was worked by a piston and controlled by a rubber ball fastened under the arm-pit. These designs have been improved upon from time to time, and an artificial hand can now be made which is capable of opening and closing at will, and of lifting and holding light articles.

Great advancements have been made in the production of artificial limbs over the last [267]fifty years. After the Franco-Prussian War, the French Government adopted an artificial arm and hand called the 'Beaufort' and provided it to soldiers in need. This hand featured a movable thumb controlled by a cord that ran up the arm and attached to a loop band over the opposite shoulder. An Englishman named Heather Bigg invented a hand with a movable thumb that was operated by a piston and controlled by a rubber ball attached under the armpit. These designs have been refined over time, and now an artificial hand can be made that opens and closes at will and can lift and hold lightweight items.

Artificial legs vary in design, from the simple pin leg to ingenious contrivances such as the 'Anglesey' leg, which is made of seasoned willow wood with steel ankles and knee-joints. This 'Anglesey' leg is the standard best-quality limb in Great Britain. The German artificial-limb makers use leather instead of wood. These leather legs fit comfortably, but are too heavy, as they have to be supported by steel bands.

Artificial legs come in different designs, ranging from the basic pin leg to clever creations like the 'Anglesey' leg, which is made from seasoned willow wood with steel ankles and knee joints. This 'Anglesey' leg is considered the top-quality limb in Great Britain. German artificial limb manufacturers use leather instead of wood. These leather legs are comfortable to wear, but they are quite heavy since they need to be supported by steel bands.

Artillery, all ordnance such as guns and howitzers as opposed to small arms and machine-guns. The term is also used for the troops who serve these arms.

Artillery refers to large military weapons like cannons and howitzers, as opposed to smaller weapons like handguns and machine guns. The term also applies to the soldiers who operate these weapons.

Generally speaking, artillery is divided into field, heavy, and siege artillery. For details of organization see Army. The earliest form of artillery was a metal tube which was placed in a convenient position on the ground. The charge of gunpowder was ignited by placing a match to a hole bored at the closed end, and the resulting explosion forced the projectile—a stone—more or less in the required direction. Later on this primitive weapon was provided with wheels. In another form one man fired it while a second man supported it on his shoulder. In the later Middle Ages guns of various calibres were known by the names of birds of prey or reptiles; among such were falcons and falconets, culverins and demi-culverins. The fourteenth century saw the development of artillery for siege purposes—chiefly by the Germans—and in the next century it began to be employed in open warfare; while in 1537 the present Honourable Artillery Company was formed in London to encourage the use of all 'weapons of volley'. These weapons of volley were not even confined to fire-arms, but included bows and cross-bows. The earliest English troops raised as artillery personel were called the Regiment of Firelocks. Of late years artillery science has made almost inconceivable progress, thanks to which, inter alia, it is no longer necessary for the target to be visible from the gun-position. This fact, combined with the use of smokeless powder, makes the locating of hostile batteries exceedingly difficult. All field artillery, by which is meant guns and howitzers, which accompany mobile troops are designed on the quick-firing principle, by which the inevitable recoil at the moment of firing is absorbed by an arrangement known as the recoil-carriage, thus preventing any movement of the gun-carriage proper, and avoiding unnecessary labour for the gun-detachments, while at the same time allowing the men composing it to remain under cover of the shield with which the guns are provided. With the quick-firing gun, propellent and projectile are combined in one cartridge similar to that in use with small arms; with the howitzer they are separated. This difference is due to the fact that whereas guns are designed for a flat trajectory with a deep zone of fire-effect, howitzers are intended for high-angle fire with an almost vertical fall of shrapnel-bullets. This effect is produced by varying the charge for different ranges. A field battery consists of 6 guns or howitzers and 12 ammunition-wagons. Both guns and wagons are of the limbered type, i.e. in two detachable parts, and the weight behind the team of an English gun is approximately 2 tons.

Generally speaking, artillery is divided into field, heavy, and siege artillery. For details on organization, see Army. The earliest form of artillery was a metal tube placed on the ground in a convenient position. The gunpowder charge was ignited by using a match on a hole drilled at the closed end, and the resulting explosion propelled the projectile—a stone—in the desired direction. Later, this basic weapon was fitted with wheels. In another version, one person fired it while a second person supported it on their shoulder. In the later Middle Ages, guns of various calibers were referred to by names of birds of prey or reptiles, including falcons, falconets, culverins, and demi-culverins. The fourteenth century saw the advancement of artillery for siege purposes—mainly by the Germans—and in the following century, it started to be used in open warfare; while in 1537, the present Honourable Artillery Company was established in London to promote the use of all 'weapons of volley'. These volley weapons weren’t limited to firearms but included bows and crossbows. The earliest English troops raised as artillery personnel were called the Regiment of Firelocks. In recent years, artillery science has made nearly unbelievable progress, thanks to which, inter alia, it is no longer necessary for the target to be visible from the gun position. This fact, along with the use of smokeless powder, makes it extremely difficult to locate enemy batteries. All field artillery, meaning guns and howitzers that accompany mobile troops, are designed based on the quick-firing principle, where the recoil at the moment of firing is absorbed by a system known as the recoil carriage, preventing any movement of the gun carriage itself, and saving unnecessary effort for the gun detachments, while allowing them to stay protected by the shield provided with the guns. With the quick-firing gun, the propellant and projectile are combined into one cartridge, similar to those used with small arms; but with howitzers, they are separated. This difference arises because guns are designed for a flat trajectory with a broad fire zone, while howitzers are intended for high-angle fire with a nearly vertical drop of shrapnel bullets. This effect is achieved by adjusting the charge for different ranges. A field battery consists of 6 guns or howitzers and 12 ammunition wagons. Both guns and wagons are of the limbered type, meaning they are in two detachable parts, and the weight behind the team of an English gun is approximately 2 tons.

As to tactical principles, it is recognized that the function of artillery is to assist the other arms, that it cannot by itself win a battle, and that its true métier is to prepare the way for and assist the infantry. During 1914-18 some 700,000 officers and men served with the Royal Regiment.

As for tactical principles, it's acknowledged that the role of artillery is to support the other branches, that it can't win a battle on its own, and that its true expertise is to pave the way for and support the infantry. Between 1914 and 1918, about 700,000 officers and soldiers served with the Royal Regiment.

Artillery Company, The Honourable, the oldest existing body of volunteers in Great Britain, instituted in 1537, revived in 1610. It comprises six companies of infantry, besides artillery, and furnishes a guard of honour to the sovereign when visiting the city of London. Previous to 1842 the Company elected their own officers, but since that date they have been appointed by the Crown.

Artillery Company, The Honourable, the oldest active volunteer group in Great Britain, established in 1537 and revived in 1610. It includes six infantry companies along with artillery and provides a guard of honor for the sovereign during visits to the city of London. Before 1842, the Company chose its own officers, but since then, they have been appointed by the Crown.

Artillery Schools, institutions established for the purpose of giving a special training to the officers, and in some cases the men, belonging to the artillery service. In Great Britain the artillery schools are at Woolwich and Shoeburyness. The Department of Artillery studies at Woolwich give artillery officers the means of continuing their studies after they have completed the usual course at the Royal Military College, and of qualifying for appointments requiring exceptional scientific attainments. The School of Gunnery at Shoeburyness gives instruction in gunnery to officers and men, and conducts all experiments connected with artillery and stores. The sands at the mouth of the Thames afford ample opportunity for artillery practice and firing at long ranges. The Royal Artillery Institution at Woolwich contains a museum, lecture-room, and printing-press, from which professional and scientific papers are periodically issued. [268]

Artillery Schools are institutions designed to provide specialized training for officers and, in some cases, enlisted personnel in the artillery service. In Great Britain, the artillery schools are located in Woolwich and Shoeburyness. The Department of Artillery studies at Woolwich allows artillery officers to continue their education after completing the standard program at the Royal Military College and to qualify for positions that require advanced scientific knowledge. The School of Gunnery at Shoeburyness offers training in gunnery for both officers and enlisted personnel and oversees all experiments related to artillery and equipment. The sands at the mouth of the Thames provide plenty of opportunities for artillery practice and long-range firing. The Royal Artillery Institution in Woolwich features a museum, a lecture hall, and a printing press, from which professional and scientific papers are periodically published. [268]

Artiodac´tyla (Gr. artios, even numbered, daktўlos, a finger or toe), a section of the Ungulata or hoofed mammals, comprising all those in which the number of the toes is even (two or four), including the ruminants, such as the ox, sheep, deer, &c., and also a number of non-ruminating animals, as the hippopotamus and the pig.

Artiodactyla (Gr. artios, even numbered, daktŭlos, a finger or toe) is a group of hoofed mammals that includes species with an even number of toes (two or four). This group encompasses ruminants like cows, sheep, and deer, as well as some non-ruminating animals, such as hippopotamuses and pigs.

Artisans' and Labourers' Dwellings Act, an English Act of Parliament passed in 1868 to empower town councils and other local authorities to demolish or improve dwellings unfit for human habitation, and to build and maintain better dwellings in lieu thereof. Other Acts for the same object were passed in 1875, 1879, and 1882. See Housing.

Artisans' and Labourers' Dwellings Act, an English law passed by Parliament in 1868, gives town councils and other local authorities the power to tear down or improve housing that is unfit for people to live in, and to construct and manage better housing in its place. Additional laws aimed at the same goal were passed in 1875, 1879, and 1882. See Housing.

Artocarpa´ceæ, a nat. ord. of plants, the bread-fruit order, by some botanists ranked as a sub-order of the Urticaceæ or nettles. They are trees or shrubs, with a milky juice, which in some species hardens into caoutchouc, and in the cow-tree (Brosĭmum Galactodendron) is a milk as good as that obtained from the cow. Many of the plants produce an edible fruit, of which the best known is the bread-fruit (Artocarpus).

Artocarpaceæ is a natural order of plants known as the bread-fruit order. Some botanists classify it as a sub-order of the Urticaceæ, or nettles. These plants are trees or shrubs that have a milky sap, which in some species turns into rubber, and in the cow-tree (Brosĭmum Galactodendron), produces milk that's just as good as cow's milk. Many of these plants bear edible fruit, with the most well-known being the bread-fruit (Artocarpus).

Artois (a˙r-twä), a former province of France, anciently one of the seventeen provinces of the Netherlands, now almost completely included in the department of Pas-de-Calais.

Artois (a˙r-twä), was a former province of France, originally part of the seventeen provinces of the Netherlands, and is now mostly within the department of Pas-de-Calais.

Artois, The Battle of. See European War.

Artois, The Battle of. See European Conflict.

Arts, the name given to certain branches of study in the Middle Ages, originally called the 'liberal arts' to distinguish them from the 'servile arts' or mechanical occupations. These arts were usually given as grammar, dialectics, rhetoric, music, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. Hence originated the terms 'art classes', 'degrees in arts', 'Master of Arts', &c., still in common use in universities, the faculty of arts being distinguished from those of divinity, law, medicine, or science. See University.

Arts refers to specific fields of study from the Middle Ages, originally known as the 'liberal arts' to set them apart from the 'servile arts' or manual trades. These subjects typically included grammar, logic, rhetoric, music, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. This is where terms like 'art classes,' 'degrees in arts,' and 'Master of Arts' come from, which are still commonly used in universities today. The faculty of arts is distinct from those of theology, law, medicine, or science. See University.

Artsybashev, Mikhail, Russian author, born in 1878. After a number of short stories he wrote, at the age of twenty-five, a novel entitled Sanin, published in 1907, which placed him at once among the most famous contemporary Russian authors. Whatever opinion literary critics may hold of this novel, his wonderful realism, simplicity of style, and psychological analysis cannot be disputed.

Artsybashev, Mikhail, Russian author, born in 1878. After writing several short stories, he published a novel titled Sanin at the age of twenty-five in 1907, which quickly established him as one of the most well-known Russian authors of his time. Regardless of what literary critics think about this novel, his remarkable realism, straightforward style, and deep psychological insights are undeniable.

Art Unions, associations for encouraging art, an object which they mainly pursue by disposing of pictures, sculptures, &c., by lottery among subscribers. They seem to have originated in France during the time of Napoleon I. They soon afterwards took root in Germany, where they have been very successful. The first art union established in Britain was that at Edinburgh in 1834. Art unions were legalized by the Art Unions Act, 1846 See Lottery.

Art Unions are groups that promote art, primarily by raffling off paintings, sculptures, and other works to their members. They appear to have started in France during Napoleon I's rule. They quickly spread to Germany, where they became quite popular. The first art union in Britain was established in Edinburgh in 1834. Art unions were made legal by the Art Unions Act of 1846. See Lottery.

Artvin, a town in the Republic of Georgia, in the Caucasus, about 35 miles inland from Batum. Pop. 6720.

Artvin is a town in the Republic of Georgia, located in the Caucasus, roughly 35 miles inland from Batum. Population: 6,720.

Aruba (a˙-rö´ba˙), an island off the north coast of Venezuela, belonging to Holland (a dependency of Curaçoa), about 30 miles long and 7 broad; surface generally rock, quartz being abundant, and containing considerable quantities of gold; a phosphate which is exported for manure is also abundant. The climate is healthy. Pop. 9481 (1916).

Aruba (a˙-rö´ba˙), is an island located off the north coast of Venezuela. It is part of Holland (a dependency of Curaçoa) and is about 30 miles long and 7 miles wide. The island's surface is mainly rocky, with abundant quartz and significant amounts of gold. There are also large quantities of phosphate, which is exported for fertilizer. The climate is healthy. Population: 9,481 (1916).

Aru Islands. See Arru Islands.

Aru Islands. See Arru Islands.

Arum Cuckoo Pint or Wake Robin (Arum maculātum). 1, Spadix. 2, Stamen. 3, Female flower. 4, Fruit.

A´rum, a genus of plants, nat. ord. Araceæ. A. maculātum (the common wake-robin, lords-and-ladies, or cuckoo pint) is abundant in woods and hedges in England and Ireland, but is rare in Scotland. It has acrid properties, but its corm yields a starch which is known by the name of Portland sago or arrowroot. At one time this was prepared to a considerable extent in Portland Island. All the species of this genus develop much heat during flowering.

A´rum, a type of plant, family Araceæ. A. maculātum (commonly known as wake-robin, lords-and-ladies, or cuckoo pint) is found frequently in woods and hedges across England and Ireland, but is uncommon in Scotland. It has sharp properties, but its underground stem produces a starch commonly referred to as Portland sago or arrowroot. At one time, this was produced in large quantities on Portland Island. All species in this genus generate a lot of heat while blooming.

Ar´undel, a town in Sussex, England, on the River Arun, 4 miles from its mouth, the river being navigable to the town for vessels of 250 tons. The castle of Arundel, the chief residence of the dukes of Norfolk, stands on a knoll on the north-east side of the town. Pop. (1921), 2741.

Arundel is a town in Sussex, England, located on the River Arun, 4 miles from its mouth. The river is navigable to the town for vessels up to 250 tons. The castle of Arundel, which is the main residence of the dukes of Norfolk, is situated on a hill on the north-east side of the town. Population (1921): 2,741.

Ar´undel, Thomas, third son of Richard [269]FitzAlan, Earl of Arundel, born 1352, died 1413. He was Chancellor of England and Archbishop of Canterbury. He concerted with Bolingbroke to deliver the nation from the oppression of Richard II, and was a bitter persecutor of the Lollards and followers of Wycliffe.

Arundel, Thomas, the third son of Richard [269]FitzAlan, Earl of Arundel, was born in 1352 and died in 1413. He served as Chancellor of England and Archbishop of Canterbury. He worked with Bolingbroke to free the country from the tyranny of Richard II and was a fierce persecutor of the Lollards and followers of Wycliffe.

Arundelian Marbles, a series of ancient sculptured marbles discovered by William Petty, who explored the ruins of Greece at the expense of and for Thomas Howard, Earl of Arundel, who lived in the time of James I and Charles I, and was a liberal patron of scholarship and art. After the Restoration they were presented by the grandson of the collector to the University of Oxford. Among them is the Parian Chronicle, a chronological account of the principal events in Grecian, and particularly in Athenian, history, during a period of 1186 years, from the reign of Cecrops (1450 B.C.) to the archonship of Diognetus (264 B.C.).

Arundelian Marbles are a collection of ancient sculpted marbles discovered by William Petty, who explored the ruins of Greece funded by Thomas Howard, the Earl of Arundel. He lived during the time of James I and Charles I and was a generous supporter of scholarship and art. After the Restoration, his grandson gifted them to the University of Oxford. Among these marbles is the Parian Chronicle, which provides a chronological record of major events in Greek, especially Athenian, history over a span of 1,186 years, from the reign of Cecrops (1450 BCE) to the archonship of Diognetus (264 BCE).

Arun´do. See Phragmites.

Arundo. See Phragmites.

Aruspices (a-rus´pi-sēz), or Haruspices, a class of priests in ancient Rome, of Etrurian origin, whose business was to inspect the entrails of victims killed in sacrifice, and by them to foretell future events.

Aruspices (a-rus´pi-sēz), or Haruspices, were a group of priests in ancient Rome, originally from Etruria, whose job was to examine the entrails of sacrificial animals to predict future events.

Aruwimi, a large river of equatorial Africa, a tributary of the Congo, on the north bank.

Aruwimi is a major river in equatorial Africa, a tributary of the Congo, located on the north bank.

Arval Brothers (Fratres Arvāles), a college or company of twelve members elected for life from the highest ranks in ancient Rome, so called from offering annually public sacrifices for the fertility of the fields (Lat. arvum, a field).

Arval Brothers (Fratres Arvāles), a group of twelve members chosen for life from the elite of ancient Rome, named for their annual public sacrifices aimed at ensuring the fertility of the fields (Lat. arvum, a field).

Arve (a˙rv), a river rising in the Savoyan Alps, passes through the valley of Chamonix, and falls into the Rhone near Geneva, after a course of about 50 miles.

Arve (a˙rv), a river that starts in the Savoyan Alps, flows through the Chamonix valley, and empties into the Rhone near Geneva, after traveling around 50 miles.

Arvic´ola, a genus of rodent animals, sub-ord. Muridæ or Mice. There are three British species. A. amphibia is the water-vole (or water-rat), and A. agrestis is the field-vole or short-tailed field-mouse. They are prolific animals, having three or four litters in the year, each consisting of from four to ten young.

Arvicola is a genus of rodent animals, belonging to the suborder Muridae, which includes mice. There are three species found in Britain. A. amphibia is the water vole (or water rat), and A. agrestis is the field vole or short-tailed field mouse. They reproduce quickly, having three or four litters each year, with each litter containing four to ten young.

A´ryan, or Indo-European Family of Languages. See Indo-European Family.

A´ryan, or Indo-European Family of Languages. See Indo-European Family.

As, a Roman weight of 12 ounces, answering to the libra or pound, and equal to 237.5 grains avoirdupois, or 327.1873 grammes French measure. In the most ancient times of Rome the copper or bronze coin which was called as actually weighed an as, or a pound, but in 264 B.C. it was reduced to 2 ounces, in 217 to 1 ounce, and in 191 to ½ ounce.

As is a Roman weight of 12 ounces, equivalent to the libra or pound, and it equals 237.5 grains avoirdupois, or 327.1873 grams in French measurements. In ancient Rome, the copper or bronze coin called as actually weighed an as, or a pound, but in 264 BCE it was reduced to 2 ounces, in 217 to 1 ounce, and in 191 to ½ ounce.

As As (half real size)—Specimen in British Museum

A´sa, great grandson of Solomon and third King of Judah; he ascended the throne at an early age, and distinguished himself by his zeal in rooting out idolatry with its attendant immoralities. He died after a prosperous reign of forty-one years.

A'sa, great-grandson of Solomon and the third King of Judah, took the throne when he was young and made a name for himself by passionately eliminating idolatry and its associated immoralities. He passed away after a successful reign of forty-one years.

Asafe´tida, or Asafœtida, a fetid inspissated sap from Central Asia, the solidified juice of the Narthex Asafetida, a large umbelliferous plant. It is used in medicine as an anti-spasmodic, and in cases of flatulency, in hysteric paroxysms, and other nervous affections. Notwithstanding its very disagreeable odour it is used as a seasoning in the East, and sometimes in Europe. An inferior sort is the product of certain species of Ferula.

Asafetida, or Asafœtida, is a smelly thick sap from Central Asia, derived from the solidified juice of the Narthex Asafetida, a large plant in the celery family. It's used in medicine as an anti-spasmodic and for issues like gas, severe anxiety episodes, and other nervous conditions. Despite its unpleasant smell, it’s used as a seasoning in Eastern cuisine and occasionally in Europe. A lower quality version comes from certain species of Ferula.

Asagræ´a. See Sabadilla.

Asagræ´a. See Sabadilla.

Asa´ma, an active volcano of Japan, about 50 miles north-west of Tokio, 8260 feet high.

Asama is an active volcano in Japan, located about 50 miles northwest of Tokyo, with a height of 8,260 feet.

A´saph, a Levite and psalmist appointed by David as leading chorister in the divine services. His office became hereditary in his family, or he founded a school of poets and musicians, which were called, after him, "the sons of Asaph". See Psalms.

A´saph was a Levite and a psalmist chosen by David to be the principal singer in the religious ceremonies. His role became a family tradition, or he established a group of poets and musicians known as "the sons of Asaph." See Psalms.

Asaph, St., a small cathedral city and bishop's see in Wales, 15 miles north-west of Flint; founded about 550 by St. Kentigern or St. Mungo, bishop of Glasgow, and named after his disciple St. Asaph, from whom both the diocese and town took their name. The cathedral was built about the close of the fifteenth century; it consists of a choir, a nave, two aisles, and a transept. Pop. 1833.

Asaph, St., a small cathedral city and bishopric in Wales, 15 miles northwest of Flint; established around 550 by St. Kentigern, also known as St. Mungo, bishop of Glasgow, and named after his disciple St. Asaph, from whom both the diocese and town got their name. The cathedral was constructed around the end of the fifteenth century; it includes a choir, a nave, two aisles, and a transept. Population in 1833.

Asarabac´ca, a small hardy European plant, nat. ord. Aristolochiaceæ (Asărum europœum). Its leaves are acrid, bitter, and nauseous, and its root is extremely acrid. Both the leaves and root were formerly used as an emetic. It entered into the composition of medicated snuffs recommended in cases of headache.

Asarabacca, a tough little plant native to Europe, belongs to the Aristolochiaceae family (Asărum europœum). Its leaves have a sharp, bitter, and unpleasant taste, while its root is very irritating. In the past, both the leaves and root were used as an emetic. It was included in the formulation of medicated snuffs that were suggested for headache relief.

As´arum. See Asarabacca.

As´arum. See Asarabacca.

Asben, Air, or Ahir, a kingdom of Africa, in the Sahara. It consists of a succession of mountain groups and valleys, with a generally western slope, and attains in its highest summits a height of over 5000 feet. The valleys are very fertile, and often of picturesque appearance. The inhabitants are Tuaregs or Berbers, with an admixture of negro blood. They live partly in villages, partly as nomads. The country is nominally ruled over by a sultan, who resides in the capital, Agades. Pop. about 60,000.

Asben, Air, or Ahir, a kingdom in Africa, located in the Sahara. It features a series of mountain ranges and valleys that mostly slope westward, reaching heights of over 5,000 feet at its tallest peaks. The valleys are very fertile and often picturesque. The people are mainly Tuaregs or Berbers, with some mixing of African heritage. They live both in villages and as nomadic tribes. The country is officially ruled by a sultan, who lives in the capital, Agades. Population is about 60,000.

Asbes´tos, or Asbestus, a remarkable and highly-useful mineral, a fibrous variety of several members of the hornblende family, composed of separable filaments, with a silky lustre. The fibres are sometimes delicate, flexible, and elastic; at other times stiff and brittle. It is incombustible, and anciently was wrought into a [270]soft, flexible cloth, which was used as a shroud for dead bodies. In modern times it has been manufactured into incombustible cloth, gloves, felt, paper, &c.; is employed in gas-stoves; is much used as a covering to steam boilers and pipes; is mixed with metallic pigments, and used as a paint on wooden structures, roofs, partitions, &c., to render them fire-proof, and is employed in various other ways, the manufacture having recently greatly developed. Some varieties are compact, and take a fine polish, others are loose, like flax or silky wool. Ligniform asbestos, or mountain-wood, is a variety presenting an irregular filamentous structure, like wood. Rock-cork, mountain-leather, fossil-paper, and fossil-flax are varieties. Asbestos is found in many parts of the world, but is chiefly supplied by Italy, Canada, and Australia. Mineralogically it is distinct from chrysotile, which is used for similar purposes.

Asbestos, or Asbestus, is an impressive and highly useful mineral, a fibrous type of several members of the hornblende family, made up of separable filaments with a silky shine. The fibers can be delicate, flexible, and elastic at times; other times, they are stiff and brittle. It is fireproof and was historically made into a soft, flexible cloth, which was used as shrouds for deceased individuals. Nowadays, it’s produced into fireproof cloth, gloves, felt, paper, etc.; used in gas stoves; widely used as insulation for steam boilers and pipes; mixed with metallic pigments, and painted onto wooden structures, roofs, partitions, etc., to make them fire-resistant. Its production has recently grown significantly. Some types are dense and take a high polish, while others are loose, like flax or silky wool. Ligniform asbestos, or mountain-wood, has an irregular fiber structure resembling wood. Other varieties include rock-cork, mountain-leather, fossil-paper, and fossil-flax. Asbestos is found in many areas around the world, but mainly comes from Italy, Canada, and Australia. Mineralogically, it is distinct from chrysotile, which serves similar functions.

Asbjörnsen (a˙s´byeurn-sen), Peter Kristen, born 1812, died 1885, a distinguished Norwegian naturalist and collector of the popular tales and legends, fairy stories, &c., of his native country.

Asbjörnsen (a˙s´byeurn-sen), Peter Kristen, born 1812, died 1885, was a notable Norwegian naturalist and collector of the popular tales, legends, fairy stories, etc., from his home country.

Asbury Park, a small town on the coast of New Jersey, United States, a great summer resort. Its population increases during the summer months from 10,000 to 100,000.

Asbury Park is a small town on the coast of New Jersey, United States, and it's a fantastic summer vacation spot. Its population swells from 10,000 to 100,000 during the summer months.

As´calon, or Ash´kelon, a ruined town of Palestine, on the sea-coast, 40 miles W.S.W. of Jerusalem. It was occupied by the Crusaders under Richard I after a great battle with Saladin (1192) and by General Allenby's troops in Nov., 1917.

Ascalon, or Ashkelon, is a ruined town in Palestine located on the coast, 40 miles W.S.W. of Jerusalem. It was captured by the Crusaders led by Richard I after a significant battle with Saladin in 1192, and by General Allenby's forces in November 1917.

Asca´nius, the son of Æneas and Creusa, and the companion of his father's wanderings from Troy to Italy.

Ascanius, the son of Aeneas and Creusa, and the companion of his father's journey from Troy to Italy.

As´caris. See Nematoda.

Ascaris. See Nematoda.

Ascen´sion (discovered on Ascension Day), an island of volcanic origin belonging to Britain, near the middle of the South Atlantic Ocean, about lat. 7° 55' S.; long. 14° 25' W.; 700 miles north-west of St. Helena; area, about 34 sq. miles. Pop. 196 (1914). It is retained by Britain as a naval sanatorium, coaling and victualling station, and store depot. It has a steam factory, naval and victualling yards, hospitals, and a coal depot. It is celebrated for its turtle, which are the finest in the world. Wild goats are plentiful, and oxen, sheep, pheasants, guinea-fowl, and rabbits have been introduced, and thrive well. The village of Georgetown, the seat of government, stands on the west side of the island, which is governed under the admiralty by a naval officer.

Ascension (found on Ascension Day) is a volcanic island that belongs to Britain, located in the South Atlantic Ocean, about latitude 7° 55' S.; longitude 14° 25' W.; 700 miles northwest of St. Helena; covering an area of about 34 square miles. Its population was 196 in 1914. Britain uses it as a naval hospital, coal supply, food storage, and equipment depot. The island has a steam factory, naval and food supply yards, hospitals, and a coal depot. It's famous for its turtles, regarded as the best in the world. Wild goats are abundant, and oxen, sheep, pheasants, guinea fowl, and rabbits have been introduced and are thriving. The village of Georgetown, which is the government center, is located on the west side of the island, and it is governed by a naval officer under the admiralty.

Ascension, Right, of a star or other heavenly body, in astronomy, the arc of the equator intercepted between the first point of Aries and that point of the equator which comes to the meridian at the same instant with the star.

Ascension, Right, of a star or other heavenly body, in astronomy, the angle along the equator measured from the first point of Aries to the point of the equator that aligns with the meridian at the same moment as the star.

Ascension Day, the day on which the ascension of the Saviour is commemorated, often called Holy Thursday: a movable feast, always falling on the Thursday but one before Whitsuntide.

Ascension Day, the day that commemorates the ascension of the Savior, is often referred to as Holy Thursday: a movable feast that always takes place on the Thursday a week before Whitsuntide.

Ascet´icism and Ascet´ics (from the Gr. askēsis, meaning practice, bodily exercise, or athletic training). The early Christians, who devoted themselves to severe exercises of piety and strove to distinguish themselves from the world by abstinence from sensual enjoyments and by voluntary penances, adopted the name to signify the practice of spiritual things. Ascetics and asceticism have played an important part in the Christian Church, but the principle of striving after a higher and more spiritual life by subduing the animal appetites and passions has no necessary connection with Christianity. Thus there were ascetics among the Jews previous to Christ, and asceticism was inculcated by the Stoics, while in its most extreme form it may still be seen among the Brahmans and Buddhists. Monasticism was but one phase of asceticism. It must also be borne in mind that in the history of asceticism, pagan, Christian, Jewish, and Mohammedan, we are often dealing not only with religious but distinctly abnormal temperaments. See Monasticism.

Asceticism and Ascetics (from the Greek askēsis, meaning practice, physical exercise, or athletic training). The early Christians committed themselves to rigorous acts of devotion and aimed to set themselves apart from the world through abstaining from physical pleasures and undertaking voluntary hardships. They adopted this term to represent the pursuit of spiritual matters. Ascetics and asceticism have had a significant role in the Christian Church, but the idea of seeking a higher, more spiritual life by controlling bodily desires and passions isn't exclusively tied to Christianity. There were ascetics among the Jews before Christ, and the Stoics taught principles of asceticism, while its most extreme forms can still be observed among the Brahmans and Buddhists today. Monasticism was just one aspect of asceticism. It's important to remember that in the history of asceticism—whether pagan, Christian, Jewish, or Muslim—we often encounter not just religious practices but distinctly unusual temperaments as well. See Monasticism.

Asch (a˙sh), a town of Czecho-Slovakia, in the extreme north-western corner of former Bohemia, with manufactures of cotton, woollen, and silk goods, bleachfields, dyeworks, &c. Pop. 21,583.

Asch (a˙sh) is a town in Slovakia, located in the far northwestern corner of what used to be Bohemia. It has factories producing cotton, wool, and silk products, as well as bleachfields, dyeworks, etc. The population is 21,583.

Aschaffenburg (a˙-sha˙f´en-börh), a town of Bavaria, on the Main and Aschaff, 26 miles E.S.E. of Frankfort. The chief edifice is the castle of Johannisberg, built between 1605 and 1614, and for centuries the summer residence of the Elector. There are manufactures of coloured paper, tobacco, liqueurs, &c. Pop. 29,891.

Aschaffenburg (a˙-sha˙f´en-börh), a town in Bavaria, located on the Main and Aschaff rivers, 26 miles E.S.E. of Frankfurt. The main landmark is the castle of Johannisberg, which was built between 1605 and 1614 and has served as the summer residence of the Elector for centuries. The town produces colored paper, tobacco, liqueurs, and more. Population: 29,891.

Ascham (as´kam), Roger, a learned Englishman, born in 1515 of a respectable family in Yorkshire, died 1568. He was entered at St. John's College, Cambridge, 1530, and was elected fellow in 1534 and tutor in 1537. He was Latin secretary to Edward VI and also to Mary. He was tutor to Princess Elizabeth during her girlhood, and he became her secretary after she ascended the throne. In 1544 he wrote his Toxophilus, or Schole of Shooting, in praise of his favourite amusement and exercise—archery. Between 1563 and 1568 he wrote his Scholemaster, a treatise on the best method of teaching children Latin. Some of his writings, including many letters, were in Latin. He wrote the best English style of his time. His life was written by Dr. Johnson to accompany an edition of his works published in 1769.

Ascham (as´kam), Roger, a knowledgeable Englishman, was born in 1515 into a respectable family in Yorkshire and died in 1568. He enrolled at St. John's College, Cambridge, in 1530, became a fellow in 1534 and a tutor in 1537. He served as Latin secretary to Edward VI and later to Mary. He tutored Princess Elizabeth during her youth and became her secretary after she became queen. In 1544, he wrote his Toxophilus, or Schole of Shooting, celebrating his favorite pastime—archery. Between 1563 and 1568, he wrote his Scholemaster, a guide on the best way to teach children Latin. Some of his writings, including many letters, were in Latin. He had the best English writing style of his time. Dr. Johnson wrote his biography to accompany an edition of his works published in 1769.

Aschersleben (a˙sh´ėrz-lā-ben), a town of Prussian Saxony, in the district of Magdeburg, [271]near the junction of the Eine with the Wipper. Industries: woollens, machinery and metal goods, sugar, paper, &c. Pop. 28,968.

Aschersleben (a˙sh´ėrz-lā-ben), a town in Prussian Saxony, located in the Magdeburg district, [271]near where the Eine meets the Wipper. Industries include textiles, machinery and metal products, sugar, paper, etc. Population: 28,968.

Ascid´ia (Gr. askos, a wine-skin), the name given to the 'Sea-squirts' or main section of the Tunicata, a class of animals of low grade, resembling a double-necked bottle, of a leathery or gristly nature, found at low-water mark on the sea-beach, and dredged from deep water attached to stones, shells, and fixed objects. One of the prominent openings admits the food and the water required in respiration, the other is the excretory aperture. A single ganglion represents the nervous system, placed between the two apertures. Male and female reproductive organs exist in each ascidian. They pass through peculiar phases of development, the young ascidian appearing like a tadpole-body. They may be single or simple, social or compound. In social ascidians the peduncles of a number of individuals are united into a common tubular stem, with a partial common circulation of blood. In these animals evolutionists see a link between the Mollusca and the Vertebrata.

Ascidia (Gr. askos, meaning a wine-skin) refers to the 'Sea-squirts' or the main group of the Tunicata, which is a class of simple animals that resemble a double-necked bottle and have a leathery or gristly texture. They are found at low tide on the beach and are also dredged from deep water, where they attach to stones, shells, and other fixed objects. One of the main openings takes in food and water for breathing, while the other serves as the excretory outlet. A single ganglion represents their nervous system, located between the two openings. Each ascidian has both male and female reproductive organs. They undergo unique stages of development, with young ascidians looking like tadpoles. They can be single or simple, social or compound. In social ascidians, the stalks of multiple individuals are connected to form a shared tubular structure, allowing for some shared blood circulation. Evolutionists view these animals as a link between Mollusca and Vertebrata.

Ascidians Ascidians

1, Perophora: a, mouth; b, vent; c, intestinal canal; d, stomach; e, common tubular stem. 2, Ascidia echinata. 3, Ascidia virginea. 4, Cynthia quadrangularis. 5, Botryllus violaceus.

1, Perophora: a, mouth; b, vent; c, intestinal canal; d, stomach; e, common tubular stem. 2, Ascidia echinata. 3, Ascidia virginea. 4, Cynthia quadrangularis. 5, Botryllus violaceus.

Asclepliada´ceæ, an order of gamopetalous Dicotyledons, the distinguishing characteristic of which is that the anthers adhere to the five stigmatic processes, the whole sexual apparatus forming a single mass. The pollination arrangements are peculiar, recalling those of orchids. The members of this order are shrubs, or sometimes herbaceous plants, occasionally climbing, almost always with a milky juice. Many of them are employed as purgatives, diaphoretics, tonics, and febrifuges, and others as articles of food. Asclepias is the typical genus. See Asclepias, Calotropis, Stapelia, Stephanotis.

Asclepliada´ceæ, an order of flowering dicot plants, is characterized by anthers that stick to the five stigmatic processes, forming a single mass for the whole sexual structure. The way they’re pollinated is unique, similar to orchids. These plants can be shrubs or sometimes herbaceous, and occasionally climbing, almost always producing a milky sap. Many are used as laxatives, to induce sweating, tonics, and to reduce fevers, while others are consumed as food. Asclepias is the main genus. See Asclepias, Calotropis, Stapelia, Stephanotis.

Ascle´piades (-dēz), the name of a number of ancient Greek writers—poets, grammarians, &c—of whom little is known, and also of several ancient physicians, the most celebrated of whom was Asclepiades, of Bithynia, who acquired considerable repute at Rome about the beginning of the first century B.C.

Asclepiades (-dēz), the name of several ancient Greek writers—poets, grammarians, etc.—about whom not much is known, as well as a number of ancient doctors, the most famous of whom was Asclepiades from Bithynia, who gained significant fame in Rome around the start of the first century BCE

Ascle´pias, or Swallow-wort, a genus of plants, the type and the largest genus of the nat. ord. Asclepiadaceæ. Most of the species are North American herbs, having opposite, alternate, or verticillate leaves. Many of them possess powerful medicinal qualities. A. decumbens is diaphoretic and sudorific, and has the singular property of exciting general perspiration without increasing in any sensible degree the heat of the body; A. curassavica is emetic, and its roots are frequently sent to England as ipecacuanha; the roots of A. tuberōsa are famed for diaphoretic properties. Many other species are also used as medicines, and several are cultivated for the beauty of their flowers.

Asclepias, or Swallow-wort, is a genus of plants and the largest group in the family Asclepiadaceae. Most species are North American herbs that have either opposite, alternate, or whorled leaves. Many of these plants have strong medicinal properties. A. decumbens is known to induce sweating and has the unique ability to promote perspiration without significantly raising body temperature; A. curassavica is an emetic, and its roots are often exported to England as ipecacuanha; the roots of A. tuberosa are renowned for their sweating-inducing effects. Several other species are also used for medicinal purposes, and many are grown for their attractive flowers.

Asclepios. See Æsculapius.

Asclepius. See Æsculapius.

As´coli, or Ascoli Piceno (ancient, Ascŭlum), a province in Central Italy.—The capital of the province, also called Ascoli Piceno, episcopal see of the Marches (the ancient Ascŭlum), is situated 90 miles north-east of Rome and contains, among several handsome new buildings, the remains of temples, an ancient theatre, &c. It has also many fine pre-Renaissance buildings, such as the Gothic Church S. Francesco and the Palazzo del Commune. At Castel Trosino, near Ascoli, a necropolis of the seventh century was discovered in 1895. Population of the town, 28,882; of the province, 261,835 (1915).

Ascoli, or Ascoli Piceno (formerly Ascŭlum), is a province in Central Italy. The capital city, also called Ascoli Piceno, serves as the episcopal see of the Marches (the ancient Ascŭlum) and is located 90 miles northeast of Rome. The city features a mix of attractive new buildings and the remnants of temples, an ancient theater, and more. It also boasts several impressive pre-Renaissance structures, such as the Gothic Church of S. Francesco and the Palazzo del Commune. In 1895, a necropolis dating back to the seventh century was uncovered near Ascoli at Castel Trosino. The population of the town is 28,882, while the province has a total population of 261,835 (2015).

As´coli Satriano (ancient, Ascŭlum Apŭlum), a town of S. Italy, province Foggia. Pop. 9700.

Ascoli Satriano (ancient, Ascŭlum Apŭlum), a town in southern Italy, province of Foggia. Population 9,700.

Ascomyce´tes (-tēz), one of the main subdivisions of the Eumycetes or Higher Fungi, distinguished by their principal spores being produced in organs called asci. Typically, an ascus is a cylindrical or club-shaped structure containing at maturity eight ascospores, which are usually liberated explosively and thereafter dispersed by the wind. As a rule numerous asci are massed together in a layer or ascus-hymenium, which is variously disposed on a more or less massive fruit-body, according to the form and structure of which the group is further subdivided into a number of sections and families, the chief being Erysiphales, Plectascineæ, Pyrenomycetes, Discomycetes (q.v.).

Ascomycetes (-tēz), one of the main groups of the Eumycetes or Higher Fungi, is recognized for producing its main spores in structures called asci. Usually, an ascus is a cylindrical or club-shaped structure that, when mature, holds eight ascospores, which are typically released explosively and then carried away by the wind. Generally, many asci are grouped together in a layer or ascus-hymenium, which is arranged on a more or less substantial fruiting body, leading to further classification into various sections and families, the most notable being Erysiphales, Plectascineae, Pyrenomycetes, and Discomycetes (q.v.).

Asco´nius (Quintus A. Pedianus), a Roman writer of the first century A.D., who wrote a life of Sallust, a reply to the detractors of Virgil, and commentaries on Cicero's orations, some of which are extant.

Asco´nius (Quintus A. Pedianus), a Roman writer from the first century A.D., who authored a biography of Sallust, a response to those who criticized Virgil, and commentaries on Cicero's speeches, some of which still exist.

As´cot, an English race-course adjacent to the S.W. extremity of the great park of Windsor. The races, which take place in the second week in June, constitute, for value of stakes and quality [272]of horses, the best meeting of the year, as it is the most fashionable.

Ascot, an English racetrack located near the S.W. end of Windsor Great Park. The races, held in the second week of June, are considered the best event of the year in terms of the value of the prizes and the quality [272] of horses, as it is the most popular.

As´gard (literally, gods' yard, or the abode of the gods), in Scandinavian mythology the home of the gods or Æsir, rising, like the Greek Olympus, from midgard, or the middle world, that is, the earth. It was here that Odin and the rest of the gods, the twelve Æsir, dwelt—the gods in the mansion called Gladsheim, the goddesses dwelling in Vingulf. Walhalla, in which heroes slain in battle dwelt, was also here. Below the boughs of the ash tree Yggdrasill the gods assembled every day in council.

Asgard (literally, gods' yard, or the home of the gods), in Scandinavian mythology, is the residence of the gods or Æsir, rising, like the Greek Olympus, from midgard, or the middle world, meaning the earth. It was here that Odin and the other gods, the twelve Æsir, lived—the gods in the mansion called Gladsheim, and the goddesses in Vingulf. Walhalla, where heroes slain in battle resided, was also located here. Beneath the branches of the ash tree Yggdrasill, the gods gathered every day for council.

Asgill (as´gil), John, an eccentric English writer, a lawyer by profession, born 1659, died 1738. In 1699 he published a pamphlet to prove that Christians were not necessarily liable to death, death being the penalty imposed for Adam's sin and Christ having satisfied the law. Having crossed over to Ireland, he was beginning to get into a good practice, and was elected to the Irish House of Commons, when his pamphlet was ordered to be burned by the public hangman, and he himself was expelled the House. His whole subsequent life was passed in pecuniary and other troubles, mostly in the Fleet or within the rules of the King's Bench.

Asgill (as´gil), John, an unusual English writer and lawyer, born in 1659, died in 1738. In 1699, he published a pamphlet arguing that Christians weren't necessarily subject to death, as death was the punishment for Adam's sin, which Christ had addressed. After moving to Ireland, he started to establish a solid legal practice and was elected to the Irish House of Commons when his pamphlet was ordered to be burned by the public executioner, and he was expelled from the House. His later life was spent in financial difficulties and other troubles, often in the Fleet or within the rules of the King's Bench.

Ash (Fraxĭnus), a genus of deciduous trees belonging to the nat. ord. Oleaceæ, having imperfect flowers and a seed-vessel prolonged into a thin wing at the apex (called a samara). There are a good many species, chiefly indigenous to North America. The common ash (F. excelsior), the only species indigenous to Central and Northern Europe, has a smooth bark, and grows tall and rather slender. The branches are flattened; the leaves have five pairs of pinnæ, terminated by an odd one, dark-green in colour; lanceolate, with serrated edges. The flowers are produced in loose spikes from the sides of the branches, and are succeeded by flat seeds which ripen in autumn. It is one of the most useful of British trees on account of the excellence of its hard tough wood and the rapidity of its growth, but often suffers greatly from a canker caused by the fungus Nectria ditissima. There are many varieties of it, as the weeping-ash, the curled-leaved ash, the entire-leaved ash, &c. The flowering or manna ash (F. Ornus), by some placed in a distinct genus (Ornus), is a native of the south of Europe and Palestine. It yields the substance called manna, which is obtained by making incisions in the bark, when the juice exudes and hardens. Among American species are the white ash (F. americana), with lighter bark and leaves; the red or black ash (F. pubescens), with a brown bark; the black ash (F. sambucifolia), the blue ash, the green ash, &c. They are all valuable trees. The mountain-ash or rowan belongs to a different order.

Ash (Fraxĭnus) is a genus of deciduous trees from the family Oleaceae, known for having imperfect flowers and a seed pod that extends into a thin wing at the top (called a samara). There are quite a few species, primarily native to North America. The common ash (F. excelsior), the only species found in Central and Northern Europe, has smooth bark and grows tall and rather slender. Its branches are flattened; the leaves consist of five pairs of leaflets, ending with a single one, and are dark green, lance-shaped, with serrated edges. The flowers appear in loose clusters along the sides of the branches and are followed by flat seeds that ripen in the autumn. It's one of the most useful trees in Britain due to the quality of its hard, durable wood and its fast growth, though it often suffers from a canker caused by the fungus Nectria ditissima. There are numerous varieties, such as the weeping ash, the curled-leaved ash, and the entire-leaved ash, among others. The flowering or manna ash (F. Ornus), sometimes categorized in a separate genus (Ornus), is native to Southern Europe and Palestine. It produces a substance known as manna, which is collected by making cuts in the bark, causing the juice to ooze out and harden. American species include the white ash (F. americana), which has lighter bark and leaves; the red or black ash (F. pubescens), which has brown bark; and the black ash (F. sambucifolia), blue ash, green ash, and so on. All of these are valuable trees. The mountain ash or rowan belongs to a different family.

Ash Common Ash (Fraxĭnus excelsior)

1, Hermaphrodite flower. 2, Anthers of male flower.

1, Hermaphrodite flower. 2, Anthers of male flower.

Ash, or Ashes, the incombustible residue of organic bodies (animal or vegetable) remaining after combustion; in common usage, any incombustible residue of bodies used as fuel; as a commercial term, the word generally means the ashes of vegetable substances, from which are extracted the alkaline matters called potash, pearl-ash, kelp, barilla, &c.

Ash, or Ashes, is the residue left behind from burning organic matter (whether animal or plant). In everyday language, it refers to any non-burnable leftover from items used as fuel. In a commercial context, the term usually pertains to the ashes of plant materials, from which alkaline substances like potash, pearl ash, kelp, and barilla are derived.

Ashan´go, a region in the interior of Southern Africa between lat. 1° and 2° S., and between the Ogowe and the Lower Congo, a mountainous country in the French territory. The inhabitants belong to the Bantu stock, and among them are a dwarfish people, the Obongo, said to be about 4½ feet high at most.

Ashan’go is a region in the interior of Southern Africa located between lat. 1° and 2° S., and between the Ogowe and the Lower Congo. It is a mountainous area within French territory. The people here belong to the Bantu ethnic group, including a small community known as the Obongo, who are said to be around 4½ feet tall at most.

Ashanti´, a British territory in West Africa belonging to the Gold Coast Colony, of which it forms a large inland portion, under a chief commissioner; area about 20,000 sq. miles. It is in great part hilly, well-watered, and covered with dense tropical vegetation, and rich forests with excellent timber trees. The country round the towns, however, is carefully cultivated. The crops are chiefly rice, maize, millet, sugar-cane, [273]cocoa, and yams, the last forming the staple vegetable food of the natives. Rubber is also a product. The domestic animals are cows, horses of small size, goats, and a species of hairy sheep. The wild animals include the elephant, rhinoceros, buffalo, lion, hippopotamus, &c. Birds are numerous, and crocodiles and other reptiles abound. Gold is abundant, and mining concessions are now successfully worked. The Ashantis make excellent cotton and silk cloths, articles in gold and other metals, earthenware, leather, &c. Ashanti used to form a kingdom ruled despotically, human sacrifices being very common. It is now under British administration, and attention is given to education, sanitation, agriculture, means of communication, &c. There are Government schools at Coomassie and Sunyani and a number of missionary schools. The chief town is Coomassie (or Kumassi), now reached by a railway from the coast (length 168 miles); its population is 24,000. The British first came in contact with the Ashantis in 1807, and hostilities continued off and on till 1826, when they were driven from the sea-coast. Immediately after the transfer of the Dutch settlements on the Gold Coast to Britain in 1872—when the entire coast remained in British hands—the Ashantis reclaimed the sovereignty of the tribes round the settlement of Elmina. This brought on a war, leading to a British expedition in 1874, in which Coomassie was captured. In 1896 the country became a British protectorate. In 1901 a rebellion had to be put down, and next year Ashanti was fully annexed. Pop. 287,814 (1911).—Cf. R. A. Freeman, Travels and Life in Ashantee and Jaman.

Ashanti, a British territory in West Africa that is part of the Gold Coast Colony, covers a large inland area of about 20,000 sq. miles and is managed by a chief commissioner. The region is mostly hilly, well-watered, and filled with dense tropical vegetation and rich forests containing high-quality timber. The land around the towns is carefully cultivated. The main crops include rice, maize, millet, sugar cane, cocoa, and yams, with yams being the staple vegetable food for the locals. Rubber is also produced here. The domestic animals raised are cows, small horses, goats, and a type of hairy sheep. Wild animals include elephants, rhinoceroses, buffalo, lions, hippopotamuses, etc. There are many birds, and crocodiles and other reptiles are plentiful. Gold is abundant, and mining operations are currently thriving. The Ashantis create high-quality cotton and silk fabrics, goods made from gold and other metals, pottery, leather, and more. Ashanti used to be a kingdom ruled dictatorially, with human sacrifices being quite common. It is now under British administration, which focuses on education, sanitation, agriculture, and communication. Government schools are located in Coomassie and Sunyani, along with several missionary schools. The main town is Coomassie (or Kumassi), which is now accessible by a railway from the coast (168 miles long); its population is 24,000. The British first interacted with the Ashantis in 1807, with conflicts occurring sporadically until 1826 when the British were pushed from the coastline. After the Dutch transferred their settlements on the Gold Coast to Britain in 1872—leaving the entire coast in British possession—the Ashantis reasserted control over the tribes around the Elmina settlement, which led to war and resulted in a British expedition in 1874 that captured Coomassie. In 1896, the region became a British protectorate. A rebellion had to be suppressed in 1901, and the following year Ashanti was fully annexed. The population was 287,814 in 1911.—Cf. R. A. Freeman, Travels and Life in Ashantee and Jaman.

Ash´bourne, a town of England, in Derbyshire, 12 miles N.W. of Derby, with manufactures of cottons and lace. Pop. 4039.

Ashbourne is a town in England, located in Derbyshire, 12 miles N.W. of Derby, known for its cotton and lace production. Pop. 4039.

Ash´burton, a town in Devonshire, England, 16 miles S.W. of Exeter, a parliamentary borough till 1868, and till 1918 giving name to a parliamentary division. Pop. (1921), 2362.

Ashburton, a town in Devon, England, 16 miles S.W. of Exeter, was a parliamentary borough until 1868 and continued to name a parliamentary division until 1918. Population (1921) was 2,362.

Ash´burton, Alexander Baring, Lord, a British statesman and financier, born 1774, died 1848. A younger son of Sir Francis Baring, he was bred to commercial pursuits, which for some years kept him in the United States and Canada, and in 1810 he became head of the great firm of Baring Brothers & Co. He sat in Parliament from 1806 to 1835, when he was raised to the peerage, after being a member of Peel's Government (1834-5).

Ashburton, Alexander Baring, Lord, a British politician and financier, born in 1774, died in 1848. The younger son of Sir Francis Baring, he was trained for business, which kept him in the United States and Canada for several years. In 1810, he became the head of the prominent firm Baring Brothers & Co. He served in Parliament from 1806 to 1835, when he was elevated to the peerage after being part of Peel's Government (1834-5).

Ash´burton Treaty, a treaty concluded at Washington, 1842, by Alexander Baring, Lord Ashburton, and the President of the United States; it defined the boundaries between the States and Canada, &c.

Ashburton Treaty, a treaty finalized in Washington in 1842 by Alexander Baring, Lord Ashburton, and the President of the United States; it established the borders between the States and Canada, etc.

Ashby-de-la-Zouch (ash´bi-del-a-zöch´), a town in Leicestershire, England, on the borders of Derbyshire, with manufactures of hosiery, leather, &c. Pop. (1921), 4983.

Ashby-de-la-Zouch (ash´bi-del-a-zöch´) is a town in Leicestershire, England, near the Derbyshire border, known for its hosiery and leather manufacturing. Population (1921), 4983.

Ash´dod, a place on the coast of Palestine, formerly one of the chief cities of the Philistines, now an insignificant village.

Ashdod, a location on the coast of Palestine, once one of the main cities of the Philistines, is now just a small village.

A´sher, one of Jacob's sons, and founder of the tribe called after him, who occupied a fertile territory in Palestine along the coast between Carmel and Lebanon.

A'sher, one of Jacob's sons and the founder of the tribe named after him, settled in a rich area of Palestine along the coast between Carmel and Lebanon.

Ashe´ra, an ancient Semitic goddess whose symbol was the phallus. In the Revised Version of the Old Testament this word is used to translate what in the Authorized Version is translated "grove", as connected with the idolatrous practices into which the Jews were prone to fall.

Ashe´ra is an ancient Semitic goddess, represented by the phallus. In the Revised Version of the Old Testament, this term is used to translate what is referred to as "grove" in the Authorized Version, relating to the idolatrous practices that the Jews often engaged in.

Ash´ford, a thriving town of England, in Kent, situated near the confluence of the upper branches of the River Stour, with large locomotive and railway-carriage works. It gives name to a parliamentary division of the county. Pop. (1921), 14,355.

Ashford is a bustling town in Kent, England, located near where the upper branches of the River Stour meet. It has significant locomotive and railway carriage manufacturing facilities. The town lends its name to a parliamentary division of the county. Population (1921): 14,355.

Ashington, an urban district or town of England, Northumberland, north-east of Morpeth, and about 2 miles from the sea, in a district of collieries. Pop. (1921), 29,406.

Ashington is a town in Northumberland, England, located northeast of Morpeth and about 2 miles from the sea, in an area known for its coal mines. Population (1921): 29,406.

Ashi´ra, a native race or people of Western Equatorial Africa, to the south of the Ogowe River, in the French Congo Territory.

Ashi´ra, a native group from Western Equatorial Africa, located south of the Ogowe River in what is now the French Congo Territory.

Ash´land, a city of the United States, in Wisconsin. Pop. (1920), 11,334.—Also a city of Kentucky. Pop. (1920), 14,729.

Ashland, a city in the United States, located in Wisconsin. Population (1920), 11,334.—Also a city in Kentucky. Population (1920), 14,729.

Ash´lar, masonry consisting of stones squared and smoothed in front and built in regular courses.

Ashlar is masonry made up of stones that are cut and polished on the front and arranged in even layers.

Ashley, Lord. See Shaftesbury, First Earl of.

Ashley, Lord. See Shaftesbury, 1st Earl of.

Ashmead-Bartlett, Sir Ellis, English politician, born in 1849. He entered Parliament in 1880, and was Civil Lord of the Admiralty from 1885 to 1892. He served in the Græco-Turkish and South African wars, and was knighted in 1892. He died in 1902.

Ashmead-Bartlett, Sir Ellis, English politician, born in 1849. He joined Parliament in 1880 and served as Civil Lord of the Admiralty from 1885 to 1892. He took part in the Græco-Turkish and South African wars and was knighted in 1892. He passed away in 1902.

Ash´mole, Elias, English antiquary, born 1617, died 1692. He became a chancery solicitor in London, but afterwards studied at Oxford, taking up mathematics, physics, chemistry, and particularly astrology. He published Theatrum Chymicum in 1652. On the Restoration he received the post of Windsor Herald, and other appointments both honourable and lucrative. In 1672 appeared his History of the Order of the Garter. He presented to the University of Oxford his collection of rarities, to which he afterwards added his books and MSS., thereby commencing the Ashmolean Museum.

Ashmole, Elias, was an English antiquarian, born in 1617 and died in 1692. He initially worked as a chancery solicitor in London but later studied at Oxford, focusing on mathematics, physics, chemistry, and especially astrology. He published Theatrum Chymicum in 1652. After the Restoration, he was appointed Windsor Herald and received other prestigious and well-paying positions. In 1672, he published his History of the Order of the Garter. He donated his collection of curiosities to the University of Oxford, later adding his books and manuscripts, which led to the creation of the Ashmolean Museum.

Ash´taroth. See Astarte.

Ash'taroth. See Astarte.

Ashton-in-Makerfield, a town of Lancashire, England, 4 miles from Wigan, with collieries, cotton-mills, &c. Pop. (1921), 22,489.

Ashton-in-Makerfield is a town in Lancashire, England, located 4 miles from Wigan, featuring coal mines, cotton mills, etc. Population (1921): 22,489.

Ashton-under-Lyne, a municipal and parliamentary borough of Lancashire, England, 6 miles [274]east of Manchester, on the north bank of the River Tame, a well-built place, with handsome streets and public buildings. The chief employment is the cotton manufacture, but there are also collieries and ironworks, which employ a great many persons. Pop. 51,080; (municipal borough) (1921), 43,333.

Ashton-under-Lyne is a municipal and parliamentary borough in Lancashire, England, located 6 miles [274] east of Manchester, along the north bank of the River Tame. It's a well-developed area with attractive streets and public buildings. The main industry here is cotton manufacturing, but there are also coal mines and ironworks that employ a large number of people. Population: 51,080; (municipal borough) (1921), 43,333.

Ashton-upon-Mersey, a town or urban district of England, Cheshire, on the south side of the Mersey, several miles south-west of Manchester. Pop. (1921), 7780.

Ashton-upon-Mersey is a town or urban district in England, located in Cheshire, on the south side of the Mersey, several miles southwest of Manchester. Population (1921), 7,780.

Ashura´da, a small island in the S.E. corner of the Caspian, formed by Russia into a trading station.

Ashura´da, a small island in the Southeast corner of the Caspian, was created by Russia as a trading post.

Ash-Wednesday, the first day of Lent, so called from a custom in the Western Church of sprinkling ashes that day on the heads of penitents, then admitted to penance. The period at which the fast of Ash-Wednesday was instituted is uncertain; but it probably dates from the eighth century at least. In the Roman Catholic Church the ashes are now strewn on the heads of all the clergy and people present. In the Anglican Church Ash-Wednesday is regarded as an important fast day.

Ash Wednesday, the first day of Lent, gets its name from the tradition in the Western Church of sprinkling ashes on the heads of individuals seeking forgiveness, who are then allowed to participate in penance. The exact time when the Ash Wednesday fast began is unclear, but it likely started at least in the eighth century. In the Roman Catholic Church, ashes are now placed on the heads of all clergy and attendees. In the Anglican Church, Ash Wednesday is considered an important fasting day.

Asia, the largest of the great divisions of the earth; length, from the extreme south-western point of Arabia, at the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb, to the extreme north-eastern point of Siberia—East Cape, or Cape Vostochni, in Behring's Strait—6900 miles; breadth, from Cape Chelyuskin, in Northern Siberia, to Cape Romania, the southern extremity of the Malay Peninsula, 5300 miles; area estimated at 17,250,000 sq. miles, about a third of all the land of the earth's surface. On three sides, N., E., and S., the ocean forms its natural boundary, while in the W. the frontier is marked mainly by the Ural Mountains, the Ural River, Caspian Sea, the Caucasus, the Black Sea, the Mediterranean, the Suez Canal, and the Red Sea. There is no proper separation between Asia and Europe, the latter being really a great peninsula of the former. Asia, though not so irregular in shape as Europe, is broken in the S. by three great peninsulas, Arabia, Hindustan, and Farther India, while the east coast presents peninsular projections and islands, forming a series of sheltered seas and bays, the principal peninsulas being Kamtshatka and Corea. The principal islands are those forming the Malay or Asiatic Archipelago, which stretch round in a wide curve on the S.E. of the continent. Besides the larger islands—Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Mindanao, and Luzon (in the Philippine group)—there are countless smaller islands grouped round these. Other islands are Ceylon, in the S. of India; the Japanese Islands and Sakhalin on the E. of the continent; Formosa, S.E. of China; Cyprus, S. of Asia Minor; and New Siberia and Wrangell, in the Arctic Ocean.

Asia is the largest of the world's major regions. Its length stretches from the far southwestern point of Arabia, at the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb, to the far northeastern point of Siberia—East Cape, or Cape Vostochni, in Bering Strait—covering about 6,900 miles. Its width, from Cape Chelyuskin in Northern Siberia to Cape Romania at the southern tip of the Malay Peninsula, is approximately 5,300 miles. The total area is estimated to be around 17,250,000 square miles, which is about one-third of all the Earth's land surface. On three sides—north, east, and south—oceans form its natural boundaries, while to the west the boundaries are primarily defined by the Ural Mountains, the Ural River, the Caspian Sea, the Caucasus, the Black Sea, the Mediterranean, the Suez Canal, and the Red Sea. There is no clear separation between Asia and Europe; the latter is essentially a large peninsula of the former. Although Asia is less irregular in shape than Europe, the southern part is broken up by three major peninsulas: Arabia, Hindustan, and Farther India, while the east coast features peninsula extensions and islands that create a series of sheltered seas and bays. The main peninsulas are Kamchatka and Korea. The key islands form the Malay or Asiatic Archipelago, which curves broadly around the southeast of the continent. Besides the larger islands—Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Mindanao, and Luzon (in the Philippine group)—there are countless smaller islands clustered around them. Other notable islands include Ceylon, south of India; the Japanese Islands and Sakhalin to the east of the continent; Formosa, southeast of China; Cyprus, south of Asia Minor; and New Siberia and Wrangell in the Arctic Ocean.

The mountain systems of Asia are of great extent, and their culminating points are the highest in the world. The greatest of all is the Himálaya system, which lies mainly between long. 70° and 100° E. and lat. 28° and 37° N. It extends, roughly speaking, from north-west to south-east, its total length being about 1500 miles, forming the northern barrier of Hindustan. The loftiest summits are Mount Everest, 29,002 feet high, Godwin-Austen, 28,265, and Kanchinjinga, 28,156. The principal passes, which rise to the height of 18,000 to 20,000 feet, are the highest in the world. A second great mountain system of Central Asia, connected with the north-western extremity of the Himálaya system by the elevated region of Pamir (about long. 70°-75° E., lat. 37°-40° N.), is the Thian-Shan system, which runs north-eastward for a distance of 1200 miles. In this direction the Altai, Sayan, and other ranges continue the line of elevations to the north-eastern coast. A north-western continuation of the Himálaya is the Hindu Kush, and farther westward a connection may be traced between the Himálaya mass and the Elburz range (18,460) feet, south of the Caspian, and thence to the mountains of Kurdistan, Armenia, and Asia Minor.

The mountain systems of Asia are extensive, and their highest points are the tallest in the world. The largest of these is the Himalaya system, which mainly lies between long. 70° and 100° E. and lat. 28° and 37° N. It stretches roughly from northwest to southeast, with a total length of about 1,500 miles, forming the northern boundary of Hindustan. The highest peaks are Mount Everest, standing at 29,002 feet, Godwin-Austen at 28,265 feet, and Kanchinjunga at 28,156 feet. The main passes, which rise to heights of 18,000 to 20,000 feet, are the highest in the world. A second major mountain system in Central Asia, linked to the northwestern part of the Himalaya by the elevated region of Pamir (around long. 70°-75° E., lat. 37°-40° N.), is the Tien Shan system, which extends northeastward for 1,200 miles. In this direction, the Altai, Sayan, and other ranges continue the line of elevations to the northeastern coast. A northwestern extension of the Himalaya is the Hindu Kush, and further west, a connection can be traced between the Himalaya and the Elburz range (18,460 feet), located south of the Caspian Sea, extending to the mountains of Kurdistan, Armenia, and Asia Minor.

There are vast plateaux and elevated valley regions connected with the great central mountain systems, but large portions of the continent are low and flat. Tibet forms the most elevated table-land in Asia, its mean height being estimated at 15,000 feet. On its south is the Himálayan range, while the Kuen-Lun range forms its northern barrier. Another great but much lower plateau is that which comprises Afghanistan, Baluchistan, and Persia, and which to the north-west joins into the plateau of Asia Minor. The principal plain of Asia is that of Siberia, which extends along the north of the continent and forms an immense alluvial tract sloping to the Arctic Ocean. Vast swamps or peat-mosses called tundras cover large portions of this region. South-west of Siberia, and stretching eastward from the Caspian, is a low-lying tract consisting to a great extent of steppes and deserts, and including in its area the Sea of Aral. In the east of China there is an alluvial plain of some 200,000 sq. miles in extent; in Hindustan are plains extending for 2000 miles along the south slope of the Himálaya; and between Arabia and Persia, watered by the Tigris and Euphrates, is the plain of Mesopotamia or Assyria, one of the richest in the world. Of the deserts of Asia the largest is that of Gobi (long. 90°-120° E., lat. 40°-48° N.), large portions of which are covered with nothing but sand or display a surface of bare rock. An almost continuous desert region may also be traced from the desert of North Africa through Arabia (which is largely occupied by bare [275]deserts), Persia, and Baluchistan to the Indus.

There are large plateaus and high valley regions connected to the great central mountain systems, but much of the continent is low and flat. Tibet is the highest plateau in Asia, with an average elevation of around 15,000 feet. To the south is the Himalayan range, while the Kuen-Lun range forms its northern boundary. Another significant but much lower plateau includes Afghanistan, Baluchistan, and Persia, which connects to the plateau of Asia Minor to the northwest. The main plain in Asia is Siberia, which stretches across the northern part of the continent and features an enormous alluvial area sloping towards the Arctic Ocean. Vast swamps or peat bogs known as tundras cover large parts of this area. Southwest of Siberia, extending eastward from the Caspian Sea, is a low-lying region largely made up of steppes and deserts, which includes the Sea of Aral. In eastern China, there's an alluvial plain that covers around 200,000 square miles; in Hindustan, plains run for 2,000 miles along the southern slope of the Himalayas; and between Arabia and Persia, watered by the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, is the plain of Mesopotamia or Assyria, one of the richest in the world. Among the deserts of Asia, the largest is the Gobi Desert (longitude 90°-120° E., latitude 40°-48° N.), where large areas are covered with sand or consist of bare rock. An almost continuous desert region can also be traced from the deserts of North Africa through Arabia (which is mostly bare [275]deserts), Persia, and Baluchistan to the Indus.

POLITICAL MAP OF ASIA

Asia

Some of the largest rivers of Asia flow northward to the Arctic Ocean—the Obi, the Yenisei, and the Lena. The Hoang-Ho and Yang-tse, and the Amoor, are the chief of those which flow into the Pacific. The Ganges, Brahmaputra, Irawadi, and Indus flow into the Indian Ocean. The Persian Gulf receives the united waters of the Euphrates and the Tigris. There are several systems of inland drainage, large rivers falling into lakes which have no outlet.

Some of the biggest rivers in Asia flow north to the Arctic Ocean—the Obi, the Yenisei, and the Lena. The Hoang-Ho, Yangtze, and Amoor are the main rivers that flow into the Pacific. The Ganges, Brahmaputra, Irrawaddy, and Indus flow into the Indian Ocean. The Persian Gulf gets the combined waters of the Euphrates and the Tigris. There are several inland drainage systems where major rivers empty into lakes that have no outlets.

The largest lake of Asia (partly also European) is the Caspian Sea, which receives the Kur from the Caucasus (with its tributary the Aras from Armenia), and the Sefid Rud and other streams from Persia (besides the Volga from European Russia, and the Ural, which is partly European, partly Asiatic). The Caspian lies in the centre of a great depression, being 83 feet below the level of the Sea of Azov. East from the Caspian is the Sea of Aral, which, like the Caspian, has no outlet, and is fed by the Rivers Amu-Darya (Oxus) and Syr-Darya. Still farther east, to the north of the Thian-Shan Mountains, and fed by the Ili and other streams, is Lake Balkhash, also without an outlet and very salt. Other lakes having no communication with the ocean are Lob Nor, in the desert of Gobi, receiving the River Tarim, and the Dead Sea, far below the level of the Mediterranean, and fed by the Jordan. The chief fresh-water lake is Lake Baikal, in the south of Siberia, between long. 104° and 110° E., a mountain lake from which the Yenisei draws a portion of its waters.

The largest lake in Asia (which is also partly in Europe) is the Caspian Sea. It receives the Kur River from the Caucasus (along with its tributary, the Aras, from Armenia), and the Sefid Rud along with other streams from Persia, in addition to the Volga from European Russia and the Ural, which is partly in Europe and partly in Asia. The Caspian is located in the center of a large depression, sitting 83 feet below the level of the Sea of Azov. To the east of the Caspian is the Sea of Aral, which, like the Caspian, has no outlet and is fed by the Amu-Darya (Oxus) and Syr-Darya Rivers. Even further east, to the north of the Tien Shan Mountains, is Lake Balkhash, which also has no outlet and is quite salty, fed by the Ili and other streams. Other lakes that have no connection to the ocean include Lob Nor in the Gobi Desert, which receives the Tarim River, and the Dead Sea, which is much lower than the Mediterranean and is fed by the Jordan River. The main freshwater lake is Lake Baikal, located in southern Siberia, between long. 104° and 110° E., a mountain lake that supplies some of its water to the Yenisei River.

Geologically speaking, large areas of Asia are of comparatively recent date, the lowlands of Siberia, for instance, being submerged during the tertiary period, if not more recently. Many geologists believe that subsequently to the glacial period there was a great sea in Western Asia, of which the Caspian and Aral Seas are the remains. The desiccation of Central Asia is still going on, as is also probably the upheaval of a great part of the continent. The great mountain chains and elevated plateaux are of ancient origin, however, and in them granite and other crystalline rocks are largely represented. Active volcanoes are only met with in the extreme east (Kamtchatka) and in the Eastern Archipelago. From the remotest times Asia has been celebrated for its mineral wealth. In the Altai and Ural Mountains gold, iron, lead, and platinum are found; in India and other parts rubies, diamonds, and other gems are, or have been, procured; salt in Central Asia; coal in China, India, Central Asia, &c.; petroleum in the districts about the Caspian and in Burmah; bitumen in Syria; while silver, copper, sulphur, &c., are found in various parts.

Geologically speaking, large areas of Asia are relatively recent, with places like the lowlands of Siberia having been underwater during the tertiary period, if not more recently. Many geologists believe that after the glacial period, there was a vast sea in Western Asia, of which the Caspian and Aral Seas are remnants. The drying up of Central Asia is still happening, as is likely the uplift of a significant part of the continent. However, the major mountain ranges and high plateaus are ancient and consist mainly of granite and other crystalline rocks. Active volcanoes are found only in the far east (Kamchatka) and in the Eastern Archipelago. Asia has been known for its mineral wealth since ancient times. Gold, iron, lead, and platinum can be found in the Altai and Ural Mountains; in India and other locations, rubies, diamonds, and other gems are available; salt is found in Central Asia; coal is present in China, India, Central Asia, etc.; petroleum is located in the areas around the Caspian and in Burma; bitumen is found in Syria; while silver, copper, sulfur, etc., are located in various regions.

Every variety of climate may be experienced in Asia, but as a whole it is marked by extremes of heat and cold and by great dryness, this in particular being the case with vast regions in the centre of the continent and distant from the sea. The great lowland region of Siberia has a short but very hot summer, and a long but intensely cold winter, the rivers and their estuaries being fast bound with ice, and at a certain depth the soil is hard frozen all the year round. The northern part of China to the east of Central Asia has a temperate climate with a warm summer, and in the extreme north a severe winter. The districts lying to the south of the central region, comprising the Indian and Indo-Chinese Peninsulas, Southern China, and the adjacent islands, present the characteristic climate and vegetation of the southern temperate and tropical regions modified by the effects of altitude. Some localities in Southern Asia have the heaviest rainfall anywhere known. As the equator is approached the extremes of temperature diminish till at the southern extremity of the continent they are such as may be experienced in any tropical country. Among climatic features are the monsoons of the Indian Ocean and the eastern seas, and the cyclones or typhoons, which are often very destructive.

Asia experiences every type of climate, but overall, it's characterized by extreme heat and cold, as well as significant dryness, especially in the vast central regions that are far from the sea. The large lowland area of Siberia has a short but very hot summer, followed by a long and intensely cold winter, where rivers and estuaries freeze over, and the soil remains frozen deep into the ground all year long. The northern part of China, east of Central Asia, enjoys a temperate climate with warm summers and harsh winters in the far north. The areas south of the central region, including the Indian and Indo-Chinese Peninsulas, Southern China, and nearby islands, showcase the typical climate and vegetation of both southern temperate and tropical zones, influenced by altitude. Some places in Southern Asia receive the heaviest rainfall recorded anywhere. As one moves closer to the equator, temperature extremes lessen until they resemble those found in any tropical country at the southern tip of the continent. Notable climatic features include the monsoons of the Indian Ocean and eastern seas, as well as the cyclones or typhoons, which can often be very destructive.

The plants and animals of Northern and Western Asia generally resemble those of similar latitudes in Europe (which is really a prolongation of the Asiatic continent), differing more in species than in genera. The principal mountain trees are the pine, larch, and birch; the willow, alder, and poplar are found in lower grounds. In the central region European species reach as far as the Western and Central Himálaya, but are rare in the Eastern. They are here met by Chinese and Japanese forms. The lower slopes of the Himálaya are clothed almost exclusively with tropical forms. Higher up, between 4000 and 10,000 feet, are found all the types of trees and plants that belong to the temperate zone, there being extensive forests of conifers. Here is the native home of the deodar cedar. The south-eastern region, including India, the Eastern Peninsula, and China, with the islands, contains a vast variety of plants useful to man and having here their original habitat, such as the sugar-cane, rice, cotton, and indigo, pepper, cinnamon, cassia, clove, nutmeg, and cardamoms, banana, coco-nut, areca, and sago palms; the mango and many other fruits, with plants producing a vast number of drugs, caoutchouc, and gutta-percha. The forests of India and the Malay Peninsula contain oak, teak, sâl, and other timber woods, besides bamboos, palms, sandal-wood, &c. The palmyra palm is characteristic of Southern India; while the talipot palm flourishes on the western coast of Hindustan, Ceylon, and the Malay [276]Peninsula. The cultivated plants of India and China include wheat, barley, rice, maize, millet, sugar-cane, tea, coffee, indigo, cotton, jute, opium, tobacco, &c. In North China and the Japanese Islands large numbers of deciduous trees occur, such as oaks, maples, limes, walnuts, poplars, and willows, the genera being European but the individual species Asiatic. Among cultivated plants are wheat, and in favourable situations rice, cotton, the vine, &c. Coffee, rice, sugar, &c., are extensively grown in some of the islands of the Asiatic Archipelago. In Arabia and the warmer valleys of Persia, Afghanistan, and Baluchistan aromatic shrubs are abundant. Over large parts of these regions the date palm flourishes and affords a valuable article of food. Gum-producing acacias are, with the date palm, the commonest trees in Arabia. African forms are found extending from the Sahara along the desert region of Asia.

The plants and animals of Northern and Western Asia are similar to those found at the same latitudes in Europe (which is essentially an extension of the Asian continent), differing primarily in species rather than genera. The main mountain trees include pine, larch, and birch, while willow, alder, and poplar grow in lower areas. In the central region, European species extend as far as the Western and Central Himalayas, but they are uncommon in the Eastern part, where they encounter Chinese and Japanese species. The lower slopes of the Himalayas are almost entirely covered with tropical plants. Higher up, between 4,000 and 10,000 feet, you can find various types of trees and plants typical of the temperate zone, including extensive forests of conifers. This is the native home of the deodar cedar. The southeastern region, which includes India, the Eastern Peninsula, and China, along with its islands, is home to a wide variety of plants beneficial to humans that have originated here, such as sugar cane, rice, cotton, indigo, pepper, cinnamon, cassia, cloves, nutmeg, cardamom, bananas, coconuts, areca, and sago palms, mangoes, and many other fruits, as well as plants providing numerous drugs, caoutchouc, and gutta-percha. The forests of India and the Malay Peninsula have oak, teak, sal, and other timber varieties, in addition to bamboos, palms, and sandalwood. The palmyra palm is typical of Southern India, while the talipot palm thrives on the western coast of Hindustan, Ceylon, and the Malay Peninsula. The cultivated plants in India and China include wheat, barley, rice, maize, millet, sugar cane, tea, coffee, indigo, cotton, jute, opium, and tobacco. In North China and the Japanese Islands, there are many deciduous trees like oaks, maples, limes, walnuts, poplars, and willows, with the genera being European but the species from Asia. Among cultivated plants are wheat, and in favorable locations, rice, cotton, and the vine. Coffee, rice, and sugar are also widely grown in some of the islands of the Asiatic Archipelago. In Arabia and the warmer valleys of Persia, Afghanistan, and Baluchistan, aromatic shrubs are plentiful. Across large areas of these regions, the date palm thrives and provides a valuable food source. Gum-producing acacias, along with the date palm, are the most common trees in Arabia. African species can be found extending from the Sahara across the desert regions of Asia.

Nearly all the mammals of Europe are found in Northern Asia, with numerous additions to the species. Central Asia is the native land of the horse, the ass, the ox, the sheep, and the goat. Both varieties of the camel, the single and the double humped, are Asiatic. To the inhabitants of Tibet and the higher plateaux of the Himálaya the yak is what the reindeer is to the tribes of the Siberian plain, almost their sole wealth and support. The elephant, of a different species from that of Africa, is a native of tropical Asia. The Asiatic lion, which inhabits Arabia and Persia, and still exists in the north-west of India, is smaller than the African species. Bears are found in all parts, the white bear in the far north, and other species in the more temperate and tropical parts. The tiger is the most characteristic of the larger Asiatic Carnivora. It is found in Armenia and throughout the entire continent, being absent, however, from the greater portion of Siberia and from the high table-land of Tibet; it is found also in Sumatra, Java, and Bali. In South-Eastern Asia and the islands we find the rhinoceros, buffalo, ox, deer, squirrels, porcupines, &c. In birds nearly every order is represented. Among the most interesting forms are the hornbills, the peacock, the Impey pheasant, the tragopan or horned pheasant, and other gallinaceous birds, the pheasant family being very characteristic of South-Eastern Asia. It was from Asia that the common domestic fowl was introduced into Europe. The tropical parts of Asia abound in monkeys, of which the species are numerous. Some are tailed, others, such as the orang, are tailless, but none have prehensile tails like the American monkeys. In the Malay Archipelago marsupial animals, so characteristic of Australia, first occur in the Moluccas and Celebes, while various mammals common in the western part of the Archipelago are absent. A similar transition towards the Australian type takes place in the species of birds. (See Wallace's Line.) Of marine mammals the dugong is peculiar to the Indian Ocean; in the Ganges is found a peculiar species of dolphin. At the head of the reptiles stands the Gangetic crocodile, frequenting the Ganges and other large rivers. Among the serpents are the cobra de capello, one of the most deadly snakes in existence; there are also large boas and pythons, besides sea and fresh-water snakes. The seas and rivers produce a great variety of fish. The Salmonidæ are found in the rivers flowing into the Arctic Ocean. Two rather remarkable fishes are the climbing perch and the archer-fish. The well-known goldfish is a native of China.

Most mammals found in Europe are also present in Northern Asia, along with many more species. Central Asia is the original home of the horse, donkey, cow, sheep, and goat. Both types of camels, the single-humped and double-humped, are from Asia. For the people of Tibet and the higher plateaus of the Himalayas, the yak is as important as the reindeer is to the tribes of the Siberian plains; it serves as their main resource and support. The elephant, which belongs to a different species than those in Africa, is native to tropical Asia. The Asiatic lion, which lives in Arabia and Persia and still exists in northwestern India, is smaller than its African counterpart. Bears are found throughout the region, with polar bears in the far north and other species in more temperate and tropical areas. The tiger is the most typical of the larger Asian carnivores, found in Armenia and across most of the continent, but absent from most of Siberia and the high plateau of Tibet. It also inhabits Sumatra, Java, and Bali. In Southeast Asia and the surrounding islands, there are rhinoceroses, buffalo, cows, deer, squirrels, porcupines, etc. Almost every bird order is represented, with interesting species like hornbills, peacocks, the Impeyan pheasant, the tragopan (or horned pheasant), and other game birds, particularly plentiful in Southeast Asia. The common domestic chicken originated from Asia before being brought to Europe. Tropical Asia is rich in monkeys, which come in many species; some have tails while others, like the orangutan, do not, but none have prehensile tails like monkeys from the Americas. In the Malay Archipelago, marsupials typically found in Australia first appear in the Moluccas and Celebes, although various mammals common to the western part of the archipelago are absent. A similar shift toward Australian types occurs among birds. (See Wallace's Line.) Among marine mammals, the dugong is specific to the Indian Ocean, while a unique species of dolphin can be found in the Ganges. The Gangetic crocodile is a leading reptile, residing in the Ganges and other large rivers. Among snakes are the cobra de capello, one of the deadliest snakes in the world, along with large boas and pythons, as well as sea and freshwater snakes. The seas and rivers host a vast variety of fish. The Salmonidae family thrives in rivers that flow into the Arctic Ocean. Two notable fish are the climbing perch and the archerfish. The well-known goldfish is originally from China.

Asia is mainly peopled by races belonging to two great ethnographic types, the Caucasic or fair type, and the Mongolic or yellow. To the former belong the Aryan, or Indo-European, and the Semitic races, both of which mainly inhabit the south-west of the continent; to the latter belong the Malays and Indo-Chinese in the S.E., as well as the Mongolians proper (Chinese, &c.), occupying nearly all the rest of the continent. To these may be added certain races of doubtful affinities, as the Dravidians of Southern India, the Cingalese of Ceylon, the Ainos of Yesso, and some negro-like tribes called Negritos, which inhabit Malacca and the interior of several of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago. The total population is estimated at 823,000,000, or more than half that of the whole world, of which 330,000,000 inhabit Chinese territory, 302,000,000 British, and 25,000,000 Russian. Portions of Asia are under the control of European Powers (Russia, Great Britain, Holland, France), of the United States of America, China, and Japan. The chief States are China, Japan, Corea, Siam, Afghanistan, Persia, and Arabia. The chief religions are the Brahmanism of India, the Buddhism of Burmah, China, &c., the creeds of Confucius and Lao-tse in China, and the various forms of Mahommedanism in Arabia, Persia, India, &c. More than a half of the whole population profess some form of Buddhism. Several native Christian sects are found in India, Armenia, Kurdistan, and Syria.

Asia is primarily populated by two major ethnic groups: the Caucasian or fair-skinned group and the Mongoloid or yellow-skinned group. The former includes the Aryans, or Indo-Europeans, and the Semitic races, who mostly live in the southwestern part of the continent. The latter includes the Malays and Indo-Chinese in the Southeast, as well as the Mongolians (Chinese, etc.), who inhabit almost all the rest of the continent. There are also some groups of uncertain backgrounds, like the Dravidians of Southern India, the Sinhalese of Sri Lanka, the Ainu of Hokkaido, and some tribes resembling Negroes called Negritos, found in Malacca and several islands in the Eastern Archipelago. The total population is estimated to be around 823 million, which is more than half of the world's total population, with 330 million living in Chinese territory, 302 million in British areas, and 25 million in Russian regions. Parts of Asia are controlled by European powers (Russia, Great Britain, Holland, France), the United States, China, and Japan. Key countries include China, Japan, Korea, Thailand, Afghanistan, Persia, and Arabia. The main religions are Brahmanism in India, Buddhism in Burma, China, etc., the teachings of Confucius and Laozi in China, and various forms of Islam in Arabia, Persia, India, etc. More than half of the entire population practices some form of Buddhism. Several indigenous Christian sects are present in India, Armenia, Kurdistan, and Syria.

Asia is generally regarded as the cradle of the human race. It possesses the oldest historical documents, and, next to the immediately contiguous kingdom of Egypt, the oldest historical monuments in the world. The Old Testament contains the oldest historical records which we have of any nation in the form of distinct narrative. The period at which Moses wrote was probably 1500 or 1600 years before the Christian era. His and the later Jewish writings confine themselves almost exclusively to the history of the Hebrews; but in Babylonia, as in Egypt, [277]civilization had made great advances long before this time. The earliest seat of the Aryan race some assign to the banks of the Oxus. Hence, perhaps from the pressure of the Mongolian tribes to the north, they spread themselves to the south-east and south-west, finally occupying Northern India, Persia, and other parts of Western Asia, and spreading into Europe, perhaps about 2000-1500 B.C. In China authentic history extends back probably to about 1000 B.C., with a long preceding period of which the names of dynasties are preserved without chronological arrangement. The kingdoms of Assyria, Babylonia, Media, and Persia predominated by turns in South-Western Asia. In regard to the history of these monarchies, much light has been obtained from the decipherment of the cuneiform inscriptions. The arms of the Pharaohs extended into Asia, but their conquests there were short-lived. From Cyrus (559 B.C.), who extended the empire of Persia from the Indus to the Mediterranean, while his son, Cambyses, added Egypt and Libya to it, to the conquest of Alexander (330 B.C.) Persia was the dominant Power in Western Asia. Alexander's great empire became broken up into separate kingdoms, which were finally absorbed in the Roman Empire, and this ultimately extended to the Tigris. Soon after the most civilized portions of the three continents had been reduced under one empire, the great event took place which forms the dividing-line of history, the birth of Christ and the spread of Christianity. In A.D. 226 a protracted struggle began between the newer Persian Empire and the Romans, which lasted till the advent of Mahomet, and the conquests of the Arabians. Persia was the first great conquest of Mahomet's followers. Syria and Egypt soon fell before their arms, and within forty years of the celebrated flight of Mahomet from Mecca (the Hejra), the sixth of the caliphs, or successors of the Prophet, was the most powerful sovereign of Asia. The Mongols next became the dominant race. In 999 Mahmud, whose father, born a Turkish slave, became Governor of Ghazni, conquered India, and established his rule. The dynasty of the Seljuk Tartars was established in Aleppo, Damascus, Iconium, and Kharism, and was distinguished for its struggles with the Crusaders. Othman, an emir of the Seljuk sultan of Iconium, established the Ottoman Empire in 1300. About 1220 Genghis Khan, an independent Mongol chief, made himself master of Central Asia, conquered Northern China, overran Turkestan, Afghanistan, and Persia; his successors took Bagdad and abolished the caliphate. In Asia Minor they overthrew the Seljuk dynasty. One of them, Timur or Tamerlane, carried fire and sword over Northern India and Western Asia, defeated and took prisoner Bajazet, the descendant of Othman (1402), and received tribute from the Greek emperor. The Ottoman Empire soon recovered from the blow inflicted by Timur, and Constantinople was taken and the Eastern Empire finally overthrown by the Sultan Mohammed II in 1453. China recovered its independence about 1368 and was again subjected by the Manchu Tartars (1618-45), soon after which it began to extend its empire over Central Asia. Siberia was conquered by the Cossacks on behalf of Russia (1580-4). The same country effected a settlement in the Caucasus about 1786, and has since continued to make steady advances into Central Asia. The discovery by the Portuguese of the passage to India by the Cape of Good Hope led to their establishment on the coast of the peninsula (1498). They were speedily followed by the Spanish, Dutch, French, and British. The struggle between the two last Powers for the supremacy of India was completed by the destruction of the French settlements (1760-5). At present the forms of government in Asia range from the primitive rule of the nomad sheik to the constitutional monarchy of Japan.—Bibliography: Sven Hedin, Through Asia; H. F. Blanford, Elementary Geography of India, Burma, and Ceylon; Max. Müller, The Sacred Books of the East; A. Little, The Far East; R. Cobbold, Innermost Asia; Colonel A. Durand, The Making of a Frontier; J. G. C. Chamberlain, Continents and their Peoples; E. Huntington, The Pulse of Asia; E. C. Hannah, Eastern Asia.

Asia is usually seen as the birthplace of humanity. It has the oldest historical documents and, after neighboring Egypt, the oldest historical monuments in the world. The Old Testament contains the earliest historical records we have from any nation in narrative form. Moses likely wrote during a period around 1500 or 1600 years before Christ. His writings and those of later Jewish authors primarily focus on the history of the Hebrews. However, in Babylonia, as in Egypt, civilization had advanced significantly well before this time. Some suggest the earliest home of the Aryan race was along the banks of the Oxus. Perhaps due to pressure from Mongolian tribes to the north, they migrated southeast and southwest, eventually settling in Northern India, Persia, and other parts of Western Asia, and spreading into Europe around 2000-1500 B.C. In China, authentic history dates back to around 1000 B.C., with a long preceding period where the names of dynasties are known but not in chronological order. The kingdoms of Assyria, Babylonia, Media, and Persia took turns dominating South-Western Asia. A lot has been learned about these monarchies from deciphering cuneiform inscriptions. The Pharaohs' military campaigns reached into Asia, but their successes there were brief. From Cyrus (559 B.C.), who expanded Persia's empire from the Indus to the Mediterranean, to his son Cambyses, who added Egypt and Libya, Persia was the leading power in Western Asia until Alexander's conquest (330 B.C.). Alexander's vast empire eventually fragmented into separate kingdoms, which were later absorbed into the Roman Empire, extending as far as the Tigris. Shortly after the most civilized regions of the three continents came under one empire, a monumental event happened that marks the turning point of history: the birth of Christ and the rise of Christianity. In A.D. 226, a long conflict started between the newer Persian Empire and the Romans, lasting until the rise of Muhammad and the Arab conquests. Persia was the first major territory conquered by Muhammad's followers. Syria and Egypt quickly fell to them, and within forty years of Muhammad's famous flight from Mecca (the Hejra), the sixth caliph became the most powerful ruler in Asia. Next, the Mongols became the dominant force. In 999, Mahmud, whose father was a former Turkish slave who became the Governor of Ghazni, conquered India and established his rule. The Seljuk Tartars established their dynasty in Aleppo, Damascus, Iconium, and Kharism and were known for their conflicts with the Crusaders. Othman, an emir of the Seljuk sultan of Iconium, founded the Ottoman Empire in 1300. Around 1220, Genghis Khan, an independent Mongol leader, took control of Central Asia, conquered Northern China, and invaded Turkestan, Afghanistan, and Persia; his successors captured Baghdad and ended the caliphate. In Asia Minor, they overthrew the Seljuk dynasty. One of these leaders, Timur or Tamerlane, ravaged Northern India and Western Asia, defeated and captured Bajazet, a descendant of Othman (1402), and demanded tribute from the Greek emperor. The Ottoman Empire soon bounced back from the blow dealt by Timur, and Constantinople was taken, with Sultan Mohammed II bringing down the Eastern Empire in 1453. China regained its independence around 1368 but was again dominated by the Manchu Tartars (1618-45), shortly after which it began to expand its empire into Central Asia. Siberia was conquered by the Cossacks for Russia (1580-84). Russia also established a presence in the Caucasus around 1786 and has since continued to advance into Central Asia. The Portuguese discovered the sea route to India around the Cape of Good Hope, leading to their establishment on the coast of the peninsula (1498). They were quickly followed by the Spanish, Dutch, French, and British. The conflict between the British and French for dominance in India culminated in the destruction of French settlements (1760-65). Today, the types of government in Asia vary widely, from the basic rule of nomadic sheikhs to the constitutional monarchy of Japan.—References: Sven Hedin, Through Asia; H. F. Blanford, Elementary Geography of India, Burma, and Ceylon; Max. Müller, The Sacred Books of the East; A. Little, The Far East; R. Cobbold, Innermost Asia; Colonel A. Durand, The Making of a Frontier; J. G. C. Chamberlain, Continents and their Peoples; E. Huntington, The Pulse of Asia; E. C. Hannah, Eastern Asia.

Asia, Central, a designation loosely given to the regions in the centre of Asia east of the Caspian, also called Turkestan, and formerly Tartary. The eastern portion belongs to China, the western to Russia. Russian Central Asia comprises the Kirghiz Steppe (Uralsk, Turgai, Akmolinsk, Semipalatinsk, &c.), and what was the government-general of Turkestan till 1918, besides the territory of the Turkomans, or Transcaspia and Merv. See Turkestan, Republic of.

Central Asia, a term loosely used for the areas in the middle of Asia east of the Caspian Sea, is also known as Turkestan and was previously referred to as Tartary. The eastern part is under China, while the western part is part of Russia. Russian Central Asia includes the Kirghiz Steppe (Uralsk, Turgai, Akmolinsk, Semipalatinsk, etc.) and what used to be the government-general of Turkestan until 1918, as well as the land of the Turkomans, or Transcaspia and Merv. See Republic of Turkestan.

Asia Minor, the most westerly portion of Asia, being the peninsula lying west of the Upper Euphrates, and forming part of Asiatic Turkey. It forms an extensive plateau, with lofty mountains rising above it, the most extensive ranges being the Taurus and Anti-Taurus, which border it on the south and south-east, and rise to over 10,000 feet. There are numerous salt- and freshwater lakes. The chief rivers are the Kizil-Irmak (Halys), Sakaria (Sangarius), entering the Black Sea; and the Sarabat (Hermus) and Menderes (Mæander), entering the Ægean. The coast regions are generally fertile, and have a genial climate; the interior is largely arid and dreary. Valuable forests and fruit-trees abound. Smyrna is the chief town. Anatolia is an equivalent name. See European War; Turkey. [278]

Asia Minor is the westernmost part of Asia, a peninsula located west of the Upper Euphrates and part of Asiatic Turkey. It consists of a large plateau with high mountains rising above it, the most significant ranges being the Taurus and Anti-Taurus, which border it to the south and southeast, reaching over 10,000 feet. There are many salt and freshwater lakes. The main rivers are the Kizil-Irmak (Halys) and Sakaria (Sangarius), which flow into the Black Sea, and the Sarabat (Hermus) and Menderes (Mæander), which head into the Aegean Sea. The coastal areas are generally fertile with a mild climate, while the interior is mostly dry and bleak. There are plenty of valuable forests and fruit trees. Smyrna is the largest city. Anatolia is a term that can be used interchangeably. See European War; Turkey. [278]

Asiago, a town in Italy in the province of Vicenza, capital of the Seven Communes (Sette Communi). In the great European War several battles were fought on the Asiago Plateau. The town was evacuated by the Italians on 28th May, 1916, but retaken on 25th June, 1916. See European War.

Asiago is a town in Italy located in the province of Vicenza and serves as the capital of the Seven Communes (Sette Communi). During the Great European War, several battles occurred on the Asiago Plateau. The town was evacuated by the Italians on May 28, 1916, but was retaken on June 25, 1916. See European War.

Asiatic Societies, learned bodies instituted for the purpose of collecting information respecting the different countries of Asia, such as the Asiatic Society of Bengal, founded in 1784 by Sir William Jones; and the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, established by Colebrooke, and opened in 1823. There are similar societies on the European Continent and in America, such as the Société Asiatique at Paris, founded in 1822; the Oriental Society of Germany (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft), founded in 1845; and the Oriental Society at Boston, founded in 1842.

Asiatic Societies are scholarly organizations created to gather information about various countries in Asia, including the Asiatic Society of Bengal, which was established in 1784 by Sir William Jones, and the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, founded by Colebrooke and launched in 1823. There are similar organizations in Europe and America, such as the Société Asiatique in Paris, founded in 1822; the Oriental Society of Germany (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft), founded in 1845; and the Oriental Society in Boston, founded in 1842.

Asiphona´ta, or Asiphon´ida, an order of lamellibranchiate, bivalve molluscs, destitute of the siphon or tube through which, in the Siphonata, the water that enters the gills is passed outwards. It includes the oysters, the scallop-shells, the pearl-oyster, the mussels, and in general the most useful and valuable molluscs.

Asiphona´ta, or Asiphon´ida, is a group of bivalve mollusks that lack the siphon or tube that in the Siphonata is used to expel water from the gills. This group includes oysters, scallops, pearl oysters, mussels, and generally the most useful and valuable mollusks.

Asir. See Hejaz.

Asir. See Hejaz.

Askabad´, the administrative centre of the Russian province of Transcaspia, situated in the Akhal Tekke oasis, and occupied by Skobelev in Jan., 1881, after the sack of Geok Tepé. Its distance from Merv is 232 miles, from Herat 388 miles. Pop. 54,000.

Askabad, the administrative center of the Russian province of Transcaspia, located in the Akhal Tekke oasis, was taken by Skobelev in January 1881, following the destruction of Geok Tepé. It is 232 miles from Merv and 388 miles from Herat. Population: 54,000.

As´kew, Anne, a victim of religious persecution, born 1521, martyred 1546. She was a daughter of Sir William Askew of Lincolnshire, and was married to a wealthy neighbour named Kyme, who, irritated by her Protestantism, drove her from his house. In London, whither she went probably to procure a divorce, she spoke against the dogmas of the old faith, and, being tried, was condemned to death as a heretic. Being put to the rack to extort a confession concerning those with whom she corresponded, she continued firm, and was then taken to Smithfield, chained to a stake, and burned.

Askew, Anne, a victim of religious persecution, born 1521, martyred 1546. She was the daughter of Sir William Askew of Lincolnshire and was married to a wealthy neighbor named Kyme, who, annoyed by her Protestant beliefs, kicked her out of his house. She went to London, likely to seek a divorce, where she spoke out against the doctrines of the old faith. After being tried, she was sentenced to death as a heretic. When they put her on the rack to force a confession about her correspondents, she remained steadfast. She was then taken to Smithfield, chained to a stake, and burned.

Askja (a˙sk´ya˙), a volcano near the centre of Iceland, first brought into notice by an eruption in 1875. Its crater is 17 miles in circumference, surrounded by a mountain-ring from 500 to 1000 feet high, the height of the mountain itself being between 4000 and 5000 feet.

Askja (a˙sk´ya˙), a volcano located in the center of Iceland, was first recognized due to an eruption in 1875. Its crater has a circumference of 17 miles and is encircled by a ring of mountains that rise between 500 and 1000 feet, while the elevation of the mountain itself ranges from 4000 to 5000 feet.

As´mannshausen (-hou-zn), a Prussian village on the Rhine, in the district of Wiesbaden, celebrated for its wine. Many judges prefer the red wine of Asmannshausen to the best Burgundy, but it retains its merits for three or four years only.

Asmannshausen (-hou-zn), a Prussian village on the Rhine in the Wiesbaden district, is known for its wine. Many judges favor the red wine from Asmannshausen over the best Burgundy, but it only keeps its quality for three or four years.

Asmo´dai, or Asmo´deus, an evil spirit, who, as related in the book of Tobit, slew seven husbands of Sara, daughter of Raguel, but was driven away into the uttermost parts of Egypt by the young Tobias under the direction of the angel Raphael. Asmodai signifies a desolater, a destroying angel, identical with the demon Aēshma of the Zend-Avesta. He is represented in the Talmud as the prince of demons who drove King Solomon from his kingdom.

Asmodai, or Asmodeus, is an evil spirit who, according to the book of Tobit, killed seven husbands of Sara, daughter of Raguel, but was chased away to the far reaches of Egypt by the young Tobias with the guidance of the angel Raphael. Asmodai means a desolator, a destroying angel, and is the same as the demon Aēshma from the Zend-Avesta. In the Talmud, he is portrayed as the prince of demons who expelled King Solomon from his kingdom.

Asmonæ´ans, a family of high priests and princes who ruled over the Jews for about 130 years, from 153 B.C., when Jonathan, son of Mattathias, the great-grandson of Chasmon or Asmonæus, was nominated to the high-priesthood.

Asmoneans, a family of high priests and princes who ruled over the Jews for about 130 years, starting in 153 BCE, when Jonathan, the son of Mattathias and the great-grandson of Chasmon or Asmoneus, was appointed to the high priesthood.

Asnières (än-yār), a town on the Seine, a N.W. suburb of Paris, a favourite boating resort of the Parisians. Pop. 42,583.

Asnières (ahn-yair), a town on the Seine, a N.W. suburb of Paris, a popular boating spot for Parisians. Pop. 42,583.

Aso´ka, an Indian sovereign who reigned from 264 to 228 B.C. over the whole of Northern India, grandson of Chandragupta or Sandracottus. He embraced Buddhism, and forced his subjects also to become converts. Many temples and stupas, or brick cupolas, still remaining are attributed to him.

Aso´ka, an Indian ruler who reigned from 264 to 228 B.C. over all of Northern India, was the grandson of Chandragupta, also known as Sandracottus. He converted to Buddhism and encouraged his subjects to do the same. Many temples and stupas, or brick dome structures, that still exist today are credited to him.

Aso´ka (Jonesia asōca), an Indian tree, nat. ord. Leguminosæ, having a lovely flower, showing orange, scarlet, and bright-yellow tints; sacred to the god Siva, and often mentioned in Indian literature.

Aso´ka (Jonesia asōca), an Indian tree, belongs to the Leguminosæ family, featuring beautiful flowers in shades of orange, scarlet, and bright yellow. It is sacred to the god Siva and is frequently referenced in Indian literature.

Aso´pus, the name of several rivers in Greece, of which the most celebrated is in Bœotia.

Aso´pus, the name of several rivers in Greece, with the most famous one located in Boeotia.

Asp Asp (Naja haje)

Asp, or Aspic (Naja, or Vipĕra haje), a species of viper found in Egypt, resembling the cobra de capello or spectacle-serpent of the East Indies, and having a very venomous bite. When [279]approached or disturbed it elevates its head and body, swells out its neck, and appears to stand erect to attack the aggressor. Hence the ancient Egyptians believed that the asps were guardians of the spots they inhabited, and the figure of this reptile was adopted as an emblem of the protecting genius of the world. The balancing motions made by it in the endeavour to maintain the erect attitude have led to the employment of the asp as a dancing serpent by the African jugglers. The "deaf adder that stoppeth her ear" of Psalm lviii, 4, 5 is translated asp in the margin, and seems to have been this species. Cleopatra is said to have committed suicide by means of an asp's bite, but the incident is generally associated with the Cerastes or horned viper, not with the haje. The name asp is also given to a viper (Vipera aspis) common on the continent of Europe.

Asp, or Aspic (Naja, or Vipĕra haje), is a type of viper found in Egypt that looks similar to the cobra de capello or the spectacled serpent from the East Indies, and has a very venomous bite. When [279]approached or disturbed, it raises its head and body, puffs out its neck, and appears to stand upright to defend itself against threats. Because of this, the ancient Egyptians believed that asps were protectors of their territory, and the image of this snake was used as a symbol of the world’s guardian spirit. The swaying motions it makes while trying to hold its upright position have led African performers to use the asp as a dancing snake. The "deaf adder that stoppeth her ear" in Psalm lviii, 4, 5 is referred to as an asp in the margin and is thought to be this species. Cleopatra is said to have taken her own life by using an asp’s bite, but this story is usually linked to the Cerastes or horned viper, not the haje. The name asp is also applied to a viper (Vipera aspis) that is common in mainland Europe.

Asparagine, or Aminosuccinamic Acid, CH2CONH2, CH(NH2)COOH, is a white crystalline substance of unpleasant acid taste found in the shoots of asparagus, in potato and dahlia tribes, and in many other plants, from which it may be extracted by means of water.

Asparagine, or Aminosuccinamic Acid, CH2CONH2, CH(NH2)COOH, is a white crystalline substance with a sour taste that is found in asparagus shoots, as well as in potatoes, dahlias, and many other plants, from which it can be extracted using water.

Aspar´agus (Asparăgus officinālis), a plant of the order Liliaceæ, the young shoots of which, cut as they are emerging from the ground, are a favourite culinary vegetable. In Greece, and especially in the southern steppes of Russia and Poland, it is found in profusion; and its edible qualities were esteemed by the ancients. Pliny states that asparagus was in his time cultivated in gardens, particularly at Ravenna. The best asparagus is grown in gardens near the sea, and hundreds of acres are devoted to its cultivation in Holland and Belgium. It grows wild in Essex and Lincolnshire, but does not attain nearly to the size of the cultivated plant. It is usually raised from seed; and the plants should remain three years in the ground before they are cut; after which, for several years, they will continue to afford a regular annual supply. The beds are protected by straw or litter in winter. Its diuretic properties are ascribed to the presence of a crystalline substance found also in the potato, lettuce, &c.

Asparagus (Asparăgus officinālis) is a plant from the Liliaceae family, known for its young shoots, which are cut as they emerge from the ground and are a popular vegetable in cooking. In Greece, and especially in the southern regions of Russia and Poland, it grows abundantly, and its edible qualities were valued by ancient cultures. Pliny mentioned that asparagus was being cultivated in gardens during his time, particularly in Ravenna. The best asparagus is grown in coastal gardens, with hundreds of acres dedicated to its cultivation in the Netherlands and Belgium. It grows wild in Essex and Lincolnshire, but it doesn't reach the same size as the cultivated version. Asparagus is usually grown from seeds, and the plants should remain in the ground for three years before being harvested; after that, they will provide a steady annual supply for several years. The beds are protected with straw or debris during the winter. Its diuretic properties come from a crystalline substance similar to one found in potatoes and lettuce, among others.

Aspa´sia, a celebrated woman of ancient Greece, was born at Miletus, in Ionia, but passed a great part of her life at Athens, where her house was the general resort of the most distinguished men in Greece. She won the affection of Pericles, who united himself to Aspasia as closely as was permitted by the Athenian law, which declared marriage with a foreign woman illegal. Her power in the State has often been exaggerated, but it is beyond question that her genius left its mark upon the administration of Pericles. In 432-431 B.C. she was accused of impiety, and was only saved from condemnation by the eloquence and tears of Pericles. After his death (429 B.C.) Aspasia is said to have attached herself to a wealthy but obscure cattle-dealer of the name of Lysicles, whom she raised to a position of influence in Athens. Nothing more is known of her life. She had a son by Pericles, who was legitimated (430 B.C.) by a special decree of the people. There is a bust bearing her name in the Pio Clementino Museum in the Vatican.

Aspasia, a famous woman of ancient Greece, was born in Miletus, Ionia, but spent much of her life in Athens, where her home became a gathering place for the most distinguished men in Greece. She won the affection of Pericles, who joined himself to Aspasia as closely as the Athenian law allowed, which prohibited marriage with a foreign woman. While her influence in the State has often been overstated, there's no doubt that her talent impacted Pericles’ administration. In 432-431 BCE, she was accused of impiety and was saved from condemnation only by Pericles' eloquence and tears. After his death (429 B.C.), Aspasia reportedly became involved with a wealthy but relatively unknown cattle dealer named Lysicles, whom she helped rise to a position of influence in Athens. Nothing more is known about her life. She had a son with Pericles, who was legitimated (430 BCE) by a special decree from the people. There is a bust of her in the Pio Clementino Museum in the Vatican.

Aspatria, a town (urban district) of England, Cumberland, 8 miles north-east of Maryport, with an agricultural college. Pop. 3340.

Aspatria is a town in England, located in Cumberland, 8 miles northeast of Maryport, and has an agricultural college. Population: 3,340.

As´pe, a town of Southern Spain, province of Alicante. Pop. (1921), 3525.

Aspe, a town in southern Spain, province of Alicante. Pop. (1921), 3,525.

As´pect, in astrology, denotes the situation of the planets with respect to each other. There are five different major aspects: the sextile, when the planets are 60° distant; quartile, when they are 90° distant; trine, when 120° distant; opposition, when 180° distant; and conjunction, when both are in the same longitude. The aspects were classed by astrologers as benign, malignant, or indifferent, according to their fancied influences upon human affairs.

Aspect, in astrology, refers to the positions of the planets in relation to each other. There are five main aspects: the sextile, when the planets are 60° apart; the square, when they are 90° apart; the trine, when they are 120° apart; the opposition, when they are 180° apart; and conjunction, when they are in the same position. Astrologers categorized the aspects as beneficial, harmful, or neutral, based on their perceived effects on human events.

Aspect of Land. See Exposure.

Land Aspect. See Exposure.

As´pen, or trembling poplar (Pōpŭlus tremŭla), a species of poplar indigenous to Britain and to most mountainous regions throughout Europe and Asia. It is a beautiful tree of rapid growth and extremely hardy, with nearly circular toothed leaves, smooth on both sides, and attached to footstalks so long and slender as to be shaken by the slightest wind; wood light, porous, soft, and of a white colour, useful for various purposes.

Aspen, or trembling poplar (Populus tremula), is a type of poplar native to Britain and found in many mountainous areas across Europe and Asia. It's a stunning tree that grows quickly and is very resilient, featuring nearly round, serrated leaves that are smooth on both sides and connected to long, slender stems that sway with the slightest breeze. The wood is light, porous, soft, and white, making it suitable for various uses.

Asper, or Aspre, a small Turkish coin, of which there are 120 in the piastre, value 1/54d.

Asper, or Aspre, a small Turkish coin, of which there are 120 in a piastre, worth 1/54d.

Aspergill´us, the brush used in Roman Catholic churches for sprinkling holy water on the people. It is said to have been originally made of hyssop.

Aspergillus, the brush used in Roman Catholic churches for sprinkling holy water on people. It is said to have originally been made of hyssop.

As´pern and Esslingen (or Essling) (es´ling-en), two villages east of Vienna, and on the opposite bank of the Danube; celebrated as the chief contested positions in the bloody but indecisive battle fought between the Archduke Charles and Napoleon I, 21st and 22nd May, 1809, when it was estimated that the Austrians lost a third of their army, and the French no less than half.

Aspern and Esslingen (or Essling) (es´ling-en), two villages east of Vienna on the opposite bank of the Danube, are known for being the main battlegrounds in the bloody but inconclusive battle between Archduke Charles and Napoleon I on May 21st and 22nd, 1809. It’s estimated that the Austrians lost about a third of their army, while the French lost no less than half.

Asper´ula, the woodruff genus of plants.

Asperula, the woodruff genus of plants.

Asphalt, or Asphal´tum, the most common variety of bitumen; also called mineral pitch. Asphalt is a compact, glossy, brittle, black or brown mineral, which breaks with a polished fracture, melts easily with a strong pitchy odour when heated, and when pure burns without leaving any ashes. It is found in the earth in many parts of Asia, Europe, and America, and in a soft or liquid state on the surface of the [280]Dead Sea, which, from this circumstance, was called Asphaltītes. It is of organic origin, the asphalt of the great Pitch Lake of Trinidad being derived from bituminous shales, containing vegetable remains in the process of transformation. Asphalt is produced artificially in making coal-gas. During the process much tarry matter is evolved and collected in retorts. If this be distilled, naphtha and other volatile matters escape, and asphalt is left behind. It is sometimes called Jew's Pitch.

Asphalt, or Asphal´tum, is the most common type of bitumen, also known as mineral pitch. Asphalt is a compact, shiny, brittle mineral that can be black or brown, and it breaks with a polished fracture. It melts easily and has a strong, pitch-like smell when heated, and when it's pure, it burns completely without leaving ashes. It can be found in many parts of Asia, Europe, and America, and in a soft or liquid state on the surface of the [280]Dead Sea, which is why it was called Asphaltītes. It originates from organic materials; for example, the asphalt from the large Pitch Lake in Trinidad comes from bituminous shales that contain vegetable remains undergoing transformation. Asphalt can also be produced artificially during the creation of coal gas. In this process, a lot of tarry matter is produced and collected in retorts. If this substance is distilled, naphtha and other volatile materials are released, leaving asphalt behind. It is sometimes referred to as Jew's Pitch.

Asphalte (or Asphalt) Rock, a limestone impregnated with bitumen, found in large quantities in various localities in Europe, as in the Val de Travers, Neufchâtel, Switzerland; in the department of Ain in France; in Alsace, Hanover, Holstein, Sicily, &c. These rocks contain a variable quantity of bitumen (from 7 or 8 to 20 or 30 per cent) naturally diffused through them. The Val de Travers asphalt was discovered in 1710. In 1837 an English patent was taken out for its application to roads, pavements, terraces, areas, roofs, &c. Since then other asphalte-rocks, as well as artificial preparations made by mixing bitumen, gas-tar, pitch, or other materials with sand, chalk, &c., have been brought into competition with it.

Asphalt Rock is a limestone mixed with bitumen, found in large amounts in various places across Europe, like the Val de Travers, Neuchâtel, Switzerland; in the Ain department in France; in Alsace, Hanover, Holstein, Sicily, etc. These rocks have varying amounts of bitumen (from 7 to 8 percent up to 20 to 30 percent) naturally distributed within them. The Val de Travers asphalt was discovered in 1710. In 1837, an English patent was granted for its use in roads, pavements, terraces, areas, roofs, etc. Since then, other asphalt rocks and artificial mixtures combining bitumen, gas tar, pitch, or other materials with sand, chalk, etc., have emerged as competition.

As´phodel (Asphodĕlus), a genus of plants, ord. Liliaceæ, consisting of perennials, with fasciculated fleshy roots, flowers arranged in racemes, six stamens inserted at the base of the perianth, a sessile almost spherical ovary with two cells, each containing two ovules; fruit a capsule with three cells, in each of which there are, as a rule, two seeds. Two species are cultivated in Britain as garden flowers, the yellow asphodel (Asphodelus lutĕus) and the white asphodel (Asphodelus albus). The English word 'daffodil' is a perversion of asphodel. The Asphodelus ramōsus, which attains a height of 5 feet, is cultivated in Algeria and elsewhere, its tubercles yielding a very pure alcohol, and the residue, together with the stalks and leaves, being used in making pasteboard and paper. The asphodel was a favourite plant among the ancients, who were in the habit of planting it round their tombs. In Greek religion it is associated with Persephone, the dead, and the underworld.

Asphodel (Asphodĕlus) is a genus of plants in the order Liliaceae, consisting of perennials. They have thick, fleshy roots, and their flowers are arranged in racemes, with six stamens attached at the base of the perianth. The ovary is almost spherical and has two cells, each containing two ovules. The fruit is a capsule with three cells, typically with two seeds in each. Two species are grown in Britain as garden flowers: the yellow asphodel (Asphodelus lutĕus) and the white asphodel (Asphodelus albus). The English word 'daffodil' is a distortion of asphodel. The Asphodelus ramōsus, which can grow up to 5 feet tall, is grown in Algeria and other places; its tubers produce a very pure alcohol, and the leftovers, along with the stalks and leaves, are used to make pasteboard and paper. The asphodel was a popular plant among the ancients, who often planted it around their graves. In Greek mythology, it is linked to Persephone, the dead, and the underworld.

Asphyx´ia, literally, the state of a living animal in which no pulsation can be perceived, but the term is more particularly applied to a suspension of the vital functions from causes hindering respiration. The normal accompaniments of death from asphyxia are dark fluid blood, a congested brain and exceedingly congested lungs, the general engorgement of the viscera, and an absence of blood from the left cavities of the heart while the right cavities and pulmonary artery are gorged. The restoration of asphyxiated persons has been successfully accomplished at long periods after apparent death. The attempt should be made to maintain the heat of the body and to secure the inflation of the lungs as in the case of the apparently drowned. See Respiratory System.

Asphyxia refers to the condition of a living animal where no heartbeat can be detected, but it's specifically used to describe the halt of vital functions caused by things that obstruct breathing. The typical signs of death from asphyxia include dark, fluid blood, a swollen brain, and severely congested lungs, along with overall swelling of the internal organs, and an absence of blood in the left chambers of the heart, while the right chambers and pulmonary artery are filled. People who have been asphyxiated have been successfully revived even long after they seemed dead. It is important to keep the body warm and ensure the lungs are inflated, similar to what is done for someone who appears to have drowned. See Respiratory System.

Asphyxiating Gas. See Poison Gas.

Suffocating Gas. See Poison Gas.

Aspic, a dish consisting of a clear savoury meat jelly, containing fowl, game, fish, &c.

Aspic is a dish made of a clear savory meat gelatin that includes poultry, game, fish, etc.

Aspidistra, a genus of plants of the lily family, comprising three or four species, natives of China and Japan, being plants with large smooth oblong lanceolate leaves, rising from an underground rhizome, and with campanulate flowers of a dull purplish or brownish colour. They are now very common in Britain, being especially cultivated as indoor plants.

Aspidistra is a genus of plants from the lily family, consisting of three or four species native to China and Japan. These plants have large, smooth, long oval leaves that grow from an underground rhizome, and they produce bell-shaped flowers in dull purple or brown shades. They are now quite common in Britain, especially grown as houseplants.

Aspid´ium, a genus of ferns, nat. ord. Polypodiaceæ, comprising the shield-fern and male-fern.

Aspidium, a genus of ferns, family Polypodiaceae, includes the shield fern and male fern.

As´pinwall. See Colon.

As´pinwall. See Colon.

As´pirate, a name given to any sound like our h, to the letter h itself, or to any mark of aspiration, as the Greek rough breathing (). Such characters or sounds as the Sanskrit kh, gh, bh, and the Greek ch, th, ph, are called aspirates.

Aspirate refers to any sound like our h, the letter h itself, or any mark of aspiration, such as the Greek rough breathing (). Sounds or characters like the Sanskrit kh, gh, bh, and the Greek ch, th, ph are known as aspirates.

As´pirator, an instrument used to promote the flow of a gas from one vessel into another by means of a liquid. The simplest form of aspirator is a cylindrical vessel containing water, with a pipe at the upper end which communicates with the vessel containing the gas, and a pipe at the lower end also, with a stopcock and with its extremity bent up. By allowing a portion of the water to run off by the pipe at the lower part of the aspirator a measured quantity of air or other gas is sucked into the upper part.

Aspirator, a device used to facilitate the movement of gas from one container to another using a liquid. The most basic type of aspirator is a cylindrical container filled with water, featuring a pipe at the top that connects to the gas container, and another pipe at the bottom with a stopcock and an upward bent end. By letting some water drain out through the lower pipe of the aspirator, a measured amount of air or other gas is drawn into the upper section.

Asple´nium, a genus of ferns, of the nat. ord. Polypodiaceæ. Nine species are found in Britain, among them the well-known Wall-rue.

Asplenium, a genus of ferns, from the family Polypodiaceae. Nine species are found in Britain, including the well-known Wall-rue.

Aspromon´te, a mountain of Italy in the south-west of Calabria, where Garibaldi was wounded and taken prisoner with the greater part of his army, in Aug., 1862.

Aspromonte, a mountain in southern Calabria, Italy, where Garibaldi was injured and captured along with most of his army in August 1862.

Aspropot´amo. See Achelous.

Aspropotamo. See Achelous.

Aspull, a town (urban district) of England, Lancashire, 2 or 3 miles north-east of Wigan, with large collieries and other works. Pop. 7851.

Aspull is a town (urban district) in England, Lancashire, located 2 or 3 miles northeast of Wigan, featuring large coal mines and other industries. Population: 7,851.

Asquith, Herbert Henry, prominent politician of the Liberal party, born in 1852, educated at City of London School and Balliol College, Oxford, where he graduated with high distinction. Called to the Bar in 1876, he became Q.C. in 1890; in 1886 was elected member of Parliament for East Fife, and held his seat for this constituency uninterruptedly until Dec., 1918, when he was defeated. From 1892 to 1895 he was Home Secretary, being also made a Privy Councillor in the former year. Both in regard to the South African War and various other questions, when out of office, he spoke more [281]in harmony with the views of Lord Rosebery than with those of Sir H. Campbell-Bannerman, but under the latter he accepted the post of Chancellor of the Exchequer in the ministry formed in Dec., 1905. On the retirement of Sir Henry in 1908 he succeeded him as Prime Minister. He at once hastened to draw up the Liberal reform programme, the list of measures including the Lloyd George Budget (1909), the Parliament Act (1911), the Insurance Act, and the Irish Home Rule Bill. In May, 1915, a cabinet crisis having resulted from disagreements, Asquith formed a Coalition Government, eight Unionists being admitted. Towards the end of 1916 there was a feeling in the country not only that the Coalition cabinet of twenty-three ministers was unwieldy, but that Mr. Asquith's Government was not sufficiently energetic and showed too much hesitation in dealing with the vital problems of the war. Mr. Asquith therefore resigned on 5th Dec., 1916, and Mr. Lloyd George formed a new ministry. Unseated in the General Election of 1918, Mr. Asquith accepted the invitation to stand for Paisley in 1920. He was returned by a majority of 2834.

Asquith, Herbert Henry, a prominent politician in the Liberal party, was born in 1852 and educated at the City of London School and Balliol College, Oxford, where he graduated with high honors. He was called to the Bar in 1876 and became Q.C. in 1890. In 1886, he was elected as the Member of Parliament for East Fife, holding that seat continuously until December 1918, when he was defeated. From 1892 to 1895, he served as Home Secretary and became a Privy Councillor the previous year. Regarding the South African War and several other issues, when he was out of office, he aligned more with Lord Rosebery than with Sir H. Campbell-Bannerman, although under the latter, he accepted the role of Chancellor of the Exchequer in the ministry formed in December 1905. After Sir Henry's retirement in 1908, he succeeded him as Prime Minister. He quickly set to work on the Liberal reform program, which included the Lloyd George Budget (1909), the Parliament Act (1911), the Insurance Act, and the Irish Home Rule Bill. In May 1915, following a cabinet crisis due to disagreements, Asquith established a Coalition Government, including eight Unionists. By late 1916, there was a growing sentiment that the Coalition cabinet of twenty-three ministers was too large, and that Mr. Asquith's Government was lacking in energy and was hesitant in addressing the critical issues of the war. Consequently, Mr. Asquith resigned on December 5, 1916, and Mr. Lloyd George formed a new ministry. After being unseated in the General Election of 1918, Mr. Asquith accepted an invitation to run for Paisley in 1920 and was elected with a majority of 2834.

As´rael, the Mahommedan angel of death, who takes the soul from the body.

Azrael, the Muslim angel of death, who takes the soul from the body.

Ass (Equus asĭnus), a species of the horse genus, supposed by Darwin to have sprung from the wild variety (Asinus tœniŏpus) found in Abyssinia; by some writers to be a descendant of the onăger or wild ass, inhabiting the mountainous deserts of Tartary, &c.; and by others to have descended from the kiang or djiggetai (A. hemiŏnus) of South-Western Asia. The ass was used in Egypt long before the horse, and it played an important part in Homeric Greece. According to Aristotle, however, it was unknown in his time in Pontus, Scythia, and in the land of the Celts. The ass seems to have been introduced into England in the days of Ethelred, but did not become common before the end of the seventeenth century. Both in colour and size the ass is exceedingly variable, ranging from dark grey and reddish brown to white, and from the size of a Newfoundland dog in North India to that of a good-sized horse. In the south-western countries of Asia and in Egypt, in some districts of Southern Europe, as in Spain, and in Kentucky and Peru, great attention has been paid to selection and interbreeding, with a result no less remarkable than in the case of the horse. Thus in Syria there appear to be four distinct breeds: a light and graceful animal used by ladies, an Arab breed reserved for the saddle, an ass of heavier build in use for ploughing and draft purposes, and the large Damascus breed. The efforts made to raise the deteriorated British breed have only been partially successful. The male ass is mature at two years of age, the female still earlier. The she-ass carries her young eleven months. The teeth of the young ass follow the same order of appearance and renewal as those of the horse. The life of the ass does not usually exceed thirty years. It is in general much healthier than the horse, and is maintained in this condition by a smaller quantity and coarser quality of food; it is superior to the horse in its ability to carry heavy burdens over the most precipitous roads, and is in no respect its inferior in intelligence, despite the reputation for stupidity which it has borne from very ancient times. The skin is used as parchment to cover drums, &c., and in the East is made into shagreen. The hybrid offspring of the horse and the female ass is the hinny, that of the ass and the mare is the mule; but the latter is by far the larger and more useful animal. Asses' milk, long celebrated for its sanative qualities, more closely resembles that of a woman than any other. It is very similar in taste, and throws up an equally fluid cream, which is not convertible into butter.

Ass (Equus asĭnus), a species in the horse family, is believed by Darwin to have originated from the wild variety (Asinus tœniŏpus) found in Abyssinia; some writers think it descended from the onăger or wild ass, which lives in the mountainous deserts of Tartary, while others believe it came from the kiang or djiggetai (A. hemiŏnus) of South-Western Asia. The ass was used in Egypt long before horses and played a significant role in ancient Greece as described by Homer. However, Aristotle noted that it was unknown in his time in Pontus, Scythia, and among the Celts. The ass seems to have been introduced to England during Ethelred's reign but didn't become common until the late seventeenth century. The ass varies greatly in color and size, ranging from dark grey and reddish brown to white, and from the size of a Newfoundland dog in North India to that of a medium-sized horse. In the southwestern countries of Asia and in Egypt, as well as in some areas of Southern Europe like Spain, and in Kentucky and Peru, considerable attention has been given to breeding and selection, producing results as notable as those with horses. For example, in Syria, there are four distinct breeds: a light and graceful version used by women, an Arab breed for riding, a heavier build for plowing and draft, and the large Damascus breed. Efforts to improve the declining British breed have met with only partial success. Male asses reach maturity at two years old, while females do so even earlier. The female ass carries her young for eleven months. The young ass's teeth appear and renew in the same order as those of the horse. Typically, the life expectancy of an ass does not exceed thirty years. Generally, the ass is much healthier than a horse and can thrive on smaller amounts of coarser food; it excels at carrying heavy loads over steep paths and, despite its historical reputation for stupidity, is no less intelligent than a horse. Its skin is used as parchment for drums, etc., and in the East, it is made into shagreen. The hybrid offspring between a horse and a female ass is called a hinny, while the offspring of an ass and a mare is a mule; however, the latter is much larger and more useful. Asses' milk, renowned for its health benefits, is more similar to human milk than any other. It has a similar taste and produces a creamy fluid that cannot be turned into butter.

Assa. See Piave, Battles of the; European War.

Assa. See Piave, Battles of the; European Conflict.

Assab´, a bay of Africa on the south-west coast of the Red Sea, belonging to the Italian territory of Eritrea, which has been acquired since Italy established here a colony and free port in 1881.

Assab´, a bay in Africa on the south-west coast of the Red Sea, is part of the Italian territory of Eritrea, which was established after Italy set up a colony and free port here in 1881.

Assafœtida. See Asafetida.

Asafetida. See Asafetida.

Assai-palm (as-ī; Euterpe oleracĕa), a native of tropical S. America, only about 4 inches in diameter and 60 or 80 feet high, with a crown of leaves, beneath which a small fruit grows on branched horizontal spadices. The pulp of the fruit mixed with water is used as a beverage.

Assai-palm (as-ī; Euterpe oleracĕa), native to tropical South America, is about 4 inches in diameter and can grow to be 60 or 80 feet tall, featuring a crown of leaves under which small fruits develop on branched horizontal flower spikes. The fruit's pulp, when mixed with water, is used as a drink.

Assal´, a salt lake in North-Eastern Africa, in Adal.

Assal, a salt lake in northeastern Africa, in Adal.

Assam´, one of the fifteen provinces of British India, separated from Eastern Bengal and reconstituted in 1912; area, 53,015 sq. miles. It forms a series of fertile valleys watered by the Brahmaputra and its tributaries, the valley of the Brahmaputra, which is the main one, consisting of rich alluvial plains, either but little elevated above the river, or so low that large extents of them are flooded for three or four days once or twice in the year, while the course of the river often changes. The climate is marked by great humidity, and malarious diseases are common in the low grounds; otherwise it is not unhealthy. The whole province, except the cultivated area, may be designated as forest, the trees including teak, sâl, sissoo, the date and sago palm, the areca palm (the betel-nut tree), the Indian fig tree, &c. The article of most commercial importance is tea, which was first exported in 1838, and the yield of which is now over 100,000,000 pounds annually. Other crops raised are rice, Indian corn, pulse, oil-seeds, [282]sugar-cane, hemp, jute, potatoes, &c. In the jungles and forests roam herds of elephants, the rhinoceros, tiger, buffalo, leopard, bear, wild hog, jackal, fox, goat, and various kinds of deer. Among serpents are the python and the cobra. Pheasants, partridges, snipe, wild peacock, and many kinds of water-fowl abound. Coal, petroleum, and limestone are found in abundance; iron is smelted to a small extent; gold-dust is met with; lime is exported to Bengal. There is no single Assamese nationality, and the Assamese language is merely a modern dialect of Bengali. Pop. 6,713,635, 3,637,828 of whom are Hindus, 1,886,528 Mahommedans, 66,430 Christians, 10,506 Buddhists, the rest being chiefly hill tribes of aboriginal faiths. The labourers in the tea-gardens are mostly drawn from Bengal. In 1826 Assam became a possession of Britain, being taken from the Burmese, who had made themselves masters of it about the end of the eighteenth century. The largest town is Sylhet (pop. 14,000).—Cf. E. A. Gait, History of Assam.

Assam, one of the fifteen provinces of British India, was separated from Eastern Bengal and reestablished in 1912; it covers an area of 53,015 square miles. The province consists of a series of fertile valleys fed by the Brahmaputra River and its tributaries. The main valley, which is rich in alluvial plains, is either slightly elevated above the river or so low that large areas get flooded for three or four days once or twice a year, as the river's course often changes. The climate is very humid, and diseases like malaria are common in the lowlands; otherwise, it is generally healthy. Except for the cultivated areas, the entire province is mostly forested, featuring trees like teak, sâl, sissoo, date palm, sago palm, areca palm (the betel-nut tree), and the Indian fig tree, among others. The most commercially significant product is tea, which was first exported in 1838, with an annual yield now exceeding 100 million pounds. Other crops grown include rice, corn, pulses, oilseeds, sugarcane, hemp, jute, and potatoes. The jungles and forests are home to herds of elephants, rhinoceroses, tigers, buffalo, leopards, bears, wild boars, jackals, foxes, goats, and various deer species. Notable snakes include pythons and cobras. Pheasants, partridges, snipe, wild peacocks, and many types of waterfowl are plentiful. Resources like coal, petroleum, and limestone are abundant; iron is smelted on a small scale; gold dust is also found; lime is exported to Bengal. There is no distinct Assamese nationality, and the Assamese language is simply a modern dialect of Bengali. The population is 6,713,635, with 3,637,828 Hindus, 1,886,528 Muslims, 66,430 Christians, 10,506 Buddhists, and the remainder primarily consisting of hill tribes with indigenous beliefs. Most laborers in the tea gardens come from Bengal. Assam became a British possession in 1826 after being taken from the Burmese, who had controlled it by the late 18th century. The largest town is Sylhet (pop. 14,000).—Cf. E. A. Gait, History of Assam.

As´sapan (Sciuroptĕrus volucella), the flying-squirrel of N. America, a little animal with folds of skin along its sides which enable it to take leaps of 40 or 50 yards.

As´sapan (Sciuroptĕrus volucella), the flying squirrel of North America, is a small animal with flaps of skin along its sides that allow it to jump distances of 40 to 50 yards.

Assass´ins (from hashshāshīn, drinkers of hashish), an Asiatic order or society having the practice of assassination as its most distinctive feature, founded by Hassan Ben Sabbah, the Himyarite, a dai or missionary of the heterodox Mahommedan sect the Ismailites. The society grew rapidly in numbers, and in 1090 the Persian fortress of Alamut fell into their hands. Other territories were added, and the order became a recognized military power. Its organization comprised seven ranks, at its head being the Sheikh-al-Jebala or 'Old man of the mountains'. Upon a select band fell the work of assassination, to which they were stimulated by the intoxicating influence of hashish. For nearly two centuries they maintained their power under nine sheikhs. Hassan, after a long and prosperous reign, died in 1124. Most of his successors died violent deaths at the hands of relatives or dependents. After proving themselves strong enough to withstand the powerful sultans Noureddin and Saladin, and making themselves feared by the Crusaders, the Assassins were overcome by the Tartar leader Hulaku. The last chief, Rokneddin, was killed for an act of treachery subsequent to his capture, and his death was followed by a general massacre of the assassins, in which 12,000 perished. Dispersed bands led a roving life in the Syrian mountains, and it is alleged that in the Druses and other small existing tribes their descendants are still to be found. See Crusades; Khoja.

Assassins (from hashshāshīn, meaning drinkers of hashish) were an Asian group known for assassination, founded by Hassan Ben Sabbah, a Himyarite missionary of the unorthodox Islamic sect known as the Ismailites. The group quickly grew in numbers, and by 1090 they captured the Persian fortress of Alamut. They expanded their territory, becoming a recognized military power. The organization had seven ranks, led by the Sheikh-al-Jebala or "Old Man of the Mountains." A select group was tasked with assassination, encouraged by the intoxicating effects of hashish. For nearly two centuries, they maintained their power under nine sheikhs. Hassan, after a long and successful reign, died in 1124. Most of his successors met violent ends at the hands of relatives or associates. After proving strong enough to resist the powerful sultans Noureddin and Saladin and instilling fear in the Crusaders, the Assassins were ultimately defeated by the Tartar leader Hulaku. The last chief, Rokneddin, was killed following a betrayal after his capture, leading to a widespread massacre of the Assassins, in which 12,000 died. Dispersed groups then roamed the Syrian mountains, and it is said that descendants can still be found among the Druses and other small remaining tribes. See Crusades; Khoja.

Assault´, in law, an attempt or offer, with force and violence, to do a corporal hurt to another, as by striking at him with or without a weapon. If a person lift up or stretch forth his arm and offer to strike another, or menace anyone with any staff or weapon, it is an assault in law. Assault, therefore, does not necessarily imply a hitting or blow, because in trespass for assault and battery a man may be found guilty of the assault and acquitted of the battery. But every battery includes an assault.

Assault, in legal terms, is an attempt or offer to physically harm someone, whether through force or violence, like trying to hit them with or without a weapon. If someone raises their arm or extends it to try to strike another person, or threatens anyone with a stick or weapon, that's considered assault in the eyes of the law. Therefore, assault doesn’t always mean that a hit or blow actually took place, as a person can be found guilty of assault but be acquitted of battery in a trespass case. However, every battery includes an assault.

Assaye, or Assye (as-sī´), a village in Southern India, in Hyderabad, where Wellington (then Major-General Wellesley) gained a famous victory in 1803. With only 4500 troops at his disposal he completely routed the Mahratta force of 50,000 men and 100 guns. The victory, however, cost him more than a third of his men.

Assaye, or Assye (as-sī´), is a village in Southern India, in Hyderabad, where Wellington (then Major-General Wellesley) achieved a notable victory in 1803. With only 4,500 troops at his command, he decisively defeated the Mahratta army of 50,000 men and 100 guns. However, the victory came at a high price, costing him more than a third of his men.

Assaying, the estimation of the amount of pure metal present in an ore or an alloy. The term was originally applied to testing of gold and silver only. It is now usually applied to the determination of the quantity of valuable metal in an ore or alloy, and is also sometimes applied to the estimation of any element which may affect the value of the ore.

Assaying is the process of determining the amount of pure metal in an ore or alloy. The term was initially used for testing gold and silver only. Now, it generally refers to figuring out how much valuable metal is in an ore or alloy, and it is also sometimes used to estimate any element that might impact the value of the ore.

Assaying, therefore, means the estimation of one or more metals in an ore or alloy. Before an assay can be made, an average sample of the material must be obtained. If an ore, pieces of material are taken from different parts of the vein or, if already mined, from different parts of the dump. The pieces are crushed up finely and divided into four equal parts. Two of these parts are then mixed and divided into four again, and so on until an average sample has been obtained. In the case of metals in ingots or bars, samples are obtained by drilling and chipping corners or edges. Coins, which are never homogeneous, may be rolled out into a thin sheet and cut into small pieces. A preliminary examination is made to determine the constituents. Finally an assay of the substance is made. The methods used are determined by the metals and the proportions of these present in the ore or alloy. Originally the term assaying was applied to dry methods, i.e. the substance was heated in a special crucible with a suitable flux, and a bead of metal was obtained which was weighed. An assay now may be carried out in various ways, for example, by fusing with a reducing agent and obtaining a bead of metal, or by dissolving the substance to be assayed in suitable solvent and precipitating the metal as an insoluble salt, or volumetric methods may be used. Dry assaying is still used for gold. The assay depends on first heating the gold ore or alloy with lead in a porous crucible, that is, cupelling it. Lead oxidizes on heating in a furnace; part volatilizes, and part of the oxide is absorbed by the cupel and carries with it oxides of other metals with the exception [283]of gold and silver. The proportion of lead must be regulated, depending on the metals alloyed with gold. A bead is obtained containing gold and silver. This is beaten out into a thin plate, and then rolled out until it is thin enough to be rolled up by hand. The gold alloy is rolled up in the fingers into a cornette and treated with nitric acid. This dissolves silver, leaving a brittle cornette of gold, which is thoroughly washed, dried, and weighed. All gold alloys and silver alloys must be assayed, and their fineness stamped on them. The Goldsmith's Company of London is the statutory assay-master of England.—Bibliography: C. and J. J. Beringer, A Text-book of Assaying; E. A. Wraight, Assaying in Theory and Practice; J. Park, A Text-book of Practical Assaying.

Assaying means estimating one or more metals in an ore or alloy. Before an assay can be performed, an average sample of the material must be collected. If it's an ore, pieces are taken from various parts of the vein or, if already mined, from different areas of the dump. The pieces are crushed finely and divided into four equal parts. Two of these parts are mixed and again divided into four, and so on until an average sample is obtained. For metals in ingots or bars, samples are taken by drilling and chipping corners or edges. Coins, which are never uniform, can be rolled out into a thin sheet and cut into small pieces. A preliminary examination is done to identify the components. Finally, an assay of the substance is performed. The methods used depend on the metals and their proportions present in the ore or alloy. Originally, assaying referred to dry methods, where the substance was heated in a special crucible with a suitable flux, resulting in a metal bead that was weighed. Nowadays, assays can be conducted in various ways, such as by fusing with a reducing agent to obtain a metal bead, or by dissolving the material in an appropriate solvent and precipitating the metal as an insoluble salt, or through volumetric methods. Dry assaying is still used for gold. This process starts by heating gold ore or alloy with lead in a porous crucible, known as cupelling. Lead oxidizes when heated in a furnace; part of it volatilizes, and some of the oxide is absorbed by the cupel, carrying with it oxides of other metals except for gold and silver. The amount of lead must be adjusted depending on the metals alloyed with gold. A bead containing gold and silver is obtained, which is then beaten into a thin plate and rolled out until it is thin enough to be manipulated by hand. The gold alloy is formed into a cone with fingers and treated with nitric acid, which dissolves the silver, leaving a brittle cone of gold that is washed thoroughly, dried, and weighed. All gold and silver alloys must be assayed, and their fineness stamped on them. The Goldsmith's Company of London is the official assay-master of England.—References: C. and J. J. Beringer, A Text-book of Assaying; E. A. Wraight, Assaying in Theory and Practice; J. Park, A Text-book of Practical Assaying.

As´segai (from Ar. as-zahayah), a spear used as a weapon among the Kaffirs of S. Africa, made of hard wood tipped with iron, and used for throwing or thrusting.

Assegai (from Ar. as-zahayah), a spear used as a weapon by the Kaffirs of South Africa, made of hard wood with an iron tip, used for throwing or stabbing.

Assembly, General, the supreme ecclesiastical court of the Established Church of Scotland, consisting of delegates from every presbytery, university, and royal burgh in Scotland. It has the countenance of a representative of the king, styled the Lord High Commissioner, who is always a nobleman. It holds its meetings annually and (according to the present practice) in the month of May, usually sitting for ten or twelve days. In its judicial capacity as a court of review, and as the court of last resort, the General Assembly has a right to determine finally every question brought from the inferior courts, by reference, complaint, or appeal. It possesses, besides, a general superintendence of the discipline of the Church, of the management of the inferior courts, of the conduct of the clergy, and of the morals of the people. In its legislative capacity it has the power of enacting statutes with regard to every subject of ecclesiastical cognizance, which are binding on the Assembly itself, on the inferior courts, and on the individual members of the Church. But by an Act of Assembly in 1697, from its substance and design named the Barrier Act, every proposition for a new law must first be considered in the form of an overture; and though it should be approved of by the Assembly it cannot be enacted as a statute till it has been first transmitted to the several presbyteries of the Church for their consideration, and has received the sanction of at least a majority of the presbyteries. The United Free Church of Scotland has also a General Assembly similar in its constitution and functions to that of the Established Church, and the same is the case with the Presbyterian Churches of Ireland and America.

Assembly, General, the highest church court of the Established Church of Scotland, made up of representatives from every presbytery, university, and royal burgh in Scotland. It is supported by a representative of the king, known as the Lord High Commissioner, who is always a nobleman. The Assembly meets every year, usually in May, for about ten to twelve days. In its role as a court of review and the final authority, the General Assembly has the power to make a final decision on any question brought from lower courts via references, complaints, or appeals. Additionally, it oversees the discipline of the Church, the management of lower courts, the conduct of clergy, and the morals of the community. In its legislative role, it can create statutes regarding any church-related matters that are binding on the Assembly itself, the lower courts, and individual church members. However, according to an Act of Assembly from 1697, known as the Barrier Act, any proposal for a new law must first be considered as an overture; even if approved by the Assembly, it cannot become a statute until it has been sent to the various presbyteries of the Church for their feedback and has received approval from at least a majority of those presbyteries. The United Free Church of Scotland also has a General Assembly that is similar in structure and function to that of the Established Church, as do the Presbyterian Churches in Ireland and America.

Assembly, National (France), a body set up in France on the eve of the Revolution. Upon the convocation of the States-General by Louis XVI the privileged nobles and clergy refused to deliberate in the same chamber with the commons or tiers-état (third estate). The latter, therefore, on the proposition of the Abbé Siéyès, constituted themselves an assemblée nationale, with legislative powers (17th June, 1789). They bound themselves by oath not to separate until they had furnished France with a constitution, and the Court was compelled to give its assent. In the 3250 decrees passed by the Assembly were laid the foundations of a new epoch, and, having accomplished this task, it dissolved itself, 30th Sept., 1791.

National Assembly (France), a body established in France just before the Revolution. When Louis XVI called the States-General, the privileged nobles and clergy refused to meet in the same chamber as the commons or tiers-état (third estate). As a result, the latter, following the suggestion of Abbé Siéyès, declared themselves an assemblée nationale, with legislative powers (June 17, 1789). They took an oath not to disband until they had provided France with a constitution, which forced the Court to agree. The 3,250 decrees passed by the Assembly laid the groundwork for a new era, and after this task was completed, it dissolved itself on September 30, 1791.

Assembly of Divines. See Westminster Assembly.

Assembly of Divines. See Westminster Assembly.

Assembly, The Right of, is an essential principle of popular government, as understood by the British and American constitutions. The right of British citizens to assemble peaceably for any purpose which is not strictly prohibited by law is implied in the right of petition, as affirmed in the Bill of Rights (q.v.). Unlawful assembly, which is a criminal offence, is distinguished from the offence of riot. Whilst the latter is an actual attempt to carry an unlawful purpose into effect, the former is defined as "an assembly with intent to carry out a common purpose which may lead to a breach of the peace".

Assembly, The Right of, is a fundamental principle of popular government, as understood by the British and American constitutions. The right of British citizens to gather peacefully for any purpose not explicitly banned by law is implied in the right to petition, as stated in the Bill of Rights (q.v.). Unlawful assembly, which is a criminal offense, is different from the offense of riot. While the latter is a direct attempt to pursue an unlawful objective, the former is defined as "an assembly with the intent to pursue a common purpose that may lead to a breach of the peace."

As´sen, chief town of the province of Drenthe, Holland. Pop. 13,000.

Assen, the main town in the province of Drenthe, Netherlands. Population 13,000.

Assent´, The Royal, is the approbation given by the sovereign in Parliament to a Bill which has passed both Houses, after which it becomes a law. It may either be done in person, when the sovereign comes to the House of Peers and the assent (in Norman French) is declared by the Clerk of Parliament; or it may be done by letters-patent under the great seal, signed by the sovereign.

Assent', The Royal, is the approval given by the sovereign in Parliament to a Bill that has passed both Houses, after which it becomes law. This can be done in person when the sovereign attends the House of Peers and the assent (in Norman French) is announced by the Clerk of Parliament; or it can be done through letters-patent under the great seal, signed by the sovereign.

As´ser, John, a learned British ecclesiastic, originally a monk of St. David's, distinguished as the instructor, companion, and biographer of Alfred the Great, who appointed him abbot of two or three different monasteries, and finally Bishop of Sherborne, where he died in 908 or 910. His life of Alfred, written in Latin in 893 (Annales Rerum Gestarum Ælfredi Magni), is of very great value, though its authenticity has been questioned. There are several English translations of it.

Asser, John was a knowledgeable British churchman, originally a monk at St. David's. He is known for being the teacher, companion, and biographer of Alfred the Great, who made him the abbot of two or three different monasteries and eventually Bishop of Sherborne, where he passed away in 908 or 910. His biography of Alfred, written in Latin in 893 (Annales Rerum Gestarum Ælfredi Magni), is very valuable, although its authenticity has been questioned. There are several English translations of it.

Assessed Taxes, taxes charged upon persons by means of a schedule or paper sent to each, and strictly including such taxes as the income-tax, the house-tax, local rates, &c. In Britain the so-called assessed taxes include those upon servants, carriages, dogs, armorial bearings, &c., though these are really excise licence duties.

Assessed Taxes, taxes levied on individuals through a document or form sent to each, specifically covering taxes like income tax, property tax, local rates, etc. In Britain, the so-called assessed taxes include those on employees, vehicles, pets, coats of arms, etc., although these are actually excise license fees.

Asses´sor, a person appointed to ascertain and fix the amount of taxes, rates, &c.; or a [284]person who sits along with the judges in certain courts, and assists them with his professional knowledge.

Assessor, a person assigned to determine and set the amount of taxes, fees, etc.; or a [284]person who sits with the judges in certain courts, providing assistance with their expertise.

As´sets (Fr. assez, enough), property or goods available for the payment of a bankrupt or deceased person's obligations. Assets are personal or real, the former comprising all goods, chattels, &c., devolving upon the executor as saleable to discharge debts and legacies. In commerce and bankruptcy the term is often used as the antithesis of 'liabilities', to designate the stock in trade and entire property of an individual or an association.—Intangible (or fictitious) assets are those not represented by any existing value, e.g. goodwill; liquid assets are cash, investments, or other immediately available funds.

Assets (Fr. assez, enough) refer to the property or goods that can be used to pay off the obligations of a bankrupt or deceased person. Assets can be personal or real; personal assets include all goods, chattels, etc., that the executor can sell to settle debts and legacies. In business and bankruptcy contexts, the term is often used in contrast to 'liabilities' to indicate the stock in trade and total property of an individual or organization. Intangible (or fictitious) assets are those that don’t have any current value representation, such as goodwill; liquid assets are cash, investments, or other funds that are immediately available.

Asside´ans, Haside´ans, or Hasidim ('the pious'), one of the two great sects into which, after the Babylonish captivity, the Jews were divided with regard to the observance of the law—the Hasidim accepting it in its later developments, the Zadikim professing adherence only to the law as given by Moses. See Pharisees, Talmudists, Rabbinists.

Assideans, Hasideans, or Hasidim ('the pious'), one of the two major groups the Jews split into after the Babylonian exile regarding how they followed the law—the Hasidim embraced its later interpretations, while the Zadikim stuck to the law as it was given by Moses. See Pharisees, Talmudists, Rabbinists.

Assien´to, the permission of the Spanish Government to a foreign nation to import negro slaves from Africa into the Spanish colonies in America, for a limited time, on payment of certain duties. It was accorded to the Netherlands about 1552, to the Genoese in 1580, and to the French Guinea Company (afterwards the Assiento Company) in 1702. In 1713 the celebrated Assiento Treaty with Britain for thirty years was concluded at Utrecht. By this contract the British obtained the right to send yearly a ship of 500 tons, with all sorts of merchandise, to the Spanish colonies. This led to frequent abuses and contraband trade; acts of violence followed, and in 1739 a war broke out between the two Powers. At the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, in 1748, four years more were granted to the British; but by the Treaty of Madrid, two years later, £100,000 sterling were promised for the relinquishment of the two remaining years, and the contract was annulled.

Assiento was the Spanish Government's permission for a foreign nation to import African slaves into the Spanish colonies in America for a limited time, in exchange for certain fees. It was granted to the Netherlands around 1552, to the Genoese in 1580, and to the French Guinea Company (later known as the Assiento Company) in 1702. In 1713, the famous Assiento Treaty with Britain was established at Utrecht for thirty years. This agreement allowed the British to send a 500-ton ship filled with various goods to the Spanish colonies every year. This led to widespread abuse and smuggling; acts of violence ensued, and in 1739, a war broke out between the two powers. At the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748, an additional four years were granted to the British; however, by the Treaty of Madrid two years later, £100,000 sterling was promised for the cancellation of the final two years, and the contract was annulled.

Assignats (a˙s-ē-nya˙), the name of the national paper currency in the time of the French Revolution. Assignats to the value of 400,000,000 francs were first struck off by the Constituent Assembly, with the approbation of the king, 19th April, 1790, to be redeemed with the proceeds of the sale of the confiscated goods of the Church. On the 27th Aug. of the same year Mirabeau urged the issuing of 2,000,000,000 francs of new assignats, which caused a dispute in the Assembly. Vergasse and Dupont, who saw that the plan was an invention of Clavière for his own enrichment, particularly distinguished themselves as the opponents of the scheme. Mirabeau's exertions, however, were seconded by Péthion, and 800,000,000 francs more were issued. They were increased by degrees to 45,578,000,000, and their value rapidly declined. In the winter of 1792-3 they lost 30 per cent, and, in spite of the law to compel their acceptance at their nominal value, they continued to fall, till in the spring of 1796 they had sunk to one three hundred and forty-fourth their nominal value. This depreciation was due partly to the want of confidence in the stability of the Government, partly to the fact that the coarsely-executed and easily-counterfeited assignats were forged in great numbers. They were withdrawn by the Directory from the currency, and at length redeemed by mandats at one-thirtieth of their nominal value.

Assignats (a˙s-ē-nya˙), the name of the national paper currency during the French Revolution. The Constituent Assembly first issued assignats worth 400,000,000 francs with the king's approval on April 19, 1790, intending to redeem them with the proceeds from selling confiscated Church property. On August 27 of the same year, Mirabeau pushed for the issuance of 2,000,000,000 francs in new assignats, which led to heated debates in the Assembly. Vergasse and Dupont stood out as strong opponents, arguing that it was Clavière's scheme for personal gain. Nonetheless, Mirabeau received support from Péthion, resulting in the release of an additional 800,000,000 francs. The total eventually rose to 45,578,000,000, but their value quickly plummeted. During the winter of 1792-3, they lost 30 percent in value, and despite a law mandating their acceptance at face value, they continued to decline, reaching only one three hundred and forty-fourth of their nominal value by spring 1796. This depreciation stemmed partly from a lack of confidence in the government and partly from the fact that the poorly produced and easily counterfeited assignats were widely forged. The Directory eventually withdrew them from circulation and redeemed them through mandats at one-thirtieth of their nominal value.

Assignee´, a person appointed by another to transact some business, or exercise some particular privilege or power. Formerly the persons appointed under a commission of bankruptcy, to manage the estate of the bankrupt on behalf of the creditors, were so called, but now they are called trustees.

Assignee, a person selected by someone else to handle a business matter or exercise a specific privilege or power. In the past, the individuals appointed under a bankruptcy commission to manage the bankrupt's estate for the creditors were known as such, but now they are referred to as trustees.

Assign´ment is a transfer by deed of any property, or right, title, or interest in property, real or personal. Assignments are usually given for leases, mortgages, and funded property.

Assignment is the transfer by deed of any property, or right, title, or interest in property, either real or personal. Assignments are typically made for leases, mortgages, and financed property.

Assiniboi´a, the smallest of the four districts into which that portion of the north-western territories of Canada now forming the provinces of Saskatchewan and Alberta was divided in 1882. It lay on the west of Manitoba, with Saskatchewan on the north and Alberta on the west, the United States on the south. The name is now given to an electoral district of the province of Saskatchewan. The region contains much good wheat land. Regina was the capital, as it now is of the new province.

Assiniboi'a is the smallest of the four districts that made up the area of the northwestern territories of Canada, which later became the provinces of Saskatchewan and Alberta in 1882. It is located west of Manitoba, with Saskatchewan to the north and Alberta to the west, and the United States to the south. The name is now used for an electoral district in Saskatchewan. The area has a lot of fertile wheat land. Regina was the capital, just as it is now for the new province.

Assiniboine, a river of Canada, which flows through Manitoba and joins the Red River at Winnipeg, about 40 miles above the entrance of the latter into Lake Winnipeg, after a somewhat circuitous course of about 500 miles from the west and north-west. Steamers ply on it for over 300 miles.

Assiniboine, a river in Canada, flows through Manitoba and meets the Red River at Winnipeg, roughly 40 miles upstream from where the Red River enters Lake Winnipeg, after taking a somewhat winding route of about 500 miles from the west and northwest. Steamers operate on it for more than 300 miles.

Assiout. See Siout.

Assiout. See Siout.

Assisi (a˙s-sē'sē), a small town in Italy, in the province of Umbria, 20 miles north of Spoleto, the see of a bishop, and famous as the birthplace of St. Francis d'Assisi. The splendid church built over the chapel where the saint received his first impulse to devotion is one of the finest remains of mediæval Gothic architecture.

Assisi (a˙s-sē'sē), a small town in Italy located in the province of Umbria, is 20 miles north of Spoleto, which is the seat of a bishop and well-known as the birthplace of St. Francis of Assisi. The magnificent church built over the chapel where the saint first felt his call to devotion is one of the best examples of medieval Gothic architecture.

Assi´zes, a term chiefly used in England to signify the sessions of the courts held at Westminster prior to Magna Charta, but thereafter appointed by successive enactments to be held annually in every county. Twelve judges, who are members of the highest courts in England, twice in every year perform a circuit into all the counties into which the kingdom is divided (the [285]counties being grouped into seven circuits), to hold these assizes, at which both civil and criminal cases are decided. Occasionally this circuit is performed a third time for the purpose of jail-delivery. In London and Middlesex, instead of circuits, courts of nisi prius are held. At the assizes all the justices of the peace of the county are bound to attend. Special commissions of assize are granted for inquest into certain causes. In Scotland the term assize is still applicable to the jury in criminal cases.

Assizes is a term mostly used in England to refer to the court sessions held at Westminster before the Magna Carta, but later designated by various laws to take place annually in every county. Twelve judges, who are part of the highest courts in England, make a circuit twice a year to all the counties into which the kingdom is divided (the [285]counties are organized into seven circuits) to conduct these assizes, where both civil and criminal cases are resolved. Sometimes this circuit occurs a third time for the purpose of jail delivery. In London and Middlesex, instead of circuits, courts of nisi prius are held. All justices of the peace from the county are required to attend the assizes. Special commissions of assize are issued to investigate specific matters. In Scotland, the term assize is still used to refer to the jury in criminal cases.

Among the more important historic uses of the term assize are its application to any sitting or deliberative council, and its transference thence to their ordinances, decrees, or assessments. In the latter sense we have the Assizes of Jerusalem, a code of feudal laws formulated in 1099 under Godfrey of Bouillon; the Assizes of Clarendon (1166), of Northampton (1176), and of Woodstock (1184); also the assisæ venalium (1203), for regulating the prices of articles of common consumption; the Assize of Arms (1181), an ordinance for organizing the national militia, &c.

Among the more significant historical uses of the term assize are its application to any meeting or deliberative council, and its transfer to their laws, decrees, or assessments. In this context, we have the Assizes of Jerusalem, a set of feudal laws established in 1099 under Godfrey of Bouillon; the Assizes of Clarendon (1166), Northampton (1176), and Woodstock (1184); as well as the assisæ venalium (1203), which regulated the prices of common goods; and the Assize of Arms (1181), an ordinance for organizing the national militia, etc.

Assmanshausen. See Asmannshausen.

Assmanshausen. See Asmannshausen.

Associated Counties, a term applied to Essex, Cambridge, Norfolk, Suffolk, and Hertford, with, subsequently, Huntingdon and Lincoln. The association was formed in 1642 to raise an army for the Parliament and keep the war out of their own districts. The successive leaders were Lord Grey of Wark, the Earl of Manchester, and Cromwell.

Associated Counties, a term used for Essex, Cambridge, Norfolk, Suffolk, and Hertford, and later, Huntingdon and Lincoln. This group was formed in 1642 to raise an army for Parliament and to prevent the war from affecting their own areas. The leaders who took charge were Lord Grey of Wark, the Earl of Manchester, and Cromwell.

Association of Ideas, a doctrine of both psychological and philosophical import. In psychology the term is used to comprise the conditions under which one idea is able to recall another to consciousness. It is, therefore, the doctrine which deals with the reproduction of past experience by a present object of consciousness. The phrase 'association of ideas' was first introduced by Locke, and dealt with by Berkeley and Hartley, who became the founder of the so-called Associationist School.

Association of Ideas is a concept with both psychological and philosophical significance. In psychology, the term refers to the circumstances in which one idea can trigger the recall of another in our awareness. Thus, it is the principle that addresses how past experiences are reproduced by something we are currently thinking about. The term 'association of ideas' was first coined by Locke, and it was explored further by Berkeley and Hartley, who became the founders of the so-called Associationist School.

Ass´onance, in poetry, a term used when the terminating words of lines have the same vowel sound but make no proper rhyme. Such verses, having what we should consider false rhymes, are regularly employed in Spanish poetry; but cases are not wanting in leading British poets. Mrs. Browning not only used them frequently, but justified the use of them.

Assonance, in poetry, refers to when the ending words of lines share the same vowel sound but don't create a proper rhyme. These verses, which we might see as false rhymes, are commonly used in Spanish poetry; however, they can also be found in the works of prominent British poets. Mrs. Browning not only used them often but also defended their use.

Assouan (a˙s-sō-a˙n´), or Aswan (Syēnē), a town of Upper Egypt, on the east bank of the Nile, below the first cataract, opposite the Island of Elephantine. The granite quarries of the Pharaohs are here. Pop. 15,000.

Assouan (a˙s-sō-a˙n´), or Aswan (Syēnē), a town in Upper Egypt, located on the east bank of the Nile, just below the first cataract, across from Elephantine Island. The granite quarries from the time of the Pharaohs are located here. Pop. 15,000.

Assouan Dam, a great dam constructed across the Nile in Upper Egypt, near Assouan, at the foot of the first cataract. It is about a mile and a quarter long, and is provided with a large number of sluices in two tiers. It was originally built to a height of about 96 feet between 1898 and 1902, and raised to a height of 112 feet above bed-rock between 1907 and 1911. It is intended to regulate the supply of water for irrigation purposes to the country lower down, the water being stored up at the time when the river is high, and allowed to escape when it is required for the crops. When the reservoir is full it forms a lake about 130 miles long. The dam was planned by Sir William Willcocks, and the work carried out under Sir William Garstin and Sir Benjamin Baker, at a cost of £5,000,000 (Egyptian).

Assouan Dam is a massive dam built across the Nile in Upper Egypt, near Assouan, at the base of the first cataract. It's about a mile and a quarter long and features a lot of sluices arranged in two tiers. Originally constructed to a height of around 96 feet between 1898 and 1902, it was raised to 112 feet above bedrock from 1907 to 1911. The dam is designed to manage the water supply for irrigation in the lower regions, storing water when the river is high and releasing it when needed for crops. When full, the reservoir creates a lake that's about 130 miles long. The dam was designed by Sir William Willcocks, with construction carried out by Sir William Garstin and Sir Benjamin Baker, at a cost of £5,000,000 (Egyptian).

Assump´sit, in English law, an action to recover compensation for the non-performance of a parole promise; that is, a promise not contained in a deed under seal. Assumpsits are of two kinds, express and implied. The former are where the contracts are actually made in word or writing; the latter are such as the law implies from the justice of the case; e.g. employment to do work implies a promise to pay.

Assumpsit, in English law, is a legal action to recover compensation for not fulfilling a parole promise; that is, a promise that isn't officially documented in a sealed deed. There are two types of assumpsits: express and implied. The former refers to contracts that are explicitly stated in words or in writing, while the latter includes those that the law assumes based on what is fair in the situation; for example, hiring someone to do a job implies a promise to pay.

Assumption. See Asuncion.

Assumption. See Asuncion.

Assumption, Feast of, the ecclesiastical festival celebrating the miraculous ascent into Heaven of the Virgin Mary's body as well as her soul, kept on the 15th of August. The legend first appeared in the third or fourth century, and the festival was instituted some three centuries later.

Assumption, Feast of, the religious celebration honoring the miraculous ascent into Heaven of both the Virgin Mary's body and soul, observed on August 15th. The legend first surfaced in the third or fourth century, and the festival was established about three hundred years later.

Assurance. See Insurance.

Coverage. See Insurance.

Assyrian bas-relief Assyrian bas-relief from the Palace of Nimrûd showing Lion-hunting about 884 BCE

Assyr´ia (the Asshur of the Hebrews, Athurâ of the ancient Persians), an ancient monarchy in Asia, intersected by the upper course of the Tigris, and having the Armenian Mountains on the north and Babylonia on the south; area, about 50,000 sq. miles; surface partly mountainous, hilly, or undulating, partly a portion of the fertile Mesopotamian plain. The numerous remains of ancient habitations show how thickly this vast flat must have once been [286]peopled; now, for the most part, it is a mere wilderness. Geographically and historically, however, Assyria and Babylonia are interdependent, and the Assyrians and Babylonians are ethnographically and linguistically the same race. Whereas, however, the classical authors speak of Assyria to the exclusion of Babylonia, the decipherment of the inscriptions has proved that Babylonia was the mother-country, and that Assyria, except during a period of eight centuries, was a dependency of the former. This discovery coincides with the contents of the tenth chapter of Genesis. See Babylonia.

Assyria (the Asshur of the Hebrews, Athurâ of the ancient Persians) was an ancient kingdom in Asia, crossed by the upper part of the Tigris River, with the Armenian Mountains to the north and Babylonia to the south; it covered an area of about 50,000 square miles. The landscape was partly mountainous, hilly, or undulating and partly consisted of the fertile Mesopotamian plain. The many ruins of ancient settlements indicate how densely populated this vast flat area must have been; now, for the most part, it is largely a desert. Geographically and historically, however, Assyria and Babylonia are closely connected, and the Assyrians and Babylonians belong to the same ethnic and linguistic group. While classical writers focused on Assyria without mentioning Babylonia, the deciphering of inscriptions has proven that Babylonia was the original homeland, and that Assyria was dependent on it for most of its history, except for an eight-century period. This finding aligns with the information in the tenth chapter of Genesis. See Babylonia.

Ast, Georg Anton Friedrich, German philosopher, 1776-1841. He wrote on æsthetics and the history of philosophy, but is best known as an editor of Plato, whose works he published with a Latin translation and commentary.

Ast, Georg Anton Friedrich, German philosopher, 1776-1841. He wrote about aesthetics and the history of philosophy, but he is best known as an editor of Plato, whose works he published with a Latin translation and commentary.

As´tacus. See Crayfish.

Astacus. See Crayfish.

Astar´te, a Syrian goddess, probably corresponding to the Ashtaroth of the Hebrews, and representing the productive power of nature. She was a moon-goddess. Some regard her as corresponding to Hera (Juno), and others identify her with Aphroditē.

Astarte, a Syrian goddess, likely equivalent to the Ashtaroth of the Hebrews, represents nature's productive power. She was a moon goddess. Some see her as similar to Hera (Juno), while others connect her with Aphrodite.

Astatic needle, a magnetic needle having another needle of the same intensity fixed parallel to it, the poles being reversed, so that the needles neutralize one another, and are unaffected by the earth's magnetism; used in the astatic galvanometer.

Astatic needle is a magnetic needle that has another needle with the same intensity fixed parallel to it, with the poles reversed. This setup causes the needles to cancel each other out and remain unaffected by the earth's magnetism; it's used in the astatic galvanometer.

As´ter, a genus of plants, nat. ord. Compositæ, comprehending several hundred species, scattered over Europe and Asia, but mostly natives of North America. Many are cultivated as ornamental plants. One, A. Tripolium, is native in Britain, and is found in salt marshes, having a pretty purple flower. Asters generally flower late in the season, and some are hence called Michaelmas or Christmas Daisies. The China Aster, not an aster proper (Aster or Callistĕphus chinensis), is a very showy annual, of which there are many varieties.

Aster is a type of plant in the family Compositæ, including several hundred species found across Europe and Asia, though most are native to North America. Many are grown for their decorative appeal. One, A. Tripolium, is native to Britain and can be found in salt marshes, featuring a lovely purple flower. Asters typically bloom late in the season, which is why some are referred to as Michaelmas or Christmas Daisies. The China Aster, which is not a true aster (Aster or Callistĕphus chinensis), is a very vibrant annual plant with many different varieties.

Asterabad´. See Astrabad.

Asterabad. See Astrabad.

Aste´ria, a name applied to a variety of corundum, which displays an opalescent star of six rays of light when cut with certain precautions; and also to the cat's-eye, which consists of quartz, and is found especially in Ceylon.

Asteria is a term used for a type of corundum that shows a six-rayed star effect when cut carefully; it also refers to the cat's-eye, which is made of quartz and is particularly found in Ceylon.

Aster´idæ. See Asteroidea.

Asteridae. See Asteroidea.

As´terisk, the figure of a star, thus *, used in printing and writing, as a reference to a passage or note in the margin, or to fill the space when a name, or the like, is omitted.

Asterisk, the symbol of a star, thus *, used in printing and writing as a reference to a passage or note in the margin, or to fill the space when a name, or something similar, is left out.

Asteroi´dea, the ord. of the Echinodermata to which the star-fishes belong. See Star-fishes.

Asteroidea, the order of Echinodermata that includes starfish. See Starfish.

As´teroids, Planetoids, or Minor Planets, a numerous group of very small planets revolving round the sun, in the great majority of cases at mean distances, intermediate between those of Mars and Jupiter, in orbits of large eccentricity at considerable inclination to the ecliptic. The diameter of the largest is not supposed to exceed 450 miles, while most of the others are very much smaller. Over one thousand are known, and new members are being constantly discovered. The first to be discovered was Ceres, on 1st Jan., 1801, and within seven years more Pallas, Juno, and Vesta were seen. The diminutive size of these four bodies, and resemblances in their orbits, gave rise to the opinion that they were but the fragments of a planet that had formerly existed and had been brought to an end by some catastrophe. For nearly forty years investigations were carried on, but no more planets were discovered till 8th Dec., 1845, when a fifth planet in the same region of the solar system was discovered. The rapid succession of discoveries that followed was for a time taken as a corroboration of the disruption theory, but the breadth of the zone occupied makes the hypothesis of a shattered planet more than doubtful. In recent years a few have been discovered which are at times considerably within the orbit of Mars, the nearest perihelia being less than 15 million miles beyond the earth's orbit. Another group, known as the 'Trojan Planets', has been found, whose mean distances are practically identical with that of Jupiter. The total mass of the asteroids cannot exceed one-fourth that of the earth, and is probably much less. See Planets.

Asteroids, planetoids, or minor planets are a large group of very small planets that revolve around the sun, mostly at average distances between those of Mars and Jupiter, in orbits that are highly elliptical and significantly tilted to the ecliptic. The largest asteroid is believed to have a diameter of no more than 450 miles, while most others are much smaller. Over a thousand are known, with new ones being discovered all the time. The first one discovered was Ceres on January 1, 1801, and within seven years, Pallas, Juno, and Vesta were identified. The small size of these four bodies and the similarities in their orbits led to the idea that they were fragments of a planet that once existed but was destroyed in some cataclysm. For almost forty years, research continued, but no additional planets were found until December 8, 1845, when a fifth planet in the same region of the solar system was discovered. The flurry of discoveries that followed initially supported the disruption theory, but the vast area they occupy makes the idea of a shattered planet highly questionable. Recently, a few have been found that occasionally come significantly closer to the orbit of Mars, with their nearest perihelia less than 15 million miles beyond Earth's orbit. Another group called 'Trojan Planets' has been found, with average distances almost identical to that of Jupiter. The total mass of the asteroids cannot be more than one-fourth that of Earth and is likely much less. See Planets.

Asterol´epis, a genus of primitive ganoid fishes, found only in a fossil state in the Old Red Sandstone. They were about 1 foot long, and the head and body were enclosed in armour of strong bony plates.

Asterol´epis is a genus of ancient ganoid fish, known only from fossils in the Old Red Sandstone. They were roughly 1 foot long, and their head and body were covered in tough bony plates.

Asthma (ast´ma), difficulty of respiration, returning at intervals, with a sense of stricture across the chest and in the lungs, a wheezing, hard cough at first, but more free towards the close of each paroxysm, with a discharge of mucus, followed by a remission. Asthma is essentially a spasm of the muscular tissue which is contained in the smaller bronchial tubes. It generally attacks persons advanced in years, and seems, in some instances, to be hereditary. The exciting causes are various—accumulation of blood or viscid mucus in the lungs, noxious vapours, a cold and foggy atmosphere, or a close, hot air, flatulence, accumulated fæces, violent passions, organic diseases in the thoracic viscera, &c. In recent years a treatment first used by Dr. Alexander Francis has come into prominence. By far the most important part of the treatment consists in obviating or removing the several exciting causes. It seldom proves fatal except as inducing dropsy, consumption, &c.

Asthma (asth´ma) is a condition that makes it hard to breathe, coming and going periodically, with a tight feeling in the chest and lungs, a wheezing sound, and a severe cough at first, but it gets easier toward the end of each attack, accompanied by mucus discharge and a period of relief afterward. Asthma is basically caused by spasms in the muscle tissue found in the smaller bronchial tubes. It usually affects older individuals and can sometimes run in families. The triggers are varied—like an accumulation of blood or thick mucus in the lungs, harmful fumes, cold and foggy weather, hot and stuffy air, gas, buildup of waste in the intestines, intense emotions, and certain diseases in the chest organs, etc. Recently, a treatment developed by Dr. Alexander Francis has gained attention. The most crucial aspect of this treatment is addressing or eliminating the various triggers. It rarely leads to death, except through complications like dropsy, consumption, etc.

Asti (a˙s´tē), a town of Northern Italy, province of Alessandria, 28 miles E.S.E. of Turin, the see of [287]a bishop, with an old cathedral. In the Middle Ages it was one of the most powerful republics of Northern Italy. It was the birthplace of Alfieri, the poet, whose statue adorns the principal square. There is also an equestrian statue of King Humbert. The industries comprise silk, matches, gold, mosaic wares, &c. A favourite wine is produced in the neighbourhood. Asti, anciently Asta, was a place of some importance under the Roman emperors, and in the Middle Ages was an independent republic. Pop. 41,252.

Asti (as´tē), a town in Northern Italy, located in the province of Alessandria, 28 miles E.S.E. of Turin, is the seat of a bishop and features an old cathedral. In the Middle Ages, it was one of the most powerful republics in Northern Italy. It is the birthplace of the poet Alfieri, whose statue stands in the main square. There’s also an equestrian statue of King Humbert. The local industries include silk, matches, gold, mosaic arts, etc. A popular wine is produced in the area. Asti, formerly known as Asta, was significant during the Roman Empire and was an independent republic in the Middle Ages. Pop. 41,252.

Astig´matism (Gr. a, not, stigma, spot, mark), a malformation or imperfection, congenital or accidental, of the globe of the eye, in consequence of which the individual does not see objects clear and distinct, but with a blurred outline. It is due to the cornea or transparent outer coat of the eye not being regularly spherical, but having different degrees of curvature in different directions. Usually the degree of convexity is not the same horizontally as it is vertically, so that the rays from an object, instead of converging into one focus, meet in more than one. If a person with this defect is looking at vertical lines crossed by horizontal ones he will see the one set more distinctly than the other, though a slight movement will enable him to see the other distinctly also, but not at the same time. Almost all eyes are more or less astigmatic, but persons only become aware of it when it is excessive. Special lenses are required to correct it—usually lenses plane in one direction and concave or convex in the other. Short sight or long sight is often associated with astigmatism, so that suitable spectacles cannot be very easily provided.

Astigmatism (Gr. a, not, stigma, spot, mark) is a condition or imperfection, either from birth or caused by an accident, of the eye's shape, causing a person to see objects in a blurry way instead of clearly. This happens because the cornea, the clear outer layer of the eye, isn’t perfectly spherical; it has different curves in different directions. Typically, the curve is different horizontally compared to vertically, so light rays from an object don’t focus into a single point but instead come together at multiple points. If someone with astigmatism looks at vertical lines intersected by horizontal lines, they’ll see one set of lines more clearly than the other. A slight head movement will allow them to see the other set clearly as well, but not both at the same time. Most people have some level of astigmatism, but many only notice it when it’s severe. Special lenses are needed to correct it—usually lenses that are flat in one direction and either concave or convex in the other. Short-sightedness or long-sightedness often occur with astigmatism, making it difficult to find appropriate glasses.

Astle, Thomas, English antiquary, born 1735, died 1803. He was a trustee of the British Museum and keeper of the public records in the Tower. His chief work, The Origin and Progress of Writing, appeared in 1784, and the portion dealing with mediæval handwriting is still of value. He formed a famous collection of MSS., the most valuable portion of which is now in the British Museum.

Astle, Thomas, English antiquarian, born 1735, died 1803. He was a trustee of the British Museum and the keeper of the public records at the Tower. His main work, The Origin and Progress of Writing, was published in 1784, and the section on medieval handwriting is still valuable today. He created a well-known collection of manuscripts, the most important part of which is now held in the British Museum.

Astom´ata, one of the two groups into which the Protozoa are divided with regard to the presence or absence of a mouth, of which organ the Astomata are destitute. The group comprises two classes, Gregarinida and Rhizopoda. See Stomatoda.

Astomata, one of the two groups that Protozoa are categorized into based on whether they have a mouth or not, is characterized by the absence of this organ. This group includes two classes, Gregarinida and Rhizopoda. See Stomatoda.

Aston Manor, formerly a municipal and parliamentary borough of Warwickshire, England, situated about 1½ miles E.N.E. of Birmingham, and engaged in similar branches of industry. It was incorporated with Birmingham in 1911 and gives its name to one of its parliamentary divisions. Pop. 75,029.

Aston Manor, previously a municipal and parliamentary borough in Warwickshire, England, located about 1½ miles E.N.E. of Birmingham, and involved in similar industries. It was merged with Birmingham in 1911 and is the namesake of one of its parliamentary divisions. Population 75,029.

Astor, John Jacob, born near Heidelberg, Germany, 1703, died at New York, 1848. In 1783 he emigrated to the United States, settled at New York, and became extensively engaged in the fur trade. In 1811 the settlement of Astoria, founded by him, near the mouth of the Columbia River, was formed to serve as a central depot for the fur trade between the lakes and the Pacific. He subsequently engaged in various speculations, and died worth £4,000,000, leaving £80,000 to found the Astor Library in New York. This institution is contained in a splendid building, enlarged in 1859 at the cost of his son, and comprises about 260,000 volumes. Since 1895 it has formed part of the New York public library.—His great-grandson, William Waldorf Astor, born in 1848, died in 1919, naturalized in England in 1899, was made a baron in 1916 and a viscount in 1917.

Astor, John Jacob, born near Heidelberg, Germany, 1703, died in New York, 1848. In 1783, he moved to the United States, settled in New York, and became heavily involved in the fur trade. In 1811, he founded the settlement of Astoria near the mouth of the Columbia River to serve as a central hub for the fur trade between the lakes and the Pacific. He later engaged in various investments and died with a fortune of £4,000,000, leaving £80,000 to establish the Astor Library in New York. This institution is housed in a beautiful building, which was expanded in 1859 at his son's expense, and contains about 260,000 books. Since 1895, it has been part of the New York public library.—His great-grandson, William Waldorf Astor, born in 1848, died in 1919, became a naturalized citizen of England in 1899, was made a baron in 1916, and a viscount in 1917.

Astor, Lady. Nancy Witcher, Viscountess Astor, married the second Viscount Astor in 1906. She is a daughter of the late Colonel Chiswell Dabney Langhorne, of Virginia, United States. In Nov., 1919, she was elected member of Parliament for the Sutton division of Plymouth, and was the first woman to take a seat in the House of Commons.

Astor, Lady. Nancy Witcher, Viscountess Astor, married the second Viscount Astor in 1906. She is the daughter of the late Colonel Chiswell Dabney Langhorne from Virginia, United States. In November 1919, she was elected as a member of Parliament for the Sutton division of Plymouth, becoming the first woman to take a seat in the House of Commons.

Astor´ga, a city of Spain, province of Leon; the Asturica Augusta of the Romans. It figured prominently during the Peninsular War; it was taken by the French after an obstinate defence, 1810, and retaken by the Spaniards, 1812. Pop. 5682.

Astorga, a city in Spain, located in the province of León; the Asturica Augusta of the Romans. It played a significant role during the Peninsular War; it was captured by the French after a stubborn defense in 1810, and was recaptured by the Spaniards in 1812. Population: 5,682.

Asto´ria, a town of Oregon, United States, on the Columbia River, with numerous salmon-canning establishments. Pop. 10,595. See Astor.

Astoria, a town in Oregon, United States, located on the Columbia River, known for its many salmon canneries. Population 10,595. See Astor.

Astrabad´, a town of Persia, province of same name, about 24 miles E. of the Caspian. It was formerly the residence of the Kajar princes, the ancestors of the present Persian dynasty. It is very unhealthy, but is still the centre of a considerable trade. Pop. estimated at from 10,000 to 30,000. The province of Astrabad has an area of 5800 sq. miles, and a pop. of 150,000.

Astrabad, a town in Persia, which shares its name with the province, is located about 24 miles E. of the Caspian Sea. It used to be the home of the Kajar princes, the forebears of the current Persian dynasty. Although it is quite unhealthy, it remains a hub of significant trade. The population is estimated to be between 10,000 and 30,000. The province of Astrabad covers an area of 5,800 square miles and has a population of 150,000.

Astræ´a, in Greek mythology, the daughter of Zeus and Themis, the goddess of justice. During the golden age she dwelt on earth, but on that age passing away she withdrew from the society of men and was placed among the stars, where she forms the constellation Virgo. The name was given to one of the asteroids, discovered in 1845. It revolves round the sun in 1511.10 solar days, and is about 2½ times the distance of the earth from the sun.

Astræ´a, in Greek mythology, is the daughter of Zeus and Themis, the goddess of justice. During the golden age, she lived on earth, but as that age came to an end, she left humanity and was placed among the stars, where she became the constellation Virgo. The name was also given to one of the asteroids discovered in 1845. It orbits the sun in 1511.10 days and is approximately 2½ times the distance from the earth to the sun.

As´tragal, in architecture, a small semicircular moulding, with a fillet beneath it, which surrounds a column in the form of a ring, separating the shaft from the capital.

As´tragal, in architecture, a small semicircular molding, with a band underneath it, that encircles a column like a ring, separating the shaft from the capital.

Astrag´alus, a genus of papilionaceous plants, herbaceous or shrubby, and often spiny. A. gummifer yields gum tragacanth.

Astragalus, a genus of leguminous plants, can be herbaceous or shrubby, and often has spines. A. gummifer produces gum tragacanth.

Astrag´alus, the upper bone of the foot [288]supporting the tibia; the buckle, ankle, or sling bone. It is a strong irregularly-shaped bone, and is connected with the others by powerful ligaments.

Astragalus, the upper bone of the foot [288]that supports the tibia; it’s also known as the buckle, ankle, or sling bone. It’s a strong, irregularly shaped bone and is connected to the others by strong ligaments.

Astrakhan (a˙s-tra˙-ha˙n'), a Russian city, capital of government of same name, on an elevated island in the Volga, about 30 miles above its mouth in the Caspian, communicating with the opposite banks of the river by numerous bridges. It is the seat of a Greek archbishop and has a large cathedral, as well as places of worship for Mahommedans, Armenians, &c. The manufactures are large and increasing, and the fisheries (sturgeon, &c.) very important. It is the chief port of the Caspian, and has regular steam communication with the principal towns on its shores. In 1919 the town was made a naval base by the Bolshevist Government of Moscow. Pop. 163,800, composed of various races.—The government (or province) has an area of 91,042 sq. miles. It consists almost entirely of two vast steppes, separated from each other by the Volga, and forming for the most part arid sterile deserts. In 1918 the district of Astrakhan proclaimed its autonomy and independence of Moscow. Pop. 1,427,500.

Astrakhan (a˙s-tra˙-ha˙n'), a Russian city and the capital of the local government, is located on an elevated island in the Volga, about 30 miles upstream from where it meets the Caspian Sea. The city connects to the opposite banks of the river via many bridges. It is home to a Greek archbishop and features a large cathedral, along with places of worship for Muslims, Armenians, and others. The manufacturing sector is substantial and growing, and the fisheries (including sturgeon) play a significant role. Astrakhan is the main port on the Caspian Sea and has regular steamship services to key towns along its shores. In 1919, the Bolshevik Government in Moscow designated the town as a naval base. The population is 163,800 and comprises a mix of various ethnic groups. The region (or province) covers an area of 91,042 square miles and mainly consists of two vast steppes, which are separated by the Volga and are mostly barren deserts. In 1918, the Astrakhan district declared its autonomy and independence from Moscow. The total population is 1,427,500.

Astrakhan, a name given to sheepskins with a curled woolly surface obtained from a variety of sheep found in Búkhara, Persia, and Syria; also a rough fabric with a pile in imitation of this.

Astrakhan refers to sheepskins that have a curled, woolly surface, sourced from a variety of sheep in Bukhara, Persia, and Syria. It can also mean a coarse fabric that imitates this texture.

Astralite. See Explosives.

Astralite. See Explosives.

Astral Spirits, spirits formerly believed to people the heavenly bodies or the aerial regions. In the Middle Ages they were variously conceived as fallen angels, souls of departed men, or spirits originating in fire, and belonging neither to heaven, earth, nor hell. Paracelsus regarded them as demoniacal in character.

Astral Spirits are entities once thought to inhabit the stars and the sky. During the Middle Ages, they were often seen as fallen angels, the souls of the deceased, or spirits arising from fire, existing outside of heaven, earth, and hell. Paracelsus viewed them as having a demonic nature.

Astrin´gent, a medicine which contracts the organic textures and canals of the body, thereby checking or diminishing excessive discharges. The chief astringents are the mineral acids, alum, lime-water, chalk, salts of copper, zinc, iron, lead, silver; and among vegetables catechu, kino, oak-bark, and galls.

Astringent, a medicine that tightens the body’s tissues and channels, thus reducing or limiting excessive discharges. The main astringents include mineral acids, alum, lime water, chalk, copper salts, zinc, iron, lead, and silver; among plants, there are catechu, kino, oak bark, and galls.

Astroca´ryum, a genus of tropical American palms, species of which yield oil and valuable fibre. Tucum oil and tucum thread are obtained from A. vulgāre.

Astroca'ryum is a type of tropical American palm, with species that produce oil and valuable fiber. Tucum oil and tucum thread are sourced from A. vulgāre.

As´trolabe, an instrument formerly used for taking the altitude of the sun or stars, now superseded by the quadrant and sextant. The name was also formerly given to an armillary sphere.—Cf. Chaucer, Treatise on the Astrolabe.

Astrolabe, a device that was once used to measure the altitude of the sun or stars, is now replaced by the quadrant and sextant. The term was also previously used for an armillary sphere.—Cf. Chaucer, Treatise on the Astrolabe.

Astrolabe Bay, an inlet on the N.E. coast of Australian New Guinea.

Astrolabe Bay, an inlet on the N.E. coast of Papua New Guinea.

Astrol´ogy, literally, the science or doctrine of the stars. The name was formerly used as equivalent to astronomy, but is now restricted in meaning to the pseudo-science which pretends to enable men to judge of the effects and influences of the heavenly bodies on human and other mundane affairs, and to foretell future events by their situations and conjunctions. As usually practised, the whole heavens, visible and invisible, were divided by great circles into twelve equal parts, called houses. As the circles were supposed to remain immovable, every heavenly body passed through each of the twelve houses every twenty-four hours. The portion of the zodiac contained in each house was the part to which chief attention was paid, and the position of any planet was settled by its distance from the boundary circle of the house, measured on the ecliptic. The houses had different names and different powers, the first being called the house of life, the second the house of riches, the third of brethren, the sixth of marriage, the eighth of death, and so on. The part of the heavens about to rise was called the ascendant, the planet within the house of the ascendant being lord of the ascendant. The different aspects of the planets were of great importance. To cast a person's nativity (or draw his horoscope) was to find the position of the heavens at the instant of his birth, which being done, the astrologer, who knew the various powers and influences possessed by the sun, the moon, and the planets, could predict what the course and termination of that person's life would be. The temperament of the individual was ascribed to the planet under which he was born, as saturnine from Saturn, jovial from Jupiter, mercurial from Mercury, &c., words which are now used with little thought of their original meaning. The virtues of herbs, gems, and medicines were supposed to be due to their ruling planets. The history of astrology, which was the foster-sister of astronomy, goes back to the early days of the human race. Egyptians and Hindus, as well as the nations on the Euphrates and Tigris, were zealous astrologers. The Christian Church strongly opposed the teachings of astrology, but its study spread among Jews and Arabs during the Middle Ages. Francis Bacon abused the astrologers of his day, and Swift wrote against them his famous Prediction for the Year 1708, by Isaac Bickerstaff, Esq.BIBLIOGRAPHY: E. H. Bennet, Astrology; G. Wilde, Chaldean Astrology Up-to-date; A. Maury, La Magie et l'astrologie à l'antiquité et au moyen âge; A. J. Pearce, Textbook of Astrology.

Astrology, literally, the science or doctrine of the stars. The term was once synonymous with astronomy but is now limited to the pseudo-science that claims to help people understand the effects and influences of celestial bodies on human and worldly affairs, and to predict future events based on their positions and alignments. As typically practiced, the entire sky, both visible and invisible, was divided by great circles into twelve equal sections, known as houses. Since these circles were thought to be stationary, each celestial body moved through each of the twelve houses every twenty-four hours. The segment of the zodiac within each house received the most focus, and the location of any planet was determined by its distance from the boundary circle of the house, measured along the ecliptic. The houses had various names and distinct significances, with the first known as the house of life, the second as the house of wealth, the third for siblings, the sixth for marriage, the eighth for death, and so on. The part of the sky that was about to rise was termed the ascendant, and the planet within the ascendant's house was called the lord of the ascendant. The various aspects of the planets were considered very important. To cast a person's nativity (or draw their horoscope) was to determine the sky's position at the moment of their birth. Once this was established, the astrologer, familiar with the different powers and influences of the sun, moon, and planets, could predict the trajectory and outcome of that person's life. The individual's temperament was linked to the planet they were born under, such as saturnine from Saturn, jovial from Jupiter, mercurial from Mercury, and so forth, terms that are now used without much consideration of their original significance. The perceived qualities of herbs, gems, and medicines were thought to arise from their ruling planets. The history of astrology, which was closely connected to astronomy, dates back to humanity's early days. Egyptians, Hindus, and the peoples along the Euphrates and Tigris were enthusiastic astrologers. The Christian Church strongly opposed astrology, but its study gained traction among Jews and Arabs during the Middle Ages. Francis Bacon criticized the astrologers of his time, and Swift wrote against them in his famous Prediction for the Year 1708, by Isaac Bickerstaff, Esq.REFERENCES: E. H. Bennet, Astrology; G. Wilde, Chaldean Astrology Up-to-date; A. Maury, La Magie et l'astrologie à l'antiquité et au moyen âge; A. J. Pearce, Textbook of Astrology.

Astron´omy (from Gr. astron, a heavenly body, and nemein, to classify or arrange) is that science which investigates the motions, distances, magnitudes, and various phenomena of the heavenly bodies. The science may be divided into several branches. Descriptive astronomy denotes merely a presentation of astronomical facts in a systematic but popular form; practical astronomy treats of the instruments used in observing the celestial bodies, the methods [289]of their employment, and the manner of deducing results from the observations; investigation of the causes of the motions of these bodies was formerly termed physical astronomy, but now generally dynamical or gravitational astronomy; physical astronomy or astro-physics is the comparatively modern branch which deals with their physical conditions, radiation, temperature, and chemical constitution. Recent years have added two new fields of investigation which are full of promise for the advancement of astronomical science. The first of these—celestial photography—has furnished us with invaluable light-pictures of the sun, moon, and other bodies, and has recorded the existence of myriads of stars invisible even to the best telescopes; while the second, spectrum analysis, now employed by many scientists, reveals to us a knowledge of the physical constituents of the universe, telling us for instance that in the sun (or his atmosphere) there exist many of the elements familiar to us on the earth. It is also applied to the determination of the velocities with which stars are approaching, or receding from, our system; and to the measurement of movements taking place within the solar atmospheric envelopes. From analysis of some of the unresolved nebulæ the inference is drawn that they are not star-swarms but simply incandescent gas; whence a second inference results favourable to the hypothesis of the gradual condensation of nebulæ, and the successive evolutions of suns and systems.

Astronomy (from Greek astron, meaning a heavenly body, and nemein, meaning to classify or arrange) is the science that studies the motions, distances, sizes, and various phenomena of celestial bodies. This science can be divided into several branches. Descriptive astronomy simply presents astronomical facts in a systematic yet accessible way; practical astronomy involves the instruments used to observe celestial bodies, the methods of their use, and how to draw conclusions from these observations. The investigation of the causes of the motions of these bodies was once called physical astronomy, but is now generally referred to as dynamical or gravitational astronomy; physical astronomy or astro-physics is the newer branch that looks at their physical conditions, radiation, temperature, and chemical makeup. Recent years have introduced two new areas of research that hold great promise for advancements in astronomy. The first—celestial photography—has provided invaluable images of the sun, moon, and other celestial bodies, revealing countless stars that are not visible even with the best telescopes; the second, spectrum analysis, now used by many scientists, helps us understand the physical components of the universe, showing us that many elements found in the sun (or its atmosphere) are also present on Earth. It is also used to measure the speeds at which stars are moving toward or away from our solar system, as well as to assess movements occurring within the solar atmospheric layers. From the analysis of some unresolved nebulas, the conclusion is drawn that they are not clusters of stars but rather just glowing gas; from this, another conclusion supports the idea of the gradual condensation of nebulas and the sequential evolution of stars and solar systems.

The most remote period to which we can go back in tracing the history of astronomy refers us to a time about 2500 B.C., when the Chinese are said to have recorded the simultaneous conjunction of Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Mercury, and the moon. This remarkable phenomenon is found, by calculating backward, to have taken place 2460 B.C. Astronomy has also an undoubtedly high antiquity in India. The mean annual motion of Jupiter and Saturn was observed as early as 3062 years B.C.; tables of the sun, moon, and planets were formed, and eclipses calculated. In the time of Alexander the Great, the Chaldeans or Babylonians had carried on astronomical observations for 1900 years. They regarded comets as bodies travelling in extended orbits, and predicted their return; and there is reason to believe that they had correct ideas regarding the solar system. The priests of Egypt gave astronomy a religious character; but their knowledge of the science is testified to only by their ancient zodiacs and the position of their pyramids with relation to the cardinal points. It was among the Greeks that astronomy took a more scientific form. Thales of Miletus (born 639 B.C.) predicted a solar eclipse, and his successors held opinions which are in many respects wonderfully in accordance with modern ideas. Pythagoras (500 B.C.) and his followers formed theories of the planetary system. They taught the sphericity and revolution of the earth, but placed an imaginary 'Central Fire', not the sun itself, at the centre of the system. Great progress was made in astronomy under the Ptolemies, and we find Timochares and Aristyllus employed about 300 B.C. in making useful planetary observations. But Aristarchus of Samos (born 267 B.C.) is said, on the authority of Archimedes, to have far surpassed them, by teaching the double motion of the earth around its axis and around the sun. A hundred years later Hipparchus determined more exactly the length of the solar year, and the eccentricity of the ecliptic, discovered the precession of the equinoxes, and even undertook a catalogue of the stars. It was in the second century after Christ that Claudius Ptolemy, a famous mathematician of Pelusium in Egypt, propounded the system that bears his name, viz., that the earth was the centre of the universe, and that the sun, moon, and planets revolved around it in the following order: nearest to the earth was the sphere of the moon; then followed the spheres of Mercury, Venus, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn; then came the sphere of the fixed stars; these were succeeded by two crystalline spheres and an outer sphere named the primum mobile or first movable, which last was again circumscribed by the cœlum empyreum, of a cubic shape, wherein happy souls found their abode. The Arabs began to make scientific astronomical observations about the middle of the eighth century, and for 400 years they prosecuted the science with assiduity. Ibn-Yunis (A.D. 1000) made important observations of the perturbations and eccentricities of Jupiter and Saturn. In the sixteenth century Nicolaus Copernicus, born in 1473, introduced the system that bears his name, and which recognized the sun's central place in the solar system, and that all the other bodies, the earth included, revolve around it. This arrangement of the universe (see Copernicus) came at length to be generally received on account of the simplicity it substituted for the complexities and difficulties of the theory of Ptolemy. The observations and calculations of Tycho Brahe, a Danish astronomer, born in 1546, continued over many years, were of the highest value, and secured for him the title of regenerator of practical astronomy. His assistant and pupil, Kepler, born in 1571, was enabled, principally from the data provided by his master's labours, to arrive at those laws which have made his name famous: 1. That the planets move, not in circular, but in elliptical orbits, of which the sun occupies a focus. 2. That the radius vector, or imaginary straight line joining the sun and any planet, moves over equal [290]spaces in equal times. 3. That the squares of the times of the revolutions of the planets are as the cubes of their mean distances from the sun. Galileo, who died in 1642, advanced the science by his observations and by the new revelations he made through his telescopes, which established the truth of the Copernican theory. Newton, born in 1642, carried physical astronomy suddenly to comparative perfection. Accepting Kepler's laws as a statement of the facts of planetary motion, he deduced from them his theory of gravitation. The science was enriched towards the close of the eighteenth century by the discovery by Herschel of the planet Uranus and its satellites, the resolution of the Milky Way into myriads of stars, and the investigation of nebulæ and of double and triple stars. The splendid analytical researches of Lalande, Lagrange, Delambre, and Laplace mark the same period. The nineteenth century opened with the discovery of the first four minor planets; and the existence of another planet (Neptune), more distant from the sun than Uranus, was, in 1845, independently predicted by Leverrier and Adams. Of late years the sun has attracted a number of observers, the spectroscope and photography having been especially fruitful in this field of investigation. By various methods the sun's mean distance has been ascertained within very small limits of error, and found to be nearly 93,000,000 miles. Many additions have been made to the known secondary planets or satellites, including some with retrograde motions. A vast number of asteroids has been discovered, and the width of the zone occupied by them found to be much more extensive. Much success has been achieved in ascertaining the parallax of fixed stars.

The earliest period we can trace back in the history of astronomy goes to around 2500 B.C., when the Chinese reportedly documented the simultaneous conjunction of Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Mercury, and the moon. This remarkable event has been calculated to have occurred in 2460 B.C. Astronomy also has a long history in India, where the average annual motion of Jupiter and Saturn was recorded as early as 3062 B.C.; tables for the sun, moon, and planets were created, and eclipses were predicted. During the time of Alexander the Great, the Chaldeans or Babylonians had conducted astronomical observations for 1900 years. They viewed comets as bodies traveling in elongated orbits and were able to predict their returns, suggesting they had correct ideas about the solar system. In Egypt, priests infused astronomy with a religious significance, but their scientific knowledge is evidenced only by their ancient zodiacs and the alignment of their pyramids with the cardinal points. It was the Greeks who gave astronomy a more scientific foundation. Thales of Miletus (born 639 B.C.) predicted a solar eclipse, and his successors held views that align remarkably with modern theories. Pythagoras (500 B.C.) and his followers developed theories about the planetary system, asserting the Earth's roundness and its rotation but placing an imaginary 'Central Fire', not the sun itself, at the center of the system. Significant advancements in astronomy were made during the Ptolemaic period, with Timochares and Aristyllus engaged in valuable planetary observations around 300 B.C. Aristarchus of Samos (born 267 B.C.) is credited, according to Archimedes, with surpassing them by proposing that the Earth moves both on its axis and around the sun. About a century later, Hipparchus more accurately defined the solar year, the eccentricity of the ecliptic, discovered the precession of the equinoxes, and even created a star catalog. In the second century A.D., Claudius Ptolemy, a renowned mathematician from Pelusium in Egypt, proposed his eponymous system, which stated that the Earth was the center of the universe, with the sun, moon, and planets revolving around it in this order: the moon, Mercury, Venus, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, followed by the sphere of fixed stars, two crystalline spheres, and an outer sphere called the primum mobile, with the cœlum empyreum, a cubic realm, surrounding it, where blessed souls resided. The Arabs began making scientific astronomical observations around the mid-eighth century, diligently pursuing the field for 400 years. Ibn-Yunis (A.D. 1000) made notable observations of Jupiter and Saturn's perturbations and eccentricities. In the sixteenth century, Nicolaus Copernicus, born in 1473, introduced his namesake system, which acknowledged the sun's central position in the solar system, with all other bodies, including Earth, moving around it. This model (see Copernicus) eventually gained acceptance due to the simplicity it offered compared to the complexities of Ptolemy's theory. The observations and calculations of Tycho Brahe, a Danish astronomer born in 1546, provided immense value over many years, earning him the title of the regenerator of practical astronomy. His assistant and student, Kepler, born in 1571, was able to establish his famous laws mainly using data from his mentor's research: 1. Planets move in elliptical, not circular, orbits, with the sun at one focus. 2. The radius vector, or imaginary straight line connecting the sun and any planet, covers equal areas in equal times. 3. The squares of the periods of the planets' revolutions are proportional to the cubes of their mean distances from the sun. Galileo, who died in 1642, advanced the field through his observations and new insights gained via telescopes, confirming the Copernican theory. Newton, born in 1642, brought physical astronomy to a high level of perfection. Accepting Kepler's laws as accurate descriptions of planetary motion, he developed his theory of gravitation from them. Toward the end of the eighteenth century, Herschel discovered the planet Uranus and its moons, resolved the Milky Way into countless stars, and explored nebulas and double and triple stars, enriching the science of astronomy. Notable analytical work by Lalande, Lagrange, Delambre, and Laplace highlighted this period. The nineteenth century commenced with the discovery of the first four minor planets, and in 1845, Leverrier and Adams independently predicted another planet (Neptune), which is farther from the sun than Uranus. Recently, the sun has attracted many observers, with the spectroscope and photography proving particularly fruitful for studies. By various means, the sun's average distance has been determined with very little error, found to be nearly 93,000,000 miles. Numerous additional secondary planets or satellites have been identified, including some that move in retrograde orbits. A vast number of asteroids have been discovered, revealing that their zone is much broader than previously thought. Great progress has also been made in determining the parallax of fixed stars.

The objects with which astronomy has chiefly to deal are the earth, the sun, the moon, the planets, the fixed stars, comets, nebulæ, and meteors. The stellar universe is composed of an unknown host of stars, many millions in number. Those visible to the naked eye were in ancient times grouped into the constellations still recognized. The nebulæ are cloud-like patches of light scattered all over the heavens. Some of them have been resolved into star-clusters, but many of them are masses of incandescent gas. Of the so-called fixed stars, many form binary or multiple systems, the members revolving in orbits under each other's attractions, while other more scattered groups are moving clusters, travelling in parallel paths through space like flocks of birds. Variable stars and extinct or dark stars are also known. The fixed stars preserve, at least to unaided vision, an unalterable relation to each other, because of their vast distance from the earth. Their apparent movement from east to west is the result of the earth's revolution on its axis in twenty-four hours from west to east. The planets have not only an apparent, but also a real and proper motion, since, like our earth, they revolve around the sun in their several orbits and periods. The nearest of these bodies to the sun is Mercury. Venus, the second planet from the sun, is to us the brightest and most beautiful of all the planets. The Earth is the first planet accompanied by a satellite or moon. Mars, the next planet, has two satellites, discovered in 1877. Its surface has a variegated character, and the existence of land, water, snow, and ice has been inferred. The Asteroids, of which over 1000 are known, form a broad zone of small bodies, at distances from a little beyond the earth's to that of Jupiter. Jupiter, the largest planet, has at least nine satellites, of which the two outermost have retrograde motion. Its surface is diversified by spots, markings, and bands parallel to its equator. Saturn, with its nine or more satellites and broad thin rings in its equatorial plane, is, perhaps, the most striking telescopic object in the heavens. Urănus—discovered by Herschel in 1781—is accompanied by four satellites. Neptune, the farthest removed from the sun, has one satellite, the motion of which is retrograde. Besides the planets, quite a number of comets are known to be members of the solar system. The physical constitution of these bodies is still one of the enigmas of astronomy. The observation of meteors has recently attracted much attention. They are seen in largest numbers in the autumn months. Meteor streams are supposed to represent the results of the disintegration of comets. Among the more modern astronomers we may mention: Gustav Kirchhoff, G. B. Donati, Christian Doppler, H. C. Vogel, Sir William Huggins, Simon Newcomb, and Sir David Gill. See Earth, Sun, Moon, Planet, Comet, Stars, Asteroids, Celestial Photography, Spectrography, &c.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: Sir J. N. Lockyer, Dawn of Astronomy; Sir G. C. Lewis, Historical Survey of the Astronomy of the Ancients; Sir. F. W. Dyson, Astronomy; Sir R. Ball, Atlas, and Popular Guide to the Heavens; G. P. Serviss, Astronomy with an Opera-glass; The Pleasures of the Telescope; A. M. Clerke, History of Astronomy during the 19th Century, H. Macpherson, Romance of Modern Astronomy; C. A. Young, General Astronomy; G. F. Chambers, Handbook of Astronomy (3 vols.); E. W. Maunder, Astronomy of the Bible; A. C. D. Crommelin, The Star World; Agnes Giberne, Sun, Moon, and Stars (popular).

The main objects of astronomy are the Earth, the Sun, the Moon, the planets, the fixed stars, comets, nebulae, and meteors. The stellar universe is made up of a vast number of stars, many millions in total. Those that can be seen with the naked eye were grouped into constellations long ago, which are still recognized today. Nebulae are cloud-like patches of light scattered across the sky. Some have been resolved into star clusters, but many are just clouds of hot gas. Of the so-called fixed stars, many are part of binary or multiple systems, with their members revolving around each other due to gravitational attraction, while other more scattered groups are moving clusters traveling in parallel paths through space like flocks of birds. There are also variable stars and extinct or dark stars. The fixed stars maintain a consistent position relative to one another, at least to the unaided eye, because they are so far away from the Earth. Their apparent movement from east to west is due to the Earth's rotation on its axis, which takes twenty-four hours and goes from west to east. The planets not only appear to move but also have actual and proper motion, as they, like the Earth, orbit the Sun in their respective orbits and timeframes. The closest celestial body to the Sun is Mercury. Venus, the second planet from the Sun, is considered the brightest and most beautiful of all the planets. The Earth is the first planet to have a moon or satellite. Mars, the next planet, has two satellites that were discovered in 1877. Its surface has various features, and scientists believe it has land, water, snow, and ice. The Asteroids, of which over 1,000 are known, form a wide zone of small bodies, located between Earth and Jupiter. Jupiter, the largest planet, has at least nine satellites, with the two furthest from it having a retrograde motion. Its surface features spots, markings, and bands that run parallel to its equator. Saturn, with its nine or more satellites and wide, thin rings in its equatorial plane, is perhaps the most impressive object in the sky when viewed through a telescope. Uranus, discovered by Herschel in 1781, has four satellites. Neptune, which is the farthest from the Sun, has one satellite that moves in the opposite direction. In addition to the planets, there are many comets that are known to be part of the solar system. The physical makeup of these bodies remains one of astronomy's mysteries. Recently, meteor observations have gained a lot of attention. They are most commonly seen in the autumn months. Meteor streams are thought to be the result of comet disintegration. Some of the more modern astronomers include Gustav Kirchhoff, G. B. Donati, Christian Doppler, H. C. Vogel, Sir William Huggins, Simon Newcomb, and Sir David Gill. See Earth, Sun, Moon, Planet, Comet, Stars, Asteroids, Celestial Photography, Spectrography, &c.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: Sir J. N. Lockyer, Dawn of Astronomy; Sir G. C. Lewis, Historical Survey of the Astronomy of the Ancients; Sir. F. W. Dyson, Astronomy; Sir R. Ball, Atlas, and Popular Guide to the Heavens; G. P. Serviss, Astronomy with an Opera-glass; The Pleasures of the Telescope; A. M. Clerke, History of Astronomy during the 19th Century, H. Macpherson, Romance of Modern Astronomy; C. A. Young, General Astronomy; G. F. Chambers, Handbook of Astronomy (3 vols.); E. W. Maunder, Astronomy of the Bible; A. C. D. Crommelin, The Star World; Agnes Giberne, Sun, Moon, and Stars (popular).

Astropalia, an island in the Ægean Sea. It was occupied during the Balkan war of 1912 by the Italians under Admiral Presbitero and General d'Ameglio.

Astropalia, an island in the Aegean Sea. It was occupied during the Balkan War of 1912 by the Italians under Admiral Presbitero and General d'Ameglio.

Astrophysics. See Spectroscopy.

Astrophysics. See Spectroscopy.

Astur. See Goshawk. [291]

Astur. Check out Goshawk. [291]

Astu´ria, or The Asturias, a Spanish principality, now forming the province of Oviedo, on the north coast of Spain; an alpine region, with steep and jagged mountain ridges, valuable minerals, luxuriant grazing lands, and fertile well-watered valleys. The heir apparent of Spain has borne since 1388 the title of Prince of the Asturias. See Spain.

Asturias, or The Asturias, is a Spanish principality that now makes up the province of Oviedo, located on the northern coast of Spain. It's an alpine region characterized by steep and jagged mountain ranges, rich in valuable minerals, with lush grazing lands and fertile, well-watered valleys. Since 1388, the heir apparent of Spain has held the title of Prince of Asturias. See Spain.

Asty´ages (-jēz), last king of the Medes, 593-558 B.C., deposed by Cyrus, an event which transferred the supremacy from the Medes to the Persians.

Astyages (-jēz), the last king of the Medes, 593-558 BCE, was overthrown by Cyrus, marking the shift of power from the Medes to the Persians.

Asuncion (a˙-su¨n-thē-on´), or Nuestra Señora de la Asuncion (Eng. Assumption), the chief city of Paraguay, on the River Paraguay, picturesquely situated and with good public buildings. It was founded in 1537 on the feast of the Assumption. Its trade is mostly in the yerba tea, hides, tobacco, oranges, &c. It was taken and plundered by the Brazilians in 1869. A railway runs for a short distance into the interior. Pop. (1920), 99,836.

Asuncion (a˙-su¨n-thē-on´), or Nuestra Señora de la Asuncion (Eng. Assumption), is the main city of Paraguay, located on the River Paraguay. It's attractively situated and has good public buildings. It was founded in 1537 on the feast of the Assumption. The city's economy mainly relies on yerba tea, hides, tobacco, oranges, etc. It was taken and looted by the Brazilians in 1869. A railway extends for a short distance into the interior. Pop. (1920), 99,836.

Aswail Aswail (Ursus labiātus)

As´wail, the native name for the sloth-bear (Ursus labiātus) of the mountains of India, an uncouth, unwieldy animal, with very long black hair, inoffensive when not attacked. Its usual diet consists of roots, bees'-nests, grubs, snails, ants, &c. Its flesh is in much favour as an article of food. When captured young it is easily tamed.

As'wail, the local name for the sloth-bear (Ursus labiātus) found in the mountains of India, is an awkward and bulky animal with very long black fur. It’s generally harmless unless provoked. Its typical diet includes roots, beehives, grubs, snails, and ants. Its meat is quite popular as a food source. When caught young, it can be easily trained.

Asy´lum, a sanctuary or place of refuge, where criminals and debtors sheltered themselves from justice, and from which they could not be taken without sacrilege. Temples were anciently asylums, as were Christian churches in later times. (See Sanctuary.) The term is now usually applied to an institution for receiving, maintaining, and, so far as possible, ameliorating the condition of persons labouring under certain bodily defects or mental maladies; sometimes also a refuge for the unfortunate.

Asylum, a safe haven or refuge where criminals and debtors could hide from justice, and from which they could not be removed without committing sacrilege. Temples served as asylums in ancient times, as did Christian churches later on. (See Sanctuary.) Today, the term is typically used for an institution designed to receive, support, and improve the conditions of people dealing with certain physical disabilities or mental health issues; it can also refer to a refuge for those in need.

Asylum, Right of. See Extradition.

Right to Asylum. See Extradition.

Asymptote (as'im-tōt), in geometry, a line which is continually approaching a curve, but never meets it, however far either of them may be prolonged. This may be conceived as a tangent to a curve at an infinite distance. See Conic Sections.

Asymptote (as'im-tōt), in geometry, is a line that continuously gets closer to a curve but never actually intersects it, no matter how much further either one is extended. This can be thought of as a tangent to a curve at an infinite distance. See Conic Sections.

Asyn´deton, a figure of speech by which connecting words are omitted; as 'I came, I saw, I conquered', or Cicero's 'Abiit, excessit, evasit, erupit'.

Asyndeton is a figure of speech where connecting words are left out, like in 'I came, I saw, I conquered,' or Cicero's 'Abiit, excessit, evasit, erupit.'

Atacama (a˙-ta˙-kä'ma˙), a desert region on the west coast of S. America belonging to Chile, partly in the province of Atacama, partly in the territory of Antofagasta. It mainly consists of a plateau extending from Copiapó northward to the River Loa, and lies between the Andes and the sea. It forms the chief nitrate district of Chile, there being also rich silver-mines, while gold is also found, as well as argentiferous lead, copper, nickel, cobalt, and iron; with guano on the coast. The northern portion belonged to Bolivia until 1904. The Chilian province of Atacama has an area of 30,711 sq. miles, and a pop. of 63,893.

Atacama (a˙-ta˙-kä'ma˙), is a desert region on the west coast of South America that belongs to Chile, partially in the province of Atacama and partially in the territory of Antofagasta. It mainly consists of a plateau that stretches from Copiapó northward to the River Loa, lying between the Andes and the ocean. It is the main nitrate district of Chile, with rich silver mines, and gold can also be found along with argentiferous lead, copper, nickel, cobalt, and iron; and guano on the coast. The northern portion was part of Bolivia until 1904. The Chilean province of Atacama has an area of 30,711 square miles and a population of 63,893.

Ataca´mite, a combination of the hydroxide and chloride of copper, occurring abundantly in some parts of South America, as at Atacama, whence it has its name. It is worked as an ore in South America, and is exported to England.

Atacamite, a mix of copper hydroxide and chloride, is found in large quantities in certain regions of South America, like Atacama, which is where it gets its name. It is mined as an ore in South America and exported to England.

Atahual´pa, the last of the Incas, succeeded his father in 1529 on the throne of Quito, whilst his brother Huascar obtained the kingdom of Peru. They soon made war against each other, when the latter was defeated, and his kingdom fell into the hands of Atahualpa. The Spaniards, taking advantage of these internal disturbances, with Pizarro at their head invaded Peru, and advanced to Atahualpa's camp. Here, while Pizarro's priest was telling the Inca how the Pope had given Peru to the Spaniards, fire was opened on the unsuspecting Peruvians, Atahualpa was captured, and, despite the payment of a vast ransom in gold, was executed (1533).

Atahualpa, the last of the Incas, took the throne of Quito in 1529 after his father, while his brother Huascar became the ruler of Peru. They quickly went to war against each other, and Huascar was defeated, leading to Atahualpa taking control of his kingdom. The Spaniards, led by Pizarro, seized the opportunity from these internal conflicts to invade Peru and marched toward Atahualpa's camp. While Pizarro's priest was explaining to the Inca that the Pope had given Peru to the Spaniards, they suddenly attacked the unsuspecting Peruvians, captured Atahualpa, and despite a huge ransom paid in gold, he was executed in 1533.

Atalan´ta, in Greek mythology, a famous huntress of Arcadia. She was to be obtained in marriage only by him who could outstrip her in a race, the consequence of failure being death. One of her suitors obtained from Aphrodītē (Venus) three golden apples, which he threw behind him, one after another, as he ran. Atalanta stopped to pick them up, and was not unwillingly defeated. There was another Atalanta belonging to Bœotia, who cannot very well be distinguished, the same stories being told about both.

Atalanta, in Greek mythology, is a well-known huntress from Arcadia. She could only be won in marriage by someone who could outrun her in a race, and losing that race meant death. One of her suitors got three golden apples from Aphrodite (Venus) and tossed them behind him one by one as he ran. Atalanta paused to pick them up and didn’t mind losing. There was another Atalanta from Boeotia, who is often confused with the first, as the same stories are told about both.

Ataman. See Hetman.

Ataman. See Hetman.

At´avism (Lat. atăvus, an ancestor), in biology, the tendency to reproduce the ancestral type in animals or plants which have become considerably modified by breeding or cultivation; the reversion of a descendant to some peculiarity of a more or less remote ancestor. See Mendelism, Natural Selection, Evolution, Heredity. The term atavism is also frequently used in [292]sociological literature, in the sense of reversion to more primitive types, as explanation of criminal instincts and pathological phenomena.

Atavism (from Latin atăvus, meaning ancestor) in biology refers to the tendency of animals or plants to revert to characteristics of their ancestors after considerable changes due to breeding or cultivation. It involves a descendant showing traits from a more distant ancestor. See Mendelism, Natural Selection, Evolution, Heredity. The term atavism is also commonly found in sociological literature, used to describe a return to more primitive types as an explanation for criminal behaviors and pathological conditions.

Ataxy, or Ataxia, in medicine, irregularity in the animal functions, or in the symptoms of a disease. See Locomotor Ataxy.

Ataxy, or Ataxia, in medicine, is an irregularity in the animal functions or in the symptoms of a disease. See Locomotor Ataxy.

Atba´ra, the most northerly tributary of the Nile. It rises in the Abyssinian highlands, receives several large tributaries, and enters the Nile about 18° N. The town of Atbara is situated about 380 miles S.E. of Wadi Halfa. The battle of Atbara, between the British under Earl Kitchener (then Sir Herbert), and the followers of the Mahdi, was fought on 8th April, 1898.

Atbara, the northernmost tributary of the Nile. It starts in the Abyssinian highlands, takes in several large tributaries, and flows into the Nile at around 18° N. The town of Atbara is located about 380 miles Southeast of Wadi Halfa. The battle of Atbara, fought on April 8, 1898, was between the British led by Earl Kitchener (then known as Sir Herbert) and the followers of the Mahdi.

Atchafalay´a ('Lost Water'), a river of the United States, an outlet of the Red River which strikes off before the junction of that river with the Mississippi, flows southward, and enters the Gulf of Mexico by Atchafalaya Bay. Its length is about 225 miles.

Atchafalaya ('Lost Water'), a river in the United States, is a branch of the Red River that diverges before it meets the Mississippi. It flows southward and empties into the Gulf of Mexico through Atchafalaya Bay. Its length is approximately 225 miles.

Atcheen´. See Acheen.

Atcheen. See Acheen.

Atch´ison, a city of Kansas, United States, on the Missouri, about 30 miles from Leavenworth, an important railway centre with an increasing trade. Pop. (1920), 12,630.

Atchison, a city in Kansas, United States, located on the Missouri River, about 30 miles from Leavenworth, which is a key railway hub with growing trade. Population (1920), 12,630.

A´tē, among the Greeks, the goddess of hate, injustice, crime, and retribution, daughter of Zeus according to Homer, but of Ĕris (Strife) according to Hesiod.

A´tē, in Greek mythology, is the goddess of hate, injustice, crime, and retribution. According to Homer, she is the daughter of Zeus, while Hesiod claims she is the daughter of Ĕris (Strife).

At´eles, a genus of American monkeys. See Spider-monkey.

Ateles, a group of American monkeys. See Spider monkey.

Ateliers Nationaux (a˙-tl-yā na˙-syo-nō), or national workshops, were established by the French Provisional Government in 1848. They interfered much with private trade, as about 100,000 workmen threw themselves on the Government for work. The breaking up of the system led to disorders, but it was abolished in July, 1848.

Ateliers Nationaux (a˙-tl-yā na˙-syo-nō), or national workshops, were created by the French Provisional Government in 1848. They significantly affected private trade, as around 100,000 workers turned to the Government for jobs. The dissolution of the system caused unrest, but it was ended in July 1848.

Atella´næ Fab´ulæ (called also Oscan plays), a kind of light interlude, in ancient Rome, performed not by the regular actors, but by freeborn young Romans; it originated from the ancient Atella, a city of the Oscans. They were the origin of the Italian commedie dell'arte. Cf. Munk, De Fabulis Atellanis.

Atellan Fables (also known as Oscan plays) were a type of light interlude in ancient Rome, performed not by regular actors but by freeborn young Romans. They originated from the ancient Atella, a city of the Oscans. They were the forerunners of the Italian commedia dell'arte. See Munk, De Fabulis Atellanis.

Atesh´ga (the place of fire), a sacred place of the Guebres or Persian fire-worshippers, on the Peninsula of Apsheron, on the W. coast of the Caspian, visited by large numbers of pilgrims, who bow before the sacred flames which issue from the bituminous soil.

Atesh´ga (the place of fire) is a sacred site of the Guebres, or Persian fire-worshippers, located on the Apsheron Peninsula on the west coast of the Caspian Sea. It attracts many pilgrims who come to bow before the sacred flames that emerge from the bituminous soil.

Ath (ät), a fortified town of Belgium, in the province of Hainaut, on the Dender; it carries on weaving, dyeing, and printing cottons. It was the scene of fighting in Nov., 1918. Pop. 11,108.

Ath (ät), a fortified town in Belgium, located in the province of Hainaut on the Dender River; it is involved in weaving, dyeing, and printing cotton fabrics. It was the site of fighting in November 1918. Population 11,108.

Athabas´ca, a river and lake of Canada. The river rises on the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains not far from Mount Hooker, in the province of Alberta, flows N.E. and N., and falls into Lake Athabasca after a course of about 600 miles.—Lake Athabasca, or Lake of the Hills, is about 190 miles S.S.E. of the Great Slave Lake, to which its waters are carried by means of the Slave River. It is about 200 miles in length from east to west, and 35 miles wide where widest, but narrows to a point at either extremity.—The former district of Athabasca, in 1905 divided between the two new provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan, had British Columbia on the west, Keewatin on the east, Alberta and Saskatchewan districts on the south, the parallel of 60° on the north, being crossed by the Athabasca and the Peace Rivers. Lake Athabasca is partly in Alberta, partly in Saskatchewan.

Athabasca is a river and lake in Canada. The river starts on the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains, not far from Mount Hooker, in Alberta. It flows N.E. and N., eventually emptying into Lake Athabasca after traveling about 600 miles. — Lake Athabasca, also known as Lake of the Hills, is located approximately 190 miles SSE of Great Slave Lake, to which its waters flow via the Slave River. The lake stretches about 200 miles from east to west and is 35 miles wide at its widest point, tapering to a narrow end at both sides. — The former district of Athabasca, which was divided in 1905 between the new provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan, was bordered by British Columbia to the west, Keewatin to the east, and the Alberta and Saskatchewan districts to the south, with the 60° parallel to the north, intersected by the Athabasca and Peace Rivers. Lake Athabasca is located partly in Alberta and partly in Saskatchewan.

Athali´ah, daughter of Ahab, King of Israel, and wife of Joram, King of Judah. After the death of her son Ahaziah, she opened her way to the throne by the murder of forty-two princes of the royal blood. She reigned six years; in the seventh the high-priest Jehoiada placed Joash, the young son of Ahaziah, who had been secretly preserved, on the throne of his father, and Athaliah was slain. Cf. 2 Kings, xi. The story of Athaliah supplied Racine with the plot of one of his most famous tragedies.

Athaliah, daughter of Ahab, King of Israel, and wife of Joram, King of Judah. After her son Ahaziah died, she seized the throne by murdering forty-two royal heirs. She ruled for six years; in the seventh year, the high priest Jehoiada placed Joash, the young son of Ahaziah, who had been kept safe in secret, on his father's throne, and Athaliah was killed. Cf. 2 Kings, xi. The story of Athaliah inspired Racine's plot for one of his most famous tragedies.

Athana´sian Creed, a creed or exposition of Christian faith, supposed formerly to have been drawn up by St. Athanasius, though this opinion is now generally rejected, and the composition often ascribed to Hilary, Bishop of Arles (about 430). It is an explicit avowal of the doctrines of the Trinity (as opposed to Arianism, of which Athanasius was a great opponent) and of the incarnation, and contains what are known as the 'damnatory clauses', in which it declares that damnation must be the lot of those who do not believe the true and catholic faith. It is contained in the Book of Common Prayer, to be read on certain occasions.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: F. J. A. Hort, Two Dissertations; G. D. W. Ommanney, Critical Dissertation on the Athanasian Creed; J. A. Robinson, The Athanasian Creed; E. C. S. Gibson, The Three Creeds; R. O. P. Taylor, Athanasian Creed in the Twentieth Century.

Athanasian Creed, a statement or explanation of Christian faith, was once thought to have been created by St. Athanasius, although this belief is now largely dismissed, and the text is often attributed to Hilary, Bishop of Arles (around 430). It clearly affirms the doctrines of the Trinity (in contrast to Arianism, which Athanasius strongly opposed) and the incarnation, and includes what are known as the 'damnatory clauses', which declare that those who do not believe in the true and universal faith will face damnation. It is included in the Book of Common Prayer for use on certain occasions.—REFERENCES: F. J. A. Hort, Two Dissertations; G. D. W. Ommanney, Critical Dissertation on the Athanasian Creed; J. A. Robinson, The Athanasian Creed; E. C. S. Gibson, The Three Creeds; R. O. P. Taylor, Athanasian Creed in the Twentieth Century.

Athana´sius, St., Archbishop of Alexandria, a renowned father of the Church, born in that city about A.D. 296, died 373. While yet a young man he attended the Council at Nice (325), where he gained the highest esteem of the fathers by the talents which he displayed in the Arian controversy. He had a great share in the decrees passed here, and thereby drew on himself the hatred of the Arians. Shortly afterwards he was appointed Archbishop of Alexandria. The complaints and accusations of his enemies at length induced the Emperor Constantine to summon him in 334 before the Councils of Tyre and Jerusalem, when he was suspended, and [293]afterwards banished to Trèves. The death of Constantine put an end to this banishment, and Constantius recalled the holy patriarch. His return to Alexandria resembled a triumph. Deposed again in 340, he was reinstated in 342. Again in 355 he was sentenced to be banished, when he retired into those parts of the desert which were entirely uninhabited. He was followed by a faithful servant, who, at the risk of his life, supplied him with the means of subsistence. Here Athanasius composed many writings, full of eloquence, to strengthen the faith of the believers, or expose the falsehood of his enemies. When Julian the Apostate ascended the throne, toleration was proclaimed to all religions, and Athanasius returned to his former position at Alexandria. His next controversy was with the heathen subjects of Julian, who excited the emperor against him, and he was obliged to flee in order to save his life. The death of the emperor and the accession of Jovian (363) again brought him back; but Valens becoming emperor, and the Arians recovering the superiority, he was once more compelled to flee. He concealed himself in the tomb of his father, where he remained four months, until Valens allowed him to return. From this period he remained undisturbed in his office till he died. Of the forty-six years of his official life he spent twenty in banishment, and the greater part of the remainder in defending the Nicene Creed. Athanasius was not so much a speculative theologian as a great Christian pastor (cf. L. Duchesne, Histoire ancienne. de l'Église, 1907). His writings, which are in Greek, are on polemical, historical, and moral subjects. The polemical treat chiefly of the doctrines of the Trinity, the incarnation of Christ, and the divinity of the Holy Spirit. The historical ones are of the greatest importance for the history of the Church. See Athanasian Creed.

Athanasius, St., Archbishop of Alexandria, a well-known Church father, was born in that city around AD 296 and died in 373. While still a young man, he attended the Council of Nicea (325), where he earned great respect from the other church leaders for his skills in the Arian controversy. He played a significant role in the decisions made there, which led to the animosity of the Arians. Soon after, he was appointed Archbishop of Alexandria. The complaints and accusations from his enemies eventually led Emperor Constantine to summon him in 334 before the Councils of Tyre and Jerusalem, where he was suspended and [293]later exiled to Trèves. When Constantine died, his banishment ended, and Constantius brought the holy patriarch back. His return to Alexandria was like a triumph. He was deposed again in 340 but reinstated in 342. In 355, he was sentenced to banishment again and retreated to an uninhabited part of the desert. A loyal servant followed him, risking his life to bring him food and support. During this time, Athanasius wrote many eloquent works to strengthen the faith of believers and expose his enemies' falsehoods. When Julian the Apostate became emperor, he declared religious tolerance, allowing Athanasius to return to his previous position in Alexandria. His next challenge was with the pagan subjects of Julian, who turned the emperor against him, forcing him to flee for his life. After the emperor's death and the rise of Jovian (363), he returned once more, but with Valens becoming emperor and the Arians regaining power, he had to flee again. He hid in his father’s tomb for four months until Valens permitted him to come back. After that, he served peacefully in his position until his death. Out of the forty-six years he held office, he spent twenty in exile and most of the rest defending the Nicene Creed. Athanasius was more of a devoted Christian leader than a speculative theologian (cf. L. Duchesne, Histoire ancienne. de l'Église, 1907). His writings, which are in Greek, cover polemical, historical, and moral topics. The polemical works primarily focus on the Trinity, the incarnation of Christ, and the divinity of the Holy Spirit. The historical writings are crucial for Church history. See Athanasian Creed.

A´theism (Gr. a, priv., and Theos, God), the disbelief of the existence of a God or supreme intelligent being; the doctrine opposed to theism or deism. The term has been often loosely used as equivalent with infidelity generally, with deism, with pantheism, and with the denial of immortality. The most famous exponents of atheism were La Mettrie, Holbach, Feuerbach, and Carl Vogt; whilst Comte and Haeckel have put forward systems of thought essentially atheistic.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: R. Flint, Anti-theistic Theories; J. S. Blackie, Natural History of Atheism; F. A. Lange, History of Materialism.

A'theism (Gr. a, meaning "not," and Theos, meaning "God"), is the disbelief in the existence of a God or a supreme intelligent being; it is the doctrine that opposes theism or deism. The term has often been used loosely to equate with infidelity in general, as well as with deism, pantheism, and the denial of immortality. Some of the most well-known proponents of atheism were La Mettrie, Holbach, Feuerbach, and Carl Vogt; meanwhile, Comte and Haeckel proposed systems of thought that are fundamentally atheistic.—REFERENCES: R. Flint, Anti-theistic Theories; J. S. Blackie, Natural History of Atheism; F. A. Lange, History of Materialism.

Ath´eling, a title of honour among the Anglo-Saxons, meaning one who is of noble blood. The title was gradually confined to the princes of the blood royal, and in the ninth and tenth centuries was used exclusively for the sons or brothers of the reigning king.

Ath´eling is a title of honor among the Anglo-Saxons, meaning someone of noble blood. Over time, the title became limited to the princes of royal blood, and in the ninth and tenth centuries, it was used exclusively for the sons or brothers of the reigning king.

Atheling, Edgar. See Edgar Atheling.

Atheling, Edgar. See Edgar Atheling.

Ath´elney, formerly an island in the midst of fens and marshes, now drained and cultivated in Somersetshire, England, about 7 miles southeast of Bridgwater. Alfred the Great took refuge in it during a Danish invasion, and afterwards founded an abbey there.

Ath´elney, once an island surrounded by wetlands and marshes, is now drained and farmed in Somerset, England, about 7 miles southeast of Bridgwater. Alfred the Great sought refuge here during a Danish invasion and later established an abbey there.

Ath´elstan, King of England, born 895, died 941, succeeded his father, Edward the Elder, in 925. He was victorious in his wars with the Danes of Northumberland, and the Scots, by whom they were assisted. After a signal overthrow of his enemies at Brunanburgh he governed in peace and with great ability.

Ath'elstan, King of England, born 895, died 941, took over from his father, Edward the Elder, in 925. He won his battles against the Danes of Northumberland and the Scots, who supported them. After a major defeat of his enemies at Brunanburgh, he ruled peacefully and skillfully.

Athē´na, or Athēnē, a Greek goddess, identified by the Romans with Minerva, the representative of the intellectual powers; the daughter of Zeus (Jupiter) and Mētis (that is, wisdom or cleverness). According to the legend, before her birth Zeus swallowed her mother, and Athena afterwards sprang from the head of Zeus with a mighty war shout and in complete armour. In her character of a wise and prudent warrior she was contrasted with the fierce Ares (Mars). In the wars of the giants she slew Pallas and Enceladus. In the wars of the mortals she aided and protected heroes. She is also represented as the patroness of the arts of peace. The sculptor, the architect, and the painter, as well as the philosopher, the orator, and the poet, considered her their tutelar deity. She is also represented among the healing gods. In all these representations she is the symbol of the thinking faculty, the goddess of wisdom, science, and art; the latter, however, only in so far as invention and thought are comprehended. In the images of the goddess a manly gravity and an air of reflection are united with female beauty in her features. As a warrior she is represented completely armed, her head covered with a gold helmet. As the goddess of peaceful art she appears in the dress of a Grecian matron. To her insignia belong the Ægis, the Gorgon's head, the round Argive buckler; and the owl, the cock, the serpent, an olive branch, and a lance were sacred to her. All Attica, but particularly Athens, was sacred to her, and she had numerous temples there. Her most brilliant festival at Athens was the Panathenæa.

Athena, also known as Athenē, is a Greek goddess, identified by the Romans as Minerva, representing intellectual powers; she is the daughter of Zeus (Jupiter) and Mētis (which means wisdom or cleverness). According to legend, before she was born, Zeus swallowed her mother, and Athena later emerged from Zeus's head with a powerful battle cry and fully armored. As a wise and strategic warrior, she stands in contrast to the fierce Ares (Mars). In battles against the giants, she defeated Pallas and Enceladus. In conflicts among mortals, she supported and protected heroes. She is also seen as the patroness of peaceful arts. The sculptor, architect, painter, philosopher, orator, and poet all regarded her as their protective deity. She is additionally recognized among the gods of healing. In all these depictions, she symbolizes intellect, wisdom, science, and art, though art only in terms of invention and thought. In images of the goddess, a sense of serious contemplation is combined with feminine beauty in her features. As a warrior, she is depicted fully armed, wearing a gold helmet. As the goddess of peaceful art, she is shown dressed as a Grecian matron. Her symbols include the Ægis, the Gorgon's head, the round Argive shield, and the owl, rooster, serpent, olive branch, and lance, which were all sacred to her. All of Attica, especially Athens, was dedicated to her, and she had many temples there. Her most significant festival in Athens was the Panathenæa.

Athenæ´um, the temple of Athena or Minerva, at Athens, frequented by poets, learned men, and orators. The same name was given at Rome to the school which Hadrian established on the Capitoline Mount for the promotion of literary and scientific studies. In modern times the same name is given to literary clubs and establishments connected with the sciences. It is also the title of several literary periodicals.

Athenæ´um, the temple of Athena or Minerva, in Athens, was frequented by poets, scholars, and speakers. The same name was used in Rome for the school that Hadrian set up on the Capitoline Hill to promote literary and scientific studies. Today, the term is also used for literary clubs and organizations connected with the sciences, and it's the title of several literary journals.

Athenæ´us, a Greek rhetorician and grammarian, who lived at the end of the second and [294]beginning of the third century after Christ, author of an encyclopædic work, in the form of conversation, called The Professors at the Dinner-table (Deipnosophistæ), which is a rich but ill-arranged treasure of historical, antiquarian, philosophical, grammatical, &c., knowledge.

Athenaeus, a Greek speaker and scholar who lived at the end of the second and the beginning of the third century AD, is the author of an encyclopedic work in the form of a conversation called The Professors at the Dinner-table (Deipnosophistæ). This work is a valuable but disorganized collection of historical, antiquarian, philosophical, grammatical, and other knowledge.

Athenag´oras, a Platonic philosopher of Athens, a convert to Christianity, who wrote a Greek Apology for the Christians, addressed to the Emperor Marcus Aurelius, in 177, one of the earliest that appeared.

Athenagoras, a Platonic philosopher from Athens and a convert to Christianity, wrote a Greek Apology for the Christians, which he addressed to Emperor Marcus Aurelius in 177, making it one of the earliest works of its kind.

Ath´ens (Gr. Athēnai, Lat. Athēnæ), anciently the capital of Attica and centre of Greek culture, now the capital of the kingdom of Greece. It is situated in the central plain of Attica, about 4 miles from the Saronic Gulf or Gulf of Ægina, an arm of the Ægean Sea running in between the mainland and the Peloponnesus. It is said to have been founded about 1550 B.C. by Cecrops, the mythical Pelasgian hero, and to have borne the name Cecropia until under Erechtheus it received the name of Athens in honour of Athēnē. The Acropolis, an irregular oval crag 150 feet high, with a level summit 1000 feet long by 500 in breadth, was the original nucleus of the city, which, according to tradition, was extended by Theseus when Athens became the head of the confederate Attic States. The three chief eminences near the Acropolis—the Areopagus to the north-west, the Pnyx to the south-west, and the Museum to the south of the Pnyx—were thus included within the city boundary as the sites of its chief public buildings, the city itself, however, afterwards taking a northerly direction. On the east ran the Ilissus and on the west the Cephissus, while to the south-west lay three harbours—Phalerum, the oldest and nearest; the Piræus, the most important; and Munychia, the Piræan Acropolis. At the height of its prosperity the city was connected with its harbours by three massive walls (the 'long walls'). The architectural development of Athens may be dated from the rule of the Pisistratids (560-510 B.C.), who are credited with the foundation of the huge temple of the Olympian Zeus, completed by Hadrian seven centuries later, the erection of the Pythium or temple of the Pythian Apollo, and of the Lyceum or temple of Apollo Lyceus—all near the Ilissus; and to whom were due the enclosure of the Academy, a gymnasium and gardens to the north of the city, and the building of the Agora with its Portico or Stoa, Bouleuterium or Senate-house, Tholus, and Prytaneum. With the foundation of Athenian democracy under Clisthenes, the Pnyx or place of public assembly, with its semicircular area and cyclopean wall, first became of importance, and a commencement was made of the Dionysiac theatre (theatre of Dionysus or Bacchus) on the south side of the Acropolis. After the destruction wrought by the Persians in 480 B.C., Themistocles reconstructed the city upon practical lines and with a larger area, enclosing the city in new walls 7½ miles in circumference, erecting the north wall of the Acropolis, and developing the maritime resources of the Piræus; while Cimon added to the southern fortifications of the Acropolis, placed on it the temple of Wingless Victory, planted the Agora with trees, laid out the Academy, and built the Theseum on an eminence north of the Areopagus; his brother-in-law, Peisianax, erected the famous Stoa Poecilē, a hall with walls covered with paintings (whence the Stoics got their name). Under Pericles the highest point of artistic development was reached. An Odeum was erected on the east of the Dionysiac theatre for the recitations of rhapsodists and musicians; and with the aid of the architects Ictīnus, Callicrates, and Mnesicles, and of the sculptor Phidias, the Acropolis was perfected. Covering the whole of the western end rose the Propylæa, the splendid structure through which the Acropolis was entered, constructed of Pentelic marble and consisting of a central gateway portico with two wings in the form of Doric temples. Just outside the Propylæa was the small temple of Wingless Victory. A short distance within the entrance stood the bronze statue of Athena Promachus, a colossal work of Phidias, 66 feet high, showing the goddess in complete armour and leaning on a lance. Beyond it to the left was the Erechtheum, the shrine of Athena Polias, guardian of the city, containing a very ancient and sacred statue of Athena in olive-wood; while to the right, on the highest part of the Acropolis, was the marble Parthenon or temple of Athena, the crowning glory of the whole. This renowned structure, still glorious in its ruins, was built under the auspices of Pericles, Phidias being the sculptor and artistic adviser, and Ictīnus and Callicrates the architects. It is in the Doric style, and among its numerous sculptures were fifty life-size statues, while in the interior was a chryselephantine (gold and ivory) figure of the goddess, 39 feet high. (See Parthenon.) Minor statues and shrines occupied the rest of the area of the Acropolis, which was for the time wholly appropriated to the worship of the guardian deities of the city. The Acropolis museum, a building of recent date, contains an interesting and valuable collection of works of art found here. In the interval between the close of the Peloponnesian War and the battle of Chæronea few additions were made to the city. But the long walls and Piræus, destroyed by Lysander, were restored by Conon, and under the orator Lycurgus the Dionysiac temple was completed, the Panathenaic stadium commenced, and the choragic monuments of Lysicrates and Thrasyllus [295]erected. Later on Ptolemy Philadelphus gave Athens the Ptolemæum near the Theseum, Attalus I the stoa north-east of the Agora, Eumenes II that near the great theatre, and Antiochus Epiphanes carried on the Olympieum. Under the Romans it continued a flourishing city, Hadrian in the second century adorning it with many new buildings, and constructing an aqueduct, finished by his son Antoninus Pius. At this time also a wealthy citizen, Herodes Atticus, did much to beautify the city, and in particular constructed an Odeum, the ruins of which are still conspicuous. Indeed Athens was at no time more splendid than under the Antonines, when Pausanias visited and described it. But after a time Christian zeal, the attacks of barbarians, and robberies of collectors made sad inroads among the monuments. About A.D. 420 paganism was totally annihilated at Athens, and when Justinian closed even the schools of the philosophers, the reverence for buildings associated with the names of the ancient deities and heroes was lost. The Parthenon was turned into a church of the Virgin Mary, and St. George stepped into the place of Theseus. Finally, in 1456, the place fell into the hands of the Turks. The Parthenon became a mosque, and in 1687 was greatly damaged by an explosion at the siege of Athens by the Venetians. Enough, however, remains of it and of the neighbouring structures to attest the splendour of the Acropolis; while of the other buildings of the city, the Theseum, or temple of Theseus, and the Horologium, or temple of the Winds, are admirably preserved, as are also structures belonging to the Pnyx, Panathenaic stadium (restored and again used for games), &c. The Theseum, indeed, is said to be the best preserved building of all ancient Greece, and is hardly less imposing than the Parthenon. Of more than a hundred columns that belonged to the Olympieum or temple of the Olympian Zeus, completed by Hadrian, only fifteen are still standing. Soon after the commencement of the war of liberation in 1821 the Turks surrendered Athens, but captured it again in 1826-7. The Great Powers now intervened to bring about the independence of Greece. The Turks evacuated Athens in 1833, and the troops of King Otho then entered the city. In 1835 it became the royal residence, and it soon began to make rapid progress, though its natural position is by no means advantageous. The modern city mostly lies north, north-east, and north-west of the Acropolis, and consists mainly of straight and well-built streets. Among the principal buildings are the royal palace, a stately building with a façade of Pentelic marble (completed 1843), the university, the academy of science, national museum of archaeology, public library, exhibition building, polytechnic institute, theatre, and observatory. There are two universities, the National University, opened in 1836, and the Capodistrian University with 3250 students. There are valuable museums, in particular the National Museum and that in the Polytechnic School, which contains the Schliemann collection, &c. These are constantly being added to by excavations. There are four foreign archæological schools or institutes, the French, German, American, and British. The Zappeion or exhibition building is a handsome structure, erected at the expense of the brothers Zappas to exhibit Greek industries. Tramways have been made in the principal streets, and the city is connected by tramway and railway (6 miles) with its port, the Piræus. Athens has also railway connection with the north and west of the kingdom as well as with the Peloponnesus. The Piræus is the chief Greek centre of trade and industry. Water is brought from Mount Pentelicus on the north-east, the aqueduct begun by Hadrian being utilized in supplying the city. Pop. 167,479, and including the Piræus 241,058.—BIBLIOGRAPHY: E. A. Gardner, Ancient Athens; J. E. Harrison, Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens; W. Warde Fowler, The City-State, chapter vi; W. M. Leake, Topography of Athens and the Demi; C. H. Weller, Athens and its Monuments.

Athens (Gr. Athēnai, Lat. Athēnæ), was once the capital of Attica and the heart of Greek culture, and is now the capital of the Kingdom of Greece. It’s located in the central plain of Attica, about 4 miles from the Saronic Gulf or Gulf of Ægina, a part of the Aegean Sea nestled between the mainland and the Peloponnesus. It is believed to have been founded around 1550 BCE by Cecrops, the mythical Pelasgian hero, and was known as Cecropia until it was renamed Athens under Erechtheus in honor of Athēnē. The Acropolis, an irregular oval rock 150 feet high, with a level top measuring 1000 feet long by 500 feet wide, was the initial center of the city. According to tradition, Theseus expanded the city when Athens became the leader of the allied Attic States. The three main high points near the Acropolis—the Areopagus to the northwest, the Pnyx to the southwest, and the Museum south of the Pnyx—were incorporated into the city boundaries as the locations of the major public buildings, although the city later developed more to the north. To the east ran the Ilissus and to the west, the Cephissus, while to the southwest were three ports: Phalerum, the oldest and closest; the Piræus, the most significant; and Munychia, the Acropolis of the Piræus. At its peak, the city was linked to its ports by three massive walls known as the 'long walls.' The architectural growth of Athens can be traced back to the rule of the Pisistratids (560-510 BCE), who are credited with initiating the construction of the grand temple of Olympian Zeus, completed by Hadrian seven centuries later, the building of the Pythium or temple of Pythian Apollo, and the Lyceum or temple of Apollo Lyceus—all located near the Ilissus. They also enclosed the Academy, established a gymnasium and gardens to the north of the city, and constructed the Agora along with its Portico or Stoa, Bouleuterium or Senate-house, Tholus, and Prytaneum. With the start of Athenian democracy under Clisthenes, the Pnyx, or public assembly area, featuring its semicircular space and massive stone wall, gained importance, as did the beginning of the Dionysiac theatre (theatre of Dionysus or Bacchus) on the south side of the Acropolis. After the destruction by the Persians in 480 BCE, Themistocles rebuilt the city on practical lines with a larger area, enclosing it with new walls measuring 7½ miles around, constructing the northern wall of the Acropolis, and enhancing the maritime capabilities of the Piræus. Cimon further fortified the southern walls of the Acropolis, built the temple of Wingless Victory on it, landscaped the Agora with trees, developed the Academy, and erected the Theseum on a rise north of the Areopagus; his brother-in-law, Peisianax, built the famous Stoa Poecilē, a hall with walls adorned with paintings (from which the Stoics derived their name). Under Pericles, the pinnacle of artistic achievement was reached. An Odeum was built east of the Dionysiac theatre for rhapsodists and musicians; along with architects Ictīnus, Callicrates, and Mnesicles, and sculptor Phidias, the Acropolis was perfected. The Propylæa, a magnificent entrance structure spanning the entire western end, was constructed from Pentelic marble and featured a central gateway portico with two wings modeled after Doric temples. Right outside the Propylæa stood the small temple of Wingless Victory. A short way inside the entrance was the bronze statue of Athena Promachus, a colossal work by Phidias, standing 66 feet tall, depicting the goddess in full armor leaning on a lance. To the left, the Erechtheum, the shrine of Athena Polias, protector of the city, housed a very ancient and sacred olive-wood statue of Athena; while to the right, on the highest point of the Acropolis, was the marble Parthenon or temple of Athena, the crowning glory of the entire site. This famed structure, still magnificent in its ruins, was built under the guidance of Pericles, with Phidias as the sculptor and artistic advisor, and Ictīnus and Callicrates as the architects. It was designed in the Doric style, featuring numerous sculptures, including fifty life-size statues, while inside was a chryselephantine (gold and ivory) figure of the goddess, 39 feet tall. (See Parthenon.) Smaller statues and shrines occupied the remaining area of the Acropolis, which at that time was wholly dedicated to the worship of the city's protective deities. The Acropolis museum, a relatively new building, houses an interesting and valuable collection of artworks found here. In the period between the end of the Peloponnesian War and the battle of Chæronea, few additions were made to the city. However, the long walls and Piræus, destroyed by Lysander, were restored by Conon, and under orator Lycurgus, the Dionysiac temple was completed, the Panathenaic stadium was started, and the choragic monuments of Lysicrates and Thrasyllus [295] were erected. Later, Ptolemy Philadelphus provided Athens with the Ptolemæum near the Theseum, Attalus I built the stoa northeast of the Agora, Eumenes II contributed that near the great theatre, and Antiochus Epiphanes continued work on the Olympieum. Under the Romans, Athens remained a thriving city, with Hadrian embellishing it with numerous new buildings in the second century and constructing an aqueduct that was finished by his son Antoninus Pius. During this time, a wealthy citizen named Herodes Atticus significantly beautified the city, particularly by building an Odeum, the ruins of which are still prominent. Indeed, Athens was never more splendid than under the Antonines, when Pausanias visited and described it. However, after a while, Christian fervor, barbarian invasions, and thefts by collectors severely affected the monuments. Around CE 420, paganism was completely eliminated in Athens, and when Justinian shut down even the philosopher schools, the reverence for buildings associated with ancient deities and heroes faded away. The Parthenon was converted into a church dedicated to the Virgin Mary, and St. George took the place of Theseus. Finally, in 1456, the area fell into Turkish hands. The Parthenon was transformed into a mosque, and in 1687, it suffered significant damage from an explosion during the Venetian siege of Athens. However, enough remains of it and the nearby structures to testify to the grandeur of the Acropolis; additionally, other city buildings like the Theseum, or temple of Theseus, and the Horologium, or temple of the Winds, are very well preserved, as are the structures associated with the Pnyx and the Panathenaic stadium (restored and once again used for games), etc. The Theseum is said to be the best-preserved structure in all of ancient Greece and is almost as striking as the Parthenon. Out of more than a hundred columns that belonged to the Olympieum or temple of Olympian Zeus, built by Hadrian, only fifteen remain standing. Shortly after the war of liberation began in 1821, the Turks surrendered Athens but recaptured it in 1826-7. The Great Powers intervened to secure Greek independence. The Turks left Athens in 1833, and King Otho’s troops marched into the city. In 1835, it became the royal residence, and it began to progress rapidly, despite its somewhat disadvantageous natural location. The modern city mostly extends north, northeast, and northwest of the Acropolis and is primarily comprised of straight and well-constructed streets. Key buildings include the royal palace, a grand structure with a façade of Pentelic marble (finished in 1843), the university, the academy of science, the national archaeological museum, public library, exhibition hall, polytechnic institute, theatre, and observatory. There are two universities: the National University, established in 1836, and the Capodistrian University with 3,250 students. Valuable museums are present, particularly the National Museum and one in the Polytechnic School, which features the Schliemann collection, etc. These collections are constantly augmented by excavations. There are four foreign archaeological schools or institutes: the French, German, American, and British. The Zappeion or exhibition hall is an elegant structure built by the Zappas brothers to showcase Greek industries. Trams have been introduced on the main streets, and the city is connected to its port, the Piræus, by tram and railway (6 miles). Athens is also linked by rail to the north and west of the kingdom as well as to the Peloponnesus. The Piræus serves as the primary center of trade and industry in Greece. Water is sourced from Mount Pentelicus in the northeast, using the aqueduct initiated by Hadrian to supply the city. Pop. 167,479, and including the Piræus, 241,058.—REFERENCES: E. A. Gardner, Ancient Athens; J. E. Harrison, Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens; W. Warde Fowler, The City-State, chapter vi; W. M. Leake, Topography of Athens and the Demi; C. H. Weller, Athens and its Monuments.

Athens, the name of many places in the United States, the chief being in Georgia, and containing the Georgia University and the State college of agriculture. It carries on the cotton manufacture, has manufactures of agricultural implements, &c., and is a centre of trade. It was founded in 1801. Pop. 14,913.

Athens is the name of several places in the United States, the largest being in Georgia, which is home to the University of Georgia and the State College of Agriculture. The city is involved in cotton production, has manufacturers of agricultural equipment, etc., and serves as a trade hub. It was established in 1801. Population: 14,913.

Ath´erine (Atherīna), the name of a genus of small fishes abundant in the Mediterranean and caught in British waters, especially on the coasts of the south of England, some of them being highly esteemed as food. They are also known as Sand-smelts. There are two British species.

Ath´erine (Atherīna), a genus of small fish found in abundance in the Mediterranean and caught in British waters, particularly along the southern coast of England, with some being highly valued as food. They are also referred to as Sand-smelts. There are two species found in Britain.

Athero´ma, in pathology, a term applied to a change that may take place in the inner coat of an artery, consisting in a kind of fatty degeneration, leading to an aneurism or bursting. Also an encysted tumour containing matter of a curdy appearance.

Atheroma, in pathology, is a term used for a change that can occur in the inner lining of an artery, involving a type of fatty degeneration, which can lead to an aneurysm or rupture. It can also refer to an encysted tumor that contains a substance with a curdy appearance.

Ath´erstone, a town in Warwickshire, England, 8 miles S.E. of Tamworth, and equidistant (100 miles) from London, Liverpool, and Lincoln. It has manufactures of hats, and is the reputed birthplace of the poet Drayton. Pop. (1921), 20,849 (rural district).

Atherstone is a town in Warwickshire, England, located 8 miles S.E. of Tamworth and equidistant (100 miles) from London, Liverpool, and Lincoln. The town produces hats and is known as the birthplace of the poet Drayton. Population (1921) was 20,849 (rural district).

Ath´erton, town of England, Lancashire, 13 miles north-west of Manchester; cotton-factories, collieries, and ironworks give chief employment to the inhabitants. Pop. (1921), 19,863.

Atherton, a town in England, Lancashire, located 13 miles northwest of Manchester; cotton factories, coal mines, and ironworks provide the main jobs for the residents. Population (1921), 19,863.

Athletes (ath´lēts; Gr. athlētai, from athlos, a contest, athlon, a prize), originally, in ancient [296]Greece, combatants who took part and contended for a prize (athlon) in the public games. The profession was an honourable one; tests of birth, position, and character were imposed, and crowns, statues, special privileges, and pensions were among the rewards of success. (See Games.) The word is used in a similar sense at the present day, but is more especially applied to persons who can exhibit feats of strength. Games and athletic competitions, if they do not hold such an honourable position to-day as they did in antiquity, are still practised with great enthusiasm and excite the keenest interest in their patrons.

Athletes (ath-lee-ts; Gr. athlētai, from athlos, a contest, athlon, a prize), originally in ancient [296]Greece, were competitors who took part and competed for a prize (athlon) in the public games. The profession was considered honorable; there were standards for birth, status, and character, and rewards for success included crowns, statues, special privileges, and pensions. (See Games.) The term is still used in a similar way today, particularly referring to individuals who can demonstrate feats of strength. While games and athletic competitions may not hold the same esteemed status today as they did in ancient times, they are still practiced with great enthusiasm and generate significant interest among their supporters.

Athletic Sports, a general name for certain physical exercises demanding a special natural ability, and embodying a variety of events which conventionally include not only running and jumping but such feats of strength as putting the weight and throwing the hammer. The selection of these events at any athletic meeting is a somewhat arbitrary one, and the inclusion of those which require strength and skill rather than speed and agility rests more on a traditional than a logical basis. A particular feature which distinguishes these exercises as athletic sports is the presence of the idea of competition; thus running and walking, as isolated exercises, can be called 'sports' only when men compete against one another, although the factor of competition may be only indirectly present, as when an athlete endeavours to beat a record.

Athletic Sports is a general term for certain physical activities that require specific natural talent and include a variety of events. These typically consist of running and jumping, as well as strength challenges like shot put and hammer throw. The choice of events at any athletic meeting is somewhat random, and the inclusion of those that need strength and skill instead of speed and agility is more based on tradition than logic. A key aspect that sets these activities apart as athletic sports is the idea of competition; therefore, running and walking are considered 'sports' only when people compete against each other, even if competition is only indirectly involved, like when an athlete tries to break a record.

In this country athletic sports have long been a national characteristic, and records, more or less authentic, have been handed down for the last hundred years or more. Until comparatively recently, such sports have been the prerogative of the British Isles; but during the last thirty years the United States have adopted them with enormous enthusiasm and success, and more recently still the vogue has extended throughout the Continent, and good results have been obtained by representatives from France, Germany, Italy, Austria, Sweden, and Finland, as well as from all the Colonies. In this country no school, no matter how small or how humble its pretensions, fails to hold its athletic meeting annually. The same applies to all colleges of the leading universities, Oxford and Cambridge, the best representatives of which compete against one another, whilst the smaller universities hold similar competitions. In addition, a large number of clubs are in existence throughout the country for the promotion and encouragement of sports, the whole system of athletics being under the Amateur Athletic Association (founded in 1880), whose rules and regulations for the correct maintenance of athletics in the best interests of amateurism are regarded as a standard throughout the world. Under its auspices an annual meeting—the Amateur Championships—is held. This meeting is open to the whole world, and many of the championships have been held at one time or another by distinguished visitors from America, the Colonies, and the Continent. At the time of writing, the association is considering the project of holding two distinct annual meetings, one of which shall, as hitherto, be unrestricted, the other confined to residents in the British Isles. This, which is the most important meeting of the year, has taken place uninterruptedly since its origin in 1866 with the exception of the military interval, 1915-8, and has been successfully resumed in 1919. For the past fourteen or fifteen years the meeting has been held in London on the first Saturday in July, and this practice will probably be a permanent one, although hitherto the venue was, in rotation, London, the Midlands, and the North. The university and inter-university meetings are held before Easter, the former at the respective university towns, the latter at Queen's Club, London. Among other important representative contests may be mentioned the Public Schools' Championships (usually in April), the United Hospitals' Championships, the Irish, the Scottish, the Welsh, the Midland and the Northern Counties' Championships. During the war, athletics were practically restricted to the services, and the Army Athletic Championships, held in Aug., 1919, was a successful reunion of soldier athletes from the various theatres of war, and included, for the first time in history, coloured troops.

In this country, athletic sports have been a national trait for a long time, and records, whether accurate or not, have been passed down for over a hundred years. Until fairly recently, these sports were mainly found in the British Isles; however, in the last thirty years, the United States has embraced them with great enthusiasm and success. More recently, this trend has spread across the Continent, with impressive results from athletes in France, Germany, Italy, Austria, Sweden, and Finland, as well as from all the Colonies. In this country, no school, no matter how small or humble, skips holding its annual athletic meet. The same goes for all colleges in the leading universities, Oxford and Cambridge, whose best representatives compete against each other, while smaller universities host similar competitions. Additionally, numerous clubs exist throughout the country to promote and support sports, all of which fall under the Amateur Athletic Association (founded in 1880). Its rules and regulations for maintaining athletics in the best interests of amateurism are considered a global standard. Under its guidance, an annual meeting—the Amateur Championships—is held. This event is open to everyone, and many championships have historically been hosted by distinguished visitors from America, the Colonies, and the Continent. As of now, the association is considering holding two separate annual meetings: one that remains unrestricted, and another limited to residents of the British Isles. This pivotal meeting has been held continuously since its start in 1866, except during the military interval from 1915 to 1918, and successfully resumed in 1919. For the past fourteen or fifteen years, the meeting has taken place in London on the first Saturday in July, and this will likely become a permanent practice, even though previously it rotated among London, the Midlands, and the North. The university and inter-university meetings occur before Easter, with the former in their respective university towns and the latter at Queen's Club in London. Other notable representative contests include the Public Schools' Championships (usually in April), the United Hospitals' Championships, as well as the championships for Irish, Scottish, Welsh, Midland, and Northern Counties. During the war, athletics were mainly limited to military personnel, and the Army Athletic Championships held in August 1919 was a successful gathering of soldier athletes from various war zones, marking the first time in history that colored troops participated.

The standard inter-university meeting comprises ten events, namely, flat races—100 yards, ¼ mile, ½ mile, 1 mile, and 3 miles; 120-yards hurdle race; the high jump and long jump; putting the weight and throwing the hammer. These events appear in the programme of the Amateur Championship meeting, with the substitution of a 4-miles race for the 3 miles, and the addition of a 220-yards race, a 2-miles walking race, a 2-miles steeplechase (representing a miniature cross-country event), and the pole jump. A relay race, in which four representatives from each club run half a mile, a quarter of a mile, 220 yards, and 220 yards respectively, is also included as a standard event; whilst at the 1919 meeting a race of 440 yards over hurdles appeared for the first time, and will probably occupy a permanent place in the programme. Two additional Amateur Championship events, 7-miles walk and 10-miles flat race, are usually held at a separate meeting in the spring.

The standard inter-university meeting includes ten events, which are: flat races—100 yards, ¼ mile, ½ mile, 1 mile, and 3 miles; 120-yard hurdle race; high jump and long jump; shot put and hammer throw. These events are part of the Amateur Championship meeting, with a 4-mile race replacing the 3 miles, and the addition of a 220-yard race, a 2-mile walking race, a 2-mile steeplechase (a smaller cross-country event), and pole vault. A relay race, where four members from each club run half a mile, a quarter mile, 220 yards, and another 220 yards respectively, is also included as a standard event; while at the 1919 meeting, a 440-yard hurdle race made its debut and will likely become a permanent event in the program. Two more Amateur Championship events, a 7-mile walk and a 10-mile flat race, are typically held at a separate meeting in the spring.

In addition to the preceding British meetings, a great International contest, the Olympic Games, is held every four years in a country selected by the Olympic committee. This meeting is truly international, the last before 1914 [297]having taken place at Stockholm in 1912, when representatives from the most distant parts of the world competed with representatives from every country in Europe in a remarkably elaborate programme, which included, in addition to the preceding, such feats as throwing the javelin and the discus, and the classic 'Marathon race' over the traditional distance of 26¼ miles. The 1920 Olympic meeting was arranged to take place at Antwerp.

Alongside the previous British meetings, a major international event, the Olympic Games, occurs every four years in a country chosen by the Olympic committee. This event is genuinely global, with the last one before 1914 [297]taking place in Stockholm in 1912, where competitors from far and wide faced off against athletes from every European nation in a notably detailed program. This included events like javelin and discus throwing, as well as the classic 'Marathon race' covering the traditional distance of 26¼ miles. The 1920 Olympic event was planned to be held in Antwerp.

Although many excellently arranged athletic sports are held successfully upon a grass course, at any important meeting the races are contested upon a properly-constructed cinder-path, a quarter or a third of a mile in length, and in shape an oval flattened on two sides so as to include as much straight as possible. The width of the running path is variable, but 18 to 24 feet may be regarded as an average. The centre is of grass, and spaces are prepared for the hurdle race, for the jumps, and the other events which are described as the field, as opposed to track, events.

Although many well-organized athletic events take place successfully on a grass field, during important competitions, the races are run on a properly constructed cinder track, typically a quarter or a third of a mile long, shaped like an oval that is flattened on two sides to maximize the straight sections. The width of the running path varies, but 18 to 24 feet is considered average. The center is grassy, with areas set up for the hurdle race, jumps, and other events referred to as the field events, in contrast to track events.

Flat races are classified as 'sprint races', 'middle distance' and 'long distance' races, although the distinction between these is somewhat arbitrary. Whether or no a man is actually capable of running the whole distance in question at full speed, the term 'sprint' is applied to those distances in which an attempt is made to put forth a continuous maximum effort. The limit is, by general consent, fixed at 300 yards. At any good meeting the 100-yards race will be run in 10 seconds; at the very best meeting this time will be beaten; and many runners have been credited with 94/5 seconds, a few, under exceptional conditions, with 93/5 seconds. The record for 220 yards is 211/5 seconds. Middle-distance running includes races from a quarter mile to a mile, and races are held at 440 yards, 600 yards, 880 yards, 1000 yards, 1 mile, and very occasionally at ¾ mile. With modern specialization, however, it is rare to find any one runner capable of supremacy at more than one of these distances. The ¼ mile is the common ground for the sprinter and the middle-distance runner, and 48 seconds has been beaten on several occasions, although it may be said that anything inside 50 seconds is a first-class performance. The record for 600 yards is 1 minute 11 seconds. The ½-mile race has demonstrated latterly, perhaps, the greatest advance of all; and whilst anything under 2 minutes may still be regarded as a good performance, a championship event will most always be won in 3 or 4 seconds faster time; whilst at an Olympic meeting the wonderful record of 1 minute 52½ seconds has been made. The mile, which was originally regarded as a long-distance event, is now legitimately considered as within the capacity of a middle-distance runner. At any first-class meeting 4 minutes 20 seconds will be accomplished, and any diminution of this time may be regarded as of superlative merit. The record, which has stood since 1886, is 4 minutes 12¾ seconds, although a recent performance in America, which is a tiny fraction of a second faster, has yet to be passed. Over 1 mile, long-distance running begins, and, as considerable staying-power is required, it is not unusual to find one man prove champion at 4 miles and 10 miles, and even the 1-mile race in the same year. No runner has yet achieved the capacity of running 12 miles within the hour, although two or three have been within a few hundred yards of this distance. About ten years ago the fashion became a craze of contesting 'Marathon races' in which all sorts of distances, quite independent of the classic 26¼ miles, were employed. At rare intervals very long-distance running, such as 50 miles, is indulged in. For any distance over 20 miles a special form of endurance is called for, rather than orthodox running in good style. As a competition 'walking' is an unsatisfactory exercise, because of the extreme difficulty in deciding when the athlete is still fulfilling the orthodox regulation as to what constitutes fair 'heel and toe', inasmuch as the style of a man who is ostensibly walking, yet actually progressing at a rate faster than 9 miles an hour (faster than the average untrained person can run), is exceedingly difficult to analyse. About fifteen years ago long-distance walking became exceedingly popular, and hundreds of competitors attempted the classic walk to Brighton and back.

Flat races are categorized as 'sprint races', 'middle distance', and 'long distance' races, though the difference between them is somewhat arbitrary. Whether or not a person can actually run the whole distance at full speed, the term 'sprint' is used for distances where continuous maximum effort is attempted. The limit is generally set at 300 yards. At any good event, the 100-yard race will be run in 10 seconds; at the best events, this time will be surpassed, and many runners have been credited with 94/5 seconds, with a few, under exceptional circumstances, achieving 93/5 seconds. The record for 220 yards is 211/5 seconds. Middle-distance running includes races from a quarter mile to a mile, with races held at 440 yards, 600 yards, 880 yards, 1000 yards, 1 mile, and very occasionally at ¾ mile. However, with modern specialization, it’s rare for any one runner to excel at more than one of these distances. The ¼ mile is common ground for sprinters and middle-distance runners, and 48 seconds has been beaten on several occasions, although anything under 50 seconds is considered a top performance. The record for 600 yards is 1 minute 11 seconds. The ½-mile race has shown perhaps the greatest improvement lately; while anything under 2 minutes is still a respectable time, championship events typically see winners finishing 3 or 4 seconds faster, with an impressive record of 1 minute 52½ seconds set at the Olympics. The mile, once seen as a long-distance event, is now genuinely viewed as something a middle-distance runner can handle. At any top-level event, finishing in 4 minutes 20 seconds is standard, and any reduction in this time is considered exceptional. The record, which has stood since 1886, is 4 minutes 12¾ seconds, although a recent performance in America is just a tiny fraction of a second faster but hasn't officially surpassed it. Beyond 1 mile, long-distance running begins, and since considerable endurance is needed, it’s common to find one athlete being champion in both 4 miles and 10 miles, and even in the 1-mile race within the same year. No runner has yet managed to cover 12 miles in under an hour, although two or three have come within a few hundred yards of this distance. About ten years ago, the trend of 'Marathon races' became very popular, featuring all sorts of distances unrelated to the classic 26¼ miles. Occasionally, extreme long-distance running, such as 50 miles, is also seen. For any distance over 20 miles, a special type of endurance is required, rather than conventional running style. As a competition, 'walking' is a less satisfactory exercise due to the difficulty in determining when an athlete is still following the strict rules for fair 'heel and toe' style, as analyzing the technique of someone who appears to be walking yet is moving faster than 9 miles an hour (faster than the average untrained person can run) is extremely challenging. About fifteen years ago, long-distance walking gained huge popularity, leading hundreds of competitors to attempt the classic walk to Brighton and back.

The usual hurdle race is over 120 yards, with ten flights of hurdles 10 yards apart, so that a distance of 15 yards separates the start from the first flight, and the same distance the last flight from the finish. The hurdles are 3½ feet high, with perfectly-level top rails. In correct 'hurdling' the 'three-stride method' is essential, that is to say, three strides are taken on the flat between the hurdles, and the athlete rises 6 feet from the obstacle, taking it in his stride, so that retardation of speed is reduced to a minimum. The skill and accuracy of an accomplished hurdler is remarkable, and the race is frequently run inside 16 seconds; a record of 15 seconds, and even a trifle less, has been accomplished.

The standard hurdle race is over 120 yards, with ten hurdles spaced 10 yards apart, meaning there's a 15-yard gap from the start to the first hurdle, and the same distance from the last hurdle to the finish line. The hurdles are 3.5 feet high, with perfectly level top rails. To properly "hurdle," the "three-stride method" is crucial, which means taking three strides on the flat between the hurdles, and the athlete jumps 6 feet from the obstacle, maintaining their stride to minimize speed reduction. The skill and precision of a skilled hurdler are impressive, and the race is often completed in under 16 seconds; a record of 15 seconds, or even slightly less, has been achieved.

In this country, running long jump and high jump (and to a less extent the pole jump) alone are practised to any extent, although as occasional events the standing high and long jumps are contested, and, still less frequently, the old-fashioned hop, step, and jump. In the long jump the athlete employs all the impetus he can acquire by a sprint of about 30 yards. The ideal aimed at is to run at the fastest speed which is [298]consistent with reaching the taking-off board with accuracy, and then to leap as high as possible. A fraction of an inch under 25 feet has been cleared on two occasions, although it may be said that anything over 24 feet is exceptional, and that any jumper capable of 23 feet consistently has a good chance to win an Amateur Championship. The high jump requires skill of a very peculiar character. Whilst the novice regards this feat as dependent on momentum, and takes a correspondingly long run to acquire speed, the crack performer employs his capacity of manipulating his body and limbs so as to cross the bar in a horizontal position. In this way the prodigious height of 6 feet 7 inches has been cleared. In general it may be said that first-class jumping begins at 6 feet.

In this country, long jump and high jump (and to a lesser extent, pole vault) are the events that are mainly practiced, although standing high jump and standing long jump are occasionally contested, and even less often, the old-fashioned hop, step, and jump. In the long jump, the athlete uses all the momentum they can build up by sprinting about 30 yards. The goal is to run at the fastest speed possible while still accurately hitting the take-off board, then jump as high as they can. Just under 25 feet has been cleared on two occasions, but anything over 24 feet is considered exceptional, and any jumper who can consistently reach 23 feet has a good chance of winning an Amateur Championship. The high jump requires a very specific skill set. While a beginner thinks of this as a momentum-based event and takes a long run to build speed, the top performer knows how to control their body and limbs to clear the bar in a horizontal position. This technique has allowed athletes to clear an impressive height of 6 feet 7 inches. Generally, first-class jumping starts at 6 feet.

Pole jumping, a particularly pretty event to watch, has never been practised to any great extent in this country, and, in fact, does not even appear to be so popular here as twenty years ago. The pole employed is of light but strong bamboo about 14 feet long, with a sharp ferrule at one end, which is stuck firmly into the ground. By the help of the pole, which is firmly grasped near the other end, the jumper elevates himself to the bar, over which he throws his legs and his body, finally relinquishing his hold of the pole, to fall on the opposite side. Recent years have witnessed the development of great skill in this event, particularly by the Americans, Canadians, and Swedes, and 13 feet has been cleared.

Pole jumping, a particularly beautiful event to watch, has never really been practiced widely in this country and, in fact, doesn’t seem to be as popular here as it was twenty years ago. The pole used is lightweight yet strong bamboo, about 14 feet long, with a sharp tip at one end that is firmly planted in the ground. By gripping the pole near the other end, the jumper lifts themselves up to the bar, over which they throw their legs and body, eventually releasing their grip on the pole to land on the other side. In recent years, there has been significant growth in skill for this event, especially among Americans, Canadians, and Swedes, with heights of 13 feet being cleared.

The weight or shot is an iron ball weighing 16 lb., which must be put with one hand only from the shoulder within a circle of 7 feet diameter. Although great strength is essential, skill in utilizing the whole of the body plays a very important part. Over 50 feet has been put on several occasions.

The shot put is a 16 lb. iron ball that must be thrown with one hand from the shoulder within a 7-foot diameter circle. While having significant strength is important, skill in using your entire body also plays a crucial role. Throws exceeding 50 feet have been achieved on multiple occasions.

The 'hammer' is a ball of lead or iron attached by a wire to a handle. The total length must not exceed four feet; the weight of the whole must be at least 16 lb. The performer grasps the handle with one or both hands, and, standing within a 7-foot circle, swings the ball round and round to acquire impetus, which is then increased by rapid rotatory movements of his body. Once again skill and co-ordination must be wedded to strength. A crack performer has thrown over 175 feet.

The 'hammer' is a ball made of lead or iron that’s connected to a handle by a wire. The total length can’t be more than four feet, and it must weigh at least 16 pounds. The athlete holds the handle with one or both hands and, standing inside a 7-foot circle, swings the ball around to build up speed, which is further enhanced by fast spinning movements of their body. Once again, skill and coordination need to combine with strength. A top performer has thrown it over 175 feet.

Throwing the javelin and discus are classical rather than popular events, and their cultivation is fashionable only when an Olympic contest is imminent. Among other 'strong-men' contests, which have long been favourite sports in Scotland, are tossing the caber and putting the stone. The latter is usually a very heavy implement weighing about 56 lb.; the 'caber' is the trunk of a fir or other tree, freed from branches, which is held upright close to the chest by the smaller end, and thrown so as to alight on the heavier end.—Bibliography: Encyclopædia of Sports and Games; Annual Sporting and Athletic Register; F. A. M. Webster, The Evolution of the Olympic Games, 1829 B.C.-A.D. 1914; G. Le Roy, Athlétisme; E. W. Hjertberg, Athletics in Theory and Practice; P. Withington, The Book of Athletics.

Throwing the javelin and discus are more traditional events rather than widely popular ones, and they only gain attention when an Olympic competition is approaching. Among other "strong-man" contests, which have long been popular sports in Scotland, are tossing the caber and putting the stone. The stone is typically a very heavy object weighing about 56 lb.; the caber is the trunk of a fir or other tree, stripped of branches, which is held upright close to the chest by the smaller end and thrown so it lands on the heavier end.—References: Encyclopædia of Sports and Games; Annual Sporting and Athletic Register; F. A. M. Webster, The Evolution of the Olympic Games, 1829 B.C.-A.D. 1914; G. Le Roy, Athlétisme; E. W. Hjertberg, Athletics in Theory and Practice; P. Withington, The Book of Athletics.

Athlone´, a town of Ireland, divided by the Shannon into two parts, one in Westmeath, the other in Roscommon; about 76 miles west of Dublin. Its position has made it one of the chief military depots, and a centre of trade by river, canal, and railway. It manufactures woollen goods, linens, &c. Up to 1885 it sent one member to Parliament. Pop. 7500.

Athlone, a town in Ireland, is split by the Shannon River into two parts, one in Westmeath and the other in Roscommon; it's about 76 miles west of Dublin. Its location has made it one of the main military bases and a hub for trade by river, canal, and railway. It produces woolen goods, linens, and more. Until 1885, it had one representative in Parliament. Population: 7,500.

Ath´oll, or Athole, a mountainous and romantic district in the north of Perthshire, Scotland, giving the title to a duke of the Murray family who owns a large area there.

Atholl, or Athole, is a mountainous and picturesque area in northern Perthshire, Scotland, named after the duke of the Murray family who owns a vast expanse of land there.

Athor, Hathor, or Het-her, an Egyptian goddess, identified with Aphrodītē or Venus. Her symbol was the cow bearing on its head the solar disc and hawk-feather plumes. Her chief temple was at Denderah. From her the third month of the Egyptian year derived its name.

Athor, Hathor, or Het-her, an Egyptian goddess, identified with Aphrodite or Venus. Her symbol was a cow with a solar disc and hawk-feather plumes on its head. Her main temple was located at Denderah. The third month of the Egyptian year was named after her.

A´thos (now Hagion Oros or Monte Santo, that is, Holy Mountain), a mountain 6700 feet high, terminating the most eastern of the three peninsulas of Macedonia that jut in parallel directions into the Archipelago. The name, however, is frequently applied to the whole peninsula, which is about 30 miles long by 5 broad. It is covered with forests, and plantations of olive, vine, and other fruit-trees. Both the surface and coast-line are irregular. The Persian fleet under Mardonius was wrecked here in 493 B.C., and to avoid a similar calamity Xerxes caused a canal, of which traces may yet be seen, to be cut through the isthmus that joins the peninsula to the mainland. On the peninsula there are situated about twenty monasteries and a multitude of hermitages, which contain from 6000 to 8000 monks and hermits of the order of St. Basil. The libraries of the monasteries are rich in literary treasures and manuscripts. Every nation belonging to the Greek Church has here one or more monasteries of its own, which are annually visited by pilgrims. After having passed in the fifteenth century from the sovereignty of the Greek Emperors of Byzantium to that of the Sultans, it fell again into the hands of the Greeks, who occupied it in Nov., 1912. Each of the twenty monasteries is a little republic in itself, and until 1912 they used to pay an annual tribute of nearly £4000 to the Turks, and were governed by a synod of twenty monastic deputies and four presidents meeting weekly. They are now ruled either by abbots chosen for life, or by a board of overseers elected for a certain number of years. The revenue of the community is derived from [299]pilgrims, and from a considerable trade in amulets, rosaries, crucifixes, images, and wooden furniture.

A´thos (now Hagion Oros or Monte Santo, which means Holy Mountain) is a mountain 6,700 feet high, forming the easternmost part of the three peninsulas of Macedonia that extend into the Archipelago. However, the name often refers to the entire peninsula, which is about 30 miles long and 5 miles wide. It’s covered with forests, along with olive, vine, and other fruit tree plantations. Both the landscape and coastline are irregular. The Persian fleet led by Mardonius was wrecked here in 493 BCE, and to prevent a similar disaster, Xerxes had a canal cut through the isthmus connecting the peninsula to the mainland, and remnants of this canal can still be seen. The peninsula is home to about twenty monasteries and numerous hermitages, housing around 6,000 to 8,000 monks and hermits from the order of St. Basil. The monasteries' libraries are filled with valuable literary treasures and manuscripts. Each country in the Greek Church has one or more monasteries here, which are visited by pilgrims each year. After passing from the authority of the Greek Emperors of Byzantium to the Sultans in the fifteenth century, it returned to Greek control in November 1912. Each of the twenty monasteries operates like a small republic, and until 1912, they paid an annual tribute of nearly £4,000 to the Turks, governed by a synod of twenty monastic deputies and four presidents who met weekly. They are now managed either by abbots chosen for life or by a board of overseers elected for a set number of years. The community’s income comes from [299] pilgrims, as well as a significant trade in amulets, rosaries, crucifixes, images, and wooden furniture.

Athy´, a town in Ireland, county of Kildare, 37 miles south-west of Dublin, on the Barrow, which is here joined by the Grand Canal. Its chief trade is in corn. Pop. 3535.

Athy, a town in Ireland, County Kildare, 37 miles southwest of Dublin, on the Barrow River, which is where it connects with the Grand Canal. Its main trade is in grain. Population 3,535.

Atit´lan, a lake and mountain of Central America in Guatemala. The lake is about 24 miles long and 10 broad; the mountain is an active volcano 12,160 feet high.

Atitlán, a lake and mountain in Central America, located in Guatemala. The lake is about 24 miles long and 10 miles wide; the mountain is an active volcano that rises 12,160 feet high.

Atlan´ta, a city in the United States, capital of Georgia, on an elevated ridge, 7 miles south-east of the Chattahoochee River. It is an important railway centre; carries on a large trade in grain, paper, cotton, flour, and especially tobacco, and possesses flour-mills, paper-mills, ironworks, &c. Here are Atlanta University for negro men and women, a theological college, a medical college, &c. Atlanta suffered severely during the Civil War, and a battle was fought there on 22nd July, 1864. A fire which broke out on 21st May, 1917, caused damage estimated at more than £1,000,000. Pop. (1920), 200,600.

Atlanta, a city in the United States and the capital of Georgia, is located on an elevated ridge, 7 miles southeast of the Chattahoochee River. It serves as a major railway hub and has a significant trade in grain, paper, cotton, flour, and particularly tobacco. The city has flour mills, paper mills, ironworks, and more. Atlanta is home to Atlanta University for Black men and women, a theological college, a medical college, and others. The city experienced severe hardship during the Civil War, with a battle occurring there on July 22, 1864. A fire that broke out on May 21, 1917, caused damage estimated at over £1,000,000. Population (1920), 200,600.

Atlan´tes, or Telamōnes, in architecture, male figures used in place of columns or pilasters for the support of an entablature or cornice. Female figures so employed are termed caryatides.

Atlantes, or Telamones, in architecture, are male figures used instead of columns or pilasters to support an entablature or cornice. Female figures used in this way are called caryatids.

Atlantic City, a fashionable watering-place of the United States, on the coast of New Jersey. It is an important air port, and has an aerodrome covering about 160 acres. Pop. 50,682.

Atlantic City, a trendy vacation spot in the United States, located on the coast of New Jersey. It has a significant airport and features an airfield that spans about 160 acres. Population: 50,682.

Atlantic Ocean, the vast expanse of sea lying between the west coasts of Europe and Africa and the east coasts of North and South America, and extending from the Arctic to the Antarctic Ocean; greatest breadth, between the west coast of Northern Africa and the east coast of Florida, 4150 miles; least breadth, between Norway and Greenland, 930 miles. The total area of the North Atlantic (including the inland seas) is 13,262,000 sq. miles; the area of the South Atlantic is 12,627,000 sq. miles. The principal inlets and bays are Baffin's and Hudson's Bays, the Gulf of Mexico, the Caribbean Sea, the North Sea, the Bay of Biscay, and the Gulf of Guinea. The principal islands north of the equator are Iceland, the Faroe and British Islands, the Azores, Canaries, and Cape Verde Islands, Newfoundland, Cape Breton, and the West India Islands; and south of the equator, Ascension, St. Helena, and Tristan da Cunha.

Atlantic Ocean, the vast body of water situated between the west coasts of Europe and Africa, and the east coasts of North and South America, stretching from the Arctic to the Antarctic Ocean; its widest point, between the west coast of Northern Africa and the east coast of Florida, is 4,150 miles; its narrowest point, between Norway and Greenland, is 930 miles. The total area of the North Atlantic (including the inland seas) is 13,262,000 square miles; the area of the South Atlantic is 12,627,000 square miles. The main inlets and bays include Baffin's and Hudson's Bays, the Gulf of Mexico, the Caribbean Sea, the North Sea, the Bay of Biscay, and the Gulf of Guinea. The major islands north of the equator are Iceland, the Faroe Islands, the British Isles, the Azores, the Canary Islands, and the Cape Verde Islands, along with Newfoundland, Cape Breton, and the West Indies; and south of the equator, Ascension, St. Helena, and Tristan da Cunha.

The great currents of the Atlantic are the Equatorial Current (divisible into the Main, Northern, and Southern Equatorial Currents), the Gulf Stream, the North African and Guinea Current, the Southern Connecting Current, the Southern Atlantic Current, the Cape Horn Current, Rennel's Current, and the Arctic Current. The current system is primarily set in motion by the trade-winds which drive the water of the intertropical region from Africa towards the American coasts. The Main Equatorial Current, passing across the Atlantic, is turned by the S. American coast, along which it runs at a rate of 30 to 50 miles a day, till, having received part of the North Equatorial Current, it enters the Gulf of Mexico. Issuing thence between Florida and Cuba under the name of the Gulf Stream, it flows with a gradually-expanding channel nearly parallel to the coast of the United States. It then turns north-eastward into the mid-Atlantic, the larger proportion of it passing southward to the east of the Azores to swell the North African and Guinea Current created by the northerly winds off the Portuguese coast. The Guinea Current, which takes a southerly course, is divided into two on arriving at the region of the north-east trades, part of it flowing east to the Bight of Biafra and joining the South African feeder of the Main Equatorial, but the larger portion being carried westward into the North Equatorial drift. Rennel's Current, which is possibly a continuation of the Gulf Stream, enters the Bay of Biscay from the west, curves round its coast, and then turns north-west towards Cape Clear. The Arctic Current runs along the east coast of Greenland (being here called the Greenland Current), doubles Cape Farewell, and flows up towards Davis' Strait; it then turns to the south along the coasts of Labrador and the United States, from which it separates the Gulf Stream by a cold band of water. Immense masses of ice are borne south by this current from the Polar seas. In the interior of the North Atlantic there is a large area comparatively free from currents, called the Sargasso Sea, from the large quantity of sea-weed (of the genus Sargassum) which drifts into it. A similar area exists in the South Atlantic. In the South Atlantic the portion of the Equatorial Current which strikes the American coast below Cape St. Roque flows southward at the rate of from 12 to 20 miles a day along the Brazil coast under the name of the Brazil Current. It then turns eastward and forms the South Connecting Current, which, on reaching the South African coast, turns northward into the Main and Southern Equatorial Currents. Besides the surface currents, an under current of cold water flows from the poles to the equator, and an upper current of warm water from the equator towards the poles.

The major ocean currents of the Atlantic include the Equatorial Current (which can be divided into the Main, Northern, and Southern Equatorial Currents), the Gulf Stream, the North African Current, the Guinea Current, the Southern Connecting Current, the Southern Atlantic Current, the Cape Horn Current, Rennel's Current, and the Arctic Current. The trade winds primarily drive these currents, pushing water from Africa towards the American shores in the intertropical zone. The Main Equatorial Current flows across the Atlantic and is redirected by the South American coast, moving at a speed of 30 to 50 miles a day until it collects a portion of the North Equatorial Current and enters the Gulf of Mexico. From there, it flows out between Florida and Cuba as the Gulf Stream, expanding gradually into a channel that runs nearly parallel to the U.S. coast. It then shifts north-east into the mid-Atlantic, with most of it heading south to the east of the Azores, contributing to the North African and Guinea Current formed by northern winds off Portugal's coast. The Guinea Current, which heads south, splits into two when it reaches the region of the northeast trades; part flows east to the Bight of Biafra and links with the South African branch of the Main Equatorial Current, while the larger segment moves west into the North Equatorial drift. Rennel's Current, possibly an extension of the Gulf Stream, enters the Bay of Biscay from the west, curves around the coast, and then heads northwest towards Cape Clear. The Arctic Current runs along the east coast of Greenland (known as the Greenland Current here), rounds Cape Farewell, and flows towards Davis Strait; then it shifts south along the coasts of Labrador and the U.S., separating the Gulf Stream from a cold band of water. This current carries massive ice chunks south from the Polar seas. In the central North Atlantic, there's a large area relatively free of currents called the Sargasso Sea, named for the large amounts of seaweed (of the genus Sargassum) that gather there. A similar area can be found in the South Atlantic. In the South Atlantic, the segment of the Equatorial Current that hits the American coast below Cape St. Roque flows southward at 12 to 20 miles a day along the Brazilian coast as the Brazil Current. It then turns eastward to form the South Connecting Current, which, upon reaching the South African coast, veers north into the Main and Southern Equatorial Currents. In addition to surface currents, there's a cold undercurrent flowing from the poles to the equator and a warm upper current flowing from the equator towards the poles.

The greatest depth as yet discovered is north of Porto Rico, in the West Indies, namely 27,360 feet. Cross-sections of the North Atlantic between Europe and America show that its bed consists of two great valleys lying in a north-and-south direction, and separated by a ridge, on which there is an average depth of 1800 fathoms. [300]The mean depth of the North Atlantic is 2047 fathoms, that of the South Atlantic 2067 fathoms. A ridge, called the Wyville-Thomson Ridge, with a depth of little more than 200 fathoms above it, runs from near the Butt of Lewis to Iceland, cutting off the colder water of the Arctic Ocean from the warmer water of the Atlantic. The South Atlantic, of which the greatest depth yet found is over 3000 fathoms, resembles the North Atlantic in having an elevated plateau or ridge in the centre with a deep trough on either side. The saltness and specific gravity of the Atlantic gradually diminish from the tropics to the poles, and also from within a short distance of the tropics to the equator. In the neighbourhood of the British Isles the salt has been stated at one thirty-eighth of the weight of the water. The North Atlantic is the greatest highway of ocean traffic in the world. It is also a great area of submarine communication, by means of the telegraphic cables that are laid across its bed. See Oceanography.

The deepest point ever discovered is north of Puerto Rico in the West Indies, measuring 27,360 feet. Cross-sections of the North Atlantic between Europe and America show that its floor consists of two major valleys running north and south, separated by a ridge that averages a depth of 1,800 fathoms. [300]The average depth of the North Atlantic is 2,047 fathoms, while the South Atlantic is 2,067 fathoms deep. There’s a ridge called the Wyville-Thomson Ridge, which has a depth of just over 200 fathoms above it, stretching from near the Butt of Lewis to Iceland, separating the colder water of the Arctic Ocean from the warmer water of the Atlantic. The South Atlantic, with its deepest point exceeding 3,000 fathoms, is similar to the North Atlantic, featuring a central elevated plateau or ridge with deep troughs on either side. The salinity and specific gravity of the Atlantic gradually decrease from the tropics to the poles and also from a short distance near the tropics to the equator. Near the British Isles, the salt concentration has been reported at one thirty-eighth of the water's weight. The North Atlantic is the busiest ocean route in the world and serves as a major area for submarine communication through telegraphic cables laid across its floor. See Oceanography.

Atlantic Telegraph. See Telegraph.

Atlantic Telegraph. See Telegraph.

Atlan´tides (-dēz), a name given to the Pleiades, which were fabled to be the seven daughters of Atlas or of his brother Hesperus.

Atlan´tides (-dēz), a name for the Pleiades, which were said to be the seven daughters of Atlas or his brother Hesperus.

Atlan´tis, an island which, according to Plato, existed in the Atlantic over against the Pillars of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar), was the home of a great nation, and was finally swallowed up by the sea. The legend has been accepted by some as fundamentally true; but others have regarded it as the outgrowth of some early discovery of the New World.

Atlantis, an island that, according to Plato, was located in the Atlantic opposite the Pillars of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar), was home to a powerful civilization and was eventually consumed by the ocean. Some people have accepted the legend as basically true, while others see it as a result of early discoveries of the New World.

Atlan´tosaurus, a gigantic fossil reptile, ord. Dinosauria, obtained in the upper Jurassic strata of the Rocky Mountains, attaining a length of 110 feet or more.

Atlan´tosaurus, a massive fossil reptile from the order Dinosauria, found in the upper Jurassic layers of the Rocky Mountains, reaching a length of 110 feet or more.

Atlas, an extensive mountain system in North Africa, starting near Cape Nun on the Atlantic Ocean, traversing Morocco, Algiers, and Tunis, and terminating on the coast of the Mediterranean; divided generally into two parallel ranges, running W. to E., the Greater Atlas lying towards the Sahara and the Lesser Atlas towards the Mediterranean. The principal chain is about 1500 miles long, and the principal peaks rise above or approach the line of perpetual congelation, Miltsin in Morocco being 11,400 feet high, and Tizi Likumpt being 13,150. The highest elevation is perhaps Tizi Tamyurt, estimated at fully 15,000 feet. Silver, antimony, lead, copper, iron, &c., are among the minerals. The vegetation is chiefly European in character, except on the low grounds and next the desert.

Atlas is a vast mountain range in North Africa that starts near Cape Nun on the Atlantic Ocean, crosses through Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia, and ends at the Mediterranean coast. It is generally divided into two parallel ranges running W. to E.: the Greater Atlas, which is closer to the Sahara, and the Lesser Atlas, which is nearer to the Mediterranean. The main chain stretches about 1,500 miles long, with its highest peaks reaching or nearing the line of perpetual frost; Miltsin in Morocco is 11,400 feet high, and Tizi Likumpt rises to 13,150 feet. The highest peak is likely Tizi Tamyurt, estimated to be around 15,000 feet. Minerals found here include silver, antimony, lead, copper, iron, and others. The vegetation is mainly European in style, except in the low areas and near the desert.

Atlas, in Greek mythology, the name of a Titan whom Zeus condemned to bear the vault of heaven.—The same name is given to a collection of maps and charts, and was first used by Gerard Mercator in the sixteenth century, the figure of Atlas bearing the globe being given on the title-pages of such works.

Atlas, in Greek mythology, is the name of a Titan whom Zeus punished by making him hold up the sky.—The same name is used for a collection of maps and charts, first introduced by Gerard Mercator in the sixteenth century, with the image of Atlas holding the globe appearing on the title pages of these works.

Atlas, in anatomy, is the name of the first vertebra of the neck, which supports the head. It is connected with the occipital bone in such a way as to permit of the nodding movement of the head, and rests on the second vertebra or axis, their union allowing the head to turn from side to side.

Atlas refers to the first vertebra in the neck that supports the head. It connects with the occipital bone, allowing the head to nod, and rests on the second vertebra, or axis, which enables the head to rotate from side to side.

At´las, a kind of silk or silk-satin fabric of Eastern manufacture.

Atlas, a type of silk or silk-satin fabric made in the East.

Atmidom´eter, an instrument for measuring the evaporation from water, ice, or snow. It somewhat resembles Nicholson's hydrometer, being constructed so as to float in water and having an upright graduated stem, on the top of which is a metal pan. Water, ice, or snow is put into the pan, so as to sink the zero of the stem to a level with the cover of the vessel, and as evaporation goes on the stem rises, showing the amount of evaporation in grains.

Atmidometer, a device used to measure the evaporation from water, ice, or snow. It looks a bit like Nicholson's hydrometer, designed to float in water with a vertical graduated stem, on top of which there’s a metal pan. Water, ice, or snow is placed in the pan to lower the zero mark on the stem to the same level as the top of the container, and as evaporation occurs, the stem rises, indicating the amount of evaporation in grains.

Atmom´eter, an instrument for measuring the amount of evaporation from a moist surface in a given time. It is often a thin hollow ball of porous earthenware in which is inserted a graduated glass tube. The cavity of the ball and tube being filled with water and the top of the tube closed, the instrument is exposed to the free action of the air; the relative rapidity with which the water transuding through the porous substance is evaporated is marked by the scale on the tube as the water sinks.

Atmom'eter, a device used to measure the amount of evaporation from a wet surface over a specific period. It typically consists of a thin, hollow ball made of porous pottery, into which a graduated glass tube is inserted. The ball and tube are filled with water, and the top of the tube is sealed. The instrument is then placed in open air, and the rate at which water seeps through the porous material and evaporates is indicated on the scale of the tube as the water level drops.

At´mosphere, primarily the gaseous envelope which surrounds the earth; but the term is applied to that of any orb. Twilight effects show that the atmosphere is sufficiently dense up to a height of 40 miles to scatter or reflect to an appreciable degree the sun's rays, while the phenomena of meteors, which are rendered luminous through friction, show that it extends, though in extremely attenuated form, to 100 or even 200 or more miles. It exerts on every part of the earth's surface a pressure of about 15 (14.73) lb. per sq. inch. The existence of this atmospheric pressure was first proved by Torricelli, who thus accounted for the rush of a liquid to fill a vacuum, and who, working out the idea, produced the first barometer. The average height of the mercurial column counterbalancing the atmospheric weight at the sea-level is a little less than 30 inches; but the pressure varies from hour to hour, and, roughly speaking, diminishes in geometrical progression with arithmetical increase in altitude. Of periodic variations there are two maxima of daily pressure, occurring when the temperature is about the mean of the day, and two minima, when it is at its highest and lowest respectively; but the problems of diurnal and seasonal oscillations have yet to be fully solved. The pressure [301]upon the human body of average size is no less than 14 tons, but as it is exerted equally in all directions no inconvenience is caused by it. It is sometimes convenient to take the atmospheric pressure as a standard for measuring other fluid pressures; thus the steam pressure of 30 lb. per sq. inch on a boiler is spoken of as a pressure of two atmospheres.

Atmosphere, primarily the layer of gas that surrounds the Earth; but the term also applies to that of any celestial body. Twilight effects demonstrate that the atmosphere is dense enough up to a height of 40 miles to scatter or reflect sunlight to a noticeable degree, while meteor phenomena, which glow due to friction, indicate that it extends, albeit in very thin form, to 100 or even 200 miles or more. It exerts a pressure of about 15 (14.73) pounds per square inch on every part of the Earth’s surface. This atmospheric pressure was first demonstrated by Torricelli, who explained the flow of liquid to fill a vacuum and, by developing this idea, created the first barometer. The average height of the mercury column that balances the atmospheric weight at sea level is just under 30 inches; however, the pressure varies from hour to hour and generally decreases exponentially as altitude increases. There are two daily peaks of pressure, occurring when the temperature is around the average for the day, and two lows, when it is at its highest and lowest; yet the patterns of daily and seasonal changes are not fully understood. The pressure [301]on an average-sized human body is no less than 14 tons, but since it is exerted equally in all directions, it does not cause any discomfort. Sometimes it’s useful to use atmospheric pressure as a baseline for measuring other fluid pressures; for example, a steam pressure of 30 pounds per square inch in a boiler is referred to as a pressure of two atmospheres.

The atmosphere, first subjected to analysis by Priestley and Scheele in the latter part of the eighteenth century, consists practically of oxygen and nitrogen in the almost constant proportion of 20.81 volumes of oxygen to 79.19 volumes of nitrogen, or, by weight, 23.01 parts of oxygen to 76.99 of nitrogen. The gases are associated together, not as a chemical compound, but as a mechanical mixture. Upon the oxygen present depends the power of the atmosphere to support combustion and respiration, the nitrogen acting as a diluent to prevent its too energetic action. It had long been known that atmospheric nitrogen appeared to have a very slightly greater density than nitrogen obtained from other sources. Lord Rayleigh and Sir William Ramsay found that the fact was due to a still more inert gas which forms nearly 1 per cent of the air, and which had not previously been separated from nitrogen. This has been named argon. Besides these gases, the atmosphere also contains aqueous vapour in variable quantity, ozone, carbonic acid gas, traces of ammonia, nitric acid, and, in towns, sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphurous acid gas. In addition to its gaseous constituents the atmosphere is charged with dust, bacteria, &c. For other gases which are present in traces, see Neon. See Climate; Meteorology.—Bibliography: C. Flammarion, L'Atmosphère; Sir Napier Shaw, The Weather Map.

The atmosphere, first analyzed by Priestley and Scheele in the late eighteenth century, is primarily made up of oxygen and nitrogen in almost constant proportions of 20.81 volumes of oxygen to 79.19 volumes of nitrogen, or by weight, 23.01 parts of oxygen to 76.99 parts of nitrogen. The gases are mixed together not as a chemical compound but as a mechanical mixture. The oxygen present is what allows the atmosphere to support combustion and respiration, with nitrogen acting as a diluent to prevent it from being too reactive. It has long been known that atmospheric nitrogen appears to have a slightly greater density than nitrogen obtained from other sources. Lord Rayleigh and Sir William Ramsay discovered that this fact was due to a more inert gas that makes up nearly 1 percent of the air, which had not been separated from nitrogen before. This gas is called argon. In addition to these gases, the atmosphere also contains varying amounts of water vapor, ozone, carbon dioxide, traces of ammonia, nitric acid, and in urban areas, hydrogen sulfide and sulfurous acid. Besides its gaseous components, the atmosphere also contains dust, bacteria, etc. For other trace gases, see Neon. See Climate; Meteorology.—References: C. Flammarion, L'Atmosphère; Sir Napier Shaw, The Weather Map.

Atmospheric Engine, name given by early inventors to engines in which the piston is restored to the bottom of its stroke by atmospheric pressure.

Atmospheric Engine, the term used by early inventors for engines where the piston is pushed back to the bottom of its stroke by air pressure.

Atmospheric Railway, so called in consequence of the motive power being derived from the pressure of the atmosphere, or from compressed air. The idea of thus obtaining motion was first suggested by the French engineer Papin, about 200 years ago. In 1810, and again in 1827, Medhurst published a scheme for 'propelling carriages through a close-fitting air-tight tunnel by forcing in air behind them'; and in 1825 a similar project was patented by Vallance of Brighton. About 1835 H. Pinkus, an American residing in England, patented a pneumatic railway. The carriages were to travel on an open line of rails, along which a cast-iron tube of between 3 and 4 feet diameter was to be laid, having a longitudinal slit from 1 to 2 inches wide and closed by a flexible valve along its upper side, through which a connection could be formed between the leading carriage and a piston working within the tube. This method was improved by Messrs. Clegg & Samuda, who in 1840 tried some experiments on a portion of the West London Railway with sufficient success to induce the Government to advance a loan to the Dublin and Kingstown Railway Company, for the construction of a pneumatic line from Kingstown to Dalkey. It was opened for passenger traffic at the end of 1843, and was worked for many months. The London and Croydon Company subsequently obtained powers for laying down an atmospheric railway by the side of their other line from London to Croydon, and in experimental trips in 1845 a speed of 30 miles an hour was obtained with sixteen carriages, and of 70 miles with six carriages. But during the intense heat of the summer of 1846 the iron tube frequently became so hot as to melt the composition which sealed the valve, and the line had to be worked by locomotives. The mechanical difficulty of commanding a sufficient amount of rarefaction led to the abandonment of the system for railway purposes. It has been revived, however, for the conveyance of letters and parcels in towns by means of tubes of moderate diameter laid beneath the streets. See Pneumatic Dispatch.

Atmospheric Railway, named for its power derived from atmospheric pressure or compressed air. The concept of obtaining motion this way was first proposed by the French engineer Papin about 200 years ago. In 1810 and again in 1827, Medhurst presented a plan for 'propelling carriages through a tightly sealed tunnel by forcing air behind them'; and in 1825, a similar idea was patented by Vallance of Brighton. Around 1835, H. Pinkus, an American living in England, patented a pneumatic railway. The carriages were to run on an open track with a cast-iron tube measuring 3 to 4 feet in diameter, featuring a longitudinal slit 1 to 2 inches wide, sealed by a flexible valve on top, creating a connection between the leading carriage and a piston inside the tube. This design was improved by Messrs. Clegg & Samuda, who conducted experiments in 1840 on a section of the West London Railway with enough success to convince the Government to provide a loan to the Dublin and Kingstown Railway Company for building a pneumatic line from Kingstown to Dalkey. It opened for passenger service at the end of 1843 and operated for several months. The London and Croydon Company later secured permission to install an atmospheric railway alongside their existing line from London to Croydon, achieving speeds of 30 miles an hour with sixteen carriages and 70 miles with six carriages during test runs in 1845. However, during the extreme heat of the summer of 1846, the iron tube often became so hot that it melted the material sealing the valve, forcing the line to be operated by locomotives. The technical challenge of maintaining adequate rarefaction resulted in the system being abandoned for railway use. It has, however, been revived for transporting letters and packages in cities using moderately sized tubes laid beneath the streets. See Pneumatic Dispatch.

Atoll Atoll

Atoll´, the Polynesian name for coral islands of the ringed type enclosing a lagoon in the centre. They are found chiefly in the Pacific in archipelagos, and occasionally are of large size. Suadiva Atoll is 44 miles by 34; Rimsky 54 by 20. See Coral.

Atoll, the Polynesian term for coral islands shaped like rings that surround a lagoon in the center. They're primarily located in the Pacific in groups of islands and can sometimes be quite large. Suadiva Atoll is 44 miles long and 34 miles wide; Rimsky is 54 miles by 20 miles. See Coral.

Atomic Theory, a theory as to the existence and properties of atoms (see Atoms); especially, in chemistry, the theory accounting for the fact that in compound bodies the elements combine in certain constant proportions, by assuming that all bodies are composed of ultimate atoms, the weight of which is different in different kinds of matter. It is associated with the name of Dalton, who systematized and extended the imperfect results of his predecessors. On its practical side the atomic theory asserts three Laws of Combining Proportions: (1) The Law of Constant or Definite Proportions, teaching that in every chemical compound the nature and relative weights of the constituent elements are definite and invariable; thus water invariably consists of 8 parts by weight of oxygen to 1 part by weight of hydrogen; (2) The Law of Multiple Proportions, according to which the several proportions in which one element unites with a given weight of another invariably bear towards each other a simple relation; thus 1 part by weight of hydrogen unites with 8 parts by weight of oxygen to form water, and with 16 (i.e. 8×2) parts of oxygen to form peroxide of hydrogen; (3) The Law of Combination [302]in Reciprocal Proportions, that the proportions in which two elements combine with a third also represent the proportions in which, or in some simple multiple of which, they will themselves combine; thus in olefiant gas hydrogen is present with carbon in the proportion of 1 to 6, and in carbonic oxide, oxygen is present with carbon in the proportion of 8 to 6, 1 to 8 being also the proportions in which hydrogen and oxygen combine with each other. The theory that these proportional numbers are, in fact, nothing else but the relative weights of atoms so far accounts for the phenomena that the existence of these laws might have been predicted by the aid of the atomic hypothesis long before they were actually discovered by analysis. In themselves, however, the laws do not prove the theory of the existence of ultimate particles of matter of a certain relative weight; and although many chemists, even without expressly adopting the atomic theory itself, have followed Dalton in the use of the terms atom and atomic weight, in preference to proportion, combining weight, equivalent, and the like, yet in using the word atom it should be held in mind that it merely denotes the combining weights of the elements. These will remain the same whether the atomic hypothesis which suggested the employment of the term be true or false. Dalton supposed that the atoms are spherical, and invented certain symbols to represent the mode in which he conceived they might combine. The latest atomic hypothesis is one which assigns an electrical structure to the atom. See Chemistry; Electricity; Matter. Cf. H. E. Roscoe and A. Harden, New View of Dalton's Atomic Theory; Sir J. J. Thomson, Atomic Theory.

Atomic Theory is the idea about the existence and properties of atoms (see Atoms). In chemistry, it explains how elements in compound substances combine in specific constant ratios, based on the assumption that everything is made up of basic atoms, each with different weights depending on the type of matter. This theory is linked to Dalton, who organized and expanded on the incomplete findings of earlier scientists. Practically, atomic theory presents three Laws of Combining Proportions: (1) The Law of Constant or Definite Proportions states that in any chemical compound, the nature and relative weights of the elements involved are fixed; for example, water always consists of 8 parts by weight of oxygen to 1 part by weight of hydrogen; (2) The Law of Multiple Proportions says that the different proportions in which one element combines with a fixed weight of another have a simple relationship; for instance, 1 part by weight of hydrogen combines with 8 parts of oxygen to create water, and with 16 parts of oxygen to produce hydrogen peroxide; (3) The Law of Combination in Reciprocal Proportions states that the ratios in which two elements mix with a third element reflect the ratios in which they will combine with each other, or some simple multiple of that; for example, in olefiant gas, hydrogen is combined with carbon in a 1 to 6 ratio, and in carbon monoxide, the ratio of oxygen to carbon is 8 to 6, while 1 to 8 is also the ratio in which hydrogen and oxygen combine. The idea that these proportional numbers represent the relative weights of atoms accounts for phenomena that could have been predicted based on the atomic hypothesis long before they were confirmed through analysis. However, the laws themselves do not prove the theory of ultimate particles of matter with specific weights, and while many chemists, even if they don’t explicitly endorse atomic theory, have adopted Dalton’s usage of the terms atom and atomic weight instead of proportion, combining weight, equivalent, and others, it’s important to remember that the term atom simply refers to the combining weights of the elements. These weights would not change whether the atomic hypothesis that led to the term's use is true or false. Dalton believed that atoms were spherical and created symbols to illustrate how he thought they combined. The most recent atomic hypothesis proposes that atoms have an electrical structure. See Chemistry; Electricity; Matter. Cf. H. E. Roscoe and A. Harden, New View of Dalton's Atomic Theory; Sir J. J. Thomson, Atomic Theory.

Atomic Weights. See Chemistry; Molecular Weights.

Atomic Weights. See Chemistry; Molecular Weights.

Atomists. See Atoms.

Atomists. See Atoms.

Atoms, for many years regarded as the ultimate indivisible particles of the chemical elements. The idea originated with some of the ancient philosophers (the atomists), more especially Democritus (450 B.C.), Epicurus, and Lucretius (99-55 B.C.), and was developed into a definite theory by Dalton (1804). According to Dalton the atoms of any one element are alike in all their properties, but differ from the atoms of other elements, and when chemical combination occurs it takes place between the atoms of the combining elements (see Chemistry). Various views have been held with regard to the nature of atoms. Newton regarded them as hard, ponderable particles, perfectly unalterable, and concluded that the difference between substances was due to different kinds of atoms. Lord Kelvin propounded the view that the properties of atoms might be explained by those of vortices or vortex rings in a homogeneous frictionless fluid. As a result of the researches of British and French physicists on radium, the latest view is that matter and electricity are closely connected, that atoms are not indivisible, but complex aggregates containing positive and negative electrons, the differences between the atoms depending mainly on the numbers of these electrons and their velocity. See Radium.

Atoms have been seen for many years as the smallest indivisible units of chemical elements. This concept dates back to some ancient philosophers, especially Democritus (450 BCE), Epicurus, and Lucretius (99-55 BCE), and was formed into a clear theory by Dalton in 1804. Dalton stated that the atoms of a specific element are identical in all their properties but are different from atoms of other elements. When chemical reactions happen, they occur between the atoms of the elements involved (see Chemistry). Many theories have been proposed regarding the nature of atoms. Newton believed they were hard, weighty particles that never changed, concluding that differences between substances came from different types of atoms. Lord Kelvin suggested that the properties of atoms could be understood through the behavior of vortices or vortex rings in a smooth, frictionless fluid. Recent research by British and French physicists on radium suggests that matter and electricity are closely linked, indicating that atoms are not indivisible but rather complex collections containing positive and negative electrons, with the differences between atoms largely depending on the number of these electrons and their speed. See Radium.

Atonement, in Christian theology, the special work of Christ effected by His life, sufferings, and death. The first explicit exposition of the evangelical doctrine of the atonement is ascribed to Anselm, Archbishop of Canterbury, in 1093.

Atonement, in Christian theology, is the unique work of Christ achieved through His life, sufferings, and death. The first clear explanation of the evangelical doctrine of atonement is credited to Anselm, Archbishop of Canterbury, in 1093.

Atrato (a˙-trä´tō), a river of S. America, in the north-west of Colombia, emptying itself by nine mouths into the Gulf of Darien; it is navigable by steamers of some size for 250 miles, and has long been the subject of schemes for establishing water-communication between the Atlantic and Pacific.

Atrato (a˙-trah-toh), a river in South America, located in the northwest of Colombia, flows into the Gulf of Darien through nine outlets. It's navigable by fairly large steamers for 250 miles and has historically been a focus of plans to create a water route connecting the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

Atrauli, a town of India, United Provinces, Aligarh district, clean, well built, and with a good trade. Pop. 16,560.

Atrauli, a town in India, located in the Aligarh district of the United Provinces, is clean, well-constructed, and has a strong economy. Population: 16,560.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!